cs hee€etoo TOEO O

QUO

1IOHM/18lNl

‘bibliographia primatologica

PUBLICATION NO. 4
HISTORICAL WIBRIARY
YALE MEDICAL LIBRARY

OTHER PUBLICATIONS
ISSUED UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE
HISTORICAL LIBRARY

In Preparation
1. THe Harvey CusHinc CoLiection or Books anD Manuscripts
2. THe ARNOLD C. KLExss CoL_LEction or Books anp Manuscripts
3. THE Joun F. Futron Co.tection oF Books anp Manuscripts

‘bibliographia primatologica
A CLASSIFIED BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF PRIMATES OTHER THAN MAN

PART 1

ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY & QUANTITATIVE MORPHOLOGY;
PHYSIOLOGY, PHARMACOLOGY & PSYCHOBIOLOGY;
PRIMATE PHYLOGENY & MISCELLANEA

By THEODORE C. RUCH

YALE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

With an Introduction by
JOHN F. FULTON

YALE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

TAQir4int
CHART ES CC THOMAS
SPRINGFIELD - ILLINOIS BALTIMORE - MARYLAND

Copyright 1941 by Charles C Thomas

All rights reserved. This book may not be repro-

duced, in whole or in part, in any form (except

by reviewers for the public press), without the
written permission of the publisher.

Printed in the United States of America

To the Plemory of
LIBBY YOUNG RUCH

and

WILLIAM WALLACE RUCH

Ale

Acknowledgments
THE BELGIAN AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION, INC.
BURSARY SCHOLARSHIPS, YALE UNIVERSITY
THE NATIONAL YOUTH ADMINISTRATION
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

MUSEE ROYAL d’HISTOIRE NATURELLE de BELGIQUE

THE LIBRARY of the NEW YORK ACADEMY of MEDICINE

THE LIBRARY of CONGRESS

THE ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY

STERLING MEMORIAL LIBRARY of YALE UNIVERSITY

THE LIBRARY of YALE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL of MEDICINE

THE LIBRARY of the AMERICAN MUSEUM of NATURAL HISTORY

ROYAL SOCIETY CATALOGUE of SCIENTIFIC PAPERS
THE GREAT APES, by YERKES & YERKES
ANTHROPOLOGISCHER ANZEIGER
PSYCHOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS
BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS
ZOOLOGICAL RECORD
A WORLD LIST OF SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS, 1900-1933
UNION LIST of SERIALS
CLASSIFICATION DECIMALE UNIVERSELLE, BRUXELLES
CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM
A REVIEW of the PRIMATES, by D. G. ELLIOT
LIST of the VERTEBRATED ANIMALS, by S. S. FLOWER
BIBLIOTHECA HISTORICA-NATURALIS, by W. ENGELMANN
AN INTRODUCTION to the LITERATURE of VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
INDEX-CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY of the SURGEON-GENERAL’S OFFICE

CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY of the BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)

Assistants

1935-1936
ALAN C. OVERTON, Bursary
THEODORE B. ROSENTHAL, N. Y. A.
ALAN A. ROZEN, N. Y. A.
RICHARD V. WORTHINGTON,N. Y.A.

1936-1937
SOLOMON KASDON, N. Y. A.
DAVID NOVARR, Bursary
ABRAHAM ROSENBLOOM, N. Y. A.
THEODORE B. ROSENTHAL, N. Y. A.
Miss JEAN WELLS, N. Y. A.

1937-1938
HENRY C. BARTHEL, Bursary
SOLOMON KASDON, N. Y. A.
THEODORE B. ROSENTHAL, N. Y. A.

1938-1939
HENRY C. BARTHEL, Bursary
ROBERT F. DINE, N. Y. A.
THEODORE B. ROSENTHAL, N. Y. A.

1940-1941
MARCUS E. SANFORD, N. Y. A.

Acknowledgments

N the preceding pages I have attempted

to acknowledge some of the institutions
and individuals who have aided me in
compiling this bibliography. The Belgian
American Educational Foundation, through
a Special Fellowship, made it possible for
me to have the advice of several leading
European “‘primatologists,” especially Mr.
R. I. Pocock, Professor Zuckerman and
Monsieur Frechkop, and to have access to
the rich holdings of the libraries of London
and Bruxelles. We are grateful to Mr.
Julian Huxley and the Zoological Society
of London for their breadth of view in
guaranteeing publication of a work of this
character. That the intensification of the
War prevented this collaboration in nowise
diminishes our indebtedness. In the end,
publication was assisted by grants from the
Belgian American Educational Foundation
and the Historical Library, Yale School of
Medicine.

To Dr. John Farquhar Fulton I owe my
original interest both in bibliography and
in primate biology, and the incentive for
undertaking this work. Without his pa-
tience born of experience with this type of
work, the slowness of progress would many
times have led to the abandonment of the
whole project. Through his generosity I
have been able to have on my desk much
original primate literature and most of the
bibliographical sources cited on a previous
page, which ordinarily can be consulted
only at the expense of time and conven-
ience in the reference rooms of libraries.
Many of these were especially purchased
for this purpose.

~

Bibliographical work places upon the cir-
culation staffs of libraries an amount of
work which must seem excessive, so that
we have deemed it fitting to mention the
principal libraries which we have used. In
this connection I wish especially to ac-
knowledge the efforts on my behalf of Mrs.
Anar S. Bradley of the Library of the Yale
University School of Medicine who has
handled several thousand volumes most
expeditiously and without a single error;
and to Mrs. Charlotte H. Peters, Librarian
to Dr. Fulton, for much technical assistance
in bibliographical matters, and for calling
my attention to many current items which
might otherwise have escaped notice.

The vast amount of typing and other de-
tailed work involved in a project of this
sort could scarcely have been accomplished
without the assistance made available
through the National Youth Administra-
tion and the Bursary Scholarships of Yale
University. To one of these assistants, Mr.
Theodore Rosenthal, who has worked far
beyond any remuneration, I am especially
indebted. Others who have similarly given
of their time, often without compensation,
are Miss Loretta Roche, Mrs. Alice Peters
Irwin, Miss Pravda Hoff, Dr. Meliha Inay.
Valuable suggestions with respect to organ-
ization and terminology have been made
by Dr. Solly Zuckerman and Dr. Adolph
Schultz. And finally, thanks are due my
wife, who compiled the author index, and
to Mr. R. F. Gehner, who designed the

book.
ADAG AIR

New Haven, Fanuary, 1941

[ix]

bas ae We a

Introduction

By JOHN F. FULTON

NIMALS having physical form akin
to that of man have always stirred
human curiosity. Among various peo-
ples these manlike creatures are held in
deep reverence; even today in India the
Hanuman langur, and in Egypt the Ham-
adryas baboon, are still regarded as sacred.
The anthropoids, on the other hand, may
be feared and hated, and primitive tribes
have attempted systematically to extermi-
nate them as they would the members of a
hostile tribe.

Although man and kindred creatures
seem logically to fall into a homogeneous
group, no one prior to the gifted Linnaeus
had the courage, when sorting out the ani-
mal kingdom, to group man with ape and
monkey. In the first edition of Systema
naturae (1735) man, Homo, was placed with
his kin, Simia and Bradypus, in a group
designated ‘‘Anthropomorpha.” In his Lap-
land diary under the date of July 11, 1732,
there is an illuminating entry which gives
the basis of this grouping:

But to decide concerning our own species. If
we contemplate the characters of our teeth,
hands, fingers, and toes, it is impossible not to
perceive how very nearly we are related to
Baboons and Monkeys, the wild men of the
woods. In as much therefore as these are found
to be carnivorous, the question is decided with
respect to ourselves.*

Linnaeus at this time (1732) was only 25
years of age. Fifteen years later in a letter
to Gmelin (February 14, 1747) he throws
further light on the subject in confessing
his fear of the theologians:

* See Allen, F. H., Science, 1941, 93: 183.

It would not please, if I placed the man
among the anthropomorphous; but man knows
himself. Let us abandon words, I do not care
what words we use; but from thee, and from
the whole world I want an answer to this:
What is the difference between man and ape,
difference which would be based on natural
history? Most definitely I see no difference. I
wish some one could show me even one dis-
tinction! Should I call a man ‘ape’ or an ape
‘man,’ all the theologians would be after me.
Yet, for the sake of science, I should have done
it.T

In the celebrated tenth edition of Systema
naturae published in Stockholm in 1758,
Linnaeus adopted the Latin term “Pri-
mates” to designate the first order of mam-
mals. The name implies superiority of this
group of creatures over the other members
of the animal kingdom, but Linnaeus was
careful, within the new order, not to ar-
range ascendant families. He placed empha-
sis upon teeth as a feature distinguishing
primates from other forms, and he origi-
nally defined a primate as “a quadruped
with four parallel incisors, single canines,
two pectoral mammae, hands (rather than
paws), two complete clavicles, and an ar-
boreal habitat.’ He recognized that some
had tails, but that others lacked this ap-
pendage, and he arranged his forms in
groups according to such structural peculi-
arities, without implication that one group
is higher than another.

Dr. Ruch has followed Linnaeus in
adopting the term “primate,” and in the
title of his bibliography he has introduced
a new and useful derivative ““Primatology.”

{ Hrdlicka, A., Science, 1940, 92: 605.

[xi]

With Linnaeus, he has also been careful
to avoid implication concerning which form
is high and which low. Recognizing that
man has specific characteristics embraced
in the designation “human,” he has chosen,
at the suggestion of Dr. Adolph Schultz,
to employ the phrase “‘primates other than
man” rather than to accept such current
terms as “subhuman,” “infrahuman,” or the
somewhat theological designations which
imply that man is the head and center of
the universe.

A student of the nervous system, how-
ever, recognizes differences of organization
among the various primate forms, and in
discussing the origins of the nervous system
the term “encephalization” is frequently
employed. This implies that in evolutionary
history there has been a tendency for the
encephalon to take over functions con-
trolled in earlier times by other parts of
the nervous system. One of the highest
degrees of encephalization in the motor
sphere is encountered in the cortical repre-
sentation of the spider monkey’s tail. As
far as we know, a spider monkey whose tail
representation has been removed is not
able again to move its tail voluntarily;
whereas man can walk on his paretic hind
limb within a few weeks after the leg area
has been entirely removed. Are we to say,
therefore, that the cerebral organization of
the spider monkey is superior to that of
man, and that in consequence the spider
monkey is higher? Obviously no such infer-
ence can be drawn, and Darwin himself was
the first to point out that specialization of
a given function can not be used as a
criterion of evolutionary position.

However scrupulous the biologist must
be in avoiding the errors of anthropocentric-
ity, the medical scientist is not necessarily
under the same obligation. His preoccupa-
tion with man, far from being considered
opprobrious, has often been extolled in med-
ical literature as a virtue. And it is my con-

viction that the anthropocentricity among
those working in the basic medical sciences
is the most significant development in med-
ical education and research in this country.
Whether it be in the devising of a labora-
tory exercise, or in the citing of experimen-
tal evidence from the lecture platform, or
in the choice of a laboratory animal for pur-
poses of investigation, let it be said, “Better
a cat than a frog, better a monkey than a
dog, better a man than a marmoset.’

For more than a decade several of the
preclinical laboratories of this medical
school, and notably the Laboratories of Pri-
mate Biology under Professor Yerkes, have
devoted their attention to the investigation
of primates. Inevitably these animals come
to be something more than a ‘laboratory
animal’; they are research material of spe-
cial quality. One’s interest expands and one
begins to think of a biology of the primates.
For the past decade the Laboratory of
Physiology has accepted the proposition:
‘If not man, then monkey.’ We have at-
tempted to make some contribution to the
paraphernalia of primate biology as well
as to the body of fact in the form of devel-
oping a surgery suitable to delicate and ex-
pensive material, of attention to taxonomi-
cal terminology, to care and housing of the
primates, etc. To compile and analyze the
literature of the primates in the form of the
present bibliography seemed a logical step
in strengthening the structure of primate
biology, and a necessary step, since abstract
and bibliographical journals on the whole
recognize no distinction of this group of
animals. Having, as it were, collected the
literature of the primates on paper, we pro-
pose now to collect such literature in fact.
We hope to build, as a special collection of
the Historical Section of the new Library,
a library of primate literature; a modest
nucleus has already been formed during
the past ten years. The propriety of incor-
porating a ‘zoological collection’ in a medi-

[ xii ]

cal library might possibly be questioned;
however, I can only repeat my conviction
that primate biology in the future will be-
come even more intimately bound up with
teaching and research in the medical
sciences.

To select the primate group as the sub-
ject of a monographic bibliography requires
no apology; many, if not most, vertebrate
and invertebrate groups have been so
treated. One need mention only a few out-
standing works such as Dean’s Fishes,
Strong’s Birds and McCoy and McClung’s
Anaerobic bacteria. The magnitude of the
literature of the primates is surprisingly
small when compared with these com-
pendia. The number of authors who have
studied the primates from the point of view
of anatomy, physiology and behavior is
little more than two thousand, and the
total number of papers dealing in whole and
in part with the primates does not reach
five thousand, a figure which may be set
against the fifty thousand papers on fishes
listed by Bashford Dean for the years up
to 1914.

After the time of Linnaeus, the literature
of the primates increased slowly but stead-
ily until some twenty years ago, when—
owing possibly to the rather sudden and
widespread use of primates for studies in
experimental medicine—the output of pub-
lished works rose sharply. This literature
has never before been brought together in a
systematic manner, and in view of the in-
creasing importance of a biological knowl-
edge of manlike creatures, it has seemed to
Dr. Ruch worth while to devote several
years to the formidable problem of collect-
ing and classifying this diverse body of ma-
terial. He has done it methodically and in
accordance with a prearranged plan that
has made for completeness, accuracy, con-
sistency, and, I believe, for great usefulness
to many branches of biology and medicine.
To those who seek fresh concepts and new
experience Dr. Ruch’s classification of the
literature will serve as a navigator’s chart
for a sea which has countless hazards, as
well as every conceivable fascination.

New Haven, February, 1941

4 ee A
Te ate ONL Mote Cre tga

mth)

Author’s Introduction

SUBJECT-BIBLIOGRAPHY is al-

most inevitably out of date before
it can reach publication. Yet in another
sense a bibliography is unique among pub-
lished works since it can never be out of
date—for the period of years covered—
provided, of course, it is sufficiently well
executed and the literature is sufficiently
well searched. With a few exceptions, no
works are included here which were pub-
lished after the beginning of 1939.

The present volume is Part I of a pro-
jected bibliography embracing all fields of
primate biology. Included in this volume is
the literature of the morphological sciences
(anatomy and its subsidiary branches of
embryology, histology, etc.), and the liter-
ature of the functional sciences (physiology,
pharmacology, and experimental and ob-
servational psychobiology), and certain his-
torical and miscellaneous bibliographies.
Part II will include the literature of the
pathological sciences (pathology, bacteriol-
ogy and immunology, and parasitology),
and probably as well the taxonomic litera-
ture of the extant primates. The materials
for the second volume are largely gathered
and the analysis of them is considerably ad-
vanced. The amount of overlapping be-
tween the two parts is deemed insufficient
to warrant delay in publication of the pres-
ent volume.

The completeness attained in the present
work is difficult to assess. We have in-
cluded many papers in which primate forms
constitute only a fraction of the vertebrate
or mammalian series studied; yet no at-
tempt has been made to record every ob-
lique reference to the primates. On this
score we feel that we have occasionally
erredon the side of over-inclusiveness. Many
articles of a “‘popular”’ character, especially
in psychobiology, have been included, but
again no attempt at absolute completeness

has been made. In addition to searching
year by year the bibliographical sources
listed in the Acknowledgments, many jour-
nals have been scanned for primate litera-
ture; and the bibliographies or footnotes
of many articles and books have been
searched. That this has not sufficed to
render the bibliography complete is proved
by the fact that occasionally a previously
unrecorded reference comes to light. This
is especially true for literature of recent
years which has not yet found its way into
bibliographical journals and for works pub-
lished in the Asiatic and Eastern European
countries. We have become convinced that
no single person can hope to uncover all the
literature of the primates; that can be ap-
proximated only if specialists in the various
fields will call our attention to omissions so
that they can be included in a supplement
or in the second volume of the bibliography.
Similarly, checking and even double check-
ing seems not to have eliminated all errors,
so that notations for an errata list will be
greatly appreciated.

ARRANGEMENT OF THE
BIBLIOGRAPHY

The first decision which must be made
in compiling a bibliography is what feature
common to all studies will take precedence
over all others in determining the order in
which the items are printed. Shall the bibli-
ography be arranged according to author,
to subject, to date of publication, or to the
taxonomic position of the species of pri-
mates studied? Perhaps the most common
procedure is to list the items alphabetically
by authors and to analyze them according
to subject in an index, alphabetic or system-
atic. This practice, in the opinion of the
authors, ignores one of the principal values
of the printed page, the opportunity to

[xv]

present to the eye a group of items having
in common some fundamental relationship.
An author-list throws together on the
printed page works entirely without rela-
tion to each other beyond the alphabetical
accident of the authors’ parentage. This ob-
jection is particularly weighty when we have
to deal with such diverse materials as those
included in this bibliography. For these
reasons we have made sudject the primary
basis for classification. On the other hand,
wherever some other basis of classification
seemed more suitable it has been used. For
example, the literature to the beginning of
the 19th Century has been arranged chron-
ologically in three sections. Again, when
structure or function does not lend itself to
further subdivision, we have resorted to the
species of animals studied for the basis of a
finer classification. This has been done, for
example, in “Habits in nature and captivity”
and in certain of the anatomical sections
where an organ as a whole (e.g., the con-
figurational pattern of the cerebral cortex)
has been extensively studied. Those ad-
vantages inherent in an arrangement by
authors can be largely gained by an index
of authors, which has been provided.
Having chosen to make structure the
basis of classification of anatomical studies,
the difficulty arises that a printed list is a
strictly unidimensional frame into which
must be fitted studies which have at least
two parameters. If a system and its sub-
divisions into organs is regarded as one par-
ameter, a given study is also classifiable
according to a second dimension, which is
the aspect of the structure investigated.
Along this dimension are found gross anat-
omy, minute anatomy or histology, devel-
opment and growth, variations and anoma-
lies, and quantitative aspects studied by
the techniques of physical anthropology.
It is obvious that this is a true parameter
because the body as a whole, a system, or
an organ can be approached from any of
these points of view. It was considered de-
sirable to classify according to this param-
eter in a subsidiary fashion. Therefore the
chapter devoted to a system, and to smaller

units than a system wherever justified by
the volume of literature, is opened with an
expansion for embryology, histology, di-
mensions and weights, etc. In certain sec-
tions, only cross reference numbers appear
under these headings. Where the structural
unit involved is a single organ or a bone we
have followed the practice of entering such
a paper under the structure and cross refer-
encing to Histology, Embryology, or similar
rubrics at the beginning of the section. This
was done to avoid the confusion arising
from over-fragmentation of the literature.

Obviously many papers could be placed
under more than one topic heading. The
item is printed in full under the topic which
seems to be the main theme of the paper,
though sometimes this decision is difficult.
Subsidiary themes are honored by listing
the serial number at the end of the section
devoted to that subject. Each section there-
fore consists of a list of items printed in full,
followed by a list of serial numbers that
leads the reader to further literature of the
subject. The extent to which monographs
or articles which deal comprehensively with
a system as a whole should be cross refer-
enced presents a difficult problem. There
seems little to be gained in cross referenc-
ing such an article to each of the dozens of
smaller topics with which it treats. Instead,
such works are grouped together under the
heading Comprehensive and general studies
and constitute the first section for each
chapter. Similarly, works dealing in a com-
prehensive fashion with the body as a whole
form the first chapter of the anatomical
section after the opening chapter on em-
bryology. Articles which are general in
point of view or not truly comprehensive in
scope tend to be cross referenced more, de-
spite their lesser value, than works easily
recognized as extensive monographs.

In the preliminary classification of litera-
ture in anatomy and physiology the com-
pact, decimal notation provided by the
Classification décimale universelle, Bruxelles,
1927-29, proved extremely useful. The final
arrangement has departed somewhat from
the Bruxelles scheme for anatomy and con-

[ xvi ]

siderably for physiology, especially for the
nervous and reproductive systems. No ade-
quate schedule of categories could be found
for psychobiological literature. The one
used owes much to Spence’s review of learn-
ing and the higher mental processes in
infrahuman primates (no. 3308) and to
Comparative psychology, by Warden, Jen-
kins and Warner (no. 3309). In it we have
attempted to phrase the subject headings
in non-mentalistic terms.

It is scarcely necessary to dwell on the
difficulties of classifying the literature of
functional sciences, especially of psycho-
biology, but a few words of explanation
may assist the user. It early proved neces-
sary to distinguish between experimental or
controlled, systematic observational stud-
ies and the large class of observational,
anecdotal and “‘popular” literature which
is grouped under Habits in nature and cap-
tivity. The latter, being largely opportun-
istic rather than systematic, defies classifi-
cation under any topic heading and often
analysis for the purpose of cross referenc-
ing. By breaking it down according to
family and genera, the volume of literature
which needs be consulted is reduced. Where
this type of literature deals with definite
topics and in some detail, it is cross refer-
enced to the expansion under experimental
psychology. On the other hand, a few field-
studies of a more formal and comprehen-
sive character are included in the topical
expansion, and this is especially true of
studies of social and reproductive behavior
where true experimenting is just commenc-
ing. Though a more detailed classificatory
scheme for psychobiology was initially de-
vised, in the end it was found that only
relatively large categories were feasible.
Whatever the initial zeal, the discomforts of
Procrustean categories soon convinced us of
the folly of attempting to divide a literature
where definite lines of cleavage do not exist.

The section on the Phylogeny of the pri-
mates requires a word of explanation. Since
many of the anatomical papers are dis-
cussed in relation to the problem of pri-
mate phylogeny, we have tended wherever

possible to throw articles to the system or
organs described rather than to the rubric
Phylogeny. Thus, for example, discus-
sions of phylogeny which deal at all com-
prehensively with all of the systems or with
one system are usually assigned to the re-
spective sections for comprehensive and
general works. This, we feel, avoids unde-
sirable dispersion of the literature dealing
with a given structure. The section on
Primate culture and methodology is the only
one which truly suffers by dividing the
bibliography into two parts. The literature
of disease, so important to primate culture,
will appear in the second volume under
bacteriology and parasitology.

STYLE AND FORM

Serial number. References are cited by serial
number in the Judex of authors and in the cross
references coming at the end of each section.
The literature to 1800 is cited by author with
the number of the Introduction in which the
item appears. A serial number marked with an
asterisk indicates that the item has not been
checked and analyzed from the original source;
usually they have been checked from some bib-
liographical source. Such unchecked items are
estimated to constitute 1.6 per cent of the whole.

Authors names. The surnames of authors
are given as they appear in the original source.
Authors’ names or initials in square brackets
have been supplied. For journal literature, ini-
tials were considered sufficient; but to distin-
guish female authors their given names are
spelled out. For books, theses, and other sepa-
rate publications we have attempted to supply
the full given name, and in the Historical in-
troductions, the dates of birth and death as well,
since this facilitates the finding of a book in the
catalogues of large libraries.

Titles. Separate publications are distinguished
from periodical literature by writing their titles
in italics, and their place of publication, etc. in
roman. Titles, including subtitltes, are gener-
ally given in full for articles and books pub-
lished since 1800. Occasionally obvious errors
have been corrected to avoid the supercilious
[sic]. Capitals, in accordance with the modern
tendency, have been avoided except where ab-
solutely demanded by the usage of a given lan-
guage, #.e., in German and Danish. Scientific

[ xvii ]

names of animals have been uniformly italicized
with only the generic name capitalized regard-
less of the typographic treatment in the orig-
inal. Suprageneric names are capitalized but
not italicized. These matters are considered to
be within the province of the bibliographer
since fidelity to the source (which may be
capitalized throughout) is impossible.

Theses, inaugural dissertations, etc. These are
cited as books and in the conventional manner
except that the publisher as well as the Univer-
sity is given. To assist in locating these in librar-
ies which do not catalogue this class of litera-
ture by author, the “Faculty” is indicated by
abbreviation in parentheses.

Date of publication. The establishment of the
actual date of publication, granting that agree-
ment on what constitutes publication can be
reached, is notoriously difficult. This is espe-
cially true for the older files of journals, but also
for certain current (though not modern) jour-
nals. Where ascertainable from tables of con-
tents, title pages or covers the actual date of
issue is employed; as second choice any date
placed on the title page by the editor as an offi-
cial date is used. The printer’s date appearing
as a part of his imprint is taken only as a last
resort since it often represents merely the date
of publication of the title page. For publications
of societies the principal date (not enclosed in
brackets) is the year for which the volume is
published since this must often serve as a vol-
ume number. Where the actual date of publica-
tion is different it is usually given in square
brackets. In this we have followed the practice
of most libraries, which we feel is justified since
the function of the bibliography is to lead the
reader to the literature without confusion.
Questions of priority, etc. are matters for sepa-
rate investigation and textual comment.

Collation. The number of a series is indicated
by printing the series number in roman type and
enclosing it in parentheses; it always immedi-
ately precedes the volume number. “New se-
ries” and “‘neue Folge” are indicated by “‘n.s.”
and “‘n.f.” The volume number or its equivalent
(tome, Band, année, Jahrgang, etc.) is denoted
by anumber printed in bold-faced type. Number,
Heft, fasciculus, half-volumes, etc. follow the
volume number and are enclosed in parentheses,
but are included only under two circumstances:
(i) when the volume is not continuously paged;
(ii) when the volume appears in two half-vol-
umes. In the latter case, knowledge of the

number of the half-volume often avoids con-
fusion in withdrawing journals from libraries.

Pagination, plates and tables. Final pages are
invariably given. Failure to do this is false econ-
omy of time and printers’ ink, which often
causes inconvenience and waste of effort by
concealing from the reader whether he has to
deal with a paragraph abstract or an extensive
monograph. For articles with separate pagina-
tion, the total number of pages is written.
Plates, tables, maps, etc. with a pagination
distinct from the text are treated in a parallel
fashion, i.e. inclusive numbers or total number
being used depending on how they are num-
bered.

Titles in languages demanding a specialalpha-
bet are not given in the original language, nor,
with a few exceptions, are they transliterated.
Such titles are, however, often given in transla-
tion into one of the common languages; they
are enclosed in parentheses when drawn from
original publications having bilingual tables of
contents and in square brackets when supplied.

ABBREVIATION OF JOURNAL
EES

In this we have followed 4 world list of
scientific periodicals published in the years 1900-
1933, 2nd ed., London, with occasional minor
corrections of obvious errors. Abbreviations
marked with an asterisk have not been found
in the World list, and are expanded in an Ap-
pendix, which should be consulted for further
details.

The abbreviations provided by the World list
are admirable for the balance struck between
compactness and completeness, and for the re-
spect shown for usages in languages other than
English. The abbreviations with a few excep-
tions are self-explanatory, especially if the fol-
lowing rules be noted.

1. Nouns have capital, adjectives small, initial
letters. Exceptions are that in English titles,
adjectives derived from proper names, as
well as noun-adjectives, and adjectives used
as nouns are capitalized.

2. Prepositions, articles and the conjunction
“and” are omitted wherever possible. The
latter or its equivalent is retained if the title
consists only of two nouns connected by
“and,” and where it connects broken com-
pounds.

[ xviii ]

3. Cognate words in all languages are reduced
to the same form, differentiation being
gained where necessary by adding the place
of publication.

4. The place of imprint is omitted (if not a part
of the title) except when needed to distin-
guish periodicals with the same title, or when
the abbreviated form leaves the language of
the title in doubt.

5. In Germanic and Scandinavian languages
compound words are abbreviated as though
the different parts were distinct. With
nouns no period or hyphen is used between
the parts, which open with a capital letter.
(For example, Entwicklungsmechanik be-
comes EntwMech). The parts of compound
adjectives are separated by period and a
hyphen.

6. Abbreviations are followed by a period but
true contractions are not. Though a useful
distinction, this runs counter to habit and is
difficult to follow, and seems not to be fol-
lowed on occasions by the World /ist itself.

7. The following are a few of the more common
abbreviations.

Bl. Blatt or Blatter
CoR: Comptes rendus
G. Giornale

Me Journal

Jb. Jahrbuch

Jber. Jahresbericht
Jh. Jahresheft

MbIl. Monatsblatt
Mh. Monatsheft
Mschr Monatsschrift
P.V. Proces verbaux
R.C Rendiconti

Rep Report

S.B. Sitzungsbericht
Schr. Schrift

Wbl. Wochenbl.
Wschr Wochenschrift
Le Zeitschrift

Zbl. Zentralblatt and Centralblatt
Ztg. Zeitung

It should be kept in mind that the abbrevia-
tions of publications of European scientific
bodies refer to the scientific section of the so-
ciety. The “Klasse” is given only when the
society publishes more than one scientific jour-
nal with the same name as is true, for example,
of the Vienna Academy of Science. A further
point is that the World list follows changes of

title between 1900-33, as for example, Morph.
Fb. becomes Gegenbaurs Fb. after 1903. How-
ever, we have taken the earliest abbreviation to
apply retroactively before 1900 despite small
changes in title so long as continuity was clearly
maintained.

BRACKET MATERIAL

Due to the diversity of subject matter, as
well as the cost of publication, annotation by
abstract or appraisal was considered impossible.
However, the information set forthin the square
brackets at the end of each reference consti-
tutes what may be considered an objective an-
notation in compact, codified form. The purpose
of the data in these brackets is to give the reader
some idea of the character and scope of a pub-
lication. The plus signs denote on a three-point
scale the degree to which the publication deals
with the primates, and is used only when the
title does not make this clear or is actually
misleading. Thus +++ denotes that the paper
is entirely or almost entirely based on the study
of primate materials. A single + indicates that
little attention has been given the primates,
while two pluses (++) suggest that the treat-
ment of the primates is substantial, roughly
equal to that accorded all other forms. The size
of the publication must of course be kept in
mind.

Plates, figures, tables and references. The re-
mainder of the code up to the colon is designed
to afford a rough index of the degree to which
the publication is documented, and is to be
interpreted as follows: ‘“‘p/” stands for plates
which are included in the textual pagination;
“f’ stands for figures, “‘?’’ for tables, and “‘r’”’
for references cited in the bibliography of the
article. Figures, tables and references not num-
bered in the source are described, for example,
by “?”’, “nt,” or “ont,” meaning respectively
that the article contains a few tables, that the
tables are numerous, or that an exceptionally
large number of tables have been used.

The brackets have also been used to provide
a word or phrase descriptive of the character or
language of the publication, as for example,
“abstract,” “review,” “‘lecture,” ‘‘annotated
bibliography of literature.’ For publications
in languages other than the principal ones, or
articles difficult of access, especially when they
have not been seen in the original, an abstract
is sometimes cited. Occasionally publications
that are related but do not appear contiguously

[ xix]

in the bibliography are reciprocally cross
referenced. _

Primate genera. A species index was consid-
ered carefully but finally abandoned on the
grounds of expense as well as serviceability in
favor of a codified indication of the genera of
primates on which each study is based. The
practice followed, we believe, enables the user
of the bibliography to determine, by a few min-
utes spent in scanning the brackets, all of the
papers in which a given genera, family, or
larger taxonomic group has been studied with
reference to any given topic. A user wishing to
isolate all of the items dealing with a given
genera for all subjects or for a wide range of
subjects will encounter more difficulty, but a
certain effort may be expected from one of such
catholic interests. The scheme adopted seems
to present some real advantages. The animals
studied can be learned at the same time the
title is read, so that the listing of animals further
annotates the entry. The needs of the user who
wishes to enter the bibliography with a genus,
a family, a division or a suborder are equally
well served, whereas an index by genera would
involve considerable (repetitive) searching to
get out the items dealing with groups larger
than genera. In a species index the subject head-
ings are necessarily coarser than those used in
the text unless the equivalent of our table of
contents be reprinted for each of the genera.
Finally, many indexes ignore the subsidiary
topics, owing to the numbers of index entries
required. For example, a study of the bones,
muscles and nerves of the fore and hind limbs in
ten genera of animals would require sixty en-
tries in the index. This problem does not arise
with our arrangement because the subject cross
references lead back to the main entry where
the animals studied can be discovered.

The nomenclature of the primates is notori-
ously confusing; the use of names varies con-
siderably between countries and in different
epochs and the occasional exclusive use of com-
mon names is a further problem. The materials
studied by anatomists and physiologists have
often been incorrectly or loosely diagnosed.
We have attempted to translate the names as
used into a reasonably modern terminology, but
in handling such a vast amount of detail errors
of all sorts have certainly been made, and we
can only hope that these are not sufficiently
grave and frequent to be troublesome. The
determination of the correct name apart from

purely terminological considerations is, we feel,
a matter for special research on the part of
specialists and not properly a part of such a
work as this.

The abbreviations and contractions of the
names of animals are designed to be mnemonic
and self-evident to anyone acquainted with the
currently favored name of the animal in which
he is interested. They are based upon Flower’s
well considered list, built out from various
sources for genera not included in his list.

It will be noted that the contractions are
coined by leaving out vowels and that for short
names, especially for the South American mon-
keys, an abbreviation is used. To obtain a brief,
distinctive contraction of long, compound
names, the first part of the name is represented
by a single letter or contraction and the second
part by a single letter, preceded by a hyphen,
“” standing always for “-pithecus,” “-c” for
“cebus,” “I” for “-lemur,” ‘“-m’’ for “-midas,”
and ‘‘-mc”’ for “-mico.’”’ Contractions for the
names of families or suborders have been used
in a few instances.

The contractions are expanded in the follow-
ing list, which gives first the name on which the
contraction is based and in parentheses Elliot’s
equivalent where that differs by more than a
simple variation in spelling.

Gr Gorilla

Pn Pan

Png Pongo

Hyl Hylobates

Symph Symphalangus

Prsb Presbytis (Pithecus, Pygathrix)
Nas Nasalis

Simias Simias

Rhn-p_Rhinopithecus

Clb Colobus
Cp Cercopithecus (Lasiopyga, Rhi-
nostigma & Miopithecus)

Ery-c Erythrocebus

Cc Cercocebus

Mc Macaca (Pithecus, Simia, Magus)
Cyn-p Cynopithecus

Thr-p Theropithecus

Pp Papio

Mndr Mandrillus (Papio)

Aot Aotes
Callicebus
Pithecia

[xx]

Chirop
Cacaj
Saim
Ceb
Lag
Brchyt
Atl

Al

Hap
Myst

Oed-m
Leon-c
Cal-mc

Lm
Lp-l
Hp-l

Chiroptes
Cacajao
Saimiri
Cebus
Lagothrix
Brachyteles
Ateles
Alouatta

Hapale (Callithrix)

Mystax (Cercopithecus & Leon-
tocebus)

Oedipomidas

Leontocebus

Callimico

Lemur
Lepilemur (Lepidolemur)
Hapalemur (Myoxicebus)

[ xxi ]

Mcer-c
Chrg

Pr-p
Avh
Indr
Lor
Nyct-c
Prdct
Arct-c
Glg
Daub
Tars

ttt

Microcebus
Cheirogaleus

Propithecus

Avahi (Lichanotus)
Indris

Loris

Nycticebus
Perodicticus
Arctocebus

Galago & Hemigalago
Daubentonia

Tarsius

Fossil primates

rey

oe

ae vey Sy

dine ct my wl a i
¥ Ht wad Wah

" Pi Ma ah

J

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments................... vi
Introduction by John F. Fulton........ xl
Author's Introduction ................- XV

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION: A
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PRIMATE BIOL-
OGY TO 1800

Ancient World & Middle Ages......... 3
iGthyelvithi Centuries. +401 ein. a 5
NStHCEneuny! p46 acipse on dsm sea es ia
ANATOMY
EMBRYOLOGY
Sperm & spermatogenesis.............. 13
Ovumicovogzenesis..4. 4 set shells vcr 13
Early embryonic stages & placentation.. 14
Primates 4m) SEneral... 23-08: aaa ei 14
Pongidae &§ Hylobatidae............. 14
GenCOpitheciagen. hace 4- 952) jh oe 14
Cebidae &8 Hapalidae...............- 5
Lemuroidea & Tarstoidea............ 15
Foetus & foetal growth............... 16
IPTUINGIES IN SENET Gl = je 22 ae yee ole 16
Pongidae &§ Hylobatidae............. 17
(COROT 5 aa ee adndoneon seen oe 17
Celidae SS Hapaltagean ss cclvaie e\ 17
Lemuroidea &§ Tarstoidea............ 18
GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & general studies....... 19
TEU THOR TE ean oe 6 ob bob pba one toe 19
Pongidae 8 Hylobatidae............. 20
GerCOPURECLAGE s ioral 5 2 Stet shy eh bos 22
Cebidae & Hapalidae................ 22
Lemuroidea & Tarstoidea............ 22
Regionalianatomye «= -jariaae ce sate es - 24
Thoracic, abdominal & pelvic cavities. 24
Wpperextremitys 2. -sos50e2mos dose 25
Mowerlextremity,..< =: ssese- si 25
xternalkanatomy sane as soe feces 26
Body dimensions & proportions........ 26
Postnatal growth & age changes........ 27
Mieratologyanssson ce cuos faagee Soe 28

CIRCULATORY & LYMPHATIC
SYSTEMS

Comprehensive & general studies. . .
Dimensions, weights, &c...........
Histology ja-525 ueiotet ee een eee
Embryologyee- eee rete
Anomalies... su). Anise Seek eee
Heart Ga pericardium: eee eer
Aorta & pulmonary arteries............
Carotid arteries & its branches.........
Subclavian artery & its branches.......
Abdominal aorta & its branches........
Iliac artery & its branches.............
WVeinse chacakateena ce ate tet tet earners

Spleeniy Fac socer ocle occ tha deare ere

THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

Comprehensive & general studies. . .
Dimensions, weights, &c...........
Histologyacnc see o eer saya
Embryolosyaere cae eee
Anomaliese..c a seae neces eek
External nose & nasal passages.........
Manyinx 6 laryngeal sce... mses eer
Trachea, bronchi & lungs..............
Bleuralé& mediastinum’) 95 year
Diaphragmisse seo oe ee el eee

THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

Comprehensive & general studies. . .
Dimensions, weights, &c..........
Histology:223iic cite even werent cra
Embryology aces. aoe
Anomialiési:: «ira S32 SR oe
Mouths ..s% calac Minin cee eae
fl Koyo) =40l Mee REN tc hr ei eteo bins alc.oi6.4 0
Rharynx & ocsophagusmen seer er
Stomachtt i: hcg as cee ee
Intestines. cade arate torte Ras
Rlectumc“anus aaa rei
Bivencvcalliibladderteerssertt nner
Pancreas ca ciara err see he ee ee

| xxiii ]

THE ENDOCRINE GLANDS

SD TOLGA ia pry elsesachevere sears eieea la een
Bara thyrordiae See aN onic alin alu
Adrenalitgey. graccct enn aaa ae

THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM

Comprehensive & general studies...
Dimensions, weights, &c..........
Elistologyien acme ce eee
Embnyology-rcnen ese ne
Anomaliess pee iene eae eee
Kadneyseviuretershsnnis ncaa ete:
Urinary bladder & urethra.............
Male:cenitaliorgans-)- cine) eae ee
Bemish eet cries vtaatt sash acie oe a ae

Weenushy te yee eye a Ee Bot Ee Lae
Vagina & external genitalia............
Mammanyjclandsay sehen ose

OSTEOLOGY, ARTHROLOGY &
SYNDESMOLOGY

Skeleton as a whole

Comprehensive & general studies. . .
Osleometny enamel
Tistologysnaunect yey eh eae
Embryologyse snr ctience acces
Anomalies snnpyac acount etree ee

Axial & appendicular skeleton

Wertebrallcolumnven sarees eee ee ee
General morphology..............
@steometrynaieneeniee cae:
Anomalies crit aos eele

Atlanto-epistrophic-occipital joints......

Séernum ribs sashes sort isees ae

Clayicle Siscapulayan ey ee eens eva

Humerus, radius & ulna...............

Carpus, metacarpus & phalanges.......

Belwvisi@ahip=joint eine eee. apa

Hemunmtibiarcatibula severe eae

Knee sjointienjare eta nolan sia are Said

Tarsus, metatarsus & phalanges........

Skull as a whole

Comprehensive & general studies.......
Primatesiinceneral aie ae:
Pongidae & Hylobatidae.............

GCraniometryiniencc cone eee
Dimensions, angles & indices.........
Asymmetry, ofithe skull. 22/3422. oe.
Sexi differencesiiniskullly. je ey sme
Cranialicapacityane sneer

Cranio-cerebral relations & the endo-

Ce Fobie) eeW MOURA AA Suet oar dl 66
Embryology & age changes............ 66
Chondrocranium & foetal development 66
Age changes in\siculli acy ree 66
Anomaliestotithe's kullia seis re ee eeee 67
Specialimorphology:ny ene anes 68
Sutures, fontanelles, &c.............; 68
Pterion & post-orbital region......... 69
Bhelorbicawen gases cee ne ete 70
Nasal fossa & nasal bone............ 70
Baranasalisinuses ees ee beer eee 71
Craniopharyngeal canal............. 72
Cranial bones
Occipitaliiboneseeee ae ece eel oe eee 72
Sphenoidt bones espe reer ere eee eeeeee 73
Memporalibonesssseeneer een eee enee 73
Parietal) bonene cane osen eee 74

Frontal, ethmoid, lacrymal & vomer.... 74

Facial bones

Masala écpalatinum cere eeereeneee 75
Fisk 0 1 PE ROIS Horeca AG EO Ot .bd. big: 75
Mandible &osihyoideseen ase 76
Temporomandibular joint............. 77
THE TEETH

Generalimorphology;. 2.2 sae 78
Odontometry A26-sh sce cee 80
Histology ecco. nso ede aoa 81
Embryology & dentitions.............. 81
Anomalies (i) siem scceetrecisce a epee 81

MUSCULAR SYSTEM & INTEGUMENT

Comprehensive & general studies....... 84
Muscles ofithelbacks-meraece ener toe 85
Musclesiofithetheadt.se)ie ane 86
Facialigroupsesoesi ese ee eee 86
Craniomandibular group............ 87
Muscles of thenecka..-.05- eee eee 88
Miuscles/ofithe thoraxas-eeee eee eee 88
Muscles of the abdomen............... 89
Muscles of the perineum.............. 90
Appendicular musculature............. 90
Shoulderi&jarmerenus ee eee 91
Horearmyez hand) eeeieerion eee 91
Hipi&ithighie ana aceeie ee ae 92
Beg Be foots eee ee ee i ae 93
Dhe skini@itsjappendages.s..4 4. e ee 94
(he skarrne) ag cel val aiteedes svete cvehsnaie heated 94
Epidermalliridges; pads, c/s). eaere 96
Flair atic set Rina ou aera 97
Nails eae uu Ae ete ae A eRe S 98

NERVOUS SYSTEM & SENSE ORGANS
The brain as a whole

Comprehensive & general studies....... 99
Primates in general.......-.2...0005 99
Pongidae 8 Hylobatidae............. 100
Gercopithectaaeiann neta se) 2) i))= 102
Cebidae &8 Hapalidae...............- 102
Lemuroidea & Tarstoidea............ 103

Cyto- & myeloarchitecture............. 103

Brain weight & indices.............--- 104

Embryology & age changes..........-- 106

Special morphology............+++++-- 106
Ventricles, ependyma, choroid plexus,

meninges, microglia, &c............ 106
Cerebral arteries & veins...........-. 107

The cerebral cortex

Hrontallobesinjeities cece cle cele siaaterst 108
Morphology—gyri & sulci........... 108
Cyto- & myeloarchitecture........... 108
Projections—pyramidal tract........ 109

Parietal, occipital & temporal lobes..... 110
Morphology—gyri & sulci........... 110
Cyto- & myeloarchitecture........... 111
Corticofugal projections............. 111

Bihewnsulacigrcaciaecsisra sects eke ste wspersicvers 112
Morphology ccieiriiccania acai 112
Cyto- & myeloarchitecture........... 112

Mheirhinencephalon’ «5.4.2.2. 20-.8- > 113
Morphology, cyto- & myeloarchitec-

(Gio 6 Job donoDOOoDUoOOUDOOOONnS 113
iber tracts: an tcrevemclrsiteuoels sy eayatore 113
Corpus callosum, association fibers, &c... 113

Basal ganglia, diencephalon, cerebellum
& brain-stem

Comprehensive & general studies....... 113
Basallicangliaiirss: fc ctere srayscisteercleyshaie acre 114
Morphology & cytoarchitecture...... 114
@onnectionste oes ete re eee cine 114
Thalamus & geniculate bodies.......... 114
Nuclei & cytoarchitecture........... 114
Afferent & efferent projections....... 115
Mihalamus'.yA..5.cyaxehfaesls deve ctercharcwels 115
Lateral geniculate body........... 116
Medial geniculate body........... 116
Hypothalamus & subthalamus......... 116
Ely pophiysishae ease eee tannele sec 117
Epithalamus—pineal gland............ 117
Wesencephalonhene sete acicierae 118
Gerebelltim sige csc ci cie ne enenste Seno 119
Morphology sirens seeinieeettele cial 119
Cytoarchitecture & connections...... 120
Pons & medulla oblongata............. 120

Spinal cord

General morphology.................. 121
Gray cellEcolummsssatteriord-iteials 121
Biber traction cas Gee ore atte an 122
Posterior & anterior roots............. 123

Cranial & spinal nerves & the sympa-
thetic nervous system

Cranial nerves & ganglia. ............. 123
Functional anatomy of spinal roots..... 124
Cervico-brachial plexus & nerves of neck
@uppenextremityzen seer rears 124
Lumbo-sacral plexus & nerves of trunk &
lower extremity.o. 040s seco eee 125

Sympathetic nerves, ganglia & plexuses.. 126

Sense organs

Whe ye esa 34 sare oe eae ee 127
Reetiria a s.s\)5csvescapepsratevsionas 3 detent te ee 128
Middlel&unternalicaraysmesiecee eerie: 129
Externaltearss. scence sere ee 129
Olfactory & gustatory organs.......... 130

Sense organs of skin, muscles, viscera, &c. 130

PHYSIOLOGY
& PHARMACOLOGY

BLOOD & CIRCULATION ; RESPIRATION

Gellsiof the blood jss 5 45.. soneenee 133
Physical & chemical properties......... 133
Serology—-precipltinSe epee eee 134
Serology—blood groups.............-- 135
Hematopoiesis & hemolysis............ 136
Mhecirculationseceese en eee eter 136
Whe heart) gic s cae wy aetegeerseres 136
Vasomotor nerves & reflexes........... 137
Respiration: oc qos en eee ee 137

DIGESTION, NUTRITION & METABOL-
ISM; KIDNEY & WATER BALANCE

Motor & secretory functions........... 138
Liver & bile... osihec sacs ener ee 138
Diet & deficiency diseases............. 138
Generals esac cisua ceo eee eee 138
VitamincA:. 3 ) Sa a8 Se eee 138
VitaminvB-croupaiaecieeitteyserler 139
Vitamin GC: 32.c0 Lease Benes 139
VitamineD.. ). hci eee es ets 139
Metabolism; 20s, 256 Ge ueaeoe mace 140
General oun. (oases teense yet sya 140
Carbohydrate metabolism........... 140
Batimetabolismm@macee eres asenticiele 140
Nitrogenous metabolism............. 140
Mineral)metabolism yer. 2 4242-1 141
Kidney & water balance............... 141

[xxv]

ENDOCRINE GLANDS

Mhyroidiglandseeevnceere eee eke sale 142
Rarathyroidiglandiastye see ee 142
AUraetces Jones AUER OU ae eer natG cs 142
JXalzanell alanavels) op mad doadoosbiciauaeede.c 142
Bituitagysclandesr ecard: cei 143

Pars intermedia & posterior.......... 143

Rarstantenloniscayacieenicn eeaee ee 143

Serum & urine gonadotrophic substances. 143

ANIMAL HEAT
Basal metabolism & calorimetry........ 145
Body temperature & its regulation...... 145

REPRODUCTION & DEVELOPMENT

Generalen sins craic niterensiiys neta ema: 146
Male reproductive organs.............. 146
IMaleisexyhormonescyeeene re ereh cree 146
General biology of the oestrus cycle... .. 146
Experimentalloestrusicycle.en- ea 148
lormonalifactorseee seein aes ae 148
INeuralifactorsjemiereeie ane: 149
Ovanyacnovulationhenen ceri) cst: 149
Ovariectomy & transplantation....... 150
Ovarian hormones per se............ 150
Uterus & Fallopian tubes.............. 150
Va pita ah peso arty elo ee 8 pal atte ah au ule 151
Sexuallskinteneet wierxariieird crac draphiate 152
Mammary glands & lactation.......... 152
Pregnancy; Ce ipanturition.. 0)... 9.4.65. 153
BreedingiseasonMas erin ee eitees setae 154
Infancy, puberty, maturity & senescence. 154
Won BevaGyetie ce smritacroris saesiescisctecie 155
MUSCLES & SKIN
IV Inis cloning ices nto iincue ns iescie ts ueate Cyn puy: 156
Skint Qzihaimsnenret myabaacnrema heparan Nelle. 156

NERVOUS SYSTEM & SENSE ORGANS
Peripheral nervous system

Cerebrum & cerebral cortex

General & comprehensive.............. 157
Circulation & cerebrospinal fluid....... 158
Decortication & decerebration......... 159
Excitability & electrical activity........ 159
Gorticalllocalizationssere oes eee 160
Psy chomotonitunctionsae seater 160
Frontal lobe—stimulation......... 160
Frontal lobe—ablation............ 162
Frontal lobe—association areas..... 163

Occipital, parietal & temporal lobes. 163

Autonomic functions............... 164
Sensory, LunctionS. see ee 164
General & comprehensive.......... 164
Vision nes Vals sinc Gee Re eee eee 165
earings ce esate eee 165
Somaticisensation= aes see eee 165

Subcortex & the brain-stem
Corpus callosum & internal capsule, &c.. 166

Basalicangliatnr ne peri lene 166
iBhalamusiGr ee ee bee ere tea 166
iy pothalamiusiesauins te oc ensa asae eee 166
Nlesencephalon Noy seein. «ee 167
Cerebellum & its peduncles............ 167
Medullarsaponsaa sneer ena 168
Medulla—the pyramids............... 168
Spinal cord

Ascending & descending tracts......... 169
Spinal transection & spinal “‘shock’’..... 169
Spinal reflexes & reflexes in general..... 169
Sense organs

Retina copticmenyes- ee eee eee eecee 169
Pupil, accommodation & diopterics..... 170
Movements of the eyes & lids.......... 170
Cochlear & labyrinthine functions. ..... 170
Cutaneous & muscle sensibility......... 170

Sympathetic & parasympathetic systems 170

PHARMACOLOGY

Anesthetics e2 analgesicsese ena eee 171
Bulbocapnines sees acce se one 171
Phesopiates eestor ere oe eee Ree 171
Miscellaneousmanmerie aera 171

PSYCHOBIOLOGY

Reviews, textbooks, monographs, &c.... 175
Comprehensive experimental monographs 175
Methodology & apparatus............. 175
RECEPTIVE CAPACITIES

Primary, visual capacitiess- 1. eee 177
Secondary visual processes...........--. 177
Primary, auditory capacities.:........-- 179
Secondary auditory processes.......-..-. 179
Gustatione7olfactionaa.-eoeree seen 179
Somaticisensibilityascermenaerion= ence 179

THE ACTION SYSTEM

Locomotion @z;postures-— eee 180
Voluntanyractionls ae eeae ener 180
Food & feeding; Drinking............. 180

[ xxvi ]

Sleep & shelter; Hibernation........... 180
Vocalization & communication......... 180
Emotional expression.............+-.. 181
Protective & aggressive activities....... 181
TREE Tren pe Res ich dla. AA Cid eyoteno c o1e ac 181
Behavior tendencies or temperament.... 181
MATURATION OF BEHAVIOR...... 182
MOTIVATION OF BEHAVIOR....... 182
MODIFIABILITY OF BEHAVIOR
Conditioned @neHexesis meric tol verte 183
MinialvGuertonlearning.. 424-74 eeee- 183
Discrimination learning............. 183
Problem=box learning e-).4-1> sre ae 184
Serial or maze learning, &c........... 184
finitationall learnings yeti sel 184

INTELLIGENT BEHAVIOR; INSIGHT ;
IDEATION

Mnemonic capacities;os. sm. eia- se ciel 185
Ideational (symbolic) behavior......... 185
Mnsiehtfull behavior.) ess. 44s. sei 186

REPRODUCTIVE & SOCIAL BEHAVIOR

Prmanyasex behavionaeacanen ee ease ae 188

Maternal & paternal behavior.......... 188

Social groups & socially significant be-
EADIE Aes Sener oa Gene naD YOe tana ae 189

MISCELLANEOUS

Hypnosis, catalepsy & Inactive states.. 190
Psychopathology & unadaptive behavior 190

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY
(Habits in nature & captivity)

Primates tn cencralne ny seis: 191
Pongidae &8 Hylobatidae............... 192
Phe corsllas sects seas aan nae eee 193
The chimpanzee acc ea een ke 194
Dheloranc-oulais = asec sneer 196
Hylobates & Symphalangus............. 197
Gerncopithectages eee eee ee eee ee 197
Cebidacts Hapalidae... eee 199
We MUroideah iierneccaroave tds cisternae ene 200
DGPStO1deEG? oc ieraca ales we ste ap nei eveke cert 201
MISCELLANEOUS
BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Phylogeny of the primates............. 205
Institutions for research & exhibition... 207
Primate culture & methodology........ 208
Conservationy-:/i:5.,crlecieais Cota eine 209
Primates in mythology & superstition;
nativellependsaW&clan yd aeeee mies 209
Primatessiniart-9.2.0.-e eo eee ee 210

APPENDIX: A KEY TO ABBREVIA-
TIONS NOT IN THE WORLD LIST OF
SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS......... 211

INDEX OF AUTHORS. .....:. 2.3. 215

Historical Introduction

Bibliographical Materials for a History of
Primate Biology to 1800

Introduction I

Knowledge of the Primates in the
Ancient World & Middle Ages

ARISTOTLE [384-322 B.C.].

Historia animalium. Translated into English by
D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson. Vol. 4 in: The
works of Aristotle, J. A. Smith and W. D. Ross,
ed., Oxford, 1910, xv, 633 pp., 8°.

See also: McDermott, W. C., 1938, v. infra.

BONACELLI, B.

La scimmia in Etruria. Studi Etruschi,* 1932, 6,
341-382, pls. 14-16.

CAVERHILL, J.

Some attempts to ascertain the utmost extent of
the knowledge of the ancients in the East Indies.
Philos. Trans., 1767, 57, 155-178.

DAREMBERG, Charles V. [1817-1872].

CEuvres anatomiques, physiologiques et médicales
de Galien [etc.]. Paris: J. B. Bailliére, vol. 1, 1854,
xvi, 706 pp.; vol. 2, 1856, 786 pp.

DAVELDY, C.

Dr. Karl Emil Illing—Der Periplus des Hanno.
(Programm des Wettiner Gymnasiums, Dresden,
1899, Nr. 566.) Rev. Ec. Anthrop. Paris, 1899, 9,
357-363. [Review]

DUREAU de LAMALLE, A. J. C. A.

Mémoire sur le grand gorille du Gabon, Troglo-
dytes gorilla, déterminant la limite de la navigation
d’Hannon le long des cétes de |’ Afrique occiden-
tale. Ann. Sci. nat., (Zool.), 1851, (3), 16, 183-
192.

EHRENBERG, Christian Gottfried [1795-1876].
Uber den Cynocephalus der Agyptier nebst eini-
gen Betrachtungen uber die agyptische Mythe des
Thot und Sphinx vom naturhistorischen Stand-
punkte. 46h. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (physikal. Ki.),
1833, 337-367, 4 pls.

EHRENBERG, C. G.

Uber den Cynocephalus und den Sphinx der Agyp-
ter und iiber das Wechselverhaltniss des Affen und
Menschen. Berlin: Druckerei der. K. Akad. der
Wissenschaften, 1834, 31 pp., 4 pls.
FREUDENBERG, W.

Ein Schimpansenbild aus dem Mittelalter. Z.
Sdugetierk., 1929, 4, 64, pl. 10. [Pr]
GALEN. See Daremberg, C. V.; Ullrich, F.;
McDermott, W. C., Intr. I.

HANNO. [c. 500 B.C.].

The Periplus of Hanno; a voyage of discovery down
the West African coast, by a Carthaginian admiral

[3]

of the fifth century B.C. Translated from the
Greek, by Wilfred H. Schoff. Philadelphia: The
Commercial Museum, 1912, 28 pp.
HANNO.
The voyage of Hanno, translated, and accompanied
with the Greek text [etc.]|. By Thomas Falconer.
London: T. Cadell jun. & Davis, 1797, viii, 105
pp., 3 maps.

See also: Daveluy, C.; Dureau de Lamalle;
Joleen, L.; Mahoudeau, P.-G.; Riese, A.; Schmid,

von HEUSINGER, Carl Friederich [1792-1883].
Vier Abbildungen des Schadels der Simia satyrus,
von verschiedenen Alter, zur Aufkldrung der Fabel
von Oran utan. Marburg: Christian Garthe,
1838, 44 pp., 4 pls., 4°. [esp. Png]
HIPPOLYTE-BOUSSAC, P.
Excursion a la nécropole des cynocéphales sacrés.
Naturaliste, 1905, (2), 19, 185-187.

[++ 4f: Pp]
HOPFNER, T.
Der Tierkult der alten Aegypter nach den griech-
ischroemischen Berichten und den wichtigeren
Denkmaelern. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien.,
Phil.-hist. Ki., 1914, 57, no. 2, 26-32.
IMBERT, Henri
Les grands singes connus des anciens Chinois.
Hanoi-Haiphong: Imprimerie d’Extréme-Orient,
1922, 11 pp., 1 pl.
JOLEAUD, L.
L’origine du nom du _ gorilla.
Paris, 1936, 46, 525-528.
KELLER, Otto [1838- ].
Thiere des classischen Alterthums in culturge-
schichtlicher Beziehung. Innsbruck: Wagner, 1887,
ix, 488 pp., 8°.
KELLER, O.
Die antike Tierwelt. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engel-
mann, 1909, vol. 1, xii, 434 pp., 3 pls.
KILLERMANYN, S.
Das Tierbuch des Petrus Candidus geschrieben
1460, gemalt im 16. Iahrhundert (Codex Vati-
canus Urb. lat. 276.). Zool. Ann., 1914, 6, 114-
221, 8 pls.
KILLERMANN, S.

Zur Kenntnis der Menschenaffen im Mittelalter.
Z. Séugetierk., 1931, 6, 227-229, pl. 24.

Anthropologie,

Ancient world & middle ages

LICHTENSTEIN, Anton August Heinrich [1753-
1816].

Commentatio philologica de simiarum quotquot
veteribus innotuerunt, formis, earumque nominibus,
pro specimine methodi qua historia naturalis vete-
rum ad systema naturae Linnaeanum_exigenda
atque adornanda. Hamburgi: B. G. Hoffmann,
1791, 80 pp.

LORTET, [V.] & GAILLARD, C.

La faune momifée de l’ancienne Egypte et re-
chérches anthropologiques (3°, 4°, et 5° Séries).
Arch. Mus. Hist. nat., Lyon, 1909, 10, 336 pp.,
9 pls.

LURIA, S.

Der Affe des Archilochos und die Brautwerbung
des Hippokleides. PAilofogus,* 1929, 85, 1-22.
McDERMOTT, William Coffman [1907- ].
The apein Greek literature. Trans. Amer. philol.
Ass.,* 1935, 66, 165-176.
McDERMOTT, W. C.

The ape in Roman literature.
philol. Ass.,* 1936, 67, 148-167.
McDERMOTT, W. C.

The ape in antiquity. Baltimore: The Johns Hop-
kins Press, 1938, xi, 338 pp., 10 pls., 8°.
MAHOUDEAIN, P. G.

Le Périple d’'Hannon. Rev. Ec. Anthrop. Paris,
1910, 20, 149-169.

PEREZ BARRADAS, J.

Los monos sagrados del antiguo Egipto.
Soc. ibér. Cienc. nat., 1922, 22, 131-136.
PLINIUS SECUNDUS, Caius [23-79].
Plinius secundus noucomensis equestribus militits

Trans. Amer.

Bol.

[4]

[Lichtenstein——Zell]

industrie functus... Libros Naturalis Historie
[etc.]. Venice: J. Spira, 1469, fol. [Editio princeps.]
PLINIUS.

The historie of the world: Commonly called the
natural historie of G. Plinius Secundus. Trans-
lated into English by Philemon Holland. London:
Adam Islip, 1634, 2 vols. in 1, fol. [First English
edition.]

PLINIUS.

The natural history of Pliny. Translated by John
Bostock and H. T. Riley. London: Henry G
Bohn, 1855, vol. 2, xii, 555 pp.

RIESE, A.

TopiAd\as bei Hanno.
1881, n.f., 36, 209-211.
SCHMID, G.

Die angeblichen Gorillas in Hannos Bericht.
Zool. Ann., 1913, 5, 67-71.

ULLRICH, Friedrich

Die anatomische und vivisektorische Technik des
Galenos. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Leipzig. Werdau
i, Sa,: Julius Booch, 1919, 53 pp.

ZABOROWSKI, S.

Histoire de la connaissance relativement aux
grands singes dans |’antiquité et au moyen 4ge.
Rev. int. Sci. biol.,* 1880, 6, 539-552.

ZELL, T. [Pseudon.]

Polyphem ein Gorilla. Eine naturwissenschaftliche
und staatsrechtliche Untersuchung von Homer's
Odyssee. Buch IX, V. 105 ff. Berlin: W. Junk,
1901, vi, 184 pp. (Review: Naturw. Wschr., 1901,
16, 350-352.)

See also: Riolan, Intr. II.

Rheinisches Mus. Philol.,*
[Gr]

Introduction II
Knowledge of the Primates in the 16th & 17th Centuries

ALDROVANDI, Ulisse [1522-1707].

De quadrupedib’ digitatis viviparis libri tres, et
uadrupedib’ digitatis oviparis libri duo. Bartho-

fenacie Ambrosinus... collegit, [etc.]. Bonon:

apud N. Tebaldinum, 1637, viii, 718+16 pp., fol.

BARTHOLINUS, Thomas [1616-1680].
Anatome Cercopitheci Mamonet dicti. T. Bartho-
lini Acta medica & philosophica Hafniensia, 1671
& 1672 [1673], 1, 67-68, 313-314, 6 pls., 4°.
BATTELL, Andrew [1589-1614].

See Mahoudeau, P.-G.; Purchas, A.; Raven-
stein, E, G.
BLASIUS, Gerardus [c. 1623-1682].
Observata anatomica in homine, simid, equo...
vartisque animalibus aliis, Accedunt extraordinaria
in homine reperta praxin medicam aeque ac anato-
men illustrantia. Lugduni-Batav. & Amstelod.:
apud Gaasbeeck, 1674, 141+12 pp., 12 pls., 8°.
BONTIUS, Jacob [1599-1631].
Historiae naturalis &§ medicae Indiae orientalis.
Amsterdam: Ludovicum et Danielem, 1658, 160
pp., fol. [Png]
COITER, Volcher [1534-1600?].
Analogio ossium humanorum, simiae et verae, et
caudatae, quae cynocephali similis est atque vul-

pis. In: Externarum et internarum ai Cet el
humani corporis partium tabulae, [etc.]. oriber-
gae: in officina Theodorici Gerlatzeni, 1573,

14+133 pp., 7 pls., fol.

DAPPER, Olfert [ -1690].

Description del’ Afrique [etc.]. Traduit du Flam-
mand ... Amsterdam: Wolfgang, Waesberge,
[etc.], 1686, 534 pp., 13 maps, 85 pls., fol.
FRIEDERICI, Georg.

Affengeschichten aus Amerika. Arch. Anthrop.,
Braunschw., 1908 [1909], 35, 16-21.

GESNER, Conrad [1516-1565].

Historiae animalium, Lib. I. De
viviparis. Tiguri: apud Christ.
1551, 38+1104+11 pp., fol.
HAMY, E.-T.

Documents inédits sur |’Homo sylvestris rapporté
d’Angola en 1630. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris,
1897, 3, 277-282. [Px]
Le COMTE, Louis Daniel.

Nouveaux mémoires sur [état
Amsterdam: J. L. de Lorme
vol. 2, 386 pp.

uadrupedibus
roschoverum,

résent de la Chine.
Est. Roger, 1697,
[Hy/]

[5]

MAHOUDEAJU, P.-G.
Le Pongo, d’aprés le récit d’André Battell. Rev.
anthrop., 1915, 25, 165-170. [Gr]

MAHOUDEAL, P.-G.

Les mceurs du Pongo d’aprés André Battell.
Rev. anthrop., 1917, 27, 113-122. [Gr]

MARCGRAVIUS, Georgius [1610-1644].

Georgi Marcgravii ... Historie, rerum naturalium
Brasilie \ibri octo [etc.]. Lugdun. Batavorum:
apud Franciscum Hackium et Amstelodami: apud
Lud. Elzevirium, 1648, [8]+293+[7] pp., fol.

de MURALTO, Johannis [1645-1733].

Anatomia simiae 4 generali capitaneo lochmanno
oblatae. Miscellanea curiosa sive ephemeridum
medico-physicarum germanicarum academiae natu-
rae curiosorum. Decuriae II., annus primus, anni
M. DC. LX XXII, 150-154. (1682, [1683], (2), 1,
150-154.)

PERRAULT, [C.] [1613-1688].

Description anatomique de plusieurs singes de
differentes especes. Mem. Acad. R. Sci. Paris,*
[1666-1699], 1733, 3, (2), 51-64, pls. 43-44.

[See Hunauld, Intr. III: C-p Pp]

PIGAFETTA, Fillippo [1533-1603].

Regnum Congo, hoc est... Beschreibung dess
KGnigreichs Congo... Erstlich durch E. Lopez
...in Portugalesischer gestellt, jetzo aber in...
... Teutsche Spraach ... ubersetzt (etc.). In:
de Bry, T. (Historia Americae sive Novi Orbis,
comprachendens in xiii sectionibus ... descrip-
tionem .. . Indiae Occidentalis (etc.).) Franckfurt
am Meyn, 1598, India Orientalis, Pt. I, [v], 74,
[8] pp., 10 pls. with descriptive text, 1 map, fol.

PIGAFETTA, F.

A report of the kingdom of Congo, and of the sur-
rounding countries; drawn out of the writings and
discourses of the Portuguese, Duarte Lopez. Trans-
lated by Margarite Hutchinson. London, 1881,
xxi, 174 pp. (Originally published in Rome, 1591.)

PURCHAS, Samuel [1577?-1625].

Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes:
contayning a history of the world, in sea voyages &
lande trauells by Englishmen & others [etc.]. 4th
ed., earch by Stansby for H. Fetherstone, 1625,
4 vols.

[Ravenstein-—Wotton]

RAVENSTEIN, Ernest George [1834-1913].

The strange adventures of Andrew Battell of Leigh,
in Angola and the adjoining regions. Reprinted
from “Purchas his pilgrimes” [etc.]. London:
Hakluyt Society, 1901, xx, 210 pp.

RAY, John [1628-1705].

Synopsis methodica animalium quadrupedum et
Serpentini generis... Londini: S. Smith & B.
Walford, 1693, xvi, 336, viii, pp., 8°. [+]
RIOLAN, Jean, fils [1577-1657].

L’osteologie du singe ou la comparaison des os du
singe, avec ceux de l’homme. In: Les ouvres
anatomique de Me. Fean Riolan, arrangé par

Pierre Constant. Paris: Denys Moreau, 1628,
vol. 2, 144349417 pp., 4°.

SCHERREN, H.

Exhibition of lantern-slides of, and remarks upon,

old pictures of anthropoid apes. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1905, (2), 298-302.

SCHOUTEN, Wouter [1638-1704].

W. Schouten’s Oost-Indische voyagie, vervattende
veel voorname voorvallen en orgemeene vreemde ge-
schiedenissen, bloedige Zee- en Landtgerechten...
een curieuse beschrijving der voornaente landen
[etc.]. Amsterdam, 1676, 2 pts., 4°.

SCHOUTEN, Gautier

Voiage de Gautier Schouten aux Indes orientales,
commencé lan 1658. finilan 1665. Traduit du
Hollandois. Amsterdam: Estienne Roger, 1707,
vol. 2, 515 pp.

STILES, C. W. & Orleman, Mabelle B.
The nomenclature for man, the chimpanzee, the
orang-utan, and the Barbary ape. Bull. U. 8S.
Hyg. Lab., 1927, no. 145, 66 pp.

[16f-umr: esp. Pn Png Mc]
TOPSELL, Edward [ -1638?].
The history of four-footed beasts and serpents...
collected out of the writings of Conradus Gesner and
other authors [etc.). London: E. Cotes, 1658,
14 +41130+6 pp., fol. [wood cuts].

[6]

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION

TULP, Nicolas [1593-1674].
Observationum medicarum libri tres. Amstelre-
dami: apud L. Elzevirum, 1641, vi, 279 pp., 14

pls., 16°. [Px]
TULP, N.
Geneeskundige Waarnemingen [etc.]. Leiden: Ju-

riann Wishoff, 1740, lxxvii, 532 +8 pp
Virchow, H.]

[See Hamy, E. T.; Scherren, H.;

TYSON, Edward [1650-1708].

Orang-utang, sive Homo sylvestris: or, the anatomy
of a pygmie compared with that of a monkey, an
ape, and a man. To which is added, a philological
essay concerning the pygmies, the cynocephali, the
satyrs, and sphinges of the ancients., [etc.]. Lon-
don: Thomas Bennet, 1699, 12+108+58 pp., 8
pls., 4°. Review: PAilos. Trans., 1699, 21, no.
256, 338-342. [Px]

TYSON, E.

The anatomy of a pygmy, compared with that of a
monkey, and ape, and a man, with an essay con-
cerning the pygmies, etc., of the antients... To
which is added, the anatomy and description of a
rattle-snake: also of musk-hog. With a discourse
upon the jointed and round-worm. London: T.
Osborne, 1751, 2nd ed., 3 pts., 108 +78 pp., 16 pls.
4° (reprinting of 1699 work).

TYSON, E.

A philological essay concerning the pygmies of the
ancients. By Edward Tyson, M.D., Ss
A.D. 1699. Now edited, with an introduction
treating of pygmy races and fairy tales, by Ber-
tram C. A. Windle. London: D. Nutt, 1894, civ,
103 pp.

VIRCHOW, H.

Eine alte Abbildung des Orang Utan. S.B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl., 1933, 227. [i.e. Tulp: Pn]
WOTTON, Edward [1492-1555].

Edoardi Wottoni... De differentiis animalium
libri decem. [etc.] Lutetiae Parisiorum: apud Vas-
cosanum, 1552, [22] +220+[26] pp., fol.

Introduction III
Knowledge of the Primates in the 18th Century

AUDEBERT, Jean Baptiste [1759-1800].
Histoire naturelle des singes et des makis. Paris:
Desray, 1792-1800, 2+176 pp., 10 pts., 63 col.
pls., large fol. (Early parts issued with title:
Histoire naturelle des singes, peints d’apres nature,
Paris: 1797).
BANCROFT, Edward [1744-1821].
An essay on the natural history of Guiana, in South
America... with an account of the religion, man-
ners, and customs of several tribes of its Indian in-
habitants, etc....from a gentleman of the medical
faculty during his residence in that country. Lon-
don: T, Becket & P. A. de Hondt, 1769, iv + 402
pp., 8°.
BEECKMAN, Daniel.
A voyage to and from the island of Borneo, in the
East Indies. {etc.| London: T. Warner & J. Bat-
ley, 1718, 205 pp., 8°. (Also in: 4 general collec-
tion of ... voyages and travels in all parts of the
world, by John Pinkerton, vol. 11, 1812, 4°.)

[See Moulton: Png]
BEWICK, Thomas, engrav. [1753-1828].
A general history of elas Newcastle upon
Tyne: S. Hodgson, R. Beilby & T. Bewick, 1790,
vili, 456 pp., 8°.
BLUMENBACH, Johann Friedrich [1752-1841].
Handbuch der Naturgeschichte [etc.]. Gottingen,
1779, 559 pp., 2 pls., 8°.
BLUMENBACH, J. F.
Abbildungen naturhistorischer Gegenstande. G6t-
tingen: Heinrich Dieterich, 1810 [1796-1810], no.
1-100, 100 pls. (col.), 8°. [Pn Png C-p]
BODDAERT, Pieter [1730-c. 1796].
Tables des planches enluminéez d'histoire naturelle
de M. D’ Aubenton. Avec les denominations de
M. M. de Buffon, Brisson, Edwards, Linnaeus et
Latham. Précédé d’une notice des principaux
ouvrages zoologique enluminés. Utrecht, 1783, xv,
58 pp., fol. (Reprint: W. B. Tegetmeier, ed.
London: “The Field,” 1874, xv, 58 pp., 8°.)
BODDAERT, P.
P. Boddaert.... Elenchus animalium. Volumen
I. sistens quadrupedia...eorumque_ varietates.
Rotterodami, 1785, xxxviii, 174 pp., 8°.

BOREMAN, Thomas].

A description of some curious and uncommon crea-

tures... for the entertainment of young people.

London: Richard Ware, 1739, 88 pp., 16 Piss
n

BOSMAN, Willem.

Nauwkeurige beschryving van de Guinese Goud-

[7]

Tand- en Slave-Kust [etc.].
vols. in 1, 4°.

BRISSON, Mathurin Jacques [1723-1806].
Regnum animale in classes ix distributum, [etc.].—
Le régne animal devisé en ix classes, [etc.]. Paris:
Cl. J.-B. Bauche, 1756, vi, 382 pp., 4°.
BRONGNIART, A.

Description du singe cynocéphale. Simia cyno-
ed death Linn. Ff. Hist. nat.,* 1792, 1, 402-406,
ly Ail [Pp]

Utrecht, [1704], 2

BROOKES, Richard

A new and accurate system of natural history.
Vol.1. The natural history of quadrupeds... Lon-
don, 1763, xliii, 374 pp., pls., 8°.

BUFFON, George Louis Leclerc [1707-1788].
Histoire naturelle, générale et particuliére, avec la
description du cabinet du Roi. Paris: |’Impri-
merie royale, 1766, vol. 14, 411 pp., 41 pls.; vol. 15,
ale 207 pp., 4°. [articles by Buffon and Dauben-
ton].

BUFFON, G. L. L.

Histoire naturelle, générale et particuliére. Paris:
l’Imprimerie Royale, vol. 7, 1788, Quadrupédes,
5 +234, ccclxxiv pp., 38 pls.; vol. 8, 1789, Quadru-
pédes, xx, 364 pp., 81 pls. Supplément, vol. 7,
1889, Suite a l’histoire des animaux quadrupédes.

BUFFON, G. L. L.

Histoire naturelle, générale et particuliére. Nou-
velle edition ... redigé par C. S. Sonnini. Paris:
F. Dufart, 1799-1805, 64 vols. Histoire naturelle
des singes, by P. A. Latreille. Vol. 35, An XII
[1804], 317 pp., pls. 1-35; vol. 36, An XII [1804],
302 pp., pls. 36-79, 8°.

CABRERA, A.

On the identification of Simia syrichta Linnaeus.
F. Mammal., 1923, 4, 89-91, [Tars]
CAMEL, G. J.

De quadrupedibus Philippensebus. Philos. Trans.,
1705, 25, 2197-2204. [See Cabrera: Tars]
CAMPER, Peter [1722-1789].

Account of the organs of speech of the orang
outang. Philos. Trans., 1779, 69, 139-159, pl. 2.

Pp
CAMPER, P. oie

Natuurkundige verhandelingen van Petrus Camper
over den Orang Outang; en eenige andere Aapsoor-
ten. Over den Rhinoceros met den dubbelen horen:
en over het Rendier. Amsterdam: De Erven P.
Meijer & G, Warnars, 1782, 235 pp., 9 pls., 4°.
[Png]

[Camper—Home]

CAMPER, P.

Naturgeschichte des Orang-Utang und einiger an-
dern Affenarten, des Africanischen Nashorns und
des Rennthiers... Ins Deutsche tibersetzt, und
mit... Beobachtungen des Verfassers herausge-
geben von J. F. M. Herbell. Diisseldorf: J. C.
Danzer, 1791, 224 pp., 9 pls., 8°.

CAMPER, P.

Kurze Nachricht von der Zergliederung verschie-
dener Orang Utangs, [etc.]. Pages 65-94 in:
Sammtliche kleinere Schriften die Arzney- Wund-
arzneykunst und Naturgeschichte betreffend. Er-
sten Bandes, zweites Stick. Ins Teutsche ubersetzt
von J. F. M. Herbell. Leipzig: Siegfried Lebrecht
Crusius, 1784, 184 pp., 6 pls. [Png]

CAMPER, P.
De l’orang-outang, et de quelques autres espéces
de singes. In: Guvres de Pierre Camper, qui ont
pour objet Vhistoire naturelle, la physiologie et
Tanatomie comparée. Paris: H. J. Jansen, 1803,
vol. 1, pp. 5-196, 8°.
CUVIER, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric
[1769-1832].
Tableau élémentaire de [histoire naturelle des ani-
maux. Paris, An VI [1798], xvi, 710 pp., 14
pls., 8°.
DAUBENTON, Edme Louis [1732-1785].
Mémoire sur les differences de la situation du
grand trou occipital dans l’homme et dans les
animaux. Hist. Acad. R. Sci. Paris,* 1764, Mé-
moires, 568-575, pl. 16; Abstr.: Histoire, 59-62.
DAUBENTON, Louis Jean Marie [1716-1799].
Articles in: Encyclopédie méthodigue. Histoire na-
turelle des animaux. Tome premier. Les animaux
uadrupédes et les cétacés. Paris: Panckoucke,
1782, 1-130 pp.
De VISME, S.
Abstract of a letter from Stephen De Visme, Esq.;
at Canton, in China, to Henry Baker, F.R.S.,
containing an account of an earthquake at Macao,
and a short description of a singular species of
monkeys without tails, found in the interior part
of Bengal. PaAilos. Trans., 1769, 59, 71-73, pl. 3.

(if: Hy
EDWARDS, George [1694-1773].
Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting figures of
quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. (Glanures
a histoire naturelle, [etc.]. London, 1758-64,
XXXV +vii, 347 pp., pls. 211-362 (col.), 4°.
EDWARDS, G.
Beschreibung des Sanglins oder kleinen Cagui.
Hamburg & Dresden: Hilscher, 1773, 6 pp., 1 pl.
EDWARDS, G.
Gleanings of natural history, containing figures of
quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, Sc. ... Glanures
de V’histoire naturelle.... Part III. London:
George Sidney, 1806, vii, 221-346 pp., pls. 311-
30240.
EDWARDS, G.
Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting figures of

[8]

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION

quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, €c.: Glanures
@ histoire naturelle... Volume V. London: Will.
Gardiner, 1805, xxxv, 108 pp., pls. 213-259, 4°.

Taper Johann Christian Polycarp [1744-
1777].

Systema regni animalis, per classes, ordines, genera,
Species, varietates cum synonymia et historia ani-
malium. Classis I, Mammalia. Lipsiae: Impen-
sis Weygandiansis, 1777, xlviii, 636 +64 pp.
FOUCHER d’OBSONVILLE [1734-1802].

Essais philosophiques sur les meurs de divers ani-
maux étrangers, avec des observations relatives aux
principes & usages de plusieurs peuples. Ou, Extraits
des voyages de M*** en Asie. [etc.]. Paris:
Couturier fils, 1783, x, 430 pp. [Png Hyl]

GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, Etienne [1772-
1844].

Mémoire sur les rapports naturels de makis Le-

mur, L, et description d’une espéce nouvelle de

mammifére. Mag. encyclop.,* 1796, 1, 20-50, 1 pl.

[esp. Gig]
GEOFFROY [Saint-Hilaire, £.].
Sur un prétendu orang-outang des Indes, publié
dans les actes de la société de Batavia. F. Phys.
Chim. Hist. nat.*, 1798, 46, 342-346.
GEOFFROY [Saint-Hilaire, £.].
Observations on the account of the supposed orang
outang of the East Indies, published in the Trans-
actions of the Batavian Society in the Island of
Java. Phil. Mag., 1798, (1), 1, 337-342, pl. 11.
GEOFFROY-Saint-Hilaire, E. & CUVIER, G.
Mémoire sur une nouvelle division des mammi-
féres, et sur les principes qui doivent servir de
base dans cette sorte de travail. Mag. encyclop.,*
1795, année 1, 2, 164-190.
GEOFFROY [Saint-Hilaire], E. & CUVIER, G.
Histoire naturelles des orang-outangs: des carac-
téres qui peuvent servir a diviser les singes. Mag.
encyclop.,* 1795, année 1, 3, 451-473, 1 pl.
GEOFFROY [Saint-Hilaire], E. & CUVIER, G.

Mémoire sur les orangs-outangs. F. Phys. Chim.
Hist. nat.,* 1798, 46, 185-191, 1 pl.

GMELIN, Johann Friedrich [1748-1804].

C. a Linné... Systema naturae... Editio decima

tertia, aucta, reformata, cura F. F. Gmelin. Lip-

siae, 1788, Tom. I, Regnum animale, Pt. 1, Mam-

mailia, [x], 1-232 pp.

GRONOVIUS, Laurentius Theodorus [1730-
1777).

Zoophylacii Gronoviani, fasciculus primus exhibens

animalia quadrupedia, Amphibia atque, Pisces,

{etc.]. Lugduni Batavorum: Sumptibis auctoris,

1763, 236 pp., 3 pls., fol.

HOME, E.

An account of the orifice in the retina of the hu-
man eye, discovered by Professor Soemmering. To
which are added, proofs of this appearance being
extended to the eyes of other animals. PAilos.
Trans., 1798, (2), 332-345, pl. 17.

18th Century

[Hoppius——Pennant]

HOPPIUS, Christianus Emmanuel.

Dissertatio academica, in qua Anthropomorpha.. .

Brett . .. Carolo Linneo [etc]. Diss. (Med.)
psaliae, 1760, [6] +16 pp., 1 pl.

HOPPIUS, C. E.

Anthropomorpha. In: C. Linnaei . . . Amoenitates

academicae. {Salvius: Holmiae, 1760, vol. 6.] 2nd

ed., Erlangae: Jacobi Palm, 1789, vol. 6, 63-76,

ally al she,

HOPPIUS, C. E.

Vom Thiermenschen. In: Des Ritter C. von Linné

Auserlesene Abhandlungen aus der Naturgeschichte,

Physik und Arzneywissenschaft. (Translated and

edited by E. J. T. Hoepfner). Leipzig, 1776, vol.

1, vi, 330 +42 pp., 6 pls.

HUNAULD.

Examen de quelques parties d’un singe. Hist.

Acad. R. Sct. Paris,* 1735 [1738], Mémoires,

379-384, pl. 15. [cf. Perrault]

HUNTER, John [1728-1793].
Observations on the placenta of the monkey. In:

Observations on certain parts of the animal economy.
London, 1786, [6] +225 pp., 4°.

HUNTER, J.

Essays and observations on natural history, anat-
omy, physiology, psychology, and geology. Edited
by Richard Owen. London: John van Voorst,
1861, vol. 2, xii, 507 pp., 8°.

van IPEREN, Josua & SCHOUWMAN, Fredrik.
Beschrijving van de wou-wouwen. Verh. batav.
Genoot.,* [1780, 2, 383-405; idid., 1784, 2, 235—
256]; ibid., 3rd. druk, 1826, 2, 235-256. Gr. transl.:
Mag. Neueste Phys. Naturg.,* 1787, 2nd. ed., 2, (1),
1-17. [it: Hyl]
[JONES, W.].

On the loris, or slowpaced lemur.
1795, 4, 135-139, 1 pl.

JOSEPHI, Wilhelm.

Anatomie der Sdugethiere. Erster Band (welcher
den Nutzen, der Anatomie der Sdugethiere, die
Literatur zu derselben, und die Knochenlehre der
Affen enthalt), Gottingen: J. E. Dieterich, 1787,
xvi, 380 pp., 5 pls., 8°.

KERR, Robert [1755-1813].

The animal kingdom, or zoological system of the
celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus: Class I. Mam-
malia, (Class II. The Birds). ... being atransla-
tion of that part of the Systema naturae, as lately
published, with great improvements by Professor
Gmelin of Goettingen. [etc.]. London: J. Mur-
ray, 1792, xii, 28 +644 pp., 4°.

KLEIN, Jacob Theodor [1685-1759].

Summa dubiorum circa classes quadrupedum et
amphibiorum in celebris domini Caroli Linnaei
Systemate naturae: sive naturalis quadrupedum his-
toriae promovendae prodromus cum praeludio de
crustatis. Lipsiae: Jo. Frid. Gleditschium, 1743,
50+2 pp., 2 pls., 4°.

Asiatic Res.,*

[9]

KLEIN, J. T.
Quadrupedum dispositio brevisque historia natu-
ralis. Lipsiae: Ionam Schmidt, 1751, iv, 127
pp., 5 pls., 4°.
LACEPEDE, Bernard, Germain, Etienne de la

Ville [1756-1825].

Discours ...et Tableaux méthodique des mammi-
feres et des oiseaux. Paris, An VII [1799], 55+18
+20 pp., 4°.

LATREILLE, Pierre André [1762-1833].

Histoire naturelle des singes, faisant partie de celle
des quadrupédes de Buffon... Paris: F. Dufart,
An ix [1801], vol. 1, 318 pp., pls. (col.) 1-35; vol. 2,
302 pp., pls. (col.) 36-89, 8°.

LICHTENSTEIN, A. A. H. See Intr. I.
LINNAEUS, Carl [1707-1778].

Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum
classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus,
differentiis, synonymis, locis. Holmiae: Laurentii
Salvi, 1758, 10th ed., vol. 1, 824 pp., 8°.

See: Cabrera, A.; Gmelin, J. F.; Hoppius,
C. E.; Kerr, R.; Klein, J. T.; Thomas, O.
[LONG, Edward.]

History of Famaica, or general survey of the antient

and modern state of that island, {etc.|. London:

T. Lowndes, 1774, vol. 2, 600 pp., pls. 6-15.
[Png]

MATTHEWS, John.

A voyage to the river Sierra-Leone, on the coast of

Africa \etc.]. London: B. White & Son, 1788, iv,

183 pp., 3 pls. [Px]
MILLER, C.

An account of the Island of Sumatra, &c. Philos.
Trans., 1778, 68, 160-179. [+ Png Hyll

MONBODDO, James Burnett, Lord, [1714-1799].
Of the origin and progress of language [etc.].
Edinburgh: J. Balfour, 1774, 2nd rev. ed., vol. 1,
x +xi, 678 pp. [Gr Pn Png]
MOULTON, J. C.

The first reliable account of the orang-utan (Simia
saytrus, L.). Zoologist, 1913, (4), 17, 337-340.

[i.e. Beeckman: Png]
PALLAS, Peter Simon [1741-1811].
Novae species quadrupedum e glirium ordine. Er-

langae: Wolfgangi Waltheri, 1778, viii, 388 pp.,
27 pls. [Tars]
PARSONS, J.

An account of a very small monkey, communi-
cated to Martin Falkes, Esq.; LL.D. and Presi-
dent of the Royal and Antiquarian Societies,
London. Philos. Trans., 1751-52, 47, 146-150,
1 pl. [Saim]
PENNANT, Thomas [1726-1798].

Synopsis of quadrupeds. Chester: J. Monk, 1771,
xxv, 382 pp., 31 pls.

PENNANT, T.

History of quadrupeds. WLondon: B. White, 1781,
vol. 1, xxiv, 284 pp., 32 pls.

[Pennant—van Wurmb]

PENNANT, T.
History of quadrupeds.
vol. 1, 306 pp., 61 pls.

RADERMACHER, J. C. M.

Beschrijving van het eiland Borneo, voor zoo ver

hetzelve tot nu toe bekand is. Verh. batav.

Genoot.,* [1780, 2; ibid., 1784, 2]; idid., 3rd. druk,

1826, 2, 43-69. [Png Nas]
See Huxley, T. H., no. 194a and 194b.

von SCHREBER, Johann Christian Daniel [1739-
1810].

Die Sdugethiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur,

mit Beschreibungen. Erster Theil. Fortgesetzt

von August Goldfuss. Erlangen: Expedition des

Schreber’schen Saugethier- und des Esper’schen

Schmetterlingswerkes [etc.], [1774], vi, 188 pp., 4°.

SCOTIN, [engraver]

Animalis rarioris, chimpanzee dicti, ex regno An-
gola Londinum advecti, brevior descriptio. Nova
acta eruditorum, Lipsiae, 1739, 564-565.

[1p/: Pn]
SHAW, George [1751-1813].
Museum Leverianum, containing select specimens
from the museum of the late Sir Ashton Lever; with
descriptions in Latin and English... London:
James Parkinson, 1792-96, parts I-VI, 72 col. pls.,
4°.

3rd ed., London, 1793,

SHAW, G.

Cimelia physica. Figures of rare and curious quaa-
rupeds, birds, c., together with several of the most
elegant plants. Engraved and coloured from the
subjects themselves by John Frederick Miller.
London: T. Bensley, 1796, ii, 106 pp., 70 pls.
(col.), fol.

SONNERAT, Pierre [1749-1814].
Voyages aux Indes orientales et dla Chine, fait...
depuis 1774 jusqu’en 1781. [etc.]. Paris, L’auteur,
1782, vol. 2, viii, 298 pp., pls. 81-140, 4°.

[Indr Daud]

STORR, Gottlieb Conrad Christian [1749-1821]
& WOLFFER, Friderico.

Prodromus methodi mammalium. Inauguralem
disputationem propositus, praeside G. C. C.
Storr...respondente F. Wolffer. Inaug.-Diss.
(Med.) Tubingae, Litteris Reissianis, 1780, 43
>) ee oe [ Tars]
THOMAS, Oldfield.

The mammals of the tenth edition of Linnaeus; an
attempt to fix the types of the genera and the
exact bases and localities of the species. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, (1), 120-158.

VICQ d’AZYR, Felix [1748-1794].

Systéme anatomique. Encyclopédie méthodique,
Paris, 1792, Systéme anatomique. Tome II. Qua-
rupédes, clxiv, 632 pp.

VICQ, d’AZYR, F.

Description anatomique des singes en général,
Pages 295-320 in Gewores de Vicq-d’ Azyr, recueillies
et publiées avec des notes et un discours sur sa
vie et ses ouvrages par Jacq. L. Moreau (de la

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION

Sarthe). Paris: |’"Imprimerie de Baudouin, 1805,
vol. 5, 372 pp., 8°. [Mc]
VOSMAER, Arnout [1720-1799].

Natuurkundige beschryving eener uitmuntende ver-
zameling van xeldsaame gedierten, bestaande in
Oost- en Westindische viervoetige dieren, vogeln en
slangen... Amsterdam: J. B. Elwe, 1766-1804
[1804], 33 parts with title pages, 4°.

VOSMAER, A.

Description d'un recueil exquis d’animaux rares,
consistant en quadrupédes, oiseaux et serpents, des
Indes orientales, et occidentales. Amsterdam:
J. B. Elwe, 1767-1805 [1804]. [Edition with French
title pages & text.]

VOSMAER, A.

Beschryving van eene xeldzaame Amerikaansche
langstaartige aap-soort, by den Inlander gewoonlyk
genaamd quatto, en de Hollanders bosch-duivel, of
slinger-aap. Amsterdam: Pieter Meijer, 1768,
12 pp., 1 pl. (col.), 4°. [Atl]

VOSMAER, A.

Beschryving von eene zeldzaame Amerikaansche nog

Sliet beschreeven slinger-aap-soort, genaamd de
nuiter, uit de Hollandsche volkplanting Surinamen.
Amsterdam: Pieter Meijer, 1770, 6 pp., 1 pl.
(col.), 4°.

VOSMAER, A.

Beschryving van de zo zeldzaame als xonderlinge
aap-soort, genaamd orang-outang, van het eiland
Borneo. Amsterdam: Pieter Meijer, 1778, 23 pp.,
2 pls. (col.), 4°. [Png]
WHITE, Charles [1728-1813].

An account of the regular gradation in man, and in
different animals and vegetables; and from the
former to the latter. London: C,. Dilly, 1799, xii,
146, cxxxix—clxvi pp., 4 pls.

van WURMB, Fredrik.

Beschrijving van de groote Borneosche orang ou-
tang of de Oost-Indische pongo. Verh. batav.
Genoot.,* [1781, 3; ibid., 178?, 2, 245-261]; idid.,
3rd druk, 1826, 2, 137-147.

WURMB, Baron de.

Description du grand orang-outang de Bornéo, ou
pongo des Indes Orientales, par le Baron de
Wurmb; tirée des Mémoires de la Société des Arts
et Sciences de Batavia, tome II, page 245, et tra-
duite du hollandais parle cit. Jansen. La Décade
philosophique, littéraire et politique, Paris*, 1796,
79, 4° trimestre, 1-8. [Fr. transl.]

van WURMB, F.

Description of the large orang outang of Borneo.
Phil. Mag., 1798, (1), 1, 225-231. [Engl. transl.]

van WURMB, F.

De Kahau, eene langstaartige aap. Verh. batav.
Genoot.,* [1781, 3; ibid., 1787, 3, 345-354.] 2nd
ed., ibid., 1824, 3, 217-222.] (Brief Engl. transl. &
bibl. notes in: Notes Leyden Mus., 1902, 23, 113-
122, pls. 1-5; Gr. transl.: Mag. Neueste Phys.
Naturg.,* 1789, 2nd. ed., 2, (4), 3-10.) [ Nas]

[10]

Anatomy

Systematic Anatomy, Embryology, Histology, Teratology,
Dimensions and Proportions

Embryology

SPERM & SPERMATOGENESIS

1. Ballowitz, E. Zur Kenntnis der Spermien
der frugivoren Chiropteren und der Prosimier mit
Einschluss von Chiromys madagascariensis, Desm.
Anat. Anz. 1909, 34, 275-286.

[27f: Lm Mer-c Daub}

2. Bluntschli, H. & Spiihler, O. Vorkommen
von vier Reifungsteilungen in der Spermiogenese
von Microcebus. Naturwissenschaften, 1935, 23,
287. [Mer-c]

3. Branca, A. Lacroissance des spermatocytes
chez Lemur rufifrons. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,

1903, 55, 1035-1036. [Lm]
3a. Evans, H. M. & Swezy, Olive. The chro-
mosomes in man: sex and somatic. Mem. Univ-

Calif., 1929, 9, 1-64. [+ 11pl-8f-91: Mel

4. Moreaux, R. Sur la spermiogenése chez le
macaque. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1909, 67,
369-371. [Mc]

5. Painter, T.S. The sex chromosomes of the
monkey. Science, 1922, n.s., 56, 286-287.
[+ Uf: Cebd]

6. Painter, T. S. Studies in mammalian sper-
matogenesis. IV. The
monkeys. #7. exp. Zool., 1924, 39, 433-463.

[5pl-1f-r: Mc Ceb]

7. Retzius, G. Die Spermien der Halbaffen-
Biol. Untersuch., 1909, n.f., 14, 199-200, pl. 58.

[Lm]

8. Retzius, G. Die Spermien der Affen. Biol.
Untersuch., 1909, n.f., 14, 201-204, pls. 58-59.

[Hyl Mc Hap]

9. Retzius, G. Uber die Form der Spermien
bei den anthropoiden Affen. Biol. Untersuch.,
1910, n.f., 15, 83-86, pl. 21. [Png]

10. Retzius, G. Om spermiernas form hos de
antropoida aporna. Ark. Zoo/., 1910, 6, no. 8,
6 pp. [1f: Png]

11. Retzius, G. Die Spermien des Schimpan-
sen. Biol. Untersuch., 1911, n.f., 16, 79-81, pl.
24. [Pr]

12. Retzius,G. Blick auf die jetzige Kenntnis
der Spermienformen der Primaten. Biol. Unter-
such., 1912, n.f., 17, 100-108, pls. 15-16.

[Gr Mc Pp Mndr]|

G. Ueber die Spermien des
Anat. Anz., 1913, 43, 577-582.
[11f: Gr]
14. Retzius, G. Zur Kenntnis der Spermien
der Insektivoren, Carnivoren und Prosimier.
Biol. Untersuch., 1914, n.f., 18, 85-90, pl. 18.
[Lm Lp-l Daub]

13. Retzius,
Gorilla.

sex chromosomes of

15. Retzius, G. Zur Kenntnis der Spermien
der Simier. Biol. Untersuch., 1914, n.f., 18,
91-94, pl. 19. [Grip Gece Mich

16. Retzius, G. Noch einige Beitraége zur
Kenntnis der Spermien bei den Affen. Biol.
Untersuch., 1921, n.f., 19, 57-61, pl. 21.

[Hyl Saim]

17. Spiihler, O. Genitalzyklus und Spermi-
ogenese des Mausmaki (Microcebus murinus Mil-
ler). Z. Zellforsch., 1935, 23, 442-463.

See also: 327, 677. [10f-r: Mcr-c]

OVUM & OVOGENESIS

18. Allen, E. An unfertilized tubal ovum from
Macacus rhesus. Anat. Rec., 1928, 37, 351-356.
[Uf-lt: Mc]
19. Allen, E., Pratt, J. P., Newell, Q. U. &
Bland, L. J. Human tubal ova; related early
corpora lutea and uterine tubes. Contr. Embryol.
Carneg. Instn., 1930, 22, 45-76, 8 pls.
[+ 10f-2t-nr: Mc]

20. Athias, M. Cristalloides dans l’ceuf de
Cercopithecus callitrichus et de Cercopithecus
sabaeus. Bull. Soc. portug. Sci. nat., 1915, 7,
67-76, pl. 7. aG=p)

21. Evans, H. M. & Swezy, Olive. Ovogenesis
and the normal follicular cycle in adult mam-
malia. Mem. Univ. Calif., 1931, 9, 119-224,
pls. 19-36. [+ 16f-nr: Mc]

22. Gérard, P. Etudes sur Vovogenése et
lontogenése chez les lmuriens du genre Ga/ago.
Arch. Biol., Paris, 1932, 43, 93-151, pls. 6-10.

[16f-nr: Lm WNyct-c Gilg]

23. Gérard, P. Contribution a l’étude de
Povaire des mammiféres. L’ovaire de Galago mos-
sambicus (Young). Arch. Biol., Paris, 1920, 30,
357-392. [3f-35r: Gig]

24. League, Bessie & Hartman, C.G. Anovu-
lar Graafian follicles in mammalian ovaries.
Anat. Rec., 1925, 30, 1-13. [+ 2pl-6r: Mc]

25. Lewis, W. H. & Hartman, C. G. Early
cleavage stages of the egg of the monkey (Maca-
cus rhesus). Contr. Embryol. Carneg. Instn.,
1933, 24, 187-202, 2 pls. [6f-lir: Mc|

26. Narayan Rao, C. R. On the structure of
the ovary and the ovarian ovum of Loris lydek-
kerianus, Cabr. Quart. F. micr. Sci., 1927, n.s.,
71, 57-74, pls. 8-9. [2f-10r: Lor]

27. Pollak, W. Uber Kristalloide in Eizellen
von Macacus rhesus. Anat. Anz., 1926, 61, 202-
204. Abstr.: Lotos, 1925, 73, 69-70. [Uf: Mc]

See also: 715, 718, 1227, 2753.

[13]

[Anat. 28-53]

EARLY EMBRYONIC STAGES
& PLACENTATION

PRIMATES IN GENERAL

28. Eternod, A. C. F. L’anse veineuse vitel-
line des primates (homme et quadrumanes).
C. R. Ass. Anat., 1902, 4, 103-110. [++ 2f]

29. Grosser, O. Vergleichende und mensch-
liche Placentationslehre. In: Biologie und Patho-
logie des Weibes. J. Halban and L. Seitz, ed.,
Berlin und Wein: Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1925,
6, 1 Teil, 1-162 pp.

30. Grosser, Otto. Friihentwicklung, Eihaut-
bildung und Placentation des Menschen und der
Sdugetiere. Minchen: J. F. Bergmann, 1927,
viii, 454 pp.

31. Hill, J. P. The developmental history of
the primates. [Croonian Lecture]. Philos. Trans.
1932, B, 221, 45-178, pls. 1-21. [17f-nr: Gr

Hyl Prsb Nas Mc Saim Ceb Hap

Lor Nyct-c Gilg Tars)

32. Robinson, A. Lectures on the early stages
in the development of mammalian ova, and on the
differentiation of the placenta in different groups
of mammals. Lecture III. ¥. Anat., Lond., 1904,
38, 485-502, pl. 54. [+ based on Selenka]

33. Selenka, E. Affen Ostindiens. Stud.
EntwGesch. Tiere, 1891-92, 1, 195-208, pls.
35-40. [Hyl Prsb Nas Me]

34. Selenka, E. Blattumkehr im Ei der Affen.
Biol. Zbl., 1898, 18, 552-557, 808-809; 1899, 19,
175-176. {++ 11f-cf.90: Hyl Nas

Me Tars]

35. Selenka, E. Entwickelung des Gibbon
(Hylobates und Siamanga). Stud. EntwGesch.
Tiere, 1899-1900, 2, 163-208, pl. 11.

[34f: Hyl Symph Nas Mc]

36. Selenka, E. Zur vergleichenden Keimes-
geschichte der Primaten. Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere,
1903, 3, 329-373, pl. 12.

[67f-lt: Png Hyl Prsbh Nas Mc]

37. Strahl, H. & Happe, H. Neue Beitrage
zur Kenntnis von Affenplacenten. Anat. Anz.,
1904, 24, 454-464. [Nas Al}

38. Strahl, H. & Happe,H. Uber die Placenta
der Schwanzaffen. Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere, 1905,
4, 492-551, pls. 13-55.

[Prsh Nas Me Ceb All

39. Wislocki, G. B. On the placentation of
primates, with a consideration of the phylogeny
of the placenta. Contr. Embryol. Carneg. Instn.,
1929, 20, 51-80, 7 pls. [1f-2t-6 or:

Gr Hyl Clb Mc Ceb Atl All

See also: 103, 104, 111a, 112, 666.

PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

40. Elder, J. H., Hartman, C. G. & Heuser,
C. H. A ten and one-half day chimpanzee em-
bryo, “Yerkes A.” F. Amer. med. Ass., 1938,
111, 1156-1159. [1f-7r: Pn]

EMBRYOLOGY

41. Frankenberger, Z. Pupetnik gorily. [Um-
bilical cord of the gorilla.] Bratislavske lekérs.
List., 1929, 9, 728-732, pl. 11.

[3f-Engl. abstr.: Gr]

42. Strahl, H. Uteri gravidi des Orang-Utan.
Anat. Anz., 1902, 22, 170-175. [Png]

43. Strahl, H. Primaten-Placenten. Stud.
EntwGesch. Tiere, 1903, 4, 417-491.

[+++ 58: Png Hyl]

44, Wislocki,G.B. Gravid reproductive tract

and placenta of the chimpanzee. Amer. F. phys.

Anthrop., 1933, 18, 81-92, 3 pls. [Pz]

See also: 119, 120, 3956.

CERCOPITHECIDAE

45. Bolk, L. Beitrage zur Affen-Anatomie. I.
Untersuchungen am schwangeren Uterus von
Semnopithecus. Morph. Fb., 1900, 28, 565-623,
pl. 30.—Bemerkung zu meiner Abhandlung.
Anat. Anz., 1901, 20, 95-96. (Irrige Bestimmung
des Materials. Arbeit als nicht existierend zu
betrachten.) [24f-21r: See above]

46. Chapman, H. C. Placenta of Macacus
cynomologus. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad.,
1879, 146-147. [Mc]

47. Coventry, A. F. The placenta of the
Guinea baboon (Cynocephalus papio, Desmar.).
Anat. Rec., 1923, 25, 237-255. [4p/-1f: Pp]

48. Duckworth, W.L.H. The histology of the
early placenta of Macacus nemestrinus. Proc.
Camb. phil. Soc., 1907, 14, 299-312, pls. 4-11.

[Mc]

48a. Frommolt, G. Uber die Makakuspla-
zenta. Z. Geburtsh. Gynak., 1931, 100, 168-170.

[ Abstr.]

49. Frommolt, G. Untersuchungen an Maka-
ken. I. Mitteilung: Der Makakenuterus am Ende
der Graviditat. Z/. Gyné@k., 1931, 55, (2), 1768—
1775. [9f: Me]

50. Hart, D. B. & Gulland, G. L. The
anatomy of advanced pregnancy in Macacus
rhesus studied by frozen sections, by casts and
microscopically. 7. dnat., Lond., 1893, 27, 361—
376, pl. 22. [2f-19r: Mc]

51. Herberg, H. P. Die Utero-Placentarge-
fasse bei Makaken. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1935,
37, 1-15. [7f: Mc]

52. Hertig, A. T. Angiogenesis in the early
human chorion and in the primary placenta of the
macaque monkey. Contr. Embryol. Carneg.
Instn., 1935, 25, 37-82, 5 pls.

[++ 3f-5t-nr: Mc]

52a. Heuser, C.H. Early development of the
primitive mesoblast in embryos of the rhesus mon-
key. Coop. Res., Carneg. Instn.,* 1938, 383-388,
3 pls. [Mc]

53. Keith, A. [Uterus of Macacus rhesus.]
F. Anat., Lond., 1900, 34, xlvi—xlviii.
[1f-abstr.: Mc]

[14]

Early embryonic stages & placentation

[Anat. 54-81]

54. Kollmann, J. Ueber die Entwicklung der
Placenta bei den Makaken, Anat. Anz., 1900,
17, 465-479. [6f-25r: Mc]

55. Retterer, E. Structure des disques placen-
taires du macaque rhésus. C. R, Soc. Biol., Paris,
1915, 78, 323-327. [Mc]

56. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Disques pla-
centaires d’un macaque rhésus. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1915, 78, 271-274. [Mc]

57. Rolleston, [G]. On the placental struc-
tures of the tenrec (Centetes ecaudatus), and those
of certain other Mammalia; with remarks on the
value of the placental system of classification.
Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1863 [1866], 5, 285-316,
pl. 50. [+ mr: Me]

58. Selenka, E. Zur Entwicklung der Affen.
S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1890, (2), 1257-1262.

[Prsb Mc]

59. Selenka, E. Atypische Placentation eines
altweltlichen Schwanzaffen. Ann. Fard. bot.
Buitenz., [1898], Suppl. 2, 85-88. [Prsd]

60. Selenka, E. Placentaranlage des Lutung

(Semnopithecus pruinosus, von Borneo). S. B.
bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1901, 31, 3-14, 2 pls.
[5f: Prsé]

61. Turner, W. On the placentation of the
apes, with a comparison of the structure of their
placenta with that of the human female. PAi/os.
Trans., 1878 [1879], 169, 523-562, pls. 48-49.

[MeV iG-c Pp}

62. Waldeyer, W. Die Placenta von Inuus
nemestrinus. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1889,
(2), 697-710. [Uf: Mc]

63. Waldeyer, W. Bemerkungen uber den
Bau der Menschen- und Affen-Placenta. Arch.
mikr. Anat., 1890 [1895], 35, 1-51, pls. 1-2.

[+ r: Me]

64. Wislocki, G. B. & Hartman, C.G. On the
placentation of a macaque (Macacus rhesus) with
observations on the origin of the blood constitut-
ing the placental sign. ‘fohns Hopk. Hosp. Bull.,
1929, 44, 165-185. [3pl-13r: Mc]

65. Wislocki, G. B. & Streeter, G. L. On the
placentation of the macaque (Macaca mulatta),
from the time of implantation until the formation

of the definitive placenta. Contr. Embryol.
Carneg. Instn., 1938, 27, 1-66, 13 pls.
[1f-65r: Mc Hap Ocd-m]

See also: 1i1a, 131.

CEBIDAE & HAPALIDAE

66. Klein, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Mycetesplacenta. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden,
1910, 41, 339-371, pl. 12. tif: All

67.* Martin St.-Ange, [G. J.] Placenta a deux
lobes symétriques chez un foetus de singe a terme,
du genre ouistiti (Hapale). Mag. Zool. de Guérin
Méneville,* 1844, 6. Also: Rev. zool.,* 1844, 7,
73-74. [ Hap]

68. Rudolphi, [C. A.] Uber den Embryo der
Affen und einiger anderen Sdugethiere. dh.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., physik. Ki., 1828, 35-42,
pls. 1-4. [++ <4/ Hap)

69. Sawaya, P. Sobre a placenta bidiscoidal
de Hapale jacchus (L.). Rev. Biol. Hyg., 8.
Paulo, 1937, 7, 53-58.

[2f-19r-Engl. abstr.: Hap]

70. Strahl, H. Doppelt-diskoidale Placenten
bei amerikanischen Affen. Anat. Anz., 1905, 26,
429-430. [Ceb Al]

71. Strahl, H. Zur Entwicklung von Mycetes
und Cebus. Anat. Anz., 1913, 43, 501-510.
[Ceb Al]

72. Wislocki, G.B. Remarks on the placenta-
tion of a platyrrhine monkey (4feles geoffroyi).
Amer. F. Anat., 1926, 36, 467-487.

[2p/-10r: Atl]

73. Wislocki, G. B. On a series of placental
stages of a platyrrhine monkey (4teles geoffroyi)
with some remarks upon age, sex and breeding
period in platyrrhines. Contr. Embryol. Carneg.
Instn., 1930, 22, 173-192, 5 pls.

[1t-nr: Aot Saim Oed-m Ceb Atl All

74. Wislocki, G. B. Placentation in the mar-
moset (Oedipomidas geoffroyi), with remarks on
twinning in monkeys. Anat. Rec., 1932, 52,
381-399. [3pl-10r; Oed-m C-p]

See also: 2927a.

LEMUROIDEA & TARSIOIDEA

75. Anthony, R. Note sur un foetus de pro-
pithéque et ses membranes. Ann. Sci. nat.,
Zool., 1908, (9), 7) 243-248, pl. 17. [2f: Pr-p]

76. Broca, P. Sur la généalogie de l’homme
d’aprés M. Haeckel. Le placenta des lémuriens.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1877, (2), 12, 267-270.

[+ Pr-p]

77. van Gelderen, C. Uber die zeitliche Folge
der Entstehung der Dotter- und Plazentarkreis-
laufe bei Primaten. Zoo/. Anz., 1926, 66, 103—
114. [3f-r: Tars]

78. Gérard, P. Contribution a l’étude de la
placentation chez les Jémuriens. A propos d’une
anomalie de la placentation chez Galago demidoffi
(Fisch). Arch. Anat. micr., 1929, 25, 56-68.

[8f: Gilg]

79. Hamlett,G.W.D. The occurrence of hip-
pomanes within the yolk sac of lemurs. Anat.
Rec., 1935, 62, 279-289. [2pl-r: Lm Mer-c]

80. Hill, J. P. The affinities of Tarsius from
the embryological aspect. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1919, (2), 476-491, 1 pl. [5f-1t: Tars]

81. Hill, J. P. & Burne, R. H. The foetal
membranes and placentation of Chiromys mada-
gascariensis. (With an appendix on the external
characters of the foetus, by R. I. Pocock, F. R. S.)
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1922 [1923], (2), 1145-
1170, 6 pls. [6f-18r: Daub]

[15]

[Anat. 82-109]

EMBRYOLOGY

82. Hill, J. P., Ince, Frances E. & Subba Rau,
A. The mode of vascularization of the chorion
in the Lemuroidea and its phylogenetic signifi-
cance. C. R. Ass. Anat., 1928, 23, 196-200.

[4f: Lor]

83. Hill, J. P., Ince, Frances E. & Subba Rau,
A. The development of the foetal membranes in
Loris, with special reference to the mode of vascu-
larisation of the chorion in the Lemuroidea and its
phylogenetic significance. (Preliminary communi-
cation.) Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1928, (2), 699-
716, 1 pl. [3f: Lor]

84. Hubrecht, A. A. W. Spolia nemoris.
Quart. F. micr. Sci., 1894, n.s., 36, 77-125, pls.
9-12. [++ Nyct-c Tars]

85. Hubrecht, A.A.W. Embryologisch onder-
zoek van zoogdieren uit Nederlandsch-Indié,
aldaar in 1890 en 1891 aangevangen in opdracht
van de Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1895, 54, 25-92,
4 pls. [Idem no. 84]

86. Hubrecht, [A. A. W.] Over de kiemblaas
van mensch en aap en hare beteekenis voor de
phylogenie der primaten. Versi. gewone vergad.
Akad. Amst., 1896, 5, 23-25. [+++ Tars]

87. Hubrecht, A. A. W. Die Keimblase von
Tarsius. Ein Hilfsmittel zur scharferen Definition
gewisser Saugetierordnungen. Festschrift Carl
Gegenbaur, 1896, 2, 147-178, 1 pl. Apart: Leipzig,
Wilhelm Engelmann, 1896, 32 pp. [Mc Tars]

88. Hubrecht, A. A. W. Die Rolle des em-
bryonalen Trophoblasts bei der Placentation.
Zbl. Gynék., 1897, 21, 1206-1207.

[+ abstr.: Tars]

89. Hubrecht, A. A. W. Ueber die Entwick-
lung der Placenta von Tarsius und Tupaja,
nebst Bemerkungen ueber deren Bedeutung als
haematopoietische Organe. 4th Int. Congr.
Zool., Cambridge, 1898 [1899], 343-411, pls. 4-15.

[Tars]

90. Hubrecht, A. A. W. Blattumkehr im Ei
der Affen? Biol. Zb/., 1899, 19, 171-175.

[++ 2f-cf. 34: Tars]

91. Hubrecht, A.A.W. Keimblattbildung bei
Tarsius spectrum. 5th Int. Congr. Zool., Berl.s
1901, 651-657, 2 pls. [Tars]

92. Hubrecht, A.A. W. Furchung und Keim-
blattbildung bei Tarsius spectrum. Verh. Akad.
Wet., Amst., Sect. 2, 1902, 8, no. 6, 113 pp., 12 pls.

[ur: Tars]

93. Hubrecht, Ambrosius Arnold Willem. Die
Sdugetierontogenese in threr Bedeutung fiir die
Phylogenie der Wirbeltiere. Jena: Gustav Fischer,
1909, 248 pp. [++ 186f:Lm Tars]}

94. Jenkinson, J.W. The placenta of alemur.
Quart. F. micr. Sci., 1915, n.s., 61, 171-184, pls.
isa [7f: 2Lp-l|

95. Milne-Edwards, A. Observations on some
points in the embryology of the Lemuroidea, and
on the zoological affinities of these animals. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist., 1871, (4), 8, 438-440. [see 20. 96]

96. Milne-Edwards, A. Observations sur
quelques points de l’embryologie des lémuriens et
sur les affinités zoologiques de ces animaux. C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1871, 73, 422-424; Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., 1872, (5), 15, no. 6, 7 pp.; Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1871, 6, 396-403.

[Lp-1 Hp-l Chrg Pr-p]

97. Milne-Edwards, A. Sur la disposition des
enveloppes foetales de l’aye-aye (Chiromys mada-
gascariensis). C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1884, 99,
266-267. [Daub]

98. Strahl, H. Die Verarbeitung von Blutex-
travasaten durch Uterindriisen. Anat. Anz.,
1899, 16, 266-269. [Gig]

99. Strahl, H. Der Uterus gravidus von
Galago agisymbanus. Abh. senckenb. naturf. Ges.,
1899, 26, 153-199, pls. 18-25. [Gig]

100. Strahl, H. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Placenta. Ab‘. senckend. naturf.
Ges., 1904, 27, 261-320, pls. 36-45.

[++ If:Lm Pr-p Gig]

101. Turner, W. On the placentation of the
lemurs. Philos. Trans., 1876 [1877], 166, 569-
587, pls. 49-51; F. Anat., Lond., 1877, 12, 147-
153; }. Zool.,* 1877, 6, 359-375.

[if: Lm Pr-p Indr]

102. Turner, W. An additional contribution

to the placentation of the lemurs. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1888, 44, 277-282. [Lm]

See also: 22, 269, 731.

FOETUS & FOETAL GROWTH
PRIMATES IN GENERAL

103. Breschet,G. Recherches anatomiques et
physiologiques sur la gestation des quadrumanes.
Mém. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1845, 19, 401-490, 14 pls.

[Nas C-p Pp Saim Al}

104. Keibel, [F.] Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte
der Affen. Anat. Anz., 1904, 25, ErgH., 156-163]
[Png Hyl Prsbh Me.

105. Keibel, F. Zur Embryologie des Men-
schen, der Affen und der Halbaffen. Anat. Anz.,
1905, 27, ErgH., 39-50. [22f: Prsb Mc Tars]

106. Keibel, F. Zur Embryologie des Men-
schen, der Affen und der Halbaffen. C. R. Ass.
Anat., 1905, 7, 141-152. [Idem 105]

107. Keibel, F. Die aussere Kérperform und
der Entwickelungsgrad der Organe bei Affenem-
bryonen. Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere, 1906, 4, 553-
617. [87f-24t: Png Hyl Prsb Nas Me]

108. Meyer-Lierheim, F. Die Dichtigkeit der
Behaarung beim Fetus des Menschen und der
Affen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1910, 13, 131-150,
pl. 5. [++ 30t: Pn Png Hyl Me]

109. Schultz, A. H. Embryological evidence
of the evolution of man. F. Wash. Acad. Sci.,

1925, 15, 247-263. [+++ 16f: Gr Pn
Png (Hyl (Clb Me “Geb Lag “Ail al
Lm|

[16]

Foetus & foetal growth

110. Schultz, A. H. Fetal growth of man and
other primates. Quart. Rev. Biol., 1926, 1, 465—

521. [+ ) 20f-3lt-nr: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Nas Clb Mc Pp Ceb Atl All

110a. Schultz, A.H. La croissance foetale chez
Vhomme et autres primates. Bull. Soc. Formes

hum., Paris, 1927, 5, 270-334.
[Fr. transl. of no. 110]

111. Schwalbe, G. Uber die Richtung der
Haare bei den Affenembryonen, nebst allgemeinen
Erérterungen tiber die Ursachen der Haarrich-
tungen.
1-205, pls. 1-13. [42f-t-66r: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Mc]

1lla. Selenka, E. Die Gleichartigkeit der
Embryonalformen bei Primaten. Bio/. Zdl.,
1901, 21, 484-490. [19f: Hyl Prsb Mc]

See also: 105, 354, 1749, 1779, 1780, 1782, 3967.

PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

112. Babor, J. F. & Frankenberger, Z. Stu-
dien zur Naturgeschichte des Gorillas. I. Teil.
Einleitung dussere Beschreibung eines neuen
Gorillenfetus aus Westafrika. Biol. gen., 1930,
6, 553-632, pls. 38-40. [17f-nt-45r: Gr]

113. Babor, J. F. & Frankenberger, Z. Stu-
dien zur Naturgeschichte des Gorillas. II. Teil.
Uber das fetale Wachstum des Gorillas. Biol.
gen., 1931, 7, 367-406, pls. 9-11. [2f-5t-25r: Gr]

114. Bolk, L. Uber das kaudale Rumpfende
eines Fetus vom Schimpanse. Anat. Anz., 1917,
50, 354-358. [2f: Pn]

115. Bolk, L. Das Haarkleid eines Fetus von
Schimpanse. Bijdr. Dierk., 1919, 21, 57-65.
[8f-r: Pn]

116. Bolk, L. Vergleichende Untersuchungen
an einem Fetus eines Gorillas und eines Schimpan-
sen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 81, 1-89.

[49f-11t: Gr Pn]

117. Deniker, [J.] Un foetusdegorille. Bul.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1884, (3), 7, 447-451. [Gr]

118. Deniker, J. Sur un foetus de gorille.
C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1884, 98, 753-756. [Gr]

119. Deniker, J. Sur un foetus de gibbon et
son placenta. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1885, 100,
654-656. [ Hy/]

120. Deniker, J. Recherches anatomiques et
embryologiques sur les singes anthropoides.
Foetus de gorille et de gibbon comparés aux foetus
humains et aux anthropoides jeunes et adultes.
Arch. Zool. exp. gén., 1885, (2), 3 bis, Suppl. no. 3,
265 pp., pls. 22-30. [nr: Gr Hyl]

121. Deniker, Joseph. Recherches anatomi-
ues et embryologiques sur les singes anthropoides.
Thase (Sci.) Paris. Poitiers: Typographie Oudin,
1886, 266 pp., 9 pls.

122. Duckworth, W. L. H. Note on a foetus
of Gorilla savagei. F. Anat., Lond., 1898, 33,
82-90. [3f-lt: Gr]

Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere, 1911, 5, i-ix;

[Anat. 110-136]

123. Duckworth, W.L.H. Bericht iiber einen
Fétus von Gorilla savagei. Arch. Anthrop.,
Braunschw., 1902, 27, 233-238. [5f-it: Gr]

124. Schmidt, E. Ein Anthropoiden-Fétus.
Festschr. zum 70ten Geburtstage R. Leuckarts,
Leipzig, 1892, 26-35, pl. 3. [it: ?Pn Hyl]

125. Schultz, A. H. Observations on a gorilla
fetus. Eugen. News, 1927, 12, 37-40.

[Lecture: Gr]

126. Schultz, A.H. Notes on the fetus of an
orang-utan with some comparative observations.
Rep. Lab. Mus. xool. Soc. Philad., 1933, 61, 28-37,
1p [1f-2t: Png]

127. Schultz, A. H. Chimpanzee fetuses. Amer.
7. phys. Anthrop., 1933, 18, 61-79. [3f-2t: Pn]

128. Trinchese, S. Descrizione di un feto di

orang-utan. Ann. Mus. Stor. nat. Genova, 1870,
1, 9-46, pls. 1-3. [Pn Png]
See also: 364, 369, 371, 4028.
CERCOPITHECIDAE

129. Anthony, R. & Villemin, F. Recherches
sur le développement du Papio (Choeropithecus)
porcarius Bodd. (Chacma Sud-Africain). Mission
Rohan-Chabot, 1923, 4, fasc. 1, 1-104, pls. 9-13.

[Pp]

130. Hill, W. C. O. The pre-natal develop-
ment of the grey langur, Semnopithecus priam
thersttes. Spolia zeylan., 1937, 20, 211-251, pls.
8-12. [3t-6f-23r: Prsb]

131. Kollmann, J. Affen-Embryonen aus Su-
matra und Ceylon. Anat. Anz., 1892, 7, 335-
340. [Mc]

131a. Kollmann, J. Beitrage zur Embryologie
der Affen. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Anat. Abt.,
1892, 137-151, pl. 8. [Mc]

132. Schultz, A. H. Observations on Colobus
fetuses. Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist., 1924, 49,
443-457, [6f-3t: Clb]

133. Schultz,A.H. Fetal growth and develop-
ment of the rhesus monkey. Contr. Embryol.
Carneg. Inst., 1937, 26, 71-97, 2 pls.

[5f-3t-26r: Mc]

134. Toldt, C., Jr. Ueber die aussere Kérper-
form zweier verschieden grosser Embryonen von
Macacus cynomolgus L. Arch. Anthrop., Braun-
schw., 1903, 28, 277-287. [2f-3t: Me]

See also: 50, 1742, 1787a & Buffon, Intr. III.

CEBIDAE & HAPALIDAE

135. Bluntschli, H. Demonstration zur Ent-
wicklungsgeschichte platyrrhiner Affen, von Di-
delphys marsupialis, Tamandua bivittata und
Bradypus marmoratus. Anat. Anz., 1913, 44,
ErgH., 196-202, 1 pl. [4éstr.: Aot Saim Ceb]

136. Schultz, A. H. Fetuses of the Guiana
howling monkey. Zoologica, N. Y., 1921, 3, 243-
2625, Ie pl: [6f-3t-nr: Al]

See also: 68, 1084, 2927a.

[17]

[Anat. 137-141]

EMBRYOLOGY

ncn nee carrer rarer aIenEERn EERE EEE ERE EEE

LEMUROIDEA & TARSIOIDEA

137. Hubrecht, A. A. W. & Keibel, F. Nor-
mentafeln zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Ko-
boldmaki (Tarsius spectrum) und der Plumplori
(Nycticebus tardigradus). Normentaf. Wirbelt.

1907, 7, 76 pp., 4 pls.
[38f-unr: Nyct-c Tars]
138. Ince, Frances E. A contribution to a
normal table of the development of Loris lydek-
kerianus. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1937, 23, 43—
72, pls. 8-13. [nt-5r: Lor]
139. Keibel, F. & Elze, C. Normentafel zur
Entwicklungsgeschichte des Menschen. Mit Bei-

tragen von Broman, Hammar und Tandler.
Normentaf. Wirbelt., 1908, 8, viii, 314 pp., 6 pls.
[+ 44f-omr: Nyct-c Tars]
140. [de Lange, D., Jr.] Catalogue of the
embryological material of Lemuridae (Tarsius and
Nycticebus) and Dermoptera (Galeopithecus).
Utrecht: Hubrecht Laboratory, 1921, 120 pp.
[+++ ont: Nyct-c Tars]
141. Petit, G. Description d’un foetus de
Lepidolemur ruficaudatus A, Grandidier. Terre
et la Vie, 1934, 4, 497-499. (if: Lp-l]
See also: 75, 77, 81, 92, 99, 977, 3942, 3943, 3966,
3967.

[18]

General Morphology

including

Systematic, Regional & External Anatomy; Quantitative &
Developmental Anatomy; & Teratology

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

PRIMATES IN GENERAL

142. Anthony, R. Contribution a]’étude mor-
phologique générale des caractéres d’adaptation a

la vie arboricole chez les vertébrés. Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., 1912, (9), 15, 101-342. [+ 74f]
143. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. The tarsian

hypothesis and the descent of man. F. roy.
anthrop. Inst., 1930, 60, 335-362, pls. 9-10. [4#]

144. Barkow, Hans Carl Leopold. Compara-
tive Morphologie des Menschen und der menschen-
Ghnlichen Thiere. Erster Theil, Griefswald: Lud-
wig Bamberg, 1875, 1, 92 pp., 46 pls. Zweiter
Theil, Erklarung der Abbildung. Breslau: Ferdi-
nand Hirt, 1862, 142 pp., 71 pls.

[Pn Png Pp Mnar)

145. Broca, P. L’ordre des primates. Paral-
léle anatomique de l’homme et des singes. Bull.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1869, (2), 4, 228-401.

{+++ J1f-t]

146. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. Early forerunners
of man; a morphological study of the evolutionary
origin of the primates. London: Balliére, Tindall
& Cox, 1934, xvi, 296 pp. [+++ 89f-vnr]

147. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Dago-
bert. Lecgons d’anatomie comparée. Paris: Bau-
douin, 1805, 5 vols.

148. Duckworth, Wynfrid Laurence Henry.
Studies from the anthropological laboratory, the
Anatomy School, Cambridge. Cambridge: Uni-
versity Press, 1904, x, 291 pp.

149. Duckworth, Wynfrid Laurence Henry.
Morphology and A ASN a handbook for
students. Cambridge: University Press, 1915,
2nd ed., vol. 1, xvii, 304 pp. {+++ 208f-r]

150. Giebel, C. G. & Leche, W. Sdaugethiere:
Mammalia. Bronn’s {Klassen Ordn. Thier-
Reichs, 1877, Bd. 6, Abt. 5, Bd. 1, 1-1169, pls.
1-121. [+ 173f]

151. Hopf, Ludwig. The human species con-
sidered from the standpoints of comparative anat-
omy, physiology, pathology and bacteriology. Lon-
don: ongmans, Green & co., 1909, xx, 457 pp.,

pls.

152. Hovelacque, Abel & Hervé, Georges.
Précis d’anthropologie. Paris: Vigot fréres, 1887,
x1, 651 pp. [++]

153. Huxley, T.H. The structure and classifi-
cation of the mammalia. Med. Times Gaz. Lond.,
1864, (1), 153-154, 177-178, 203-204, 229, 256-
257, 284, 312-313, 343-344, 369-370, 398-399,
428-429, 456-457, 486-487, 509-510, 537-538,
564-565, 595-596, 617-618, 647-648, 671-672;
1864, (2), 40-41, 93-94, 123-124, 145-146.

[+ Gr Pn Png Hyl Primates]

154. Huxley, Thomas Henry. 4 manual of
the anatomy of vertebrated animals. New York:
D. Appleton & co., 1872, 431 pp. {+ 110f]

155. Jones, Frederic Wood. boreal man.
London: Edward Arnold & co., 1926, x, 230 pp.

[+ &t1f-r]

156. Jones, Frederic Wood. Man’s place
among the mammals. London: Edward Arnold &
co., 1929, xii, 372 pp., 12 pls. [+++ 160f]

157. Loth, Edward. Anthropologie des parties
molles (muscles, intestins, vaisseaux, nerfs péri-
phériques). Paris: Masson & cie., 1931, 538 pp.

[+ 198f-vnt-onr]

158. Macalister, Alexander. 4n introduction
to the systematic zoology and morphology of verte-
brate animals. Dublin: Hodges, Foster & Figgis,
1878, viii, 365 pp. [+ 41]

159. Meckel, Johann Friedrich. System der
vergleichenden Anatomie. Walle: Rengerschen
Buchhandlung, 1821-1833, 6 vols.

160. Oppel, Albert, ed. Lehrbuch der ver-
gleichenden mikroskopischen Anatomie der Wir-
beltiere. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1896-1913, 6 vols.

161. Oppenheim, Stefanie, Remane, A. &
Gieseler, W. Methoden zur Untersuchung der
Morphologie der Primaten. Handb. biol. Arb-
Meth., 1930, Abt. 7, Teil, 1, 531-682, 6 pls.

[++ 69f]

162. Owen, Richard. On the anatomy of verte-
brates. London: Longmans, Green & co., 1866,
vol. 2, Birds and mammals, 592 pp.; 1868, vol. 3,
Mammals, x, 915 pp. [+ 406 & 614f-vnr]

163. Schultz, A. H. Man asa primate. Sci.
Mon., N. Y., 1931, 33, 385-412. [+++ 31/-1¢]

[19]

[Anat. 164-190]

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

164. Schultz, A. H. Characters common to
higher primates and characters specific for man.
Quart. Rev. Biol., 1936, 11, 259-283, 425-455.

[++ 21f-7t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Prsb G-p C-c Me Pp|

165. Sonntag, Charles F. The morphology and
evolution of the apes and man. London: John
Bale, Sons and Danielsson, 1924, xi, 364 pp.

[esse See ae! Cer ven lea Jeby!

Symph|

166. Stibbe, E. P. 4x introduction to physical
anthropology. London: Edward Arnold & co.,
1938, vii, 230 pp.

[eWebOe (Ge Jen | ieae. Jeby4

167. Vrolik, W. Quadrumana. Article in:
The cyclopedia of anatomy and physiology, Robert
B. Todd, ed. London: Longman, Brown [etc.],
1847-49, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 194-221. [2 6f-r]

168. Weber, Max Wilhelm Carl. Die Sauge-
tiere. Einfiihrung in die Anatomie und Systematik
der recenten und fossilen Mammalia. 2nd ed.
Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1928, vol. 1, Anatomischer
Teil, xv, 444 pp.; vol. 2, 1928, Systematischer Teil,
xxiv, 898 pp. [+ 316 & 573f]

See also: Blasius, Intr. II; Buffon; Hunter;
Vicq d’Azyr, Intr. III.

PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

169. Barnston, J. Description of, and remarks
upon, a chimpansé, which died lately, while exhib-
itingin Montreal. Med. Chron., Montreal,* 1854
[1855], 2, 253-260, 1 pl. [Pz]

170. Beddard, F. E. Contributions to the
anatomy of the anthropoid apes. Trans. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1893, 13, 177-218, pls. 20-28. Abstr.:
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, 118-120.

[Gr Pn Png]

171. Bischoff, T.L.W. Beitrage zur Anatomie
des Hylobates leuciscus und zu einer vergleichen-
den Anatomie der Muskeln der Affen und des

Menschen. 4bh. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1870, 10,
Abt. 3, 197-297, 5 pls. [Pn Png Hyl C-p
Mc Mndr Pith Hap)

172. von Bischoff, T. L. W. Beitrage zur
Anatomie des Gorilla. 4bh. bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
1880, 13, Abt. 3, 1-48, 4 pls. [Gr]

173. Chapman, H. C. On the structure of the
gorilla. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad., 1878,
385-394, pl. 3-6. [Gr]

174. Chapman, H. C. On the structure of the
chimpanzee. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad.,
1879, 52-63, pls. 9-12. [Gr Pn]

175. Chapman, H.C. On the structure of the
orang outang. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad.,
1880, 160-175, pls. 11-17. [Png]

176. Chapman, H. C. Observations upon the
anatomy of Aylobates leuciscus and Chiromys
madagascariensis. Proc. Acad. nat. Sct., Philad.,
1900, 414-423, [2f: Hyl Daub]

177. Deniker, J. & Boulart, R. Notes ana-
tomiques sur les sacs laryngiens, les excroissances
adipeuses, les poumons, le cerveau, etc. des orang-
outans. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris,
1895, (3), 7, 35-56, pl. 1-4. [2f: Png]

178. [Duvernoy, G. L.] Des caractéres anato-
miques des grands singes pseudo-anthropo-
morphes. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 1855-56,
8, 1-248, pls. 1-16. [Gr Pn Png Symph|

179. Dwight, T. Notes on the dissection and
brain of the chimpanzee “Gumbo”’ (Troglodytes
niger). Mem. Boston Soc. nat. Hist., 1895, 5,
31-52, pls. 9-10. [Pr]

180. Ehlers, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des
Gorilla und Chimpanse. dh. Ges. Wiss. Gét-
tingen, 1881, 28, 3-77, 4 pls. [nt: Gr Pn]

181. Embleton, D. Notes on certain parts of
the anatomy of a young chimpanzee. Nat. Hist.
Rev.,* 1864, 4, 250-258. [Px]

182. Fick, R. Vergleichend anatomische Stu-
dien an einem erwachsenen Orang-Utang. Arch.
Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1895, 1-100,
pls. 1-3. [f-9t-unr: Png]

183. Fick, R. Beobachtungen an einem zwei-
ten erwachsenen Orang-Utang und einem Schim-
pansen. Arch. Anat, Physiol., Lpz., Anat., Abt.,
1895, 289-318. [2t-nr: Pn Png]

184. Frechkop, S. Notes sur les mammiferes.
XVII.—A propos du chimpanzé de la rive gauche

du Congo. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg., 1935, 11,
no. 2, 43 pp. [24f-r: Pn]
185. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, I. Description

des mammiféres nouveaux ou imparfaitement
connus de la collection du Muséum d’Histoire
naturelle et remarques sur la classification et les
caractéres des mammiféres. Quatriéme mémoire:
Famille des singes. Second supplément. Arch.
Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 1858-61, 10, 1-102, pls.1-7.

186. Gervais, P. Chimpanzé (Troglodytes).
Article in: Dictionnaire encyclopédique des sciences
médicales, Paris, 1874, Sér. 1, 16, CHI-CHO,
116-126. [Px]

187. Grant, J. Post mortem examination of a
female orang outang. In a letter addressed by
J. Grant, M.D., to the Secretary of the Zoological
Society. Zool. F.,* 1835, 5, 91-95. [Pug]

188. Gratiolet, L. P. & Alix, P. H. E. Re-
cherches sur l’anatomie du Troglodytes aubryi,
chimpanzé d’une espéce nouvelle. Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1866, 2, 1-264, pls. Pri

Pn}

189. Hartmann, R. Die menschenahnlichen
Affen. Samm. gemeinverst. wiss. Vortr., 1876, 11,
245-298. Apart: Berlin: Carl Habel, 1876, 54 pp.

[12f: Gr Pn Png Hyl}

190. Hartmann, Robert. Der Gorilla: xoo-

logisch-zootomische Untersuchungen. Leipzig:

Veit & co., 1880, 160 pp., 21 pls.
[13f: Gr Pn Png}

[20]

Comprehensive & general studies

191. Hartmann, Robert. Die menschenadhn-
lichen Affen und ihre Organisation im Vergleich
zur menschlichen. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus,
1883, x, 303 pp. [63f: Gr Pn Png Hyl\

192. Hartmann, Robert. Les singes anthro-
poides et leur organisation comparée a celle de
Phomme. Paris: Félix Alcan, 1886, 232 pp.

193. Hartmann, Robert. Anthropoid apes.
London: Kegan Paul, [etc.], 1889, viii, 326 pp.

194. Humphry, [G. M.] Onsome points in the
anatomy of the chimpanzee. F. dnat., Lond.,
1867, 1, 254-268, pl. 13. [++ Pn]

194a. Huxley, Thomas Henry. Evidence as to

man’s place in nature. London: Williams &
Norgate, 1863, 159 pp.
[e+ 32: esp. Gr Pn Pag Hyll

194b. Huxley, Thomas Henry. Man’s place in
nature, and other anthropological essays. London:
Macmillan & co. 1894, xii, 328 pp.
[incl. no. 194a]
195. Jeffries, J. Some account of the dissec-
tion of a Simia satyrus, ourang outang, or wild
man of the woods. Boston F. Philos. Arts,*
1825, 2, 570-580. [Png]

196. Keith, A. Anintroduction to the study of

anthropoid apes.—I. The gorilla. II. The chim-
panzee. III. The orang-outang. IV. The gib-
bon. Nat. Sci.,* 1896, 9, 26-37, 250-265, 316-

326, 372-379.
[330r-annotated bibl.: Gr Pn Png AHAyl|

197. Keith, Arthur. 42 introduction to the
study of the anthropoid apes. London: Page &
Pratt, 1897, 48 pp. [Reprinting of no. 196]

198. Keith, A. On the chimpanzees and their
relationship to the gorilla. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1899, 296-312, pl. 20. Ea enGr|

199. Kohlbriigge, J. H. F. Versuch einer
Anatomie des Genus Hylobates. Webers Zool.
Ergebn. Reise Niederland. Ost-Ind.,* 1891, 1, 211—
354, pls. 17-19. [24f: Hyl|

200. Mayer, [C.] Zur anatomie des Orang-
Utan und des Chimpanse. Arch. Naturgesch.,
1856, 22, (1), 281-304. [Pn Png]

201. Meyer, A. B. Uber die anthropoiden

Affen des Kénigl. Zoologischen Museums. ber.
Ges. Naturk. Dresden, 1876, 144-152.
[Gr Pn Png Hyl]

202. Neuville, H. De certains caractéres de la

forme humaine et de leurs causes. Anthropologie,
Paris, 1927, 37, 305-328, 491-515.
[+++ 2pl-15f: esp. Gr Pn Hy]

203. Owen, R. On the anatomy of the orang
utan (Simia satyrus, L.). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1830-31, 4-5, 9-10, 28-29, 67-72. Idem: Phil.
Mag., 1831, (2), 9, 55-57, 60-61, 225-226; (2)
10, 61-66. [Png]

204. Owen, [R.] Notes of the dissection of a
female orang-utan (Simia satyrus, Linn.). Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1843, 123-124. [Png]

[Anat. 191-216]

205. Owen, R. Notes on the dissection of a
female chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger). Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1846, 2-3. [it: Pn]

206. Owen, R. On the gorilla (Troglodytes
gorilla, Sav.). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1859, 1-23,
Proc. roy Inst. Gr. Brit., 1858, 3, 10-30; Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist., 1859, (3), 4, 377-398. [Gr]

207. Owen, Richard. On the classification and
geographical distribution of the Mammalia (Lecture
on Sir Robert Reade’s Foundation). To which is
added an appendix: On the gorilla, and On the

extinction and transmutation of species. London:
John W. Parker & son, 1859, 103 pp.
[Gr Pn Png Hyl|

208. Owen, Richard. Memoir on the gorilla
(Troglodytes gorilla, Savage). London: Taylor
& Francis, 1865, 58 pp., 12 pls. [Gr]

209. Sandifort,G. Ontleedkundige beschouw-
ing van een’ volwassen Orang-oetan (Simia
satyrus, Linn.) van het mannelijk geslacht. In:
Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke geschiedenis der
Nederlandische overzeesche bezittingen, door de
leden der Natuurkundige Commissie in Indié en
andere schrijvers. C. J. Temminck, ed. Leiden:
S.Q. S. Luchtmans & C. C. van der Hoek, 1839-
44, Zoologie, (Art. 3), 29-56, pls. 1-7 bis.

[Png]

210. Sanford, L. J. The gorilla; being a sketch
of its history, anatomy, general appearance and
habits. Amer. F. Sci., 1862, (2), 33, 48-64. [Gr]

211. Savage, T.S.& Wyman, J. Observations
on the external characters and habits of the Tro-
glodytes niger, Geoff.—and on its organization.
Boston F. nat. Hist., 1843, 4, 362-376; 1844,
377-386. [nt: Pn]

212. Savage, T. S. & Wyman, J. Notice of
the external characters and habits of Troglodytes
gorilla, a new species of orang from the Gaboon
River; osteology of the same. Boston F. nat.
Hist., 1847, 5, 417-443, pls. 40-43. Extracts:
Amer. F. Sci., 1849, (2), 8, 141-142; Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., 1851, (3), 16, 176-182. [it: Gr]

213. Sera, G. L. La dipendenza della strut-
tura generale anatomica dalle condizioni di vita
negli antropomorfi. Natura, Milano, 1930, 21,
1-25. [10f-r: Gr Pn Png]

214. Sonntag, C. F. On the anatomy, phys-
iology, and pathology of the chimpanzee. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1923, (1), 323-429, 3 pls.

[25f-80r: Pn]

215. Sonntag, C.F. On the anatomy, physiol-

ogy, and pathology of the orang-outan. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1924, (1), 349-450, 4 pls.
[30f-nt-87r: Png]

216. Sperino, Giuseppe. Anatomia del cim-
panzé (Anthropopithecus troglodytes, Trouessart)
in rapporto con quella degli altri antropoidi e
dell uomo. Torino: Unione tipografico, 1897, 487
pp., 14 pls. [12f-t-nr: Pn]

[21]

[Anat. 217-244]

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

217. Sutton, J. B. On some points in the
anatomy of the chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus
troglodytes). ‘F. Anat., Lond., 1883, 18, aa

n

218. Traill, T. S. Observations on the anat-
omy of the orang outang. Mem. Werner. nat.
Hist. Soc.,* 1818 [1821], 3, 1-49, pls. 1-2. Abstr.:
F. Phys. Chim. Hist. nat.,* 1818, 86, oe ep

Fe n

219. Vallois, H.-V. Les preuves anatomiques de

Yorigine monophylétique de Vhomme. Anthro-
pologie, Paris, 1929, 39, 77-101.
ieee Ee Ge ep Jen seb 7

220. Virchow, H. Anatomische Mitteilungen
tiber den mannlichen Schimpansen “‘Moritz’’ des
Zoologischen Gartens. Z. Ethn., 1916, 48, 264—
Dine Bi ven G-cl

221. Vrolik, Willem. Recherches d’anatomie
comparée sur le chimpansé. Amsterdam: Johan-
nes Miiller, 1841, iii, 51 pp., 7 pls. [Pn]

222. Weinert, Hans. Ursprung der Mensch-
heit; iiber den engeren Anschluss des Menschen-

geschlechts an die Menschenaffen. Stuttgart:
Ferdinand Enke, 1932, xii, 380 pp.

[+ 122f-nt-onr: Gr Pn Png Hyll
223. Wormes, Ernestus G. L. Descriptio

physiologico-anatomica cranii simiae satyri. Dis-
sertatio zootomica. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Berlin,
1823, viii, 24 pp., 2 pls. [Pxg]

See also: 3948, 3982, 4028 & Tyson, Intr. II;
Camper, Intr. III.

CERCOPITHECIDAE

224. Anderson, J. Further remarks on the
external characters and anatomy of Macacus
brunneus. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, 203-212,
plew2: [4f-It: Mc]

225. Garrod, A. H. Notes on the anatomy of
Gelada rueppelli. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
451-457, pl. 38. [3t: Thr-p]

226. Hartman, Carl G. & Straus, William L.,
Jr., ed. The anatomy of the rhesus monkey (Ma-
caca mulatta). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins
co., 1933, 1x, 383 pp. [128f-10t-unr: Mc]

227. Lordat, Jacques. Observations sur quel-
ques points de l’anatomie du singe vert, et refléxions
physiologiques sur le méme suject. Paris: l’Im-
primerie de Feugueray, 1804, 100 pp. [C-p]

228. Martin, W. Notes on the anatomy of the
proboscis monkey (Simia nasalis). Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond., 1837, 70-73. [it: Nas]

229. Murie, J. Observations on the ma-
caques.—l. The Bornean ape. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1872, 721-728. [5f-1t: Me]

230. Murie, J. Observations on the ma-
caques.—IV. The Japanese monkey. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1872, 780-787. [2f-2t: Mc]

231. Owen, R. On the anatomy of Cerco-
pithecus albogularis, Sykes. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1832, 18-20. [C-p]

232. Polak, Clara. Die Anatomie des Genus
Colobus. Verh. Akad. Wet., Amst., Sect. 2, 1908,
14, no. 2, x, 247 pp. [57f-61r: Clb]

233. Sonntag, C. F. On the anatomy of the
drill (Mandrillus leucophaeus). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1922, (1), 429-453. [16f: Mnar]

See also: Bartholinus, de Muralto, Intr. IT;
Hunauld, Perrault, Intr. III.

CEBIDAE &§ HAPALIDAE

234. Beattie, J. The anatomy of the common
marmoset (Hapale jacchus Kuhl). Proc. zoo.
Soc. Lond., 1927, (2), 593-718, 2 pls.

[39f-nr: Hap]

235. Beddard, F. E. On certain points in the
anatomy of Callithrix torguata. Novit. xool.,
1901, 8, 362-366, pl. 11. [10r: Cal-c|

236. Beddard, F.E. Notes upon the anatomy
of monkeys of the genus Pithecia. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1909, (2), 928-943. [9f-14r: Pith]

237. Boker, H. Beobachtungen und Unter-
suchungen an Saugtieren wahrend einer biolo-
gischen-anatomischen Forschungsreise nach Bra-
silien im Jahre 1928. Gegenbaurs F6., 1932, 70,
1-66. [+ 42f-27r: Chirop Saim Ceb

Al Hap Leon-c Lm Nyct-c]

238. van den Broek, A. J. P. Enkele ana-
tomische kenmerken van 4fe/es in verband met de
anatomie der overige Platyrrhinae. Hand. ned.
nat.- en geneesk. Congr., 1905, 10, 240-250.

[lt-nr: Aot Pith Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag

Brchyt Atl Al Hap)

239. v.d. Broek, A. J. P. Ueber einige ana-
tomische Merkmale von 4e/es, in Zusammenhang
mit der Anatomie der Platyrrhinen. Anat. Anz.,
1908, 33, 111-124. [26r: see 238]

240. Flower, W.H. Notes on the anatomy of
Pithecia monachus (Geoft.). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1862, 326-333, pl. 37.

[4f-2t: Aot Pith Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag

Brchyt Atl Al Hap Oeced-m|

241. Forbes, W. A. On the external charac-
ters and anatomy of the red Uakari monkey
(Brachyurus rubicundus); with remarks on the
other species of that genus. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1880, 627-647, pls. 61-63.

[11f-2t: Cacaj]

242. Weldon, W. F. R. Notes on Callithrix

gigot. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1884, 6-9.
[6f: Cal-c]

LEMUROIDEA & TARSIOIDEA

243. Allen, H. Observations on Tarsius fus-
cus. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad., 1897, 34-55.
[5f: Tars]

244. Beddard, F. E. On some points in the
structure of Hapalemur griseus. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1884, 391-399. [2f: Hp-l]

[22]

Comprehensive & general studies

[Anat. 245-266]

245. Beddard, F. E. Additional notes upon

Hapalemur griseus. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1891,
449-461. (4f: Lm Hp-l Mer-c Chrg
Lor Nyct-c Prdct Gilg]

246. Beddard,F.E. Notes on the broad-nosed
lemur, Hapalemur simus. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1901, (1), 121-129. [5f: Hp-ll

247. Beddard, F. E. Some notes upon the
anatomy of Chiromys madagascariensis, with refer-
ences to other lemurs. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1908, (2), 694-702. [4f: Lm Daub]

247a. Brandt, J. F. Einige Worte tuber die
systematische Stellung der Gattung Cheiromys
oder Chiromys. Bull, Acad. Sci, St. Pétersb.,
1854, 12, 273-281. [Daub]

248. Burmeister, Hermann. Beitrage zur nah-
eren Kenntniss der Gattung ‘Tarsius. Berlin:
Georg Reimer, 1846, x, 140 pp., 7 pls. [ Tars]

249. van Campen, F. A. W. [& van der Hoeven,
J.] Ontleedkundig onderzoek van den potto van
Bosman door F. A. W. Campen, Med. Cand., uit
zijn nagelaten aanteekeningen bijeengebragt door
J. van der Hoeven. Verh. Akad. Wet., Amst.,
1859, 7, no. 6, 79 pp., 3 pls. [ Prdct]

249a. Hill, W. C. O. A monograph on the
genus Loris, with an account of the external,
cranial, and dental characters of the genus: a revi-
sion of the known forms; and a description of a
new form from northern Ceylon. Spolia zeylan.,
1933, 18, 89-132, pls. 7-11. [8f-7t-ur: Lor]

249b. Hill, W.C.O. A monograph on the pur-

ple-faced leaf-monkeys, (Pithecus vetulus). Spolia
zeylan., 1934, 19, 23-88, pls. 4-9.
[Z7f-Llt-nr: Prsb]

250. Hill, W.C.O. The affinities of the Lori-
soids. Spolia zeylan., 1936, 19, 287-314.
[zr: Lor Nyct-c Prdct Arct-c Tars]|

251. van der Hoeven, J. Bijdragen tot de
kennis van de Lemuridae of Prosimii. Tijdschr.
nat. Gesch. Physiol., 1844, 11, 1-48, 3 pls. Apart:
Leyden: J. Luchtmans, 1844, 2 pls.

[Lm Hp-l Chrg Avh Indr Lor

Prdct Glg Daub Tars)

252. van der Hoeven, J. Bijdrage tot de
kennis van den potto van Bosman. Verh. eerste
Ki. Ned. Inst. Wet., Amst.,* 1851, (3), 4, 1-12,
2 pls. [Prdct|

253. Huxley, T.H. On the Angwantibo (4rc-

Nyect-c

tocebus calabarensis, Gray) of Old Calabar. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 314-335, pl. 28.
[12f-1t: Arct-c]

254. Kingma, Paulus Hoekema. Eenige ver-
gelijkend-ontleedkundige aanteekenigen over den
Otolicnus peli. Acad. Proev. (Med.) Leyden:
Pe Engels) 18555 x.) 5/7 pp. 2 pls. [Gig]

255. Lattke, Carolus Josephus Gustavus. De

256. Milne Edwards, Alphonse, Grandidier,
Alfred, [& Filhol, H.] Histoire naturelle des
mammiféeres. Volumes VI, IX, X & X—2e partie,
of Histoire physique, naturelle et politique de
Madagascar, publiée par Alfred Grandidier. Paris:
Imprimerie nationale, 1875, Tome I—Texte I,
iv, 396 pp.; 1875, Tome IV—Atlas I, 1-122 pls.;
1890-1896, Tome V—Atlas II, pls. 122A-122Z and
pls. 123-254D; 1897 Tome VI—Atlas III, pls.
255-274. [Pr-p <Avh Indr]

257. Nayak, Ullal Venkatraya. 4 comparative
study of the Lorisinae and Galaginae. Ph.D. thesis:
University of London, 1933, Bart 1. 265 pp., pls.
Part 2. The histological localisation of the motor
and visual areas in the brain of Perodicticus potto.
29 pp., 8 pls. [Lor Prdct Glg Daub)

258. Oudemans, J.T. Beitrage zur Kenntniss
des Chiromys madagascariensis Cuy. Verh. Akad.
Wet., Amst., 1888 [1890], 27, no. 2, 32 pp., 3 pls.

[Daud]

259. Oustalet, E. Singes. Faux-singes ou lé-
muriens, Article in the: Dictionnaire encyclopé-
dique des sciences médicales, Paris, 1881, Sér. 3, 9,
SEP-SIR, 744-774. [vnr]

260. Owen, [R.] On the aye-aye (Chiromys,
Cuvier; Chiromys madagascariensis, Desm; Sci-
urus madagascariensis, ani Sonnerat; Lemur
psilodactylus, Schreber, Shaw). Trans. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1862 [1866], 5, 33-101, pls. 14-26.

[2¢: Daud]

261. Peters, W. [C. H.] Uber die Saugethier-
gattung Chiromys (Aye-Aye). Abh. preuss. Akad
Wiss., Physik. Abh. 1865 [1866], 79-100, 4 pls.
Abstr.: Mber preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1865, 221-222.

[Daud]

262. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. Bij-
drage tot de anatomie van Stenops kukang ( Nycti-
cebus javanicus). Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol.,
1841, 8, 227-336, pl. 5. [ Nyct-c]

263. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. Bij-
drage tot anatomie van den Stenops kukang (Nyc-
ticebus javanicus), benevens een naschrift over de
tot het geslacht Stenops behoorende soorten door,
i: tat der Hoeven. Leyden: Luchtmans, 1841,

pls.

264. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. Ant-
woord op eenige aanmerkingen, welke op deszelfs
bijdrage tot de anatomie van den Stenops kukang,
door den Hoogleeraar W. Vrolik gemaakt zyn.
Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol., 1844, 11, 123-156,
pls. [ Nyct-c]

265. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. & Vrolik,
W. Recherches d’anatomie comparée sur le
genre Stenops d’Illiger. Bijdr. Dierk, 1851, 1,
aflev. 2, 29-52, 2 pls. [Lor Nyct-c]

266. Smith, J. A. Notice of the “Angwan-
tibo” of Old Calabar, Africa; an animal belonging
to the family Lemurina; and apparently to the

lemure nigrifronte Geoffr. Pars i sectio i. Inaug.- genus Perodicticus, of Bennet. Proc. R. phys.

Diss. (Med.) Viadrina. Vratislaviae: Eduard Soc. Edinb., 1860, 2, 172-192, pl. 8; Edinb. New

Klein, 1850, 30 pp., 1 pl. [Lm] | phil. ¥.*, 1862, 15, 257-277. (of: Arct-cl
[23 ] ]

? ay ~

[Anat. 267-290]

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

267. Straus, W. L., Jr. & Wislocki, G. B. On

certain similarities between sloths and slow
lemurs. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv., 1932, 74,
43-56. [++ Lm Lp-l Hp-l Mer-c

Chrg Pr-p Avh Indr Lor Nyct-c Prdct

Glg Daub Tars])

268. Vrolik, W. Recherches d’anatomie com-
parée sur le genre Stenops d'llliger. Verh. Ned.
Inst. Wet., Amst., 1844, 10, 75-112, 3 pls.

[ Nyct-c]

269. Woodward, A. S., Smith, G. Elliot, Hill,
J. P., Wood-Jones, F., Pocock, R. I., Cunning-
ham, J. T., Mitchell, P. C. & MacBride, E. W.
Discussion on the zoological position and affinities
of Tarsius. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1919 [1920],
(2), 465-498, 1 pl. [5f-lt-nr: Tars|

270. Woollard,H.H. The anatomy of Tarsius
spectrum. Proc. ool. Soc. Lond., 1925, (2), 1071—
1184. [53f-nr: Tars]

271. Zuckerkandl,E. Zur Anatomie von Chir-
omys madagascarensis. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien., 1900, 68, 89-200, 10 pls. [9f: Daud]

See also: 176, 278a, 3982 & Sonnerat, Intr. III.

SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY:
REGIONAL ANATOMY

THORACIC, ABDOMINAL & PELVIC CAVITIES

272. Anthony, R. Mémoire sur les organes
viscéraux d’un jeune orang-outan femelle. Bu/l.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1898, (4), 9, 246-270.

[9f: Png]

273. Anthony, R. Note sur les organes yi-
scéraux d’un jeune orang-outan femelle. Rev. Ec.
Anthrop. Paris, 1898, 8, 255-258. [3f: Png]

274. von Bischoff, T.L.W. Untersuchung der
Eingeweide und des Gehirns des im Winter 1875
in Dresden verstorbenen Chimpansé-Weibchen.
Mitt.zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, (2),251-260. [Px]

275. Bradley, O.C. On the abdominal viscera
of Cercocebus fuliginosus and Lagothrix humboldti.
Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1902-03, 24, 505-543, 3
pls. [6f-#-337r; ‘C-c Lag]

276. Cavanna, G. Sulla splancnologia di un
Troglodites niger. Arch. Antrop. Etnol., 1875,
5, 210-215. [Pn]

277. Chudzinski, [T.] Quelques observations
sur la splanchnologie d’un orang-outang, bicolore,
adulte male, mort au Jardin d’Acclimatation en
1879. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1881, (3), 4,
19-24. [Png]

278. Duckworth, W. L. H. & Elliott, T. R.
Note on the pelvic and abdominal organs and
anatomy of Galago garnetti (Lemuroidea). Stud.
anthrop. Lab., Anat. Sch., Cambridge,* 1904, 54—
60. [5f: Gilg]

278a. Flower, W. H. Notes on the dissection
of a species of Galago. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1852, 20, 73-75. [Gilg]

279. Flower, W.H. Lectures on the compara-
tive anatomy of the organs of digestion of the
Mammalia. Med. Times, Lond., 1872, (1), 215—
219, 291-294, 335-337, 392-394, 451-453, 507-
509, 561-564, 621-622, 678-680.

SSRs Ne ee NENG CL (Cae Wile

Pp Pith Ceb Atl Al Hap O6cd-m)

280. Harrower, G. Nycticebus malaianus An-
derson. A dissection of the abdomino-pelvic vis-
cera. Spolia zeylan., 1933, 18, 73-87, pl. 6.

[9f: Nyct-c]

281. Holberton, T. H. & Yarrel, W. Notes on
the internal appearance of several animals exam-
ined after death, in the collection of the Zoological
Society. Zool. F.,* 1829-30, 5, 14-18.

[++ Hyl C-p Cebd]

282. Huntington, George S. The anatomy of
the human peritoneum and abdominal cavity con-
sidered from the standpoint of development and
comparative anatomy. Philadelphia and New
York: Lea Brothers & co., 1903, vii, 292 pp., 300
pls. [Gr Pn Pag Hy) Gp

Pp Aot Pith Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al

Hap Myst Lm WNyct-c Glg Tars]

283. Kohlbrugge, J.H.F. Mittheilungen tiber
die Lange und Schwere einiger Organe bei Pri-
maten. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1900, 2, 43-55.

[+++ 6t: Prsb]

283a.* Kudo, T. (Uber die Variationen der
Eingeweideorgane bei Feten und Erwachsenen
sowie bei Primaten.) Hoku-Etsu Ig. Kw. Z.,
Niigata,* 1922, 37, 35-82, 465-501. Abstr.: Fap.
F. med. Sci., 1925, 2, no. 2, 85-86, 4 tbls.
[Fap: Me]
284. Kuhl, Heinrich [& van Hasselt]. Bei-
trage zur Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie.
Frankfurt: Verlag der Hermannschen Buchhand-
lung, 1820, Abt. 1. [by Kuhl] 151 pp., Abt. 2.
[by van Hasselt & H. Kuhl] 212 pp., 11 pls.
[C-p Atl Lor Gig]

285. Luzj, F. Sul sistema digerente di un
Cynocephalus hamadryas. Boll. Soc. romana
Studi zool.,* 1895, 4, 183-191, 2 pls. [zr: Pp]

286. Martin, W. On the anatomy of the
ruffed lemur (Lemur macaco, L.). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1830, 58-59. [Lm]

287. Martin, W. Notes of the dissection of a
slender loris (Loris gracilis, Geoffr.). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1833, 22-24. [Lor]

288. Martin, W. Notes of the dissection of a
squirrel monkey (Callithrix sciureus, Geoffr.)
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1833, 88-90. [Saim]

289. Murie, J. Notes on a spider monkey
(Ateles cucullatus, Gray) lately living in the
Society’s menagerie. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
739-740. [it: Atl]

290. Patten, C. J. The form and position of
the thoracic and abdominal viscera of the ruffed
lemur (Lemur varius). Trans. R. Acad. Med.
Tre., 1899, 17, 562-677, 4 pls. [Lm]

[24]

Regional anatomy

[Anat. 291-312]

291. Patten, C. J. The form and position of
the thoracic and abdominal viscera of the ruffed
lemur (Lemur varius). Trans. R. Acad. Med.
Tre., 1902, 20, 441-473, 5 pls. [Lm]

292. Roegholt, Murco Nicolaas. De topo-
graphie van thorax en abdomen van chimpansé,
Semnopithecus melalophus ex Macacus cynomol-
gus, vergeleken met die van den Mensch, Acad.
proefschr. (Geneesk.) Leiden, E. J. Brill, 1917,
viii, 173 pp., Platen-Atlas 42 pls.

[epee ey efeo2n- be PrsbMc|

293. Ruge, G. Der Verkirzungsprocess am
Rumpfe von Halbaffen. Eine vergleichend-ana-
tomische Untersuchung. Morph. 7b., 1892, 18,
185-326, pls. 7-10. [8f-39t-35r: Lm Avh

Lor WNyct-c Prdct Gilg Daub Tars]

294. Ruge, G. Die Grenzlinien der Pleura-
sicke und die Lagerung des Herzens bei Primaten,
insbesondere bei den Anthropoiden. Zeugnisse
fir die metamere Verkiirzung des Rumpfes.
Morph. ¥2., 1892, 19, 149-249.

[40f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Mc Mndr Atl WNyct-c Daub)

295. Schreiber, H. Der Bauchraum der Pri-
maten. 1. Mitteilung zu: Bauchraum und Bauch-
eingeweide der Primaten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1931,
67, 621-676. [26f: Pn Symph C-p Mc

P?|

296. Schreiber, H. Die Bauchorgane der Pri-
maten. 2. Mitteilung zu: Bauchraum und Bauch-
eingeweide der Primaten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1932,
69, 221-315. [46f-107r: Pn Symph C-p

Mc Pp|

297. Schreiber, HH. Formanderungen des
Bauchraumes unter dem Einfluss verschiedenster
Stellungen des KGrpers. 3. Mitteilung zu: Bauch-
raum und Baucheingeweide der Primaten. Ge-
genbaurs Fb., 1934, 73, 469-522.

[36f: Mc Pp]

298. Straus, W. L., Jr. The thoracic and ab-
dominal viscera of primates, with special reference
to the orang-utan. Proc. Amer. phil. Soc., 1936,
76, 1-85. [16f-lt-nr: Png Primates)

299. Straus, W.L., Jr. The visceral anatomy
of aninfant chimpanzee. 7. Mammal., 1937, 18,
501-507. [Pn]

300. Symington, J. On the viscera of a female
chimpanzee. Proc. R. phys. Soc. Edind., 1890,
10, 297-312. [3f-r: Pn]

See also: 171, 176, 177, 200, 221, 286, 287, 537,
538, 539, 828, 1614, 1838 & Camper, Intr. IIT.

Prsb

Regional Anatomy
UPPER EXTREMITY

301. Blake, C. C. On the syndactylous condi-
tion of the hand in man and the anthropoid apes.
Anthrop. Rev., Lond.,* 1863, 1, 401-402.

[++ Gr]

302. Bolau, H. Ueber den Orang-Utan des
Zoologischen Gartens in Hamburg. (Polydactylie,
Lahmung einer hintern Extremitat.) Verh.
naturw. Ver. Hamb., 1878 [1879], n.f., 3, 119-121.

[Png]

303. Cattaneo, G. Note anatomiche sull’
Ateles paniscus. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp.
Genova, 1899, 4, no. 83, 8 pp., 1 pl. [dil]

304. Cattaneo, G. Di un organo rudimentale

e di un altro ipertrofico in un primate (4¢eles).
Riv. Sci. biol., 1899, 1, 570-585, pl. 5.

{Uf-nr: Atl

305. Chaine, J. Présence d’un pouce rudimen-
taire chez un atéle métis ( 4teles hybridus, Geoff.).
P. V. Soc. Sci. phys. nat. Bordeaux, 1919 [1920],
47-48. [47¢/]

306. Elze, C. Ueber die Gelenkhéhle am dis-
talen Ende des Daumenrudimentes von AZ¢eles
ater. Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Anat. Anz., 1910,
37, 543-544. [4]

307. Fitzwilliams, D. C. L. Function and
form with reference to the hand and foot in man
and apes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1907, (7), 20,
155-161, pl. 5. [+++ Ay]

308. Forbes, W. A. Note on an abnormal
specimen of Pithecia satanas. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1882, 442. [Chirop]

309. Friedlowsky, A. Ueber eine missbildete
Affenhand. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wein, 1870, 20,
1017-1026, pl. 15. [Mc]

309a. Kuhlmann, Bernhard. Die Achselhéhle
des Schimpanse. \naug.-Diss. (Med.) Minster,

G. A. Hilswitt, 1935, 74 pp., 2 pls.
[4f-onr: Pn]

310. Ogilby, W. Observations on the oppos-
able power of the thumb in certain mammals, con-
sidered as a zoological character: and on the
natural affinities which subsist between the
Bimana, Quadrumana, and Pedimana. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1836, 25-28.

[+++ ot Pith Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap)

310a. Pearson, K. On the existence of the
digital deformity—so-called “lobster claw’’—in
the apes. dnn. Eugen., Camb., 1931, 4, 339-340,
10 pls. : [+++ Pn Me]

See also: 95, 144, 236, 243, 327, 368, 745, 1448,
1795a, 3924, 3956, 3957, 3959, 3989.

Regional Anatomy
LOWER EXTREMITY

311. Elftman, H. & Manter, J. Chimpanzee
and human feet in bipedal walking. Amer. F.
phys. Anthrop., 1935, 20, 69-79.

[+++ Of: Pn]

312. Embleton, [D.] The anatomy of a young

chimpanzee. Anthrop. Rev., Lond.,* 1863, 1,
394-400. [Aébstr.: Pn]

[25 ]

[Anat. 313-340]

313. Gidley, J. W. Significance of divergence
of the first digit in the primitive mammalian foot.
F. Wash. Acad. Sci., 1919, 9, 273-280. [++]

314. Goldschmidt, W. Ueber einen Fall von
Spaltfussbildung bei Authropopithecus troglodytes.
Anat. Anz., 1910, 37, 246-249. [2f: Pn]

315. Harwood, J. An account of a pair of
hinder hands of an orang otang, deposited in the
collection of the Trinity-House, Hull. Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., 1827, 15, 471-478. [Png]

316. Keith, A. The history of the human foot
and its bearing on orthopaedic practice. 7. Bone
¥t. Surg., 1929, 11, 10-32. [+4 12f:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Me)

317. Kohlbrugge, & Retterer, E. Du pied et
du long péronier latéral d’un orang-outang adulte.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1912, 72, 256-257. [Png]

318. Lachmann, O. Zur _ topographischen
Anatomie der Hintergliedmasse des Hamadryas
Pavians. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1938, 37, 189-
PAE [cjerueep|

319. Retterer, E. & Leliévre, A. Du pied et
du tendon du long péronier latéral d’un jeune
orang-outang. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1912, 72,
237-240. [Png]

320. Wells, L. H. The foot of the South
African native. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1931,
15, 185-289. [+ 12f-nr: Gr Pp]

321. Williams, G. A. Atavistic human foot.
Its developmental significance. Amer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1931, 16, 1-14. [+4 87]

See also: 310a, 236, 243, 990, 993, 1708, 1709,
3924, 3956, 3957, 3959, 3983, 3989.

SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY:
EXTERNAL ANATOMY

322. Alix, [E.] Téte de gorille. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris., 1869, (2), 4, p. 10. [Gr]

323. de Beaux,O. Contributo allo studio delle
platirrine Cebus e Ateles—forma esterna. Atti
Soc. ital. Sci. nat., 1919, 58, 259-288, pl. 8.

[2t-nr: Ceb Atl\

324. de Beaux, O. Appunti su diun gelada in
carne. G. Morf.,1926,4,121-125. [13f: Tahr-p]

325. Brandes, G. Die Backenwiilste des
Orang-Mannes. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1929, n.f., 1,

365-368. [6f: Png]
326. Brandes, G. Die Veradnderungen des
Orangkindes. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f., 3,
286-289, [7f: Pnel

327. Friedenthal, oH. Sonderformen der
menschlichen Leibesbildung. Ein Beitrag zur ver-
gleichenden Formenlehre der menschlichen Ge-

stalt. Beitr. Naturg. Mensch., 1910, 5, 100 pp.,

pls. 44-58. [2 7G Pe
Symph C-p Mc Pp Atl Hap Lm Indr
Lor Nyct-c Tars]

gorilla Sav.).

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

328. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, I. Remarques
sur la conformation générale de la téte et sur l’en-
céphale chez les singes. Gaz. med. Paris, 1843,
(2), 11, 375-377. [Pug Prsh C-p Me

Pp Saim Ceb Atl Al

329. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, I. Note sur le
gorille. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1851, (3), 16, 154—
158, pl. 7. [Gr]

330. Owen, R. Contributions to the natural
history of the anthropoid apes. No. VIII. On the
external characters of the gorilla (Troglodytes
Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1859
[1866], 5, 243-284, pls. 43-49. [Gr iat

331. Pocock, R.I. On the external characters
of the lemurs and of Tarsius. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1918, (1), 19-53. [16f: Lm

Chrg Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars|

332. Pocock, R.I. On the external characters
of the South American monkeys. Proc. zool. Soc.

Lond., 1920, (1), 91-113. [13f: dot Cal-c
Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Cal-me
Hap Myst Ocd-m Leon-c]

333. Pocock, R. I. Additional notes on the
external characters of some platyrrhine monkeys.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1925, (1), 27-47. [7f:

Cal-c Pith Chirop Cacaj Brchyt Atl Al

334. Pocock, R.I. The external characters of
the catarrhine monkeys and apes. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1925 [1926], (2), 1479-1579.

[5Uf: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Rhn-p Nas Clb C-p_ Ery-c C-c Me

Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Mndr)

335. Pocock, R.I. The external characters of
a female red colobus monkey (Procolobus badius

waldroni). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1935 [1936],
(2), 939-944. [2f: Clb
336. Virchow, H. Kopf des Schimpansen

Chica.) (Z.tAns O22, 04, lol—loss [Px]

337. Virchow, H. [Kopf des Schimpansen
“Grande.”] Z. Ethn.,1922,54, 195-197. [Px]

See also: 144, 170, 172, 177, 188, 218, 249a,
1645, 1646, 1727, 1776, 1777, 1778, 3609, 3917,
4049,

DIMENSIONS & PROPORTIONS
338. Ashley-Montagu, F. M. On the primate

thumb. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1931, 15, 291—
314. [t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p
C-c Me Pp Thr-p Cal-c Pith Chirop
Saim Ceb Lag Al Hap Lm Lp-l Lor
Prdct|

339. v. Bardeleben, K. Ueber bilaterale

Asymmetrie beim Menschen und bei héheren
Tieren. Anat. Anz., 1909, 34, ErgH., 2-72.
[++ 2f-150r: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p]

340. Bert, P. Mesures prises sur un jeune
gorille en chair conservé dans le tafia depuis
plusieurs années. Mém. Soc. Sci. phys. nat.
Bordeaux, 1870, 8, 281-290. [nt: Gr]

[26]

External anatomy——Growth & age changes

341. Davenport, C. B. Variations in propor-
tions among mammals, with special reference to
man. F. Mammal., 1935, 16, 291-296.

[ee SAG en ene iiyl) Lars)

342. Féré, C. Notes sur les mains et les em-
preintes digitales de quelques singes. 7. Anat.,
Paris, 1900, 36, 255-267, pls. 9-11. [5f-5t-nr:

Pn Png C-p Ery-c C-c Me Pp ?Mndr

Saim Ceb Atl Hap Lm)

343. Fick, R. Massverhaltnisse an den oberen
Gliedmassen des Menschen und den Gliedmassen
der Menschenaffen. S.B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
1926, 417-451. [++ 7Zf-1lt: Gr Pn Png}

344. Fick, R. Ueber die K6rpermasse und den
Kehlsack eines erwachsenen Orangs. Z. Sduge-
tierk., 1929, 4, 65-80, pls. 3-7. [1t: Png]

345. Freudenberg, W. Zur Frage der Rechts-
handigkeit des Menschen und der Gliedmassen-
asymmetrie der Primaten. Z. Sdugetierk., 1929, 4,
36-46, pl. 1. [6f: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p-id Lm-oid|

346. Gray, J. E. On the height of the gorilla.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1861, (3), 8, 349-350.
[it: Gr]

347. Midlo, C. Form of hand and foot in

primates. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1934, 19,
337-389. [olf-3t-r: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsb Nas C-p Ery-c C-c Me
Pp Aot Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap

Myst Oed-m Lm WNyct-c Prdct Gilg Tars]

348. Mollison, [T.] Rechts und Links in der
Primatenreihe. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1908, 39, 112-115. [15f-1t: Gr Pn Png

Hyl C-p Mc Lm-oid|

349. Mollison, T. Die Kd6rperproportionen
der Primaten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1910, 42, 79-304.
[91f-unt-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph
Prsbh Nas Clb C-p Ery-c C-c Me Cyn-p
Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot Pith Chirop Saim
Ceb Atl Al Hap Myst Oc0cd-m Leon-c
Lm Chrg Pr-p Avh Indr Lor Nyct-c
Prdct Glg Daud)

350. Oppenheim, Stefanie. Die Schimpansin
Basso im Zoologischen Garten zu Frankfurt a.M.
Naturw. Wschr., 1916, n.f., 15, 705-711.

Besta

351. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Des propor-
tions de la main de quelques singes. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1918, 81, 933-936. [2t: Pn

PrsbaGlbG-puiG-c) Mc Pp)

352. Rollet, E. Les os longs des grands singes.
C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1889, 109, 75-78.
Png)

[3t: Gr Pn
353. Schlaginhaufen, O. Die Kérpermasse
und der aussere Habitus eines jungen weiblichen
Schimpansen. 4h. xool.-anthrop.-ethn. Mus.
Dresden, 1907, 11, no. 4, 17 pp., 1 pl.
[14f-18t-nr: Pn]

[Anat. 341-366]

354. Schultz, A.H. The technique of measur-
ing the outer body of human fetuses and of pri-
matesingeneral. Contr. Embryol. Carneg. Instn.,
1929, 20, 213-257. [+ 12f-t-r]

355. Schultz, A. H. Die K6érperproportionen
der erwachsenen catarrhinen Primaten, mit
spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Menschenaffen.
Anthrop. Anz., 1933, 10, 154-185, pl. 1, 6 tbls.

[4f-vnt-nur: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Nas (Clb) GC-p Ery-c\" G2cu Mc) Pp|

356. Wermel, J. Uber die Kérperproportionen
der Wirbeltiere und ihre funktionelle Bedeutung.
Biometrische Ubungen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1934, 102, 572-583. [eS Ae Gre Pree ne

Mc Pp Ceb Lm Lor Prdct Daub Tars}|

See also: 163, 164, 180, 182, 183, 184, 185, 237,
267, 323, 371, 803, 812, $13, 813a, 814, 886, 977,
985, 1060g, 1060h, 1084, 1095, 1775a, 1798, 1956,
2473, 2476, 2477, 2907, 3426, 3551, 3986, 4028.

DEVELOPMENTAL ANATOMY:
POSTNATAL GROWTH & AGE CHANGES

357. Bingham, H.C. Observations on growth
and development of chimpanzees. Amer. Ff.
phys. Anthrop., 1929, 13, 433-468.

[18f-5t: Pn]

358. Brandes, G. Wichtige Daten tber das

Heranwachsen des Gorilla. Zool. Gart., Lpz.,
1930, n.f., 3, 104-116. [13f-nt: Gr

359. Brandes, G. Noch einmal zum Heran-
wachsen des Gorilla. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930,
n.f., 3, 222-223. [Gr]

360. Brandes, G. Nochmals tiber das Wach-
stum des Gorilla. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f.,

3. gis=ste! [2f: Gr

361. Brandes, G. Des MHeranwachsen des
Schimpansen. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1931, n.f., 4,
115-132. [19f-nt: Pn]

362. Brandes, G. Das Wachstum der Men-
schenaffen im Vergleich zu dem des Menschen in
Kurven dargestellt. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1931, n.f.,
4, 339-347. [4f: Gr Pn Png]

363. Coupin, F. La croissance chez les anthro-
poides et chez l’homme. Rev. Sci., Paris, 1928,
66, 726-732. [+++ 6f: Gr Pn]

364. Friedenthal, Hans. A//gemeine und spezt-
elle Physiologie des Menschenwachstums fiir An-
thropologen, Physiologen, Anatomen und Arzte
dargestellt, Berlin: Julius Springer, 1914, ix, 161
pp., 3 pls. [+ 34f-16t-unr: Gr Pn]

365. Grabowsky, F. Beitrag zur Biologie des
Gorilla. Fena. Z. Naturw., 1906, 41, 608-611,
pl. 30. [2t: Gr

366. Huxley, J. S. The growth of the infant
chimpanzee born in the Society’s Gardens, and a
comparison with that of a chimpanzee born in
Florida. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1936, (1), 587—
589. [1f-2t: Pn]

[27]

[Anat. 367-375]

367. Noback, C. V. Growth of infant female
gorilla. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1930, 14, 165—
176. [8f-2t: Gr]

368. Schultz, A. H. Growth studies on pri-
mates bearing upon man’s evolution. Amer. F.
phys. Anthrop., 1924, 7, 149-164, 4 pls.

[+++ 7: Pn Png Hyl Clb C-p Me

Pp Ceb Al Lm|

369. Schultz, A. H. Studies on the growth of
gorilla and of other higher primates with special
reference to a fetus of gorilla, preserved in the
Carnegie Museum. Mem. Carneg. Mus., 1927,
11, 1-86, pls. 1-8. [6f-10t-nr: Gr Pn Png

Hyl\

370. Schultz, A. H. Notes on the growth of
anthropoid apes, with especial reference to decidu-
ousdentition. Rep. Lab. Mus. zool. Soc., Philad.,
1930, 58, 34-45. [2t: Gr Pn Png]

371. Schultz, A. H. Die Kérperproportionen
der afrikanischen Menschenaffen im foetalen und
im erwachsenen Zustand. Festschr. von F. Ulrich
Duerst, Bern, 1936, 284-302, 1 pl. [7#: Gr Pn]

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

372. Spence, K. W. & Yerkes, R.M. Weight,
growth and age in chimpanzee. Amer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1937, 22, 229-246. [8¢-4f-20r: Pn]

373. Vallois, H.-V. La croissance de la main
chezlechimpanzé. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1932,
110, 915-917. [it: Pn]

_ 374. Vanderplank, F. L. Growth and denti-
tion of an infant chimpanzee at the Bristol zoo.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1937, B, 107, 175-176.

[2t: Pn]

See also: 164, 226, 350, $13, 908, 986, 1985, 2907,
3426, 3551, 3768, 3903, 4054.

TERATOLOGY

375. Bolk, L. Die Doppelbildung eines Affen.
Beitr. path. Anat., 1926, 76, 238-253, pl. 8.
[3f: Mc]

See also: 301, 302, 308, 309, 310a, 345, 352, 862,
919, 1084, 1448, 1853, 1854, 1943, 1944.

[28]

The Circulatory & Lymphatic Systems

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

376. Barkow, Hans Carl Leopold. Disquisi-
tiones circa origenem et decursum arteriarum mam-
malium. Lipsiae: Leopoldi Vossii, 1829, viii, 114
pp., 4 pls. [+ C-p]

377. Barkow, Hans Carl Leopold. Die Blut-
Gefasse vorziglich die Schlagadern der Sauge-
thiere in ihren wesentlichsten Verschiedenheiten.
Comparative Morphologie des Menschen und der
menschenahnlichen Thiere. Vierter Theil. Bres-
lau: Ferdinand Hirt, 1866, xi, 93 pp., 46 pls.

378. Eisler, Paul. Das Gefdss- und periphere
Nervensystem des Gorilla. Eine vergleichend ana-
tomische Untersuchung. Halle: Tausch & Grosse,
1890, 78 pp., 9 pls. Abstr.: 7. comp. Neurol, 1891,
1, iv—vi. [Gr]

379. Ficalbi, E. Contribuzione alla conosconza
della angiolagia delle Scimmie. 4tti Accad.
Fisiocr. Siena, 1889, (4), 1, 425-456, pl. 6.

[Prsh C-p Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb All

380. Glidden, Evelyn M. & De Garis, C. F.
Arteries of the chimpanzee (Pan spec.?). I. The
aortic arch; II. Arteries of the upper extremity;
III. The descending aorta; IV. Arteries of the
lower extremity. Amer. F. Anat., 1936, 58,
501-527. [ean eer

381. Leche, W. Sdaugethiere:Mammalia. Das
Gefasssystem. Bronn’s Klassen Ordn. Thier-
Reichs, 1900, Bd. 6, Abt 5, Bd. 1, 1171-1212, pls.
122-125. [+ 22f-78r]

382. Parsons, F. G. On the blood vessels of
mammals in relation to those of man. Lancet,
1902, (1), 651-653. [++ 1f-Lecture]

383. Popovski, Ivan Stepanovich. Arterial-
naya sistema u obezyan sravnitelno s raspolozhen-
iyem yeya u chlovieka. [Arterial system in the
monkey compared with its arrangement in man.]
Izv. imp. Tomsk. Univ.,* 1895, 8, 1-152. Apart:
Tomsk: P. I. Makushin, 1894, 152 pp.

[17f-Russ.-cf. no. 433: Png Prsb Aot Ceb

Atl Hap)

384. Rojecki, F. Sur la circulation artérielle
chez le Macacus cynomolgus et le Macacus sinicus
comparée a celle des singes anthropomorphes et
del’homme. Ff. Anat., Paris, 1889, 25, 343-386,
513-561, pls. 16-17. [3f-9r: Mc]

385. Stahl, Heinrich. Ueber die Arterien des
Cercopithecus fuliginosus. Diss. Rostock, J. M.
Oeberg, 1839, 34 pp. [C-c]

386. Subba Rau, A. S. & Krishna Rao, P.
Contributions to our knowledge of the anatomy of
the Lemuroidea. I. Arterial system of Loris lydek-
kerianus. Half-yrly F. Mysore Univ., 1930, 4,
90-121. [16f-14r: Lor]

387. Theile, W. Ueber das Arteriensystem
von Simia inuus. Arch. Anat. Physiol. wiss.
Med.,* 1852, 419-449, pl. 11. [Mc]

See also: 144, 198, 221, 236, 247, 274.

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, &c.
See also: 279, 395, 396, 397, 398, 463a, 1956.

HISTOLOGY
See also: 389.

EMBRYOLOGY
See also: 406, 407, 2002.
.

ANOMALIES
See also: 390, 392, 441.

HEART & PERICARDIUM

(incl. coronary vessels)

388. Abramson, D.I. & Eisenberg, H. J. The
coronary blood supply in the rhesus monkey.
F. Anat., Lond., 1935, 69, 520-525. [4f: Mc]

389. Chiodi, V. II] nodo seno-atriale del cuore
dei mammiferi. Clin. vet., Milano, 1932, 55,
689-714, 799-823. [+ 24f: Prsh Pp Cebl

390. De Garis, C.F. Pericardial patency and
partial ectocardia in a newborn orang-utan.
Anat. Rec., 1934, 59, 69-82. [Uf-r: Png]

391. Dobyns, B. M. Note on an artery of the
moderator band. Anat. Rec., 1936, 66, 397-400.
Pee he verz|

392. Francaviglia, M. C. Nota sulla persis-
tenza delle vie della circolazione fetale nel cuore
d’un Nyctipithecus. Boll. Soc. romana Studi
zool.,* 1896, 5, 74-78. [20r: Aot]

392a.* Hermes, B. Der Innenbau des Herzens
bei einem dreijahrigen mdnnlichen Schimpanse.
Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Minster, 1938, 29 pp. [Px
Pn

[29]

[Anat. 393-412]

393. Poplewski, R. MieSnie grzebieniaste
serca. (Musculi pectinati.) Arch. Nauk biol.,
1929, 3, (2), 153 pp. Fr. abstr. p. 143-153.

[+ 51f-56r-Biol. Abstr., 1932, 6, no. 20,439:

Hyl Prsh Mc C-c Pp Cebd}

393a. Strunz, Josef. Die dussere Form des
Herzens mit Beriicksichtigung seiner Lagebexie-
hungen bei einem dreijahrigen mannlichen Schim-
panse. Inaug.-Diss. (Med > Minster, H. Busch-
mann, 1937, 46 pp. (24f-r: Pn]

394. Urwitz, S. Arteria septi cordis dextra.
Anat. Anz., 1937, 85, 97-110. [+ 4f: Affe]

See also: 172, 179, 272, 276, 290, 293, 294, 386,
1603, 2406, 2407, 2409,

AORTA & PULMONARY ARTERIES

395. Chase, R. E. The coronary arteries in
266 hearts of rhesus monkey. Amer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1938, 23, 299-320. [6f-12r: Mc]

396. De Garis, C. F. Patterns of the aortic
arch ina series of 133 macaques. Ff. Anat., Lond.,
1935, 70, 149-158. [3f: Mc}

397. De Garis, C. F. Methods of measuring
the lumina of branches of the aortic arch in rhesus
monkey. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1937, 23,
199-212. [1f-4t: Mc]

398. De Garis, C. F. Branches of the aortic
arch in 153 rhesus monkeys (second series). Anat.
Rec., 1938, 70, 251-262. [4f-l6r: Mc]

399. De Garis, C. F., Black, I. H. & Riemen-
schneider, E. A. Patterns of the aortic arch in
American white and negro stocks, with compara-
tive notes on certain other mammals. F. Anat.,
Lond., 1933, 67, 599-619, 2 pls. [a al

400. Keith, A. The modes of origin of the
carotid and subclavian arteries from the arch of
the aorta in some of the higher primates. Ff.
Anat., Lond., 1895, 29, 453-458. [1t-20r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsh Me Atl All

401. Le Double, A. De la reproduction de la
formule aortique de l’orang, du gibbon, de tous
les autres singes et des carnassiers chez |’homme.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1890, (4), 1, 555-557.

[see 402]

402. Le Double, [A.] Des variations des troncs
de la convexité de la crosse de l’aorte de l’>homme
et principalement de la reproduction chez lui de la
formule aortique de |’orang, du gibbon, des singes
quadrupédes et des carnassiers. C.R. Ass. Anat.,
1901, 3, 242-246. [+ if: Gr Pn Png

Hyl]

403. Parsons, F. G. On the arrangement of
the branches of the mammalian aortic arch. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1902, 36, 389-399.

[Ee iGrPRaW Png.) Vy] \(G2pG=c ieic

Pp Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Myst Lm]

See also: 143, 144, 145, 172, 176, 219, 222, 276,
290, 348, 380, 382, 407.

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM

CAROTID ARTERIES & BRANCHES

(excl. cerebral vessels)

404. Botar, J. Sur la structure des nerfs de la
glande intercarotidienne (glomus caroticum) chez
les singes anthropoides. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat.
Paris, 1935, (6), 12, 243-249. [7f: Pn]

405. Danielopolu, D. & Manescu, E. Reflexo-
gene Zonen der Carotis. II. Anatomische Unter-
suchungen tiber die Innervation der Sinus caroti-
cus beim Hunde, beim Affen und beim Menschen.
Z. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 63, 143-156.

[+ 13f: Me]

406. Hafferl, [A.] Ueber die Entwicklung der
Kopfgefasse bei Tarsius spectrum. Anat. Anz.,
1914, 46, ErgH., 155-156. [Tars]

407. Hafferl, A. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
der Aortenboégen und der Kopfarterien von Tar-
Sius spectrum. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1916, 50, 19-48,
pls. 1-2. [Uf: Tars]

408. Mensa, A. Arterie meningee encefaliche
nella serie dei mammiferi. Studio morfologico e

descrittivo. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1913, 46, 1-207,
pls. 1-4. [+ 4f-nr: Prsh Pp Atl Hap
Lm Lor Glg Daub]

409. Tandler, J. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomie der Kopfarterien bei den Mammalia.
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1899, 67, 677-784,
8 pls. [+ 17f-r: Prsb Pp Atl Hap

Lm Lor Glg Daub)

409a. Tokarski, S. Les variations de l’artére
maxillaire chez l>homme expliquées par les varia-
tions chez les primates. C. R. Ass. Anat.,
1931, 26, 507-510. [+++ Png Symph C-p
Ery-c Me Pp Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm]

409b. Tokarski, S. O odmianach tetnic
powierzchownych twarzy u czlowieka i naczel-
nych. (Surles variations des artéres superficielles
de la face chez l’homme et chez les primates.)
Folia morph., Warszawa, 1935-36, 6, 58-65. Fr.
abstr. p. 65. [see no. 409a]

See also: 397, 494, 1274.

SUBCLAVIAN ARTERY & BRANCHES

(excl. cerebral vessels)

410. Bang, F.B. Observations on limb arteries
of the woolly monkey (Lagothrix lagothricha).
Anat. Rec., 1936, 66, 387-395, [4f: Lag]

410a. Bayer, L. Beitrag zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Oberarmarterien. Morph. Fb.,
1892, 19, 1-41, pl. 1. [+++ dot Ceb Lag
Brchyt Atl Al Hap Leon-c|

411. Eichholz,A. Morphology of limb arteries
in vertebrates, with especial reference to the dis-
position in the human subject. ¥. Anat., Lond.,
1893, 27, 377-401. [++ “12f: dot Ceb

Brchyt Al Hap)

412. Géppert, E. Sdaugethiere: Mammalia. Ar-
teria axillaris und brachialis. Bronn’s Klassen

[30]

Aorta—lliac artery

Ordn. Thier-Reichs, 1905, Bd. 6, Abt. 5, Bd. 1,
1221-1330, pls. 126-130. [+ 437]

413. Hyrtl, J. Neue Wundernetze und geflechte
bei Végeln und Sadugethieren. Denkschr. Acad.
Wiss. Wien, 1864, 22, Abt. 1, 113-152, 9 pls.

[+ Ai Lm Gig]

414. Manners-Smith, T. The limb arteries of
primates. F. Anat., Lond., 1910, 44, 271-302, 6
pls.; 1910, 45, 23-64, pls. 7-12. [Ee 2f2 Gr

Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Ery-c C-c Me

Cyn-p Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Lag All

Hap Lm WNyct-c|

415. Miiller,E. Beitrage zur Morphologie des
Gefasssystems. II. Die Armarterien der Sauge-
tiere. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1904, 27, 71-
242, pls. 5-16. Ee eAs iGreen

Png Hyl C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp ?Mndr

Ceb Brchyt Atl Hap O0cd-m Leon-c Lm]

415a. Salvi, G. Arteriae dorsales carpi. Mem.
Soc. tosc. Sci. nat., 1900, 17, 167-185.
[++ 11f-49r: Mc]

416. Schwalbe, E. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomie der Unterarmarterien, speciell des Arcus
volaris sublimis. Morph. F6., 1895, 23, 412-451,
pls. 26-27. [+ if-3ir: Lm Nyct-c]

417. von Tschudi, J. Vergleichend anato-

mische Beobachtungen. Arch. Anat. Physiol.
Wiss. Med.*, 1843, 471-474. [+ Lag]

418. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie und Ent-
wickelungsgeschichte der Arterien des Vorder-
armes. (Il. Teil.) Ard. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden,
1895, 5, 157-205, pls. 13-14. [+ Pr]

419. Zuckerkandl, E. Uber die tiefen Hohl-
handaste der Arteria ulnaris. Arb. Anat. Inst.,
Wiesbaden, 1896, 6, 533-559, pls. 23-24.

[+ Pn Png]
420. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie und
Morphologie der Extremitatenarterien. S. B.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1907, 116, 459-730, 6
pls. [++ 14f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Mc Ceb Lag Brcehyt Atl Daub)

See also: 144, 267, 287, 309a, 380, 386, 397, 430,
435, 437, 494, 898, 3880.

ABDOMINAL AORTA & BRANCHES

421. Fransen, J.W.P. Lesystéme vasculaire
abdominal et pelvien des primates. Anatomie
descriptive et relations segmentales. Ned. Bijdr.
Anat., 1907, 4, 215-283, 487-537. [8f-4t-6 Ir:

Gila Penge iy) \ePrspy MC=p ) iG-c ne,
Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm
Nyct-c Tars]

422. Grzybowski, J. Badania filogenetyczne
nad tetnica trzewna (a. coeliaca) i jej rozgatezien-
jami w szeregu naczelnych. (L’artére coeliaque
chez les primates.) C. R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, Cl.
3, 1926, 19, 165-194. Fr, abstr., 185-187.

[54f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsbh C-p

[Anat. 413-432]

Saim Ceb Al

Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Mndr
Prdct

Hap Lm Hp-l Chrg Pr-p Nycet-c
Glg Daub Tars|

423. Grzybowski, J. Badania filogenetyczne
nad tetnica zotadkowa (a. gastrica). (L’artére
gastrique chez les primates.) C. R. Soc. Sci. Var-
sovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19, 195-212. Fr. abstr. 211-212.

[3f: see 422]

424. Grzybowski, J. Badania filogenetyczne
nad tetnica §ledzionowa (a. lienalis). (L’artére
splénique chez les primates.) C. R. Soc. Sci.
Varsovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19, 212-240. Fr. abstr. 237—
240. [5f: see 422]

425. Grzybowski, J. Badania filogenetyczne
nad tetnica watrobna (a. hepatica). (L’artére
hépatique chez les primates.) C. R. Soc. Sci.
Varsovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19, 240-265. Fr. abstr.
264-265. [5f: see 422]

426. Grzybowski, J. Zestawienie wynikéw
badan filogenetycznych nad rozgalgzieniami t.
trzewnej. (La phylogénése de l’artére coeliaque
(résultats des recherches.) C. R. Soc. Sci. Var-
sovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19, 265-282. Fr. abstr. 276-281.

[4t-5f-l6r: see 422]

427. Grzybowski, J. La phylogénése de |’ar-

tére coeliaque chez les primates. Bull Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1927, 8, 142-158.
[nt-l6r: see 422]

428. Wittmann, R. Die Schlagadern der Ver-
dauungsorgane mit Beriicksichtigung der Pfort-

ader bei dem Orang, Chimpanse, Gorilla. Arch.
Anthrop., Braunschw., 1891-92, 20, 83-104,
pls. 4-5. [t: Gr Pn Png

See also: 293, 380, 619, 2846.

ILIAC ARTERY & BRANCHES

429. Bluntschli, H. Die Arteria femoralis und
ihre Aste bei den niederen catarrhinen Affen.
Eine vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchung.
Morph. Fb., 1906, 36, 276-461.

[85f-14t-92r: Prsh C-p Ery-c C-c Me

Cyn-p Pp Lm|

430. Carlisle, A. Account of a peculiarity in
the distribution of the arteries sent to the limbs
of slow-moving animals; together with some
other similar facts. Philos. Trans., 1800, 98-105,
pls. 1-2. [++ Lor Nyct-c]

430a. Imai, S. (Uber die Beckengefasse des
weiblichen Macacus rhesus.) Tokyo Ig. Z.,* 1937,
51, 642-649. Abstr.: fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat.,
1939, 7, (193). [Fap: Mc]
431. Manners-Smith, T. The limb arteries of
primates. Ff. Anat., Lond., 1912, 46, 95-172,

pls. 13-21. [27r: see 414]

432. Manno, A. Arteriae plantares pedis
mammalium. Int. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1905,
22, 293-359, pls. 15-16. [+ 4f-79r: C-p

C-c Mc Hap]

[31]

[Anat. 432a—450]

_ 432a. Popowsky, J. Phylogenesis des Arte-

riensystems der unterum Extremitaten bei den

Primaten. Anat. Anz., 1893, 8, 657-665.
[+++ Of: Png Prsh Cp Me Pp Aot
Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm]

433. Popowsky, J. Das Arteriensystem der
unteren Extremitaten bei den Primaten. Anat.
Anz., 1894, 10, 55-80, 99-114.

[7f-cf. no. 367: Png Prsbh C-p C-c Me

rae Pp dot Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c

m

434. Rojecki, F. Note sur des plexus artériels
observés chez les makis et les singes. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1887, 39, 541-542. [4H Lm]

435. Rojecki, F. Note sur la disposition des
troncs artériels des membres chez les singes du
genre macaque considérés par rapport a ceux des

singes anthropomorphes et de l’homme. C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1888, 40, 281-284. [++ Mc]
436. Salvi, G. Arteria dorsalis pedis. Mem.

Soc. tosc. Sci. nat., 1900, 17, 13-52.
[+ 22f: Mc Hap)

436a. Usui, M. (Uber die Gefiisse der atisseren
Genitalien und die in der Beckenhdhle des mann-
lichen Affen.) Tokyo Igk. Z.,* 1936, 50, 1225-
1262, 2 pls. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat.,
1939, 8, (55). [Fap: Mc]

437. Wislocki, G. B. & Straus, W. L., Jr. On
the blood vascular bundles in the limbs of certain
edentates and lemurs. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool.
Harv., 1932, 74, 1-15, 4 pls. [++ ¢r:

Im Nyct-c Prdct Glg Tars]

438. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie und Ent-
wickelungsgeschichte der Arterien des Unter-
schenkels und des Fusses. Ard. anat. Inst.,
Wiesbaden, 1895, 5, 207-291, pls. 15-20.

[++ Pn Png Mc Pp Leon-c Lm]

439. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie der
Arteria pudenda interna. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1900, 109, 405-458, 1 pl.

[+ 14f-It-nr: Png Prsb Pp Atl Hap

Lm Gilg Daub)

See also: 144, 194, 267, 287, 318, 380, 386, 410,
413, 415a, 417, 420, 1636, 1691, 3880.

VEINS

440. Beddard, F. The azygos veins in the
Mammalia. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1907, (1),
181-223. [+ 12f: Lm Nyct-c Prdct Gig]

441. Chase, R. E. & De Garis, C.F. Anoma-
lies of venae cavae superioresin anorang. Amer.
¥. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 24, 61-65.

[1f-8r: Png]

442. Ficalbi, E. Di una particolare disposi-
zione di alcuni vasi venosi del collo nelle scimmie
e della possibilita di spiegare con essa alcune ano-
malie venose reperibili nell’uomo. Mem. Soc.
tosc. Sci. nat., 1885, 4, 400-410, pl. 14.

[Mc Pp]

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM

443. Forster, A. La veine communicante au
niveau du pli du coude. Résultat d’adaptation du
courant veineux. Etude d’anatomie comparée.
Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1931, 14, 23-82.

[Ee ecOfst hn Hol Mie Pp) i Gchmmecie

Lm Nyct-c Prdct Gilg]

443a. Gérard, G. Les canaux anastomotique
artério-veineux chez l’homme et chez le singe.
Arch, Sci. méd., 1896, 1, 455-471.
[+ 14f: C-p]
444. Keith, A. The frequent occurrence of a
divided inferior vena cava in the genus Hylobates
(Gibbons). ¥ Anat., Lond., 1896, 30, Proc.
il-iv. [5r-abstr.: Hyl|

445. Nishi,S. Prila vejnoj de mano de simioj.
[Veins of the hand in monkeys.] Folia anat.
japon., 1935, 13, 407-416.

[3f-1t-Esperanto with Gr. abstr: Prsb C-c

Mc Cyn-p Ceb Lag Hap)

445a. Nishi, S. Uber die Hautvenen des

Fusses bei den Affen. Folia. anat. japon., 1937,
15, 49-57. [3f: Prsb Mc Ceb Lag
Hap Leon-c]

446. Seib, G. A. On the azygos veins in
Pithecus (Macacus) rhesus. Anat. Rec., 1932, 51,
285-297. [6f: Mel

446a.* Sylwanowicz, W. (Uber die Klappen
der unpaaren Blutadern: Vv. azygos und hemi-
azygos.) Prace Tow. Nauk Wilno., Wydi. mat.
przyrod., 1923, 8, 75-96. [5f-20t-Polish with
Fr. abstr: Pn Png Symph C-p Pp Ceb
Atl Lm|

See also: 144, 247, 309a, 318, 378, 450, 458, 1678,
1986, 1988, 1992.

LYMPH VESSELS & GLANDS

447. Beattie, J. The visceral lymphatic chan-
nels of the Catarrhinae. (Illustrated by the direc-
tion of the spread of tuberculosis). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1927, (1), 459-470. [C-p Mc]

448. Kihara, T. & Teshima, G. Beitrage zur
Anatomie des Lymphgefasssystems der Wirbel-
tiere und des Menschen (Japaner). No. 22. Das
Lymphgefasssystem des Schimpansen (Troglo-
dytes niger). Folia anat. japon., 1935, 13, 303—
324. [3t-r: Pn]

449. Knoop, Hendrik. De aanleg, vorm en
verbreiding der glandulae en noduli lymphatict in
den oesophagus van den mensch en de epee Acad.
proefschr. (Geneesk.) Utrecht. Middelburg: van
Straaten, 1916, 192 pp., 32 pls.

[+ 29Ir: C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Ceb Gig]

450. McClure, C. F. W. & Silvester, C.F. A
comparative study of the lymphatico-venous com-
munications in adult mammals. I.. Primates, Car-
nivora, Rodentia, Ungulata, and Marsupialia.
Anat. Rec., 1909, 3, 534-552, 10 pls.

[Se liRN Pay Cp) G20 McuMPpanGeD

Atl Hap WNyct-c]

[32]

Veins—Lymph vessels & glands; spleen

451. MacGregor, A. An experimental investi-
gation of the lymphatic system of the teeth and
jaws. Proc. roy. Soc. Med., 1936, 29, (2), 1237—
1272. [++ 19f-35r: monkey]

451a.* Orts Llorca, [F.] El ductus thoracicus
y las vias linfaticas colaterales del torax en el
Macacus rhesus, con un estudio complementario
del desarollo de estos vasos linfaticos en el embrién
humano. dn. Univ. Valencia,* 1937 [1938], 2,
81 pp., 13 pls. Engl. abstr. [19f: Mc]

452. Rawitz, B. Ueber die Zellen in den
Lymphdrtsen von Macacus cynomolgus. Arch.
mikr. Anat., 1895, 45, 592-623, pl. 32. [Mc]

453. Rawitz, [B.] Bemerkungen zu einer Ab-
handlung des stud. med. Siegmund Schumacher:
Ueber die Lymphdrtisen des Macacus rhesus.
Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1897,
158-161. [4bstr]

454. Schumacher, S. Ueber die Lymphdritsen
des Macacus rhesus. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1896, 48,
145-168, pl. 8. [Mc]

455. Schumacher, S. Nachtragliche Bemer-
kungen tuber die Lymphdritisen von Macacus rhe-
sus Aud. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1897, 49, 804-806.

[Mc]

456. Shimizu, S. Untersuchung tiber die fein-
ere Verteilung der Lymphgefasse des Dick-
darmes. Folia anat. japon., 1932, 10, 589-599.

[+ Sf: Me]

457. Silvester, C. F. On the presence of per-
manent lymphatico-venous communications at
the level of the renal veins in adult South Ameri-
canmonkeys. Anat. Anz., 1910, 37, ErgH., 111-
113. Uf]

458. Silvester, C. F. On the presence of per-
manent communications between the lymphatic
and the venous system at the level of the renal
veins in adult South American monkeys. Amer.
¥. Anat., 1912, 12, 447-471. [12pl-2f-It:

Aot Saim Ceb Atl Hap Oeced-m|

459. Teshima, G. Beitrage zur Anatomie des
Lymphgefasssystems der Wirbeltiere und des
Menschen (Japaner). Nr. 20. Das Lymphgefiass-

[Anat. 451-466]

system des Macacus (Macacus rhesus). Folia
anat. japon., 1935, 13, 251-288. [7f: Me]
460. Teshima, G. Beitrage zur Anatomie des
Lymphgefasssystems der Wirbeltiere und des
Menschen (Japaner). Nr. 21. Das Lymphgefiass-
system des Lemurs (Lemur macaco). Folia anat.
japon., 1935, 13, 289-301. [+ Lm]
401. Thomé, R. Endothelien als Phagocyten
(aus den Lymphdriisen von Macacus cynomolgus).
Arch. mikr. Anat., 1898, 52, 820-842, pl. 37.
[25r: Mc]
462. Troitzky, A. Les vaisseaux lymphatiques
du grand sympathique et des ganglions semi-
lunaires du plexus solaire chez les Cercopithecidae.
Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1930, (2), 2, 195-203.
[4f-13r: C-p]
463. Yoffey, J. M. & Drinker, C. K. The
lymphatic pathway from the nose and pharynx.
The absorption of dyes. Ff. exp. Med., 1938, 68,
629-640, pls. 25-27. [+ It-10r: Me]

See also: 378, 555, 556, 620, 621, 625, 639.

SPLEEN
463a. von Krogh, C. Zur Morphologie der

Primatenmilz. Anthrop. Anz., 1936, 13, 89-100,
pls. 3-4. [20f-1t: Pn Png Hyl Prsb
C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Al Hap
Tars]

464. Mangubi-Kudrjavtzewa, Anna. Uber den
Bau der vendsen Sinus der Milz des Menschen
und Rhesus-Affen. rb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden,
1909, 39, 697-736, pls. 58-59.

[++ 3f-43r: Mc]

465. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Forme et
connexions de la rate des singes catarrhiniens.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1916, 79, 490-495.

[Px Png Hyl C-p Mc Mnar]

466. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. De la rate
des singes platyrrhiniens. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1916, 79, 574-576. [Ceb Atl Hap Myst]

See also: 283, 283a, 291, 296, 298, 1956.

[33]

The Respiratory System

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

See also: 236, 242, 276, 290.

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, &c.
See also: 476, 479, 530, 1956.

HISTOLOGY
See also: 472, 520, 584, 585, 591, 2838.

EMBRYOLOGY
See also: 468, 470, 476, 479, 535, 540.

ANOMALIES
See also: 524, 535.

EXTERNAL NOSE & NASAL PASSAGES

467. Brandes, G. Ueber die Nasenaffen. Z.
Naturw., 1901, 74, 284-289. [3f-review of 480]

468. Frets,G. P. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie und Ontogenie der Nase der Primaten.
I. Beobachtungen und Bermerkungen zur Ent-
wicklung der Nase bei einigen catarrhinen Affen,
Saugern und dem Menschen. Gegenbaurs 7b.,
1912, 44, 409-463.

[++ 64f-r: Prsb Nas Me]

469. Frets, G. P. Over den uitwendigen neus
van de primaten. Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad.
Amst., 1912, 21, (1), 179-184.—On the external
nose of primates. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1912, 15,
(1), 129-134. [Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me

Aot Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap)

470. Frets, G. P. Over het Jacobson’s orgaan
der primaten. Versi. gewone Vergad. Akad.
Amst., 1912, 21, (1), 184-187.—On the Jacobson’s
organ of primates. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1912,
15, (1), 134-137. [2f: Prsh Mc Saim

Ceb Atl Al Hap)

471. Gegenbaur, C. Uber das Rudiment einer
septalen Nasendriise beim Menschen. Morph.
¥b., 1886, 11, 486-488. [+ ?Lor]

472. Kolmer, W. Bemerkungen iber die Regio
olfactoria der Anthropoiden. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1927, 84, 160-170.

[Sit Gr ene Pins ia )|

473. Lucas,A.M. The nasal cavity and direc-
tion of fluid by ciliary movement in Macacus
rhesus (Desm.). Amer. F. Anat., 1932, 50, 141—
177. [3pl-3f-1t-19r: Mc]

474. Richter,H. Die Morphologie der Husch-
keschen Knorpel. Z. Hals- Nas.- u. Ohrenheilk.,
1934, 35, 415-425. [+ 13f-r: Png]

475. de Rochebrune, A.-T. Du platyrhinisme
chez un groupe de singes africains. C. R. Acad.
Sci., Paris, 1886, 103, 940-941. [Cis]

_476. Schultz, A. H. The nasal cartilages in
higher primates. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1935,
20, 205-212.

[++ 6f-lt: Gr Pn Png Symph|

477. Spurgat, F. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Nasen- und Schnauzenknorpel des
Menschen und der Thiere. Morph. Arb.,* 1896,
5, 555-612, pls. 25-26.

[+ 4f-60r: Pn C-p Lm]

478. Virchow, H. Nasenknorpel des Schim-
panse. Z. Ethn., 1914, 46, 673-678. [4f: Pn]

479. Wen, I. C. Ontogeny and phylogeny of
the nasal cartilages in primates. Contr. Embryol.
Carneg. Instn., 1930, 22, 109-134, 1 pl.

[46 222197 Pag Hol ye Prsh Nas

Ery-c Mc Pp Aot Ceb Atl Al Hap

Lm Nyct-c Glg Tars]

480. Wiedersheim,R. Beitrage zur Kenntniss
der dusseren Nase von Semnopithecus nasicus.

Eine physiognomische Studie. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1901, 3, 300-350, pls. 21-24.
[9f-20r: Prsb Nas)

481. Wiedersheim, R. Nachtragliche Bemer-
kungen tiber den Semnopithecus nasicus und
Beitrage zur dusseren Nase des Genus Rhinopithe-
cus. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1901, 3, 576-582.

[2f: Rhn-p Nas]

48la. Zuckerkandl, Emil. Das periphere Ge-

ruchsorgan der Sdugethiere. Eine vergleichend
anatomische Studie. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke,
1887, viii, 116 pp., 10 pls. EE eS Ie

Png Hyl Pp Al Lm Pr-p WNyct-c Gilg]

See also: 105, 106, 298, 327, 463, 1005, 1217,
2838.

LARYNX & LARYNGEAL SAC

482. Anthony, R. & Bortnowsky, I. Recherches
sur un appareil aérien de type particulier chez un
lémurien. Arch. Zool. exp. gén., 1914, 53, 309-
324, pls. 14-15. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1913,
156, 160-161. [8f-r: Mer-c]

483. Bartels, P. Uber die Nebenraume der
Kehlkopfhohle. Beitrage zur vergleichenden und
zur Rassen-Anatomie. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1904, 8, 11-61, pl. 3.

Mndr]

[+ 1f-52r: Png Me

[34]

External nose——Larynx & laryngeal sac

484. Bernstein, H. Uber das Stimmorgan der
Primaten. Ab;. senckenb. naturf. Ges., 1923, 38,
105-128, pls. 13-14. [tir: Pn Hyl Me

Pp Ceb Lag Al Lm WNyet-c]

485. Boulart, R. Note sur le systéme vascu-
laire des poches laryngiennes de |’orang-outang.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1886, 38, 215-216. [Png]

486. Brandes, G. Der Kehlsack und die
Stimme des Orang-Utan. Naturforscher, 1927,
3, 633-635. [Png]

487. Brandes, G. Die Bedeutung des Orang-
Kehlsackes. Z. Sdugetierk., 1929, 4, 81-83. [Png]

488. Brandes, R. Uber den Kehlkopf des
Orang-Utan in verschiedenen Altersstadien mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kehlsackfrage.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1932, 69, 1-61, pls. 1-3.

[36f-unr: Png]

489. Brandt, Johann Friedrich. Odservationes
anatomicae de instrumento vocis mammalium in

museo xootomico Berolinensi factae. Berolini:
F. A. Herbig, 1826, 38 pp., 1 pl.
[++ C-p Me Ceh Atl Al

Pp Mndr
Hap Lm Lor eps

490. Camper, P. Account of the organs of
speech of the orang outang. Philos. Trans.,1779,
69, 139-159, pl. 2. [Pp Png]

491. Deniker, J. & Boulart, R. Note sur les
sacs laryngiens des singes anthropoides. 7.
Anat., Paris, 1886, 22, 51-62, pls. 3-4.

[77s Green eng

492. Deniker, [J.] & Boulart, [R.] Les sacs
laryngiens des singes anthropoides. Bu//. Mus.
Hist. nat., Paris, 1896, 2, 139-143. [Png]

493. Deniker, [J.] & Boulart, [R.] Sur les sacs
laryngiens d’un orang-outan femelle adulte. Bul.
Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1898, 4, 277-278. [Png]

404, Erhart, M. B. Irrigacio arterial do ap-
parelho de resonancia hyolaryngeo no genero
Alouatta (Bugio). Rev. Mus. paul., 1936, 20,
707-719, 2 pls. [Al

495. Eschricht, [D. F.] Beschreibung einiger
neuen Muskeln am Kehlkopfe eines langarmigen
Affen ( Hylobates albifrons). Arch. Anat. Physiol.
wiss. Med.,* 1834, 218-221, pl. 2. [ Hy/]

496. Fick, R. Beobachtungen am Orangkehl-
sack. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1928, 445-447,
pls. 4-6. [Png]

497. Forster, A. Remarques sur la formation
du sac laryngien antérieur des simiens inférieurs.
(Note préliminaire.) Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923,
93, 509-516. [4f-2r: C-p Pp Mndr Lm

497a. Forster, A. Le sac trachéal postérieur
chez Ateles ater. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94,
59-67. [4f: Atl)

498. Forster, A. Le sac laryngien antérieur
des primates. Le mécanisme de son développe-
ment. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1925, 4, 45-99.

[15f: C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Atl

Lm]

[Anat. 484-511]

499. Forster, A. La membrane ary-épiglot-

tique. Etude d’anatomie comparée. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1928, 8, 87-128. [+++ 25f:
Gr Pn Png Hyl Me Pp Atl Lm]

500. Giacomini, C. Annotations sur 1|’ana-
tomie du négre. Arch. ital. Biol., 1892, 17, 337-
371, pl. 7. [++ Pn Png Mc C-p]

501. Géppert, E. Uber die Herkunft des Wris-
berg’schen Knorpels. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichen-

den Anatomie des Saugethierkehlkopfs. Morph.
7Fo., 1894, 21, 68-151, pls. 3-4.
[+ 13f-18r: Prsh Mc Pp Ceb Hap
Oed-m Lm Nyct-c Gig]

502. Hasské, A. Uber die Kehlsicke des
Orang-Utan und eine todbringende Erkrankung
im Kehlsacke eines jungen Orangs. Z. Hals-
Nas.- u. Ohrenheilk., 1929, 23, 258-262.

[2f: Png]

503. Kleinschmidt,A. Die Schlund-und Kehl-
organe der Gorilla. Anat. Anz., 1937-38, 85,
ErgH. 208-215. [8f: Gr Png]

504. Kleinschmidt,A. Die Schlund-und Kehl-
organe des Gorillas “Bobby” unter besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der gleichen Organe von
Mensch und Orang. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie des Kehlkopfes. Gegenbaurs
Fb., 1938, 81, 78-157. [22f-3t-unr: Pn Png|

505. Koerner, O. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie und Physiologie des Kehlkopfes der
Saugethiere und des Menschen. Adh. senckenb.
naturf. Ges., 1883, 13, 147-165, 1 pl.

[+++ Png Mc Pp Lm]

506. Koerner, O. Weitere Beitraige zur ver-
gleichenden Anatomie und Physiologie des Kehl-
kopfs. bh. senckenb. naturf. Ges., 1884, 13,
261-276, 1 pl.

[+++ Pn Png Mc Pp At Lm]

507. Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. Die Larynx und
die Stimbildung der Quadrumana. WNatuurk.
Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1896, 55, 157-175.

[1ir: Gr Pn Png Symph Prsh Mc Ceb]

508. Kollmann, M. Pharynx et larynx de
quelques lémuriens. C. R. frang. Av. Sci., 1913
[1914], 42, (2), 352-357. [Lm Mer-c <Avh

Pr-p Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars|

509. Lampert, H. Zur Kenntnis des Platyr-
rhinenkehlkopfes. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1926, 55, 607—
654. [28f-t-14r: Aot Pith Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Myst]

510. Mayer, C. Uber den Bau des Organes der
Stimme bei dem Menschen, den Sdugethieren, und
einigen gréssern Végeln, nebst physiologischen

Bemerkungen. Nova Acta Leop. Carol., 1852,
23, 659-766, pls. 62-89. [+ Pn Png Prsb
Clb Hyl C-p Mc Pp Mndr Chirop

Ceb Atl Al Leon-c ?Lm Lor|l

511. Meyer, E. Ueber die Luftsacke der Affen
und die Kehlkopfdivertikel beim Menschen. Ein
Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Kehl-

[35]

[Anat. 512-537]

RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

kopfs. Arch. Laryng. Rhin., Berl., 1901, 12,

1-26, pls. 1-9. Pasa Jerk ee! Jey
Prsh C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Ceb Ail Al
Leon-c_ Lm|

512. Milne Edwards, A. Observations sur
Vappareil vocal de l’Indris brevicaudatus. Ann.
Sci. nat., Zool., 1874, (6), 1, no. 8, 3 pp., pl. 12.

513. Mott, F. A study by serial sections of
the structure of the larynx of Hylobates syndac-
tylus (siamang gibbon). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
i924, (2), 1161-1170, 5 pls. [Symphl

514. Negus, [V.E.] Observations on the evo-
lution of man from the evidence of the larynx.
Acta oto-laryng., Stockh., 1928, 12, 93-118.

[ennai Gn Pn iPng) Vial) Symp hk

C-p C-c Mc Pp Ceb Lag Lm Prdct

Tars]|

515. Némai, J. Das Stimmorgan der Prima-
ten. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1920, 59, 257—
292. [8f-6r: Prsb C-p Mc Pp]

516. Némai, J. Das Stimmorgan der Prima-
ten. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 81, 657-672.
[7f: C-c Ceb Al Hap]

517. Némai, J. Das Stimmorgan des Hylo-
bates. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 81, 673-685.
[8f: Hyl Symph]

518. Némai, J. & Kelemen, G. Schleimhaut-
pigment im Kehlkopf eines Orang-Utans. Z.
Laryng. Rhinol., 1928, 17, 271-276. [6f: Png]
519. Némai, J. & Kelemen, G. Das Stimm-
organ des Orang-Utan. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1929, 88, 697-709. [11f: Png]

520. Némai, J. & Kelemen, G. Beitrage zur
Kenntnis des Gibbonkehlkopfes. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1933, 100, 512-520. [5f: Hyl]

521. Nishiyama, Nobumitsu. Die Kehlkopf-
muskeln Uylobates lar, verglichen mit denen an-
derer Affen und des Menschen. Inaug.-Diss.
(Med.) Rostock, H. Winterberg, 1904, 23 pp.

[ Hy]

522. Olivier, P. Appareil vocal du singe hur-
leur. (Alouatte rouge, Mycetes seniculus, famille
des cébidées, sous-ordre des platyrrhiniens.)
Parole, 1902, n.s., 4, 530-536. [4f: Al

523. Sclavunos, G. Ueber die Ventrikular-
saicke des Kehlkopfes beim erwachsenen und
neugeborenen Menschen, sowie bei einigen Affen.
Anat. Anz., 1904, 24, 511-523.

[a2 Pre Pp Pap

524. Sonntag, C.F. Description of the larynx
and oesophagus of a common macaque (Macacus
fascicularis) exhibiting several abnormal char-
acters. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1920, (1), 27-30.

[2f: Mc]

525. Tavani, E. Rapporti del muscolo tiro-
aritenoideo con il legamento vocale in alcune
scimmie platirrine: Ateleus paniscus e Pithecia
leucocephala. Monit. zool. ital., 1935, 46, 141-148.

[6f-lir: Pith Atl]

526. Voss, H. Die Kehlsacke zweier junger
Orang-Utans. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1931, 96,
84-91. [5f-it: Png]

527. Waldeyer, A. Zur Individual- und Ras-
senanatomie des menschlichen Kehlkopfes. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1926, 26, 68-126.

[+ 22f-lt-113r: Pn Png Hyl Ery-c}

528.* Warnots, L. Identité de la musculature
du larynx chez l’homme et chez le chimpanzé.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Bruxelles,* 1885, 4, 59-62.

[Pr]

529. Zuckerkandl, E. Uber den Kehlsack von
Macacus nemestrinus. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1905,
9, 145-146, pl. 10. [Mc]

See also: 143, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 194, 211,
227, 237, 309a, 344, 584, 585, 591, 649, 1337a,
1646, 2424, 2425, 3774.

TRACHEA, BRONCHI & LUNGS

530. Aeby, Christoph Theodor. Der Bronchi-
albaum der Saéugethiere und des Menschen. Nebst
Bemerkungen tiber den Bronchialbaum der Vogel
und Reptilien. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann,
1880, 98 pp., 10 pls. [+ 9f-nt: Pn Png

G=p Pp im

531. Chudzinski, [T.] Notes sur les poumons
des orangs-outangs. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1882, (3), 5, 554-557. [Uf: Png]

532. Narath, A. Der Bronchialbaum der Sau-
gethiere und des Menschen. Eine vergleichend
anatomische und entwicklungsgeschichtliche Stu-
die. Bibl. med., Stuttgart, Abt. A., 1901, Heft 3,
379 pp., 7 pls. [+ 242f-vnt-87r: Pn Png

C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Lag Atl Al

Hap Leont-c Lm)

533. Straus, W. L., Jr. The form of the
tracheal cartilages of primates, with remarks on

the supposed taxonomic importance. ¥. Mam-
mal., 1931, 12, 281-285, pl. 12. [Mc Saim
Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c_ Prdct Glg Tars]

534. Virchow, R. Drei anthropoiden Affen
(Orang-Utan und Gibbons). Z. Ethn., 1879, 11,
Verh., 384-388. [Png Hy]

535. Weber, A. L’origine de l’appareil pul-
monaire chez le Tarsius spectrum. C. R. Ass.
Anat., 1913, 15, 48-50. [ Tars]}

See also: 219, 235, 283a, 299, 482.

PLEURA & MEDIASTINUM

536. Deniker, J. & Boulart, R. Sur divers
points de l’anatomie de |’orang-outan. C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1894, 119, 235-238. [Png]

537. Ruge, G. Grenzen der Pleura-Siacke der
Affen und des Menschen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1910,

41, 1-109. [66f-nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsh Mc Pp Mndr Atl Lm
Avh Lor WNyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars]

[36]

Trachea—Diaphragm

538. Ruge, G. Grenzlinien der Pleura-Sacke
beim Orang. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1912, 44, 371-402.
[24f-t: Gr Pn Png Symph|\
539. Tanja, T. Uber die Grenzen der Pleura-
hohlen bei den Primaten und bei einigen anderen
Saugethieren. Morph. F., 1891, 17, 145-197,
pls. 9-12. [Eres Gr en Pe Prsh
Mc Pp Mnar Atl\

See also: 293, 294, 393a, 1614.

DIAPHRAGM

540. Debeyre, A. Développement du pilier
dorsal du diaphragme chez Tarsius spectrum.
Bibliogr. anat., 1905, 14, 207-210. [2f: Tars]

541. Forster, A. & Winckler, G. Remarques
sur la configuration des piliers du diaphragme.

Rev. anthrop., 1926, 36, 52-58.
[++ Prsh Mec Atl Lm]

[37]

[Anat. 538-545]

542. von Gossnitz, W. Beitrag zur Diaphrag-
mafrage. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Fena.,
1901, 7, 205-262, pls. 13-14. [+ It-62r:

C-p Lm Tars]

543. Korner, F. Vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchungen itiber den Faserverlauf der Pars
lumbalis des Zwerchfells zur Begrenzung des
Hiatus oesophageus bei Saugetieren. Gegenbaurs
Fb., 1929, 61, 409-451. [+ 29f-nur: Pn Me

Pp Ceb Atl All

544. Pancrazi, G. La “pars lumbalis” e il
“centrum tendineum”’ dal diaframma dei mammi-
feri. Atti. Soc. Nat. Mat. Modena, 1931, 62,
135-153. [+ Prsb C-p Mc Pp Hap Lm|

545. Winckler, G. Configuration et architec-
ture des piliers du diaphragme. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1926, 6, 1-32. [++ 7f: Prsb

Mc Atl Lm]

See also: 596, 1514.

The Digestive System

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

See also: 198, 224, 242, 244, 247, 253, 258, 261,
264, 278, 279, 288, 289, 298, 299, 300, 312, 646,
3669.

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, &c.

See also: 283, 567, 597a, 610, 634, 635, 636, 637,
642, 643, 1956, 2625.

HISTOLOGY

See also: 456, 552, 553, 567, 577, 583, 584, 585,
591, 599, 605, 608, 613, 621, 623, 625, 641, 642,
643.

EMBRYOLOGY
See also: 105, 106, 546, 567, 587, 594, 612.

ANOMALIES
See also: 524, 546, 629, 638, 640.

MOUTH
(excl. teeth)

546. Boyd, J. D. The classification of the
upperlipinmammals. F. dnat., Lond., 1933, 67,
409-416, 1 pl. [+ If: Glg Tars|

547. Duckworth, W.L.H. A note on sections
of thelipsofthe primates. 7. Anat., Lond., 1910,
44, 349-353. [++ 20f: Gr Pn Png

Pp Tars]

548. Gegenbaur, C. Die Gaumenfalten des
Menschen. Morph. 76., 1878, 4, 573-583, pl. 30.
[+ Uf: Png C-p Ceb All
549. Herre, W. & Metzdorff, H. Uber das
Ackerknechtsche Organ einiger Primaten. Zool.
Anz., 1938, 124, 103-111. [7f-lir: Png
Mc Ceb Lag All
550. Huntington, G.S. The macroscopic anat-

omy of the salivary glands in the lower primates.
Stud. Cancer Columb. Univ., 1913, 4, 73-113, pls.

21-33. [Pn Png Prsh C-p C-c Mc Pp
Cyn-p Mndr Aot Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap
Lm]

551. Huntington,G.S. Genetic interpretation
of the primate alveolingual salivary area. Stud.
Cancer Columb. Univ., 1913, 4, 117-154a.

[+ 33f: Png Mc Pp Mndr Aot Lag

Atl Lm]

552. Illing,G. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden
Anatomie und Histologie der Speicheldriisen.
Die mandibularen (submaxillaren) Speicheldriisen
des Affen. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1907, 34,
165-186, pls. 10-12. [7r: Mc]

553. Illing,G. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden
Anatomie und Histologie der Speicheldriisen.
Die mandibularen Speicheldriisen des Affen.
Berl. tierartzl. Wschr., 1908, 662-665. [++ Me]

554. Klaatsch, H. Die Bedeutung des Sauge-
mechanismus fiir die Stammesgeschichte des
Menschen. KorrespBl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1912, 43, 114-126. [+]
_ 555. Levi, G. Elementi epiteliali in noduli
linfatici sottomascellari di mammiferi. vat.
Anz., 1904, 25, 369-377, pl. 4. [+ Lm]

555a.* Ota, M. (Ein Beitrag zum Bau des
Lippensaumes einiger Affen.) Kaibé Z., Tokyo,*
1934, 7, 731-741. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I.
Anat., 1936, 6, (69). [4f: Png C-c Hap]
_ 556. Rawitz, B. Ueber Lymphknotenbildung
in Speicheldriisen. Anat. Anz., 1898, 14, 463-
467. (2f: C-p]

See also: 180, 235, 276, 327, 341, 454.

TONGUE

557. Boulart, [R.] & Pilliet, [A.] Sur la dis-
position des papilles foliées dans la langue des

singes. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1884, 36, 626-
627. [Pn Pug Prsb C-p Mc Pp ‘Geb
Hap)

558. Boulart, R. & Pilliet, A. Note sur |’or-
gane folié de la langue chez les mammiféres. F.
Anat., Paris, 1885, 21, 337-345.

[+ Pn Png Lm]

559. Gegenbaur, C. Uber die Unterzunge
des Menschen und der Sadugethiere. Morph. 7é.,
1884, 9, 428-456, pls. 21-22. [ee Uf Pe

Lm Lor Daub Tars]|

560. Gegenbaur,C. Beitrage zur Morphologie
der Zunge. Morph. 7b., 1886, 11, 566-606, pls.
30-31. [+++ 3f: Lm Lor Tars]

561. Hopf, K. & Edzard, D. Beobachtungen
iiber die Verteilung der Zungenpapillen bei ver-
schiedenen Menschenrassen. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1910, 12, 545-558, 1 tbl.

[+ If: Pn Png Symph]

562. Houpert, L. Recherches sur la muscula-
ture de la langue chez les mammiféres. Etude
d’anatomie comparée. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1928 [1927], 8, 1-79. [++ 14f-51r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p Me Pp Mndr

Atl Lm)

[38]

Mouth——Pharynx & oesophagus

[Anat. 563-588]

563. Kunze, G. Die Zungenpapillen der Pri-
maten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1915, 49, 569-681, pls.

18-20. [34f-25r: Hyl Symph Prsb C-p
Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Mndr Lag
Atl|

564. Kunze, Gustave. Ueber die Beziehungen
der Papillae vallatae zu den Papillae fungiformes.
Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Breslau, Fleischman, 1915,
67 pp.

565. Mayer, [C.] Uber die Zunge als Gesch-

macksorgan. Nova Acta Leop. Carol., 1842, 20,
721-748, pls. 35-37. [Pn Png Hyl C-p
?C-c Mc Pp Chirop Ceb Atl Al Lor)

506. Miinch, F. Die Topographie der Papillen
der Zunge des Menschen und der Saugetiere.
Morph. Arb.,* 1896, 6, 605-690, pls. 18-19.

[+ 53f-onr: Pn Png C-p Mc Pp Cal-c

Ceb Atl Lm)

567. Oppenheimer, W. Die Zunge der Orang-

Utan. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1932, 69, 62-97.
[19f-3t-24r: Png]
568. Podwisotzky, Valerian. Anatomische

Untersuchungen tiber die Zungendriisen des Men-

schen und der Sdugethiere. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.)

Dorpat, C. Mattiesen, 1878, 142 pp., 2 pls.
[Abstr.: Zool. Anz., 1878,1, 48: Cebd]

569. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.—I. Gen-
eral description of the tongue. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1920, (1), 115-129. [++ 12f: see 570]

570. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia. II.
Family 1. Simiidae. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1921,
(1), 1-29. [9f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph|

571. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.—III. Fam-
ily 2. Cercopithecidae: with notes on the com-
parative physiology of the tongues and stomachs
of the langurs. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1921, (1),
D322. [21f-18r: Prsb Clb C-p Ery-c

C-c Mc Thr-p Pp Mnadr\

572. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.—lIV.
Families 3 and 4. Cebidae and Hapalidae. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1921, (2), 497-524. [16f-12r:

Aot Cal-c Cacaj Pith Chirop Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap Myst Ocd-m_ Leon-c]

573. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.—V. Lemur-
oidea and Tarsioidea. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1921 [1922], (2), 741-755.

[4f-20r: Lm Mer-c

Prdct Gilg Daub Tars)

574. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.—VI. Sum-
mary and classification of the tongues of the pri-
mates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1921 [1922], (2),

57-767.

575. Sonntag, C. F. The comparative anat-
omy of the tongues of the Mammalia.— XII. Sum-

lindr acorn N ay ch=c

mary, classification and phylogeny. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1925, (1), 701-762. [+ +415f]

576. Stahr, H. Ueber die Zungenpapillen des
Breslauer Gorillaweibchens. Fena Z. Naturw.,
1906, 41, 618-631. [Gr Pn Png C-p

Mc Pp Ceb Lm]

577. Stahr, H. Vergleichende Untersuchungen
an den Geschmackspapillen der Orang-Utan-
Zunge. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1906, 9, 344-360,
pl. 19. [3f: Png]

578. Tavernari, L. Contributo all’ anatomia
degli organi del gusto. La lingua del Cercopithecus
diana. Atti Soc. Nat. Mat. Modena, 1891, (3),
10, 23-34, 1 pl. [22r: C-p|

579. Taylor, J. Notice regarding the anatom-
ical structure of the tongue of the Lemur tardi-
gradus, or sloth of Bengal. Glean. Sci.,* 1831, 3,
324. [ Nyct-c]

580. Tiedemann, F. Beitrdége zur mensch-
lichen und vergleichenden Anatomie. Dtsch.
Arch. Physiol.,* 1819, 5, 348-356. [++ Lor]

581. Tokarski, J. Neue tatsachen zur ver-
gleichenden Anatomie der Zungenstititzorgane der
Sdugetiere. Anat. Anz., 1904, 25, 121-131.

[+ 7f: Gilg]

582. Tuckerman, F. The gustatory organs of
Ateles ater. F. Anat., Lond., 1892, 26, 391-393.

[ Atl]

See also: 172, 177, 179, 194, 219, 224, 235, 276,

278a, 519, 2296, 3880.

PHARYNX & OESOPHAGUS

583. Bartlakowski, J. Untersuchungen wtber
den Bau der Speiserodhre bei Prosimier-Primaten.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1930, 65, 129-163.

[9f-lt-r: Gr Png Symph Prsbh C-p Me

Pp Aot Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm

Indr Nyct-c Daub Tars|

584. Bortnowsky, I. Etude préliminaire histo-
topographique du pharynx et du larynx (épithé-
lium, glandes, tissu lymphoide) chez le Thero-
pithécus gelada Rupp. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1912, (6), 3, 173-200. (17f: Thr-p|

585. Bortnowsky, I. Histotopographie du
pharynx, du larynx et du jsac laryngé chez le
Cercopithecus nictitans, L. tude préliminaire de
la muqueuse (épithélium, glandes, tissu lymph-
oide). Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1918, (10), 2, 175-
198. [LOfs »BnG-p)

586. Gulliver, G. On the muscular sheath of
the cardiac end of the oesophagus of the aye-aye
(Chiromys madagascariensis). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1869, 249-250. [Daud]

587. von Haussen, H. O. Zur Kenntnis der
Tonsilla palatina des Orang-Utan. Gegenbaurs
¥., 1932, 69, 98-109. [of-r: Pngl

588. Hett, G. S. & Butterfield, H. G. The
anatomy of the palatine tonsils. 7. 4nat., Lond.,
1909, 44, 35-55. [+ 31f: Gr Hyl C-p

Mc Hap Lm]

[39]

[Anat. 589-610]

DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

5890. Hett, Mary L. The comparactive anat-
omy of the palatine tonsil. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1928 [1929], (2), 843-915. [++ 48f-27r:

Hyl Prsb C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Saim

Ail Hap Leon-c Lm WNyct-c Gig]

590. Howes, G. B. Additional observations
upon the intranarial epiglottis. 7. dnat., Lond.,
1889, 23, 587-597. [+ Lm Tars|

590a. Kleinschmidt, A. Die Tonsilla palatina
des Gorilla. (Anatomische Untersuchungen an
dem Gorilla “Bobby,” Il.) Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch.,
1938, 44, 412-424. [8f-r: Gr]

501. Kollmann, M. & Papin, L. Etudes sur
les lémuriens. I. Le larynx et le pharynx. Anat-
omie comparée et anatomie microscopique. Ann.
Sci. nat., Zool., 1914, (9), 19, 227-318, pls. 6-7.

[28f-r: Lm Hp-l Mer-c Chrg Pr-p <Avh

Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars|

592. von Rapp, W. Ueber die Tonsillen.
Arch. Anat. Physiol. wiss. Med.,* 1839, 189-199.
pls. 7-8. [een Gap) (Gch Vice bpm seith

Ceb Hap Lm|

593. Waldeyer, W. Beitrage zur normalen
und vergleichenden Anatomie des Pharynx mit
besonderer Beziehung auf den Schlingweg. S. B.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1886, 13, 233-250.

[+ Png Mndr]

See also: 296, 449, 463, 508, 524, 596.

STOMACH

594. von Berenberg-Gossler, H. Untersuch-
ungen iiber Bau und Entwickelung des zusam-
mengesetzten Magens der Schlankaffen. rd.
anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1911, 43, 591-626, pls. 52-
53. [33r: Prsb Nas]

595. Cunningham, D. J. The varying form of
the stomach in man and the anthropoid ape.
Trans. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1906, 45, 9-47, 4 pls.

[+ 5f-lt-60r: Pn Png]

596. Duvernoy, G. L. Quelques observations
sur le canal alimentaire des semnopithéques, et
description d’un sphincter oesophagien du dia-
phragme dans ces animaux et dans plusieurs
autres genres de singes. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nancy,
1835, 2, 8 pp., pl. 1.

[nr: Prsh Mc Pp Mnadr|

597. E[vans], G. Crania of the red, or Asiatic
Orang Otang (Pithecus satyrus, Geoff.). Inflated
and dried stomach and caecum of the Semnopithe-
cus entellus, or Hanuman monkey. Ff. Asiatic.
Soc. Beng., 1838, 7, 669. [Png Prsb)

507a. Hara, M. Form und Lagerung des
Magens bei Saugetieren. Yap. F. med. Sci., I.

Anat., 1931, 2, 337-448, 8 pls., 1 tbl.
[+ 64r: Me]

Note sur le
GRR
[ Nas]

598. Hombron, & Jacquinot. N:
Nasalis larvatus (Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire).
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1845, 21, 155-158.

599. Liebert, Anna. Uber die Fundusdriisen
des Magens beim Rhesus-Affen. Ard. anat. Inst.,
Wiesbaden, 1904, 23, 495-540, pls. 17-19.

[2f-23r: Mc]

590a.* Miyagawa, Y. & Nishi, G. (Beitrage
zur Kenntnis tiber die Verbreitung der Magendru-
sen.) Tokyo Ij. Shsh.,* 1922, 19-26. Abstr.: Fap.
F. med. Sct., 1925, 2, no. 2, 81. [3f-Fap.: Mc]
600. Owen, R. On the stomachs of two species

of Semnopithecus,F.Cuy. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1833, 74-76. [Prsd]

601. Owen, R. On the sacculated form of
stomach as it exists in the genus Semnopithecus,
F. Cuv. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1835, 1, 65-70,
pl. 8-9. [Prsd]

602. Pernkopf, E. Beitraige zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie des Vertebratenmagens. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1929, 91, 329-390.

[+ 4f-r: Prsd]

603. Pettigrew, J. B. On the distribution of
the fibres in the muscular tunics of the stomach in
man and other mammalia. Proc. roy. Soc., 1867,
16, 65-67. [++ abstr: Pn Png Ceb All

604. Pilliet, A. & Boulart, R. Note sur |’esto-
mac composé du semnopithéque. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1898, 50, 216-218. [Prsé]

605. Salomon, H. Beitrage zur Anatomie des
Magens der catarrhinen Affen (Cercopithecus und
Inuus). Arch. mikr. Anat., 1893, 41, 19-27,
pls. 5-6. [C-c Me]

See also: 228, 236, 283, 571, 618a, 622, 2646b.

INTESTINE

606. Berry, R. J. A. The true caecal apex, or
the vermiform appendix: its minute and com-
parative anatomy. F. Anat., Lond., 1900, 35,
83-100, pls. 7-11. [+ 4f-6r: C-p

Cyn-p Myst Hap]

607. Carleton, Alice. The distribution of
Brunner’s glands in the duodenum of mammals.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1935, (1), 385-390, 1 pl.

[+ 10r: Me]

608. Citterio, V. Cellule enterocromaffini e
cellule di Paneth nell’intestino di “‘Cercocebus
lunulatus.’ Monit. zool. ital., 1929, 40, 136-139.

[7r: C-c]

609. Hervé, G. Del’existence d’un appendice
caecal rudimentaire chez quelques pithéciens.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1882, (3), 5, 792-794.

[Cp Me]

610. Jacobshagen, E. Das Schleimhautrelief
des Prosimier-Rumpfdarmes mit Beitragen zur
Kenntnis der Kerkringschen Faltensysteme der

Anthropoiden und des Menschen. ena. Z.
Naturw., 1929, 64, 1-90, pls. 1-4. [lt-nr:
Gr Pn Hyl Lm Pr-p ?Lor WNyct-¢

Glg Daub Tars)

[40]

Stomach—Liver & gall bladder

611. Johnston, T.B. The ileo-caecal region of
Callicebus personatus, with some observations on
the morphology of the mammalian caecum. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1919, 54, 66-78.

[++ 8f-l4r: C-p Cal-c Tars]

6lla. Kostanecki,K. Le caecum des vertébrés
(y compris “l’appendice vermiculaire”’). Morpho-
logie et signification fonctionnelle. Bull. int.
Acad. Cracovie; Cl. Sci. math. nat.; Ser. B., Sci.
nat., 1926, Supplément, 295 pp., 10 pls.

[++ 31f-enr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb

C-p Mc Pp Mndr Aot Ceb Lag Atl Al

Hap Myst Lm Hp-l_ Lp-l_ Mer-c_ Lor

Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars|

612. van Loghem, J. J. Das Colon und Meso-
colon der Primaten. Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1903, 2,

350-437. [++ 37f-nr: Pn Hyl_ Symph
Prsh Nas Clb C-p C-c Mc Pp Aot
Saim Ceb Atl Hap Lm _ Mer-c Chrg
Pr-p Avh Lor WNyct-c Prdct Gilg Daud

Tars]|

613. Lorin-Epstein, M. J. Evolution und
Bedeutung des Wurmfortsatzes und der Valvula
ileocoecalis im Zusammenhang mit der Aufrich-
tung des Rumpfes. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1932,
97, 68-144. [++ 40f-r: Pn Png C-c

Mc Pp

614. Lubosch, W. & Schaller, J. Uber die
Form des menschlichen Rectums. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1928, 85, 400-445.

[++ 45f-37r: Pn Symph Prsb C-p Me

Pp Saim Ceb Atl Hap|

615. Mitchell, P.C. On the intestinal tract of

mammals. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, 17,
437-536. [+ 50f-27r: Gr Pn Png Nas
C-p Mc Cal-c Cacaj Ceb Atl Al Hap

Myst Lm Mer-c Prdct Gig]

616. Mitchell, P. C. Further observations on
the intestinal tract of mammals. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1916, (1), 183-251.

[+ 30f-r: Lm Chrg Daud]

617. Muthmann,E. Beitrage zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie des Blinddarmes und der lymphoi-
den Organe des Darmkanals bei Saugetieren und
Végeln. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1913, 48,
65-114, pls. 5-10.

[+ 25r: Png C-p Mc Pp Hap)

618. Neuville, H. Signification de l’appendice
vermiculaire des primates. Mécanisme évolutif de
sa formation; ses rapports avec le régime, ses
fonctions. Anthropologie, Paris, 1922, 32, 409-

451. [tf: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsh C-p
C-c Mc Aot Cal-c Saim Ceb Lag Al
Hap Lm Hp-l Lp-l Chrg Indr Prdct

Glg Daub\

618a. Ohkubo, K. Studien tiber das intra-
murale Nervensystem des Verdauungskanals.
III. Affe und Mensch. Jap. F. Med. Sci., I.
Anat., 1936, 6, 219-247. [44+ 34f: Me]

619. Reider, N. The primate colon. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1936, (1), 433-453, 10 pls.

[Anat. 611-627]

[41r: Pn Png C-p Mc Pp Ceb Hap Lm
Mer-c Nyct-c Prdct Gilg Daub Tars|

619bis. van der Schaar, Pieter Johannes. De
Musculus suspensorius duodeni van Treitz en het
duodenum. Acad. proefschr. (Geneesk.) Leiden.
Zutphen: Nauta & co., 1926, 156 pp., 8 pls.

[++ 7ir: Pn Png Symph Prsh C-+p

Mc Saim Ceb Ath Al Hap Chrg Indr

Gig]

619a. Schabadasch, A.
geflechte des Darmrohrs. Z. Zellforsch., 1930, 10,
320-385. [+++ 33f-unr: Mc]

620. Schultze, W. Ueber Beziehungen der
Lieberkithnschen Krypten zu den Lymph-
knétchen des Dickdarmes. Zd/. allg. Path. path.
Anat., 1905, 16, 99-103. [++ if: Gr

Pn Pug C-p Mc]

621. Shimizu, S. Darmzotten und ihre Ge-
fasse, insbesondere die Chylusgefasse der Sauge-
tiere und des Menschen. Folia anat. japon.,
1932, 10, 193-227, pl. 1. [+ 71f: Me]

622. Vermes, E. & Weidholz, A. Zur ver-
gleichenden Anatomie des Magen-Darmkanals
der Primaten in Hinblick auf die Ernahrungs-
frage. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f., 3, 28-34.

[14f: Prsb Ery-c_ C-p Mc Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap)

623. Villemin, F. Recherches d’anatomie com-
parée sur le duodénum de I’homme et des mam-
miféres; sa signification morphologique et fonc-

Intramurale Nerven-

tionnelle. Arch. Morph. gén. exp., 1922, fasc. 3,
140 pp. [+ 29f-nr:; C-p Mec Ced|
624. Weinberg, [M.] De |’existence de l’ap-

pendice chez les singes inférieurs. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1906, 60, 844-845.
[C-p Mc Hap]

625. Zipkin, Rachel. Beitrage zur Kenntnis
der gréberen und feineren Strukturverh altnisse
des Diinndarms von Inuus rhesus. Arb. anat.
Inst., Wiesbaden, 1903, 23, 113-186, pls. 10-11.

[15f-53r: Mc]

626.* Zipkin, Rachel. Beitrége zur Kenntnis
der griberen und feineren Strukturverhaltnisse des
Diinndarms von Inuus rhesus. Inaug.-Diss. Bern,
1903, 75 pp., 1 pl. [Mc]

See also: 105, 106, 144, 179, 187, 202, 236, 237,
245, 246, 283, 456, 490, 596, 644, 645.

RECTUM & ANUS

See also: 618a, 659, 688, 695, 1622, 1624, 1625,
2367.

LIVER & GALL BLADDER

627. Chudzinsky, [T.] Note sur le foie d’un
jeune gorille male, mort au Muséum histoire
naturelle. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1884, (3),
7, 608-616. [2f: Gr]

[41]

[Anat. 628-646]

628. Crisp, E. On the situation, form, and
capacity of the gall-bladder in the Vertebrata; on
its absence in certain animals; and on the colour
of the bile. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1862, 132-139.

[+ Pn Png Lm]

629. Friedlowsky, A. Ueber gelappte Gallen-
blase bei einer Katze und einem Affen. Verh.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1870, 20, 1027-1032, pl. 15.

[++ C-p]

630*. Manteuffel-Szoege, L. Antropomor-
fologja watroby. (Anthropomorphology of the
liver). Arch. Nauk anthrop., 1933, 3, no. 5, 1-40.

[34f]

631. Rex, H. Beitrége zur Morphologie der
Saugerleber. Morph. F0., 1888, 14, 517-617, pls.
20-24. [Pn Png C-p Mc Pp Lor]

632. Ruge, G. Die dusseren Formverhalt-
nisse der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleich-
end-anatomische Untersuchung. Morph. {o.,
1902, 29, 450-552. [25f:. Lm Mer-c Avh

Lor Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars]

633. Ruge, G. Die dusseren Formverhalt-
nisse der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleich-
end-anatomische Untersuchung. III. Die Leber
der platyrrhinen Westaffen. Morph. Fb., 1902,
30, 42-84. (17f: Ceb Aull

634. Ruge,G. Die dusseren Formverhaltnisse
der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. IV. Die Leber der
Ostaffen (Simiae catarrhinae). Morph. Fb., 1906,
355), 79=239: [58f-nt-17r: C-p Ery-c Me

Pp Mazar)

635. Ruge,G. Die ausseren Formverh4ltnisse
der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. V. Die Leber der
Ostaffen (Simiae catarrhinae). Morph. Fb., 1906,
36, 93-275.

[46f-30t-33r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph]

636. Ruge, G. Die ausseren Formverhaltnisse
der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. VI. Die Leber des
Menschen. Morph. Fb., 1907, 37, 397-487.

[++ 56f-16t: Pn .Png Hyl Symph C-p

Mc Pp Ceb Atl Nyct-c]

637. Ruge, G. Die ausseren Formverh4ltnisse
der Leber bei den Primaten. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. VI. Die Leber des
Menschen. (1. Fortsetzung.) Morph. 7b., 1908,
37, 614-660. [+ 24f-7t: Pn Png Hyl

Symph C-p Me Pp)

638. Subba Rau, A. Notes on a case of tripli-
cate gall-bladder in Loris lydekkerianus Cabr.
Half-yrly F. Mysore. Univ., 1928, 2, 10-19.

[4f: Lor]

DIGESTIVE SYSTEM
See also: 105, 106, 219, 224, 225, 246, 283a, 534.

PANCREAS

639. van Balen Blanken, Gerardus Cornelis.
Bijdrage tot de kennis der anatomie van pancreas en
lymphaatstelsel der primaten. Acad. proefschr.
(Geneesk.) Amsterdam, 1912, 70 pp. [+++

25f-13r: Gr Pn Hyl Symph Prsb Ery-c

Mc Pp_Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm

Nyct-c Daub]

640. Debeyre, A. Pancréas accessoire chez
Cercocebus cynomologus. Bibliogr. anat., 1905, 14,
211-213. [Mc]

641. Harris, V. D. & Gow, W. J. Note upon
one or two points in the comparative histology of
the pancreas. F. Physiol., 1894, 15, 349-360.

[+ Of: monkey]

641la. Levi, G. Contributo all’istologia com-
parata del pancreas. Anat. Anz., 1904, 25, 289-
298, pl. 3. Abstr.: Arch. ital. Biol., 1905, 43, 320.
[+++ Lm]

642. Thompson, W. R. & Hussey, R. The
geometric properties of microscopic configura-
tions. II. Incidence and volume of islands of
Langerhans in the pancreas of a monkey. Bio-
metrika, 1932, 24, 27-38. [1f-4t: Me]

643. Thompson, W. R., Tennant, R. & Hussey,
R. Frequency-distribution of volume of islands

of Langerhans in the pancreas of man, monkey
and dog. Science, 1933, n.s., 78, 270. {7/]

See also: 105, 106, 283, 298.

PERITONEUM & MESENTERY

644. Forster, A. Zur Anatomie der primaren
Peritoneumfalten des Cacalapparates und der
Recessus Ileo-Cacalis. Eine vergleichend-anato-
mische Untersuchung: Mammalia. 4rd. anat. Inst.

Wiesbaden., 1918, 56, 1-170. [+ 68f-4t-
onr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me
Mndr Ceb Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c Prdct
Glg_ Tars]

645. Klaatsch, H. Zur Morphologie des Mes-
enterialbildungen am Darmkanal der Wirbel-
thiere. II. Theil. Sdugethiere. Morph. 7o., 1892,

18, 609-716, pls. 22-23. [+ 19f-69r:
Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me Pp iCeb
Al Hap Hp-l Lor Gilg Tars)

646. Vignoli, J. Etude du péritoine sur un
aye-aye de Madagascar (Chiromys madagascarien-
sis). Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1922, 1, 309-322.

[6f: Daub]

See also: 149, 245, 298, 619, 634, 635.

[42]

The Endocrine Glands

THYMUS

647. Nierstrasz, H. F. Die Embryonalent-
wicklung von Thymus und ultimobranchialem
Kérper bei Tarsius und Nycticebus. Zool. Fb.
Suppl., 1912, 15, (2), 229-256, pls. 14-15.

[nr: Nyct-c Tars}

See also: 150, 283, 291, 298, 299, 649, 2407.

THYROID

648. Forsyth, D. The comparative anatomy,
gross and minute, of the thyroid and parathyroid
glands in mammals and birds. F. Anat., Lond.,
1908, 42, 141-169.

[+ 10f: C-p C-c Me Cyn-p)

649. Otto, M. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Glandula thyreoidea und Thymus
der Saugethiere. Nebst Bermerkungen tber die
Kehlsacke von Lemur varius und_Troglodytes
niger. Ber. naturf. Ges. Freiburg i. B., 1898, 10,
33-90. faa oe Pia Veal

650. Popow, N. A. Uber die Innervation der
Glandula thyreoidea. (Vorlaiifige Mitteilung.)
Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 1927, 110, 383-397.

[+ 14f-28r: Png]

651. Stefko, W. H. Die vergleichende mikro-
skopische Anatomie der endokrinen Drisen
einiger Affengattungen und die Bedeutung des
inkretorischen Systems in der Evolution der Pri-
maten. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1929, 16, 295-330.

[7f: Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Atl Hap)

652. Zoja, G. L’appendice della glandola
tiroidea nel Cynocephalus babouin, Boll. sci.,*
1880, 2, 16-17. [Pp]

See also: 150, 2407.

PARATHYROID

653. Arndt, H.-J. Epithelkérperchenbefunde
bei Menschenaffen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1923,
68, 514-522. [3f-25r: Pn Me)

See also: 648, 651, 652, 2407.

ADRENAL

654. Botar, J. & O’Shaughnessy, L. L’in-
nervation de la glande surrénale. Anat. Anz.,
1936-37, 83, ErgH., 89-90. Also: C.R.Ass. Anat.,
1936 [1937], 31, 77-78. [+ Abstr]

655. Hill, W. C. O. Observations on the
growth ofthesuprarenalcortex. 7. Anat., Lond.,
1930, 64, 479-502. [++ 9f-20r: Me

Hap Lm Nyct-c]

656. Hill, W. C. O. The suprarenal cortex in
monkeys of the genus Pithecus. 3. Anat., Lond.,
1933, 68, 19-38. [8f-lt: Prsdl

657. Kohno, S$. Zur vergleichenden Histologie
und Embryologie der Nebenniere der Sduger und
des Menschen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1925, 77,
419-480. [+ 29f-nr: C-p]

658. Kolmer, W. Uber das Vorkommen stab-
chenférmiger Centralkérper bei Primaten. vat.
Anz., 1917, 50, 309-312.

[++ 5f: Pn Png Symph|

See also: 272, 273, 277, 298, 299, 651.

HYPOPHYSIS & EPIPHYSIS

(See page 117)

OVARY & TESTIS

(See pages 45 & 46)

[43]

The Urogenital System

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

659. Fischer, Eugen. Beitraége zur Anatomie
der weiblichen Urogenitalorgane des Orang- Utan.
Inaug.-Diss. Freiburg. Jena: G. Fischer, 1898, 66
pp.,3 pls. Idem: Morph. Arb.,* 1898, 8, 153-218,
pls. 15-17. [88r: Png]

660. Gerhardt, U. Bemerkungen iiber das
Urogenitalsystem des weiblichen Gorilla. Verh.
dtsch. zool. Ges., 1905, 15, 135-140. [8r: Gr]

661. Gerhardt, U. Die Morphologie des Uro-
genitalsystems eines weiblichen Gorilla. Jena Z.
Naturw., 1906, 41, 632-654, pl. 32.

[++ 1f-2ir: Gr Png]

662. von Hoffman, G. Ueber die weiblichen
Genitalien eines Schimpansen. Z. Geburtsh.
Gyndak., 1878, 2, 1-8, pls. 1-2. [Px]

663. Horiuchi, K. Beobachtungen tiber den
Genitalapparat eines zwei jahrigen Weibchens
von Chimpanse. Ber. naturf. Ges. Freiburg i. B.,
1893, 7, 153-168. [10f: Pn]

664. Mijsberg, W. A. Ueber den Bau des
Urogenitalapparates bei den mannlichen Prima-
ten. Verh. Akad. Wet., Amst., Sect. 2, 1923, 23,
no. 1, 92 pp. [23f-8Ir: Pn Png Symph

Prsb C-p Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl Ocd-m)

665. Subba Rau, A. & Hiriyannaiya, S. Con-
tributions to our knowledge of the anatomy of the
Lemuroidea. II. The urino-genital system of
Loris lydekkerianus. Half-yrly #. Mysore Univ.,
1930, 4, 149-167, 2 pls. [3f-7r: Lor]

666. Wislocki, G.B. On the female reproduc-
tive tract of the gorilla, with a comparison of that
of other primates. Contr. Embryol. Carneg.
Instn., 1932, 23, 163-204, 12 pls. [4f-3t-61r:
Gr Pn Png Hyl Mc Aot Saim Ceb Atl
Al Hap Oed-m)

See also: 145, 172, 200, 211, 244, 253, 278, 288,
291, 327, 741, 2410.

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, &c.
See also: 277, 656, 669, 1956.

HISTOLOGY

See also: 666, 670, 675, 694, 698, 715, 716, 717,
718, 720, 722, 2846, 2857.

EMBRYOLOGY

See also: 105, 106, 667, 674, 684, 696, 728, 734,
743, 749, 2897.

ANOMALIES

See also: 671, 693, 724, 747, 750, 754, 755, 756,
757, 758, 759, 760, 762.

KIDNEY & URETERS

667. Anthony, R. & Villemin, F. La lobation
du rein foetal chez les primates. C.R. Acad. Sci.,
Paris, 1923, 176, 1245-1247.

lif: Gr eniGep|

668. Hyrtl, J. Das Nierenbecken der Sduge-
thiere und des Menschen. Denkschr. Akad.
Wien, 1872, 31, Abt. 1, 107-140, 7 pls.

[+ Mc Pp Atl Lm Lor]

669. Inouye, C. Uber den Lappenbau der
Niere. Eine phylogenetische Studie. Anat. Anz.,
1931, 72, 89-105. [+ 6f-lt-l2r: C-p Me

Ceb Hap Avh Nyct-c]

670. Kohda, T. On the total number of glo-
meruliin the kidneys of animals. Fap. ¥. med. Sci.,
I. Anat., 1934, 4, 383-398.

[+ 14t-r:

670a. Rumpf, Werner. Die dussere Form der
Niere der drei anthropomorphen Affen. Inaug.-
Diss. (Zahnheilk.) Minster, H. Buschmann, 1937,
38 pp. [18f-r: Gr Pn Png]

671. Scott, H. H. Congenital malformations
of the kidney in reptiles, birds, and mammals.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1925, (2), 1259-1270, 5 pls.

[+ Lm Mer-c]

672. Straus, W. L., Jr. The structure of the
primate kidney. F. Anat., Lond., 1934, 69, 93—
108. [+++ 4f-It-r: Pn Png Hyl Prsb

C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb

Atl fines Oed-m Lm WNyct-c Prdct Gilg

Tars

See also: 275, 296, 299, 691, 752, 1956.

“monkey’’|

URINARY BLADDER & URETHRA

673. Forster, A. Etude de |’évolution phylo-
génétique de la vessie dans la série des mammiferes
supérieurs: prosimiens et primates. Arch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1922, 1, 205-244.

[Sf-r: Pn Hyl Prsh Mc Ceb Atl Hap

Lm Prdct Gig]

674. Rossi, F. Vergleichende Untersuchungen
tuber den Urachus. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1932,
98, 32-96. [+ 24f-2t-nr: Chirop Saim

Ceb Al WNyct-c]

See also: 105, 106, 144, 283, 664, 690, 691, 2376.

[44]

Kidney & ureters——Penis

MALE GENITAL ORGANS
(excl. of penis)

675. Branca, A. Les canalicules séminipares
chez les lémuriens en captivité. C.R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1903, 55, 1034-1035. [Lm]

676. Branca, A. Les voies spermatiques chez
Lemur rufifrons. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1903,
55, 1119-1120. [Lm]

677. Branca, A. Recherches sur le testicule et
les voies spermatiques des lémuriens en captivité.
F. Anat., Paris, 1904, 40, 35-72, pls. 1-2.

[if-nr: Lm]

678. Frankl, O. Beitraége zur Lehre von Des-
census testiculorum. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
Abt. 3, 1900, 109, 107-264, 5 pls. [+ 24f-nr:

Mc Pp Leon-c Lm Glg Daub)

679. Heller, J. & Sprinz,O. Beitrage zur ver-
gleichenden und pathologischen Anatomie des
Colliculus seminalis. Z. wrol. Chir., 1921, 7, 196-
258. [+ 5Uf: Prsb Cebd)

680. Hiitt, Alice. Recherches anatomiques et
histophysiologiques sur l’utricule prostatique.
Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1926-27, 6, 361-394, 2
pls. [+ 5f-2t-nr: Mc]

681. Kaudern, W. Uber die Glandulae vesicu-
lares bei Chiromys madagascariensis. Ark. Zool.,
1915, 9, no. 7, 5 pp. [4f: Daud]

682. Klaar, J. & Krasa, F.C. Zur Anatomie
der akzessorischen Geschlechtsdriisen der Prosi-

mier und Primaten. I. Teil. Vesicula seminalis
und Prostata. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1921, 61,

41-75. of Prsbe Gap C-ch Mc) Pp
Mndr Saim Ceb Atl Hap Lm _ Chrg
Lor WNyct-c]

683. Klaatsch, H. Uber den Descensus testi-
culorum. Morph. 7., 1890, 16, 587-646, pls.
22-23. [+ 3f4ir: Gr Ceb Lor]

684. Klaatsch, H. Uber embryonale Anlagen
des Scrotums und der Labia majora bei Arcto-
pitheken. Morph. 7b., 1892, 18, 383. [ Hap]

685. Kollmann, M. Sur quelques points de
lanatomie des organes génitaux males des lému-
riens. C. R. Acad. Sct., Paris, 1912, 155, 861-
863.

686. Kollmann, M. Organes génitaux males
des lémuriens. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1912,

41, 405-411. [Lm Hp-l Mer-c Chrg
Avh Pr-p Indr Lor WNyct-c_ Prdet Gilg
Daub Tars]|

: ae Leuckart, R. Vesicula prostatica. Ar-
ticlein: The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology.
Robert B. Todd, ed. London: Longman, Brown,
[etc.], 1849-52, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 1415-1429.

[+ Jif: Pn Mc Pp Mndr Hap Lm]

688. Leydig, F. Zur Anatomie der mann-
lichen Geschlechtsorgane und Analdrisen der
Sdugethiere. Z. wiss. Zool., 1850, 2, 1-57, pls.
1-4, [+ C-p Pp All

[Anat. 675-700]

689. Oudemans, J. T. Die accessorischen
Geschlechtsdrtisen der Saugethiere. Vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. Natuurk. Verh.
holland. Maatsch. Wet., 1892, (3), 5, 96 pp., 16 pls.

[++ 100r: Png Symph Prsb C-p_ Me

Mndr Ceb Hap Lm WNyct-c Prdct Daub\

690. de Pousargues, E. Sur l’appareil génital
mle de l’orang-outan Simia satyrus (L.). C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1894, 119, 238-240. [Png]

691. de Pousargues, E. Note sur |’appareil
génital male des orang-outans. Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1895, (3), 7, 57-82, pl. 5.

[Png]

69la. Retterer, E. & Voronoff, S. Structure
des testicules d’un chimpanzé et résultats physio-
logiques de leur greffe. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1923, 88, 339-340. [Pn]

692. Schultz,A.H. The relative weight of the
testes in primates. Anat. Rec., 1938, 72, 387-
394. [3t-3r; Pn Png Hyl Prsb Nas

Mc Pp Aot Lag Atl Al Ocd-m|

693. Sibley, W. K. Undescended right testi-
cle, hypertrophy of the left one in a monkey.
F. Anat., Lond., 1888, 22, xxiv-xxvi. [2f: Mc]

694. Silbermann, U. Zur vergleichenden Mor-
phologie des Zwischengewebes im Saugerhoden.
Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1929, 90, 597-613.

[epee ZifanrG-curiichw Pepe aGe)

695. Sonntag, C.F. On the pelvic muscles and
generative organsin the male chimpanzee. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1923, (2), 1001-1011.

[7f-10r: Pn]

696. Wislocki, G. B. Observations on the
descent of the testes in the macaque and in the
chimpanzee. Anat. Rec., 1933, 57, 133-148, 2
pls. [2t-13r: Pn Me]

697. Zuckerman, S. & Krohn, P.L. The hya-
tids of Morgagni under normal and experimental
conditions. Philos. Trans., 1937, B, 228, 147-—
172, pls. 15-20. [+++ 5¢-37r: Prsb C-p

Mc Mndr Pp Hap}

698. Zuckerman, S. & Parkes, A.S. Observa-
tions on the structure of the uterus masculinus in
various primates. ¥F. Anat., Lond., 1935, 69,
484-496, 5 pls. tae 127, Gap MG Je

Hap Lm_ Tars]

See also: 114, 144, 187, 194, 324, 664, 704, 737,
751, 1021, 1956, 2741, 2943.

PENIS

699. de Beaux, O. Osservazioni morfologiche
e sistematiche sul penis del Macacus arctoides,
Js. Geoffr. e di cinique altre specie di macachi.
G. Morf., 1917, 1, 1-12, pl. 1. [Mc Cyn-p]

700. de Beaux, O. Sul pene degli antropo-
morfi. G. Morf., 1917, 1, 222-227.
[4f: Gr Pn Png Hyll

[45 ]

[Anat. 701-724]

701. Chaine, J. L’os pénien; étude descriptive
et comparative. Act. Soc. linn. Bordeaux, 1926,

78, 5-195. [+ 130f: C-p C-c_ Me Pp
Ceb Lm Mer-c Chrg Pr-p Nyct-c Gig
Daub Tars]

702. Crisp, E. On the os penis of the chim-
panzee (Troglodytes niger) and of the orang
(Simia satyrus). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
48-49, [1f: Pn Png]

703. Gerhardt, U. Ueber das Vorkommen
eines Penis- und Clitorisknochens bei Hylobati-

den. Anat. Anz., 1909, 35, 353-358.
[6f; Pn Png Hyl Symph C-p Me
Cyn-p Pp

703a. Jacoby, M. Uber das sogenannte Os
penis. Z. urol. Chir., 1924, 16, 102-112.

[++ 8f-nr: Pn]

704. Kaudern, W. Studien tber die mann-

lichen Geschlectsorgane von Insectivoren und

Lemuriden. Zool. Fb., Abt. 2, 1911, 31, 1-106.
[++ 46fAt-nr:; Lm Lp-l Mer-c Chrg
Avh Pr-p Indr Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub]

704a. Pocock, R. I. The systematic value of
the glans penisin macaque monkeys. Ann. Mag.
nat. Hist., 1921, (9), 7, 224-229. [2f: Me]

705. Pohl, L. Beitradge zur Kenntnis des Os
penis der Prosimier. Anat. Anz., 1910, 37, 225-
23's [7f: Lm Mer-c Nyct-c Glg Tars]

706. Pohl, L. Zur Morphologie der mann-
lichen Kopulationsorgane der Saugetiere; insbe-
sondere der Versuch einer vergleichend-anato-
mischen Studie tiber den Penis der Primaten, ein-
schliesslich des Menschen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1928, 86, 71-119, pls. 1-3. [++ 8f-3t-nur:

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas C-p

Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb_ Lag

Brchyt Atl Al Hap Lm WNyecet-c Gig]

707. Retterer, E. Du gland de |’orang-outan.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1915, 78, 383-387.

708. Retterer, FE. & Neuville, H. Du pénis et
du gland de quelques lémuriens. C.R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1914, 77, 509-512. [Lm Glg Daud]

709. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Du gland
des singes. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1914, 77,
535-538. [Mc Mnar\

710. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Du muscle
rétracteur du pénis de certains lémuriens. C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1915, 78, 79-80. [Lm]

711. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Du gland et
du pénis d’unchimpanzé. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1915, 78, 362-365. [Px]

712. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Développe-
ment comparé du gland et du prépuce des singes
etdel’homme. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1915, 78,
387-390. [C-p Mc Pp]

713. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. L’organisa-
tion du chimpanzé comparée a celle de l’>homme.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1923, 88, 478-480. [Pz]

UROGENITAL SYSTEM

713a. Sestini, F. Sulla presenza, forma e
struttura de l’os penis in Cinocefalo amadriade.
Atti Accad. Fisiocr. Siena, Sez. med.-fis., 1936,
(11), 4, 190-195, 1 pl. [3f: Pol

See also: 73, 144, 164, 178, 202, 323, 324, 690,
691, 695, 751, 1021, 2484a, 2924, 3534,

OVARY & FALLOPIAN TUBE

714. Andersen, Dorothy H. Comparative
anatomy of the tubo-uterine junction. Histology
and physiology in the sow. . Anat., 1928,

Amer. F
42, 255-305. [+ 5pl-2f-17r: Mc Al]

715. Corner, G. W., Bartelmez, G. W. & Hart-
man, C. G. On normal and aberrant corpora
lutea of the rhesus monkey. Amer. F. Anat.,
1936, 59, 433-457. (7pl-1f: Mc]

716. Frommolt, G. Studien an Makakusova-
rien. Z. Geburtsh. Gyn a@k., 1934, 107, 165-178.
[8f-1t:; Mc]

717. Joachimovits, R. Studien zu Menstrua-
tion, Ovulation. Aufbau und Pathologie des weib-
lichen Genitales bei Mensch und Affe (Pithecus
fascicularis mordax). Il. Teil: Eileiter und Ovar.
Biol. gen., 1935, 11, 281-348, pls. 6-8.

[++ 20f-vnr-annotated bibl.: Mc]

718. Joseph, H. Histologische Beobachtun-
gen am Anthropoidenovarium. Arb. zool. Inst.
Univ. Wien., 1910, 18, 83-112, 1 pl.

[7f-nr: Png Hyl\

719. Mac Leod, J. Contribution 4 l’étude de
la structure de l’ovaire des mammiféres. Second
partie: Ovaire des primates. Arch. Biol., Paris,
1881, 2, 127-144, pls. 8-9. [12r: Png Prsb

Ery-c Mc Pp Lm]

720. Parkes,A.S. The reproductive processes
of certain mammals. II.—The size of the Graafian
follicle at ovulation. Proc. roy. Soc., 1931, B,
109, 185-196. [+ 6f-2t: Pp]

721. Saglik,S. Ovaries of gorilla, chimpanzee,
orang-utan and gibbon. Contr. Embryol. Carneg.
Instn., 1938, 27, 179-189, 5 pls.

[1t-10r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Mel

722. Stratz, Carl Heinrich. Der geschlechts-
reife Saeugethiereierstock. Haag: Martinus Nijhoff,
1898, 65, 1 pp., 9 pls. {+ Tars}

723. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Ovarialtaschen. Arb. anat. Inst.,
Wiesbaden, 1897, 8, 707-799, pls. 60-65.

[+ Png C-p C-c Mc Ceb Brycht Al

Hap Lm]

See also: 23, 26, 44, 204, 725, 752, 1956, 2410,
2751, 2865, 2947.

UTERUS

724*, Bernstein, B. A prapas d’un cas d’uterus
bicornis septus chez Macacus rhesus. Thése (Med.)
Genéve, 1908, 33 pp.

[46]

Ovary & tubes——Vagina & external genitalia

725. Bolk, L. Beobachtungen an einem
schwangeren Uterus von Gorilla. Anat. Anz.,
1922, 55, 457-463. [6f: Gr]

726. Clark, O.H.& Corner,G.W. Thecervix
uteri of the rhesus monkey. Anat. Rec., 1935,
63, 247-252. [6f-6r: Me]

727. Dickinson, R. L.& Hartman, C.G. Simi-
larity in cervix of rhesus monkey and woman.
Amer, F. Obstet. Gynec., 1936, 32, 813-822.

[++ 2pl: Mc]

728. Forster, A. Le dispositif des ligaments
larges dans la série des mammiferes supérieurs et
dans l’espéce humaine. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1928, 8, 359-432. [+++ 12f: Hyl Prsb

C-p Mc Ceb Atl Lm WNyet-c Prdct Gilg]

729. Franke, H. J. I. B. Der Uterus von
Cercocebus cynamolgos in den verschiedenen Le-
bensperioden mit einem Anhange itber die
Theorie des unteren Uterussegments bei dem
Menschen. Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1902, 1, 326-369,
pls. 21-23. [++ ar: Mc]

730. Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. Die Umgestaltun-
gen des Uterus der Affen nach der Geburt. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1902, 4, 1-16. [34f: Prsd]

731. Kurz, W. Der Uterus von Tarsius spec-
trum nach dem Wurf. Arb. anat. Inst., Wies-
baden, 1904, 23, 619-654, pls. 31-34. [Tars]

732. Okkels, H. & Engle, E. T. Studies on
the finer structure of the uterine blood vessels of
the Macacus monkey. Acta path. microbiol.
scand., 1938, 15, 150-168. [7f-2t-13r: Mc]

733. Popov, D.D. [Vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung des Uterus der nichtanthropo-
morphen Affen, des Menschen und der Tiere.]
Russk. Vrach, 1909, 8, 809-814, 851-855.

[+ 4f-Russian]

734. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Les canaux
de Gartner d’un singe femelle. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1914, 77, 374-377. [C-c]

735. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Forme de
Putérus d’un macaque rhesus a terme, et position
du foetus. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1915, 78, 234—
237. [Mc]

736. Rouget, C. & Sabatier, A. Note sur les
organes érectiles utero-ovariens d’une femelle de
magot (Pithecus inuus). Ann. Sci. nat., Zool.,
1866, (5), 5, 219-225, pl. 8. [Mc]

737. Sandys, O. C. & Zuckerman, S. Observa-
tions on the cervix uteri and the urethra of
monkeys. 7. Anat., Lond., 1938, 72, 352-357,
1 pl. [1f-9r: Mc]

738. Schatz, [F.] Ueber die Uterusformen bei
den Affen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1902, 15, 762.

[ Aéstr.]

739. Strahl, H. Die Riickbildung der Uterus-
Schleimhaut nach dem Wurf bei Tarsius spec-
trum. Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1903,
12, (1), 473-475.—The process of involution of
the mucous membrane of the uterus of Tarsius

[Anat. 725-750]

Spectrum after parturition. Proc. Acad. Sci.

Amst., 1903, 6, (1), 302-305. [Tars]

See also: 44, 45, 50, 61, 84, 714, 723, 743, 2367,
2410, 2773, 2846, 2857, 2865, 2923.

VAGINA & EXTERNAL GENITALIA

740. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. Note on the
external genitalia in three female Old World
primates. Anat. Rec., 1937, 69, 389-405.

[6f-13r: Gr Prsb Lor]

741. von Bischoff, T. L. W. Vergleichend
anatomische Untersuchungen tber die dusseren
weiblichen Geschlechts- und Begattungs-Organe
des Menschen und der Affen, insbesondere der
Anthropoiden. bh. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1879,
13, 2 Abt., 207-274, 6 pls. [++ Gr Pn

Pug Hyl Clb Cop Mc Pp Geb Ail

Al Hap Oed-m Lm WNyct-c Gilg]

742. von Bischoff, T. L. W. Ueber die dus-
seren weiblichen Geschlechtsteile des Menschen
und der Affen. Nachtrag. bh. bayer. Akad.
Wiss., 1880, 13, 3 Abt., 169-177, 1 pl. [+ Gr]

743. Bolk,L. Beitrage zur Affenanatomie. VI.
Zur Entwicklung und vergleichenden Anatomie
des Tractus urethro-vaginalis der Primaten. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1907, 10, 250-316,

[++ 33f: Pn Png Symph Prsbh C-c

Tal Pp Aot Saim Ceb Atl Al Leon-c

Lm

744, Dalla Volta, A. Contributo alla mor-
fologia dell’imene nelle proscimmie. Monit. zool.
ital., 1924, 35, 207-213. [2f-nr: Lm]

745. Fugger, Augustus Guilelmus Ferdinandus.
De singulari clitoridis in simiis generis Atelis
magnitudine et conformatione. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.)
Berolini, Typis Nietackianis, 1835, 24 pp., tea

At.

746. Hartmann, R. Die weiblichen Gesch-
lechtstheile der anthropoiden Affen und die
Brunst der Affen im Allgemeinen. Z. Ethn.,
1886, 18, 431-433. [4éstr.]

747. Jaworowski, A. O nieprawidtowém wyksz-
talceniu narzadu plciowego u samicy pawiana
(Cynocephalus sp.). (Abnormal sexual organs of a
female Cynocephalus). Rozpr. Akad. Um., 1884,
12, 114-122, pl. 6. [Pp]

748. Pehrson, T. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
ausseren weiblichen Genitalien bei Affen, Halb-
affen und Insectivoren. Anat. Anz., 1914, 46,
161-179. [++ 14f: Mc Atl Lm Carg

Gig]

749. Retterer, &. & Neuville, H. De 1’ap-
pareil uro-génital d’un lion et d’un maki femelle.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1914, 77, 62-65. [+ Lm]

750. Vallois, H. Un cas de disposition anor-
male des organes génitaux externes chez un
Saimiri femelle. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1912,
(6), 3, 243-247. [3f: Saim|

[47]

[Anat. 751-762]

751. Wislocki,G.B. The external genitalia of
the simian primates. Hum. Biol., 1936, 8, 309-
347, 14 pls. ste GR San ier laby!

Symph Prsh C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp

Aot Saim Ceb Atl Al Oe0d-m)

See also: 73, 114, 144, 187, 202, 300, 303, 304,

323, 335, 684, 703, 727, 2367, 2410, 2773, 2889,
2890, 2893, 2897, 3534, 3781, 3784a.

MAMMARY GLANDS

752. Aberle, S. B. D. Growth of mammary
gland in the rhesus monkey. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1934, 32, 249-251. Uf: Mc]

753. Annandale, N. Lacteal tract of oriental
Lorisinae. Spolia zeylan., 1906, 3, 196.

[ Nyct-c]

754. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. Symmetrical super-

numerary mammae in a chimpanzee. 7. Mam-
mal., 1933, 14, 66-67, pl. 5. [Pz]

755. Elder, J.H. Report of a case of inherited
polymastiain chimpanzee. Anat. Rec., 1936, 65,
83-88. [1 pl-13r: Pn]

756. Hartman,C.G. Acase of supernumerary
nipple in Macacus rhesus, with remarks upon the

UROGENITAL SYSTEM

biology of polymastia and polythelia. ¥% Mam-
mal., 1927, 8, 96-106, pl. 10. [ur: Mc]

757. Hill, W. C.O. Supernumerary nipple in
amacaque. Spolta zeylan, 1937, 20, 257.
[Ery-c Mc]

758*. Nestur, M. F. [Accessory mammary
glands in primates.] Antrop. Zh.,* 1936, no. 3,
327-344. [Russ. with Engl. abstr.; abstr.:

eae Ff. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 23, 233-234:

n

759. Schickele, G. Beitrage zur Morphologie
und Entwicklung der normalen und tberzahligen
Milchdriisen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1899, 1,
506-546. [+ 19f-nr: Hyl Mc Ceb Hap]

760. Sutton, J. B. Supernumerary mammae
and nipples in man, monkeys, cows, etc. Amer.
¥. med. Sci., 1889, 97, 247-257.

[+ ry-c Me]

761. Willey, A. The lacteal tract of Loris
gracilis. Spolia zeylan., 1905, 3, 160-162.

[Uf: Lor]

762. Zuckerman, S. Supernumerary nipples
in monkeys. F. Mammal., 1935, 16, 229-230.

[Mc Pp]

See also: 150, 164, 2898, 2899.

[48]

Osteology, Arthrology & Syndesmology

Skeleton as a Whole

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

763. Abelin, [A.] Observations sur un sque-
lette de gorille, offert 4 la Société. Ann. Soc.
Hist. nat. Toulon, 1912, 3, 156-177. (ut: Gr]

764. Aeby, C. Beitrage zur Osteologie des
Gorilla. Morph. 7b., 1878, 4, 288-313.

[5f-6t: Gr Hyl Symph C-p Mc Pp Mndr

Au All

765. Alix, E. Sur les caractéres anatomiques
de Vaye-aye. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1878, 87,
219-221. [Daud]

766. d’Alton, J. W. E. Die Skelete der Vier-
hander. In: Vergleichende Osteologie, by C. H.

Pander and J. W. E. d’Alton. Bonn: Ed. Weber,
1824, Abt. 1, Lief. 7, 11 pp., 8 pls. [Png Clb
C-p Mndr Atl Al Hap Lm Nyct-c]

767. de Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay.
Ostéographie, ou description iconographique com-
parée, du squelette et du systéme dentatre des mam-
miferes récents et fossiles. Tome 1. Primatés-secun-
dates. Paris: J. B. Bailliére et fils, 1839-41, [in
fasc.], Atlas I, 59 pls.

768. de Blainville, H. M.D. The comparative
osteography of the skeleton and dentar system in
the five classes of vertebral animals, recent and
fossil. Edited (from the French) and additionally
illustrated with numerous notes, observations, and
drawings, by Robert Knox, M.D. Lancet, 1839-40,
(1), 137-145, 185-190, 217-222, 297-305; 1839-40,
(2), 209-220, 321-330, 353-368, 385-391, 433-
439, 465-470, 513-517, 545-548, 593-597, 625-
628, 657-661, 689-693, 737-739, 769-771, 801-
805, 833-836, 881-885, 913-916.

eee of: een Pag yl Symphy oPrsb

a Cyn-p Pp Ceb Lm Pr-p Avh Lor

Gig

769. Carruccio, A. Sovra alcuni caratteri mor-
fologici di un Hy/obates miilleri Martin donato da
S. M.il Re Umberto all’Istituto zoologico della R.
Univ. di Roma. Boll. Soc. romana Studi xool.,*
1899, 8, 1-16, 1 pl. [mr: Hyl|

770. Carus, Carl Gustav. Zur vergleichenden
Symbolik zwischen Menschen- und Affen-Skelet.

Jena: Friedrich Frommann, 1861, 12 pp., 2 pls.
[cf. 777: Png]

771.* Duckworth, Wynfrid Laurence Henry.
Descriptive catalogue of specimens in the Museum
of Human Anatomy: Pt. II. The comparative
osteology of man and the higher apes. Cambridge:
University Press, 1908, 1-40.

772. Duvernoy, [G. L.] Mémoire sur les carac-
téres anatomiques que présentent les squelettes
du Troglodytes tschego, Duv., et du Gorilla gina,
Isid. Geoffr.; nouvelles espéeces de grands singes
pseudo-anthropomorphes de la céte occidentale
d’Afrique. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1853, 36,
925-933. [Gr Pn Png Hyll

773. Earle, C. The lemurs as ancestors of the
apes. Nat. Sci.,* 1897, 10, 309-313. [ Tars]

774. Fischer [von Waldheim], Gotthelf. dna-
tomie der Maki, und der ihnen verwandten Thiere.
Erster Band enthalt die Naturgeschichte und den
Knochenbau der Maki. Frankfurt a.M.:; Andreai-
schen Buchhandlung, 1804, vi, 194 pp., 24 pls.

[Lm Hp-l Mer-c Avh Indr Lor Nyct-c

Glg Daub Tars|

775. Flower, William Henry. 4x introduction
to the osteology of the Mammalia: being the substance
of the course of lectures delivered at the Royal College
of Surgeons of England in 1870. London: Macmil-
lan & Co., 1870, xi, 344 pp.

[SS Z6f) Gr Ven eng iy]

Lag Atl Al Hap Lm Gig]

776. Fry, E. On the osteology of the active
gibbon ( Hylobates agilis). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1846, 11-18. Idem: Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1846,
(1), 17, 484-491. (ut: Hy]

777. Garbiglietti, A. Intorno all’opera del con-
sigliere intimo e medico di S. M. il Re di Sussonia,
dottore Carlo Gustavo Carus, sulla simbologia
comparata tra lo schleletro umano e quello delle
scimie. G. Accad. Med. Torino, 1862, (2), 43,
470-498. [cf. 770]

778. Gervais, P. Remarques ostéologiques sur
les genres brachyure et callitriche, de la tribu des
singes américains. Castelnau’s Expédition dans les
parties centrales de I’ Amerique du Sud. Paris:
P. Bertrand, 1855, Septi¢éme partie. Zoologie.
Vol. I. Anatomie., 93-95.

779. Gregory, W. K. On the structure and
relations of Notharctus, an American Eocene

Pp Ceb

primate. Mem. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist., 1920,
n.s., 3, 49-243, pls. 23-59. [84f-nt-nr:
Gr Mc Ceb Atl Al Lm Lp-l Hp-l
Mer-c Chrg Pr-p Indr Lor Prdct Gilg

Daub Tars jit)
780. Gregory, W. K. The upright posture of

man: a review of its origin and evolution. Proc.
Amer. phil. Soc., 1928, 67, 339-374, 2 pls.
[+ 5f-ur: Gr Pn Hyl Lm)

781. Halford, George Britton. ‘Lines of de-
marcation” between man, gorilla and macaque.
Melbourne: Wilson & Mackinnon, 1864, 21 pp.

[Gr Mc]

[49]

[Anat. 782-806]

782. Halford, G. B. On the skeleton of the
gorilla. Trans. roy. Soc. Vict., 1865-66 [1866],
7, 34-49. it: Gri

783. Hartmann, R. Beitrage zur zoologischen
und zootomischen Kenntniss der sogenannten
anthropomorphen Affen. Arch. Anat. Physiol.
wiss. Med.,* 1872, 107-152, pls. 3-4; 1872, 474-
502, pl. 6; 1875, 265-303, pls. 7-8; 1875, 723-724,
pls. 18-19; 1876, 636-661, pls. 14-15.

[t-unr: Gr Pn Png]

784. Heckel, E. Etude sur le gorille du Musée
de Brest. Rev. Anthrop., Paris,* 1876, 5, 1—20,
ally [Gr]

785. Hervé, G. Observations sur deux sque-
lettes de jeunes orangs. Bull. Soc. <Anthrop.
Paris, 1889, (3), 12, 378-391. [Png]

786. Keith, A. The ligaments of the catarrhine
monkeys, with references to corresponding struc-
tures in man. F. Anat., Lond., 1894, 28, 149-

168. [C-p ?Cyn-p|
787. Kneeland, S., Jr. On the skeleton of the
great chimpanzée, Troglodytes gorilla. Boston fF.

nat. Hist., 1852, 6, 336-347. Also: Ann. Mag. nat.
Hist., 1852, (2), 10, 23-30. Abstr.: Proc. Boston
Soc. nat. Hist., 1852, 4, 209-210. {it: Gr]

788. Knox, R. Memoir on the gibbon varié,
with a critical examination of M. de Blainville’s
account of the gibbon. Lancet, 1839-40, (2),
265-268. [3t: Hyl]

789. Knox, R. Inquiry into the present state
of our knowledge respecting the orang-outang,
and chimpanzée. Lancet, 1839-40, (2), 289-296.

[1f-2t: Pn Png]

790. Lucae, Johann Christian Gustav. Der
Fuchs-Affe und das Faulthier (Lemur macaco und
Choloepus didactylus) in ihrem Knochen- und
Muskelskelet. Eine vergleichende anatomisch-physi-
ologische Studie. Frankfurt a. M.: Mahlau &
Waldschmidt, 1882, 84 pp., 24 pls.

[++ of. no. 1498: Lm}

791. Lund, E. On the points of resemblance
and difference between the skeletons of the gorilla
and man. Proc. lit. phil. Soc. Manchester,* 1864
[1865], 4, 57-61. [Gr]

792. Mivart, St. G. On the structure and
affinities of Microrhynchus laniger. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1866, 151-167, pl. 15. [of-t: Avh]

793. Mivart, St. G. Contributions towards a
more complete knowledge of the skeleton of the
primates. Part. I. The appendicular skeleton of
Simia. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1866 [1869], 6,
175-225, pls. 35-43. [6t: Gr Pn Png}

794. Mivart,St.G. On the appendicular skele-
ton of the primates. Philos. Trans., 1867 [1868],
157, 299-429, pls. 11-14. [+++ I1f-19t:

Gr Pay rng ay ders) IGIbinG-piavic

Pp <Aot Cal-c_ Pith Cacaj Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap Lm Avh Indr_ Lor

Nyct-c Prdct Arct-c Glg Daub Tars)

SKELETON AS A WHOLE

795. Mivart, St. G. Additional notes on the
osteology of the Lemuridae. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1867, 960-975.

(7f-t: Lp-l Mcr-c Chrg Pr-p]

796. Mivart, St.G. On Lepilemur and Cheiro-
galeus, and on the zoological rank of the Lemu-
roidea. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, 484-510,
pl. 43. [18f-nt-r: Lm Lp-l Hp-l Chrg

P-p <Avh Indr Lor Gig]

797. Murie, J. Observations on the macaques.
—III. The Formosan or round-faced monkey.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, 771-780.

[2f-3t: Me]

798. Owen, R. On the osteology of the chim-
panzee and orang utan. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1835, 1, 343-379, pls. 48-58. [1t: Pn Png}

799. Owen, R. Lecture on the comparison of
the apes or anthropoid quadrumana with man.
Med Times Gaz., Lond.,* 1854, n.s., 8, 509-514.

[+++ Gr Pn Png]

800. Owen, R. On the anthropoid apes, and
their relations to man. Not. Proc. roy. Instn.,
1855, 2, 26-41. [+++ Gr Pn Png]

801. Owen, [RI]. Osteological contributions to
the natural history of the anthropoid apes. No.
VII. Comparison of the bones of the limbs of the
Troglodytes gorilla, Troglodytes niger, and of differ-
ent varieties of the human race; and on the general
characters of the skeleton of the gorilla. Trans.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1851 [1866], 5, 1-31, pls. 1-13.

[Gr Pn Png]

802. Parsons, F. G. The joints of mammals
compared with those of man: a course of lectures
delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons of Eng-
land. 7. Anat., Lond., 1899, 34, 41-68, 302-323.

[+ 24f: Cp Mc Ceb Atl Lm]

803. Priemel, G. Die Platyrrhinen Affen als
Bewegungstypen. Unter besonderer Beriicksich-
tigung der Extremformen Callicebus und Ateles.
Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 1937, 33, 1-52. [5 8f-5t:

Aot Cal-c Cacaj Saim Ceb Atl All

804. Ranke, J. Ueber die aufrechte Korper-
haltung der menschenahnlichen Affen und uber
die Abhangigkeit der aufrechten K6rperhaltung
des Menschen vom Gehirn. KorrespBl. dtsch,
Ges. Anthrop., 1894, 25, 154-157. Also: Mitt.
anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1894, n.f., 24, Sitzungsber.,
144-147.

805. Shufeldt, R. W. On the osteology of the
genera Lasiopyga and Callithrix with notes upon
the osteology of the genera Seniocebus and Aotus.
Ann. Carneg. Mus., 1914, 9, 58-85, pls. 12-21.

[C-p dot Hap Myst]

806. Subba Rau, A. & Sundaresan, K. Con-
tributions to our knowledge of the anatomy of the
Lemuroidea. IV. The vertebral column and the
appendicular skeleton of Loris lydekkerianus.
Half-yrly F. Mysore Univ., 1931, 5, 100-190, 2 pls.

[20f-t: Lor]

[50]

Osteometry—Anomalies

[Anat. 807-822]

807. Wagner, J. A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss
der warmbliitigen Wirbeltiere Amerika’s. ddA.
bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1837, 2, 417-510, 5 pls.

[++ # Aot Cal-c Chirop Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap)

808. Winge, H. Jordfundne og nulevende Aber
(primates) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasil-
ien. Med usigt over Abernes indbyrdes slaegtskab.
[Singes (primates) fossiles et vivantes de Lagoa
Santa, Minas Géraés, Brésil.] £. Museo lundi,
1895-96, 2, (2), no. 3, 57 pp., pls. 1-2.

[Fr. abstr. pp. 41-57: Cal-c ttt]

See also: 144, 145, 178, 184, 194a, 194b, 199,
203, 211, 212, 221, 227, 229, 230, 251, 352, 811,
856, 1493, 1498, 3975, 4007, 4008, 4028 & Coiter,
Riolan, Intr. II; Camper, Hunauld, Josephi,
Intr. III.

Skeleton as a whole
OSTEOMETRY

809. Boltze, P. Beitradge zur Anatomie des
Knochengeriistes von Hy/lobates syndactylus. Ge-
genbaurs Fb., 1926, 56, 317-401.

[30f-nt-nr: Hyl|

810. Bouvier, Jean-Baptiste Marie Henri.
Contributions 4 Pétude de l’ostéologie comparée du
chimpanzé. Thése (Med.) Paris, Ganthier-Villers,
1879, 27 pp., 1 tbl. [Pz]

811. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. Pan paniscus. Pigmy
chimpanzee from south of the Congo River. Amer.
F. phys. Anthrop., 1933, 18, 1-59.

[2p/-4f-14t: Pn]

8lla. Kaudern, W. Sdugetiere aus Madagas-
kar. Ark. Zool., 1915, 9, no. 18, 101 pp., 4 pls.

[+++ 27f-vnt: Lm Pr-p]

812. Schultz, A.H. The skeleton of the trunk
and limbs of higher primates. Hum. Biol., 1930,
2, 303-438. [+++ a aE a Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p Me Pp

Cebh Atl Al Lm Gig]

813. Schultz, A. H. Observations on the
growth, classification and evolutionary specializa-

tion of gibbons and siamangs. Hum. Biol., 1933,
5, 212-255, 385-428, 3 pls.

[18f4lt-nr: Hyl Symph]

813a. Schultz, A. H. Some distinguishing
characters of the mountain gorilla. ¥. Mammail.,
1934, 15, 51-61. [2f-5t-r: Gg]

814. Schultz, A. H. Proportions, variability
and asymmetries of the long bones of the limbs and
the clavicles in man and apes. Hum. Biol.,
1937, 9, 281-328. [++ 6f-28t-nr: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Mc]

815. Swayne,S.H. On the comparative meas-
urements of the skeleton of man and the gorilla.
Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 1868, n.s., 39-41. [Gr]

816. Vram, U. G. Contributo allo studio dell’
osteologia del Semnopithecus obscurus Reid. Boll.
Soc. zool. ital., 1911, (2), 12, 58-73, 148-152.

[Prsé]

817. Vram, U. G. Sul genere Theropythecus.
Arch. xool. (ital.), Napoli, 1922, 10, 169-214.
[3f-9t-nr: Thr-p]
See also: 164, 184, 348, 349, 779, 785, 788, 796,
803, 877, 883a, 884, 885, 886, 889, 890, 892, 893,
897, 916, 918, 919, 920, 923, 927, 928, 929, 932,
934, 938, 940, 941, 942, 943, 945, 946, 948, 948a,
949, 949b, 951, 978, 986, 987, 988, 991, 992, 1060h,
1095, 1798, 3925, 3957, 4028.

Skeleton as a whole
HISTOLOGY

818. Demeter, G. & Matyas, J. Mikroskop-
isch vergleichend-anatomische Studien an Rohren-
knochen mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Unter-
scheidung menschlicher und tierischer Knochen.
Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1928, 87, 45-99, pls. 1-15.

[+ 32f-r: Pn Png C-p Cyn-p Pp]

819. Fraipont, C. Sur les caractéres micro-
scopiques différentiels des os chez les primates.
C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris., 1933, 196, 1925.

[cf. no. 821]

820. Matyas, J. & Szab6é, M. Das nahere
Verwandtschaftsverhaltnis zwischen dem Men-
schen und den Anthropoiden auf Grund mikro-
osteologischer Untersuchungen auch mit Riicksicht
auf die feinere Knochenstruktur der Carnivoren
und Ungulaten. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1932, 97,
169-209, pls. 1-17. [++ If: Gr Pn

Hyl Mc Cyn-p Pp}

821. Miiller & Desmarez. Caractéres micro-
scopiques différentiels de l’os cynocéphale adulte
et del’os humain. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1933,
196, 1043-1045. [++ It: Po]

822. Stasney, J. & Higgins, G. M. The bone
marrow in the monkey (Macacus rhesus). Anat.
Rec., 1937, 67, 219-231. [1p/-1f-3t-r: Mc]

See also: 131a, 947, 999, 1009.

EMBRYOLOGY
See also: 130, 132, 136, 367, 813, 838, 897, 903,
904, 977, 986, 2682.
ANOMALIES
See also: 878, 879, 883, 912, 926.

[51]

[Anat. 823-847]

AXIAL SKELETON

Axial & Appendicular
Skeleton
VERTEBRAL COLUMN

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
823. Albrecht, P. Note sur le centre du proat-

las chez un Macacus arctoides, 1. Geoffr. Bull.
Mus. Hist. nat. Belg., 1833, 2, 287-296.
[4f-t: Mc]

824. Bluntschli, H. Beziehungen zwischen
Form und Funktion der Primatenwirbelsdule.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1912, 44, 489-517, pl. 11.

[eee of en Mc]

825. Broca, [P.] Sur la constitution des ver-
tébres caudales chez les primates sans queue.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1871, (2), 6, 225-232.

[Gr Pn Hyl Mc Pp Ail]

826. Broca, P. Etudes sur la constitution des
vertébres caudales chez les primates sans queue.
Rev. Anthrop., Paris,* 1872, 1, 577-605, pls. 4-5.

827. Chudzinski, T. Sur le sacrum d’un
chimpanzé. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1888, (3),
11, 483-485. [Pn]

828. Cunningham, D. J. The lumbar curve in
man and the apes, with an account of the topo-
graphical anatomy of the chimpanzee, orang-utan,
and gibbon. Cunningham Mem. R. Irish Acad.,*
1886, 2, 148 pp., 12 pls.

[++ nt: Gr (Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb

C-p C-c Me Pp Ceb|

829. Cunningham, D. J. The proportion of
bone and cartilage in the lumbar section of the
vertebral column of the ape and several races of
men. 4. Anat., Lond., 1889, 24, 117-126.

eee ie Ge ean dete, IER. 1a

830. von Eggeling, H. Die Gabelung der
Halswirbeldornen und ihre Ursachen. Anxat.
Anz., 1922, 55, 33-94. [++ 2Uf-2t-nr:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb C-p Ery-c

Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Atl Al Hap)

831. v. Eggeling, H. Die Halswirbeldornen

und deren Muskeln bei Halbaffen. Anat. Anz.,
1922, 55, 201-211. [4f-nr: Lm Indr
?Lor Nyct-c Prdct <Arct-c Gilg Tars]

832. Fick, R. Untersuchungen an der Wirbel-
siule der Menschenaffen. S. B. preuss. Akad.
Wiss., 1933, 167-239. [25f-ont: Gr Pn

Png Hyl|

833. Fick, R. Kurzer Bericht tuber meine
Untersuchungen an der Wirbelsdule der Men-
schenaffen. Z. Sdugetierk., 1936, 11, 261-271,
pls. 59-61. [ont: Gr Pn Hyl Symph]

834. Fick, R. Untersuchung an der Wirbel-
siule von 30 Gibbons und tiber die Wirbelzahlen
der Menschenaffen. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
1936, 161-178. [unt: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Symph|

835. Keith, A. The extent to which the poste-
rior segments of the body have been transmuted
and suppressed in the evolution of man and allied
primates. F. Anat., Lond., 1902, 37, 18-40.

[+++ 4f-12t-lIr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb

Mc Pp Ceb Atl

836. Kempermann, C. T. Ein Beitrag zum
Problem der Regionenbildung der Wirbelsdule.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1929, 60, 560-612.

[== 30f-r: (Gr Pn ena

837. Mauclaire & Flipo. Sacralisation de la
Ve vertébre lombaire dans les différentes races
humaines et chez les singes anthropoides.—Varia-
tions ethniquesdusacrum. Bull. Soc. anat.Paris,
1922, 92, 387-401. [++ 74f-9r: Gr Pn

Png]

838. Mijsberg, W. A. Die Morphogenie der
Wirbeldornen der Sauger, im besonderen des
Menschen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 79, 112-
175. [) SLErs (Gre Pn ene aerspa vic

Pith Saim Al Lm Pr-p Tars]

839. Mivart, St. G. Contributions towards a
more complete knowledge of the axial skeleton
in the primates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
545-592. [+++ 37f-It: see no. 794]

840. Paterson, A. M. The human sacrum.
Sci. Trans. R. Dublin Soc., 1893, (2), 5, 123-204,
pls. 16-21. [+ 28t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyll

841. Rosenberg, E. Ueber die Entwicklung
der Wirbelsaule und das Centrale carpi des
Menschen. Morph. 76., 1876, 1, 83-197, pls. 3-5.

[++ It-66r: primates disc.]

842. Schmidt, E. Ueber die Wirbelsaule der
Primaten. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1886,
17, 5-6. [ Abstr.]

843. Sera, G. L. Sopra alcune caratteristiche
morfologiche differenziali di valore statico-mec-
canico nella colonna vertebrale e nel bacino dei
primati: loro consequenze per la stazione e locomo-
zione in generale dei diversi gruppi e per la ques-
tione dalle origini umane. G. Morf., 1926, 4,
1-121, 129-216+8 pp., pls. 1-2. [++ 59f-4t]

844. Speransky, A.D. Uber die lumbrosakrale
Abteilung der Primatenwirbelsdule. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1926, 78, 111-135.

[10f-6t: Gr Pn Nas C-p Mc Pp Mndr

Atl Mndr|

845. Struthers, J. On the articular processes
of the vertebrae in the gorilla compared with those
in man, and on costo-vertebral variation in the
gorilla. $. dnat., Lond., 1892, 27, 131-138.

[+++ Gr]

846. Symington, J. The vertebral column of a
young gorilla. ¥. Adnat., Lond., 1889, 24, 42-S1,
pl. 4. [Gr]

847. Todd, T. Wingate. Numerical signifi-
cance in the thoracicolumbar vertebrae of the
mammalia. Anat. Rec., 1922, 24, 261-286.

[ot: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas

Clo C-p Ery-c Mc Thr-p Pp Mndr

[52]

Vertebral column

[Anat. 847a-871]

Aot Pith Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap
Oed-m Lm Lp-l pie Mer-c _Avh Indr
Lor Nyct-c Prdct Arct-c Glg Daub Tars]

847a. Utida,M. (Uber die Bander der Wirbel-
saule von Macacus rhesus.) Tokyo Ig. Z.,* 1937,
1-7, 2 pls. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat.,
1939, 7, (190). [fap.: Mc]

848. Virchow, H. Uber die Wirbelsdule des
Schimpansen. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1909,
265-290. [73f-nt: Pn]

849. Virchow,H. Die Mechanik der Schwanz-
wirbelsaule von Papio olivaceus. S. B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl., 1914, 181-186. [Zi Bp]

850. Virchow, H. Die Wirbelsdule des Cerco-

cebus fuliginosus. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Physiol.
Abt., 1916 [1917], 1-36. [4f-nt: Gr Pn
Png C-c Me]

851. [Virchow, H.] (Wirbelsaule des weiblichen
Schimpansen “Terzera”.) Z. Ethn., 1922, 54,
204-207. [1f-3t: Pn]

852. Virchow, H. Wirbelsaule und Thorax
beim Menschen und Schimpansen. Z. Ethn.,
1923, 55, 79-86. ies Bee real

853. Vonwiller, P. Anatomische Untersuch-
ungen iiber die Wirbelsdule mit besonderer Be-
riicksichtigung des Problems der Form_ der
Knochen. I. Der Einfluss der Venen auf die Form
der Wirbelkorper. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1923, 69,
264-303. [+ 37f-r: Gr Mc Cyn-p Pp

Lm|

See also: 164, 219, 220, 224, 229, 238, 239, 240,
267, 293, 294, 764, 770a, 796, 858, 883a, 920, 923,
1339, 1537, 1579, 1580, 1614, 1690, 2309, 2310,
2311, 2411.

Vertebral column
OSTEOMETRY

854. Baudouin, M. Le canal vertébral lom-
baire chez les anthropoides et chez les hommes
préhistoriques. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1913,
156, 79-81. [is (Gr Pn) Png | yl]

855. Odgers, P.N.B. The lumbar and lumbo-
sacral diarthrodial joints. F. dnat., Lond., 1933,
67, 301-317, 4 pls. [+ Gr Pn Png]

856. Radlauer,C. Beitradge zur Anthropologie

des Kreuzbeines. Morph. 7., 1908, 38, 323-447.
[+ 22f-3t-187r: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p
Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb Atl Lm|

857. Schultz, A.H. The relative length of the
regions of the spinal column in Old World pri-

mates. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 24, 1-22.
[if-10t-15r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Nas
C-c Mc)

858. Wetzel, G. Die obersten Halswirbel und
die Beziehung ihrer Ebenen zu denen des Schadels
beim Menschen und den Anthropoiden. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1910, 13, 259-280.

[epee SFB (Gp 147

859. Wetzel, G. Volumen und Gewicht der
Knochen als Massstab fiir den phylogenetischen
Entwicklungsgrad. Die Porositat der Knochen.
Arch. EntwMech. Org., 1910, 30, (1), 507-537.

[+ 14: Png]

860. Zoja, G. Sui rapporti tra l’atlante ed 11
cranio nell’ uomo edinalcunianimali. Boll. sci.,*
1880, 2, 51-60. [++ 4: Gr Png]

See also: 828, 829, 843, 848, 850, 858, 871, 875.

Vertebral column
ANOMALIES

861. Chaine, J. Céte lombaire chez un gorille.
P.V. Soc. Sci. phys. nat. Bordeaux, 1924, 48-49.
[Gr]

862. Delattre, [A.] L’asymétrie des axis de
primates. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1923, (7), 4,
107-112. Bis eGna Pn Pag ay |

863. Hoff, P. Sacralisation irréguliére chez un
Lemur macaco adulte. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1923, 2, 433-446. [5f: Lm

864. Ledényi, J. Vzdcne anomalie krénych
obratl’ov u gorily. [Unusual anomalies of the
cervical portion of the vertebral column of a
gorilla.) Bratislavske lekérs. List., 1932, 12, 177-
188. [9f-Engl. abstr.: Gr]

865. Meyer, A.W. Spolia anatomica addenda
I. Fusion of three cervical vertebrae in a gorilla.
Anat. Rec., 1915, 9, 500-501. If: Gr

866. Nayak, U.V. Note on an unusual type of
cervical rib in a lemur. F. Anat., Lond., 1933,
68, 119-121. {Uf: Prdct|

867. Prag, J. J. An abnormal baboon sacrum
found at Lindeques drift. S. Afr. F. Sci., 1935,
32, 356-359. Uf: Ppl

868. Straus, W. L., Jr. Cervical ribs in the
woolly monkey. 7. Mammal., 1937, 18, 241-242.

[Lag]

See also: 813a, 870, 874, 920.

ATLANTO-OCCIPITAL &
ATLANTO-EPISTROPHIC JOINTS

869. Hecker, P. Appareil ligamenteux oc-
cipito-atloido-axoidien. Etude d’anatomie com-
parée. 1° Partie. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1922,
1, 413-435. fee the Jap CHa (Ce tha

870. Schlaginhaufen, O. Ein Fall von Ossifi-
cation des Ligamentum apicis dentis epistrophei
beim Menschen und entsprechende Bildungen bei
den Affen. Morph. Fb., 1907, 37, 120-128.

[+ 5f-7r: Gr Png Hy]

871. Senyiirek, M. S. Cranial equilibri-
um index. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 24,
23-41. [+++ 5f-3t: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p Ery-c C-p

C-c Mc Pp Aot Cal-c Pith Saim Ceb

[53]

{Anat. 872-892]

Atl Al Hap Myst Ocd-m Lm _ Lp-l
Mer-c Pr-p Lor Nyct-c Prdct Gilg Tars]

872. Vallois, H. V. La sustentation de la téte
et le ligament cervical postérieur chez l’homme et
les anthropoides. Anthropologie, Paris, 1926, 36,

191-207. Ves WB Ge sea rede Webys
873. Virchow, H. Uber die Atlas-Epistro-
pheus-Verbindung des Orang. Arch. Anat.

Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1915, 207-212.
[5f: Png]

874. Vram, U. G. Un caso di saldatura dell’
atlante con l’occipitale in un cinocefalo. Bull.
Soc. zool. ital., 1903, (2), 4, 36-38. eae zal

875. Welker, Friedrich. Anthropologische Un-
tersuchungen iiber das Atlantooccipitalgelenk bei
Menschen und Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Min-
chen, Schwabinger Druckerei, 1912, 94 pp.

[++ f-nt-unr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me]

See also: 824, 843, 845, 858, 860.

STERNUM & RIBS

876. Albrecht, P. Uber die im Laufe der phylo-
genetischen Entwickelung entstandene, ange-
borene Spalte des Brustbeinhandgriffes der Brill-
affen. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1885, (1), 337-
3536 [8f: Al

877. Anderson, R. J. Measurements of ribs in
mammals. Int. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1889, 6,

61-64, pls. 2-3.
Pp Myst Ceb Lm]

[Pug Me

878. Dwight, T. Irregular union of the first
and second pieces of the sternum in man and apes.
%. Anat., Lond., 1890, 24, 536-542.

[++ 4f: Hy]

879. Howes, G.B. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, an abnormal sternum of the common
marmoset. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, 168-170.

[2f: Hap]

880. Keith, A. A variation that occurs in the
manubrium sterni of higher primates. %. 4nat.,
Lond., 1896, 30, 275-279. (Zi-iGrieen

Png Hyl Prsb Mc Ail}

881. Malaguzzi Valeri, R. Il legamento bi-
corne del Caldani o costo-clavio-coracoideo
nell’uomo e negli antropoidi. Pathologica, 1914,
6, 605-611. [+++ 2f-r: Gr Pn Png Hy]

882. Tredgold, A. F. Variations of ribs in the
primates, with especial reference to the number of
sternal ribs in man. F. Anat., Lond., 1897, 31,
288-302. (ee aC

883. Virchow, H. Skoliotisches Sternum bei
einem Affen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1917, 54, 897—
898. [1f: Ery-c]

883a. Virchow, H. Thoraxform des Schimpan-
sen. Z. Ethn., 1931 [1932], 63, 384-393.

[6f-t: Pn Thr-p]

AXIAL & APPENDICULAR SKELETON

See also: 164, 213, 219, 220, 293, 834, 839, 845.
850, 852, 888, 1591, 1592, 1614.

BONES OF UPPER EXTREMITY
See also: 764, 783, 793, 794, 801, 1389, 3963.

CLAVICLE & SCAPULA

884. Aichel, O. Uber Abhangigkeit von Form
und Funktion beim Schulterblatt und tber eine
der menschlichen sehr ahnliche Scapula eines

niederen Affen. Anat. Anz., 1925, 60, ErgH.,
133-150. [+ Of: Gr Pn Png Symph
Nas Mc Thr-p)

885. Broca, P. Sur les indices de largeur de
Vomoplate chez l'homme, les singes et dans la
série des mammiféres. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
11878; ()5 15) 66-92: [2 SSt Grae

Png Hyl Prsb C-p Mc Cyn-p Pp Mndr

Pith Cacaj Ceb Atl Al Hap|

886. Frey, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Scap-
ula, speziell tber ihre aussere Form und deren
Abhangigkeit von der Funktion. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1923, 68, 277-324. [++ 15f-198:

wh, Pn Png Hyl Symph C-p Mc Pp

At

887. Gorjanovic-Kramberger, K. Das Schul-
terblatt des diluvialen Menschen von Krapina in
seinem Verhaltnis zu dem Schulterblatt des rezen-
ten Menschen und der Affen. Vij. geol. Zav.
Zagreb., 1925-26, 1, 68-122, 4 pls.

[s- 18f: (Gr Pn (Png) Hyl \Czpe Ppl

888. Parker, William Kitchen. 4 monograph
on the structure and development of the shoulder-
girdle and sternum in the Vertebrata. London:
Ray Society (R. Hardwicke), 1868, xi, 237 pp.,
30 pls. [+ Png C-c Al Hap}

889. Ranke, J. Zur Anthropologie des Schul-
terblattes. Korresp BI. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1904,
35, 139-144.

[++ 1f-3t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Pp]

890. Schiick, A. C. Das Schulterblatt des
Menschen und der Anthropoiden. Mitt. anthrop.
Ges. Wien., 1910, 40, 231-237.

[++ 6f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Mel

891. Vallois, H.V. La formation del’omoplate
humaine. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1927, 33,
65-70. [++ 2f: Gr Pn Pug Hyl G-p]

See also: 213, 764, 814, 895.

HUMERUS, RADIUS & ULNA

892. Barbosa Sueiro, M.B. Annotations ana-
tomiques. V. Note sur l’hyperextension et l’hypo-
extension du coude chez d’autres mammiféres que
Vhomme. <drch. Anat. Anthrop., Lisboa, 1928,
12, 189-193. Also: Bull. Soc. portug. Sci. nat., 1928,
10, 163-167. [+ 1]

[54]

Sternum & ribs——Bones of wrist & hand

893. Botez, I. G. Etude morphologique et
morphogénique de squelette du bras et de |’avant-
bras chez les primates. Arch. Morph. gén. He
1926, 24, 1-174. [76f-6t-171r: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph_ Prsb Nas Clb C-p
Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Ceb
Atl Al Hap Ocd-m_ Leon-c Lm Lp-l
Nyct-c Prdct Daub Tars|

894. Frassetto, F. Sul foro epitrocleare (fora-
men supracondyleum internum) nell’omero dei
Primati. Boll, Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Torino,
1902, 17, no. 424, 10 pp. [1/-23r]

894a.* Marcondes Calasans, O. Observacies
sobre a morphologia da “‘Membrana interossea ante-
brachii” e da “‘Membrana interossea cruris.”’ Diss.
(Med.) Sao Paulo, Typ. Rossolillo, 1934, 100 pp.
[+ 22f-Abstr.: Anat. Ber., 1936, 33, no. 1231:
Mc Pp Saim Ceb All

895. Martin, C.P. The cause of torsion of the
humerus and of the notch on the anterior edge of
the glenoid cavity of the scapula. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1933, 67, 573-582. (eee afl

896. Picaud, M.A. Le trou olécranien chez les
mammiféres et chezl’homme. Bull. Soc. dauphin.
Ethn. Anthrop., 1902, 9, 184-190. [+ nr]

897. Slomann, H.C. Perforatiohumeri. Vi-
densk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kbh., 1926, 82, 271-
Bills piso 10: [++ 9t-Engl.: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph\

898. Tiedemann, F. Ueber einem am Ober-
armbein bei mehreren geschwanzten Affen vor-
kommenden Kanal und eine damit in Verbindung
stehende besondere Anordnung der Arterien und
Nerven des Arms. Dtsch. Arch. Physiol.,* 1818,
4, 544-549, pl. 5.

See also: 814, 886, 1667, 3951, 3957.

CARPUS, METACARPUS & PHALANGES

899. von Bardeleben, K. On the bones and
muscles of the mammalian hand and foot. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, 354-376, pls. 20-21.

[+ mnt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb C-p

Ery-c Mc Pp Saim|

900. Dugés, A. El pie de los monos. Mem.
Soc. ‘Ant. Alzate’, 1895-96, 9, 325-327, pl. 3.
[+++ il]

901. Forster, A. La tubérosité du scaphoide et
le jambier postérieur. Etude d’anatomie comparée.
Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1922, 1, 1-SS.

[ea eeeaaaacienraGr een Pas iy ersb

Cp Mc Atl Lm Nyct-c|

, 902. Forster, A. Le scapho-semi-lunaire.
Etude comparative de la stabilisation du carpe
chez les mammiféres et chez homme. 4rch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1932, 15, 81-217.
[ee of (Gri Palen Hal Pp An Em
Prdct|

[Anat. 893-913a]

903. Henckel, K. O. Beitraége zur Entwick-
lung der Primatenhand. I. Zur Entwicklung der
Makakenhand. Gegendaurs Fb., 1929, 61, 43-48.

[if-1t: Me]

904. Koblick, Helen. Beitrage zur Entwick-
lung der Primatenhand. II. Zur Entwicklung der
Hand von Lemur catta. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1929, 61,
452-456. [1f-1t: Lm]

905. Leboucq, H. Recherches sur la morpho-
logie du carpe chez les mammiféres. Arch. Biol.,
Paris, 1884, 5, 35-102, pls. 3-5.

{+ If: Gr Pn Png Hyl Clo Pp Avh|

906. Lucae, J. C.G. Die Hand und der Fuss.
Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Osteologie der
Menschen, Affen und _ Beutelthiere. Abh.
senckenb., naturf. Ges., 1865, 5, 275-332, pls. 35-38.

[+++ nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clo

Ery-c Mc Mndr Saim Ceb Atl Hap

Lm_ Gig]

907. Nayak, U. V. The articulations of the
carpus in Chiromys madagascariensis with refer-
ence to certain other lemurs. F. Anat., Lond.,

1933, 68, 109-115.
[2f-14r: Lor Prdct Glg Daub)

908. Noback, C. V. Digital epiphyses and
carpal bones in the growing infant female gorilla
with sitting height, weight, and estimated age.
Zoologica, N. Y., 1930, 11, 117-151.

[16pl-1t: Gr]

909. Sarasin, F. Die Variationen im Bau des
Handskeletts verschiedener Menschenformen. Z,
Morph. Anthrop., 1932, 30, 252-316, pls. 6-8.

[+ 7Zf-vnt-30r: Gr Pn Png

910. Schreiber, H. Zur Morphologie der Pri-
matenhand. 1. Rontgenologische Untersuchungen
an der Handwurzel der Affen. Anat. Anz., 1934,
78, 369-429, 1 pl. (19f-r: Png Symph

C-») Mc Pp Mndr Lag|

911. Schreiber, H. Die Extrembewegungen
der Schimpansenhand. 2. Mitteilung zu: Zur
Morphologie der Primatenhand. Gegenbaurs Fb.,
1936, 77, 22-60. [11f: Pn]

Qlla. Utida, M. (Uber die Bander der Hand-
wurzel von Macacus.) Tokyo Ig. Z., 1937, 51,
8-19. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1939,
7, (191). [Fap: Me]

912. Virchow, H. Uberzahlige Skelettstiicke
(Epiphysen) an Handen und Fussen eines Gorilla.
Z. Ethn., 1910, 42, 320-336. [++ 15f: Gr]

913. Virchow, H. Das Os centrale carpi des
Menschen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1929, 63, 480-530.
[++ 24f: Png Pp Thr-p]

913a. Virchow, H. Das Os centrale carpi der
Halbaffen. Z. Ethn., 1932 [1933], 64, 377-379.
[Lf-abstr.]

See also: 164, 306, 365, 780, 841, 1662, 3924,
3958.

[55 ]

[Anat. 914-935a]

BONES OF LOWER EXTREMITY
See also: 783, 793, 794, 801, 3957, 3963.

PELVIS & HIP-JOINT

014. Albrecht, [C. M. P.] Ueber die Unter-
schiede des menschlichen Beckens von den ubrigen
Affenbecken. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1884, 15, 100-101. [erat Abstr Arenal

015. Bluntschli, H. Uber ein Naegele-Becken
bei Macacus cynomolgus und das tibrige Knochen-
geriist dieses Tieres, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die
Eigenform der Wirbelsaule und ihre mechanische
Bedeutung. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1911, 43, 297-333,
pli: [12f-15r: Mc]

916. v. d. Broek, A. J.P. Uber Geschlechtsun-
terschiede im Becken bei Primaten. Arch. Anat.
Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1911, 163-184.

[21f-10r: Gr Symph Mc Ceb Oeced-m]

917. v. d. Broek, A. J. P. Uber das Os aceta-
buli bei Primaten. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.,
Anat. Abt., 1911, 185-206.

[12f-10r: Pn Png Symph Me Mndr\

918. van den Broek, A. J. P. Over geslachts-
verschillen in het bekken bij primaten. Feesthun-
del H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 483-495. [see no. 916]

919. v. d. Broek, A. J.P. Note sur l’asymétrie
dans les bassins des primates. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1912, (6), 3, 70-79. [ats Green

Png Symph Prsbh Nas Clo C-p C-c
Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap
Myst]

920. v. d. Broek, A. J. P. Studien zur Mor-
phologie des Primatenbeckens. Gegenbaurs o.,
1914, 49, 1-118, pls. 1-4. [40f-vnt-36r: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Clb C-p

Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Mndr Aot Saim Ceb

Atl Al Hap Myst Oced-m)

921. Fischer, J. Some observations on the
pelvis of the mammalia. With notes by J. F. H.
Autenreith. [translation by R. Knox of an Inaug.-
Diss., Tiibingen, 1798]. Brit. Rec. Obstet. Med.,*
1838, 1, Scarce and Valuable Monogr., 26 pp.

{+ it; Pn Hyl Mc Mndr Atl Lm

Lor

922. Hartman, [R.] Uber das Hiiftgelenk der
anthropoiden Affen. 9S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.,
1877, 85-89. [Gr Pn Png]

923. van der Hoeven, Leonhard. Over de be-
trekking van het bekken der anthropoiden tot dat van
den mensch. Acad. Proefschr. (Geneesk.) Amster-
dam, C. L. Petersen, 1905, viii, 103 pp., 1 pl.,
1 tbl. [Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

CRYNG=p G7) Mc Pp)

924. Prochownik, L. Die Beckenform der
Anthropoiden. KorrespBl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1897, 28, 119-123. Abstr.: ZJ/. Anthrop., 1897, 2,
342-344; Leopoldina, 1898, 34, 73-73.

925. Reynolds, E. The evolution of the human
pelvis in relation to the mechanics of the erect

APPENDICULAR SKELETON

posture. Papers Peabody Mus., 1931, 11, 255-
334, 3 pls. [++ 10f-r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

926. Stewart, T. D. Accessory sacro-iliac ar-
ticulations in the higher primates and their signifi-
cance. Amer. 7. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 24, 43-59.

[east )2p/-10r:)) Gri een Pacer

927. Straus, W. L., Jr. Studies on primate
ilia. Amer. 7. Anat., 1929, 43, 403-460.

[8f-4t: 43 genera]

928. Topinard, P. Des proportions générales

du bassin chez |’homme et dans la série des mam-

miféres. C. R. Ass. Av. Sci., 1874 [1875], 562—
566. [i Gr) Pn Png Hy lerse
C-p Mc Pp Ceb Atl Hap Lm Lor]

929. Topinard, P. Le bassin chez "homme et
chez les animaux. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1875, (2), 10, 504-510. [see above]

930. Waterman, Harriet C. Studies on the
evolution of the pelvis of man and other primates.
Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist., 1929, 58, 585-642,
pl. 22. [10f-nt-r: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p

Mc Pp Ceb Al Lm Prdct Gig|

931. Weidenreich, F. Uber das Hiiftbein und
das Becken der Primaten und ihre Umformung
durch den aufrechten Gang. Anat. Anz., 1913,
44, 497-513. [+ Sf: (Gr (Pn eng,

Symph Lm)
wees also: 164, 194, 327, 843, 999, 1301, 1621,

27.

FEMUR, TIBIA & FIBULA

932. Anthony, R. & Rivet, P. Contribution a
l’étude descriptive et morphogénique dela courbure

fémorale chez l'homme et les anthropoides. Ann.
Sci. nat., Zool., 1907, (9), 6, 221-261.
[++ nt: Gr Pn Png Ayll

933. Appleton, A.B. On the hypotrochanteric
fossa and accessory adductor groove of the primate
femur. J. Anat., Lond., 1922, 56, 295-306.

[5f-7r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsbh Nas Me

Atl Al Lm Glg Tars]|

934. Bello y Rodriguez, Silvestre. Le fémur
et le tibia chez ?homme et les anthropoides. (Varia-
tions suivant le sexe, l’age et la race.) Thése (Med.)
Paris, G. Jacques, 1909, 120 pp., 3 pls.

[+ t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyll
menschliche

935. Bumiiller, Johannes. Das
Femur nebst Beitrégen zur Kenntniss der Affen-
femora. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Miinchen. Augsberg:
Haas & Grabherr, 1899, 143 pp., 1 tbl.

[++ 13f-vnt-reviewed in: N. Fb. Min. Geol.

Paldont., 1901, 2, Ref. 141-145: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p Me Tar-p

Cal-c Ceb Atl Pr-p|

935a. Dehn, O. Zur Frage tiber die Bedeutung
von Réntgenuntersuchungen des Knochensystems
fiir die vergleichende Anatomie. Fortschr. Rént-
genstr., 1934, 49, 519-523.

[eps 36r: Grav enkePnearos|

[56]

Pelvis & hip-joint——Knee-joint

[Anat. 936-954]

936. Gieseler, W. Ausprdgungsformen der
Fossa trochanterica femoris bei Menschenaffen.
Anthrop. Anz., 1924, 1, 151-158, pls. 1-2.

[3f: Gr Pn Png]

937. Gieseler, W. Beitrige zur Spongiosa-

struktur des proximalen Femurendes der
Menschenaffen. Anthrop. Anz., 1925, 2, 47-57,
pls. 2-4. [Gr Pn Png]

938. Grunewald, J. Die Bezichungen zwischen
der Form und der Funktion der Tibia und Fibula
des Menschen und einiger Menschenaffen. Z.
orthop. Chir., 1916, 35, 675-780.

[+ 45f-4t-10r: Gr Png]

939. Grunewald, J. Die Platyknemie im Lichte
der Mechanik, der Phylogenese und der Patho-
logie. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1916, 43, 77—-
105. eo DHS) (Gal

940. Hrdlitéka, A. Contributions to the study
of the femur: the crista aspera and the pilaster.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1934, 19, 17-37.

[x ut: Gr) Pn Png (Hyl Catarrhini

Platyrrhini Lm|

941. Hrdlitka, A. The hypotrochanteric fossa
of the femur. Smithson. misc. Coll., 1934, 92,
no. 1, 49 pp., 14 pls. [ee 244 Gr Pn

Png Hyl Prsb Nas Ery-c Mc Cyn-p

Thr-p Pp Cal-c Ceb Atl Al Lm Lp-l

Hp-l)

942. Hrdlitka, A. The gluteal ridge and glu-

teal tuberosities (3rd trochanters), Amer. 7.
phys. Anthrop., 1931, 23, 127-198.
[+ 32t-umr: see no. 941)

943. Klaatsch, H. Die wichtigsten Varia-
tionen am Skelet der freien unteren Extremitat
des Menschen und ihre Bedeutung fiir das Ab-
stammungsproblem. Ergebn. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1900, 10, 599-719. [+ 34f-110r]

044. Manouvrier, L. La platycnémie chez
Vhomme et chez les singes. Bull. Soc, Anthrop.
Paris, 1887, (3), 10, 128-135, disc. 135-141.

[+ Gr Png]

045. Manouvrier, L. Mémoire sur la platyc-
némie chez |’homme et chez les anthropoides,
Mém. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1888, (2), 3, 469-548.

Ua Difant: (Gr (Pa Png Vili Moy Ep

946. Matthdus, K. Uber die Formverhaltnisse
der distalen Femurepiphyse bei Mensch und
Anthropomorphen. Anthrop. Anz., 1937, 14,
235-248, 3 pls. Apart*: Inaug.-Diss. (Naturw.)
Minchen, 1937. {++ 9f: Gr Pn Png]

947. Maty4s, J. Mikrometrische vergleichend-
anatomische Studien an den Knochenréhrchen.
Acta. Univ. Szeged., Sect. scient. nat., 1925, 2,
23-69; 1926, 2, 142-175; 1927, 2, 229-253; 1928,
Sect. A, Acta Biol., 1, 18-39. [+ 8f-109t-Biol.

Abstr., 1932, 6, no. 2278: Pn Png]

948. Pearson, K. & Bell, Julia. A study of the
long bones of the English skeleton. Part I, Section
Il. The femur of man with special reference to

other primate femora. Drap. Co. Mem. biom.
Ser., 1919, Ser. 11, Pt. 1, Sect. 2, 225-539; Atlas:
pls. 60-101. [+++ mt-119r: Gr Pn
Png Hyl Prsb Nas C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p
Pp Mndr Aot Cal-c Pith Cacaj_ Ceb Lag
Atl Hap Myst Lm Hp-l Pr-p Avh
Indr Lor Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars|

048a. Ried, H. A. Uber die Beziehungen der
tibialen Gelenkflache des Femur zur Schaftkriim-
mung. <Anthrop. Anz., 1925, 2, 113-128.

[e018 (Gr) Pn Png]

949. Schwalbe, G. Studien tiber das Femur
von Pithecanthropus erectus Dubois. (Studien
iiber “ Pithecanthropus erectus Dubois.” II. Teil.)
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1921, 21, 289-360.

[eel SSE437-@ (Gr Pa Png Hol aG-p

Gc) Pp Geb. Em

949a*. Sinelnikov, N. (On the disposition of
the osteons in the diaphyse of the femur in man
and other primates.) Antrop. Zh., Mosk.*, 1937,
no. 3, 102-116. [Russ. with Engl. abstr.]

949b. Sprecher, Heinrich. Morphologische
Untersuchungen an der Fibula des Menschen unter
Beriicksichtigung anderer Primaten. Inaug.-Diss.
(Phil.) Zurich, O. Fiissli, 1932, 162 pp., 14 pls.

Abstr.: Anthrop. Anz., 1933, 10, 140.
[+ 114f-85t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyll

950. Vallois, H. Considérations sur la forme
de la section transversale du tibia chez les lému-
riens, les singes et "homme. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1912, (6), 3, 248-291. [21f-13t-39r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas
GCIENG py) Eryec) (G=c) Mc hap eeep
Mndr Aot Cal-c Chirop Cacaj Saim Ceb
Lag Brchyt Atl Al Hap Oced-m_ Leon-c
Lm ie Chrg Nyct-c Prdct Gig Daub
Tars

951. Vallois, H. V. L’épiphyse inférieure du
femur chez les primates. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1919, (6), 10, 21-45, 80-107.

[3f-17t: see no. 950]

952. Walkhoff, Otto. Das Femur des Mensch-
en und der Anthropomorphen in seiner funk-
tionellen Gestaltung. In: Studien iber die Ent-
wicklungsmechanik des Primatenskelettes mit be-
sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Anthropologie und
Deszendenzlehre. O. Walkhoff, ed., Wiesbaden:
C. W. Kreidel, Liefg. I, 1904, 58 pp., 8 pls. Abstr.:
Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1904, 35, 87-88.

[Png Hy]

953. Walmsley, T. The vertical axes of the
femur and their relations. A contribution to the
study of the erect position. 7. Anat., Lond.,
1933, 67, 284-300. [+ 16f: Gr Pn Hyll

See also: 194, 201, 814, 820, 897, 930, 985, 992,
999, 3951.

KNEE-JOINT
954. Bloch, A. Pourquoi les anthropoides ne
sont-ils pas marcheurs bipédes? Bull. Soc.

Anthrop. Paris, 1900, (5), 1, 233-240.

[57]

[Anat. 955-980a]

955. Jost, A. Les ligaments épicondylo-ménis-
caux du genou dans la série des mammifeéres (mor-
phogenése et role fonctionnel). Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1929, 1, 245-277.

[++ Sf 2t-nr: Pn Jee Welt \ (CR ahi]

Lm WNyct-c]

956. Retterer, E. De la forme des fibro-
cartilages inter-articulaires du genou du chim-
panzé. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1905, 58, 476-479.

[Px]

957. Retterer, E. De la forme et des con-

nexions que présentent les fibro-cartilages du

genou chez quelques singes d’Afrique. C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1907, 63, 148-150. [C-p]

958. Retterer, E. & Vallois, H. De la double
rotule de quelques primates. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1912, 73, 379-382.

[Px Symph C-p Leon-c]

959. Vallois, H. V. La valeur morphologique

de la rotule chez les mammiféres. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1917, (6), 8, 2-34.
es 3f-5t: see no. 950]

960. Weinberg, E Recherches d’anatomie
comparée sur l’appareil fibreux de la face posté-
rieure du genou. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1928-
29, 9, 253-307. [+ 7Zf: Mc Cebd]

961. van Westrienen, Anna F. A. S. Das
Kniegelenk der Primaten, mit besonderer Bertick-
sichtigung der Anthropoiden. Ned. Bijdr. Anat.,
1906, 4, 1-60, pl. 1. [++ 22f-t-r: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl Hap

Lm WNyct-c]

See also: 194, 713, 802.

TARSUS, METATARSUS & PHALANGES

962. Aeby, [C.] Das Talo-tarsalgelenk des

Menschen und der Primaten. Arch. Anat.
Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1883, SupplBd.,
312-327. [+ 3f: Gr Pn Png Mc Mnadr|

963. Anderson, R. J. The skeletal elements of
the extremities in primates. 17th Int. Congr.
Med., Lond., 1912, sect. 1, part 2, 123-129.

[Pn Hyl C-p Pith Ceb Atl Gig]

964. Anthony, R. L’évolution du pied humain.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1902, (5), 3, 818-835.
Also: Rev. sci., Paris, 1903, 129-139; Rep.
Smithson. Instn., 1903, 1d 519-536.

[+ 14f-t-based on no. 992]

965. Appleton, A.B. Note on a variable fea-
ture of theastragalus. F. Anat., Lond., 1913, 47,

123-142.
[++ 2f-6t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Pop)

966. Elftman, H. & Manter, J. The evolution
of the human foot, with especial reference to the

joints. F. Anat., Lond., 1935, 70, 56-67.
[++ 6f: Pn]
967. Forster, A. La premiére articulation

cunéo-métatarsienne chez les mammiféres supé-

APPENDICULAR SKELETON——SKULL

rieurs: prosimiens et primates. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1923, 2, 393-428. [29f-r: Gr
Pn Png Hyl Cp Mc Atl Lm|

968. Forster, A. Etude sur l’évolution du pied
humain. La votte longitudinale. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1924, 3, 193-246. [++ 23f-vnr:

Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p Atl Lm)

969. Forster, A. Le calcanéum dans la série
des mammiféres et chez l’homme. Etude de la
statique et de la dynamique du pied. Arch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1929, 10, 271-325. [++ I7f:

Gr Pn Png Symph Me Pp Lm)

970. Fraipont, C. Sur la structure intime de
l’astragale chez les primates. Bull. Acad. Belg.,
Cl. Sci., 1920, (5), 6, 261-263. [+ Prelim. note]

971. Frechkop, S. Notes sur les mammifeéres.
XXIII. N’y a-t-il que deux phalanges dans le
pouce et le gros orteil des primates? Bull. Mus.
Hist. nat. Belg., 1937, 13, no. 40, 21 pp.

[++ 12f-23r: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p]

972. Freudenberg, W. Bemerkungen zum
Fussgeriist der Gattung Galago. Z. Saugetierk.,
1931, 6, 233-235, pl. 25. [Gig]

973. Genna, G. E. La posizione degli assi dei
piani trasversi dell’arto inferiore nell’uomo e negli
antropoidi. Riv. Anthrop., 1926-27, 27, 43-65,
2 pls. [+ Gr Pn Hyl|

974. Griinwald, E. Considérations morpho-
logiques sur le calcanéum. Arch. Anat., Stras-
bourg, 1925, 4, 259-279.

[+++ 8f-2t-29r: Gr Pn Png]

975. Hafferl, A. Bau und Funktion des Affen-
fusses. Ein Beitrag zur Gelenk- und Muskel-
mechanik. I. Die Anthropoiden. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1929, 88, 749-783. [11f: Gr Pn Png]

976. Hafferl, A. Bau und Funktion des Affen-
fusses. Ein Beitrag zur Gelenk- und Muskel-
mechanik. Die Prosimier. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1929, 90, 46-51; 1932, 99, 63-112. (24f:

Im Mer-c Lor Nyct-c Glg Daub Tars]

977. Henckel, K. O. Zur Entwicklungsge-
schichte des Fussskeletts von Tarsius spectrum L.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1930, 64, 636-650. [9f-r: Tars]

978. Lazarus, S. P. Zur Morphologie des
Fussskelettes. Morph. 7b., 1896, 24, 1-166.
[++ 31f-nt43r: Gr Png Hyl Pp|

979. Manners-Smith, T. Astudy of the navic-
ular in the human and anthropoid foot. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1907, 41, 255-279.

[++ 26f-6r: Gr Pn Hyl]

980. Manners-Smith, T. A study of the cu-
boid and os peroneum in the primate foot. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1908, 42, 397-414.

[++ 23f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb G-p

C-c Mc Pp Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap Lm]

980a. Morton, D. J. Evolution of the human
foot. 1. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1922, 5, 305-
336. [+++ &: "Gr Ceé]

[58]

Bones of ankle & foot——Skull as a whole

[Anat. 981-1002]

081. Morton, D. J. Evolution of the human

foot. Il. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1924, 7, 1-52.
[e+ 27f-10re) (Gr Pa Pug Hyl Prsb
Clb Ery-c Me Pp Ceb Lag Atl Hap
Lm Lp-l Lor Glg Tars]

982. Morton, D. J. Significant characteristics
of the Neanderthal foot. Nat. Hist., N. Y.,
1926, 26, 310-314. [+ 5f: Gri

983. Poniatowski, S. Beitrag zur Anthro-
pologie des Sprungbeines. Arch. Anthrop.,
Braunschw., 1914, 41, 1-32.

[++ 25f-2lt-r: Gr Pn Png Symph|

984. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. Des articula-
tions métacarpo-phalangiennes de quelques singes.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1918, 81, 960-963.

[Pun Mc Pp]

985. Sera, G. L. Sul significato polifiletico
delle differenze strutturali nell’arto inferiore di
Anthropoidea (mihi). G. Morf., 1921, 3, 85-162.

[3f: esp. Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph|

985a. Stamm, T. T. The constitution of the
ligamentum cruciatum cruris. ¥. Anat., Lond.,
1931, 66, 80-83. [+++ 3f: Pn C-p Me]

985b. Straus, W. L., Jr. The development of
the human foot and its phylogenetic significance.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1926, 9, 427-438.

[+++ 6t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph]
986. Straus, W. L., Jr. Growth of the human
foot and its evolutionary significance. Contr.

Embryol. Carneg. Instn., 1927, 19, 93-134, 1 pl.
pin 6f-28t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph
A

987. Thomson, A. The influence of posture on
the form of the articular surfaces of the tibia and
astragalus in the different races of man and the
higher apes. F. Anat., Lond., 1889, 23, 616-639.

[++ 2t: Gr Pn Png Symph Pp Mnar|

988. Thomson, A. Additional note on the in-
fluence of posture on the form of the articular sur-
faces of the tibia and astragalus in the different
races of man and the higher apes. F. Anat.,
Lond., 1890, 24, 210-217.

[aoye2tes G7 Pre Pre

989. Tornier,G. Die Phylogenese des termi-
nalen Segmentes der Saugethier-Hintergliedmas-
sen. Morph. 7b., 1890, 16, 401-483, pls. 17-18.

[++ Pp Lm Lp-l Gilg Daud)

990. Versluys, J. Uber die Entstehung des
aufrechten Ganges und des Fussbaues beim
Menschen. Aus Anlass zweier Arbeiten von Pro-
fessor Westenhofer. Mitt. anthrop. Ges. Wien,
1929, 59, 269-292. fs Sil

991. Volkov, T. Les variations squelettiques
du pied chez les primates et dans les races hu-

maines. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1903, (5), 4,
632-708; 1904, (5), 5, 1-50, 201-331.
[shes SURI Ge) Vea Sake Jeb!
Symph Prsb Clb Ery-c C-c Me Pp
Mndr Saim Ceb Atl Hap Lm = Avh
Indr Lor WNyct-c Gilg Daud]

992. Volkov, Th. Variations squelettiques du
pied chez les primates et dans les races humaines.
Thése (Sci.) Paris. Beaugency: Laffray fils et
Gendre, 1905, 266 pp. [see no. 991]

993. Weidenreich, F. Der Menschenfuss. Z.

Morph. Anthrop., 1921, 22, 51-282.
[++ 65f-150r: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p
Pp Mnadr Ail All

994. Westenhdfer, M. Die hintere Fusswurzel
von Mensch und Gorilla. Z. Sdugetierk., 1929,
4, 186-192, pls. 15-16. [Gr]

See also: 194, 311, 316, 796, 899, 912, 1662,
1709, 1798, 3924, 3958, 3987.

OSTEOMETRY
See also: 794, 843, 992.

Skull as a Whole

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

PRIMATES IN GENERAL

995. Bianchini, B. Ricerche sopra un teschio
di Cynocephalus sphinx Gf juvenis. Boll. Soc.
zool. ital., 1905, (2), 6, 74-89. [es2rs 2p)

996. Bounak, V. (Des crétes sur les cranes des
primates.) Russ. antrop. Zh., 1924, 12, (2), 5-24,
7 pls. Fr. abstr. 97-99. Abstr.: Anthropologie,
Prague, 1924, 2, 131-134. [7t-40r: Gr Pn

Png Symph Prsb C-c Me Pp|

997. Boyd, G. I. The emissary foramina in
the cranium in primates. ¥. Anat., Lond., 1934,
69, 113-117. (AS (Gp Tea Iai | Jabyy)

“monkeys? Lm Pr-p Indr Lor Nyct-c

Prdct Daub Tars)

998. Grzybowski, J. O kostnym namiocie
mézdzku. (Tentorium cerebelli osseum). (De la
tente osseuse du cervelet chez les primates.)
C. R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19, 357-366,
2 pls. Fr. abstr. 365-366. [1f-1t-8r]

999. Henckel, K. O. Vergleichend-anato-
mische Untersuchungen uber die Struktur der
Knochenkompakta nach der Spaltlinienmethode.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1931, 66, 22-45.

[++ 23f-9r: Pn Png Hyl Prsb Pp)

1000. Joseph, G. Ueber die Schlafenlinien
und den Scheitelkamm an den Schadeln der Affen.
Morph. Fb., 1876, 2, 519-534, pl. 34.

[Gr Png Mc Pp Aot Chirop Ceb Ocd-m|

1001. Mollison, T. Die Bedingungen zur Bil-
dung von Knochenkammen am Schadel der
Primaten. S. B. heidelberg. Akad. Wiss., Abt. B,
1919, 10, no. 3, 9 pp. [1t: Gr Png Hyl

Prsh C-p C-c Mc Pp Lm|

1002*. Onelli, C. Presencia de canales emi-

sarios en los craneos de tehuelches araucanos y
Cynocephalus sphinx y Cebus fatuellus. [Presence

[59]

[Anat. 1003-1026]

of emissary canals in the skulls of araucanian
tehuelches, of Cynocephalus sphinx and Cebus
fatuellus.| Rev. Fard. zool. B. Aires, 1905, (2),
1, 15-19. [Pp Ced]
1003. Rusconi, C. Sobre morfogénesis_basi-
craneana de algunos primates actuales y fésiles.

Rev. argent. Paleont. Antrop., 1935, 1, 3-23.
[25f-97]

1004. Schwalbe, G. Studien zur Morphologie
der siidamerikanischen Primatenformen. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1910, 13, 209-258.

[15f-24r: Chirop Saim Ceb Brchyt Atl

dl Hap +#4]

1005. Sera, G. L.
polifiletismo dei primati.
296, pls. 1-8.

[++ 25f: 30 genera in Pithecoidea]

1006. Subba Rau, A. S. & Sahasrabudhe, N. S.
Contributions to our knowledge of the anatomy
of the Lemuroidea. III. The skull of Loris lydek-
kerianus. Half-yrly F. Mysore Univ., 1930, 4,
168-194, 5 pls. [15r: Lor]

1007. Topinard, P. La transformation du
crane animal en crane humain. Anthropologie,
Paris, 1891, 2, 649-675. [+ 9]

1008. Virchow, R. Menschen- und Affen-
schadel. Samml. gemeinverst. wiss. Vortr. 1870, 4,
911-950. Apart: Berlin: C. G. Luderitz’sche Ver-
lagsbuchhandlung, 1870, 40 pp. [+ 6f]

1009. Weidenreich, F. Uber die pneuma-
tischen Nebenraume des Kopfes. Ein Beitrag zur
Kenntnis des Bauprinzips der Knochen, des
Schadels und des K6rpers. (Knochenstudien: III.
Teil.) Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1924, 72, 55-93.

[+ 16f-nr: Gr Ceb Lag All

See also: 143, 145, 198, 225, 229, 249a, 249b,
261, 284, 777, 792, 795, 796, 1027, 1087, 1093,
1117, 1182, 1188, 1388, 1450, 1812, 3952.

I caratteri della faccia e il
G. Morf., 1918, 2, 1-

General morphology of skull
PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

1010. Alessandrini, A. Brevi note illustrative
di uno scheletro di giovine orang-outang— Pithe-
cus satyrus Geoffr.—Simia satyrus Linn. Nuovi
Ann. Sci. nat.,* 1854, (3), 9, 353-363, 1 pl.

[Pag]

1011. von Arx, M. Die Graphostatik und
Kinematik in der Entwicklungslehre. Mathema-
tisch-vergleichende Studien am Mammut-, Schim-
pansen-, und Menschenschadel. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1929, 91, 304-328. [+ 14f: Pn]

1012. [von] Bischoff, [T. L. W.] Ueber einen
im Besitze des Dr. Auzoux, Verfertiger plastisch-
anatomischer Praparate in Paris, befindlichen
mannlichen Gorilla- und einen im naturhisto-
rischen Museum zu Brissel befindlichen weiblichen
Chimpansé-Schadel mit sechs Backenzahnen.
S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1867, (1), 444-449.

[Gr Pn]

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

1013. [von] Bischoff, [T. L. W.] Ueber zwei
weitere ihm von Paris zugesendete mannliche
Chimpansé-Schadel. S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
1867, (1), 283-293. [Pn]

1014. [von] Bischoff, Theodore Ludwig Wil-
helm. Ueber die Verschiedenheit in der Schadel-
bildung des Gorilla, Chimpansé und Orang-Outang,
vorztiglich nach Geschlecht und Alter, nebst einer
Bemerkung tiber die Darwin’sche Theorie. Min-
chen: Verlag der k. Akademie, 1867, 92, 2 pp., 22
pls. [Review: Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1867, 2,
343-348; F. Anthrop., Lond.,* 1871, 1, 268-277]

[Gr Pn Png]

1016. Bischoff, T. L. W. Zwei und zwanzig
Tafeln zu der Abhandlung des Prof. Th. Bischoff
tiber die Schadel der menschenahnlichen Affen.
Minchen: Verlag der k. Akademie, 1867, 22 pls.

1017. Boyd, G. I. The emissary foramina of
the cranium in man and the anthropoids. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1930, 65, 108-121, 1 pl.

[+ 1t45r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1018. Briihl, C. B. Zur Kenntniss der Orang-
kopfes und der Orangarten. Berlin: R. Friedlander
& Sohn, 1887, vi, 27 pp., 2 pls., [originally pub-
lished in Vienna, 1856]. [Png]

1019. Burt & Turner, W. Exhibition of three
skulls of the gorilla, received from M. Du Chaillu,
with observations relative to their anatomical
features. Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1865 [1866],
5, 341-350. [Gr]

1019a. Count, E. W. Uber scheinbar mensch-
liche Rassenziige an Gorillaschddeln. Z. Ras-
senk.*, 1937, 5, 167-173. [15f: Gr]

1019b. Count, E. W. A note on a “progres-
sive” gorilla skull. Z. Rassenk.*, 1937, 6, 109-
Mata [4f-3t: Gr]

1020. Delisle, P. Sur l’ostéologie des orangs-
outans. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1894, 119, 241—
242. [Pug]

1021. Delisle, F. Notes sur l’ostéométrie et la
craniologie des orang-outans. Nouv. Arch. Mus.
Hist. nat., Paris, 1895, (3), 7, 83-114.

[4f-nt: Png]

1022. Duckworth, W. L. H. Variations in
crania of Gorilla savagei. F. Anat., Lond., 1895,
29, 335-345. [it: Gr

1023. Frassetto, F. Le forme craniche degli
antropoidi (Simidae) in rapporto alle umane.
Atti Soc. romana Antrop., 1904, 10, 43-71.

[15f-nt: Gr Pn Png]

1024. Giebel, [C. G.] [Schadel von Hy/obates
syndactylus und H. leuciscus.] Z. Naturw., 1866,
27, 186. [Abstr.: Hyl Symph|

1025. Giebel, [C. G.] Die Schadeldifferenzen
des Hylobates syndactylus, H. lar und H. leucis-
cus. Z. Naturw., 1880, 53, 193-196.

[Px Png Hyl Symph]

1026. Giebel, C. [G.] Eine antidarwinistische

Vergleichung des Menschen- und der Orang-
schadel. Z. Naturw., 1866, 28, 401-419. [Pxg]

[60]

Comprehensive & general studies

[Anat. 1027-1052]

1027. Giglioli, E. H. Studii craniologici sui
cimpanzé. Allo scopo speciale di mostrare alcune
particolarita presentate dal cranio di un Troglo-
dytes del Sandé (paese dei Niam-niam), Africa
centrale. Con alcune note comparative sulla
craniologia scimmiesca, ed alcune conclusioni in-
torno al valore della specie tra gli Antropomorfi.
Ann. Mus. Stor. nat. Genova, 1872, 3, 56-179, pls.
7-8. [nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb

Nas C-p Pp Ceb|

1028. Gérke, O. Beitrag zur functionellen
Gestaltung des Schddels bei den Anthropomor-
phen und Menschen durch Untersuchung mit
Réntgenstrahlen. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw.,
1903, n.s., 1, 91-108, pls. 1-2.

[++ 2f-l3r: Gr Png Hyl]

1029. Haeckel, Ernst Heinrich Philipp August.
Unsere Ahnenreihe (Progonotaxis hominis). Kri-
tische Studien tiber Phyletische Anthropologie.
Jena: G. Fischer, 1908, iv, 57, 1 pp., 6 pls.

[+ Pn Hyl Mnadr]

1030. Jacoby, W. Unterschiede am Schdadel
des Schimpansen, Gorilla und Orang-Utan. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1903, 6, 251-284, pls. 6-10.

[6f-18t: Pn Png Gr

1031. Kirchner, Georg August Christian. Der
Schadel des Hylobates concolor, sein Variations-
kreis und Zahnbau. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Erlangen.
Berlin, 1895, 55 pp., 3 pl. [30r: Hyl]

1032. Lucae, J. C. G. Der Pongo- und der
Orang-Schadel in Bezug auf Species und Alter.
Abh. senckenb. naturf. Ges., 1854, 1, 154-167, pls.
8-13. [1t: Png]

1033. Mayer, C. Bemerkungen tiber den Bau
des Orang-Outang-Schadels. Arch. Naturgesch.,
1849, 15, (1), 352-358. [Png]

1034. Neuville, H. A propos d’un crane de
gorille rapporté de la Likouala~-Mossaka par le
Dr. A. Durrieux. Anthropologie, Paris, 1912, 23,
563-586. [2 pl-lf: Gr]

1035. Neuville, H. Sur deux nouveaux cranes
de gorilles de la Likouala-Mossaka (collection du
Dr. A. Durrieux). Anthropologie, Paris, 1915, 26,
363-396. [4f: Gr]

1036. Neuville, H. Remarques sur la variabi-
litédela créte sagittale du crane des gorilles. Bu//.
Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1916, 22, 2-7, pls. 1-3.

[it: Gr]

1037. Owen, R. Osteological contributions to
the natural history of the orang utans (Simia,
Erxleben). Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1836 [1841],
2, 165-172, pls. 30-34. (ut: Png]

1038. Owen, R. Osteological contributions to
the natural history of the chimpanzees (Trog-
lodytes, Geoffroy), including the description of the
skull of a large species ( Troglodytes gorilla, Savage)
discovered by Thomas S. Savage, M.D., in the
Gaboon country, West Africa. Trans. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1848 [1849], 3, 381-422, pls. 58-63. Abstr.:
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1848, 27-35.

[++ It see no. 1045: Gr Pn]

1039. Owen, R. Recherches sur le gorille.
Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1851, (3), 16, 158-176.
[Exir. from no. 1038]

1040. Owen, [R.] Osteological contributions
to the natural history of the chimpanzees (Trog-
lodytes) and orangs (Pithecus). No. IV. Descrip-
tion of the cranium of an adult male gorilla from
the River Danger, West Coast of Africa, indica-
tive of a variety of the great chimpanzee (Trog-
lodytes gorilla), with remarks on the capacity of
the cranium and other characters shown by sec-
tions of the skull, in the orangs (Pithecus), chim-
panzees (Troglodytes), and in different varieties of
the human race. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1851
[1862], 4, 75-88, pls. 26-30. [Gr Pn Png]

1041. Owen, [R.] Osteological contributions to
the natural history of the chimpanzees (Trog-
lodytes) and orangs (Pithecus).—No, VI. Charac-
ters of the skull of the male Pithecus morio, with
remarks on the varieties of the male Pithecus
satyrus. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1856 [1862], 4,
165-178, pls. 48-50. [1t: Pn Png|

1042. Rothschild, [W.] On the skull of Gorilla
gorilla halli, Rothsch. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.,
1927, (9), 19, 512. [Gr|

1043. Selenka, E. Rassen, Schadel, und Be-
zahnung des Orangutan. Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere,
1898, 2, 1-91. [108f-nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl]|

1044. Selenka, E. Schadel des Gorilla und
Schimpanse. Stud. EntwGesch. Tiere, 1899, 2,
93-160. [10p/-70f-nt: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Clb C-p)

1045. Tetley, H. Gorilla skulls in the Bristol
Museum. Nature, Lond., 1935, 136, 642.

[Location of skulls described by Owen, no. 1038)

1046. de Torok, A. Sur le crane du jeune
gorille du musée Broca. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1881, (3), 4, 46-57. [Gr]

1047. Virchow, [R.] Uber den Schidel des
jungen Gorilla. Mber. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,*
1880, 516-543, 2 pls. lis Gal

1048. Vram, U. G. I cranii di gorilla (Gorilla
gina) del Museo di Genova. Atti Soc. romana
Anthrop., 1901, 8, 5-11. [3f-2t: Gr]

1049. Weidenreich, F. Die Sonderform des
Menschenschadels als Anpassung an den aufrecht-
en Gang. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1924, 24, 157-
189. [EE Zi sGranen Par All

1050. Wilson, [W.] Sur les caractéres des
deux cranes d’ourang-outang. L’Jnstitut, Paris,
Sect. 1,* 1836, 4, 216. [Abstr.: Png]

1051. Wyman, J. A description of two addi-
tional crania of the Engé-ena (Troglodytes gorilla,
Savage), from Gaboon, Africa. Amer. F. Sci.,
1850, (2), 9, 34-45. (4: Gr]

1052. Wyman, J. Observations on the cra-
nium of a young gorilla. Proc. Boston Soc. nat.
Hist., 1862-63 [1863], 9, 203-26. [Gr Pn]

See also: 144, 170, 200, 212, 217, 222, 223, 597,
783, 1062b, 1064, 1067, 1070, 1090, 1104, 1126,
1391, 11565, 565a, 3960, 4028.

[61]

[Anat. 1053-1059n]

Skull as a whole
DIMENSIONS, ANGLES & INDICES

1053. Aeby,Char. Die Schadelformen desMensch-
en und der Affen. Eine morphologische Studie.
Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel, 1867, viii, 132 pp., 7 pls.

[++ ont: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb

Nas C-p Mc Pp Saim Ceb Lor Nyct-c

Prdct Gig)

1054. Aeby, C. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der
Mikrocephalie. III. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw.,
1874, 7, 199-262, pls. 1-4,

Lp) Bk en Pare a eee Dp, Cop uudrl|

1055. de las Barras de Aragon, F. Ensayo de
aplicacién a los antropoides de la hoja craniomé-
trica aprobada por el Congreso de Antropologia
de Ménaco. Bol. Soc. esp. Hist. nat., 1924, 24,
132-151. [nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl]|

1056. Berry, R. J. A. & Robertson, A. W. D.
The place in nature of the Tasmanian aboriginal
as deduced from a study of his calvarium.—Part 1.
His relations to the anthropoid apes, Pithecan-
thropus, Homo primigenius, Homo fossilis, and
Homo sapiens. Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1910-11,
31, 41-69, 2 tbls.

[+ 27¢-22r: Gr Pn Png Hyl]

1057. von Bischoff, T. L. W. Ueber Brachy-
cephalie und Brachyencephalie des Gorilla und der
anderen Affen. S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1881,
11, 379-390; 1 pl. [6t: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Symph Mc Pp Mndr Saim Ceb

Atl Al Hap Myst Lm Lor WNyct-c Gig]

1058. Bolk, L. Over het bestaan van een lang-
hoofdig gorillaras. Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad.
Amst., 1925, 34, (1), 286-296. On the existence
of a dolichocephalic race of gorilla. Proc. Acad.
Sci. Amst., 1925, 28, (1), 204-213. [9f: Gr]

1059. Cameron, J. The main angle of cranial
flexion (The nasion-pituitary-basion angle). Crani-
ometric studies, No. 5. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop.,
1927, 10, 275-279. [++ Gr Pn Png

Hyl Lm]

1059a. Cameron, J. The pituitary-nasion-
basion angle. A new cranial angle: its significance
in man, the anthropoids and lower mammals.
Craniometric studies, No. 6. Amer. F. phys.

Anthrop., 1927, 10, 280-286.
[+ St: see 1059]

1059b. Cameron, J. The _pituitary-basion-
nasion angle. A new cranial angle: its significance
in man, the anthropoids, and lower mammals.
Craniometric studies, No. 7. Amer. Ff. phys.
Anthrop., 1927, 10, 286-292. [+ 5t: see 1059]

1059c. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 3. Certain factors that are concerned in
the evolution of the frontal cranial arc. Trans.

roy. Soc. Can., 1927, (3), 21, sect. 5, 395-405.
[+ 2f-10%: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1059d. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No, 4.—A study of the chords and curva-

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

tures of the frontal cranial arc in man and the
anthropoids. Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1927, (3),
21, sect. 5, 407-419. [+ 2f-14t-r: see 1059c|

1059e. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 5. The bregma-nasion-pituitary angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.
Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 25-34, 1 pl.

[ee fesetirs)) Gr’ Pn Pag Gia earl

1059f. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 6. The bregma-pituitary-nasion angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 35-40, 1 pl.
[+ 2f-3t: see 1059e]

1059g. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 7. The nasion-bregma-pituitary angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 41-46.
[+ 3f-5t: see 1059e]

1059h. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 8. Three new cranial indices. The rela-
tive proportions of the three sides of the bregma-
nasion-pituitary triangle in man, the anthropoid
apes and lower mammals. Trans. roy. Soc. Can.,

1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 47-56.
[+ 1f-9t: see 1059e]

1059i. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 10.—The basion-nasion-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 97-107, 1 pl.
[+ Uf-5t-15r: see 1059e]

1059j. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 11.—The nasion-alveolar-basion angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 109-115, 1 pl.
{+ 2f-3t-10r: see 1059e]

1059k. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 12.—The nasion-basion-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1928, (3), 22, sect. 5, 117-121.
[+ If-3t: see 1059e]

10591. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 14. The pituitary-nasion-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.
Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 103-109, 1 pl.

[+ 2f-3t4r: see 1059e]

1059m. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-

etry. No. 15. The nasion-alveolar-pituitary angle.

A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the

anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.
Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 111-114, 1 pl.

[+ Uf-3t: see 1059e]}

1059n. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-

etry. No. 16. The nasion-pituitary-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the

[62 ]

Dimensions, angles & indices

anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.
Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 115-118.
[+ Lf-3t: see 1059e]}

10590. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 17. Three new cranial indices. The rela-
tive proportions of the sides of the nasion-alveolar-
pituitary triangle in man, the anthropoids and
lower mammals. Trans.roy. Soc. Can., 1929, (3),
23, sect. 5, 119-133. [+ Uf-16t-5r: see 1059e]

1059p. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 18. Two new cranial indices. The relative
proportions of the sides of the gnathic triangle in
man, the anthropoids and lower mammals.
Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 135-
142. {+ 1f-5¢]

1059q. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 19. The basion-pituitary-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 199-211, 1 pl.
[+ 2f-6t-10r: see 1059e]

1059r. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 20. The pituitary-alveolar-basion angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 213-220.
[++ If-5t: see 1059e]

1059s. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 21. The pituitary-basion-alveolar angle.
A new cranial angle. Its significance in man, the
anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.

Soc. Can., 1929, (3), 23, sect. 5, 221-228.
[+ 2f-3t: see 1059e]

1059t. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 22. Three new cranial indices. The rela-
tive proportions of the three sides of the pituitary-
alveolar-basion triangle in man, the anthropoids
andlowermammals. Trans.roy. Soc. Can., 1929,
(3), 23, sect. 5, 229-241. [+ J1f-9t: see 1059e]

1059u. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 23. The inclination of the cranio-facial
axis (Cameron) to the Frankfort plane in man and
in lower mammals. Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1929,

(3), 23, sect. 5, 243-251, 1 pl.
(Se ete Gp 927 1G

1059v. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 24.—The nasion-subnasion height. The
basion-subnasion length. Two new cranial dimen-
sions. Their significance in modern and fossil man,

the anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans.
roy. Soc. Can., 1930, (3), 24, sect. 5, 1-11.
[+ 1f-6t-r: Gr Pn Png]

1059w. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 25.—Three new cranial indices, The
relative proportions of the sides of the superior
gnathic triangle in modern and fossil man, the

anthropoids and lower mammals. Trans. roy.
Soc. Can., 1930, (3), 24, sect. 5, 13-26.
[+ Jf-1lt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me]

1059x. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No, 26.—The subnasion alveolar height. A

[Anat. 10590—1060h]

new cranial dimension. Its significance in modern
and fossil man, the anthropoids and lower mam-
mals. Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1930, (3), 24, sect. 5,
27-34. [+ 4t: Gr Pn Hyl Mc Lm|

1059y. Cameron, J. Researches in craniom-
etry. No. 27.—Three new cranial indices. The rela-
tive proportions of the sides of the inferior gnathic
triangle in modern and fossil man, the anthropoids
andlower mammals. Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1930,
(3), 24, sect. 5, 35-52. [++ 2f-10t-r: see 1059w]

1059z. Cameron, J. Craniometric memoirs.
No. II. The human and comparative anatomy of
Cameron’s cranio-facial axis. F. Anat., Lond.,
1930, 64, 324-336, 5 pls.

[++ 5t-10r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Lm Tars|

1060. Cameron, J. Craniometric memoirs.No.
III. The superior gnathic triangle. A new cranial
triangle. Its significance in modern and fossil man,
the anthropoids and lower mammals. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1930, 65, 122-136.

[+ 4f-12t-12r: see 1059z]

1060a. Cameron, J. The subnasion. A new
cranial point. Its significance in modern and fossil
man, the anthropoids, and lower mammals.
Craniometric studies, No. 24. Amer. Ff. phys.
Anthrop., 1930, 14, 33-40. [+ If: see 10592)

1060b. Cameron, J. The interorbital width.
A new cranial dimension. Its significance in .
modern and fossil man and in lower mammals.
Craniometric studies, No. 28. Amer. F. phys.

Anthrop., 1931, 15, 509-519.
[+ 3 Gr Pn Png Tars)

1060c. Cameron, J. Correlation between the
interorbital width and the nasal width of the skull.
Craniometric studies, No. 29. Amer. F. phys.

Anthrop., 1931, 15, 520-523.
[Eel Greene bne|

1060d. Cameron, J. The inferior frontal tri-
angle—a new cranial triangle. Craniometric
studies, No. 33. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1932,
17599-11108 ee Cp ie iar lebih

1060e. Cameron, J. Three new cranial indices
—The relative proportions of the three sides of the
inferior frontal triangle in man and the anthro-

poids. Craniometric studies, No. 34. Amer. Ff.
phys. Anthrop., 1932, 17, 111-116.
[++ see 1060d]

1060f. Cameron, J. The inferior frontal tri-
angle as an index of evolutionary activity in the
region of the frontal cranial arc. Craniometric
studies, No. 35. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1932,
17, 117-121.

1060g. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. A revision of the
genus Gorilla. Mem. Harv. Mus. comp. Zool., 1929,
50, 291-381, 21 pls., 2 maps. [19f-vnt-onr: Gr]
1060h. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. Zoological results
of the George Vanderbilt African Expedition of
1934. Part [V,—Notes on four gorillas from the
Sanga River region, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci.,

Philad., 1936, 88, 479-501, pls. 12-13.
[1f-4t-r: Gr]

[63 ]

[Anat. 1061-1079]

1061. Crull, Wolterus Henricus. Dissertatio
anthropologico-medica inauguralis, de cranio ejusque
ad faciem ratione. Inaug.-Diss. Groningae, N
Veenkamp et fil., 1810, 112 +10 pp., 2 pls.

[Pug C-c Pp]

106la. Cwirko-Godycki, M. Influence des
muscles masticateurs sur la morphologie crani-
enne. (Recherches sur les cranes Mélanésiens des
Nouvelles-Hébrides.) Rev. anthrop., 1928, 38,
140-168, 1 pl. [++ 4f-11t-19r: Gr Pn

C-p Ery-c Me]

1061b. Duckworth, W. L. H. Measurements
on the cranium bisected in the mesial sagittal
plane. Stud. Anthrop. Lab., Anat. Sch., Cam-
bridge,* 1904, 80-90.

[++ 13f4t: Gr Pn Png C-p Me]

1061c. Dzavachov, G. A. (Coupe sagittale du
crane chez les singes anthropomorphes et dans les
diverses races humaines.) Bull. Acad. Sci. St-
Pétersb., 1908, (6),2,857-880. [++ 4f-8¢-Russ.]

1062. Dzavachov, G. A. (Coupe sagittale du
crane de différents singes (en comparaison avec les
lémourides et les races humaines).) Bull. Acad.
Sci. St-Pétersh., 1909, (6), 3, (1), 687-711, 4 pls.

[++ 11f-33t-Russian]

1062a*. Dschawachischwili, G. Uber einige
Quermasse am Affen- und Menschenschadel.
Bull. Univ. Tiflis, 1924, 4. Abstr.: Anthrop. Anz.,
1925,2,p.157. [Gr Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp!

1062b. Goldblatt, I. The cranial characters of
some South African baboons. S. Afr. F. Sci.,
1926, 23, 764-783, pl. 16. [f-3e: Pp]

1063. Groeneveld, G. Gorille dolichocéphale
et leptoprosopique. Ann. Anat. path. méd.-chir.,
1927, 4, 1056-1057. [Gr]

1064. Gruber-Thalmann, G. Gorillaschadel
vom Likouala. Ann. naturh. (Mus.) Hofmus.
Wien, 1932-33, 46, 165-183, pls. 8-11.

[13f-5t: Gr]

1064a. Hara, S. Vergleichende Untersuchun-
gen uber einen planimetrischen Cranio-Facial-
index. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1932, 30, 571-585,

7 tbls.
[++ 10f: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p Me]

1065. Harris, H. A. Endocranial form of
gorilla skulls with special reference to the exist-
ence of dolichocephaly as a normal feature of
certain primates. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1926,
9, 157-172. [5/-4t-18r: Gr]

1066. Harris, H. A. The skull, the face, and
the teeth of primates, with special reference to
dolichocephaly and the centres of growth in the
face—Part I. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1927, (2),
491-502, 6 pls.

[6t-29r: Gr Pn Png Me Pp Lm

1067. Hasské, A. Osszehasonlit6 vizgdlatok
orangutan koponydkon. [Vergleichende Unter-
suchungen an Orangutanschadeln.] Ann. hist.-
nat. Mus. hung., 1929, 26, 73-96, pls. 2-7.

[nt-Biol. Abstr., 1935, 9, no. 206: Png]

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

1068. Hervé, G. Crane du jeune gorille.
Bull, Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1892, (4), 3, eae
-

1069. Hoff, P. Rapports des différentes larg-
eurs et de la longeur des trois étages du crane.
Anthropologie, Paris, 1922, 32, 453-479,

[+ 18t: Pn Png C-p Me Ceb Lm)

1070. Hrdliéka, A. Anatomical observations
on a collection of orang skulls from western
Borneo; with a bibliography. Proc. U. S. nat.
Mus., 1907 [1906], 31, 539-568.

[3f-13t-159r: Png]

1071. Huber, Ludwig. Vergleichung des Hylo-
bates- und Menschenschddels. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.)
Minchen, Russ & Dirschl, 1902, 83 pp., 2 pls.

[15f-nt: Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Me]

1072. Keith, A. Cranial characteristics of
gorillas and chimpanzees. Nature, Lond., 1927,
120, 914-915. [Gr Pn]

1073. Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. Schadelmaasse
bei Affen und Halbaffen. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1902, 4, 318-344. [25t: Hyl Symph

Prsb Clb Ceb Mc ?Cyn-p Lm Pr-p Avh

Nyct-c Tars]|

1074. Kool, J. A. Craniometrie of onderzoek
van den menschelijken schedel bij vershillende volken,

in vergelijking met dien van den orang octan. Am-
sterdam: J. de Ruijter, 1852, 112 pp., 4 pls.
[+ nt: Png]

1074a*. Kurokoti, B. (Anthropologische Beo-
bachtungen an dem Schadel der anthropoiden
Affen.) Nihon Shika Gk. Z., Tokyo,* 1936, 29,

541-583, 625-688, 729-744, 6 pls.
[200t-fap.: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1075. Leche, W. Uber Beziehungen zwischen

Gehirn und Schadel bei den After. Zool. Fb.
Suppl., 1912, 15, (2), 1-106, pls. 1-4. ,
ef inka Prsb Mc Cal-c Saim Ceb
Al]

1076. Lissauer, A. Untersuchungen tber die
sagittale Kriimmung des Schdadels bei den Anthro-
poiden und den verschiedenen Menschenrassen.
Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw. 1885, 15, Suppl.
9-120, pls. 14-20. [+ ont: Gr Pn Png]

1077. Lucae, J. C. G. Affen- und Menschen-
schadel im Bau und Wachsthum verglichen.
Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1873, 6, 13-38, pls.
1-10: [++ 5t: Gr Png Prsb Me

Pp Mndr Ceb Lag Hap)

1078. Matiegka, J. (L’ Australopithecus afri-
canus. Contribution a la connaissance de la
morphologie des jeunes anthropoides.) Anthro-
pologie, Prague, 1926, 4, 38-69.

[+++ 3f-3t-15r-Czech with Fr. abstr. pp. 63-66:

Gr Pn Png]

1079. Oppenheim, Stefanie. Zur Typologie des
Primatencranium. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1911, 14,
1-203, pls. 1-14. [34f-nt-25r: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Prsb Coc Me Thr-p

Pp Mndr Ceb Al Hap Lm}

[ 64]

Asymmetry—Cranial capacity

[Anat. 1080-1100]

1080. Pearl, Ruth DeWitt. A note on the rela-
tive areas of the nuchal and temporal surfaces
with increase in cranial capacity. Anthrop. Anz.,
1936, 12, 284-292. eS estnGareziy ene]

1081. Pittaluga, Rosetta. Studi osteologici
sulle scimie antropomorfe. Atti Soc. romana
Antrop., 1907, 13, 155-185.

[3f-2t: Gr Pn Png Hyll\

1082. Pittard, E. & Seylan, H. A. Le prog-
nathisme, la capacité cranienne et l’aire du trou
occipital chez les anthropoides. Arch. Sci. phys.
nat., 1937, (5), 19, Suppl. 108-111.

[4t: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1082a. Pittard, E. & Pittard, J.-J. Le poids
du crane, le poids de la mandibule et l’indice
cranio-mandibulaire chez les anthropoides (goril-
les, orangs, chimpanzées). Arch. suisses Anthrop.,

1935-1937 [1935], 7, 145-156.
[cf. no. 1423: Gr Pn Png]

1083. Pittard, J.-J. Le poids du crane et de
la mandibule et l’indice cranio-mandibulaire des
anthropoides (gorilles, orangs, chimpanzés). Verh.
schweiz. naturf. Ges., 1935, 116, 350-351.

[2t-abstr: Gr Pn Png]

1084. Schultz,A.H. Studies on the variability
of platyrrhine monkeys. ¥. Mammal., 1926, 7,
286-305, pl. 27. [8f-4t: Ceb Atl All

1085. Schwalbe, G. Studien tiber Pithecan-
thropus erectus Dubois. I. Theil. I. Abtheilung.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1899, 1, 16-240, pls. 1-3.

[++ 58f-33t-117r: Gry Pn) Png Hyl
per Prsb (‘G-p (G-c\Mc Pp) Geb Ail
Lm

1086. Schwartze, Herm. Wilh. Rud. Descrip-
tio osteologica capitis Simiae parum adhuc notae.
Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Berolini, Typis Nietackianis,
1839, 28 pp., 2 pls. [8 pls: Png]

1087. Schweyer, Paul. Der Schddel des Inuus
speciosus japanensis, sein Variationskreis und
Zahnbau. Anthropologisch-zoologische Untersuch-
ung. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Minchen, C. Wolf &
Soli! 1909, 192 pp., 20 pls. [unt: Mc]

1088. Stratz, C. H. Das Verhaltnis zwischen
Gesichts- und Gehirnschadel beim Menschen und
Affen. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1905, 31,
85-93. [+- 12f: Pn Png]

1089. Ugolini, U. La cassa ossea del cervello
studiata analiticamente in alcuni crani di scim-
mia. Atti Accad. sci. ven.-trent.-istr., 1882, 8,
147-275. [nt: Mc Pp Ceb Ail All

1090. Warren, E. Craniometrical data of the
immature skull of a female chimpanzee. Ann.
Natal Mus., 1926, 5, 403-409, pl. 22. [Pn]

1091. Waruschkin, A. Ueber die Profilirung
des Geschitsschadels. (Horizontale Messungen am
Gesichtsschadel.) Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw.,
1900, 26, 373-448, pls. 1-2.

[++ 37t: Gr Pn Png]

1092. Weil, A. Measurements of cerebral and
cerebellar surfaces. Comparative studies of the

surfaces of endocranial casts of man, prehistoric

men, and anthropoid apes. Amer. fF. phys.
Anthrop., 1929, 13, 69-90.
[++ 9f-8t: Gr Pn Png Hyl|

1093. Weinbrenn, Clara. Variations in the
skull of Cercopithecus aethiops pygerythrus. S.
Afr. F. Sci., 1930, 27, 501-520, pl. 9.

[12f-2t-r: C-p Mc Cebd]

1094. Wells, L. H. A note on two baboon
crania from Cathkin Peak Forest Reserve, Natal.
S. Afr. F. Sci., 1932, 29, 647-650. [Pp]

1095. Wieger, Germain. Die anthropologische
Sammlung des anatomischen Instituts der Uni-
versitat Breslau. II. Schadel und Skellette der
anthropoiden Affen. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw.,
1885, 15, Suppl., 39-45. [t: Pn Png Hyl]}

See also: 129, 350, 767a, 811, 813, 816, 817, 858,
871, 875, 996, 1004, 1015, 1019b, 1021, 1023, 1027,
1030, 1031, 1035, 1043, 1044, 1046, 1047, 1048,
1051, 1061a, 1075, 1084, 1120, 1121, 1125, 1147,
1163, 1166, 1196a, 1233, 1251, 1253, 1258, 1296,
1334a, 1338a, 1348a, 1349, 1565, 3964, 3994, 3996,
4028 & Geof. St.-Hilaire & Cuvier, Intr. III.

Craniometry
ASYMMETRY OF THE SKULL

1096. Howell, A.B. Asymmetry in the skulls
of mammals. Proc. U. S. nat. Mus., 1925, 67,
no. 27, 18 pp., 8 pls. [++ ir: Gr C-p]

1097. Leisewitz, W. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der bilateralen Asymmetrie des Saugetierschadels.
S. B. Ges. Morph. Physiol. Miinchen, 1906, 22,
137-151. [+ Lag]

See also: 1079, 1084, 1092, 1342, 1853.

Craniometry

SEX DIFFERENCES IN SKULL

See also: 201, 871, 875, 1031, 1043, 1079, 1089,
1091, 1093, 1099.

Craniometry

CRANIAL CAPACITY

1097a. Fumagalli, S. Peso, volume e capacita
del cranio in alcune serie umaneediprimati. Riv.

Antrop., 1930-32, 29, 81-137.
[++ ont: Pn Png Pp]

1098. Hagedoorn, A. Schedelcapaciteit van
anthropomorphen. Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk.,
1924, 68, 1. helft A, 1240-1242. [ 4éstr.]

1099. Hagedoorn, A. Schadelkapazitat der
Anthropomorphen. Anat. Anz., 1926, 60, 417—
427. [nt-14r:; Gr Pn Png Pop

1100. Jacobi, Alfred. Die Gréssenverhdltnisse
der Schédelhéhle und der Gesichtshéhlen bei den
Menschen und Anthropoiden. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.)
Leipzig. Berlin: Rosenthal & co., 1901, 99 pp.

[+ vmt-r: Gr Pn Png]

[65]

[Anat. 1101-1121]

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

1101. Lenz. Ein in der Libecker Sammlung
befindlicher Orang-Utang-Schadel, der durch
seine hohe Kapazitat (535 ccm.) auffallt. Zd/.
Anthrop., 1897, 2, 345-346. [Abstr.: Png]

1102. Mantegazza, P. Dell’indice cefalospi-
nale nell’uomo e nelle scimmie antropomorfe e
metodo per determinarlo. Arch. Antrop. Etnol.,
1871, 1, 40-59, pl. A. fice ants Gr) len

Png Hyl C-p Mec Pp All

1103. Mollison, T. Zur Beurteilung des Ge-
hirnreichtums der Primaten nach dem Skelett.
Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1915, 41, 388-396.

[2f-t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph C-p Me

Pp All

See also: 164, 811, 1001, 1021, 1027, 1040, 1043,
1044, 1048, 1051, 1058, 1065, 1066, 1067, 1070,
1072, 1075, 1079, 1080, 1081, 1082, 1085, 1087,
1089, 1093, 1124, 1125, 1134, 1136, 1208, 1423,
1961, 3934, 3964.

Craniometry

CRANIO-CEREBRAL RELATIONS
& THE ENDOCRANIUM

1104. Clark, W. E. Le Gros, Cooper, D. M.&
Zuckerman, S. The endocranial cast of the
chimpanzee. F. roy. anthrop. Inst., 1936, 66,
249-268. \ eae 7)

1105. Féré, C. Contribution a l’étude de la
topographie cranio-cérébrale chez quelques singes.
F. Anat., Paris, 1882, 18, 545-563.

[14f-t: Png Prsb C-p Mc Pp Mndr Ceb

Hap Lm)

1106. Féré, C. Deuxiéme note sur la topo-
graphie cranio-cérébrale chez lessinges. 7. Anat.,
Paris, 1885, 21, 298-303.

[5f-t: Gr Pp Cacaj Ceb Lag Aill

1106a. Jupitz, R. Uber das Verhalten der drei
Schadelgruben beim Menschen und bei den
Anthropomorphen. <Anthrop. Anz., 1929, 6, 162—
166. [t4+ 2f:°Gr Pn Png Hyil

1107. Schwalbe, G. Uber das Gehirnrelief des
Schadels bei Saugetieren. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1904, 7, 203-222, pls. 2-3. [++ 4f-10r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph_ Prsb Clb C-p

Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm Hp-l Inadr]

See also: 1079, 1085, 1087, 1092, 1249, 1257,
1808, 1988.

Skull as a whole
EMBRYOLOGY & AGE CHANGES

CHONDROCRANIUM & FOETAL
DEVELOPMENT

1108. Fischer, E. Zur Kenntnis des Primordi-
alcraniums der Affen. Anat. Anz., 1902, 20,
410-417. [f: Mc]

[66]

1109. Fischer, E. Zur Vergleichung des Men-
schen- und Affensch adels in frihen Entwicklungs-
stadien. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1902,
33, 153-156. [++ Prsb Mel

1110. Fischer, E. Demonstration von Model-
len zur Vergleichung der Schadelentwicklung von
Mensch und Affe mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der Nase. Verh. Ver. siiddtsch. Laryng., 1903, 10,
626-630. [++ Prsb Me]

1111. Fischer, E. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
des Affenschadels. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1903, 5,
383-414, pls. 11-12. [4/-25r: Prsb Me}

1112. Fischer, E. Das Primordialcranium von
Tarsius spectrum. Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad.
Amst., 1905, 14, 404-407. On the primordial
cranium of Tarsius spectrum. Proc. Acad. Sci.
Amst., 1905, 8, 397-400. [Tars]

1113. Henckel, [K. O.] Das Primordialkra-
nium der Halbaffen und die Abstammung der
hdheren Primaten. Anat. Anz., 1927, 63, ErgH.,
108-116. [6f-r: Prsb Nyct-c Tars]

1114. Henckel, K. O. Zur Entwicklungs-
geschichte des Halbaffenschaddels. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1927, 26, 365-383, pls. 10-14.

[25r: Nyct-c Tars]

1115. Henckel,K.O. Das Primordialkranium
von Tupaja und der Ursprung der Primaten.
Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1928, 86, 204-227.

[++ 22f-r]

1116. Henckel, K. O. Studien uber das Pri-
mordialkranium und die Stammesgeschichte der

Primaten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1928, 59, 105-178.
[3f-mr: Prsh Mc Saim Al Hap Lm
Nyct-c Tars]

1117. Naef, A. Zur Morphologie und Stam-
mesgeschichte des Affenschadels. Naturwissen-
schaften, 1926, 14, 89-97. [++ 13f: Gr

Pn Pag Vy] Gp Mc P|

1118. Naef,A. Uber die Urformen der Anthro-

pomorphen und die Stammesgeschichte des Men-
schenschadels. Naturwissenschaften, 1926, 14,

445-452, 472-477.
[4+ 16f: Pn yl? Prsb\

1119. Schwindewolf, O. H. Das Problem der
Menschwerdung, ein paldontologischer Lésungs-
versuch. Fahrb. preuss. geol. Ld Anst., 1920, 49,

(2), 716-766.
[++ 30f-nr: Gr Pn Png Lm]

See also: 1162, 1215, 1216, 1278, 1302.

AGE CHANGES IN SKULL

1120. de Aranzadi,T. Calaveras de chego y de
chimpancé joven. Pudl. Secc. Cienc. nat. Barce-
Jona, 1922, no. 14, 113-136, Fr. rés. pp. 133-136.

[16f: Pn]

1121. Deniker, J. Le développement du crane
chez le gorille. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1885,
(3), 8, 703-714. [if-lt: Gr]

Cranio-cerebral relations——Anomalies

[Anat. 1122-1145]

Note sur les méta-

22. D tier. . C.
11 umortier, [B ] al

morphoses du crane de |’orang-outang.
Acad. Belg., Cl. Sci., 1838, 5, 756-762. [Png]

1123. Dumortier, [B. C.] Observations sur les
changements de forme que subit la téte chez les
orangs-outans. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1839, (2),
11, 56-58. [Png]

1124. Gaul, G. Uber die Wachstumsveran-
derungen am Gehirnschaddel des Orang-Utan.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1933, 31, 362-394, pls. 38-39,
5 tbls. [6f-20r: Png]

1125. Keil, E. Wachstumsveranderungen am
Gesichtsschadel des Orang-Utan. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1932, 31, 173-227, 8 tbls.

[15f-8t-40r: Png]

1126. Keith, A. Description of a new craniom-
eter and of certain age changes in the anthropoid
skull. 7. Anat., Lond., 1910, 44, 251-270.

[++ 9f-It: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph|

1127. Krogman, W. M. The problem of growth
changes in the face and skull as viewed from a
comparative study of anthropoids and man.
Dental Cosmos, 1930, 624-630.

[++ 7Zf-t: Gr Pn Png]

1128. Krogman, W. M. Studies in growth
changes in the skull and face of anthropoids.
II. Ectocranial and endocranial suture closure in

anthropoids and Old World apes. Amer. F.
Anat., 1930, 46, 315-353. [6f-8t-21r: Gr
Pn Png Hyl Symph Me Thr-p Pp)

1129. Krogman, W. M. Studies in growth
changes in the skull and face of anthropoids.
III. Growth changes in the skull and face of the
gorilla. Amer. F. Anat., 1931, 47, 89-115.

[Zf-3t-53r: Gr]

1130. Krogman, W. M. Studies in growth
changes in the skull and face of anthropoids.
IV. Growth changes in the skull and face of the
chimpanzee. Amer. F. Anat., 1931, 47, 325-342.

[9f-3t: Pn]

1131. Krogman, W. M. Studies in growth
changes in the skull and face of anthropoids. V.
Growth changes in the skull and face of the orang-
utan. Amer. F. Anat., 1931, 47, 343-365.

[9f-3t: Png]

1132. Lucae, J. C. G. Ueber Wachsthum des
Affenschadels im Vergleich zu dem beim Men-
schen. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1872, 5,
518-520. [+ Png]

1133. von Torék, A. Ueber die Metamorphose
des jungen Gorillaschadels. KorrespBl. dtsch.
Ges. Anthrop., 1887, 18, 141-150. [nt: Gr]

1134. Vram, U. G. Accrescimento e sviluppo
del cranio del Cynocephalus hamadryas, Boll.
Soc. zool. ital., 1910, (2), 11, 136-208.

[9f-6t-30r: Pp]

1135. Zuckerman, S. Growth-changes in the
skull of the baboon, Papio porcarius. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1926, (2), 843-873, 1 pl. [Zf-5t-r: Pp]

1136. Zuckerman, S. Age-changes in the chim-
panzee, with special reference to growth of brain,
eruption of teeth, and estimation of age; with a
note on the Taungs ape. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1928, (1), 1-42, 4 pls. [3f-4f-nr: Pn]

See also: 871, 875, 1031, 1032, 1043, 1044, 1047,
1053, 1064a, 1067, 1073, 1075, 1077, 1079, 1087,
1089, 1091, 1120, 1124, 1128, 1146, 1147, 1155,
1162, 1163, 1186, 1253, 1315, 1321, 1330, 1353a,
1434, 1441, 1983 & von Heusinger, Intr. I.

Skull as a whole
ANOMALIES OF THE SKULL

1137. Anthony, R. Modifications craniennes
consécutives a la synostose prématurée d’une por-
tion de la suture coronale gauche chez un man-
drill. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1911, (6), 2,
190-196, 1 pl. [2f: Mndr\

1138. de Beaux, O. Considerazioni di mor-
fologia su di un cranio patologico di amadriade
(Hamadryas hamadryas, L.). Atti. Soc. ligust.
Sci. nat. geogr., 1921, 32, 75-90, 1 pl. [Pp]

1138a. Cipriani, E. Osso maxillo-naso-frontale

e altre anomalie in un cranio di orango. Arch.
Antrop. Etnol., 1924 [1926], 54, 132-136.
[if: Png]

1139. Cunningham, R. O. On the occurrence
of a pair of supernumerary bones in the skull of a
lemur and on a peculiarity in the skull of a young
orang. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1896, 996-999.

[2f: Png Lm]

1140. Flower, W. H. Exhibition of, and re-
marks upon, the skull of a young chimpanzee.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1882, 634-636.

[Uf-1t: Pn]

1141. Frassetto, F. Plagiocefalia e plagiopro-
sopia nei primati. Anat. Anz., 1902, 22, 25-30.

[3f-l6r: Prsb Ery-c]

1142. Hilzheimer, M. Domestikationsmerk-
male am Schadel des Gorilla Bobby. Z. Sduge-
tierk., 1937, 12, 89-96, pl. 3. [Gr]

1143. Landois, H. Uber einen Affenschddel
mit doppeltem Schadeldache. ber. westf. Prov-
Ver. Wiss. Kunst., 1879 [1880], 8, 24-26.

[C-p Ceb]

1144. Le Double, Anatole Félix. Tyaité des
variations des os du créne de homme, et de leur
signification au point de vue de l’anthropologie
zoologique. Paris: Vigot fréres, 1903, xv, 400 pp.

[+ 118f-r]

1145. Vram, U. Sul modo di formarsi di alcune
anomalie delle ossa del cranio nei primati. Bo//.
Ist. Zool. Roma, 1923, 1, 17-20. [Mc]

See also: 875, 1018, 1031, 1146, 1150, 1151,
1161, 1164, 1170, 1173, 1177, 1185, 1209, 1212,
1222, 1268, 1283, 1298, 1301, 1326, 1327, 1470,
1927, 3678.

[67]

[Anat. 1146-1170]

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

Skull as a whole
SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY

SUTURES, FONTANELLES &
OSSA INTERCALARIA

1146. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. The medio-
frontal suture and the problem of metopism in the

primates. Ff. roy. anthrop. Inst., 1937, 67, 157-

201. [++ 16t-69r: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsb Clb Nas Rhn-p C-p Ery-c
C-c Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Mndr_ Aot
Cal-c Pith Chirop Saim Ceb Lag Brchyt
Atl Al Hap Myst Oced-m Leon-c Pr-p
Indr Glg Nyct-c Prdct Tars]

1147. Bolk, L. Uber die Obliteration der
Nahte am Affenschadel, zugleich ein Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der Nahtanomalien. (Neunter Beitrag
zur Affenanatomie). Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1912,

15, 1-200. [64f-39t-2Ir: Gr Png Symph
Prsh Mc Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm
Lor Avh]

1148. Bolk, L. Uber Metopismus. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1920, 21, 209-226.
[++ 7: Gr Mc Aot Saim Avh Lor]
1149. Citterio, V. Persistenza della sutura
metopica in un cranio di gorilla. Boll. Zool.,
1932, 3, 133-136. (if: Gr]
1150. Frassetto, F. Notes de craniologie com-
parée. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1903, (8), 17, 143-
3635) pls: (3—22° [++ 53f-t-unr: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Prsb Rhn-p Clb C-p
Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Cal-c Chirop Ceb
Ail Al Hap)

1151. Gruber, Wenzel Leopold. Abhandlun-
gen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden Ana-
tomie. St. Petersburg: Buchdruckeri der K. Akad.
der Wissenschaften, 1852, viii, 160 pp., 11 pls.

[Pug C-p Mc Pp Ceb Lag Atl}

1152. von Jhering, R. O osso bregmatico de
“‘procyn” e em geral dos simios, carnivoros e
desdentados brazileiros. dun. paulist. Med.
Cirurg, 1915, 5, 102-106, pl. 6. [+

1153. Maggi, L. Altri risultati di ricerche mor-
fologiche intorno ad ossa craniali, cranio-facciali e
fontanelle dell’uomo e d’altri mammiferi. Com-
unicazione preventiva. R.C. Ist. lombardo, 1897,
(2), 30, 1164-1178. Boll. Sci.,* 1897, 19, 87-96.

1154. Maggi, L. Fontanella metopica e fron-
tali medi quadruplici nei vertebrati superiori.
R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1899, (2), 32, 671-681, pl. 1.

[ee Prsb, (Clb) VEm erp) or]

1155. Maggi, L. Nuove fontanelle craniali.
R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1899, (2), 32, 1297-1303.
([2f: Lor]

1156. Maggi, L. Nuovi ossicini craniali negli
antropoidi e loro significato morfologico. R. C.
Ist. lombardo, 1901, (2), 34, 147-163, pl. 1.

[Gr Pn Png]

1157. Maggi, L. Aggiunte ai nuovi ossicini

craniali negli antropoidi. R. C. Ist. lombardo,
1901, (2), 34, 471-475. [Png]

1158. Maggi, L. Una visita agli antropoidi del
Museo civico di Storia naturale di Genova. R.C.
Ist. lombardo, 1903, (2), 36, 210-215. [Pug]

1159. Patten, C. J. Cranium of a chimpanzee,
showing metopic suture; also fontanelle and
sutural bone-plates. ¥. Anat., Lond., 1911, 46,
33-35. [2p enl

1160. Peters, H. B. Uber Naht-Anomalien
und. -Variationen am Primaten-Cranium. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1932, 30, 317-372, pl. 9-15.

[49f-8t-31r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Prsb Nas Clb C-p Ery-c C-c Me Pp

Thr-p Mndr Aot Cal-c Pith Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Brchyt Al Hapalidae|

1161. Ranke, J. Die wberzahligen Haut-
knochen des menschlichen Schadeldachs. 4A.
bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1899-1900, 20, 275-464.

[+ 132f: Pn Png Hyl Pp All

1162. Ranke, J. Uber das Interparietale und
die Verknécherung des Schadeldachs bei Affen.
S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1913, 223-269.

[19f-t: Pn Png Hyl Me)

1163. Ranke, J. Uber Schadelnahte und ba-
sale Fugen bei Menschen und Menschenaffen.
S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1913, 397-460.

[++ 11f-nt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me]

1164. Remane, A. Nahtanomalieen an An-
thropoidenschadeln. II. Uberzahlige Schdadel-
nahte im Bereiche des Stirnbeins. S. B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl., 1921, 37-46. [Gr Pn Png]

1165. Remane, A. Nahtanomalieen an An-
thropoidenschadeln. III. Das Vorkommen des
Inkabeins bei Anthropoiden. S. B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl., 1921, 122-129. [2f-22r: Pn]

1166. Remane, A. Das _ Stirnnahtproblem.
(Eine Entgegnung an Bolk.) Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1923, 23, 153-178. [+++ 2f-7t-2Ir: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Clb C-p

Ery-c C-c Me Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot

Cal-c Pith Chirop Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag

Atl Brchyt Al Hapalidae Lm _ 4Hp-l

Chrg Pr-p Indr Nyct-c Prdct Gilg]

1167. Schultz, A. H. Bregmatic fontanelle
bonesin mammals. ¥. Mammai., 1923, 4, 65-77.
[+ 28f-14]

1168. Schwalbe, G. Sulla sutura metopica nei
primati. iti Soc. romana Antrop., 1904, 10,
159-181. [5t-16r: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Symph Prsb Clb C-p C-c Mc Pp Aot

Chirop Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm Lp-l

pags Mer-c Chrg Avh Pr-p Indr Lor
lyct-c Prdct Glg Daub Tars]|

1169. Schwalbe, G. Uber die Stirnnaht bei
den Primaten. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1904, 7,

502-523. [3f-5t-17r: see 1168]
1170. Welcker, H. Abnorme Schadelnahte
bei Menschen und Anthropomorphen. Festschr.

[ 68 }

Sutures, fontanelles, &c.—Pterion

[Anat. 1171-1194]

zum 70ten Geburtstage R. Leuckarts. Leipzig: Wil-
helm Engelmann, 1892, 1-25, pls. 1-2.
[++ nt: Gr Prsd]

See also: 1018, 1043, 1044, 1064, 1070, 1071,
1085, 1089,

Special morphology
PTERION & POST-ORBITAL REGION

1171. Anoutchine, [D.] Sur la conformation
du ptérion chez diverses races humaines et les

primates. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1878, (3),
1, 330-333. [Grea Ene gl G=p
Mc Pp)

1172. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. A note on a
rare type of pterion in the gorilla. ¥. Anat.,
Lond., 1930, 64, 247-249. [2f-6r: Gr]

1173. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. On a post-
frontal and orbital element in a young gorilla
skull. 7. Anat., Lond., 1931, 65, 446-456.

[6f-19r: Gr]

1174, Ashley-Montagu, M. F. The anthropo-
logical significance of the pterion in the primates.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1933, 18, 159-336.

[++ 48f-12t-101r: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Symph Prsb Rhn-p Nas Clb C-p Ery-c

C-c Me Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot

Cal-c Pith Chirop Saim Ceb Lag Atl

Brchyt Al Hap Myst Oed-m Leon-c Lm

Pr-p Indr Prdct Glg Daub Tars]|

1175. Camerano, L. Materiali per lo studio
della sutura temporofrontale nell’ orango e nei
miceti. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp., Torino,
1897, 12, no. 291, 3 pp. [12f: Png Al\

1176. Collins, H. B., Jr. The pterion in pri-
mates. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1925, 8, 261-
274. [7f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Prsb Simias Nas Clb C-p Ery-c C-c

Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Aot Cal-c Pith

Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap Sen-c Ocd-m

Leon-c Lm Pr-p Nyct-c Gig]

1177. Collins, H. B., Jr. Notes on the pterion.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1930, 14, 41-44.
[++ If: Gr]
1178. Duckworth, W. L. H. Note on irregu-
larities in the conformation of the post-orbital wall
in skulls of Hylobates mulleri, and of an aboriginal
native of Australia. F. Anat., Lond., 1902, 36,
260-262. [++ 2f: HAyl]

1179. Frassetto, F. Di un osso soprannume-
rario (fronto parietalesinistro) edi due fontanelle
(fronto parietali laterali) non ancora notati. Boll.
Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Genova, 1899, 4, no. 78,
6 pp. Idem: Atti Soc. ligust. Sci. nat. geogr., 1899,
10, 111-116, 270. [+++ 2f: Pp]

1180. Goldblatt, I. A “‘post-orbital’’ bone in
the baboon Papio porcarius. 7. Anat., Lond.,
1927, 62, 90-99. [ek Sf: Ppl

1181. Gregory, W. K. Reply to Professor
Wood-Jones’s note: “Man and the anthropoids.”
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1928, 12, 253-256.

[+++ Ip]

1182. Gregory, W. K. A critique of Professor
Frederic Wood-Jones’s paper: ““Some landmarks
in the phylogeny of the primates.” Hum. Biol.,
1930, 2, 99-108.

1183. Hecker, P. La région ptérique osseuse.
Rev. anthrop., 1926, 36, 62-68.

1184. Hecker, P. La région, ptérique osseuse
chez l’homme et les simiens. (Etude d’anatomie
comparée). Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1926-27, 6,
283-320. [23f-2t-33r: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Prsh C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Cebd

Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c]

1185. Hopwood, A. T. Notes on some anoma-
lous gibbon skulls. ¥. Anat., Lond., 1933, 67,
475-479, ([12f: Hyl Symph]

1186. Jones, F. Wood. The structure of the
orbito-temporal region of the skull of Lemur.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1917, (1), 323-329.

[5f: Lm]

1187. Jones, F. Wood. Man and the anthro-
poids. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1928, 12, 245—
252. [4/]

1188. Jones, F. Wood. Some landmarks in
the phylogeny of the primates. Hum. Biol.,
1929, 1, 214-228. [+++ Of]

1189. Joseph, G. Ueber die dussere Seiten-
wand der Augenhdhle bei den amerikanischen
Affen. Morph. 7b., 1876, 1, 454-466, pl. 15.

[1t: Aot Cal-c Chirop Cacaj Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap|

1190. Mascarenhas, C. Le ptérion chez les
Portugais. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1927, 6,
469-484. [+ 9f-2t-26r: Gr Pn Png

Prsb Clb C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Aot

Saim Ceb Al Hap Lm Pr-p Inadr]

1191. Nippert, Olga.
lateralen Orbitalwand.
Ges., 1929, 110, 184-187. [ 4bstr.]

1192. Nippert, Olga. Zur Morphologie und
Genese der Fossa temporalis mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der lateralen Orbitalwand. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1931, 29, 1-82.

[+ 24f-unt-98r: Lm Pr-p Indr Tars]

1193. Ranke, J. Der Stirnfortsatz der Schla-
fenschuppe beiden Primaten. S. B. bayer. Akad.
Wiss., 1898, 28, 227-270. [++ 12f: Gr

Pry Pag | Hyl\ PrsoiiG-pesMc Pp) Galkc

Saim Ceb Lag Al Hap]

1194. Stadtmiiller. Uber die postorbitalen
Fortsatze und die postorbitale Spange (Orbito-
temporalspange) am Saugetier-Schadel. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1932, 30, 222-251, pls. 1-5.

[++ 13r: esp. Lemuroidea]

See also: 143, 156, 219, 1005, 1019, 1019b, 1070,
1079, 1160, 1265, 1268, 3955.

Zur Morphologie der
Verh. schweiz. naturf.

[69 ]

[Anat. 1195-1215]

Special morphology
THE ORBIT

1195. Bolk, L. De topographische verhoudin-
gen der orbitae in jonge en volwassen schedels van
den mensch en de menschapen. Versi. gewone
Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1918, 26, (2), 1364-1373.
On the topographical relations of the orbits in

infantile and adult skullsin man and apes. Proc.
Acad. Sci. Amst., 1919, 21, (1), 277-285.
[++ 13f: Gr Pn Png]

1196. Bolk, L. Die Topographie der Orbita
beim Menschen und Anthropoiden und ihre Be-
deutung fur die Frage nach der Beziehung
zwischen Menschen und Affenschadel. Verd.
Akad. Wet., Amst., Sect. 2, 1919, 20, no. 5, 54 pp.

[++ 29f: Gr Pn Png Symph]
1196a. Bondy, Emilie. Der Aufbau der late-

ralen Orbitalwand. Mitt. anthrop. Ges. Wien,
1938, 68, 292-298. [2f-1t-16r: Gr Pn Png

1197. de Filippi, F. Ueber das Foramen orbito-
temporale der amerikanischen Affen. Untersuch.
Naturl. Mensch. Tiere, 1865, 9, 360-362.

1198. [Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V.] La misurazione
dell’orbita nelle scimmie e nell’uomo. Atti Soc.
romana Antrop., 1907, 13, 121-122. [4]

1199. Hecker, P. & Griinwald, E. Le trou
grand rond. Etude d’anatomie comparée. Disposi-
tion chez les mammiféres supérieurs (prosimiens,
simiens et espéce humaine). C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1926, 94, 1358-1361.

[++ Pn Png C-p Mc Pp Ceb Atl Lm]

1199a.* Imai, M. [Anatomische und ver-
gleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen der Or-
bita, von Macacus cyclopsis und ihres Inhalts.
I. Uber die Orbita.] . med. Ass. Formosa,
1933, 32, 1643-1666; 1934, 33, 1-24., 1 pl. Abstr.:
Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1935, 5, (109).
[Fap.: Pn Png Mc Pp)
1200. Koczién, L. A féemlésék szemtregének
szerkezetér6él. (Uber den Bau der Augenhohle der

Primaten.) Allatt. Kézlem., 1908, 7, 186-214,
236, pls. 1-2. [4f-3t-nr: Gr Pn Png
Hyl Prsb Clb Cp Mc Pp Aot Pith

Saim Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl Al Hap Lm
Avh Lor Glg Tars)

1201. Major, C. I. F. On some characters of
the skull in the lemurs and monkeys. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1901, (1), 129-153, pls. 11-13.

[21f: Symph Prsb Rhn-p Nas Clb C-p

Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Aot Cal-c Pith

Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl Al Hap

Myst Lm Hp-l Lp-l Mcer-c Chrg Pr-p

Avh Lor Nyct-c Prdct Glg Tars ttt]

1202. Regnault,F. Suture lacrimo-ethmoidale.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1894, (4), 5, 413-419.
[++ it: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1203. Rode, P. Sur quelques caractéres différ-
entiels de la téte osseuse des cercopithéques et des
cercocébes. Mammalia,* 1936, 1, 59-64, pl. 2.

[2f-2t: C-p C-c]

THE SKULL AS A WHOLE

1204. Thomson, A. The orbito-maxillary fron-
tal suture in man and the apes, with notes on the
varieties of the human lachrymal bone. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1890, 24, 349-357.

[++ 2f-lt: Gr Pn]

1205. von Térék, A. Die Orbita bei den Pri-
maten und die Methode ihrer Messung. Kor-
resp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1881, 12, 146-149,

[ Abstr]

1206. van Trotsenburg, J. A. Die topograf-
ische Beziehung der Thranendriise zur lateralen
Orbitalwand, als Differenzmerkmal zwischen Ost-
und Westaffen. Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1901, 1,
208-227. [furs Gr Pn. Png silyl

Prsb Clb C-p Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl

Al Hap Tars)

1207. Weinert, H. Die kleinste Interorbital-
breite als stammesgeschichtliches Merkmal. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1927, 26, 450-488, pls. 20-24.

[++ ont: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Nas Clb

1208. Zeiller, Joseph. Beitraege zur Anthro-
pologie der Augenhoehle. Anthropologische Unter-
suchungen iiber die Augenhohle bei Mensch und
Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Miinchen, 1899, 96 pp.,
1 tbl. [++ 19f-2it: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Prsbh Clb C-c Mc Pp Cal-c Pith Saim

Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap)

See also: 1018, 1043, 1060b, 1060c, 1087, 1100,
1188, 1233, 1258, 1306, 2352.

Special morphology
NASAL FOSSA & NASAL BONE

1209. Burmeister, H. Ueber einige osteolo-
gische Anomalien des Orang-Utang. Zig. Zool.,*
1848, 1, 3-5. [Png]

1210. Chatin, J. Etudes ostéologiques sur les
fosses nasales des quadrumanes. C. R. Ass.
frang. Av. Sci., 1875 [1876], 4, 793-799. Abstr.:
Arch. Naturgesch., 1878, 44, (2), 83.

[C-p Mc Pp Saim Ceb Hap]

1211. Chudzinski, T. Les anomalies des os
propres du nez chez les anthropoides, et princi-
palement chez les orangs. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1893, (4), 4, 788-791.

[3f: Gr Pn Png]

1212. Duckworth, W. L. H. On an unusual

form of nasal bone in a human skull. F. Anat.,
Lond., 1902, 36, 257-259. [+ 2f: Gr]

1213. Forster, A. La pyramide nasale chez
certains gibbons. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923,
95, 817-821. [2f: Hyl Symph]

1214. Forster, A. Formation de la pyramide
nasale chez les gibbons. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1924, 3, 107-113. (of: Hyl Symph]

1215. Frets, G. P. Beitrage zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie und Embryologie der Nase der
Primaten. II. Die Regio ethmoidalis des Primor-

[70]

Orbit——Paranasal sinuses

dialcraniums mit Deckknochen von einigen platyr-
rhinen Affen. Gebenbaurs Fb., 1913, 45, 557-726,
pls. 18-20. [113f: Saim Ceb Atl All

1216. Frets, G. P. Beitrage zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie und Embryologie der Nase der Pri-
maten. III. Die Regio ethmoidalis des Primordial-
craniums mit Deckknochen von einigen Catar-
rhinen, Prosimiae unddem Menschen. Gegendaurs

¥b., 1914, 48, 239-279, pl. 7.
Lm Pr-p Tars|

[55f: Prsh Me

1217. Golling, J. Anthropologische Unter-
suchungen uber das Nasenskelett des Menschen.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1914, 17, 1-82, pls. 1-8.

[+ 11f-vnt-30r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1218. Hamy, E.-T. De l’épine nasale antér-
ieure dans l’ordre des primates. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1869, (2), 4, 13-28.

1219. Kollmann, M. Les fosses nasales des

lémuriens. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1914 [1915],
43, 491-495. [Lm Avh Pr-p Indr
Lor Nyct-c Prdct Glg Daub)

1220. Kollmann, M. Les fosses nasales des
tarsiers. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1920 [1921],
44, 332-335. [Lm Tars}

1221. Kollmann, M. & Papin, L. Etudes sur
les lémuriens. Anatomie comparée des fosses na-
sales et de leurs annexes. Arch. Morph. gén. exp.,
1925, 22, 1-61, 2 pls. [11f-r: Lm Lp-l

Pr-p Indr Lor WNyct-c Prdct Glg Daub

Tars]|

1222. Leuckart, R. Ueber einige abnorme
Bildungen des Nasenbeins beim Menschen und
Orang-Utang. Ztg. Zool.,* 1848, 1, 59-61.

[++ Png]

1223. Maggi, L. Sopra una varietad mor-
fologica delle ossa nasali e intermascellari nel-
Vorango. R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1891, (2), 24, 401-
415, pl. 3. [r: Png]

1224. Maggi, L. Intorno alla forma primitiva
delle ossa nasali nell’orango (Satyrus). R. C.
Ist. lombardo, 1891, (2), 24, 808-820, pl. 16.

[Png]

1225. Manouvrier, L. Mémoire sur les varia-
tions normales et les anomalies des os nasaux dans
Vespéce humaine. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1893, (4), 4, 712-747. [+ 4f-t: Gr Pn Png]

1225a. Massari, C. Osservazioni sull’apertura
piriforme. Arch. Antrop. Etnol., 1930-31, 60-61,
303-337.

[as eae GP. Jeo lene. lelsfl Ie

1226. Mendes Corréa, A.A. Sdbre a abertura
nasal no cranio dos mamiferos. Ann. sci. Acad.
polyt. Porto, 1916, 11, 155-184, 224-253, 4 pls.

[+ 7Zf-6t-nr: Gr Prsb Nas Clb C-p C-c

Mc Pp Ceb Ath Al Hap Lm Pr-p

Indr]|

1227. Ryley, Kathleen V., Bell, Julia & Pear-
son, Karl. A study of the nasal bridge in the

[Anat. 1216-1238]

anthropoid apes and its relationship to the nasal
bridge in man. Biometrika, 1913, 9, 391-445,
[++ nf-nt: Gr Pu Png Hyl Symph|

1228. Weber, A. Variations des os propres du
nez chez le singe d’Algérie (Macacus inuus L.).
Bull, Soc. Hist. nat. Afr. N., 1912, 3, 190-192.

[1f: Me]

See also: 327, 480, 481, 1005, 1060c, 1066, 1084,
1087, 1100, 1138a, 1150, 1195, 1229, 1231, 1233,
1235, 1239, 1242.

Special morphology
PARANASAL SINUSES

1229. Aichel, O. Die Bulla nasolacrimalis des
Gorilla. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 34, 21-40,
pls. 1-5. [4f: Gr Pn Png]

1230. Aubert, E. Recherches anatomique sur
les sinus osseux des simiens. C. R. Ass. Anat.,
1929, 24, 573-575. [4bstr.: Gr Png

C-p Pp Atl Al O0cd-m Hap]

1231. Bolk, L. Die ‘Bulla maxillaris’ des
Gorilla. Anat. Anz., 1917, 50, 277-282. Abstr.:
Werk. Genoot. Nat.-Genees- en Heelk., Amst., 1918,
(2), 9, 132-133. [4f: Gr]

123la. Dehn, O. Zur Frage tiber die Stirn-
héhlen bei Menschen und Anthropomorphen.
Fortschr. Réntgenstr., 1936, 54, 92-93.
[2f: Gr Png]
1232. Edmond, A. Etude des sinus chez les
singes. dunn. Mus. Hist. nat. Marseille, 1929, 22,
1-30, 3 pls. [12f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsh Nas C-p Me Pp Mnadr
Atl Al Hap Ocd-m|

1233. Eller,H. Der Sinus maxillaris und seine
Nachbarorgane bei verschiedenen Affen und beim
Hunde. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1932, 97, 725-756.

[++ 27f-nt-nr: Png Mc Pp]

1234. Jones, F. Wood. The so-called maxil-
lary antrum of the gorilla. 7. dnat., Lond., 1938,
73, 116-119. [3f: Gr]

1235. Keith, A. Inflation of the nasal canal in
the skulls of adult gorillas and chimpanzees, and
the relative development of the sinus maxillaris
and inferior meatus in man and apes. Ff. Anat.,
Lond., 1902, 36, xlvii-li. ie Gp Jen 1H

1236. Kleinschmidt, O. Ueber Stirnbeinhdh-
len und Siebbeinzellen beim Orang. Z. Sduge-
tierk., 1933, 8, 70-72, pl. 13. [Pre]

1237. Kleinschmidt, O. Beitrage zur Natur-
geschichte des Orangutans. Berajah, 1934, 1-16,
4 pls. [Png]

1238. Paulli, S. Uber die Pneumaticitat des
Schadels bei den Saugethieren. III. Uber die
Morphologie des Siebbeins und die der Pneumati-
citat bei den Insectivoren, Hyracoideen, Chirop-
teren, Carnivoren, Pinnipedien, Edentaten, Ro-
dentiern, Prosimiern und Primaten, nebst einer

[71]

[Anat. 1239-1257]

CRANIAL & FACIAL BONES

zusammenfassenden Ubersicht itiber die Morpho-

logie des Siebbeins und die der Pneumaticitat des

Schadels bei den Sdugethieren. Morph. 7o.,

1900, 28, 483-564, pls. 27-29.
Le S6fizr:) Png Hy Prsb Mc Pp
Mndr Ceb Hap Lm Lor Glg|

1239. Seydel, O. Uber die Nasenhdhle der

hdheren Saugethiere und des Menschen. Morph.
Fb., 1891, 17, 44-99, pls. 4-6. [+++ 3:
Gr Png Hyl Nas Mec Pp Mndr Aot

Ceh Hap Lm Lor WNyct-c Gig]

1240. Sitsen, A. E. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des
Sinus frontalis. Anthrop. Anz., 1931, 7, 208-235,
pl. 3. [eee ati Gr Pn Pers)

1241. Underwood, A. S. An inquiry into the
anatomy and pathology of the maxillary sinus.
F. Anat., Lond., 1910, 44, 354-369.

[Eeiai- Gre Pre ene|

1242. Wegner, R. N. Sonderbildungen der
Kieferhdhle bei Anthropoiden. Anat. Anz., 1936,
83, 161-193. [10f-23r: Gr Pn]

1243. Weinert, H. Die Ausbildung der Stirn-
hdhlen als stammesgeschichtliches Merkmal. Eine
vergleichend-anatomishe Studie mit einem Atlas
der Stirnhéhlen und einem neuen Messzirkel zur
Ermittelung der inneren Schadelmasse. Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1925, 25, 243-357; 1926, 25,
365-418, 26 pls. [++ 78f-143r: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Clb Cp

Ery-c C-c Mc Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot Cal-c

Chirop Saim Ceb_ Lag _ Brchyt Atl Al

Hap Myst Lm Lp-l_ Hp-l Mer-c Chrg

Pr-p Avh Indr Lor Nyct-c Prdct Arct-c

Gle Daud)

1244. Weinert, H. Nochmals die “Stirnhéh-
len” beim Orang-Utan. Z. Sdugetierk., 1933, 8,
284-286. [Uf: Png]

See also: 164, 222, 1009, 1018, 1085, 1219, 1221.

Special morphology
CRANIOPHARYNGEAL CANAL

1245. Cave, A. J. E. The craniopharyngeal
canal in man and anthropoids. 7. Anat., Lond.,
1931, 65, 363-367. [+ 4f-2t-10r: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Cp Mc Pp)
1246. Maggi,L. I] canale cranio-faringeo negli
antropoidi. R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1891, (2),-24,

138-149, pl. 1. Arch. Antrop. Etnol., 1891, 21,
53-64, 1 pl. [Gr Pn Png Hyll

1247. Schlaginhaufen, O. Ein Canalis cranio-
pharyngeus persistens an einem Menschenschadel
und sein Vorkommen bei den Anthropoiden.
Anat. Anz., 1907, 30, 1-8.

[ee SA 16r=\ Gr) en) (Png

1248. Schultz, A. Der canalis cranio-pharyn-
geus persistens beim Mensch und bei den Affen.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1917, 50, 417-426.

[EREtSESE Prsb) \C-prmiGeh we tiap)

Cranial Bones
See also: 1071, 1084, 1085, 1087.

OCCIPITAL BONE

1249.* Albrecht, Carl Martin Paul. Sur la
fossette vermienne du crane des mammiferes.
Leipzig: Steinacker, 1884, 24 pp.

1250. Anderson, R. J. The occipital bone in
primates. Int. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1910, 27,
73-82. [14f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb

C-p C-c Mc Pp Pith Ceb Atl Al Hap

Lm Lp-l Indr Lor Glg Tars]

1251. Bolk,L. Over de ligging en verschuiving
van het foramen magnum bij deprimaten. Versi.
gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1909, 18, (1), 62-78.
On the position and displacement of the fora-
men magnum in the primates. Proc. Acad. Sci.
Amst., 1909, 12, (1), 362-377. [5f-5e:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p

Mc Pp Pith Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap)

1252. Bolk, L. Over de helling van het fora-
men magnum bij de primaten. (2° mededeeling
over de vergelijkende craniologie der primaten.)
Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1909, 18, (2),
551-560. On the slope of the foramen magnum
in primates. (2nd paper on the comparative
craniology of primates.) Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst.,
1909, 12, (2), 525-534. [4f-4t:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p

Mc Pp Pith Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap

Lm Pr-p|

1253. Bolk, L. Uber Lagerung, Verschiebung
und Neigung des Foramen magnum am Schadel
der Primaten. (Zehnter Beitrag zur Affenana-
tomie.) Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1915, 17, 611-692,
pl. 23. (31f-15t: see 1251]

1254. Daubenton, [E. L.] Mémoire sur les
différences de la situation du grand trou occipital
dans l’homme et dans les animaux. AHist. Acad.
R. Sci. Paris,* 1764, Mémoires, 568-575, pl. 16.
Abstr.: Histoire 59-62.

1255.* Haberer, Albert. User die ‘Norma oc-
cipitalis’ bei Mensch und Affe. Inaug.-Diss. Miin-
chen, Kastner & Lossen, 1899, 85 pp.

1256. Joseph, Gustav. Morphologische Studien
am Kopfskelet des Menschen und der Wirbelthiere.
Breslau: W. G. Korn, 1873, 75 pp.

[Ee Pn Png yl Prsb)) C-p Mice

Ceb Lag Atl

1257.* Morselli, E. Sulla fossetta vermiana
nei primati. #ti. Soc. ligust. Sci. nat. geogr.,
1890, 1, 200-204. Abstr.: Monit. zool. ital., 1890,
1, 142-143.

See also: 823, 875, 997, 1075, 1082, 1089, 1126,
1145, 1162, 1163, 1165, 1271.

[72]

Occipital——Temporal

SPHENOID BONE

_ 1258. Hartmann, E. Direction du canal op-
tique chez l’homme et les singes. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1923, (7), 4, 33-53.
[++ 12 Gr Pr’ Pug Hyl Prsb C-p
Mc Pp Mnar|

1259. Jazuta, K. Das Foramen spinosum als

ein phylogenetisches Merkmal. Anat. Anz.,
1930, 70, 212-213.
[tts ube MGR wea Tere) Jeb

1260.* Spottel, Otto. User Formuverschieden-
heiten der Fligelfortsatze des Keilbeins bei Mensch-
en und Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Miinchen, E.
Mihlthaler’s K. Hof-Buchdr., 1896, 64 pp.

1261. Weber, A. L’orientation des ailes des
apophyses ptérygoides chez les primates. C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1905, 59, 225-227.

[Gr Pn Png Prsh C-p Mc Pp Ceb All

1262. Weber, A. Le trou ovale du sphénoide
chez les singes et chezl’homme. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1907, 63, 236-238. [see 1261]

See also: 1089, 1150, 1163, 1181, 1187, 1188.

TEMPORAL BONE

1263. Adachi, B. Processus parietalis squamae
temporalis. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1907, 10, 485—
488, pls. 30-32. [+ Png C-p Me]

1264. Anderson, R. J. The notes on the tem-
poral bone in Mammalia, (chiefly in primates).
8th Int. Congr. Zool., Graz, 1910 [1912], 907-914.

[+++ Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me

Pp Ceb Al Hap Lm Lor Gig|

1265. Berg, W. Zur Corrosionsanatomie des
Schlafenbeins der Affen. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1903, 5, 315-345, pls. 6-8. [18t-5r: Gr ;,

Png C-p Mc Pp Saim Al Hap Lm)

1266. Bovero, A. & Calamida, U. Canali
venosi emissari temporali squamosi e petrosqua-
mosi. Mem. R. Acad. Torino, 1903, (2), 53, 159-
260, 2 pls. [+++ 75r: Pn Png Hyl

Prsh C-p C-c Me Cyn-p Thr-p Pp

Cal-c Saim_ Ceb Brchyt Atl Al Hap Lm

Lor WNyct-c]

1267. Chaine, J. Sur la fausse apparence de
déplacement de l’apophyse paramastoide de cer-
tains mammiféres. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1920,
83, 43-45.

1268. Cohn, L. Der Processus frontalis des
Schlafenbeins. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1915, 19,
391-418, [++ 7f: Pn Hyl Mc Mndr]

1269. Forster, A. L/’inclinaison du tympan
chez les mammiféres supérieurs et chez l’homme.
Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1925, 4, 295-321.

[++ 16f-6t: Gr Pn Png Symph C-p

Mc Atl Lm Tars)

1270. Forster, A. Etude de la morphogénése
de l’apophyse mastoide. Arch. Anat., Stras-

[Anat. 1258-1281]

Bourg, 1931, 13, 361-429. Abstr.: C. R. Soc. Biol.,

Paris, 1920, 83, 434-436. [++ 20f-lt:
Gr Pn) Pregl wersl) iG-py Me Geb,
Atl Hap Lm Gig|

1271. Groth, W. Vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung zur Frage der Entstehung des War-
zenfortsatzes beim Menschen und den Menschen-
affen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1937, 79, 547-599.

[++ 8f-8t-34r: Gr Pn Png]

1272. Hofmann, L. L’os temporal des singes
et ses cavités pneumatiques. Arch. Anat., Stras-

bourg, 1926, 6, 141-186. [2if:siGrn en
Png Hyl Prsb Clb C-p Ery-c Mc Pp
Mndr Ceb Al Myst\

1273. Hofmann, L. Zur Anatomie des Prima-
tenschlafenbeines und _ seiner pneumatischen
Raume unter Beriicksichtigung des menschlichen
Schlafenbeines. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der
Pneumatisation des Schadels. Mschr. Ohrenheilk.,
1926, 60, 921-949. [24f-r: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Prsh C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p Al Hap|

1274. van Kampen, P. N. Die Tympanalge-
gend des Saugetierschadels. Morph. Jb., 1905,
34, 321-722. [+ 96f-276r: all genera]

1275.* Kopetsch, J. Ueber das Foramen jugu-
lare spurium und den Canalis (Meatus) temporalis
am Schadel der Saéugethiere. Inaug.-Diss. K6nigs-
berg.

1276. Le Double. Du redressement de la cour-
bure a concavité inférieure et de l’état rectiligne de
l’articulation squamopariétale. C. R. dss. Anat.,
1902, 4, 213-215. [+++ 2f: Pn Png

Gr Hyl C-p Me Al]

1277. Loewenstein, Elias. User das Foramen
jugulare spurium und den Canalis temporalis am
Schadel des Menschen und einiger Affen. Inaug.-
Diss. (Med.) Kénigsberg, M. Liedtke, 1895, 38
pp., 1 pl. [a a ersoiG-p Mex Rp
Ceb Atl Al Hap)

1278. Major, C. J. F. Exhibition of, and re-
marks upon, some skulls of foetal Malagasy

lemurs. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1899, 987-988.
[dbstr.: Lm Lp-l Avh Nyct-c Prdct Glg
Daub Tars]|

1279. Sera, G. L. II significato dell’ anello
timpanico libero nella bolla acustica di alcuni
Lemurie di Tupaiidae. Riv. ital. Palaeont., 1936,
42, 58-68. [4f]

1280. Voloshin, I. P. Foramina mastoidea u
mlekopitafushchikh. [Mastoid foramina in mam-

mals.] Acta Univ. voroneg., 1927, 4, 224-236.
[++ 10r-Fr. abstr.; Biol. Abstr., 1934, 8,
no. 955)

1281. Weidenreich, F. Uber pithekoide Merk-
male bei Sinanthropus pekinensis und seine stam-
mesgeschichtliche Beurteilung. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1932, 99, 212-253.

[+ 13f-nur: Gr Pn Png Clb

See also: 779, 997, 1018, 1089, 1150, 1179, 1180,
1188, 1193, 2462, 2464, 2470.

[73]

[Anat. 1282-1305]

PARIETAL BONE

1282. Aigner, P. Damascus. Uder die Ossa
parietalia des Menschen. Ein Beitrag zur EG
enden Anthropologie. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) un-
chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1900, 251 pp., 4 pls.

[+ 15f-ont: Png Hyl]

1283. Coraini, E. Osso parietale diviso in
cranio umano e studio critico dell’anomalia. Bull.
Accad med., Roma, 1894, 20, 122-150, 1 pl.

[+ 42r: C-p Hap]

1284. Frassetto, F. Di un cranio di Simia
Satyrus Linn. con rara sutura sopranumeraria nel
parietal destro. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp.
Torino, 1899, 14, no. 344, 4 pp. [3f: Png]

1285. Frassetto, F. Su la probabile presenza
di quattro nuclei di ossificazione nel parietale del-
Yuomo e delle scimmie. Anat. Anz., 1900, 18,
ErgH., 64-78. [+ 4f-3t-vnr—tabl. rés. lit.)

1286. Frassetto, F. Di 11 parietali di primati
parzialmente divisi. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat.
comp. Torino, 1900, 15, no. 376, 8 pp.

[4f: Png C-p Ceb]

1287. Frassetto, F. Contributo alla teoria dei
quattro centri di ossificazione nell’osso parietale
dell’uomo e dei primati. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat.
comp. Torino, 1902, 17, no. 423, 3 pp.

[is GzZp Geb]

1288. Frassetto, F. Parietali triparti in crani

umani e di scimmie. Monit. zool. ital., 1904, 15,
386-394. [13f: Prsb C-p Me Ceb|

1288a. Galli, A. Due casi di sutura parietale
verticale completa in crani di scimmie. Boll.
Zool., 1936, 7, 1-5. [2f: C-p Me]

1289. Hrdli¢ka, A. A bilateral division of the
parietal bone in a chimpanzee; with special refer-
ence to the oblique sutures in the parietal. Bul.
Amer. Mus. nat. Hist., 1900, 13, 281-295.

[++ Of: Pn]

1290. Hrdli¢éka, A. Divisions of the parietal
bone in man and other mammals. Bull. Amer.
Mus. nat. Hist., 1903, 19, 231-386, pls. 7-22, 5
tbls. [+++ 39f-nt-74r: Gr Pn Png

Hyl Clo C-p C-c Mc Pp Mnadr Aot

Ceb Atl Al Hap)

1291. Humphry, [G. M.] Depressions in the
parietal bones of an orang and in man—super-
numerary molars in orang. F. Anat., Lond.,
1874, 8, 136-141, pl. 7. [Png]

1292. Kantor, H. Geteilte Scheitelbeine bei
Macacus rhesus. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1904, 7,
543-545, [2f-3ir: Mc]

1293. Patten, C. J. Cranium of a young
orang, showing bilateral and symmetrical com-
plete bipartite division of the parietals. $f. A4mat.,
Lond., 1911, 46, 28-32. [1f: Png]

1294. Patten, C. J. Cranium of an adolescent
chimpanzee showing bilateral and symmetrical
complete bipartite division of the parietals with
multipartite division of the upper segments, with

CRANIAL & FACIAL BONES

remarks on the significance of parietal division.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1912, 14, 527-608, pls. 39-41.
[++ 16f-150r: Pn]

1295. Remane, A. Nahtanomalien an Anthro-
poidenschadeln. I. Zwei neue Fille von geteiltem
Scheitelbein. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1920,
41-48. [2f: Gr Pn Png]

1296. Schneider, Alfons. Ein Beitrag zur
Anatomie der Scheitelbeine des Menschen und der
Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Strassburg, C. & J.
Goeller, 1902, 143 pp. [++ ont: Pn Png

Hyl Clb C-p Mc Pp Ceb Atl Al Hap|

1297. Vram, U. G. Due grosse ossa sopra-
numerarie in un cranio d’orango. Nota zootomica.
Boll. Soc. adriat. Sci. nat., 1900, 20, 105-109.

[1f-6r: Png]

1298. von Waldeyer-Hartz, W. Die Intra-
parietalnahte. dh. preuss. Akad. Wiss., Physik.-
math. Kl., 1917, no. 2, 69 pp., 4 pls.

[++ 13f-+49r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb

Clb C-p C-c Mc Pp Ceb Atl Al Hap)

See also: 997, 1085, 1089, 1145, 1150, 1151, 1160,
1161, 1162, 1165, 1179, 1276, 1301, 1308.

FRONTAL, ETHMOID, LACRYMAL
& VOMER

1299. Bianchi, S. Sur la division de 1’“‘os
planum,” del’ethmoide dans le crane de l’homme
et des anthropoides et sur la non-existence de |’os
lacrymal postérieur chez quelques mammiferes.
Arch. ital. Biol., 1895, 24, 310-311. [ Abstr.

1300. Bolk, L. Over de beteekenis der voor-
hoofdslijsten bij de primaten. Versi. gewone
Vergad, Akad. Amst., 1922, 31, (1), 31-37—_On
the significance of the supra-orbital ridges in the
primates. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1923, 25, (1),
16=2 i [5f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph|\

1301. Duckworth, W. C. L. Notes on the
osteology of Gorilla savagei. Stud. Anthrop.
Lab., Anat. Sch., Cambridge.,* 1904, p. 31.

ie GP IPA

1302. Forster, A. Comparaison de la position
de la lame criblée de |’ethmoide chez les catar-
rhiniens et chezl’homme. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris,
1924, 94, 506-513.

[++ 4f-2r: Prsh C-p Mc Pp]

1303. Gegenbaur, C. Uber die Pars facialis des
Lacrymale des Menschen. Morph. 7b., 1882, 7,
173-176. [++ 2f: Pn Png Hyl

Nas C-p Mec Pp 4ot Atl All

1304. Kollmann, M. Sur la présence de 1|’os
planum chez les lémuriens. Note préliminaire.
Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1919, 25, 321-323.

[Lm Lp-l Hp-l Mer-c Pr-p Avh Indr

Glg Daub Tars)

1305. Kollmann, M. L’os planum des lému-

riens. Bull. Soc. linn. Normandie, 1919, (7), 2,
216-219. [Lm Mer-c Chrg Lor WNyct-c
Glg Tars]

[74]

Parietal—Zygoma

1306. Kollmann, M. Etudes sur les lémuriens.
La fosse orbito-temporale et l’o0s planum. Mém.
Soc. linn. Normandie, 1925, n.s. 1, no. 1, 20 pp.

[13f-8r: Lm Lp-l Hp-l Mer-c Avh Lor

Nyct-c Glg Daub Tars)

1307. Maggi, L. Sullosviluppo dell’os planum
nello Stenops gracilis e wormiani orbitali. R. C.
Ist. lombardo, 1900, (2), 33, 688-694, [2f: Lor]

1308. Sawaya, P. Annotagdes craneologicas.
I. Participagao do vomer 4 constituigdo do paladar
duro [etc.]. III. Bipartigao total do ossa parietal
[etc.]. Ann. Fac. Med. S. Paulo, 1934, 10, 197-
219, 4 pls. [een ore Ge]

1309. Sergi, G. La struttura soprorbitaria
negli antropoidi e nell’uomo. Arch. Anat.
Anthrop., Lisboa, 1923, 8, 413-419.

[++ 3f: Gr]

1310. Vram, U. G. Sullo sviluppo della parte
fronto-etmoidale del cranio dei cercopiteci. R. C.
Accad. Napoli, 1921, (3), 27, 129-134.

[10r: Thr-p]

See also: 472, 1004, 1005, 1084, 1085, 1089,
1138a, 1150, 1162, 1164, 1173, 1201, 1213, 1214,
1217, 1238, 1314a.

Facial Bones

See also: 1085, 1087, 1353a, 1399, 1562.

MAXILLA & PALATINUM

1311. Anderson, R. J. The premaxilla in
primates. 14th Int. Congr. Med., Madrid, 1903,
Sect. Anat., 147-154. [+++ 29f: Gr

Rien ry lebrsi Gp Mee pple Path

Ceb Al Hap Lm Mer-c Chrg Pr-p Lor

Nyct-c Gilg]

1312. Anderson, R. J. Some notes on the hard
palate and maxilla in primates. Brit. med. F.,
1908, (2), 596. [Pn Png Hyl C-p Me

Pp Al Hap Indr]

1313. Ashley-Montagu, M.F. The premaxilla
in the primates. Quart. Rev. Biol., 1935, 10,
32-59, 181-208. [++ Jpl-11f-1t-118r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas Clb

C-p | Ery-c C-c\ Me Cyn-p Thr-p Pp

Cal-c Pith Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl Al Hap

Myst Lm]

1314. Barth, Mathilde. Uber die funktionelle
Struktur des Oberkieferapparates bei Neuweltaf-
fen. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1918, 56, 171-
242, pls. 1-2. [19f-20r: Ceb Lag All|

1314a. Bovero, A. Annotacdes sobre anatomia
do paladar duro (IV). (Notes on the anatomy of
the hard palate.) Ann. Fac. Med. S. Paulo, 1932,

7, 3-32, 2 pls.
[+ 6f-Portug. with Ital. abstr.: Al]

[Anat. 1306-1325]

1315. Ehrhardt, Sophie. Uber das Verwachsen
der Sutura incisiva bei Orang-Utan und Hy/o-
bates. Anthrop. Anz., 1930, 7, 106-116, pl. 1.

[5f-3t: Png Hyl]l

1316. Fischer [von Waldheim], Gotthelf. Ueder
die verschiedene Form des Intermaxillarknochens in
verschiedenen Thieren. Leipzig: Schaferschen
Buchhandlung, 1880, xxii, 151 pp., 3 pls.

[+++ Pn Png C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp
Mndr_ Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Leon-c
Lm Indr Lor Gilg Tars]

1316a. Grzybowski, J. O wcieciachi otworach
nadoczodotowych i podoczodotowych w szeregu
naczelnych. (Etude sur les échancrures et les trous
suborbitaires et sur les trous sousorbitaires chez
les Primates.) C. R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, Cl. 3,
1927, 20, 481-503. Fr. abstr., 501-502.
[7f-7t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb
Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb Brchyt
Chrg Pr-p Nyct-c]

_1317. Maggi, L.

C-p C-c
Ail Lm

G I mesognati asinchiti nei
giovani antropoidi. R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1891,
(2), 24, 993-999, Wen ven

1318. Maggi, L. La sutura endomesognatica
alla superficie facciale degli intermascellari nel
Semnopithecus entellus. R. C. Ist. lombardo,
1892, (2), 25, 89-90, pl. 1. [Prsd]

1319. Maggi, L. Diuncarattere osseo-facciale
dei giovani gorilla. R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1901, (2),
34, 547-556. Abstr.: Monit. zool. ital., 1901, 12,
204-205. ie (Ge Jen Tepe

1320. Ranke, J. Ueber den Zwischenkiefer.
Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1901, 32, 96-102.
[EP Li Grieen inl

1321. Remane, A. Der Verschluss der Inter-
maxillarnaht bei den Anthropoiden. <Anthrop.
Anz., 1927, 4, 46-55. [++ 48 Gr Pn

Png Hyl Symph|\

1322. Waldeyer, W. Uber die Anatomie des
harten Gaumens bei den Anthropoiden. Monit.
zool. ital., 1894, 5, 73-74. [ dbstr.]

1323. Wegner, R. N. Zur Kenntnis des Gau-
menbeins der Anthropoiden. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,

1915, 19, 1-26.
[27f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph]

See also: 451, 1061a, 1066, 1084, 1138a, 1196a,
1233, 1308, 1400, 1470.

ZYGOMA

1324. Baraldi, G. Dell’osso malare o zigoma-
tico. Mem. Soc. tosc. Sci. nat., 1876, 2, 13-35, pl. 1.
Abstr.: Arch. Naturgesch., 1877, 43, (2), 58.

[+ C-p Al Saim|

1325. Breschet, G. Recherches sur différ-
entes piéces osseuses du squelette de l’>homme ou
des animaux vertébrés. Deuxiéme mémoire. De 1’os
malaire ou jugal. dunn. Sci. Nat., 1844, (3), 1,
25-36, pls. 7-8. [4 G2p ez

[75]

[Anat. 1326-1347]

1326. Hrdligka, A. New instances of complete
division of the malar bone, with notes on incom-
plete division. Amer. Nat., 1902, 36, 273-294.

fakes RAB Tere Oa) | le) Verte 214

1327. Nannetti, A. Note sulla divisione ano-
mala del malare. Arch. Antrop. Etnol., 1909, 39,
18-45. [+ 16f-nr: Png All

1328. Reali, G. Le partizioni e il numero dei
centri di origine del malare nei primati. G.
Morf., 1919, 3, 37-49, pl. 1.

1329. Sera, G. L. L’omologia dei centri di
origine del malare dei primati, colle ossa postorbi-
tali degli stegocephali. Riv. ital. Paleont., 1920,
26, 10-17.

1330. Zimmerman, A. & Hasské, A. Das
Jochbein und das “Os malare bipartitum” des
Orang-Utan. Anat. Anz., 1930, 69, 1-11.

[4f-1t: Png]

See also: 1061a, 1150, 1180, 1209, 1331.

MANDIBLE & OS HYOID

1331. Anderson, R. J. Some notes on the
mandible and jugal in primates. 15th Int. Congr.
Med., Lisbonne, 1906, Sect. 1. Anat., 291-308.

[30f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me Pp

Ceb Hap Lm Lp-l Lor Gig]

1332. Bolk, L. Uber die Regio mentalis des
Unterkiefers von Siamang. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1915, 19, 255-264. [12f: Symph]

1333. Bolk,L. Die Entstehung des Menschen-
kinnes. Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
des Unterkiefers. Verh. Akad. Wet.. Amst.,
Sect. 2, 1924, 23, no. 5, 106 pp., 2 pls.

[+ 54f: <Anthropoids Pp)

1334. Duhousset, [E.] Etude comparative du
maxillaire inférieur de l’>homme et de celui du
singe. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1866, (2), 1,
693-699. [++ Pn Png Mndr Ail)

1334a. Friederichs, H. F. Schadel und Unter-

kiefer von Piltdown (“‘Eoanthropus dawsoni

Woodward’’) in neuer Untersuchung. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1932, 98, 199-262.

fsb Cee Je Lee Tata

Der Un-

1335. Gorjanovic-Kramberger, [K.]
terkiefer der Hylobaten im Vergleich zu dem des
rezenten und fossilen Menschen. 5th Int. dent.
Congr., Berlin, 1909 [1912], 1, 140-159.

[+++ 16f: Hy]

1336. Holl, M. Vergleichende Anatomie der
hinteren Flache des Mittelstickes der Unter-
kiefer. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1919, 56, 67-69.

[+++ Gr Png Mc Pp)

1337. Jentsch, E. Die Apophysis lemurica.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1914-15, 17, 135-172, pls.
10-11. a MEM e ee tele!

Pp Lm Indr\

CRANIAL & FACIAL BONES

1337a. Kelemen, G. Vergleichend-anatomische
R6ntgenbeobachtungen am Zungenbeinapparate.
Arch. Ohr.-, Nas.-,u. KehlkHeilk., 1929, 122, 161—
169. [++ 9: Png]

1338. Mijsberg-van Roojen, J. H. N. & Mijs-
berg, W.A. Die Entstehung des Menschenkinnes
nach Untersuchungen am Siamang. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1931, 95, 708-733.

[++ 6f-3t-17r: Hyl Symph|

1338a. Miller, G. S., Jr. The jaw of the Pilt-
down man. Smithson. misc. Coll., 1915, 65, no.
12, 31 pp., 5 pls. [Eess) nr: ean

1339. Owen, [R.] Osteological contributions
to the natural history of the chimpanzees (Tro-
glodytes) and orangs ( Pithecus).—No. V. Compari-
son of the lower jaw and vertebral column of the
Troglodytes gorilla, Troglodytes niger, Pithecus
satyrus, and different varieties of the human race.
Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 1851 [1862], 4, 89-115, pls.
31-36. [Gr Pn Png]

1340. Puccioni, N. Ricerche sulla forma del
mento e dell’incisura sigmoidea negli uomini e
nelle scimmie. Arch. Antrop. Etnol., 1913, 43,
98-134, [++ O6f-nt: Gr Pn Hyl

Prsb Clb C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Saim

Ceb Al Hap Myst\

1341. Robinson, L. The story of the chin.
Rep. Smithson. Instn., 1914 [1915], 599-609, 12 pls.
[+ Pn Png Hyl Nas Mc Pp Al Lm]

1342. Simonton, F. V. Mental foramen in the
anthropoidsandinman. Amer. F.phys. Anthrop.,

1923, 6, 413-421, 2 pls.
[+ 3t Gr Pn Png]

1343. Toldt, C. Der Winkelfortsatz des Un-
terkiefers beim Menschen und bei den Saugetieren
und die Beziehungen der Kaumuskeln zu demsel-
ben. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1905, 114,
315-476, 3 pls. [++ L8f-nr: (Gr Ven

Png Hyl Prsb C-p Mc Pp Mndr Saim

Ceb Atl Hap Lm Daub)

1344. Topinard, R. Les caractéres simiens de
la machoire dela Naulette. Rev. Anthrop., Paris,*
1886, (3), 1, 385-431.

[++ 13f-nr: Gr Png]
1345. Walkhoff, [O.] Der Unterkiefer der
Anthropomorphen und des Menschen. (Vor-

laufige Mitteilung.) Biol. Zd/., 1901, 21, 582-

585.

1346. Walkhoff, O. Der Unterkiefer der An-
thropomorphen und des Menschen in seiner func-
tionellen Entwickelung und Gestalt. Stud. Entw-
Gesch. Tiere, 1902, 3, 207-327.

[++ 59f-review: Biol. Zbl., 1902, 22, 298-310:

Gr Pn Png Symph

1347. Wegener, K. Uber Zweck und Ursache
der menschlichen Kinnbildung. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1926, 26, 165-180, pl. 4.

[+ 2f: Gr Hyl Symph Mc]

[76]

Mandible—Temporomandibular joint

1348. Woollard, H. H. & Harpman, A. Note
on the internal architecture of the mandible. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1938, 72, 575-578, 1 pl.

[Gr Pn Png Me Tars]

See also: 327, 451, 488, 1058, 1061a, 1066, 1075,
1097a, 1138, 1314, 1353a, 1393, 1423, 1434, 1441,
1566, 3952, 3994.

TEMPOROMANDIBULAR JOINT

1348a. Endziulaityte, Marija. Ueber das Tu-
berculum articulare anterius und die Fossa digas-
trica. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.) Munchen, [1925], 55
pp., 7 pls. [++ 10f4t-16r: Gr Png]

1349. von Haussen, H. O. Uber die relative
Lage des Kiefergelenkes am Schadel der Prima-
ten. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1931, 29, 465-497.

[9f-13t-13r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Nas Clb C-p C-c Me Thr-p Pp Aot

Cal-c_ Pith Chirop Saim Ceb Lag Atl

Al Hap Myst|

[Anat. 1348-1353a]

1350. Lubosch, W. Uber Variationen am Tu-
berculum articulare des Kiefergelenks des
Menschen und ihre morphologische Bedeutung.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1906, 35, 322-353.

[+ 16f 35r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1351. Petrovits,L. Die Ubereinstimmung des
Kiefergelenkes des neugeborenen Kindes mit dem
Kiefergelenk der Anthropoiden. Anat. Anz.,
1930, 69, 136-144. [+ 32r]

1352. Retterer, E. & Neuville, H. De 1’articu-
lation temporo-maxillaire du macaque commun.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1920, 83, 515-517. [Mc]

1353. Richter,W. Der Kaumechanismus beim
Menschen und beim Affen, ein Vergleich. Dtsch.
Mschr. Zahnheilk., 1919, 37, 334-342.

[3f: ‘Affe’]
1353a. Todd, T. W. Facial growth and man-
dibular adjustment. Int. 7. Orthod., 1930, 16,

1243-1267.
[++ 19f-r: Gr Pn Png Mc Pp]

See also: 802, 1281, 1393, 1565, 1586.

[77]

The Teeth

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY
Comprehensive & General Studies

1354. Adloff, Paul. Das Gebiss des Menschen
und der Anthropomorphen. Vergleichend-anatom-
ische Untersuchungen. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur
menschlichen Stammesgeschichte. Berlin: Julius
Springer, 1908, 164 pp., 27 pls.

[eae ofeunrs Gr Pn Png Vey tet

1355. Adloff, P. Die Differenzierung des Pri-
matengebisses. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1908, 11,
377-384.

1356. Adloff, P. Zur Frage der Differenzier-
ung des Primatengebisses. Dtschr. Mschr. Zahn-
heilk., 1909, 27, 444-449. [++ 37]

1357. Adloff, P. Uber die Phylogenese des
Primatengebisses und das Zukunftsgebiss des

Menschen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1911, 13, 505—-
532, pls. 17-18. [1f-13r: Gr Saim Ceb
Ail Al Hap)

1358. Adloff, P. Noch einmal die Bolk’sche
Hypothese und die Differenzierung des Primaten-

gebisses. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1912, 15, 381-400,
pls. 10-12. [1f-14r: Pith Lag Atl]
1359*. Adloff, Paul. Die Entwicklung des

Zahnsystems der Séugetiere und der Menschen.
Eine Kritik der Dimertheorie von Bolk. Berlin:
Hermann Meusser, 1916, 110 pp.

1360. Adloff, [P.] Das Gebiss des Menschen
und der Anthropoiden und das Abstammungs-
problem. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1927, 26, 431-449.

aie easy hl

1361. Batujeff, N. A. Zur Morphologie der
Zahnkronen des Menschen und der Thiere. Ard.
milit.-med. Akad. St.-Petersburg, 1894, 1, 26-102.
(Abstr.: Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1900, 26,
184-185.)

1362. Bennejeant, C. Les variations dentaires
numériques et la reduction dentaire progressive
chez les primates. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci.,
1935, 59, 459-464. (3f-1t: Clb Atl

Hap Lm Mer-c Gilg Tars)

1363. Bluntschli, H. Das Platyrrhinengebiss
und die Bolksche Hypothese von der Stammes-
geschichte des Primatengebisses. Anat. Anz.,
1911, 38, ErgH., 120-136. [Sf]

1364. Bluntschli, H. Zur Phylogenie des Ge-
bisses der Primaten mit Ausblicken auf jenes der
Saugetiere tiberhaupt. Vjschr. naturf. Ges. Zu-
rich, 1911, 56, 351-392.

[++ 24f-r: Pp Ceb Al Hap Tars)

1365. Bluntschli, H. Das Gebiss der Platyr-
rhinen und seine Bedeutung fir die Stammes-

geschichte der Primaten. Rev. suisse Zool., 1911,
19, Bull.-annexe, 18-20. [ Abstr]
1365a. Bluntschli, H. & Schreiber, H. Zur
Morphologie der Anthropomorphen-Molaren.
Fortschr. Zahnheilk, 1930, 6, 14-27.
[6f: Gr Pn Png Hyl\
1366. Bolk, L. Die betrekking tusschen de
tandformulen der platyrrhine en katarrhine Pri-

maten. Tijdschr. Tandheelk., 1906, 13, 65-82.
Review: Ost.-ung. Vischr. Zahnheilk., 1907, 23,
324-327. [ur: Pn Saim Ceb Al Hap)

1367. Bolk, L. Beitrage zur Affenanatomie.
V. Die Differenzirung des Primatengebisses.
Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1906, 4, 103-114.

1368. Bolk, L. De betrekking tusschen de
tandformulen der platyrrhine en katarrhine pri-
maten. Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1906,
14, (2), 751-763. On the relation between the
teeth-formulas of the platyrrhine and catarrhine
primates: Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1906, 8, (2),

81-793.

1369. Bolk, L. Uber die Phylogenese des Pri-
matengebisses und das Zukunfstgebiss des Mensch-
en. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1910, 13, 31-56, pl. 1.

[6f-lt: Gr Symph C-p Mc Pp Saim

Pith Ceb Aitl\

1370. Bolk, L. Nachtrag zu meiner Abhand-
lung: Uber die Phylogenese des Primatengebisses
und das Zukunftsgebiss des Menschen. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1910, 13, 343-346. [2f: Me]

1371. Bolk, Louis. Odontologische Studien II.
Die Morphogenie der Primatenzahne. Eine weitere
Begriindung und Ausarbeitung der Dimertheorie.
Jena: G. Fischer, 1914, viii, 181 pp., 3 pls.

[61f: Gr Pn Png Symph Prsb Clb Me

C-p Pp Aot Pith Saim Ceb Atl Al_ Hap

Lm Chrg Pr-p <Avh Indr Lor WNyct-c

Glg_ Tars|

1372. Cuvier, Georges Frédéric. Des dents des
mammiferes considérées comme caractéres zoologiques.
Strasbourg: F. G. Levrault, 1825, lv, 258 pp., 103
pls. [+ Png Hyl Symph Prsbh C-p

Mc Pp Cal-c Pith Ceb Atl Al Hap

Lm Indr Lor WNyct-c Prdct Gig]

1373. Donits, [W.] [Ueber die Eckzahne der
Lemuriden.] 8. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1868, 32.
[4éstr.]

1374. Friant, M. L’évolution du type primitif
des molaires chez les primates (tarsiidés de l’ancien
monde). C. R. Soc. sav. Paris & Dép., 1934,
165-182. [13f-3 Larsen

1374a. Friant, M. Description et interpréta-

tion de la dentition d’un jeune Indris. C. R.
Ass. Anat., 1935, 30, 205-213. [4f: Indr]

[78]

Comprehensive & general studies

1375. Friant, M. De l’interprétation des pré-
molaires chez les primates. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat.,
Paris, 1935, (2), 7, 341-343. [Z/]

1376. Fuchs, H. L. Zur Stammesgeschichte
des Primatengebisses. Dtsch. Mschr. Zahnheilk.,
1921, 39, 669-671. [++ It]

1377. Gaudry, A. Sur la similitude des dents
de l’homme et de quelques animaux. Anthro-
pologie, Paris, 1901, 12, 93-102, 513-525.

[++ 32f: Gr Pn Png Hyl TtT)

1378. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried. Odonto-
graphie. Vergleichende Darstellung des Zahnsys-
temes der lebenden und fossilen Wirbelthiere.
Leipzig: Ambrosius Abel, 1855, xx, 129 pp., 52 pls.

[+ Png Hyl Prsb C-p Mec Pith Atl Al

Hap Lm Pr-p Avh Nyct-c Glg Tars]

1379. Giebel, [C. G.] Uber das Gebiss der
Pithecia-Arten. Z. Naturw., 1878, 51, 401-404,
pl. 14. [Pith Chirop|

1380. Gregory, W. K. The origin and evolu-
tion of the human dentition. A palaeontological
review. f. dent. Res., 1920, 2, 89-183, 215-283,
357-426, 607-711; 1921, 3, 87-228.

[+++ 15pl-353f-vnr]

1381. Gregory, William King. The origin and
evolution of the human dentition. Baltimore: Wil-
liams & Wilkins co., 1922, xviii, 548 pp., 15 pls.

[++ 353f-vnr]

1382. Hellman, M. Observations on the form
of the dental arch of the orang. Int. F. Orthod.,
1918, 4, 45-57. [19f-5t-nr: Png]

1383. Hrdlitka, A. Shovel-shaped teeth.
Amer. fF. phys. Anthrop., 1920, 3, 429-465.
[pence G-co ic)

1384. Hrdlitka, A. New data on the teeth of
early man and certain fossil European apes.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1924, 7, 109-132, 1 pl.

Eee lor Gee Pn Pas iyi Prsbe Cle

Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp _ Ceb

ZAM Vel i Tel a) Shae INGE

Pract Glg Tars ttt]

1385. Jones, F. Wood & Stein, M. R. The
“myth” of the lemur’s comb. Amer. Nat., 1937,
71, 95-96. [Lm]

1386. Keith, A. Problems relating to the teeth
of the earlier forms of prehistoric man. Proc. R.
Soc. Med., 1913, 6, (3), (Odont.), 103-119.

[+ 11f: Gr Pn Png]

1386a. Kivimaki, J. _ Juurikanavain muodosta
apinoiden hampaissa. (Uber die Form der Wurzel-
kanale in Affenzahnen.) Finska TandlékSallsk.
Férh., 1932, 46, 45-51, 2 pls. [Finn. with
Gr alse ry leew brsh) WG=p)) ic Geb

1387. Magitot, [E.] L’homme et les singes

anthropomorphes. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1869, (2), 4, 113-145.
[+++ 2¢: esp. Gr Pn Png Hyll

1388. Mivart, St. G. Notes on the crania and

[79]

[Anat. 1375-1400]

Proc. zool. Soc.
{Lm Lp-l Hp-l
Indr Lor WNyct-c

dentition of the Lemuridae.
Lond., 1864, 611-648.
Mcr-c Chrg Pr-p <Avh
Prdct <Arct-c Gig]

1389. Moog, Kurt. Uber Bezichungen zwischen
Gestalt und Funktion der Zahne, besonders bei den
Primaten. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Tubingen. Leipzig:
Georg Thieme, 1930, 36 pp. [+++ 24f:

Gr Pn Png Symph_ Prsb Clb C-p Me

Pp Saim Ceb Atl Hap Myst Lm Lp-l

Mcr-c Pr-p Indr Tars]|

1390. O[sborn], H. F. Dentition of lemurs
and the systematic position of Tarsius. Science,
1896, n.s., 4, 745-747. [Lm Tars]

1391. Owen, R. Remarks upon the cranium
of an oran utan (Simia wurmbii). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1837, 82. [Png]

1392. Owen, Richard. Odontography; or a
treatise on the comparative anatomy of the teeth ..
in the vertebrate animals. London: H. Bailliére,
1840-1845, vol. 1, xix, lxxiv, 655 pp.

[Pn Png Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm Avh

Nyct-c Glg Tars]

1393. Petrovits, L. Das Gebiss des Orang-
Utans. Anat. Anz., 1929, 68, 1-15. [5f: Png]

1394, Remane, A. Beitrage zur Morphologie
des Anthropoidengebisses. Arch. Naturgesch.,
1921, 87A, (11), 1-179. [31f-20t-92r: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph ttt)

1395. Remane, A. Einige Bemerkungen zur
Eckzahnfrage. Anthrop. Anz., 1924, 1, 35-40.
[++ 9]

1396. Remane, A. Studien iiber die Phylo-
genie des menschlichen Eckzahns. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1927, 82, 391-481.

[++ 82f-14t-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Prsb Clb C-p C-c Me Pp Mndr Aot
Cal-c Pith Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag All
Brchyt Al Hap Myst Tears)

1397. Rudolphi, [K.A.] _Anatomische Bemerk-
ungen. I. Ueber den Orang-Utang, und Beweis,
dass derselbe ein junger Pongo sei. bh. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., Physik. Ki., 1824 [1826], 131-136,
2 pls. [Png]

1398*. Rusconi, C. La reduccién dental en
algunos monos americanos es un caracter de
especializacién. Rev. odontol. B. Aires,* 1935,
23, 20-28,

1399. Schultz, A. H. Studies on the evolution
of human teeth. Dent. Cosmos, 1925, 67, 935-
947, 1053-1063. [++ 3lf-nr: Gr Pn

Bp Ceb Ail All

1400. Schwalbe, G. Uber den fossilen Affen
Oreopithecus bambolii. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur
Morphologie der Zahne der Primaten. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1915, 19, 149-254,

[26f-42r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Clo C-p Me Thr-p Pp Saim Pith Ceb

Ail Al Hap Lm WNyct-c Gilg Tars ttf]

[Anat. 1401-1425]

THE TEETH

I Se EN a A PO OTN, ES SET yee Re tee eee Pe WOW) (AS era SS

1401. Schwarz,E. Das Gebiss der Lemuriden-
gattung Lepilemur J. Geoffroy und seine Bedeut-
ung fiir die Gebissformel der Primaten. Zool.
Anz., 1930, 87, 47-48. i. 1Lyp-t|

1402. Sera, G. L. La pieghettatura dello
smalto nei dehti di antropomorfi. Monit. zool.
ital., 1916, 27, 208-215.

[if-r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1403. Sera, G. L. La genesi delle categorie
dentarie nei primati. G. Morf., 1917, 1, 135-190,
play 2. [11f-nr]

1404. Sera, G. L. I caratteri di forma dei
molari delle scimmie e la divisione di queste in due
gruppi fondamentali. G. Morf., 1917, 1, 193-216.

1405. Sera, G. L. Le relazioni reciproche dei
diversi gruppl sistematici dei primati in base ai
caratteri dentarii. G. Morf., 1917, 1, 217-221.

1406. Stein, M. R. The myth of the lemur’s
comb. Amer. Nat., 1936, 70, 19-28. [7f: Lm]

1407. de Terra, M. Uberblich tiber den heuti-
gen Stand der Phylogenie des Menschen in Bezug
auf die Zahne. Dtsch. Mschr. Zahnheilk., 1905,
23, 177-184, 209-240. [+ var]

1408. de Terra, Paul. Vergleichende Ana-
tomie des menschlichen Gebisses und der Zahne der
Vertebraten. Jena: G. Fischer, xiv, 451 pp.

[+ 200f-vnr: all genera]

_ 1409. Todd, Thomas Wingate. 4n introduc-
tion to the mammalian dentition. St. Louis: C. V.
Mosby, 1918, 290 pp. [+ 100f]

1410. Tomes, Charles Sissmore. 4 manual of
dental anatomy, human and comparative. H. W.
Marett Tims, ed., London: J. & A. Churchill, 8th
ed., 1923, 547 pp.

1411. Topinard, P. Del’évolution des molaires
et prémolaires chez les primates et en particulier
chez l’homme. Anthropologie, Paris, 1892, 3,
641-710. [++ 7f-2¢]

141la. Train, Paul. User Gebissuntersuchun-
gen an Anthropomorphen mit einem Ausblick auf
die zukiinftige Gestaltung des menschlichen Gebisses.
Inaug.-Diss. (Zahnheilk.) Leipzig, 1934, 17 pp.
[+++ 14r: Gr Pn Png]
1412. Virchow, H. Uber das Gebiss von My-
cetes ursinus. Dtsch. Mschr. Zahnheilk., 1919, 37,
361-388. [15f-nr: Al]
1413. Webb, F. C. The teeth in man and the
anthropoid apes; being a review of the various
publications on the subject by Professor Owen,
F.R.S., and an essay on the teeth in the varieties of
man. London: (Reprinted from the Dental
Review), [1860], 57 pp. [Gr Pn Png]
1414. Williams, J. L. New evidence of man’s
relationship to the anthropoid apes. ¥. dent.
Res., 1928, 8, 289-321.
[+ 52f: Gr Pn Png]
1415. Windle, B. C. A. & Humphreys, J. Extra
cusps on the human teeth. Anat. Anz., 1887, 2,
13-16. [+ Sf: C-p Mndr Ceb Hap)

1416. Winge, H. Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte
isaer med Hensyn til Taendernes Former,
Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kbh., 1882 [1883],
15-69, pl. 3. [+ f-vnr]

1417. Wortman, J. L. Comparative anatomy
of the teeth of the Vertebrata. American system
of dentistry. Philadelphia: Lea Brothers, vol 1,
1886, 351-515. [+ 85f-6pls}

See also: 178, 185, 198, 200, 204, 212, 220, 224,
246, 249a, 253, 261, 451, 767, 779, 783, 792, 795,
800, 817, 1019, 1027, 1031, 1038, 1041, 1043, 1044,
1070, 1087, 1182, 1338a, 1430, 1436, 1451, 1452,
1468, 1848, 3924.

ODONTOMETRY

1418. Eckardt, H. Vergleichende morpholo-
gische Studien an den Molaren des Orang-utan
und des Gibbon. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1929, 27,
225-338, pls. 6-10.

[21f-unt: Png Hyl Symph\

1419. Hrdlitka, A. Dimensions of the first
and second lower molars with their bearing on the
Piltdown jaw and on man’s phylogeny. Amer.
¥. phys. Anthrop., 1923, 6, 195-216.

[ee ont: Gr Pn Png) Hyl Sympe

?Prsh Nas Simias Clb C-p Ery-c C-c

Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Pith ?Cacaj Saim

Ceb Lag Atl Al Myst.

1420. Hrdli¢éka, A. Variation in the dimen-
sions of lower molars in man and anthropoid apes.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1923, 6, 423-438.

[+ lt: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph]

1421. Miihlreiter,E. Ein Beitrag zur Grossen-
bestimmung der Zahne der anthropoiden Affen.
Dtsch. Mschr. Zahnheilk., 1892, 10, 323-336.

[nt: Gr Pn Png]

1422. Nehring, A. Uber einen menschlichen
Molar aus dem Diluvium von Taubach bei Wei-
mar. Z. Ethnol., 1895, 27, Verh., 573-577.

[2 Wie: Gr) (Pn Pas]

1422a. Pilgrim, G. E. New Siwalik primates
and their bearing on the question of the evolution
of man and the Anthropoidea. Rec. geol. Surv.
India, 1915, 45, 1-74, pls. 1-4.
[eeu2fentiGrueni Paco) Matai

1423. Pittard, E. & Pittard, J.-J. Etude surle
développement cranio-facial des gorilles, des
orangs et des chimpanzés. Recherches compara-
tives sur la capacité cranienne, les poids craniens
et mandibulaires et les surfaces triturantes des
groupes molaires. Rapports des surfaces trituran-
tes aux développements encéphaliques. Reo.
suisse Zool., 1936, 43, 551-595.

Png|

[Sor Green
1424. Ramstr6m, M. Der Piltdown-Fund.
Bull. geol. Instn. Univ. Upsala, 1918-19, 16, 261—
304, [+ 12f-2t: Pn]
1425. de Terra, Maximilian.
Odontographie des Menschenrassen.

Beitrage zu einer
Inaug.-Diss.

[80]

Odontometry—Anomalies

(Phil.) Zurich. Parchim i.M.: H. Freise, 1905, iv,
302 pp. [+ 44f-vnt-unr: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph C-p Mc Pp Ced)
See also: 813, 996, 1030, 1081, 1087, 1134, 1233,
1334a, 1338, 1344, 1361, 1384, 1396, 1400, 3941,
3943, 3952, 3953, 3955, 3958, 3960, 3962.

HISTOLOGY OF THE TEETH

1426. Bargmann, W. Zur Histologie des Den-
tins. Z. Zellforsch., 1934, 20, 442-458.
[+ 8f-nr: Pn Me Ce]

1427. Carter, J. T. On the structure of the
enamel in the primates and some other mammals.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1922, (2), 599-608, 7 pls.

[Prsb Cal-c Hap Lm Mer-c Pr-p Indr

Lor WNyct-c Prdct Gilg Daub Tars +7 T)

1428. Czerwinski, Rudolf. Vergleichend an-
atomisch-histologische Untersuchungen tiber den
Bau der harten Zahnsubstanzen beim ““Macacus
rhesus.” Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Wiirzburg, C. J.
Becker, 1926, 26 pp., 3 pls. {Mc}

1429. Miinch. Beitrag zur Struktur der Zahne
des Orangutan unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der Linien des Retzius. Dtsch. Mschr. Zahn-
heilk., 1926, 44, 137-148. [6f: Png]

1430. Schour, I. The neonatal line in the
enamel and dentin of the human deciduous teeth
and first permanent molar. F. Amer. dent. Ass.,
1936, 23, 1946-1955. [+ 9f-9r: Mel

1430a. Stritzinger, Hermann. Vergleichende
anatomisch-histologische Untersuchungen tiber die
Zahne des Orang-Utan. Inaug.-Diss. (Zahnh.)
Wirzburg, R. Mayr, 1932, 12 pp. [Png]

See also: 451, 3992, 4003.

EMBRYOLOGY & DENTITIONS

1431. Bolk, Louis. Odontologische Studien I,
Die Ontogenie der Primatenzahne. Versuche einer
Lésung der Gebissprobleme. Jena: Gustav Fischer,
1913, v, 122 pp., 2 pls. [++ 74f: Prsb

Nas Mc Saim Al Lm Pr-p|

1432. Brandes,G. Der Durchbruch der Zihne
beim Orang-Utan. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1928, n.f.,
1, 25-28, pl. 2. [1f: Png]

1433. Greiner, E. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte

des Gebisses von Tarsius spectrum. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1929, 89, 102-122. [16f-1t: Tars]

1434, Hassk6, S. Az orang-utan fogvaltdsa,
tejfogazata és allkapcsdnak lécszerkezete. Allatt.
Késlem., 1930, 27, 131-141. Der Zahnwechsel,
das Milchgebiss und der Unterkiefer-Balkenbau
des Orang-Utan, 141-143. [10f-9r: Png]

1435. Krogman, W. M. Studies in growth
changes in the skull and face of anthropoids.
I. The eruption of the teeth in anthropoids and
Old World apes. Amer. F. Anat., 1930, 46, 303—
313. [2t-10r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Mc Thr-p Pp)

[Anat. 1426-1449]

1436. Leche, W. Untersuchungen ueber das
Zahnsystem lebender und fossiler Halbaffen.
Festschr. C. Gegenbaur, 1897, 3, 125-166, 1 pl.

[20f-r: Lm Lp-l Hp-l Mer-c Chrg Pr-p

Avh WNyct-c Glg Tars ttt]

1437. [Noll, F.C.] Beitrage zur Frage iiber die
Stellung des Menschen. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1866, 7, 241-247, [EauGr PnP nee ray!

Prsb Clb C-p Me Pp Ceb Lag]

1438. Peters, W. Uber das Milchgebiss der
Saugethiergattung Aye-Aye, Chiromys madagas-
cariensis. Mber. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,* 1864
[1865], 243-245, [Abstr.]

1439. Scheff, J. Die erste Dentition beim
Affen (Makakus rhesus). Ost.-ung. Vischr. Zahn-
heilk., 1913, 29, 16-33, 1 pl. [+4 9f-nr: Me]

1440. Schultz, A. H. Eruption and decay of
the permanent teeth in primates. Amer. TF. phys.
Anthrop., 1935, 19, 489-581. [21f-27t-nr:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsh Nas Clb C-p

Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl Al Ocd-m}

1441. Schwarz, R. Ziahne und Kieferwach-
stum der Anthropoiden. Verh. schweiz. naturf.
Ges., 1925, 106, 174-175. [4bstr: Gr Pn]

1442. Selenka, E. Die Rassenund der Zahn-
wechsel des Orang-Utan. Math. naturw. Mit. S,
B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,* 1896, 131-142.

1443. Selenka, E. Die Rassen und der Zahn-
wechsel des Orang-Utan. S. B. preuss. Akad.
Wiss., 1896, (1), 381-392, [1f-4t: Png Hyl|

1444. Spiegel, A. Der zeitliche Ablauf der
Bezahnung und des Zahnwechsels bei Javama-
kaken (Macaca irus mordax Th, & Wr.). " Z. wiss.
Zool., 1934, 145, 711-732. [5t-nr: Me]

1445. Virchow, H. Die Milchwangenzahne
des Menschen und anderer Primaten. Z. Ethn.,
1919, 51, 260-272, pl. 2.

[++ It: Png Mc Cyn-p All

1446. Vram, U. G. Sul cambio dei denti e su
alcuni caratteri sessuali del cranio nel Cynoceph.
hamadryas. Boll. Soc. zool. ital., 1911, (2), 12,
153-157. [Pp]

See also: 201, 226, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 367,
370, 374, 774, 1031, 1043, 1044, 1087, 1116, 1125,
1135, 1136, 1333, 1374a, 1387, 1392, 1393, 1412,
1452, 1565, 1985, 2924, 2953, 3551, 3768, 3873,
4049,

ANOMALIES OF THE TEETH

1447, Bateson, W. On numerical variation in
teeth, with a discussion of the conception of
homology. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, 102-115.

1448. Bateson, William. Materials for the
study of variation treated with regard to discontinuity
in the origin of species. London: Macmillan & co.,
1894, xv, 598 pp. [+ 209f: Gr Pn Png

C-p Mc Pp Ceb Atl Brchyt All

1449, Batujeff, N. Carabelli’s Héckerchen und
andere unbestandige Hocker der oberen Mahl-

[81]

[Anat. 1450-1474]

THE TEETH

zahne bei dem Menschen und den Affen. Bull.
Acad. Sci. St. Pétersh., 1896, (5), 5, 93-109.
[+ 9f-lt: Prsh Clb C-p Mc Pp Mndr

Ceb Atl Al Pr-p

1450. de Beaux, O. A proposito di un cranio
di Theropithecus 9. G. Morf., 1923, 4, 24-29.

[1f: Thr-p]

1451. Bennejeant, C. Les variations dentaires

numériques et la réduction dentaire progressive

chez les primates. Odontologie, 1935, 73, 443-459,

520-526, 553-581, 630-651.
[++ 67f-vnr:

1452. Bennejeant, Ch. Anomalies et variations
dentaires chez les primates. Thése (Sci.) Clero-
mont-Ferrand, 1936, 258 pp. Review: Rev. odon-
tol., 1936, 58, 891-893. [+++ 223f-vnr]

1453. Berwerth, F. H. Uber Vermehrung und
Verminderung des Gebisses bei den Primaten.
Mitt. anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1914, 44, 152-164.

(eS: Pus Vial Mc)

1453a. Blainville, H. D. Sur quelques ano-

malies du systéme dentaire dans les mammiferes.

Ann. frang. étrang. Anat. Physiol.,* 1837, 1, 285-
314.

1454. Camerano, L. Di un cranio di Cerco-
pithecus ruber E. Geoffr. con dentatura anomala.
Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp., Torino, 1896, 11,
no. 251, 3 pp. [4f: Ery-c]

1455. Carus, J. V. Ueber eine Anomalie im
Gebisse des Orangutans. Ber. sachs. Ges. ( Akad.)
Wiss., 1898, 50, Naturwiss. Teil, 32-37.

[2f: Png]

1456. Chaine, J. Molaire surnuméraire chez
un gorille. Act. Soc. linn. Bordeaux, 1926, 78,
Proc.-Verb., 127-128. [Gr]

1457. Colyer, J. F. Variations in position of
the teeth in New World monkeys. Proc. R. Soc.
Med., 1919, 12, (3), (Odont.), 39-54. [18f-It:

Aot Cal-c Pith Chirop Ceb Lag Brchyt

Atl Al Hap Myst\

1458. Colyer, F. Variations and abnormalities
in the position of the teeth in Erythrocebus, the
patas monkey. Proc. R. Soc. Med., 1928, 22, (2),
(Odont.), 237-242. [13f: Ery-c]

1459. Colyer, Frank. Four lectures on: “‘ Abnor-
mal conditions of the teeth of animals in their rela-
tionship to similar conditions in man.” London:
The Dental Board of the United Kingdom, [1931],
xi, 167 pp. [217f: see 1460]

1460. Colyer, Frank. Variations and diseases
of the teeth of animals. London: John Bale, Sons
& Danielsson, Ltd., 1936, viii, 750 pp.

[+ 1007f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

all genera)

Clb Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Cal-c_ Pith
Saim Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl Al Lm Lp-l
Mer-c Chrg Lor Nyct-c Prdct Gilg]

1461. Fabian, H. Beitrag zu dem Problem der
iiberzahligen Wangenhécker. Anat. dnz., 1926,
61, 209-224. es ae eral

1462. Gervais, P. Dents surnuméraires ob-
servées chez un gorille. ‘F. Zool.,* 1874, 3, 164~
166, pl. 6. [Gr]

1462a.* Gremiatzki, M. (De quelques ano-
malies du systéme dentaire des primates supé-
rieurs et leur signification phylogénétique.) Russk.

antrop. Zh., 1928, 16, 24-36. Fr. rés. p. 36.
[Russ.]

1463. Hilzheimer, M. Einige Zahnanomalien
wilder Tiere. Anat. Anz., 1908, 32, 442-445.
[++ 5f: Pn (Ep)

1464. Holding, R. E. Exhibition of, and re-
marks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies and
variations in teeth. Proc. zool. Soc., Lond., 1906,
(1), 233-234. [2f-abstr: Ery-c Pp]

1465. Keuchenius, P. E. Tooth-anomalies in
an orang-oetan. Contr. Faune Ind. néerl., 1917,
1, fasc. 3, 302-304. [2f: Png]

1466. Kunstler, J. & Chaine, J. Variations de
formules dentaires chez les primates. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1906, 60, 99-101. [Gr Me]

1467. Lessona, M. Caso di anomalia nella
dentatura di un Hy/obates leuciscus Kuhl. Atti.
Accad. Torino, 1877, 12, 326-328, pl. 6. [Hy]

1468. Loénnberg, E. The homologies of the in-
cisors of the higher primates in the light of some
“anomalies” in the dentition of gibbons. rk.
Zool., 1931, 22 A, no. 6, 6 pp. [4f: Hy]

1469. Loth, E. Kilka waryacyj uzebienia u
matp. (Ueber einige Varietaten des Gebisses bei
den Primaten.) C. R. Soc. sci. Varsovie, 1911, 4,
fasc. 9, 127-132.

[6f-Gr. abstr: Png Me WNyct-c]

1470. Maggi, L. Sopra una diminuzione nu-
merica dei denti nell’ orango (Satyrus orang).
R. C. Ist. lombardo, 1891, (2), 24, 586-593, pl. 4.

[Png]

1471. Magitot, Emile. Traité des anomalies du
systéme dentaire, chez homme et les mammiferes.
Paris: G. Masson, 1877, iv, 303 pp., 20 pls.

[+ Gr Ceb Aill

_ 1471a. Martini, L. A case of anomalous denti-
tion in a monkey. Brit. F. dent. Sci., 1877, 20,
661-662. (if: Hyl]

1472. Mijsberg, W. A. Uberzahlige Milchmo-
laren und Pramolaren im Gebiss des Siamangs und
des Menschen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1931, 96,
98-118. [+ 15f: Symph]

1472a.* Nakajima, T. (Ein verschmolzener
Milchzahn bei einem Affen.) Kokudyo Gk. Z.,
Tokyo*, 1937, 11, 170-172. Abstr.: Jap. F. med.
Sci., I. Anat., 1939, 7, (213). [4f-Fap: Mc]
1473. Neuville, H. Anomalies des incisives ob-
servées surungorille. Anthropologie, Paris, 1917,
28, 257-262. [Uf: Gr]
1474. Neuville, H. Ectopies dentaires de go-

rille et d’orang-outan. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat.,
Paris, 1936, (2), 8, 225-232. [4f: Gr Png|

[82]

Anomalies

[Anat. 1475-1487]

1475. Peters, W. [Schadel eines weiblichen
Orang-Utang aus Borneo mit 6 statt 5 Back-
zihnen.] S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1872, 76.

[Abstr.: Png]

1476. Ramme, W. Zwei Gebissunregelmassig-
keiten bei amerikanischen Affen. S.B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl., 1915, 392-394. [2f: Ceb Al]

1477. Regnault, F. Des malformations den-
taires chezle singe. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1893,
45, 931-934. [Gr Pn Png Prsb C-p

Mc Aot Ceb All

1478. Remane, A. Eine seltsame Gebissano-
malie bei einem Stummelaffen. Z. Saugetierk.,
1926, 1, 114-120, pl. 5. [4f-1t: Clb}

1479. Schwarz, E. Der fehlende Schneidezahn
der Primaten. Zool. Anz., 1930, 89, 36-38.

[if: Lm Lp-l Hp-l Mer-c Chrg Pr-p

Avh Indr Gig

1480. Shaw, J.C.M. Four cases of fourth mo-
lar teeth in South African baboons. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1927, 62, 79-85, 1 pl. [Pp]

1481. Siffre, [A.] Présence sur une mandibule

de gorille d’une 4e molaire. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1909, (5), 10, 81-82. [Gr]

[83 ]

1482. Smith, G. Elliot. Note on the presence
of an extra pair of molar teeth in a Lemur fulvus.
Proc. z00l. Soc. Lond., 1902, (2), 61-62.

[Uf: Lm]

1483. Tomes, C. S. Partial suppression of
teeth in a very hairy monkey (Colobus caudatus).
Trans. odont. Soc., Lond., 1897, 30, 30-36, 3 pls.

[C72]

1484. Vallois, H. V. Molaires surnuméraires
chez un gorille. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse,
1925, 53, 142-149. [2f-r: Gr]

1485. Vram, U. G. Un quarto molare in un
cranio di Cercocebus. Atti Soc. romana Antrop.,
1905, 11, 47-48. Uf: C-cl

1486. Wegner, R.N. Ein tiberzahliger Pramo-
lar beim Siamang (Symphalangus syndactylus Des-
marest). Z. Ethn., 1908, 40, 86-88.

J fs Sympal

1487. Wegner, R. N. Uberzahlige Incisiven
bei Affen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1909, 12, 353-
358, pl. 12. [Gr Clb Me]

See also: 813, 1012, 1018, 1031, 1041, 1043, 1064,

1070, 1097, 1138, 1185, 1291, 1358, 1369, 1370,
1399, 1425, 1440.

Muscular System & Integument

MORPHOLOGY & ANOMALIES
Comprehensive & General Studies

1488. Alix, E. Sur l’anatomie de l’aye-aye.
Bull, Soc. philom. Paris, 1878, (7), 2, 252-254;
1879, (7), 3, 167. [Abstr.: Daub]

1488a. Burdach, E. Beitrag zur vergleichen-
den Anatomie der Affen. Ber. anat. Anstalt
Konigsberg,* 1838, 9, 103 pp. [C-p Mc Pp]

1489. Champneys, F. On the muscles and
nerves of a chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger) and a
Cynocephalus anubis. F. Anat., Lond., 1871, 6,
176-211. [Pn Pp]

1490. Cuvier, Georges & Laurillard, [C. L.].
Anatomie comparée; recueil des planches de myolo-
gie, dessinées par G. Cuvier, ou exécutées sous ses
yeux par M. Laurillard. Paris: Dusacq, 1849,
vol. 1, 168 pls. with text. [Png C-p Me

Pp Ceb Atl Hap Lm Lor)

1491. Dobson, G. E. Notes on the muscular
anatomy of Cercopithecus callitrichus. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1881, 812-818. [2f: C-p]

1491la. Fick, R. Uber die Gewichts- und Quer-
schnittverhaltnisse der Hundemuskeln. 8S. B.

preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1922, 321-352.
[+ ont: Png]

1491b. Fick, R. Anatomische Untersuchungen
an einigen der Teneriffaschimpansen, namentlich
tiber die Gewichts- und Querschnittsverhaltnisse
der Muskeln. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1925,
162-197. [+++ ont: Pn Png]

1492. Fick, R. Beobachtungen an den Mus-
keln einiger Schimpansen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1925, 76, 117-141. [Pn]

1492a. Hoffman, C. K. & Weijenbergh, H., Jr.
Sur la place du Chiromys dans la méthode natu-

relle. Arch. néerl. Sci. 1870, 5, 214-232.
[Daud]

1493. Hoffman, C. K. & Weyenbergh, H., Jr.
Die Osteologie und Myologie von Sciurus vulgaris
L., verglichen mit der Anatomie der Lemuriden
und des Chiromys, und ueber die Stellung des
letzteren im naturlichen Systeme. Natuurk.
Verh. holland. Maatsch. Wet., 1870, (3), 1, 136 pp.,
4 pls. [++ Gilg Daub)

1494. Kohlbriigge, Jacob Hermann Friederich.
Muskeln und periphere Nerven des Genus Hylo-
bates. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Freiburg. Leiden:
E. J. Brill, 1890, 110 pp. [cf. no. 199]

1495. Kohlbrugge, I. H. F. Muskeln und
periphere Nerven der Primaten, mit besonderer
Bertcksichtigung ihrer Anomalien. Eine ver-
gleichend-anatomische und anthropologische Un-

tersuchung. Verh. Akad. Wet., Amst., Sect. 2,
1897, 5, no. 6, 246 pp., 1 tbl. [nt-nr: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Nas C-
C-c Mc Pp Mndr Cal-c Pith Ceb Atl
Al Hap Myst Leon-c]

1496. Ledingham, J. C. G. The myology of
Troglodytes niger. Proc. anat. anthrop. Soc.,
Aberd., 1904, 136-155. [4f: Pn]

1497. Le Double, Anatole Félix. Traité des
variations du systéme musculaire de lhomme et de
leur signification au point de vue de 1 anthropologie
zoologiqgue. Paris: Schleicher fréres, 1897, vol. 1,
xvi, 368 pp.; vol. 2, 566 pp.

1498. Lucae, J. C. G. Die Statik und Me-
chanik der Quadrupeden an dem Skelet und den
Muskeln eines Lemur und eines Choloepus. Abh.
senckenb. naturf. Ges., 1883, 13, 1-92, 24 pls.

[+++ 2f-4t: Lm]

1499. Macalister, A. On some points in the
myology of the chimpanzee and others of the
primates. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1871, (4), 7,
341-351. fio Yen iGiLy Gp eG came ies

Pp Ceb Atl Al Hap)

1500. Macalister, A. The muscular anatomy
of the gorilla. Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1873, (2), 1,
501-506, pl. 29. [Gr]

1501. MacDowell, E. C. Notes on the myol-
ogy of Anthropopithecus niger and Papio-thoth
ibeanus. Amer. Ff. Anat., 1910, 10, 431-460.

[5f4t-37r: Pn Pp)

1502. Michaélis, P. Beitrage zur vergleichen-
den Myologie des Cynocephalus babuin, Simia
satyrus, Troglodytes niger. Arch. Anat. Physiol.,
Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1903, 205-256.

[7f-69r: Pn Png Ppl

1503. Mivart, St.G. Notes on the myology of
a specimen of Cercopithecus sabaeus. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1865, 43-46. [if: C-p]

1504. Mivart, St. G. & Murie, J. Observa-
tions on the anatomy of Nycticebus tardigradus.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, 240-256.

[7f-00r: Nyct-c]

1505. Murie, J. & Mivart, St. G. On the
anatomy of the Lemuroidea. Trans. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1866 [1872], 7, 1-113, pls. 1-6.

[21f: Lm Lp-l Mer-c Indr Lor

Pract <Arct-c Glg Daub Tars]

1506. Pagenstecher, H. A. Mensch und Affe.
Ein Vergleich der Muskulatur des Drill mit der
des Menschen, unter Beriicksichtigung allge-
meiner Gesichtspunkte der Muskellehre und der
Unterschiede von Hand und Fuss. Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1867, 8, 121-137, 161-172. [f: Mndr]

Nyct-c

[ 84]

Comprehensive & general—Muscles of back

1507. Parsons, F. G. The muscles of mam-
mals, with special relation to human myology: a
course of lectures delivered at the Royal College
of Surgeons of England. 7. Anat., Lond., 1898,
32, 428-450, 721-752.

[+ 34f: Mc Cyn-p Lm]

1508. Pozzi, S. De la valeur des anomalies
musculaires au point de vue de |’anthropologie
zoologique. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1874
[1875], 3, 581-587, pls. 7-8. [Gr Pn Pp Mc]

1509. Primrose,A. The anatomy of the orang-
outang. Proc. Canad. Inst., 1898, n.s., 1, 119-
126 [Abstr: Png]

1509a.* Rozycki, S. Morfologja uktadu mig¢s-
niowego szympansa. (The morphology of the
muscular system of the chimpanzee.) Pozn.
Tow. Przyj. Nauk., Poznan, 1922, 1, (2), 88 pp.
[Engl. abstr.: Pn)

1510. Ruge, G. Riickwirkungen des frei be-
weglichen Zustandes der oberen Gliedmassen auf
Organe des Rumpfes. Anat. Anz., 1918, 51, 81-
106. [+ Gr Pn Hyl]

1511. Sirena, S. Ricerche sulla miologia del
Mycetes fuscus. G. Sci. nat. econ. Palermo, 1871,
7, 164-244, pls. 25-27. [xr: All

1512.* Sommer, Alfred. Das Muskelsystem
des Gorilla. Wabilitationsschrift (Med.) Wurz-
burg. Jena, 1906, 128 pp.

1513. Sommer, A. Das Muskelsystem des
Gorilla. ‘Fena. Z. Naturw., 1907, 42, 181-308,
pls. 15-18. [2t-140r: Gr]

1514. Stewart, T. D. The musculature of the
anthropoids. I. Neck and trunk. Amer. Ff. phys.
Anthrop., 1936, 21, 141-204.

[9f-r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

1515. Testut, Léo. Les anomalies musculaires
chez homme expliquées par l anatomie comparée.
Leur importance en anthropologie. Paris: G. Mas-
son, 1884, xv, 844 pp. [+ nr]

1516. Wilder, B.G. Contributions to the com-
parative myology of the chimpanzee. Boston fF.
nat. Hist., 1861, 7, 353-384. [1t-16r: Pn]

1517. Windle, B. C.A. Notes on the myology
of Midas rosalia, with remarks on the muscular
system in apes. Proc. Bgham nat. Hist. Soc.,
1885-86, 5, 152-166. [Leon-c]

1518. Windle, B. C. A. Notes on the myology
of Hapale jacchus. Proc. Bgham nat. Hist. Soc.,
1886-87, 5, 277-281. [Hap]

See also: 171, 176, 178, 198, 199, 203, 213, 217,
221, 227, 255, 258, 284, 765, 781, 790, 803, 1492a,
1493, 1596, 2359a.

QUANTITATIVE MORPHOLOGY

See also: 182, 938, 1061a, 1491a, 1491b, 1519a,
1519b, 1601, 1641, 1676, 1693a, 1699, 1705b,
1797a.

Anat. 1507-1523c]

MUSCLES OF THE BACK
(incl. extensors of the tail)

1519. Chapman, [H. C.] Disposition of the
latissimus dorsi, etc., in Ateles geoffroyi (Kuhl) and
Macacus rhesus (Demarest). Proc. Acad. nat.
Sci., Philad., 1874, 94-95, pls. 13-14. [Mc Ail]

1519a. Dzwonkowski,L. (L’anthropomorpho-
logie du muscle trapéze.) Folia morph., Warszawa,
1935-36, 6, 147-202. Fr. abstr.: 201-202.
[+++ 31f-nt4Ao6r-Polish: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsh C-p Mec Pp Saim Ceb Atl
Hap Leon-c Lm]

1519b. Dzwonkowski, L. Antropomorfologja
mie$nia najszerszego grzbietu. (L’anthropomor-
phologie du muscle grand dorsal.) C. R. Soc.
Sci. Varsovie, Cl. 4, 1937, 30, 1-51. Fr. abstr.
50-51. [+++ 21f-nt-33r: see no. 1519a]

1520. Forster, A. Zur Morphologie des Musc.
trachelo-costo-scapularis und seiner beiden Ab-
kémmlinge: des Levator scapulae und des Ser-
ratus anterior. Eine vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1914, 17,
247-324, pls. 13-18. [+++ 2f-15t-onr: Gr

Pn Png Hyl C-p Atl Lm)

1520a. Hjelmman, G. (Eine beim Menschen
selten vorkommende Muskelanomalie und der
entsprechende Muskel beim Affen und Halbaffen.)
Finska LakSdllsk. Handl., 1931, 73, 421-441.
Gr. abstr., 440-441. Acta Inst. anat. Univ. Hel-

singf., 1931, 4. (Re ere arraee | 1273
Hyl C-p Mc Pp Saim Ceb Hap Lm
Hp-l Prdct Daub)

1521. Maximenko, A. Material zum Studium
der Mm. serrati dorsales der Saugetiere. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1929, 89, 156-170.

[+ 10f-t-13r: Mc Pp]

1522. Maximenko, A. Material zum Studium
der Mm. serrati dorsales der Saugetiere. II. Mit-
teillung. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1930, 92, 151-177.

[+ 14f-2: Cp C-d

1523. Menier,G., Mlle. L’accessoire du grand
dorsal chez l’ouistiti (Hapale jacchus, L.). C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1912, 73, 494-496. [if: Hap]

1523a. Nishi, S. Die Riickenmuskeln von
Macacus rhesus. Ein Beitrag zur Myologie der
Primaten unter Berticksichtigung der mensch-
lichen. Jap. F. med. Sci., I Anat., 1939, 7, 153-
ily file [11t: Me]
1523b. Nishi, S. Uber die Innervation der
segmentierten Muskeln. Folia anat. japon., 1922,
1, 101-104. Esperanto abstr. p. 104.
[disc. of no. 1523c: Me}
1523c. Ogushi, K. Beitraége zur vergleichen-

den Anatomie der Mm. serrati posteriores bei
Affen, nebst einer Bemerkung iiber die “Oligo-

neurie.” Anat. Anz., 1920, 53, 321-332.
[3f-4t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb
Clb C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Mndr_ Aot Pith

Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap Leon-c Lm
Nyct-c Gig]

85 ]

[Anat. 1524-1547]

1524. de Pina, L. Les faisceaux épineux du
muscle grand complexus. Ann. Anat. path. med.-
chir., 1930, 7, 783-788. [ees 2 fel Grey

Png) "Hyl Clb C-p C-c. Mc Pp ‘Hap

Lag Lm)

1525. Plattner, F. Uber die ventral-innervierte
und die genuine Riickenmuskulatur bei drei An-
thropomorphen. (Gorilla gina, Hylobates syn-
dactylus und Troglodytes niger.) Gegenbaurs Fb.,
1923, 52, 241-280. [4f: Gr Pn Symph|

1525a.* Ruge, G. Der breite Riickenmuskel
der Primaten. In: Festschr. zum 70. Geburtstag
von Dr. Emil Grasser., Berlin: J. Springer, 1917,
viii, 638 pp., 38 pls.

1526. Ruge, G. Der breite Rickenmuskel der
Primaten. Z. angew. Anat., 1918, 2, 233-284.

[++ mr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

Nas Clh C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Ceb

Atl Lm WNyct-c Prdct Gig Daub)

1527. Ruge,G. Ursprung des breiten Riicken-
muskels bei Halbaffen, Affen und beim Menschen.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1920, 51, 141-146. [++ 4

1528. Schmidt, E. C. H., Jr. A comparative
study of the spinal musculature of the domestic
cat and the rhesus monkey. Proc. Pa Acad.
Sci., 1935, 9, 63-65. [++ Mc]

1529. Schiick, A. C. Beitrage zur Myologie
der Primaten. I. Der M. latissimus dorsi und der
M. latissimo-tricipitalis. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1913,

45, 267-294. [2if-r: Pn Png Symph
Prsh C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Ceb Atl
Lm Nyct-c)

1530. Schiick, A. [C.] Beitrdge zur Myologie
der Primaten. II. 1. Die Gruppe: Sterno-cleido-
mastoideus, Trapezius, Omo-cervicalis. 2. Die
Gruppe: Levator scapulae, Rhomboides, Serratus
anticus. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1913, 47, 355-418.

[46f-10t-r: see no. 1529]

1531. Seydel, O. Uber den Serratus posticus
und seine Lagebeziehung zum Obliquus abdominis
und Intercostalis externus bei Prosimiern und

Primaten. Morph. 7., 1891, 18, 35-75, pls. 2-3.
[Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Me
Mndr Hap Lm Lor Glg Daub Tars|

1532. Vallois, H. V. Les caractéres de la mus-
culature nuchale chezl’homme. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1926, 95, 1464-1465. [+]

1533. Vallois, H.-V. Les variations des muscles
spinaux chez les primates supérieurs. C. R. Acad.
Sci., Paris, 1927, 184, 232-234, [4]

1534. Vallois, H.-V. Les muscles spinaux chez
homme et les anthropoides. Contribution a
étude de l’adaptation a l|’attitude verticale.
Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1928, (10), 11, 1-65.

(ee mORES77-) Gr) Pn \ Pago! \C-p

Mc P-p)

1535. Virchow, H. Uber die Riickenmuskeln
eines Schimpanse. Arch. Anat. Physiol., ioe
Anat. Abt., 1909, 137-174. [Lf-t: n|

MUSCULAR SYSTEM

1536. Virchow, H. Die Riickenmuskeln des
Schimpanse. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Anat.
Abt., 1914, 319-350. [Zt

1537. Virchow, H. Uber die Riickenmuskeln
des Erythrocebus patas. Arch. Anat. Physiol.,
Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1916, 1-58. [10f: Ery-c]

1537a. Voss, H. Vergleichende Untersuchungen
uber den Aufteilungsgrad der kontraktilen Masse
in den Skeletmuskeln. I. Der Nachweis eines ver-
schiedenen Aufteilungsgrades in den drei Teilen
des Trapezmuskels, Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1934,
36, 179-190. [++ 4f: Pn Png Pp)

See also: 830, 831, 872, 1271, 1503, 1510, 1514,
1585, 1643, 1645, 1646, 1649, 1650, 1653.

MUSCLES OF THE HEAD:
FACIAL GROUP

1538. Chudzinski, T. Sur les muscles peaus-
siers du crane et de la face, observés sur un jeune
gorille male. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1885,
(3), 8, 583-586. [If: Gr]

1539. Deniker, J. Le développement des
muscles de la face chezlegorille. C.R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1887, 39, 448-451. [Gr]

1540. Dupuy, P. Anatomie comparée des
muscles du rire. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80,

549-551. [+++ Pn]

1541. Hanel,H. Uber die Gesichtsmuskulatur
des katarrhinen Affen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1932, 71,
1-76. [47f: C-p C-c Cyn-p Me Pop}

1542. Huber, E. Ein M. mandibulo-auricu-
laris bei Primaten, nebst Beitragen zur Kenntnis
der Phylogenese der menschlichen Ohrmuskula-
tur. Anat. Anz., 1925, 60, 11-21.

[+++ 3f: Me Al Lm]

1543. Huber, E. Der M. mandibulo-auricu-
laris der Sdugetiere, nebst weiteren Beitragen zur
Erforschung der Phylogenese der Gesichtsmusku-
latur. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1925, 55, 1-111.

[+ 30f-umr: Mc Al Lm]

1544. Huber, E. Evolution of facial muscula-
ture and cutaneous field of trigeminus. Qvart.
Rev. Biol., 1930, 5, 133-188, 389-437.

[++ 46f-vunr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me Aot

Atl Hap O0ced-m Lm _ Tars]

1545. Huber, Ernst. Evolution of facial muscu-
lature and facial expression. Baltimore: The
Johns Hopkins Press, 1931, xii, 184 pp.

1546. Lightoller, G. S. The facial muscles of
three orang utans and two Cercopithecidae. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1928, 63, 19-81, 11 pls.

[Si7rsh Pag) Mowe

1547. Lightoller,G.S. The facial musculature
of some lesser primates and a Tupaia. A compara-
tivestudy. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1934, (1), 259-
309, 8 pls. [+++ 29r: Hap Lm _ Tars]

[86]

Facial——Craniomandibular

[Anat. 1548-1570]

1548. Paugger, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Halshautmuskulatur bei Primaten. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1923, 23, 185-226. [25f-02r: Px

Png Hyl Ery-c Mc Pp Hap Tars)

1549, Perregaux, Eduard. FEiniges iiber die
Lippenmuskulatur der Sdugethiere. \naug.-Diss.
(Med.) Bern, K. J. Wyss, 1884, 18 pp.

[+ C-p Pp]

1550. Popovski, I. Podkozhnaya muskulatura
oranga i innervatsia yeya. [The subcutaneous mus-
cular system and its innervation in the orang-
outang.] Jzv. imp. Tomsk. Univ.,* 1893, 6, 1-50.

[3f-Russ.: Png]

1551. Rahner,R. Die Gesichtsmuskulatur der
Affen und die Trager der menschlichen Mimik.
Die stammesgeschichtliche Entstehung der mim-

ischen Gesichtsmuskulatur des Menschen.
Prometheus, 1914, 25, 689-693.
[+++ 3f-3r: Lp-l Pr-p\

1552. Rex, H. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Muskulatur der Mundspalte der Affen. Morph.
¥b., 1887, 12, 275-286, pl. 17.

[Pn Png C-p Me Lor]

1553. Rézycki, S. Miesien poprzeczny karku
i miesieh poprzeczny podbrédka u szmpansa. (Le
muscle transverse de la nuque et transverse du
menton chez le chimpanzé.) Kosmos, Lwéw, 1924,
49, 33-40. [2f-10r-Engl. abstr.: Pn]

1554. Ruge, G. Uber die Gesichtsmuskulatur
der Halbaffen. Eine vergleichend-anatomische
Studie. Morph. 7b., 1886, 11, 243-315, pls. 14-
1

6.
[Lm Lp-l Mer-c Pr-p Avh Daub Tars]

1555. Ruge, G. Die vom Facialis innervirten
Muskeln des Halses, Nackens und des Schadels
eines jungen Gorilla (“Gesichtsmuskeln”). Morph.

¥b., 1887, 12, 459-529, pl. 24. [Uf-1t: Gr]

1556. Ruge, Georg. Untersuchungen iiber die
Gesichtsmuskulatur der Primaten. Leipzig: W.
Engelmann, 1887, 130 pp., 8 pls. [biG

Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb Me Cyn-p Mndr
Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap)

1557. Ruge, G. Gesichtsmuskulatur und Ner-
vus facialis der Gattung Hy/obates. Gegenbaurs
Fb., 1911, 44, 129-177. [12f: Hyl Symph]

1558. Schreiber, H. Die Gesichtsmuskulatur
der Platyrrhinen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1928, 60, 179-
295. [59f: dot Pith Saim Ceb Lag

Atl Al Hap Myst Leon-c]

1559. Smith, W.K. The motor innervation of
the superficial facial and superficial cervical mus-
culature of mammals. <Azat. Rec., 1931, 50, 333-
Joo: [+ 5f-r: Me]

1560. Sullivan, W. E. & Osgood, C. W. The
facialis musculature of the orang, Simia satyrus.
Anat. Rec., 1925, 29, 195-243.

[6f-13r: Gr Pn Png]

1561.* Siissmayr, Georg. Ueber die Gesichts-
Muskulatur einiger Primaten. (Eine vergleichend-

anatomische Studie.) Inaug.-Diss. Minchen, C.
Wolf & Sohn, 1888, 38 pp., 1 pl.

1562. Virchow, H. Gesichtsmuskeln der
Schimpansen, bh. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1915,
no. 1, 81 pp., 4 pls. [10f: Pn]

1563. Virchow, H. Gesichtsmuskeln des wei-
blichen Schimpansen “Chica.” S.B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl., 1922, 53-65. [Pn]

See also: 180, 227, 480, 1566.

MUSCLES OF THE HEAD:
CRANIOMANDIBULAR GROUP

1564. Bluntschli, [H.] Die Kaumuskulatur
der Menschenaffen (nach Untersuchungen beim
Orang). Anat. Anz., 1929, 67, ErgH., 199-208.

[2t: Png]

1565. Bluntschli, H. Die Kaumuskulatur des
Orang-Utan und ihre Bedeutung fir die Formung
des Schadels. I. Teil: Das morphologische Ver-
halten. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1929, 63, 531-606, pls.
2-10. [2f-t-r: Png]

1565a.* Bluntschli, H. Die Kaumuskeln eines
neugeborenen Orang-Utan. Vjschr. Zahnheilk.,
Sonderh., 1931, 47, 10-21. Abstr.: Dtsch. Mschr.
Zahnheilk., 1931, 49, p. 706. [Png]

1566. v.d. Broek, A. J. P. Uber Muskelin-
sertionen und Urspriinge am Unterkiefer; ein
Beitrag zur Kinnfrage. Z. Morph. <Anthrop.,
1920, 21, 227-284, pls. 5-6. [+++ 22f-39r:

hex Png Hyl Mc Pp Ceb Ail Al

m

1566a. Dubecq, J. Morphologie comparative
de la musculature temporo-masséterine chez quel-
ques mammiféres. Mém. Soc. Sci. phys. nat.

Bordeaux, 1923, (7), 3, 215-262.
Sy ACY eee = 7 ee ois |

1567. Forster, A. Ueber die morphologische
Bedeutung des Wangenfettpfropfes. Seine Be-
ziehungen zu den Kaumuskeln und zu der Glan-
dula orbitalis. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Lpz., Anat.
Abt., 1904, 197-298, pls. 15-19. [+ 67r:

Gri Pa Png. yl VPrshi a G-pirw Mce Pp

Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm]

1568. Hopf, G. Grdssenunterschiede der Mus-
kelfaserquerschnitte zwischen den einzelnen Por-
tionen des M. masseter beim Menschen und bei
einigen Saugetieren. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1934,
35, 195-217. fee ae Jal

1569. Riegner, [H.] Beitrage zur Physiologie
der Kieferbewegungen. Zweiter Teil. Die Kiefer-
muskeln und ihre Wirkungsweise beim Affen
(Macacus rhesus). Arch. Anat. Physiol. Lpz.,
Anat. Abt., 1906, 109-116, pl. 3. [Mc]

1570. Riegner, [H.] Beitrage zur Physiologie
der Kieferbewegungen. Zweiter Teil. Die Kiefer-
muskeln und ihre Wirkungsweise beim Affen
(Macacus rhesus). Korresp Bl. Zahndrz., 1907,
36, 132-140. sf: Mc]

[87]

[Anat. 1571-1593]

1571. Starck, D. Die Kaumuskulatur der

Platyrrhinen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1933, '72, 212-285.
[5lf-unr: Aot Pith Saim Ceb Lag Atl
Al Hap Leon-c]

1572. Zlabek, K. Les types principaux du
masséter des Simioidea. Bull. Soc. Anthrop.
Paris, 1935, (8), 6, 93-110.

[10f: Hyl Clb Atl Hap Oecd-m]

1573. Zlabek, K. Note sur le masseter des
catarhiniens et des platyrhiniens. Bul/. Mus.
Hist. nat., Paris, 1936, (2), 8, 118-124.

[3f: Dhr-p (Ceb]

See also: 180, 1061a, 1075, 1343, 1347, 1582,
2486.

MUSCLES OF THE NECK
(incl. hyoidean muscles)

1574. Bijvoet, W. F. Ueber den Musculus di-
gastricus mandibulae beim Orang-Utan. Ned.
Bijdr. Anat., 1907, 4, 539-544. [3f-8r: Png]

1575. Bijvoet, W.F. Zur vergleichenden Mor-
phologie des Musculus digastricus mandibulae bei
den Saugetieren. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1908, 11,
249-316. [+ 34f40r: Prsbh Clb Me

Mndr <Aot Saim Ceb Atl Al O0cd-m

Lm Lp-l Nyct-c Glg Daub Tars]

1576. Chaine, J. Le digastrique du chimpanzé
et l’origine phylogénique de ce muscle. C. R.
Soc. Biol., Paris, 1905, 59, 623-624. [Pn]

1577. Dobson, G. E. On the digastric muscle,
its modifications and functions. Trans. Linn.
Soc. Lond., Zool., 1882, (2), 2, 259-264, pl. 25.

[+ Pn C-p Lor]

1578. Dupuy, P. Note sur le ventre antérieur
du digastrique du chimpanzé. Bull. Soc. anat.
Paris, 1905, 80, 112-114. [Pn]

1579. Forster,A. Beitrag zur Morphologie des
Scalenussystems und des M. sterno-costalis. Teil
I. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1915, 19, 27-148, pls. 1-5.

[+ 272f-2t: Hyl Prsb C-p Atl Hap Lm

Nyct-c]

1580. Forster, A. Beitrag zur Morphologie des
Scalenussystems und des M. sterno-costalis. Eine
vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchung. Teil II.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1915, 19, 271-352, pls. 6-8.

[seae URIS 67 Greer Pel

1581. Holl, M. Zur Morphologie des M. di-
gastricus mandibulae der Affen. §S.B. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1912, 121, 71-117. Abstr.:
Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1912, 49, 109-111.

[5f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Mc Cebdj

1582. Kurz, [E.] Muskeln und Nerven der
Hals- und Brust-Schultergegend von Macacus
rhesus. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt.,
1918, 225-241. [Uf-nr: Mc]

1583. Sonntag, C. F. The variations in the
digastric muscle of the rhesus macaque and the

common macaque. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1919,
(2), 437-439. [5f: Mc]

MUSCULAR SYSTEM

1584. Toldt, C. Der M. digastricus und die
Muskeln des Mundhéhlenbodens beim Orang.
S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1907, 116, 443-
456, 3 pls. [Pag]

1584a. Toldt,C. Der vordere Bau des Muscu-
lus digastricus mandibulae und seine Varietaten
beim Menschen (II Teil). S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1908, 117, 229-319.

[+ 3f: Gr Png Hyll
_ 1585. Virchow, H. Die Nackenmuskelfelder
eines kindlichen Schimpanse. Z. Ethn., 1914, 46,
478-480. Lf 27

1586. Zlabek, K. O tvarové zavislosti m. di-
gastricus mandibulae ¢lovéka a antropoidnich
opic na mechanismu €elistniho kloubu. Rozpr.
éeské Akad., Trida II, 39, 1939, no. 41, 38 pp.
Fr. abstr.: Bull. int. Acad. Prague, 1929, 30, 181-
183. [+++ 14f-52r-Czech: Gr Pn Png]

1586a. Zlabek, K. Reconstruction du mouve-
ment vertical dans I’articulation temporo-maxil-
laire de homme et des singes anthropoides.

Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1930, 12, 49-73.
[++ 9f-12r: Gr Pn Png]

See also: 144, 488, 509, 562, 1270, 1271, 1343,
1503, 1514, 1530, 1532, 1536, 1565, 1566, 1569,
1570, 1595, 1617, 2381.

MUSCLES OF THE THORAX

1587. v. d. Broek, A. J. P. Ein doppelseitiger
M. sternalis und ein M. pectoralis quartus bei
Hylobates syndactylus. Anat. Anz., 1910, 35, 591-
596. Lif: Symph]

1588. Cals, G. Recherches sur quelques mus-
cles de la région pectorale au point de vue de
lanatomie comparée. Bibdliogr. anat., 1902, 11,

89-111. © [++ Sf-r: Clo Me Saim Atl
Leon-c Lm Lp-l Mer-c Pr-p Nyct-c
Prdct Tars)

1589. Cords, Elisabeth. Zur vergleichenden
Morphologie des M. sterno-costalis. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1924, 71, 261-281. [+ 10f: C-p]

1590. Florence, J. Notes sur l’anatomie du
Semnopithecus hanuma. (Creux axillaire—triangle
de Scarpa.) Bibliogr. anat., 1910, 20, 224-230.

[2f: Prsb]

1591. Forster, A. Zur Morphologie der Mus-
keln des Thorax. Eine vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung. II. Teil. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1916, 20, 111-224. [+ 37f46t: Prsb C-p Lm]

1592. Forster, A. Zur Morphologie der Mus-
keln des Thorax. Eine vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung. III. Teil. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1917, 20, 339-456. [+++ 33f-54t: Gr Pn

Png Hyl Atl

1593. Forster, A. Zur Morphologie der Mus-
keln des Thorax. Eine vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung. V. Teil. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1919, 21, 23-102, 7 tbls. [+ 7¢-219r: Pn

Png Hyl C-p Atl Lm)

[88 ]

Neck——Abdomen

[Anat. 1594—1616a]

1594. Frey, H. Vorkommen einer primitiven
Form des muskulésen Achselbogens beim Mensch-
en. Beitrag zur Systematik des Achselbogens.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1921, 51, 259-277.

[eof Gre G-pie PD]

1595. Huntington, G. S. Contribution to the
myology of Lemur bruneus. Trans. N.Y. Acad.
Sci.,* 1897, 16, 335-363, pls. 28-35. [13r: Lm]

1596. Huntington, G. S. Present problems of
myological research and the significance and classi-
fication of muscular variations. Amer. 7. Anat.,
1903, 2, 157-175, 7 pls.

[++ Png Prsh Mc Pp Hap Nyct-c]

1597. Imparati, E. Contribuzione alla miolo-
gia delle regioni antero-laterale del torace, costale
e della ‘spalla nelle scimmie. Riv. ital. Sci. nat.,
1895, 15, 118-121, 129-132, 145-148; 1896, 16,
7-9, 17-24. [2f-t: Prsb C-p Me Pp)

1598. Kassianenko, W. Zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Mm. intercartilaginei bei den

Sdugetieren. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1928, 85,
166-177.
[a zfelir: Gp: (G-c Mc) Pp) Hap)

1599. Keith, A. Note on the supracostalis an-
terior. 7. dnat., Lond., 1894, 28, 333-334.

[+++ If]

1600 Kolesnikow, W. W. Uber die Mm. sub-

costales der Saugetiere. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,

1930, 92, 1-19. [eS iSijers G2piG-c)

1601. Loth,E. Anthropomorphologie des mus-

cles. Muscles du tronc.—Note préliminaire. Budl.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1919, (6), 10, 116-133.
[epee ent: Green Ven Vey) G-p-12,

Platyr Lm-oid]

1602. Mysberg, W. A. Die Homologie der
Brust- und Bauchmuskeln der Primaten. Anat.
Anz., 1917, 50, 121-127.

1603. Sergi, S. I muscoli intercostali e la
differenza sessuale del tipo di respirazione nello
cimpanzé. Riv. Antrop., 1920, 24, 177-207.

[++ 8f-3t-ur: Pn]

1604. Tobler, L. Der Achselbogen des Mensch-
en, ein Rudiment des Panniculus carnosus der
Mammalier. Morph. 7., 1902, 30, 453-507.

[++ 272f-56r: Gr C-p Ery-c Me Pp)

1605. Virchow, H. Intercostales externi und
Transversus thoraco-abdominalis des Erythrocebus
patas. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Anat. Abt., Suppl.-
Bd., 1915, 1-19. [2f: Ery-c]

1606. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie und
Morphologie der Musculi pectorales. S.B. 4kad.
Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1910, 119, 469-558, 3 pls.

[++ Gr Pn Png Hyl Cp C-c Mc Pp

Atl Hap Lm Daub)

See also: 143, 309a, 1501, 1503, 1510, 1514,

1520, 1530, 1531, 1536, 1579, 1580, 1608, 1610,
1611, 1614, 1615, 1617, 1643, 1649, 1653.

MUSCLES OF THE ABDOMEN

1608. Iwakin, A. A. Zur Frage tiber die Ho-
mologie der yentralen Lumbalmuskulatur. Mit-
teilung I: Uber den Musculus retractor costae
ultimae. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1928, 59, 179-195.

[+ 11f-24r: C-p C-c Mc Hap)

1609. Kassianenko, W. Vergleichend-anato-
mische Untersuchung der Blatter der Rectus-
scheide bei einigen Saugetieren. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1929, 89, 171-186.

[+ 16f-18r: Mc Pp]

1610. Kaudern, W. Ueber einige Aehnlich-
keiten zwischen Tupaja und den Halbaffen.
Anat. Anz., 1910, 37, 561-573.

[7f: Lm Chrg Pr-p Nyct-c Prdct Gig]

1611. Kaudern, W. Uber die Bauchmuskeln

bei Chiromys madagascariensis. Anat. Anz,
1914, 46, 616-622.
[3f-1t: Lm Chrg Pr-p Nyct-c Daub}

1612. Mijsberg, W. A. Over den bouw den
musculeusen buikwand der primaten. Versi. ge-
wone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1915, 23, (2), 1424-
1438. On the structure of the muscular abdom-
inal wall of primates. Proc. dcad. Sci. Amst.,
1915, 18, (1), 19-33.

[++ Of: Prsh C-p Ceb Brchyt Atl\

1613. Mysberg, W. A. Over het voorkomen
van een M. obliquus externus profundus abdo-
minis bij de primaten; en over de bouw van de
rectusscheede der primaten. Werk. Genoot. Nat.-,
Genees- en Heelk., Amst., 1916, (2), 8, 370-375.

[ Abstr.]

1614. Ruge,G. Anatomisches iber den Rumpf
der Hylobatiden. Ein Beitrag zur Bestimmung der
Stellung dieses Genus im Systeme. Webers Zool.
Ergebn. Reise Niederland. Ost-Ind.,* 1891, 1, 366-
460, pls. 21-25. [Hyl Symph]

1615. Ruge, G. Zeugnisse fiir die metamere
Verkiirzung des Rumpfes bei Saugethieren. Der
Musculus rectus thoraco-abdominalis der Prima-
ten. Eine vergleichend-anatomische Untersuch-
ung. Morph. Fb., 1892, 19, 376-427, pls. 13-14.

[11f-t: Gr Pn Png Hyl_ Symph Prsb

Nas Mc Pp Mndr Avh Lor Prdct Gig|

1616. Seydel, O. Uber die Zwischensehnen
und den metameren Aufbau des M. obliquus
thoraco-abdominalis (abdominis) externus der
Saugethiere. Morph. Fb., 1892, 18, 544-604, pls.
20-21. eee HB Ge lea) Ie Eby!

Symph Me Ceb Hap Lm Avh

Lor Prdct Gilg Daub)

16l6a. Steinfeld, Z. S. (The comparative
anatomy of musculus abdominis obliquus internus
[Homo and Primates]). Folia morph., Warszawa,
1937-38, 8, 80-98. Engl. abstr.: 97-98; and Bull.
int. Acad. Cracovie, Cl. méd., 1936, 197-201.
[+++ 17f-nt: Gr Pn Png C-p _Thr-p
Pp Saim Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm]

189 }

[Anat. 1617-1641]

MUSCULAR SYSTEM

1617. Tschachmachtschjan, H. Uber die Pec-
toral- und Abdominalmuskulatur und wtber die
Sculenus-Gruppe bei Primaten. Gegenbaurs o.,
1912, 44, 297-370. [46f-10t-nr: Symph

Prsb C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Ceb Atl Hap

Lm Nyct-c Gilg]

1618. Vallois, H. V. Valeur et signification du

muscle pyramidal de l’abdomen. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1926, 5, 497-525.
[+ 7f-5t: Prsb C-p Ery-c Mc Pp]

See also: 293, 923, 1510, 1514, 1531, 1601, 1602,
1612, 1621, 1684a, 1692, 2367.

MUSCLES OF THE PERINEUM
(incl. flexors of the tail)

1619. Eggeling, H. Zur Morphologie der
Dammmuskulatur. (Schluss.) Morph. 76., 1896,
24, 511-631. [+++ 31r: Pn Gr Png

Hyl Prsb Clb C-p Mc Pp Aot Saim

Ceb Atl Hap Myst Oed-m Lm Gilg Lor

Nyct-c Prdct Arct-c]

1620. von Eggeling, H. Zur Morphologie des
Beckenbodens. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1929, 63, 243-
259. [+ 10f-nr: Png]

1621. Elftman,H.O. The evolution of the pel-
vic floor of primates. dmer. F. Anat., 1932, 51,
307-346. [7pl-43r: Gr Pn Png Hyl

C-p P-p Ceb Lm Tars]

1622. Forster, A. Remarques sur les possi-
bilités d’adaptation de la musculature anale.
1. Chez quelques prosimiens. Arch. Anat., Stras-
bourg, 1922, 1, 451-470.

[3f-24r: Glg Nyct-c Prdct]

1623. Forster, A. Note sur |’adaptation de la
musculature anale chez le chimpanzé. Bull. Soc.
anat. Paris, 1923, 93, 286-291. [2f: Pn]

1624. Forster, A. Remarques sur les possi-
bilités d’adaptation de la musculature anale.
II. Chez le chimpanzé. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1924, 3, 21-35. [3f: Pnl

1625. Forster, A. Remarques sur les possi-
bilités d’adaptation de la musculature anale.
II. Chez l’atéle. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1926,
6, 109-121. [3f: Atl

1626. Kollmann, J. Der Levator ani und der
Coccygeus bei den geschwantzten Affen und den
Anthropoiden. Anat. Anz., 1894, 9, ErgH., 198-
205. Waiiaes, Tera (Gan

1627. Lartschneider, J. Die Steissbeinmus-
keln des Menschen und ihre Beziehungen zum M.
levator ani und zur Beckenfascie. Eine vergleich-
end-anatomische Studie. Denkschr. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, 1895, 62, 95-136, 5 pls.

[++ mtr: Pn Png Mc Pp Mndr Ceb]

1628. Smith, W. C. The levator ani muscle;
its structure in man, and its comparative relation-
ships. Anat. Rec., 1923, 26, 175-203.

[+ 5f-63r: Pn]

1629. Thompson, P. On the arrangement of
the fasciae of the pelvis and their relationship to
the levator ani. ‘. Anat., Lond., 1901, 35, 127-
141, pls. 12-16. [++ Png Mc Hap]

1630.* Wolff, F. Vergleichend anatomische Un-
tersuchungen tiber die Schwanzmuskulatur von
Hapale jacchus, Cebus macrocephalus und Ateles
ater. Hannover & London, 1908, 31 pp., 6 pls.

[Ceb Atl Hap]

1631. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie des
Musculus ischiocaudalis. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien., Abt. 3, 1900, 109, 661-671, 2 pls.; 1901,
110, 47-53, 1 pl. [+ Lm]

See also: 659, 662, 664, 695, 710, 923.

APPENDICULAR MUSCULATURE
Comprehensive & General Studies

1632. Alix, [E.] Nouvelles observations sur la
myologie du tarsier. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris,

1865, (6), 2, 147-160. [Tars]

1633. Barnard, W. S. Observations on the
membral musculation of Simia satyrus and the

comparative myology of manandtheapes. Proc.
Amer, Ass. Adv. Sci., 1875, 24, B, 112-144.
[2pl-_r: Png]

1634. Boyer, Esther L. The musculature of
the inferior extremity of the orang-utan, Simia
satyrus. Amer. F. Anat., 1935, 56, 193-256,

[15f-r: Png]

1635. Church, W. S. On the myology of the
orang utang (Simia morio). Nat. Hist. Rev.,*
1861, 1, 510-516; 1862, 2, 82-94. [Pug]

1636. Hartmann, R. Einige Hauptfascien des

Menschen und der anthropoiden Affen. S. B.
Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1878, 189-191.
[++ Gr Pn Png Hyll

1637. Haughton, S. Notes on animal me-
chanics. II].—On the muscles of some of the
smaller monkeys of the genera Cercopithecus and
Macacus. Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1864, 8, 467-471.

lift: C-p Mel

1638. Haughton, S. Notes on animal me-
chanics. No. VIJ.—On the muscular anatomy of
the Macacus nemestrinus. Proc. R. Irish Acad.,
1865 [1867], 9, 277-287.

[4f-nt: Pn Mc Ceb Lag]

1639. Hepburn, D. Thecomparative anatomy
of the muscles and nerves of the superior and in-
ferior extremities of the anthropoid apes. Part I.
F. Anat., Lond., 1892, 26, 149-186, pl. 3.

[Sf (Gr Pn encerro yn

1640. Hepburn,D. Thecomparative anatomy
of the muscles and nerves of the superior and in-
ferior extremities of the anthropoid apes. Part II.
¥, Anat., Lond., 1892, 26, 324-356, pl. 9.

[Gr Pn Png Hyll

1641. Langer, C. Die Musculatur der Ex-
tremitaten des Orang als Grundlage einer ver-

[90]

Perineum—Forearm & hand

gleichend-myologischen Untersuchung. S. B.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1879, 79, 177-222, 2
pls. Abstr.: 4nz. dkad. Wiss. Wien, 1879, 63-66.

[7t: Png]

1642. Macalister, A. Contributions toward
the formation of a correct system of muscular
homologies. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1868, (4), 1,
313-322. [+ C-p Pp Me Mndr Ceb

Atl Hap Nyct-c]

1643. Pira, A. Beitrage zur Anatomie des
Gorilla. Vergleichend-anatomische Studien. I.
Das Extremitatenmuskelsystem. Gegenbaurs 7b.,
1913, 47, 309-354. [1f: Gr]

1644. Pira, A. Beitrége zur Anatomie des
Gorilla. Vergleichend-anatomische Studien. I.
Das Extremitatenmuskelsystem. Gegendbaurs 7b.,
1914, 48, 167-238. [3f-r: Gr]

1645. Primrose, A. The anatomy of the orang
outang (Simia satyrus). An account of some of its
external characteristics: and the myology of the
extremities. Trans. Canad. Inst., 1898-99, 6,
507-598, pls. 3-6 & 6 pls. [zr: Png]

1646. Primrose, A. The anatomy of the orang
outang. Univ. Toronto Stud. Anat., 1900, no. 1,
94 pp., 10 pls. [zr: Png]

1647. Senft, Max. Myologie der Vorderex-
tremitaten von Hapale jacchus, Cebus macroceph-
alus und Ateles ater. Inaug.-Diss. (Phil.)
Bern, Ambruster, Sohne, 1907, 42 pp., 21 pls.

[42r: Ceb Atl Hap]

1648. Sullivan, W. E. & Osgood, C. W. The

musculature of the superior extremity of the

orang-utan, Simia satyrus. Anat. Rec., 1927, 35,
193-239. [11f: Png]

See also: 170, 179, 194, 245, 1501, 1503, 1507,
1523, 1529, 1582, 1595, 1597, 1653, 3963.

MUSCLES OF SHOULDER & ARM

1649. Campbell, B. The shoulder musculature
of the platyrrhine monkeys. Mammai., 1937,
18, 66-71. [1f-7r: dot Saim Ceb Lag

Atl Al Oeced-m|

1650. Grénroos, H. Ueber zwei Oberarmmus-

keln bei der Gattung Hylobates. S.B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl., 1902, 245-252. [Hy/]
1651. Grénroos, H. Die Musculi biceps

brachii und latissimo-condyloideus bei der Affen-
gattung Hy/obates im Vergleich mit den entsprech-
enden Gebilden der Anthropoiden und des
Menschen. 464. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1903,
Anhang no. 1, 102 pp., 3 pls. [ur: Hyl]\

1652. Howell, A. B. & Straus, W. L., Jr. The
brachial flexor muscles in primates. Proc. U. 8.
nat. Mus., 1931, 80, no. 13, 31 pp., 2 pls.

(ur: Pn -Hyl | Prsbi (Gp Mc) Pp Aot

Saim Ceb_ Atl Al WNyct-c Prdct Gilg

Daub Tars]

[Anat. 1642-1663]

1653. Miller, Ruth A. Evolution of the pec-
toral girdle and fore limb in the primates. Amer.
FJ. phys. Anthrop., 1932, 17, 1-56.

(io ler: \Gri Pn) Pag, Hyl C-p' Me Pp

Ceb Lag Atl Lm Gilg Tars|

See also: 144, 187, 309a, 923, 1506, 1606.

MUSCLES OF FOREARM & HAND

1654. Bischoff, [T. L. W.] Ueber die kurzen
Muskeln des Daumens und der grossen Zehe.
S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1870, (1), 303-316, 1 pl.

[+ Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p Mc Pp Mnar\

1655. v. Bischoff, [T. L. W.] Ueber die Be-
deutung des Musculus Extensor indicis proprius
und des Flexor pollicis longus der Hand des Men-
schen und der Affen. S. B. bayer Akad. Wiss.,
1880, 10, 485-496. [++ Gr Png Affe]

1656. Brooks, H. St. J. On the morphology of
the intrinsic muscles of the little finger, with some
observations on the ulnar head of the short flexor
of the thumb. F. Anat., Lond., 1886, 20, 645-

661, pl. 21.
[+ Pn Png Clh Mc Pp Hap)

1657. Brooks, H. St. J. On the short muscles
of the pollex and hallux of the anthropoid apes,
with special reference to the opponens hallucis.
F. Anat., Lond., 1887, 22, 78-95, pl. 3.

[Px Png Hyll

1658. Chylewski, W. Gtowalokciowa m. naw-
rotnego oblego (m. pronator teres) w szeregu
naczelnych. (Uber das Vorkommen des Caput
ulnare des M. pronator teres in der Primaten-

reihe.) C. R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, Cl. 3, 1926, 19,
367-375. [29r-Gr. abstr: Pn Png Hyl
Prsh Me Lm]

1659. Fitzwilliams,D.C.L. The short muscles
of the hand of the agile gibbon ( Hy/obates agilis),
with comments on the morphological position and
function of the short muscles of the hand of man.
Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1910, 30, 202-218, 2 pls.

[ Hy/]

1660. Forster, A. Die Mm. contrahentes und
interossei manus in der Sadugetierreihe und beim
Menschen. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Anat.
Abt., 1916, 101-378, pls. 1-6.

[++ 76f-141r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb

C-p Ceb Atl Lm WNyct-c Prdct Gig]

1661. Forster, A. Contribution a |’évolution
du pouce. II. Chez Hylobates leuciscus. 111. Chez
Perodicticus potto. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1933,
16, 215-230, 339-355. (9f: Hyl” Prdct|

1662. Forster, A. La “‘pince palmaire’’ jet la
“pince plantaire’ de Perodicticus potto. Etude
d’adaptation squelettique et eels Arch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1934, 17, 181-246.

[21f-nr: Prdct]

1663. Hepburn, D. A revised description of
the dorsal interosseous muscles of the human

[91]

[Anat. 1664-1687]

MUSCULAR SYSTEM

hand, with suggestions for a new nomenclature of
the palmar interosseous muscles and some ob-
servations on the corresponding muscles in anthro-
poid apes. Trans. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1896, 38,
557-565, 1 pl. ee Gp ie Vee ley

1664. Kajava, Y. Die kurzen Muskeln der
Halbaffenhand. Vergleichend-anatomische Unter-
suchungen. Voeltzkows Reise in Ostafrika: Wiss.
Ergebn.,* 1911, 4, 353-382, 1 pl.

[2f: Lm Hp-l Pr-p_ Indr Lor

Prdct Gilg Daub Tars)

1665. Keith, A. Notes on a theory to account
for the various arrangements of the flexor pro-
fundus digitorum in the hand and foot of primates.
F. Anat., Lond., 1894, 28, 335-339.

[1f: Gr Pn Png Hyl WNyct-c]

1666. Koster, W. Affen- und Menschenhand.
Versl. Akad. Wet. Amst., Afd. Natuurk.* 1880,
(2), 15, 179-185. [Gr Pn Png C-p|

1667. Laugier, P. Le rond pronateur. Ses rap-
ports avec le foramen supracondyloideum. Etude
d’anatomie comparée. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1933, 16, 93-134. [++ 16f-1t: Pn

Png Hyl Pp Ceb Atl Lm Prdct\

1668. McMurrich, J.P. The phylogeny of the
forearm flexors. Amer. F. Anat., 1903, 2, 177—-
209. [+ 13f-17r: Png Mndr Ceb)

1669. Ribbing, L. & Hermansson,K. Kleinere
Muskelstudien. III. Die distale Extremitaten-
muskulatur eines Schimpansen. Acta. Univ.
lund., 1912, n.f., 8, Afd. 2, no. 3, 10 pp. [r: Pz]

1670. Testut, L. Le long fléchisseur propre du
pouce chez l’homme et chez les singes. Bull. Soc.
zool. Fr., 1883, 8, 164-185, pl. 9.

1671. Windle, B. C. A. On the adductor
muscles of the hand. Proc. Bgham. nat. Hist.
Soc., 1887, 5, 377-397. [+ 1t-44r]

1672. Windle, B.C. A. A note on the extensor
tendons of the manus of apes. Proc. Bgham. nat.
Hist. Soc. 1887, 6, 22-25. [enGr Pn

Png yl Gp G-c Mc ep eMindr Pith

Ceb Hap Leon-c]

1673. Windle, B. C. A. The flexors of the
digits of the hand. I. The muscular masses in the
fore-arm. F. Anat., Lond., 1889, 24, 72-84.

[+ 4¢: Png C-p Mc Mndr Ceb Hap

Leon-c Nyct-c]

See also: 899, 1692, 1706, 1757, 2379, 2486a.

Nyct-c

MUSCLES OF THE HIP & THIGH

1674. Alezais, [H.] Le muscle petit fessier.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1902, 54, 771-773.
[Mc Lm]

1675. Alezais, [H.] Les adducteurs du maki.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1904, 56, 537-539.
[Lm]

1676. Appleton, A. B. The gluteal region of
Tarsius spectrum. Proc. Camb. phil. Soc., 1921,
20, 466-474. [3t: Lm Tars|

1677. Appleton, A.B. The muscles and nerves
of the post-axial region of the tetrapod thigh.
Part Il. F. Anat., Lond., 1928, 62, 364-400,
401-438. [+ 15f-62r]

1678. Bluntschli, H. Die Fascia lata und ihre
Bedeutung fiir die Umbildung des Gefassappar-
ates an der unteren Gliedmasse in der Primaten-
reihe. Anat. Anz., 1913, 44, ErgH., 43-66.

[++ 11f: Pn Png Prsb C-p Mc Pp

Ceb Hap Lm WNyct-c)

1679. Bolk,L. Uber eine Variation des kurzen
Kopfes des Biceps femoris beim Orang. Ein Bei-
trag zur Morphologie dieses Muskels. Morph.
7b., 1898, 26, 274-281. [if: Png]

1680. Corsy. Le quadriceps fémoral des singes.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1908, 64, 779-780.
[+ C-p Mc Pp Lm)

1681. Forster, A. Die Insertion des Musculus
semimembranosus. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.,
Anat. Abt., 1903, 257-320, pls. 13-14.

[++ 5£55r; Pn Png Ayl Cp Mc Geb

Atl Hap Leon-c Lm)

1682. Haughton, S. Notes on animal mechan-
ics. No. VIJJ.—Further comparison of the hip
joint and knee joint muscles in the Cercopithecus,
Cynocephalus, and Macacus. Proc. R. Irish
Acad., 1865 [1867], 9, 287-294.

[nt: C-p Me Pp]

1683. Jamieson, E. B. The gluteal and fem-
oral muscles, with their nerve supply, in a mar-
moset (Hapale jacchus). Proc. R. phys. Soc,
Edinb., 1904, 15, 168-194. [19r: Hap]

1684. Jazuta, K. M. scansorius autorum in
der Primatenreihe. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1932,
97, 588-609. [isin Pay Enea Gp

Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Atl Hap Lm|

1684a. Klaatsch, H. Uber den Arcus cruralis.
Anat. Anz., 1888, 3, 679-686.
[++ 3f: C-p Mndr Hap Lm)

1685. Klaatsch, H. Der kurze Kopf des Mus-
culus biceps femoris. Seine morphologische und
stammesgeschichtliche Bedeutung. 9S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1900, (2), 852-858.

[4+ 2f: esp. Ail Al

1686. Klaatsch, H. Der kurze Kopf des Mus-
culus biceps femoris und der Tenuissimus. Ein
stammesgeschichtliches Problem. Morph. 7Fd.,
1900, 29, 217-281, pls. 13-14.

[+++ 42r; Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb Clb

C-p Mc Aot Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap

Oed-m Leon-c Lm Mer-c Chrg Lor Nyct-c

Arct-c Glg Tars)

1687. Kleinschmidt, A. Der musculus scan-
sorius des Orangs. Falco, 1928, 24, 4-5.
[++ Png]

[92]

Hip & thigh—Leg & foot

[Anat. 1688-1705]

1688. Kolesnikow, W. W. Zur vergleichenden
Anatomie des M. glutaeobiceps bei Saugetiere.
Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1933, 99, 538-570.

[+ 21f-6t: Mc]

1689. de Pina, L. Observations sur ]’insertion
inférieure du muscle sartorius chez les Portugais.
Ann. Anat. path. méd.-chir., 1930, 7, ra

+ It

1689a. de Pina, L. A pata de ganso no homen
e nos primates. 15th. Cong. int. Anthrop.
Archéol. préhist., Portugal, 1930 [1931], 73-78.

[Uf: Gr Png Pn Hyl Prsb Clb C-p Me

Pp Ceb Lag Hap Lm)

1690. Ranke, K. Muskel- und Nervenvaria-
tionen der dorsalen Elemente des Plexus ischiadi-
cus der Primaten. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw.,
1897, 24, 117-144, pls. 1-2. [e-mGraer

Png Hyl C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Ceb Lm|

1690a. Riska, N. Om glutealregionens muskler
hos Primates. (Uber die Muskeln der Glutaeal-
region bei den Primates.) Finska L&kS4illsk.
Handl., 1936, 79, 637-658. Engl. abstr.:* Acta
Inst. anat. Univ. Helsingf., 1937, 8.

[4f-Finn. with Gr. abstr.: Pn Hyl Prsb C-p

Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm

Lp-l Hp-l Pr-p Indr Daub Lor WNyct-c

Prdct Gig]

1691. Schumacher, O. & Lebzelter, V. Zur
Kenntnis der Oberschenkelmuskulatur bei Mor-
mon sphinx L. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1924, 71,
282-303. [7f: Mndr]

1692. Sutton, J. B. On the nature of liga-
ments. Part. V. 7. Anat., Lond., 1888, 22, 542-
553. [+ 3f: Pn Hyl G-p Coc Me

Cyn-p Aot Ceb Hap Lm Prdct Daud]

1693. Vallois, H. V. La formation progressive
du biceps crural chez les anthropoides et chez

Vhomme. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1920, 83,
383-385. [Gr Pn Png Hyl|
1693a. Zieliiska, H. (Anthropomorphologie

des M. glutaeus maximus.) Folia morph.,

Warszawa, 1936-37, 7, 84-113. Gr. abstr.: 112-

113. [+++ I1f-t-r-Polish: Gr Pn Png
Hyl Symph Prsbh C-p Mc_ Thr-p Pp
Saim Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm]

See also: 318, 899, 930, 938, 958, 959, 1590,
1607, 1665.

MUSCLES OF LEG & FOOT

1694. Briihl, C.B. Myologisches tiber die Ex-
tremitaten des Schimpanse; ein kleiner anato-
mischer Beitrag zur Diskussion der Verwandtschaft
zwischen dem Menschen und den anthropoiden

Affen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1871, 21, col. 4-8,
52-55, 78-82. [Uf-nr: Pn]
1695. Forster, A. Der M. extensor tarsi

(Peronaeus tertius?) bei Hapale jacchus. Anat.
Anz., 1916, 49, 257-276. [++ 5f: Hap]

[ 93]

1696. Forster, A. Zur Anatomie des Flexor
brevis digiti quinti “proprius” pedis und des
Flexor brevis digiti quinti “interosseus’’ pedis.
Ein Beitrag zur Homologie des Kleinfinger- und
Kleinzeheballens. Anat. Anz., 1917, 50, 129-146.

[++ 12f: Lm Nyct-c Prdct Gig]

1697. Frets,G.P. Die Varietaten der Musculi
peronaei beim Menschen und die Mm. peronaei
bei den Saugetieren. Ein morphologischer Beitrag.
I. Teil. Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1907, 4, 545-586.

[+++ 8f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p

Mndr Ceb Lor WNyct-c Tars}|

1698. Frets, G. P. Der M. peronaeus digiti V
superior beim Menschen. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1911,
42, 699-714. [+++ Jf: Ery-c Me Aot

Pith Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Ocd-m Lm

Nyct-c]

1699. Frey, H. Der Musculus triceps surae in
der Primatenreihe. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1913, 47,
1-191. [84f-12t-unr: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Symph Prsh C-p C-c Mc Pp Mnadr

Atl Ceh Hap Lm WNyet-c Gig]

_1700. Glaesmer, Erna. Untersuchung iwber
die Flexorengruppe am Unterschenkel und Fuss
der Saugetiere. Morph. 7b., 1908, 38, 36-90, pl.

5-0: [++ I1f-47r: Pn Png Hyl C-p
Oi Pith Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c Prdct
£

1701. Glaesmer, Erna. Die Beugemuskeln am
Unterschenkel und Fuss bei den Marsupialia, In-
sectivora, Edentata, Prosimiae und Simiae.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1910, 41, 149-336, pls. 2-4.

[++ 36f-t-nr: see 1700]

1702. Gruber, W. Vorldufige Anzeige tiber
das Vorkommen des Musculus peroneo-tibialis
auch bei den Quadrumana. Bull. Acad. Sci.
St-Pétersb., 1879, 25, 97.

1703. Gruber, W. Uber den neuen und con-
stanten Musculus peroneo-tibialis bei den Quad-
rumana. In: Beobachtungen aus der menschlichen
und vergleichenden Anatomie. Berlin: A. Hirsch-
wald, 1879, Heft 1, 60-75, pls. 4-5.

[C-p Mc Pp Ceb Hap Lor Nyct-c]

1703a. Gruber, W. Fortsetzung der Unter-
suchungen tiber das Vorkommen oder den Mangel
des Musculus peroneo-tibialis bei den Thieren,
welchen ich bis dahin beim Menschen “‘anormal,”
bei den Quadrumana “constant”? und bei den
Canina “‘normal”’ angetroffen hatte. In: Beobach-
tungen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden
Anatomie. Berlin: A. Hirschwald, 1879, Heft 2,
79-88, pl. 5. [Px]

1704. Halford, George Britton. Not like a
man bimanous and biped, nor yet quadrumanous,
but cheiropodous. Melbourne: Wilson & Mackin-
non, 1863, 18 pp., 4 pls. [+++ Me]

1705. Hecker, P. Formation du péronier an-
térieur chez un chimpanzé. Arch. Anat., Stras-
bourg, 1922, 1, 145-155. [1f-32r: Pn]

[Anat. 1705bis—1729]

1705bis. Koszla, M. M. Antropomorfologia
m. piszczelowego przedniego (m. tibialis anterior).
(Anthropomorphologie des M. tibialis anterior.)
C.R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, Cl. 4., 1937, 30, 110-134.

Gr. abstr., 131-134.
[+++ 2f-t-60r: see no. 1693a.]

1705a. Kurz, [E.] Untersuchungen zur Ana-
tomie der Weichteile beim Chinesen unter Beriick-
sichtigung des Verhaltens beiden Affen. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1923, 67, 232-285. [+ 20f-vnr]

1706. Leboucq, H. Les muscles adducteurs du
pouce et du gros orteil. Arch. Biol., Paris, 1895,
13, 41-59. [++ 6f-r]

1707. Loth, E. Die Plantaraponeurose beim
Menschen und den iibrigen Primaten. Kor-
resp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop., 1907, 38, 169-172.

qpapan, hae (Ge | Je lee Jabyl (Ces IVs

Pp Lm Glg|

1708. MacKenzie, D. W., Jr.
of the lemurine foot. Trans. roy. Soc. Can., 1931,
(3), 25, sect. 5, 45-57. [Zf: Lm Prdct|

1709. McMurrich, J. P. The evolution of the
human foot. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1927, 10,
165-171. [3f-22r]

1710. Morton, D. J. The peroneus tertius
muscle in gorillas. Anat. Rec., 1924, 27, 323-328.
[2f: Gr]

1711. Retterer, E. & Leligvre, A. Du tendon
réfléchi du long péronier latéral du chimpanzé.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1912, 72, 154-156. [Pn]

1712. Ribbing, L. Die Unterschenkel- und
Fussmuskulatur der Tetrapoden und ihr Verhalten
zu der entsprechenden Arm- und Handmuskula-
tur. dcta. Univ. lund., Afd. 2, 1909, 5, no. 5,
158 pp. [+ 37f-unr: C-p C-c Me

Pp Ceb Atl Hap Lm Lp-l Tears]

1713. Rosenfeld, M. C. Zur vergleichenden
Anatomie des Musculus tibialis posticus. Ard.
anat. Inst.. Wiesbaden, 1898, 11, 359-390, pls.
28-29. [+ 16r: Cp Mc Pp Ceb

4il Lm Nyct-c)

1714.* Rothschuh, Ernst. Ueber die Fuss-
muskeln der Primaten und des Menschen. Eine
vergleichend-anatomische _ Studie. Inaug.-Diss.
Munchen. Aachen: J. La Ruelle, 1888, 50 pp., 1 pl.

1715. Ruge, G. Untersuchung tiber die Ex-
tensorengruppe am Unterschenkel und Fusse der

The mechanism

Sdugethiere. Morph. ¥b., 1878, 4, 592-643, pls.
32-35. [+ Png Prsh C-p Me Ceb
Atl Lor]

1716. Ruge, G. Zur vergleichenden Anatomie
der tiefen Muskeln in der Fusssohle. Morph. 7.,
1878, 4, 644-659, pls. 34-35.

[++ Png C-p Me Ceb Atl Lor]

1717. Sawalischin, Marie. Der Musculus
flexor communis brevis digitorum pedis in der
Primatenreihe mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der
menschlichen Varietdten. Eine vergleichend-

THE SKIN & ITS APPENDAGES

morphologische und anthropologische Untersuch-
ung. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1911, 42, 557-663.
[+++ 53f-5t-r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph
Prsbh Clb C-o Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Saim
Ceb Al Hap Lm WNyct-c Gig]

1718. Schulze, F. E. Myologische Untersuch-
ungen. I. Die Sehnenverbindung in der Planta des
Menschen und der Sdugethiere. Z. wiss. Zool.,
1866, 17, 1-22, pls. 1-3. [+ Hyl C-p Pp

Saim Ceb Atl Hap Myst WNyct-c]

1719. Straus, W.L., Jr. The foot musculature
of the highland gorilla (Gorilla beringei). Quart.
Rev. Biol., 1930, 5, 261-317.

[27f-4t-unr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me Prsb

Ceb Hap Gig}

1720. Stréde, G. Die Skeletotopie gewisser
Zehensehnen bei Menschen und einigen Affen.
Anat. Anz., 1937, 85, 158-168.

[+++ 3t-7r: Pn Clb C-p Al Hap Lor]

1721. Thomson, W. The transversalis pedis in
the foot of the gorilla. Aust. med. F., 1864, 9,
15-24. [Gr]

1722. Tricot, Charles.
des muscles extenseurs du
les singes. Thése (Med.
1884, 52 pp., 8 pls.

Parallele anatomique
ied chez homme et chez
Bordeaux, A. Bellier,

[++ Gr Pn Png Hyll

1723. Weinberg, E. Une anomalie musculaire
chez Macacus rhesus. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1928, 8, 483-488. [Uf: Me]

1724. Wells, L. H. A peroneus tertius muscle
ina Chacma baboon (Papio porcarius). F. Anat.,
Lond., 1935, 69, 508-514. [2f: Pp]

1725. Winckler, G. La morphogénése de la
chair carrée de Sylvius. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1929, 9, 309-341. [++ 9f: Pn Png

Hyl C-p Me Ceb Atl Hap Lm Lor

Prdct|

See also: 181, 317, 318, 319, 782, 901, 968, 975,
976, 985, 1654, 1657, 1662, 1669, 1690, 2486a.

THE SKIN & ITS APPENDAGES
THE SKIN

1726. Adachi, B. Hautpigment beim Men-
schen und bei den Affen. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,

1903, 6, 1-131, pls. 1-3. [++ 47r: Pn
Png yl Pron iG=p Mc Ep aeeinar
Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Leon-c Lm]

1727. Beddard, F. E. On the carpal organ in
the female Hapalemur griseus. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1902, (2), 158-163. [4f: Hp-l

1728. Bolcek, L. Prispavok ku koznej pigmen-
tacii fetu gorily. Bratislavske lekdrs. List., 1932,
12, 614-616, [Grj

1729. Branca, A. Crétes papillaires et bour-
geons épidermiques. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1903, 55, 1553-1554. [+++ Lm]

[94]

The skin

[Anat. 1730-1749]

1730. Brinkmann, A. Ueber das Vorkommen
von Hautdriisenorganen bei den anthropomorphen
Affen. Anat. Anz., 1909, 34, 513-520.

[6f: Pn Png Hyll

1731. Brinkmann, A. Nachlese zu meinen
Hautdriisenuntersuchungen. Bergens Mus. Aarb.,
1923-24, no. 3, 36 pp., 1 pl.

[a -2f-18=20r:) Pn’ “Png

1732. Brinkmann, A. Ein paar Bemerkungen
zu den neusten Untersuchungen der Hautdriisen
bei den anthropomorphen Affen. Anat. Anz.,
1926, 62, 236-237. [Gr Pn Png C-p-id|

1732a. Brugi, G. Sulla presenza di particolari
apparecchi anulo-spirali avvolgenti i tronchicini
nervosi dei cinocefali (Cynocephalus hamadryas).
Atti Accad. Fistocr. Siena, Sez. med.-fis., 1937, 5,
13-14. Also: Boll. Soc. ital. Biol. sper., 1937, 12,
263-264, 1 pl. [Pp]

1733. Forbes, J. Some notes on the coloration
of baboon skin. Anat. Rec., 1936, 65, 51-54.
[4f4r: Pp]

1734. van Gelderen, J. J. Einige Mitteilungen
tiber das Achselhéhlenorgan des Chimpanse.
Anat. Anz., 1926, 61, 407-409. [Pp]

1735. Hartig, Rolf. Vergleichende Untersuch-
ungen tiber die Lippen- und Backendriisen der
Haussdéugetiere und des Affen. \naug.-Diss. (Vet.-
Med.) Zurich. Leipzig: Otto Franke, 1907, iv, 79
pp. [+ 8f-39r: Mc]

1735a.* Hasské, A. (Beitrage zum Bau und
zur Pigmentation der Haut des Orang-Utan aus

Sumatra.) Természet, 1932, 11, 1-8.
[ Hungarian: Png]

1736. Heidenhain, M. Uber die gegenseitige
Entsprechung von Epidermis- und Coriumleisten
an der Beugeflache von Hand und Fuss beim
Affen und Menschen. 4rd. anat. Inst., Wies-
baden, 1906, 30, 419-431, pl.18. [+ 2f: Pp]

1737. Hilgendorf, F. & Paulicki, A. Abnorme
Pigmentflecke in der Haut bei einem weiblichen
Schimpanse (Simia troglodytes). Virchows Arch.,
1871, 52, 297-300, pl. 4. [Pn]

1737a. Imschenetzky, A. Uber cutane Melan-
oblasten in der Haut der Affen und des Menschen.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1930, 162, 279-299,
[+++ 9f-It-l6r: Pn Png Clb C-p Me
Pp Cal-c Ceb Atl All

1738. Klaar, J. Uber die axillaren Knauel-
driisen der Affen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1924, 72,

609-627. [4f-r: Png Hyl C-p Me P
Ceb Ath Hap Leon-c Lm Mer-c Ls
Nyct-c]

1739. Krause, Richard. Beitrége zur Kenntnis
der Haut der Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Berlin,
G, Schade (Otto Franke), 1888, 30 pp, 1 pl.

[Gr Png Hyl Mc Pp Lm Lor]

1739a. Kuriki, S. Quantitative Untersuchung
der Schweissdriise der Handteller- und Fussohlen-

haut bei einem Affen. Folia anat. japon., 1937,
15, ErgBd., 129-143. [4t-22r: Mc]

1740. Okajima, K. & Kanaizuka, Z. Quantita-
tive Untersuchung des Haarbalgmuskels bei den
Sdugetieren. Folia anat. japon., 1929, 7, 185-202.
Also: Proc. imp. Acad. Fapan, 1929, 5, 216-218.

[+ 14t: Mc]

1741. Okajima, K. & Kanaizuka, Z. Die Mor-
phologie des Haarbalgmuskels bei den Sduge-
tieren. Folia anat. japon., 1929, 7, 445-456.

Leo ie |

_ 1742. Retterer, E. Pigmentogenése dans les
tissus d’un foetus de Macacus rhesus. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1915, 78, 358-362. [Mc]

1743. Schiefferdecker, P. Uber das Auftreten
der elastischen Fasern in der Tierreihe, tiber das
Verhalten derselben in der Wangenhaut bei ver-
schiedenen Menschenrassen und tiber Bindege-
webe und Sprache. Arch. mikr. Anat., Abt. 1,
1921, 95, 134-185, pls. 7-12. [+ nr: C-p]

1744. Schiefferdecker, P. Die MHautdriisen
des Menschen und der Saugetiere, ihre biologische
und rassenanatomische Bedeutung, sowie die Mus-
cularis sexualis. Zoologica, Stuttgart, 1922, 27,
Heft 72, 154 pp., 8 pls.

[+ ILf-vnr: C-p Mnar]

1745. Schultz, A.H. The occurrence of a ster-
nal gland in orang-utan. 7. Mammal., 1921, 2,
194-196, pl. 14. [Png]

1746. Schwarz, W. Die Sternaldrtise bei den
Klammeraffen, 4¢e/es. Ein Beitrag zum Problem
der Konzentrierung niederer Einheiten zu hoheren
organahnlichen Gebilden. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1937,
79, 600-633. [22f-mr: Arl|

1746a. Sestini,F. Sulla terminazione dei dotti
ghiandolari del derma sottoungueale in cinocefalo.
Atti Accad. Fisiocr. Siena, Sez. med.-fis., 1936,

(11), 4, 183-189, 1 pl. [Pp]
1747. Shattock, S. G. Lamarckism and cal-
losities. Proc. R. Soc. Med., 1911, 4, (3),

(Pathol.), 279-312. [+ J10f: Hyl Mc Pp]

1748. Sutton, J. B. On the arm-glands of the
lemurs. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, 369-372.
[3f: Lm Hp-l Chr]

1748a. Terebinsky, W. J. Contribution a
Pétude de la structure histologique de la peau
chez les singes. Ann. Derm. Syph., Paris, 1908,
(4), 9, 692-704. [3f-2t-9r; Pn C-p Mc Pp|

1748b.* Tachibana, O. Uber die circumanalen
Driisen und insbesondere die freien Talgdriisen
des Menschen und einiger Affen. Kazbo. Z.,
Tokyo,* 1936, 9, 238-294, 16 pls. Abstr.: fap. 7.
med. Sci., I. Anat., 1938, 7, (129)-(130.)

[++ fap.: Png Hyl Prsb C-p C-c Me

Cyn-p Pp Aot Cal-c Ceb Lag Hap Lm

Tars|\

1749. Toldt, K., Jr. Uber Hautzeichnung bei
dichtbehaarten Saugetieren, insbesondere bei Pri-
maten, nebst Bermerkungen iiber die Oberflachen-

[95 ]

[Anat. 1750-1769]

THE SKIN & ITS APPENDAGES

profilierung der Sadugetierhaut.

1913, 35, 271-350, pls. 9-12.
[++ 3f-mr: Png Prsb C-p Me
Atl Al Lm]

1750. Toldt, K., Jr. Uber die flachenhafte
Verbreitung der Pigmente in der Haut bei Men-
schen und Affen. Mitt. anthrop. Ges. Wien., 1921,

Zool. Fb., Abt. 1,
Pp Ceb

51, 161-183. [++ 4f-5pl: Png Prsb
C-p Ery-c C-c Me Thr-p Pp Mndr Ceb
Ail Lm]

1751. Wislocki, G.B. A study of scent glands
in the marmosets, especially Oedipomidas geof-
froyi. F. Mammal., 1930, 11, 475-483, pls. 22-24.

[Hap Myst Ocd-m]

1752. Wislocki, G. B. & Schultz, A. H. On
the nature of modifications of the skin in the
sternal region of certain primates. ¥. Mammal.,
1925, 6, 236-244, pl. 22. [Png Atl

1753. Yoshioka, K. Quantitative Untersuch-
ung der Anhangsorgane der Haut bei einem Affen.
Folia anat. japon., 1936, 14, 545-602.

[87t-10r: Me]

See also: 198, 244, 245, 255, 309a, 327, 555a,
688, 1761, 1787, 1789, 2890.

EPIDERMAL RIDGES, PADS, &c.

1754. Alix, [E.] Recherches sur la disposition
des lignes papillaires de la main et du pied, précé-
dées de considérations sur la forme et les fonctions
de ces deux organes. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1867,
(5), 8, 295-362; 1868, (5), 9, 5-42, pls. 2-5.

[+++ Gr Pn Hyl Png Prsb Clb C-p

Mc Pp Ceb Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c]

1755. Bychowska, M. O przebiegu listewek
skérnych na ditoniach u naczelnych. (Le parcours
des lignes papillairesdela paume chez lesprimates.)
Folia morph., Warszawa, 1930, 2, 69-121. Fr.
abstr.: pp. 116-121. [mr: Gr Pn Png

Symph Prsb Clb C-p C-c Me Thr-p
P-p Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap Leon-c
Lm Mer-c Chrg Pr-p Indr Lor Gilg
Daub)

1756. Combes, P. Chiromancie de 1’orang-
outang. Cosmos, Paris, 1908, n.s., 59, 423-427.
[4f: Png]

1756a. Cummins, H. & Spragg,S.D.S. Der-
matoglyphics in the chimpanzee: description and

comparison with man. Hum. Biol., 1938, 10,
457-509, 1 pl. [3f-25t-nr: Pn]

1757. Hepburn, D. The integumentary grooves
on the palm of the hand and the sole of the foot
of manand the anthropoid apes. F. Anat., Lond.,
1892, 27, 112-127, pls. 7-9.

[+++ Gr Pn Png Hyll

1758. Hepburn, D. The papillary ridges on the
hands and feet of monkeys and men. Sci. Trans.
R. Dublin Soc., 1895, (2), 5, 525-538, pls. 45-49.

[+++ 2f: C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Mndr Atl

1759. Hepburn, D. Note on Dr. Harris H.
Wilder’s paper, “On the disposition of the epi-
dermic folds upon the palms and soles of pri-
mates.” Anat. Anz., 1897, 13, 435-437.

1760. Kidd, W. Exhibition of a drawing of,
and remarks upon, the extensor surface of the
hand of a chimpanzee. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1904, (2), 263-264. [Pn]

1761. Kidd, Walter. The sense of touch in
mammals and birds, with special reference to the
papillary ridges. London: A. & C. Black, 1907, viii,

176 pp. [+ 1647: Gr Pn Pag Weyl
C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Saim Ceb Myst
Hap Lm WNyct-c Gilg]

1762. Klaatsch,H. Zur Morphologie der Tast-
ballen der Saugethiere. Morph. Fb., 1888, 14,
407-435, pls. 17-18. [= 177 eRp

Mndr Aot Al Hap Leon-c Lor)

1763. Kollmann, A. Der Tastapparat des
Fusses von Affe und Mensch. Arch. Anat.
Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1885, 56-101, pls. 3-5.

[++ Gr Pn Png C-c Mc Lm Prdct

Daub|

1764. Kolossoff, G. & Paukul, E. Versuch
einer mathematischen Theorie der Hautleisten-
figuren der Primaten-Palma und -Planta. Morph.
Fo., 1906, 35, 697-708. [+ 7]

1765. Mohnike, O. Ueber das Vermoégen ver-
schiedener Sdugethiere sich mittels des atmo-
spharischen Druckes an glatten, mehr oder weniger
senkrechten Flachen festhalten und aufwarts be-
wegen zu koénnen. Z. wiss. Zool., 1879, 32, 388-
406. (fh) (Gc Mc}

1765a. Morselli, E. Sulla disposizione delle
linee papillari nella mano e nel piede del Cerco-
ithecus mona. Annu. Soc. Nat. Modena,* 1874,
119-127, pl. 5. [C-p]

1766. Purkinje, Joannes Evangelista. Com-
mentatio de examine physiologico organi visus et
systematis cutanei. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Vrati-
slaviae, Typis Universitatis, 1823, 58 pp., 1 pl.

[+ Me Atl

1767. Schlaginhaufen, O. Das Hautleistensys-
tem der Primatenplanta unter Mitberiicksichti-
gung der Palma. Morph. F6., 1905, 33, 577-671.

[194f: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb
Clb C-p Ery-c C-c Me Cyn-p Pp Mndr
Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm Lor Nyct-c
Glg Tars)

1768. Schlaginhaufen, O. Das Hautleisten-
system der Primatenplanta unter Mitberiicksich-
tigung der Palma. Morph. Fb., 1905, 34, 1-125.

[194f-nt: see 1767]

1769. Schlaginhaufen, O. Uber das Leisten-
relief der Hohlhand- und Fusssohlen-Flache der
Halbaffen, Affen und Menschenrassen. Ergebn.
Anat. EntwGesch., 1905, 15, 628-662.

[++ 14f-t-unr: Hyl Prsh C-p Me Pp

Ceb Lm Lor]

[96]

Epidermal ridges——Hair

[Anat. 1770-1792]

1770. Schlaginhaufen, O. Beitrage zur Kennt-
nis des Reliefs der Planta der Primaten und der
Menschenrassen. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1905, 36, 123-126. [+++ 9f-it: Hyl Clb

Mc Pp Lor Em|

1771. Whipple, Inez L. The ventral surface
of the mammalian chiridium, with special refer-
ence to the conditions found in man. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1904, 7, 261-368, pls. 5—6.

[Ene os ecern ener ene ic iiGeby Lag.

Hap Leon-c Lm WNyct-c Glg|

1772. Wilder, H. H. On the disposition of the
epidermic folds upon the palms and soles of
primates. Anat. Anz., 1897, 13, 250-256.

[++ 7f: Mc Ced)

1773. Wilder, H. H. The phylogeny of the
human foot; the testimony presented by the con-
figuration of the friction ridges. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1924, 24, 111-124. [+ 31f: Gr]

1774. Wilson, E. T. [The hand of man, with
special reference to fingerprints.] The annual
address of the President of the Cheltenham Nat-
ural Science Society. Proc. Cheltenham nat. Sci.
Soc., 1907, n.s., 1, 45-61. [+ anthropoids]

1775. Wolff, Charlotte. The form and derma-
toglyphs of the hands and feet of certain anthro-
poid apes. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1937, A, 107,
347-350, 5 pls. [5r: Pn]

1775a. Wolff, Charlotte. A comparative study
of the form and dermatoglyphs of the extremities
of primates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1938, A, 108,
143-161, 7 pls. [Px Png Hyl C-p
Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb Hap
Lm Hp-l Lor]

See also: 255, 307, 323, 324, 327, 342, 350, 353,
1729, 1736.

HAIR

1776. de Beaux, O. Osservazioni e considera-
zioni sulle vibrisse carpali e facciali degli arcto-
piteci. G. Morf., 1917, 1, 89-108.

[+++ 8f-19r; Hap Ocd-m Leon-c]

1777. Beddard, F. E. A note upon Galago
garnetti. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1901, (1), 271-
276. [4f: Hp-l Gig]

1779. Frédéric, J. Untersuchungen iiber die
Sinushaare der Affen, nebst Bemerkungen tiber
die Augenbrauen und den Schnurrbart des
Menschen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1905, 8, 239-275,

jolls, aly [+++ I1f-26r: Pn Png Hyl
Symph C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Al
Hap|

1780. Frédéric, J. Nachtrag zu den “‘Unter-
suchungen tiber die Sinushaare der Affen.” Z.
Morph. Anthrop., 1906, 9, 327-330.

[if: Hyl Me All

1781. Friedenthal, H. Zur Physiologie der
menschlichen Behaarung. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl., 1907, 1-8. [+]

1782. Friedenthal, H. Das Wollhaarkleid des
Menschen. Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Be-
haarung. Beitr. Naturg. Mensch., 1908, 1, 31 pp.,
pls. 1-10. [++ Pn Png Hyl Clb Prsb

Mc Pp Cebh Hap Lm ?Nyct-c Gle Daub)

1783. Friedenthal, H. Das Dauerhaarkleid
des Menschen. Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der
Behaarung. Beitr. Naturg. Mensch., 1908, 2,
39 pp., pls. 9-23.

[+ Pn Png Mc Chirop Al

1784. Friedenthal, H. Entwicklung, Bau und
Entstehung der Haare. Literatur tiber Behaarung.
Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Behaarung.
Beitr. Naturg. Mensch., 1908, 4,57 pp., pls. 37-43.

EEN M270r G7 Pn Png Hol Gop NGeb

Atl Hap Lm Daub)

1785. Friedenthal, H. Uber einen neuen mor-
phologischen Nachweis derVerwandtschaft zwisch-
en Mensch und anthropoiden Affen. S. B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl., 1908, 110-111. [Px]

1786. Friedenthal, H. Uber die Behaarung der
Menschenrassen und Menschenaffen. Z. Ethn.,
1911, 43, 974-980. [+ Gr Pn Png]

1787. Fritsch, G. Die Anthropoiden und die
Abstammung des Menschen. Z. Ethn., 1918, 50,
1-11, pls. 1-3. [+++ Gr Pn Png]

1787a. Keers, W. Haarfarbenwechsel bei Sem-
nopithecus maurus. Acta neerl. Morph.,* 1937, 1,
151-157. [Prsd]

1788. Keith, A. Exhibition of some lantern-
slides of, and remarks upon, the orang-outang
lately living in the Society’s gardens. Proc. zoo.
Soc. Lond., 1897, 721-722. [Prg]

1789. de Meijere, J.C. H. Uber die Haare der
Saugethiere, besonders tiber ihre Anordnung.
Morph. Fb., 1894, 21, 312-424.

[+ 41f-It: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

C-p Mc Pp Pith Ceb Hap Leon-c Lm

Mcer-c Chrg Pr-p Avh Lor Prdct Gig

Daub Tars|

1790. Miller, G. S., Jr. Human hair and pri-
mate patterning. Smithson. misc. Coll., 1931, 85,
no. 10, 13 pp., 5 pls. [+]

1791. Przezdziecki, A. Kilka sléw o réznicach

w osadzeniu wlosow u Murzynéw i u malp.

(Ueber die Implantation der Kopfhaare bei eini-

gen Affen und Negern). C. R. Soc. Sci. Varsovie,
Gl. 3, 1913, 6, 215-210.

[++ Gr Pn Png) Mc Pp Ceb Hap]

1792. Schultz, A. H. The density of hair in

primates. Hum. Biol., 1931, 3, 303-321.
[4t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsbh Nas
C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap Myst Ocd-m|

[97]

[Anat. 1793-1799]

1793. Schwalbe, G. Uber die Richtung der
Haare bei den Halbaffen. Voeltzkows Reise in
Ostafrika: Wiss. Ergebn.,* 1910, 4, 207-266, pls.
16-19. [11f-22r: Lm Pr-p Indr Tars|

1793a. Sokolowsky, A. Das Haarkleid des
Menschen in seinen Beziehungen zu dem der
Menschenaffen. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 88, 432-
437. [+++ Gr "Pn Png]

1793b. Taibel,A.M. Anomalie nel colorito del
mantello in alcuni mammiferi del Giardino zoolog-
ico di Roma. Boll. Zool., 1937, 8, 211-217.
[+ 4: Pp]
1794. Waldeyer, Wilhelm. Atlas der mensch-
lichen und tierischen Haare sowie der ahnlichen
Fasergebilde. Lahr: Moritz Schauenburg, 1884,
iv, 195 pp., 12 pls. [+ Pn Mc Indr|

1795. Zuckerman, S. An unusual arrange-
ment of hair in a rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta).
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1934, (2), 727-729, 1 pl.

[Mc]

See also: 112, 115, 116, 198, 244, 245, 255, 266,

323, 324, 350, 353, 813, 1544, 1749, 2927a, 3917.

NAILS

1795a. Bluntschli,H. Ein eigenartiges an Pro-
simierbefunde erinnerndes Nagelverhalten am

THE SKIN & ITS APPENDAGES

Arch. EntwMech.
[11f: <Aot Pith
Nyct-c Prdct

Fuss von platyrrhinen Affen.
Org., 1929, 118, (3), 1-10.
Saim Ceb Hap Cal-me
Daub)

1796. Bruhns, Fanny. Der Nagel der Halbaf-
fen und Affen. Ein Beitrag zur Phylogenie des
menschlichen Nagels. Morn: ie 1910, 40, 501—

609. [131f-61r: Pn Png Hyl
Symph Prsh C-p ae Me Pp aGes
Atl Hap Lm Nyct-c}

1797. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The problem of
theclawin primates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1936,
(1), 1-24, 1 pl. [13f: Hap Leon-c

Cal-me Mer-c Gilg Daub Tars]

1797a. Kachi, T. Beitrage zur Morphologie
des Nagels. I. Mitteilung: Nagel bei Macacus

rhesus et speciosus. Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat.,
1929, 2, 1-34. [ont: Mel

1798. Panzer, W. Beitrage zur Biologischen
Anatomie des Baumkletterns der Sdugetiere. I.
Das Nagel-Kralle-Problem. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1932, 98, 147-198. [++ 13f-2t-r: Gr

Pn Prsb Mc Hap Tars|

1799. Vigener, J. Ein Beitrag zur Morpho-
logie des Nagels. Morph. Arb.,* 1896, 6, 555-
604. [++ nt: Pn Png Prsb OE) C-c

tay Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Atl Al Leon-c

m
See also: 112, 327, 353, 1746a.

[98]

Nervous System & Sense Organs

The Brain as a Whole

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

Comprehensive & General Studies
PRIMATES IN GENERAL

1800. Anthony, R. La morphologie du cerveau
chez les singes et chez homme. Rev. anthrop.,
1917, 27, 95-112, 159-167, 195-203, 236-250,
298-305. [++ 41f-mr: Gr Pn C-p

Mc Ceb Daud]

1801. Ariéns Kappers, C. Cerebral localiza-
tion and the significance of sulci. 17th Int. Congr.
Med., Lond., 1912, sect. 1, part 1, 273-392.

{++ 9f-vnr]

1802. Ariéns Kappers, C. U. La signification
des fissures du cerveau en général et leur rapport
avec les localisations cérébrales intrinséques dans
la région insulaire et dans le lobe frontale. Note
préliminaire. Névraxe, 1913, 14-15, 215-247.

[+ 7]

1803. Ariéns Kappers, C. U., Huber, G. C. &
Crosby, Elizabeth C. The comparative anatomy
of the nervous system of vertebrates, including
man. New York: The Macmillan Co., 1936, 2
vols., xvii, xi, 1845 pp. [+ 710f-vnr]

1804. Bischoff, T. L. W. Die Grosshirnwin-
dungen des Menschen mit Beriicksichtigung ihrer
Entwicklung bei dem Fotus und ihrer Anordnung
bei den Affen. bh. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1868,

10, Abt. 2, 388-497, 7 pls. [+ ¢# Png
Prsbh C-p Mc Pp Mndr Saim Hap
Nyct-c}

1805. Broca, P. Anatomie comparée des cir-
convolutions cérébrales. Le grand lobe limbique et
la scissure limbique dans la série des mammiferes.
Rev. Anthrop., Paris, 1878, (2), 1, 385-498.

[+ 35f-nr]

1806. Chudziriski, T. Anatomia por6wnawcza
zwojéw mozgowych. [Vergleichende Anatomie
der Gehirn-Windung.] Pam. Tow. nauk. Scist.,
Paryzu,* 1878, 10, 95 pp., 9 pls.; 1882, 12, 88 pp.,
13 pls. [++ nf-Czech only: Gr Png Hyl

C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Aot Cal-c Pith

Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap Myst Lm

Pr-p Avh Indr]|

1807. Connolly, C. J. The fissural pattern of
the primate brain. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop.,
1936, 21, 301-422. [67f-ur: Gr Pu Png

Hyl Symph Prsbh Nas C-p C-c Me

Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Mndr Ceb Atl Al Hap

Oed-m Lm Lor Tars]

1808. Cunningham, D. J. Contribution to the
surface anatomy of the cerebral hemispheres, with
a chapter upon cranio-cerebral topography by
Victor Horsley. Cunningham Mem. R. Trish
Acad.,* 1892, 7, xii, 372 pp., 8 pls. Review in:
7. comp. Neurol., 1893, 3, i-xii.

[++ 7if-ntr: Pn Png Mc Pp Ceb|

1809. Duckworth, W. L. H. Description of
brains of primates in the University anatomical
museum, Cambridge. Stud. Anthrop. Lab., Anat.
Sch., Cambridge,* 1904, 65-78.

[Hyl Nas Atl Lm Lor Gig]

1810. Duvernoy, [G. L.] Rapport sur un
mémoire de M. P. Gratiolet, sur les plis cérébraux
del’homme et des primates. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool.,
1851, (3), 16, 193-217.

1811. Flatau, Edward & Jacobsohn, Louis.
Handbuch der Anatomie und vergleichenden Ana-
tomie des Centralnervensystems der Sdugetiere. 1,
Makroskopischer Teil. Berlin: S. Karger, 1899,

xvi, 578 pp., 7 pls. [++ 126f-vnr: Pn
Png Mc Ceb Hap Lm Indr Lor Nyct-c
Prdct Daub Tars|

1812. Fraipont, C. L’évolution cérébrale des

primates et en particulier des hominiens. Arch.
Inst. Paléont. hum., 1931, 8, 1-86, 4 pls.
[+++ 112f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p

C-c Pp Ceb Atl Al Indr|

1813. Gratiolet, P. Mémoire sur les plis céré-
braux de l’homme et des primates. C. R. Acad.
Sci., Paris, 1850, 31, 366-369. [Pn Png

Mc Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap|

1814. Gratiolet, Pierre. Mémoire sur les plis
cérébaux de homme et des primates. Paris: Arthus
Bertrand, [186°], [Text] vi, 104 pp., [Atlas] iv,
13 pls. [Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph

Prsb Nas C-p Mc Pp Mndr Aot Cal-c

Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap Oecd-m)

1815. Gromier, Jules. Etude sur les circon-
volutions cérébrales chez ?homme et chez les singes.
Thése (Med.) Paris, A. Parent, 1874, 128 pp., 3 pls.

[++ Pn Png Hyl C-p Mc Pp Manar]

1816. Huxley, [T. H.] On the zoological rela-
tions of man with the lower animals. Nat. Hist.
Rev.,* 1861, 67-84.

1817. Jakob, Christfried & Onelli, Cl. Vom
Tierhirn zum Menschenhirn. I. Teil. Tafelwerk
nebst einfiihrung in die Geschichte des Hirnrinde
von Dr. Chr. Fakob. Minchen: J. F. Lehmann,
1911, 32 pp., 48 pls. [+ 50f: Pn Png

Pp Aot Ceb Al Hap Daub

[99]

[Anat. 1818-1840]

BRAIN AS A WHOLE

1818. Jefferson, G. Cortical localisation and
furrow formation. F. comp. Neurol., 1915, 25,
291-300. [+ if-1t: Pn Hyl C-p

Pp Hap Lm Carg]

1819. Kiikenthal, W. & Ziehen, T. Unter-
suchungen Uber die Grosshirnfurchung der Prima-
ten. Fena.Z. Naturw., 1895, 29, 1-122.

BaenniGr |) Pay Senge iyi) Prsb Gp

Ery-c C-c Me Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot Cal-c

Pith Chirop Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap

Oced-m]

1820. Pansch, A. De sulcis et gyris in cerebris
simiarum et hominum. Commentatio anatomica
quam ad veniam docendi rite obtinendam. Schr.

Univ. Kiel,* 1866, 13, xi, 42 pp., 1 pl.
[Pu C-c Mc Pp Ceb Lm]

1821. Pansch, A. Ueber die typische Anord-
nung der Furchen und Windungen auf den Gross-
hirnhemispharen des Menschen und der Affen.
Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1868, 3, 227-257,
pls. 5-8. [Px C-p Pp Cal-c Ceb Ail

Lm Gilg Daub}

1822. Parker, A. J. Morphology of the cere-
bral convolutions with special reference to the
order of Primates. F. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad.,
1896, (2), 10, 247-365, pls. 34-48,

[++ 3Lf-t: Pn Hyl C-p Me Pp Cal-c

Saim Ceb Atl Hap Myst Lm Pr-p Abvh

Indr Daub]

1823. Retzius, Gustav. Cerebra simiarim illus-
trata. Das Affenhirn in bildlicher Darstellung.
Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1906, ix, 24 pp., 67 pls.

Gee AP Ee Jeb Nh JERR INS) OND CE

C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Atl

Al Hap Myst Ocd-m_ Tars|

1824. Rohon, Josef Victor. Zur Anatomie der
Hirnwindungen bei den Primaten. Minchen:
Ernst Stahl, 1884, 42 pp., 2 pls.

[+++ 17r: Pn Prsb]

1825. Serres, Antoine Etienne Renaud Au-
gustin. Anatomie comparée du cerveau dans les
guatres classes des animaux vertébrés, [etc.]. Paris:
Gabon et cie., 1827, 2 vols. & atlas. vol. 1 (1824)
xl, cxil, 576 pp.; vol. 2, (1826) viii, 795 pp.; atlas
16 pls. [+ ont: Ery-c Mc Pp Mnadr

Ceb Lm]

1826. Smith, G. Elliot. On the homologies of
the cerebral sulci. F. Anat., Lond., 1902, 36,
309-319. [+ 3]

1826a. Smith, G. Elliott. Descriptive and il-
lustrated catalogue of the physiological series of
comparative anatomy contained in the museum of
the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London:
Taylor & Francis, 1902, vol. 2, 2nd ed., ix, 518 pp.

[254f: all genera]

1827. Tiedemann, Friedrich. Jcones cerebri
Simiarum et quorundam mammalium rariorum.
Heidelberg: Mohr et Winter, 1821, 55 pp., 10 pls.

[++ ¢t: C-p Me Ceb Lm]

1828. Tilney, Frederick. The brain from ape
to man. A contribution to the study of the evolution

and development of the human brain. With chapters

on the reconstruction of the gray matter in the

primate brain stem by Henry Alsop Riley. New

York: Paul B. Hoeber, 1928, 2 vols., xxvii, xv,

1120 pp. [+++ 557f-nt-unr: Gr Pn
Png Hyl Mc Pp Al Lm Tars]

1829. Turner, W. Comparison of the convolu-
tions of the seals and walrus with those of the
Carnivora, and ofapesandman. F. Anat., Lond.,
1888, 22, 554-581. [5 ete

1830. Turner, W. The convolutions of the
brain: a study in comparative anatomy. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1891, 25, 105-133.

[+ 42f: Pn Hap Lm Nyct-c]

1831. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie des
Affengehirnes. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1902, 4,
463-499, pls. 15-17. [3f-19r: Pn Png

Hyl Cyn-p Pp Lag Brchyt Atl|

See also: 145, 328, 828, 1075, 1105, 1106, 2020,
2081, 2139, 4015.

Morphology of the brain
PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

1832. Beddard, F. E. A contribution to our
knowledge of the cerebral convolutions of the
gorilla. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1899, 65-76.

[7f-16r: Gr]

1833. Beddard, F. E. On the brain of a siam-
ang (Hylobates syndactylus). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1900, 187-190. [2f: Symph]

1834. Benham, W. B. A description of the
cerebral convolutions of the chimpanzee known as
“Sally”; with notes on the convolutions of other
chimpanzees and of two orangs. Quart. F. micr.
Sci., 1894, n.s., 37, 47-85, pls. 7-11. [Pn Png]

1835. v. Bischoff, [T. L.W.] Ueber das Gehirn
eines Chimpansé. S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1871,
1, 98-105, 3 pls. [Pn]

1836. v. Bischoff, [T. L.] Ueber das Gehirn
eines Orang-Outan. 8S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
1876, 6, 193-205, 4 pls. [Png]

1837. v. Bischoff, [T. L.W.] Ueber das Gehirn
eines Gorilla und die untere oder dritte Stirnwind-
ung der Affen. S. B. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1877,
7, 96-139, 4 pls. [Gr Pn Png]

1838. Bolau, H. & Pansch, A. Die menschen-
ahnlichen Affen des Hamburger Museums. 1. Zur
Naturgeschichte des Gorilla [Bolau]. 2. Die Brust-
und Baucheingeweide des Gorilla [Bolau]. 3. Das
Gehirn des Gorilla [Pansch]. 44. Naturw. Ham-
burg, 1876, 6, Abt. 2, 61-90, pls. A-B. [t: Gr]

1839. Bolk, L. Beitrage zur Affenanatomie.

II. Ueber das Gehirn von Orang-Utan. Ned.
Bijdr. Anat., 1901, 1, 25-84, pls. 6-7.
[+++ 34f-nr: Png]

1840. Bolk, L. Beitrage zur Affenanatomie.
VII. Das Gehirn von Gorilla. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1909, 12, 141-242, pl. 6. [29f: Gr]

[100]

Comprehensive & general studies

1841. Broca, P. Présentation d’un cerveau de
gorille male et adulte. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1876, (2), 11, 426-431. [if: Gr]

1842. Broca, [P.] Sur le cerveau du gorille.
C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1877 [1878], 6, 706-710.
[Uf: Gr]

1843. Broca, P. Sur le cerveau du gorille.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1877, (2), 12, Sani
f

1844. Broca, P. Etude sur le cerveau du
gorille. Rev. Anthrop., Paris,* 1878, (2), 1, 1-46,
pls) 153: [1f-nr: Gr]
1845. Chapman, H.C. Observations upon the
brain of the gorilla. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad.,
1892, 203-212, pls. 11-12. [Gr]

1846. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. Description of
the cerebral hemispheres of the brain of a gorilla
(John Daniels II). ¥. Anat., Lond., 1927, 61,
467-475. [6f: Gr]

1847. Connolly, C. J. The brain of a mountain
gorilla, Okero (G. beringei). dmer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1923, 17, 291-308. [8f-2t-16r: Gr]

1848. Coupin, F., Hindzé, B. & Lafont, M.
Contribution a l’étude de deux jeunes gorilles.
I.—Introduction, [F.C.] I]—Le cerveau, [F.
Coupin] III].—Artéres de |’encéphale, [B. Hindzé]
IV.—Dentition, [M. Lafont]. Nouv. Arch. Mus.
Hist. nat. Paris, 1927, (6), 2, 111-167, 5 pls.

[30f-unr: Gr]

1849. Fischer, E. Uber die Variationen der
Hirnfurchen des Schimpansen. Anat. Anz., 1921,
54, ErgH., 48-54. [r: Pn]

1850. Flower, W. H. On the brain of the
siamang. (Hylobates syndactylus, Raffles). Nat.
Hist. Rev.,* 1863, 3, 279-287.

[3f-1t: Symph Prsb Pp Saim|

1851. Giacomini, C. Sul cervello di un chim-
pansé. Atti Accad. Torino, 1889, 24, 789-820,
pl. 16. [Pn]

1852. Gratiolet, P. Note sur l’encéphale du
gorille (Gorilla gina, 1. Geof.-St.-H.). C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1860, 50, 801-805. [Gr]

1853. Henschen, S. E. Ist der Gorilla links-

hirnig? Désch. Z. Nervenheilk., 1926, 92, 1-7.
[if: Gr]
1854. Jatschewa, Z. Uber verwandtschaft-

liche Formbildungen an beiden zueinander gehor-
enden Hemispharen. Schweiz. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1919, 5, 56-67. [+ 4f-30r: Pn]

1855. Macartney, J. On the minute structure
of the brain in the chimpanzee, and of the human
idiot, compared with that of the perfect brain of
man; with some reflections on the cerebral func-
tions. Trans. R. Irish Acad., 1843, 19, 322-328,
2 pis. [++ Pn]

1856. Marshall, J. On the brain of a young

chimpanzee. Nat. Hist. Rev.,* 1861, 1, 296-315,
pl. 6. [1f-1t: Pn]

[Anat. 1841-1870]

1857. Mingazzini,G. Beitrag zur Morphologie
der ausseren Grosshirnhemispharenoberflache bei
den Anthropoiden (Schimpanse und Orang).
Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1928, 85, 1-219.

[117f-nt-nr: Pn Png]

1858. Miiller, J. Zur Anatomie des Chim-
pansegehirns. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1887,
17, 173-187, pls. 10-11. [r: Pnj

1859. Owen, [R.] On the zoological significance
of the brain and limb characters of the gorilla, as
contrasted with those of man. Med. Times Gaz.,
Lond.,* 1862, (2), 373-374. [+++ G]

1860. Pansch, A. Einige Bemerkungen tber
den Gorilla und sein Hirn. Schr. naturw. Ver.
Schl.- Holst., 1878, 3, 127-130... [Gr]

1861. Parker, A. J. On the brain of a chim-
panzee. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1880, 17, 28-31.
[Px]
1862. Pastore, J. Sui solchi cerebrali di un
“Symphalangus syndactylus.” Atti Accad. To-
rino, 1933, 68, 570-587, 3 pls.
[9r: Hyl Symph|
1862a.* Pines, L. Zur Morphologie des Schim-
pansengehirnes. In: ““Furchen und Windungen-
problem in der Morphologie des Gehirnes.” Arb.
morph. Sekt. Bechterew-Inst., Leningrad, 1934,
pp. 183-202. [Px]

1863. Pruner-Bey. Sur un mémoire de M.
Bischoff relatif aux plis du cerveau. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1869, (2), 4, 104-113.

[++ Png]

1864. Riese, W. Formprobleme des Gehirns.
Dritte Mitteilung: Uber die Menschenahnlich-
keit des Oranggehirnes. Anat. Anz., 1926, 60,
533-536, 2 pls. [Png]

1865. Rolleston, G. On the affinities of the
brain of the orang utang. Nat. Hist. Rev.,*
1861, 1, 201-217, pl. 3. [Png]

1866. Schmitt, R. Das Nervensystem von
Troglodytes niger. Anat. Anz., 1909, 34, 286-287.
[1f: Pn]

1867. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. &
Vrolik, W. Ontleedkundige nasporingen over die
hersenen van den chimpansé. Verh. eerste K1.
Ned. Inst., Amst.,* 1849, (3), 1, 263-278, 2 pls.
[Pn Png]

1868. Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C. &
Vrolik, W. Note sur l’encéphale de |’orang-
outang. Versl. dkad. Wet. Amst., Afd. Natuurk.,*
1862, 13, 1-10, 1 pl. Also: Nat. Hist. Rev.,* 1862,
2, 111-117, pl. 4. [Png]

1869. Schroeder van der Kolk, [J. L. C.] &
Vrolik, W. Bemerkung tiber das Gehirn des
Orang-Outang. Arch. holl. Beitr. Nat.- u. Heilk.,*
1864, 3, 220-221. [Png]

1870. Sergi, S. Le variazioni dei solchi cere-
brali e la loro origine segmentale nell’ Hy/obates.
Ric. Lab. Anat. norm. Univ. Roma, 1904, 10,
189-255, pls. 14-15. [Hyl]

[ 101]

[Anat. 1871-1897]

BRAIN AS A WHOLE

1871. Sperino, G. Contributo allo studio del
cervello del gibbone Hy/obates lar.G. Accad. Med.
Torino, 1898, 61, 415-464, 1 pl. [It-nr: Hyl]

1872. Stangier, H. Die Furchen der Gross-
hirnrinde beim Schimpanse. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1937, 107, 647-671. SiGe Pz]

1873. Thane, G. D. The brain of the gorilla.
Nature, Lond., 1876, 15, 142-144. [3f: Gr]

1874. Tiedemann, F. Hirn des Orang-Outangs
mit dem des Menschen verglichen. Z. Physiol.,*
1826, 2, 17-28, pl. 4. [++ Png]

1875. Tiedemann, F. On the brain of the
Negro, compared with that of the European and
orang-outang. Philos. Trans., 1836, 126, 497-
527, pls. 30-35. ae AB fea aire

1875a. Vrolik, W. Sur l’anatomie du cerveau
duchimpansé. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1850, 30,
83-84. [Pn]

1876. Waldeyer, W. Das Gibbon-Hirn. In:
Festschrift, Rudolf Virchow: Internationale Bei-
trdge zur wissenschaftlichen Medicin. Berlin:
A. Hirschwald, 1891, vol. 1, 1-40, 40a—40x, pls.
12s [vunr: Hyl Symph]

1877. Walker, A. E. &. Fulton, J. F. The ex-
ternal configuration of the cerebral hemispheres
of the chimpanzee. F. Anat., Lond., 1936, 71,
105-116, 5 pls. [ur: Pn]

See also: 170, 171, 174, 176, 179, 184, 194a, 194b,
198, 225, 274, 300, 312, 330, 1938a, 1975, 2079.

Morphology of the brain
CERCOPITHECIDAE

1878. Beddard, F.E. Onthe brains of Nasalis
Jarvatus and of some other Old World primates.
Proc. z00l. Soc. Lond., 1903, (1), 12-21.

[7f: Nas. Clb Cyn-p]

1879. Beddard, F. E. A note on the brain of
the black ape, Cynopithecus niger. Proc. xzool.
Soc. Lond., 1905, (1), 22-26. [2f: Cyn-p]

1880. Broca, P. Sur la topographie cérébrale
comparée de |’homme et du cynocéphale sphinx.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1877, (2), 12, 262-267.

[++ 2f: Pp]

1881. Clarke, R. H. & Henderson, E.E. Atlas
of photographs of the frontal sections of the cra-
nium and brain of the rhesus monkey. (Macacus
rhesus). Fohns Hopk. Hosp. Rep., 1920, Special
vol., part 2, 161-172, pls. 21-57. [Mc]

1882. Geist, F. D. The brain of the rhesus
monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1930, 50, 333-375.
[23pl: Me]

1883. Karplus, Johann Paul. Variabilitat und
Vererbung am Zentralnervensystem des Menschen
und einiger Sdugetiere. Familienuntersuchungen
mit Beriicksichtigung von Geschlecht und Entwick-
lung. Leipzig und Wien: Franz Deuticke, 1921,
2nd ed., 234 pp.,6pls. [+ 68f-unt: Mc Pop]

1884. Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. Die Variationen
an den Grosshirnfurchen der Affen mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der Affenspalte. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1903, 6, 191-250, pl. 5.

[112f: Hyl Prsb Nas Mc C-p]

1885. Lesem, W. W. The fore-brain of Ma-
cacus. F.comp. Neurol., 1903, 13, 1-8, pls. 1-2.
[Mc]

1886. Mettler, F. A. Brain of Pithecus rhesus
(M. rhesus). Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1933, 17,
309-331. [4f-3t-75r: Me]

1887. Meynert, T. Die Windungen der con-
vexen Oberflache des Vorder-Hirnes bei Men-
schen, Affen und Raubtieren. Arch. Psychiat.
Nervenkr., 1877, 7, 257-286. [+ 23f: Me]

1888. Mingazzini, G. Intorno al solchi e le
circonvoluzioni cerebrali dei primati e del feto
umano. Atti Accad. med., Roma, 1888-89, (2),
4, 9-52, 1 pl. [+++ 3t43r: C-p Mc Pp}

1889. Mingazzini, G. Ueber die Furchen und
Windungen des Gehirns der Primaten und
der menschlichen Frucht. Untersuch. Naturl.
Mensch. Tiere, 1894, 14, 177-229, 1 pl.

[+++ 3t43r: see 1888]

1890. Santee,H.E. The brain of a black mon-
key, Macacus maurus: The relative prominence of
different gyri. Anat. Rec., 1914, 8, 257-266.

[4f: Me]

1891. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie des
Affengehirnes. (Zweiter Beitrag.) Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1903, 6, 285-321, pls. 11-12. [4f-8r:

C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Mnar|

1892. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie des
Affengehirnes. (Dritter Beitrag.) Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1904, 7, 223-260, pl. 4.

[11f: Prsb Nas}

See also: 225.

Morphology of the brain
CEBIDAE & HAPALIDAE

1893. Brunner, H. & Spiegel, E. A. Vergleich-
end-anatomische Studien am Hapalidengehirn.
Folia neuro-biol., Lpz., 1918, 11, 171-203.

[++ 12f-r: Hap]

1894. Flower, W. H. On the brain of the red
howling monkey (Mycetes seniculus, Linn.). Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 335-338, pl. 29. [4]

1895. Huxley, T. H. On the brain of Ateles
paniscus. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1861, 247-260,
pl. 29. [2f: Atl Al Lm|

1896. Huxley, T. H. On the brain of Ateles
paniscus. In: The scientific memoirs of Thomas
Henry Huxley, London: Macmillan, 1899, vol. 2,
pp. 493-508, pl. 36. [Idem 1895]

1897. Retzius, G. Die Gehirne der Affengat-
tungen Cebus und 4teles. Biol. Untersuch., 1921,
n.f., 19, 62-76. [Ceo Atl

[ 102 ]

Cyto- & myeloarchitecture

1898. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Morphologie des
Affengehirns. (Vierter Beitrag.) Das Gehirn der
Cebiden. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1905, 8, 100-122,
pl. 5. [2f: Cebd]

1899. Zuckerkandl,E. Zur Oberflachenmodel-
lierung des Atelesgehirns. Ard. neurol. Inst.
(Inst. Anat. Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien.,
1909, 18, 60-100. [14f-nr: Atl]

See also: 235, 236, 240, 242, 1916, 2249.

Morphology of the brain
LEMUROIDEA & TARSIOIDEA

1900. Anthony, R. & de Santa-Maria, A. S,
Recherches sur la morphologie télencéphalique du
Lepilemur a état adulte et au cours du dévelop-
pement ontogénique. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist.
nat., Paris, 1913, (5), 5, 1-41, pls. 1-2.

[11f-nt: Lp-l]

1901. Beddard, F. E. On the brain in the
lemurs. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1895, 142-148.

[5f: Lm Mer-c Lor Nyct-c Prdct Gig]

1902. Burckhardt, R. Das Gehirn zweier sub-
fossiler Riesenlemuren aus Madagascar. 5th Int.
Congr. Zool., Berl., 1901 [1902], 601-609.

[2f-12r: ttf]

1903. Burckhardt, R. Das Gehirn zweier sub-
fossiler Riesenlemuren aus Madagascar. Anat.
Anz., 1901, 20, 229-237. (2f-1ir: ttt]

1904. Chudzinski,T. Surles plis cérébraux des
lémuriens en général et du loris gréle en particulier.
Bull, Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1895, (4), 6, 435-465.

[8f: Lm Indr Lor]

1905. Chudzinski, T. Sur les plis cérébraux
d’un aye-aye (Cheiromys, Mysipithecus ou singe
rat). Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1896, (4), 7,
12-20. [3f: Daud]

1906. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The brain of
Microcebus murinus. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1931,
(1), 463-486, 8 pls. ([7f-23r: Mcr-c]

1907. Flower, W. H. Memoir on the brain of
the Javan loris (Stenops javanicus). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1862, 103-105. [ Nyct-c]

1908. Flower, W. H. On the brain of the
Javan loris (Stenops javanicus, Illig.). Trans.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1862 [1866], 5, 103-111, pl. 27.

[ Nyct-c]

1909. Gervais, P. Mémoire sur les formes
cérébrales propre a l’ordre des lémures, accom-
pagné de remarques sur la classification de ces
animaux. +f. Zool.,* 1872; 1, 5-27, pl. 2.

[Lm Hp-l Lp-l Mcer-c_ Chrg Pr-p Avh

Indr Lor WNyct-c Glg Daub Tars|

1910. Smith, G. Elliot. Further notes on the
lemurs, with especial reference to the brain. 7.
Linn. Soc. (Zool.), 1903, 29, 81-89.

[4f: Lm Pr-p Tars Ti7T]

1911. Smith, G. Elliot. On the morphology of

[Anat. 1898-1920]

the brain in the Mammalia, with special reference

to that of the lemurs, recent and extinct. Trans.

Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., 1903, (2), 8, 319-432.
[+++ 66f-t: C-p Lm Lp-] Hp-l Merc
Pr-p Avh Indr Lor WNyct-c Prdct Glg
Daub Tars fit]

1912. Smith, G. Elliot. [A discussion of the
brain with respect to the affinities of Tarsius.|
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1919, (2), 465-475.

[4f: Tars]

1913. Standing, H. F., [& Smith, G. Elliot]. On
recently discovered subfossil primates from Mada-
gascar. With an appendix: On the form of the
brain in the extinct lemurs of Madagascar, with
some remarks on the affinities of the Indrisinae
[by G. Elliot Smith]. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1908 [1910-11], 18, 59-177, pls. 10-28.

[63f-25¢: tT]

1914, Ziehen, T. Ueber die Grosshirnfurchung
der Halbaffen und die Deutung einiger Furchen
des menschlichen Gehirns. Arch. Psychiat. Ner-
venkr., 1896, 28, 898-930. Abstr.: F. comp. Neurol.,
1897, 7, p. 8. [Lm Lp-l Hp-l Chrg Pr-p

Avh Indr Lor Nyct-c Prdct Glg Tars]

1915. Ziehen, T. Ueber den Bau des Gehirns
bei den Halbaffen und bei Galeopithecus. zat.
Anz., 1903, 22, 505-522. [++ 7f: Nyct-c Tars]

See also: 245, 246, 258, 264, 269, 1492a, 1994.

HISTOLOGY OF THE BRAIN
CYTO- & MYELOARCHITECTURE

1916. von Bonin,G. Thecerebral cortex of the
cebus monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1938, 69, 181—
227. [11f-5t-vnr: Ceb]

1917. Brodmann, K. _ __Beitrage zur histolog-
ischen Lokalisation der Grosshirnrinde. Dritte
Mitteilung. Die Rindenfelder der niederen Affen.
F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1905, 4, 177-226, pls.
6-12. [40f-nr: C-p]

1918. Brodmann, K. _Beitrage zur histolog-
ischen Lokalisation der Grosshirnrinde. Fiinfte
Mitteilung. Uber den allgemeinen Bauplan des
Cortex pallii bei den Mammaliern und zwei homo-
loge Rindenfelder im besonderen. Zugleich ein
Beitrag zur Furchenlehre. ¥. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lpz., 1906, 6, 275-400. [++ 201f-33r:

Png Prsb C-p_ C-c_ C-p Cyn-p Mndr

Ceb Lag Hap Lm Pr-p Nyct-c Prdct]

1919. Brodmann, K. __ Beitrage zur histolog-
ischen Lokalisation der Grosshirnrinde. VII. Mit-
teilung: Die cytoarchitektonische Cortexglieder-
ung der Halbaffen (Lemuriden). ¥. PAychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1908, 10, ErgH., 287-334, 9 pls.

[ Sf-mr: Lm]

1920. Brodmann, Korbinian. Vergleichende
Lokalisationslehre der Grosshirnrinde in ihren
Prinzipien dargestellt auf Grund des Zellenbaues.
Leipzig: J. A. Barth, 1909, x, 324 pp.

{+ 150f-r: C-p Hap Lm|

[103 ]

[Anat. 1921-1943]

BRAIN AS A WHOLE

1921. Campbell, Alfred W. Histological studies
on the localisation of cerebral function. Cambridge:
University Press, 1905, xix, 360 pp., 29 pls. Abstr.:
Brain, 1906, 29, 265-279.

Pees ashis er Jerre

1922. Campbell, A. W. Histological studies on
the localisation of cerebral function —The brain
of the gorilla. Rep. path. Lab., Lunacy Dept.,
N.S.W., 1916, 3, 19-35. [5f: Gri

1922a. Fulton, J. F. Cytoarchitecture of the
gorilla brain. Science, 1938, 88, 426-427.

[Review of no. 1922: Gr]

1923. Griinthal, E. Uber Unterschiede im Ge-
hirnbau der Anthropoiden und des Menschen und
das eigentlich Menschliche am Gehirn. Fortschr.
Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 8, 261-284.

[5f-6t-nr: Gr Pn Png Me Ced Lm]

1924. Major, H.C. Observations on the brain
of the Chacma baboon. Ff. ment. Sci., 1876, 21,
498-512, 2 pls. [Pp]

1925. Marburg, O. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
Grosshirnrinde der Affen. Ard. neurol. Inst.
(Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien,
1907, 16, (2), 581-602.

[2f: Png Hyl Nas Mc Pp Atl Lm]

1926. Mauss, T. Die faserarchitektonische
Gliederung der Grosshirnrinde bei den niederen
Affen. ¥. Psychol. Neurol., Loz., 1908, 13, 263—
S2 5s pismo. [20f-1t-nr: C-c Me]

1927. Mauss, T. Die faserarchitektonische
Gliederung des Cortex cerebri der anthropomor-
phen Affen. 7. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1911, 18,
ErgH., 410-467, pls. 40-42. [33f: Png Hy]

1928. Moller, J. Uber eine Eigentiimlichkeit
der Nervenzellenfortsatze in der Grosshirnrinde
des Chimpanse, als Unterschied gegen den Men-
schen. Anat. Anz., 1889, 4, 592-596. [Zf: Pn]

1929. Mott, F. W. & Kelley, Agnes M. Com-
plete survey of the cell lamination of the cerebral
cortex of the lemur. Proc. roy. Soc., 1908, B, 80,
488-506, pls. 14-18. [4f: Lm]

1930. Mott, F. W., Schuster, E. & Halliburton,
W. D. Cortical lamination and localisation in
the brain of the marmoset. Proc. roy. Soc., 1910,
B, 82, 124-134, pl. 6-7. (77: Hap

1931. Popoff, Idalia. Uber einige Gréssenver-
haltnisse der Affenhirne. ¥. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lp. 1929, 38, 82-90. [31f-1t: Pn Mel

1932. Popoff, Idalia & Popoff, N. Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der quantitativen Differenzen zwischen

den Menschen- und Affenhirnen. 7. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1929, 38, 168-178.
[3r-22r: Pn Png Mc]

1933. Preda, G. & Vogt,O. La myéloarchitec-
ture de Vécorce du cerveau chez les lémuriens
(Lemur catta). C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1912, 72,
71-73. [Lm]

1934. Rawitz, B. Zur Kenntnis der Architek-
tonik der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen und

einiger Sadugetiere. II. Die Hirnrinde von Orang,
Rhesus, Lemur, Kaninchen und Hund. Z. Anat.
EntwGesch., 1926, 79, 198-227.

[++ 14f: Png Me Lm]

1935. Schlapp, Max G. Der Zellenbau der
Grosshirnrinde des Affen Macacus cynomolgus.
Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Berlin, E. Ebering, 1897,
35 pp. [1f-r: Mc]

_1936. Schlapp, M. Der Zellenbau der Gross-
hirnrinde des Affen Macacus cynomolgus. Arch.
Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1898, 30, 583-607, pls. 15-16.

[Lf-nr: Mc]

1937. Schlapp, M. G. The microscopic struc-

ture of cortical areas in man and some mammals.
Amer. F. Anat., 1903, 2, 259-281, 4 pls.

[+ 108r: Me]

_ 1938. Schuster, E. H. J. Cortical cell lamina-
tion of the hemispheres of Papio hamadryas.
Quart. F. micr. Sci., 1911, n.s., 56, 613-643, pls.
24-30. [13f: Pp]

1938a.* Shevchenko, Y. G. Variabilnost
stroyeniya kory bolshogo mozga. [Variability of
structure in the cerebral cortex.]| Trud. Tsentral.
psikhonevrol. Inst., 1937, 8, 76-84.
[Psychol. Abstr., 1938, 12,429: Png-id]

1939. Vogt, C. & Vogt, O. Die vergleichend-
architektonische und die vergleichend-reizphysi-
ologische Felderung der Grosshirnrinde unter be-
sonderer Beriicksichtigung der menschlichen.
Naturwissenschaften, 1926, 14, 1190-1194.

[++ 4f: Cp]

1940. Vogt, C. & Vogt, O. Sitz und Wesen der
Krankheiten im Lichte der topistischen Hirnfor-

schung und des Variierens der Tiere. 7. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1936, 47, 237-457.
[ie 221-1037 Pn) C-p a MGuepmmea

Myst Prdct|

1941. Vogt, O. Ueber strukturelle Hirncentra,
mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der strukturellen
Felder des Cortex pallii. Anat. Anz., 1906, 29,
ErgH., 74-114. [+ 66f-nr; Png Prsb

C- Lag Al Hap Lm WNyct-c_ Prdct|

_ 1942. Woollard, H. H. The cortical lamina-
tion of Tarsius. F. Anat., Lond., 1925, 60, 86—
105, 6 pls. [3f-18r: Tars]

See also: 1810, 1817, 1818, 1906, 1974, 1991,
1996, 2020, 2093, 2094, 2125, 3027, 3046,

BRAIN WEIGHT & INDICES

1943. Ariéns Kappers, C. U. Het relatieve ge-
wicht der hersenschors bij menschenrassen en
zoogdieren en de asymmetrie der hemispheren.
Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1925, 34,
709-720. The relative weight of the brain-
cortex in human races and in some animals and the
asymmetry of the hemispheres. Proc. Acad. Sct.
Amst., 1925, 28, (2), 844-855.

[+ 8: Png

Symph Prsb\

[ 104]

Brain weight & indices

[Anat. 1944-1966]

1944. Ariéns Kappers, C. U. The relative
weight of the braincortex in human races and in
some animals and the asymmetry of the hemi-
spheres. Ff. nerv. ment. Dis., 1926, 64, 113-124.

[idem 1943]

1945. Ariéns Kappers, C. U. The relation of
the cerebellum weight to the total brainweight in
human races andin some animals. 7. nerv. ment.
Dis., 1927, 65, 113-124. [+ 9t: Png

Symph Prsh Mc Hap Leon-c|

1945a. v. Bonin, G. Brain-weight and body-
weight of mammals. F. gen. Psychol., 1937, 16,
379-389. [+ 2t-18r: 25 genera]

1945b. Brummelkamp, R. Uber das Verhalt-
nis der Oberflache des Frontalhirns zu derjenigen
des ganzen Gehirnes bei hoheren Affen und Men-
schen. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1938, 41, (2),
1127-1133. [eb eis TR Alia (GA

1946. Connolly, C. J. Brain indices of anthro-
poid apes. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1932, 17,
57-69. [6t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph|

1947. Davison, C. & Kraus, W.M. The meas-
urement of cerebral and cerebellar surfaces. VII.
The measurement of visible and total cerebral sur-
faces of some vertebrates and of man. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1929, 22, 105-122.

[+ 17f-15t: monkey]

1948. Dubois, E. Sur le rapport du poids de
Vencéphale avec la grandeur du corps chez les
mammiféres. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1897,
(4), 8, 337-376. [+ 4: Png Hyl

Symph Prsb Mc Nyct-c Leon-c]

1949. Dubois, E. Uber die Abhdngigkeit des
Hirngewichtes von der Kérpergrésse bei den
Saugethieren. Arch. Anthrop., Braunschw., 1898,
25, 1-28. [idem 1948]

1950. Dubois, E. Die gesetzmassige Beziehung
von Gehirnmasse zur Korpergrosse bei den Wir-
beltieren. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1914, 18, 323-
350. [+ St: Png Symph Prsb Me

Atl Hap Leon-c WNyct-c]

1951. Dubois, E. Over de hersenhoeveelheid
van gespecialiseerde zoogdiergeslachten. Vers/.
gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1924, 33, 319-326.
On the brain quantity of specialized genera of

mammals. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1924, 27,
430-437. [+ Saim Ceb Al Atl Hap
Lm Nyct-c Daub Tars|

1952. Dubois, E. Die phylogenetische Gross-
hirnzunahme autonome Vervollkommnung der
animalen Funktionen. Biol. gen., 1930, 6, 247—
292, pl. 33. ie Sl

1953. Frechkop,S. Remarques sur le poids du
cerveau chez les mammiféres. Ann. Soc. zool.
Belg., 1927 [1928], 58, 109-116. [+ t: Pn

Png Hyl Symph Mc Pp Ceb Atl Hap)

1954. Girard, P. Sur |’expression numérique
de Jl’intelligence des espéces animales. Rev.
philos.,* 1905, 60, 290-299,

[+ it: Symph Mc]

1954a.* Haas, H. Die Gréssenverhdlinisse des
Anthropoidengehirns im Vergleich zu den Intelli-
genzleistungen. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Minster,
H. Buschmann, 1938, 33 pp.

1955. Hrdliéka, A. Brain weight in vertebrates
Smithson. misc. Coll., 1905, 48, 89-112.

[+ vnt-r: C-p C-c Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb

Atl Hap Myst Ocd-m Lm|

1956. Hrdlitka, A. Weight of the brain and
of the internal organs in American monkeys; with
data on brain weight in other apes. Amer. F.
phys. Anthrop., 1925, 8, 201-211. [Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsbh C-p C-c Me

Cyn-p Pp Mndr Ceb \ Ail Al | Hap

Oed-m Lm]

1957. Lapicque,L. Tableau du poids encéphal-
ique en fonction du poids corporel. 7th Int.
Physiol. Congr. Heidelberg, 1907, 13-16.

1958. Leboucq, G. Le rapport poids-surface
dans le cerveau des singes. C. R. Ass. Anat.,
1928, 23, 268-273.

[sis (Pn) Pag Eyl Mcy Pp]

1959. Leboucq, G. Le rapport entre le poids
et la surface de l’hémisphére cérébrale chez
Vhomme et les singes. Mém. Acad. R. Belg. Cl.
Sci., 1929, (2), 10, no. 9, 57 pp., 4 tbl.

[+ nt-r: Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp\

1960. Michaels, J. J. & Kraus, W. M. Meas-
urements of cerebral and cerebellar surfaces. IX.
Measurement of cortical areas in cat, dog, and
monkey. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1930,
24, 94-101. [+ 6f-5t: Ceb}

1961. Moller, J. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des
Anthropoiden-Gehirns. 4h. zool.-anthrop.-ethn.
Mus. Dresden, 1891, 3, no. 5,17 pp., 2 pls.

Png]

[bieemGr en
1962. de Quatrefages, [A.] Sur le gorille.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1866, (2), 1, 648-649.

[Gr]

1963. Snell,O. Das Gewicht des Gehirnes und
des Hirnmantels der Saugethiere in Beziehung zu
deren geistigen Fahigkeiten. S. B. Ges. Morph.
Physiol. Miinchen, 1891, 7, 90-94.

[eee ely Geb Ari

1964. Snell, O. Die Abhangigkeit des Hirnge-
wichtes von dem Kérpergewicht und den geistigen
Fahigkeiten. Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1892,
23, 436-446. [EE yl Geb! Ad:

Hap Lm]

1965. Spitzka, E. A. Brain-weights of animals
with special reference to the weight of the brain in
the macaque monkey. F. comp. Neurol., 1903,
13, 9-17. [eae Ge IE eae (aa) (Gee

Mc Cyn-p Pp Mndr Aot Saim Ceb Lag

Ai Al Hap Myst Lm WNyct-c\

1966. Wagner, Hermann. Massbestimmungen
der Oberfildche des grossen Gehirns. Inaug.-Diss.
(Phil.) Gottingen. Cassel: Troémner & Dietrich,
1864, 48 pp. ai st: Png

[ 105 ]

[Anat. 1967-1990]

: BRAIN AS A WHOLE

1967. Warncke, P. Mitteilung neuer Gehirn-
und K6rpergewichtsbestimmungen bei Saugern,
nebst Zusammenstellung der gesamten bisher beo-
bachteten absoluten und relativen Gehirngewichte

bei den verschiedenen Spezies. F. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1908, 13, 355-403. [++
unt-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb

C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp Mndr
Aot Pith Chirop Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al
Hap Myst Oed-m Leon-c Lm Mer-c Pr-p
Nyct-c Prdct Gle Daub)

1968. Weber, M. Vorstudien tiber das Hirn-
gewicht der Saugethiere. Festschr. C. Gegenbaur.,
1897, 3, 103-123. [+ ont: all genera]

1969. Weil, A. The measurement of cerebral
and cerebellar surfaces. V. The determination of
the shrinkage of the surface of different vertebrate
brains. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago., 1928,
20, 834-835. [ie ta Cesl

See also: 201, 283, 828, 1092, 1103, 1804, 1811,
1812, 1818, 1825, 1827, 1828, 1847, 1848, 1865,
1871, 1884, 1888, 1889, 1931, 1932, 1977, 1978,
1980, 1982, 1985, 2016, 2018, 2023, 2089, 2093,
2137, 2138, 2141, 2292, 2303, 2989, 3934, 4015.

EMBRYOLOGY OF THE BRAIN
& AGE CHANGES

1970. Anthony, R. Sur un cerveau de foetus
de gorille. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1915, 161,
153-155. [if: Gr]

1971. Anthony, R. Sur un cerveau de foetus
dechimpanzé. C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1916, 162,
604-607. [2f: Pn)

1972. Anthony, R. Le développement du cer-
veau chez les singes. Premiére partie. Prélimin-
aires—Anthropoides. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., 1918,
(10), 2, 1-120, pls. 1-8. [69f: Gr Pn HAyl]|

1973. Anthony, R. Etude d’un cerveau de
foetus de macaque. C. R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci.,
1920 [1921], 44, 321-327. [5f: Mel

1974. Artom, G. Untersuchungen iiber die
Myelogenese des Nervensystems der Affen. Arch.
Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1925, 75, 169-234.

[23f-t-r: Me Pp]

1975. Babor, J. F. & Frankenberger, Z. Stu-
dien zur Naturgeschichte des Gorillas. III. Teil.
Beitrag zur Morphologie und Morphogenese des
Grosshirns des Gorillas. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1932, 97, 780-793. (7f-r: Gr]

1976. Coupin, F. Le développement comparé
du cerveau chez l’homme et chez les singes. Rev.
sci., Paris, 1925, 63, 743-748.

[5f: Pn C-p Cebd|

1977. Coupin, F. L’état du cerveau a la nais-
sance chezlechimpanzé. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris,
1925, 180, 862-863. [Pn]

1978. Coupin, F. Etude d’un cerveau de chim-
panzé nouveau-né. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1925, (7), 6, 20-30. [9f-t: Pr}

1979. Coupin, F. Note preliminaire sur le cer-
veau d’un foetus de semnopithéque aux 2/3 de la
gestation. C.R. Ass. frang. Av. Sci., 1925 [1926],
49, 432-436. [4f: Prsbj

1980. Coupin, F. L’indice de valeur cérébrale

au cours de l’enfance chez les anthropoides. C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1927, 184, 396-398.
[if: Gr Pn Pag

1981. Hamy, E.-T. Contribution a l’étude du
développement des lobes cérébraux des primates.
Rev. Anthrop., Paris,* 1872, 1, 424-431.

1982. Keith, A. The growth of brain in men
and monkeys, with a short criticism of the usual
method of stating brain-ratios. 7. A4nat., Lond.,
1895, 29, 282-303. [++ 14t-30r: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Mc)

1983. Tandler, J. & Fleissig, J. Beitrage zur
Entwickelungsgeschichte des Vertebratengehirns.
Il. Die Entwickelungsgeschichte des Tarsiusge-
hirns. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1914, 52,
85-144, pls. 5-10. [8f-7r: Tars]

1984. Ziehen, T. Beitrag zur Entwickelungs-
geschichte des Gehirns von Tarsius spectrum.
Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1904, 13, (1),
259-267. On the development of the brain in
Tarsius spectrum. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1904,
7, (1), 331-340. [Tars|

1985. Zuckerman, S. & Fisher, R. B. Growth
of the brain in the rhesus monkey. Proc. zool
Soc. Lond., 1937, 107, 529-538. [4t: Mc]

See also: 131a, 363, 1821, 1883, 1900, 1991a,
2058, 2063, 2064, 2084, 2144, 2224, 2232, 2293.

SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE BRAIN

VENTRICLES, EPENDYMA, CHOROID
PLEXUS, MENINGES, MICROGLIA, &c.

1986. Bedford, T. H. B. The venous system
of the velum interpositum of the rhesus monkey
and the effect of experimental occlusion of the
great vein of Galen. Brain, 1934, 57, 255-265.

[44+ 2f: Me]

1987. Blake, J.A. The roof and lateral recesses
of the fourth ventricle, considered morphologi-
cally and embryologically. 7. comp. Neurol.,
1900, 10, 79-108, pls. 4-10.

[+ Pn Hyl Mc Pp Hap)

1988. Bluntschli, H. Beobachtungen uber das
Relief der Hirnwindungen und Hirnvenen am
Schadel, tiber die Venae cerebri und die Pacchion-
ischen Granulationen bei den Primaten. Gegen-
baurs Fb., 1910, 41, 110-148, pl. 1. (16f-44r:

Png Prsbh Clb C-p Mc Mndr Ceb Atl

Lm)

1989. Comini, Adele. Richerche istologiche
sui plessi coroidei dei mammiferi. Riv. sper.
Freniat., 1930, 53, 460-485. [+ 6f-40r: C-c]

1990. Dendy, A. & Nicholls, G. E. On the oc-
currence of a mesocoelic recess in the human brain,

[ 106 ]

Embryology & growth—Arteries & veins

[Anat. 1991-2009]

and its relation to the sub-commissural organ of
lower vertebrates; with special reference to the
distribution of Reissner’s fibre in the vertebrate
series and its possible function. Anat. Anz., 1910,
37, 496-508, 1 pl. [+ 9f-lir: Pn

1991. Dewulf, A. La microglie normale chez
le singe (Macacus rhesus). F. belge Neurol.
Psychiat.,* 1937, 37, 341-365, 12 pls. [Mc]

1991a. van Gelderen, C. Die Morphologie der
Sinus durae matris. Zweiter Teil. Die vergleich-
ende Ontogenie der neurokraniellen Venen der

Vogel und Sdaugetiere. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1924, 74, 432-508. [+ 36f-192r: Prsb Me
2?C-p ?C-c Nyct-c Tears]

1992. van Gelderen, C. Die Morphologie der
Sinus durae matris. Vierter Teil. Die vergleichende
Ontogenie der Hirnhaute mit besonderer Bertick-
sichtigung der Lage der neurokraniellen Venen.
Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 78, 339-489.

[64f-228r: Prsb Mc ?C-c Nyct-c Tars]|

1993. Horsley, V. Note on the existence of
Reissner’s fibre in higher vertebrates. Brain,
1908, 31, 147-159. [+++ 13f-6r: Mc]

1993a. Kobayashi, Y. (Uber die feinere Struk-
tur der Epithelzellen des Plexus chorioideus junger
Affen. Seishin-Shinkei. Z., Tokyo*, 1936, 40,
805-809. [fap: Mc]

1994. Kolmer, W. Uber einen supraependy-
malen Nervenplexus in den Hirnventrikeln des
Affen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1930, 93, 182-187.

{6f: Mc]

1995. Kolmer, W. Uber das Sagittalorgan, ein
zentrales Sinnesorgan der Wirbeltiere, insbeson-
dere beim Affen. Z. Zellforsch., 1931, 13, 236-
248. [10f-r: Mc]

1996. Krause, R. Untersuchungen tber den
Bau des Centralnervensystems der Affen. dh.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., Physik. Kl., 1899 [1900],
Abhang no. 3, 49 pp., 3 pls.

[4f: Png Me Atl]

1996a. Pines, J.-L. Uber ein bisher unbeach-
tetes Gebilde im Gehirn einiger Sdugetiere: Das
subfornicale Organ des III. Ventrikels. ;
Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1926, 34, 186-193, pls.
31-33. [+ Lm]

See also: 998, 2058, 2230.

SPECIAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE BRAIN
CEREBRAL ARTERIES & VEINS

1997. Abbie, A. A. The blood supply of the
lateral geniculate body, with a note on the mor-
phology of the choroidal arteries. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1933, 67, 491-521, [+ 9f-36r:

C-p Mc Pp Lag Lm]

1998. Abbie, A. A. The morphology of the
fore-brain arteries, with especial reference to the

evolution of the basal ganglia. ¥. dnat., Lond.,
1934, 68, 433-470. [+ 11f-40r: Lm]

1999. Beddard, F. E. Note on the brains of
the potto (Perodicticus potto) and the slow loris
(Nycticebus tardigradus), with some observations
upon the arteries of the brain in certain primates.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1904, (1), 157-163.

[4f: Lm Nyct-c Prdct]

2000. Critchley, M. The anterior cerebral
artery, andits syndromes. Brain, 1930, 53, 120-
165. [+ 14f-69r: Pp)

2001. Elze, C. Ueber das Verhalten der Ar-
teria basilaris bei verschiedenen Species des Genus
Ateles. Anat., Anz., 1910, 37, 33-38; 304.

[8f-9r: Atl]

2002. Fazzari, I. Le arterie del cervelletto.
Studio anatomo-comparativo ed embriologico.
Mem. Accad. Lincei, 1931, (6), 4, 333-418, 6 pls.

[+ 59r: Me Geb]

2003. Griinbaum, A. S. F. & Sherrington, C. S.
Note on the arterial supply of the brain in anthro-
poid apes. Brain, 1902, 25, Part 3, 270b-273b,
1 pl. [Pn Png]

2004. Hindze,B. Die Hirnarterien des Schim-
pansen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1930, 27, 468-491,
pls. 32-36. [6f-17r: Gr Pn]

2004a*. Hindze, B. K. (Die Hirnarterien von
Cynocephalus hamadryas.) Antrop. Zh., Mosk.,*
1932, no. 1, 107-112.

[Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Pp)

2005. Lesem, W. W. The comparative anat-

omy of the anterior cerebral artery. Post-Grad-
uate, 1905, 20, 455-465, 13 pls.
[++ Prsh Mc Pp Ceb Ail

2005a. Lorente de N6, R. Ein Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der Gefassverteilung in der Hirnrinde.
3. Neurol. Psychol. Lpz., 1927, 35, 19-27, pls. 1-2.
[++ Me]

2005b. Luna, E. Studi sulla morfologia delle
arterie dell’encefalo. Parte IJ. Morfologia e mor-
fogenesi delle arterie profonde del bulbo e del
ponte. Ric. Morfol., 1920-21, 1, 37-85, pls. 1-2.
[+ Mc]
2006. Rothmann, M. Ueber das Verhalten der
Arteria cerebri anterior beim Affen, Anthropoiden
und Menschen. Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1903,
38, 278-287.
[6f: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p Mc Pp)
2007. Shellshear, J. L. The arteries of the
brain of the orang-utan. 7. Anat., Lond., 1927,
61, 167-197, 4 pls. [8f-l4r: Png
2008. Shellshear, J. L. The arterial supply of
the cerebral cortex in the chimpanzee (d4nthropo-
pithecus troglodytes). 3. Anat., Lond., 1930, 65,

45-87, 6 pls.
[12f-26r: Pn Png Hyl C-p Me]

2008a. Shellshear, J. L. The arterial supply
of the cerebral cortex. Proc. Acad. Sci., Amst.,
1933, 36, 700-710, 1 pl. les apie: (Gal
2009. Staderini, R. Ricerche anatomo-com-
parativo sulla distribuzione delle arterie nella

[107]

[Anat. 2009a—2030]

CEREBRAL CORTEX

superficie encefalica d’alcuni mammiferi. ffi
Accad. Fisiocr. Siena, 1889, (4), 1, 5-29, pl. 1.
[+ Prsb C-p Pp]

_, 2009a. Tschernyscheff, A. & Grigorowsky, I.
Uber die arterielle Versorgung des Kleinhirns.
I. Mitt.: Anatomisch-morphologisches Studium.
Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1930, 89, 482-569.

[+ 56f: Mc]

2010. Watts, J. W. A comparative study of
the anterior cerebral artery and the circle of Willis
in primates. F. Anat., Lond., 1934, 68, 534-550.

[13f-r: Pn Png Hyl C-p Ery-c C-c Me

Pp Ceb Lag Aill

See also: 144, 217, 376, 406, 407, 408, 409, 1839,
1848, 1991a, 2165a, 2218, 2231, 2997, 3004, 3007.

The Cerebral Cortex

FRONTAL LOBES
MORPHOLOGY—GYRI & SULCI

2011. v. Bischoff, [T. L. W.] Das Gorilla-
Gehirn und die untere oder dritte Stirnwindung.
Morph. 7b., 1878, 4, Suppl., 59-73. [Gr Pn]

2012. v. Bischoff, T. [L. W.] Die dritte oder
untere Stirnwindung und die innere obere Scheitel-
bogenwindung des Gorilla. Morph. 7b., 1882, 7,
312-322. [Gr]

2013. Hervé, Georges. La circonvolution de
Broca. Etude de morphologie cérébrale. Thése, Paris,
Delahaye & E. Lecrosnier, 1888, 164 pp., 4 pls.

2014. Hervé, G. Le circonvolution de Broca
chez les primates. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1888, (3), 11, 275-315.

[4f: Gr Png Hyl Pp)

2015. Marchand, Felix. Die Morphologie des
Stirnlappens und der Insel der Anthropomorphen.
Arb. path. Inst. Marburg,* 1893, 2, 1-108 pp.,
3 pls. [8f-nr; Gr Pn Pug

2016. Michaels, J. J. & Davison, C. Measure-
ment of cerebral and cerebellar surfaces. VII.
Measurement of the motor area in some verte-
brates and in man. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1930, 23, 1212-1226. [+ 14f-6t: Cebl

2016a. Mingazzini, G. Anatomische Beitrage
zum Studium der Entwicklung des Stirnlappens
des Schimpansen. Folia neuropath. eston., 1925,
3-4, 1-10. a. 2A
2017. Riidinger, [N.] Ein Beitrag zur Ana-
tomie des Sprachcentrums. In: Beitrdége zur Bio-
logie als Festgabe dem Anatomen und Physiologen
Th. L. von Bischoff [etc.]. Stuttgart: J. G. Cotta,
1882, viii, 349 pp., 5 pls. [pp. 135-191].
[Gr Pn Png Hyl Ppl
2018. Sergi, S. II solco di Rolando ed il lobo
frontale nell’ Hylobates syndactylus. Monit. zool.
ital., 1904, 15, 273-283. (2f-5t-9r: Symphl

See also: 1802, 2029, 2107, 2296.

Frontal lobes
CYTO- & MYELOARCHITECTURE

2019. von Bonin, G. Studies of the size of the
cells in the cerebral cortex. II. The motor area of
man, Cebus and cat. F. comp. Neurol., 1938, 69,
381-390. (+ 2f-5t-10r: Ceb]

2020. Brodmann, [K.] Neue Ergebnisse tber
die vergleichende histologische Lokalisation der
Grosshirnrinde mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
des Stirnhirns. Anat. Anz., 1912, 41, ErgH.,
157-216. [ene S2eiean Green

Symph C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr Ced

Hap Lm Chrg Indr\

2021. Bucy, P. C. Frontal lobe of primates:
relation of cyto-architecture to functional activity.
Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 546—-
Some [6f-1t-32r: Pn Hyl Mc Pp Ced]

2022. Bucy, P. C. A comparative cytoarchi-
tectonic study of the motor and premotor areas in
the primate cortex. ¥. comp. Neurol., 1935, 62,
293-331.

[10pl-24r: Pn Png Mc Pp Lag Abl\

2023. Kreht,H. Zur Volumengrosse der archi-
tektonischen Felder 55-66 einiger menschlicher
Gehirne im Vergleich zu der des Schimpansen und
Orang-Utan. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1936, 39,
409-414. [ease Es Paes

2024. Kreht,H. Zur Architektonik der Broca-
schen Region beim Schimpansen und Orang-
Utan. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1936, 105, 654-677.

[30f: Pn Png]

2025. Mayer, O. Mikrometrische Untersuch-
ungen iiber die Zelldichtigkeit der Grosshirnrinde
bei den Affen. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1912,
19, 233-251, pls. 8-9. Bes eno!

C-p Ery-c Saim Ceb Hap|

2026. Mellus, E. L. A study of the location
and arrangement of the giant cells in the cortex of
the right hemisphere of the bonnet monkey
(Macacus sinicus). Amer. fF. Anat., 1905, 4,
405-408. [3f: Me]

2027. Mott, F. W., Schuster, E. & Sherrington,
C.S. Motor localisation in the brain of the gib-
bon, correlated with a histological examination.
Proc. roy. Soc., 1911, B, 84, 67-74. Also: Folia
neuro-biol., Lpz., 1911, 5, 699-707. [3f: Hyl]

2028. Nafiagas, J. C. Anatomical studies on
the motor cortex of Macacus rhesus. Ff. comp.
Neurol., 1922, 35, 67—96. [10f-l6r: Me]

2029. von Niessl-Mayendorf, Erwin. Vom
Lokalisationsproblem der artikulierten Sprache.
Leipzig: J. A. Barth, 1930, viii, 186 pp.

[ea 0 (Gr Peep)

2030. Strasburger, E. H. Die myeloarchitek-
tonische Gliederung des Stirnhirns beim Men-
schen und Schimpansen. II. Teil. Der Faserbau
des Stirnhirns beim Schimpansen. Ff. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1937, 47, 565-606.

[37f-7t-17r: Pn]

See also: 257, 1918, 3054, 3066.

[ 108 ]

Frontal lobes

Frontal lobes
PROJECTIONS—PYRAMIDAL TRACT

2031. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. On the pal-
lio-tectal or cortico-mesencephalic system of
fibres. Brain, 1902, 25, 436-443, 5 pls.

[++ Mc]

2032. Ferrier, D. & Turner, W. A. An experi-
mental research upon cerebro-cortical afferent and
efferent tracts. Philos. Trans., 1898, B, 190,
1-44, pls. 1-2. Abstr.: Proc. roy. Soc., 1897-98,
62, 1-3. [+++ 3f-1t42r: monkey]

2033. Fulton, J. F. & Sheehan, D. The un-
crossed lateral pyramidal tract in higher primates.
+. Anat., Lond., 1935, 69, 181-187, 1 pl.

[1f-23r: Pn]

2034. Haggaqvist,G. Faseranalytische Studien
tiber die Pyramidenbahn. Acta psychiat., Kbh.,
1937, 12, 457-466. [+++ 5f-10r: Me]

2035. Hirasawa, K. & Kariya, K. Uber die
kortikalen extrapyramidalen Fasern aus dem
motorischen Rindenfeld (Area 4a, b, c) beim Affen
(Macacus rhesus). Folia anat. japon., 1936, 14,
603-620. [9f-1t-34r: Mc]

2036. Hirasawa, K. & Katé, K. Uber die Fa-
sern insbesondere die corticalen extrapyramidalen
aus den Areae 8 (a, 6, y, 6) und 9 (c,d). Folia
anat. japon., 1935, 13, 189-217.

[4++ 7Zf-2t-nr: C-p Me]

2036a. Hoff, E. C. The distribution of the
spinal terminals (boutons) of the pyramidal tract,
determined by experimental degeneration. Proc.

roy. Soc., 1932, B, 111, 226-237, pl. 10.
[++ 3f: Mc]

_ 2037. Hoff, E. C. Corticospinal fibers arising
in the premotor area of the monkey. Distribution
of bouton terminations. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1935, 33, 687-697. [12f: Mc]

2038. Hoff, E. C. & Hoff, H. E. Spinal termi-
nations of the projection fibres from the motor
cortex of primates. Brain, 1934, 57, 454-474,
plordis: [12f-36r: Pn Hyl Me]

2039. Holmes, G. & May, W. P. On the exact
origin of the pyramidal tracts in man and other
animals. Brain, 1909, 32, 1-43.

[ess ESI JD wie Ika

2040. Karplus, J. P. Uber Hemispharenextir-
pationen bei Hapale und Macacus. fb. Psychiat.
Neurol., 1914, 36, 243-256. [17f: Mc Hap|

2040a.* Kato, K. & Uchishima,S. Experimen-
telle Studien tiber die Pyramidenbahn bei Affen.
Hokuetsu Igk. Z., Niigata,* 1935, 50, 977-991,
1 pl. Abstr.: fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1937, 6,
(232). [Fap.: C-p]

2041. Kennard, Margaret A. Corticospinal
fibers arising in the premotor area of the monkey
as demonstrated by the Marchi method. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 698-711.

[4f: C-p Mc]

[Anat. 2031-2055]

2042. Levin, P. M. The efferent fibers of the
frontal lobe of the monkey, Macaca mulatta. f.
comp. Neurol., 1936, 63, 369-419. [32f-mr: Mc]

2043. Levin, P. M. & Bradford, F. K. The
exact origin of the cortico-spinal tract in the
monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1938, 68, 411-422.

[3f-22r: Mc]

2043a. Lewy, F.H. Das aberrierende Pyrami-
denbiindel Picks. Folia neuro-biol., Lpz., 1908,
2, 25-33. [eeee OTE Neal
2044. Meier-Miiller, H. Physiologisch-ana-
tomische Untersuchungen tber die sog. Armregion
der Grosshirnrinde. Schweiz. Arch. Neurol.

Psychiat., 1919, 5, 270-304.
[+++ 3pl-2f-1t-67r: Pn}

2045. Mellus, E. L. Preliminary note on bi-
lateral degeneration in the spinal cord of monkeys
(Macacus sinicus) following unilateral lesion of the
cortex cerebri. Proc. roy. Soc., 1894, 55, ana 2

c

2046. Mellus, E. L. Experimental degenera-
tions following unilateral lesions of the cortex
cerebri in the bonnet monkey (Macacus sinicus).
Proc. roy. Soc., 1895, 58, 206-214. [ Abstr]

2047. Mellus, E. L. Motor paths in the brain
and cord of the monkey. 7. nerv. ment. Dis.,
1899, 26, 197-209. [14f: Mel

2048. Mellus, E. L. Relations of the frontal
lobe in the monkey. Amer. F. Anat., 1907, 7,
227-243. [20f: Mc]

2049. Mettler, F. A. Corticifugal fiber connec-
tions of the cortex of Macaca mulatta. The frontal
region. . comp. Neurol., 1935, 61, 509-542.

[10f-20r: Me]

2050. Mingazzini, G. Beitrag zum Studium
des Verlaufes einiger Bahnen des Zentralnerven-
systems des Cynocephalus papias. ‘fb. Psychiat.
Neurol., 1921, 41, 71-92. [14f: Ppl

2051. Rutishauser, F. Experimenteller Bei-
trag zur Stabkranzfaserung im Frontalhirn des
Affen. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol., 1899, 5, 161—
179, pls. 7-9. [3f: Affe]

2052. Rutishauser, Fritz. Experimenteller Bei-
trag zur Stabkranzfaserung im Frontalhirn des
Affen. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Zurich. Berlin: S.
Krager, 1902, 27 pp., 3 pls.

2053. Schafer, E. A. Report on the lesions,
primary and secondary, in the brain and spinal
cord of the macacque monkey exhibited by Profes-
sors Ferrier and Yeo. 7. Physiol., 1883, 4, 316-
326, pl. 12. (4f: Mc]

2054. Sherrington, C. S. Note on experimen-
tal degeneration of the pyramidal tract. Lancet,
1894, (1), 265. Cf. pp. 370-371, 439, 571.

[+++ Mc]

2055. Simpson, S. & Jolly, W. A. Degenera-
tions following experimental lesions in the motor

cortex of the monkey. Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb.,
1907, 27, 281-301. [16f: C-p Mel

[109 ]

[Anat. 2056-2080]

2056. Verhaart, W. J. C. Die aberrierenden
Pyramidenfasern bei Menschen und Affen.
Schweiz. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 1935, 36, 170-
190. [+++ 10f: Affen]

See also: 1940, 2102, 2136, 2184, 2133, 2255a,
2296, 2301, 2303, 2320, 2329, 3059, 3060, 3065,
3066, 3241.

PARIETAL, OCCIPITAL & TEMPORAL LOBES
MORPHOLOGY—GYRI & SULCI

2057. Cunningham, D. J. The intraparietal
sulcus of the brain. 7. Anat., Lond., 1890, 24,

135-155, pl. 9.
ae ean Tere eG! Cy Tas CGA

2058. Flower, W.H. Observations on the pos-
terior lobes of the cerebrum of the Quadrumana,
with a description of the brain of aGalago. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1861, 11, 376-381.

[Abstr.:: Png C-p Ceb Gig]

2059. Flower, W.H. On the posterior lobes of
the cerebrum of the Quadrumana. Philos. Trans.,
1862, 152, 185-201, pls. 2-3. [1t: Png

Prsh Cp Mc Pp Ceb Hap Lm}

2060. Holl, M. Zur vergleichenden Anatomie
des Hinterhauptlappens. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1907, 116, 89-171, 4 pls. [++

22r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Me Pp

Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl\

2061. Holl, M. Uber Furchen und Windungen
der Scheitel-Hinterhauptgegend an den Gehirnen
der Affen der neuen Welt. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1908, 117, 9-90, 6 pls. Abstr.: 4nz.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1908, 45, 12-14. [8f-23r:

Prsh Cp Mc Pp Aot Cal-c Pith Cacaj

Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al Hap Oed-m|

2062. Holl, M. Die erste dussere Ubergangs-
windung der Ateles-Gehirne. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1909, 118, 507-545, 1 pl.

[r: Lag Ail]

2063. Hulshoff Pol, D. J. De aapspleet bij
Semnopitheci embryo’s. Versl. gewone Vergad.
Akad. Amst., 1916, 24, (2), 1543-1557. The
fissura simialisinembryosofSemnopitheci. Proc.
Acad. Sci. Amst., 1916, 18, (2), 1571-1585. Abstr.:
Werk. Genoot. Nat.-Genees.-en Heelk., Amst., 1917,
(2), 8, 630-632. [14f: Prsb Me]

2064. Hulshoff Pol, D. J. De ontwikkeling der
fossa sylvii bij Semnopithecus embryo’s. Versi.
gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1917, 25, (2), 984—
990. The development of the fossa sylvii in
embryos of Semnopithecus. Proc. Acad. Sci.
Amst., 1917, 19, (2), 938-943. [6f: Prsb}

2065. Ingalls, N. W. The parietal region in
the primate brain. F. comp. Neurol., 1914, 24,
291-341. [19f-r: Gr Hyl C-p Pp

Pith Prdct\

2066. Jefferson, G. The morphology of the
sulcus interparietalis (B.N.A.). ¥. Anat., Lond.,
1913, 47, 365-380. [+ Zf-Lir]

CEREBRAL CORTEX

2067. Jefferson,G. A note on the sulcus post-

central superior. Anat. Anz., 1913, 44, 91-101.

[+ 2f-9r]

2068. Landau, E. Zur vergleichenden Ana-

tomie des Hinterhauptlappens. Folia neuro-biol.,

Lpz., 1915, 9, 727-748. [++ 12f-nr: Gr
Pn C-p Mc Pp Ceb Hap Lm|

2069. Landau, E. Symptomatologie des oper-
cules de l’écorce visuelle. Arch. Anat., Stras-
bourg, 1933-34, 17, 99-130.

[+ 5f: Png C-p Mc Pp Mndr)

2069a. Marburg, O. Zur Morphologie des
Schlafenlappens. Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat.
Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien, 1926, 28, 1-12.
[++ 9f: Png Hyl Pp Lm|

2070. Mingazzini, G. Intorno alla morfologia
dell’ “Affenspalte.” Anat. Anz., 1893, 8, 191-
202. [+ 3

2071. Mott, F. W. The progressive evolution
of the structure and functions of the visual cortex
in Mammalia. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., London,
1907, 3, 1-48, 9 pls. Idem: Trans. ophthal. Soc.

U. K., 1904-5, 25, liti-cv.
[++ nf44r:; Pn Mc Lm)

2072. Parker, A. J. The bridging convolutions
in the primates. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad.,
1878, 159-162. [ Abstr]

2073. Riidinger, N. Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie
der Affenspalte und der Interparietalfurche beim
Menschen nach Race, Geschlecht und Individuali-
tat. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Embryologie als
Festgabe Facob Henle, Bonn: Max Cohen &
Sohn, 1882, 186-198, pls. 21-24.

[++ Gr Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp Mndr\

2074. Shellshear, J. L. The occipital lobe in
the brain of the Chinese with special reference to
the sulcus lunatus. F. Anat., Lond., 1926, 61,
1-135 [+ 31f-15r]

2075. Shellshear, J. L. The evolution of the
parallel sulcus. F. Anat., Lond., 1927, 61, 268-
278, [++ 10f-14r:; Png Hyl Pp Lm]

2076. Smith, G. Elliot. The fossa parieto-
occipitalis. F. Anat., Lond., 1904, 38, 164-169.
[++ 4f]

2077. Smith, G. Elliot. The morphology of the
occipital region of the cerebral hemisphere in man
andthe apes. Anat. Anz., 1904, 24, 436-451.

[++ 9f: Pn Png C-p]

2078. Smith, G. Elliot. On the impossibility
of instituting exact homologies between the sulci
called ‘‘calcarine’’ in various primates. Anat.
Anz., 1910, 36, 486-487. [“ Apes”

2079. Turner, W. Notes more especially on
the bridging convolutions in the brain of the chim-
panzee. Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb, 1865-1866, 5,
578-587. [3f: Pn]

2080. van Valkenburg, C. T. Over het voor-
komen van een aapspleet bij den mensch. Versi.
gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1912-13, 21, (2),

[110]

Parietal, occipital & temporal lobes

[Anat. 2081-2102]

996-1003. On the occurrence of a monkey-slit
in man. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1913, 15, (2),
1040-1046. [+ 4

2081. Ziehen, T. Die Grosshirnfurchen des
Hylobates- und Semnopithecusgehirnes nebst Be-
merkungen iiber die Fissura parieto-occipitalis
und den sog. Sulcus tempor. III. Anat. Anz.,
1896, 11, 470-481. [3f: Hyl Prsb]

2082. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie der Fis-
sura calcarina. Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat.
Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien, 1906, 13, 25-61.

[++ 19f-It-nr: Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c
Mc Pp Ceb)

2083. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie der
Ubergangswindungen. Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst.

Anat. Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien, 1906, 13,

141-169.
[++ 16f-nr: Pn Png Hyl Prsb|

2084. Zuckerkandl, E. Zur Anatomie der Fis-
sura parietooccipitalis medialis und des Sulcus in-
traparietalis. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3,
1908, 117, 411-483. Abstr.: duz. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, 1908, 45, 332. [ees es O7fz (Gr

Pn Png Hyl Prsb Mc Pp Pith Chirop

Saim Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl All|

See also: 1815, 1844, 2012, 2017, 2111, 2114,
2115, 2118, 2133.

Parietal, occipital & temporal lobes
CYTO- & MYELOARCHITECTURE

2085. Alouf, I. Die vergleichende Cytoarchi-
tektonik der Area striata. 7. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lpz., 1929, 38, 5-41, pls. 1-6.

[+ 70f-47r: Pn Lm]

2086. Barany, R. Ist die Zweiteilung der in-
neren Kornerschicht (Brodmann) der anatomische
Ausdruck der besonderten Reprdsentation der
monokularen Gesichtsfelder in der Hirnrinde? 7.
Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1925, 31, 289-294, pl. 67.

[+ 5f: Hap]

2087. Beck, E. Das Horzentrum des Schim-
pansen in seinem myelo-architektonischen Auf-
bau. Vorlaufige Mitteilung. ¥. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lpz., 1928, 36, 325-349. Wie P|

2088. Beck, E. Der myeloarchitektonische Bau
des in der Sylvischen Furche gelegenen Teiles des
Schlafenlappens beim Schimpansen (Trog/odytes
niger). F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1929, 38, 309-
420, pls. 16-43. [48f-13r: Pn]

2089. Beck, E. Der Occipitallappen des Affen
(Macacus rhesus) und des Menschen in seiner cyto-
architektonischen Struktur. I. Teil: Macacus
rhesus. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1934, 46, 193—
323, pls. 1-22. [28f: Mc]

2090. Clark, W.E.Le Gros. The visual cortex
of primates. F. Anat., Lond., 1925, 59, 350-357,
1pl. [++ 4f-10r: Mc Ceb Lm _ Tars}

2091. Filimonoff, I. N. Uber die Variabilitat
der Grosshirnrindenstruktur. Mitteilung III. Re-

gio occipitalis bei den hoheren und niederen Affen.
F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1933, 45, 69-137, pls.
1-13. [(98f-6t-23r: Png C-p]

2092. Henschen, S. E. Ljussinnesceller och
fargsinnesceller i hjarnan. [Light and color sense
nuclei in the brain.] Hygiea, Stockh., 1929, 91,
705-731, 4 pls. [+ 4f-Gr. abstr.: Me

Pith Al Prdct\

2093. van’t Hoog, E. G. Uber Tiefenlokalisa-
tion in der Grossenhirnrinde. Psychiat. neurol.
Bl., Amst., 1918, 22, 281-298. [++

Of-2t-nr: Pn Me Atl Hap Lm _ Lor|

2094. van’t Hoog, E. G. On deep-localization
in the cerebral cortex. F. merv. ment. Dis., 1920,
SI, 313-329. [idem 2093]

2095. Ngowyang, G. Structural variations of
the visual cortex in primates. ¥. comp. Neurol.,
1937, 67, 89-107. [29f-mr: Pn Png Mc Pp|

See also: 2025, 2026, 2065, 2213.

Parietal, occipital & temporal lobes
CORTICOFUGAL PROJECTIONS

2096. Biemond, Arie. Experimenteel-anato-
misch onderzoek omtrent de corticofugale optische ver-
bindingen bij aap en konijn. Acad. proefschr.
(Geneesk.) Amsterdam, P. H. Vermeulen, 1929,
93 pp., 14 pls. [+++ 42f-nr: Mc]

2097. Biemond, A. Experimentell-anato-
mische Untersuchungen tiber die corticofugalen
optischen Verbindungen bei Kaninchen und Affen.
Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 1930, Orig., 129, 65-127.

[++ 47f-101r: Affe]

2097a. Hirasawa, K., Okano, S. & Kamio, S.
Beitrag zur Kenntnis tiber die corticalen extrapy-
ramidalen Fasern aus der Area temporalis superior
(Area 22) beim Affen. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch,
1938, 44, 74-84. [++ 5f: Mel

2098. Koikegami, H. & Imogawa, M. Uberdie
Fasern, insbesondere die kortikalen extrapyrami-
dalen aus Area 19a der Grosshirnrinde beim Affen.
Gegenbaurs Fb., 1936, 77, 587-604. [9f-nr: Mc]

2099. Mettler, F.A. Corticifugal fiber connec-
tions of the cortex of Macaca mulatta. The occip-
ital region. F. comp. Neurol., 1935, 61, 221-256.

[11f-35r: Mc]

2100. Mettler, F.A. Corticifugal fiber connec-
tions of the cortex of Macaca mulatta. The parietal
region. F. comp. Neurol., 1935, 62, 263-291.

(14f-22r: Me]

2101. Mettler, F.A. Corticifugal fiber connec-
tions of the cortex of Macaca mulatta. The tem-
poral region. 7. comp. Neurol., 1935, 63, 25-47.

[8f-18r: Mc]

2102. Minkowski, M. Etude sur les connex-
ions anatomiques des circonvolutions rolandiques,
pariétales et frontales. Schweiz. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1923, 12, 71-104, 227-268; 1924, 14,
255-278; 1924, 15, 97-132.

[+++ 32f-166r: Me]

[111]

[Anat. 2103-2122]

CEREBRAL CORTEX

2103. Sakuma, S. Uber die Faserbeziehungen
der Areae 7a und 7b. Unter besonderer Bertick-
sichtigung dercorticalen extrapyramidalen Bahnen
beim Affen. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1937, 42,
70-80. [6f-38r: Mc]

2104. Thompson, W.H. Degenerations result-
ing from lesions of the cortex of the temporal lobe.
¥. Anat., Lond., 1901, 35, 147-165, pls. 18-19.

[+++ 9f: Mc Cal-c Hap)

2105. Uesugi, M. Uber die corticalen extra-
pyramidalen Fasern aus den sog. sensiblen Rin-
denfeldern (Areae 1 und 2) beim Affen. Anat.
Anz., 1937, 84, 179-197. [9f-34r: Mc]

See also: 257, 1940, 2043, 2050, 2053, 2207,
2210, 9913)

THE INSULA
MORPHOLOGY

2106. Anthony, R. L’anatomie comparée et la
paléontologie humaine. Anthropologie, Paris,
1922, 32, 67-82. [++ 3f]

2107. Anthony, R. & de Santa-Maria, A.-S.
L’évolution du gyrus reuniens chez les primates.

(L’insula antérieure et son operculisation.) C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1911, 153, 1250-1253.
[3f: Pn Png]

2108. Anthony, R. & de Santa-Maria,A.S. Le
territoire central du neopallium chez les primates.
I.—Considérations sur la signification morpholo-
gique générale et l’operculisation de |’insula anté-
rieure chez les anthropoides et chezl’homme. Rev.
anthrop., 1912, 22, 141-155.

[++ 6f-r: Gr Pn C-p Lm]

2109. Anthony, R. & de Santa-Maria,A.S. Le
territoire du néopallium chez les primates. II. Le
circulaire supérieur de Reil et la suprasylvia chez
les lemuriens, les singes et |’homme. Rev. anthrop.,
1912, 22, 275-290. [++ 7Zf-nr: Pn

Clb C-p Mc Pp Ceb Lm]

2110. Anthony, R. & de Santa-Maria, A.-S.
Territoire périphérique du neopallium chez les
primates. I.—Le systéme operculaire supérieure
du complexe sylvien chez les lémuriens, les singes
et homme. (Signification morphologique de ses
parties constitutives.) Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1912, (6), 3, 293-317. [14f: Pn Png

C-p-id Ceb Lag Lm Lp-l Daub]

2111. Cunningham, D. J. The Sylvian fissure
and the island of Reil in the primate brain. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1891, 25, 286-291.

[+ Pn Png Me Pp Cebd]

_2111a.* Deschin, A.A. (Zur Frage der Evolu-
tion der Gehirnrinde. Die Entwicklung des Zen-
tralgebietes der Hirnrinde (Insel von Reil) und ihr
Deckel bei Menschen, Primaten, Raubtieren.)
Anthrop. Zh., Mosk.*, 1934, no. 1-2, 68-78.

[Russ. with Gr. abstr.)

2112. Ebersteller. Zur Anatomie und Mor-
phologie der Insula Reillii. Anat. Anz., 1887, 2,
739-750. [+ 2f: Cebl

2113. Holl, M. Ueber die Insel des Menschen-
und Anthropoidengehirnes. Arch. Anat. Physiol.,
Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1902, 1-44, pls. 1-2.

[+ Pn Png Hyl ?Me|

2114. Holl, M. Zur vergleichenden Morpholo-
gie der “‘vorderen Insel’? des menschlichen Ge-
hirns. S.B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1908, 117,
325-364, 4 pls. Abstr.: dnz. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
1908, 45, 335-3306. [++ Uf-13r: Pn Pngl

2115. Holl, M. Die Insel des Menschen- und
Affenhirns in ihrer Beziehung zum Schlafenlap-
pen. 8S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1908, 117,
365-410, 5 pls. Abstr.: dnz. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
1908, 45, 333-334. [+++ Ir: Png Me]

2116. Holl, M. Uber bisher unbekannte Bil-
dungen im hintersten Inselgebiet des Menschen-
und Affenhirns. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3,
1909, 118, 129-178, 4 pls. [+++ Zr: Gr

Pn Png (Hyl Prsb \C-p) (Mc Pp ea)

2117. Holl, M. Die Entwicklung der Bogen-
windung an der hinteren Insel des Menschen- und
Affenhirns. 9S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3,
1909, 118, 265-371, 2 pls. [+e reulGe

Pn Png yl (Prsb C-p Me (Pp iGeb

Brchyt Atl

2118. Waldeyer, W. Sylvische Furche und
Reil’sche Insel des Genus Hy/obates. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1891, (1), 265-277, pl. 2.

[ur: Symph]

2119. Waldeyer, W. Ueber die “Insel” des
Gehirns der Anthropoiden. KorrespBl. dtsch.
Ges. Anthrop., 1891, 22, 110-112.

[4f: Gr Pn Png Symph|

See also: 1802, 2015, 2017, 2064, 2149, 2150.

The insula

CYTO- & MYELOARCHITECTURE

2120. Major,H.C. The structure of the island
of Reil in apes. Lancet, 1877, (2), 45-46, 84-85.
[26 “Pn iG=p Sea)

2121. Ngowyang, G. Beschreibung einer Art
von Spezialzellen in der Inselrinde zugleich Be-
merkungen uber die vy. Economoschen Spezialzel-
len. Ff. Psychol. Neurol., Epz., 1932, 44, 6/1—
674. eae ez

2121la. Ngowyang, G. Neuere Befunde tber
die Gabelzellen. Z. Zellforsch., 1936, 25, 236-239.
[4f: Pn Png]

2122. Rose, M. Die Inselrinde des Menschen
und der Tiere. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1928,
37, 467-624, pls. 2-39. [+ 114f: Pp Lm]

[112]

Insula—Corpus callosum, &c.

THE RHINENCEPHALON

MORPHOLOGY, CYTO- &
MYELOARCHITECTURE

2123. Altschul, R. Vergleichende Untersuch-
ungen iiber den Uncus gyri hippocampi (Affen-
uncus). Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 1933, 147,
478-488. [tesa CTE Tea Yell

2124. Altschul, R. Die Glomeruli der Area
praesubicularis. Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 1933,
148, 50-54. [++ 2f: Pn Me]

2124a. Krypsin-Exner, W. Vergleichend-ana-
tomische-Studien tber dem Substantia perforata
anterior der Saugetiere. drb. neurol. Inst. (Inst.
Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien, 1920, 23,
no. 1, 148-187. [++ fr: Png C-p)|

2125. Lorente de N6, R. Studies on the struc-
ture of the cerebral cortex. I. The area entorhin-
alis. 7. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1933, 45, 381-438.

eeiestferc nto)

2126. Lorente de N6, R. Studies on the struc-
ture of the cerebral cortex. II. Continuation of
the study of the ammonic system. ¥. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1934, 113-177. [+ 36f-r: Me]

2127. Rose, M. Der Allocortex bei Tier und
Mensch. I. Teil. ¥. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1926,
34, 1-111, pls. 1-30. [ee Zena ven)

2128. Rose, M. Die sog. Riechrinde beim
Menschen und beim Affen. II. Teil des ““Allocortex
bei Tier und Mensch.” 7. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz.,
1927, 34, 261-401, pls. 42-76.

[++ 13f: Pn Pp Lm]

2129. Rose, M. Gyrus limbicus anterior und
Regio retrosplenialis. (Cortex holoprotoptychos
quinquestratificatus). Vergleichende Architekto-
nik bei Tier und Mensch. 7. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lpz., 1927, 35, 65-173, pls. 6-26.

(ae wae Ize JG7)

2130. Rose, Stella. Vergleichende Messungen

im Allocortex bei Tier und Mensch. F. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1927, 34, 250-255.
[seas hip 4a. Jey Jezal

2131. Sgonina, K. Die Entorhinalregion des
Gorillas im Vergleich zum Menschen und Schim-
pansen. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1937, 111-
114. Bi iGry Pn

See also: 1800, 1805, 1812, 1830, 1929, 2121a,
2152.

The rhinencephalon
FIBER TRACTS

2132. Beevor, C. E. On the course of the
fibres of the cingulum and the posterior parts of
the corpus callosum and fornix in the marmoset
monkey. Philos. Trans., 1891, B, 182, 135-199,
pls. 20-24. [Mc Hap]

See also: 2184.

[Anat. 2123-2141]

CORPUS CALLOSUM, ASSOCIATION FIBERS
& INTERNAL CAPSULE

2133. Milch, E. C. Sensory cortical area. An
experimental anatomic investigation. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1932, 28, 871-882.

[+++ 9: C-p]

2133a. Tumbelaka, R. Das Gehirn eines Af-
fen, worin die interhemisphariale Balkenverbin-
dung fehlt. Folia neuro-biol., Lpz., 1915, 9, 1-64.
[26f-89r: Ceb]

See also: 1858, 1893, 1895, 2048, 2049, 2099,
2100, 2101, 2104, 2105, 2184, 2211.

Basal Ganglia, Diencephalon,
Cerebellum & Brain-Stem

MORPHOLOGY, CYTOARCHITECTURE
& TRACTS

Comprehensive & General Studies

2134. Atlas, D. & Ingram, W.R. Topography
of the brain stem of the rhesus monkey with spe-
cial reference to the diencephalon. ¥. comp.
Neurol., 1937, 66, 263-289. [20f-2t-19r: Me]

2135. Friedemann, M. Die Cytoarchitektonik
des Zwischenhirns der Cercopitheken mit beson-
derer Beriicksichtigung des Thalamus opticus.
F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1911, 18, ErgH., 309-
378, pls. 7-24. [43r: C-p]

2136. Fuse,G. Vergleichend-anatomische Beo-

bachtungenam Hirnstammeder Saugetiere. Ard.
anat. Inst. Sendai, 1926, 12, 1-168, 54 pls.

[+ J131f-It: Png Nas Mc Cacaj Hap
Leon-c Lm WNyct-c|

2137. Goldin, L. S. Typen des menschlichen
Hirnstamms. Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr., 1931,
95, 264-272.

[+ 2f-3t: Ery-c Mc Pp Mnadr|

2138. Krause, R. & Klempner, S. Untersuch-
ungen tber den Bau des Centralnervensystems
der Affen. Das Hinter- und Mittelhirn vom Orang
Utan. dAbh. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1904, Anhang
no. 3, 60 pp., 4 pls. [vnt: Png]

2139. Krause, R. & Klempner, S. Untersuch-
ungen uber den Bau des Zentralnervensystems
der Affen. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1905, 9, 59-102,
poley Tek [Pn Png Me]

2140. Mussen,A.T. Acytoarchitectural atlas
of the brain stem of the Macaccus rhesus. fF.
Psychol, Neurol., Lpz., 1923, 29, 451-518, pls.
41-73. [23r: Me]

2141. Tilney, F. The brain stem of Tarsius.
A critical comparison with other primates. 7.
comp. Neurol., 1927, 43, 371-432.

[16f-9t-13r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Me Pp

Al Hap Lm Tars)

[113]

[Anat. 2142-2167]

BASAL GANGLIA, BRAIN-STEM, &c.

2142. Woollard, H.H. Epicritic and dyscritic
systems in a primitive primate. ¥. dnat., Lond.,
1928, 62, 276-289. [8f: Tars}

2143. Walker, A. Earl, The primate thalamus.
Chicago: University Chicago Press, 1938, xxiv,
321 pp. [95f-unr: Pn Mel

2144. Ziehen, T. Einiges tiber den Faserver-
lauf im Mittel- und Zwischenhirn von Tarsius
spectrum. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol., 1903, 14,
54-61. [1f: Tars]

BASAL GANGLIA
MORPHOLOGY & CYTOARCHITECTURE

2145. Ayala, G. Weitere Untersuchungen tiber
den Nucleus subputaminalis. ¥. Psychol. Neurol.,
Lpz., 1924, 30, 285-295, pls. 13-16. [+ Pn]

2146. Griinthal, E. Vergleichend anatomische
Untersuchungen tiber den Zellbau des Globus pal-
lidus und Nucleus basalis der Sauger und des
Menschen. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1932, 44,
403-428. [++ 34: Pn Me]

2147. Gurewitsch, M. Cytoarchitektonische
Gliederung des Neostriatum der Sdugetiere. Z.
Anat. EntwGesch., 1930, 93, 723-742.

[+ 11f: Png C-p]

2148. Johnston, J. B. Further contributions
to the study of the evolution of the forebrain. 7.
comp. Neurol., 1923, 35, 337-481,

[+ 102f-r: Me]

2149. Landau, E. The comparative anatomy
of the nucleus amygdalae, the claustrum and the
insular cortex. 7F. Anat., Lond., 1919, 53, 351—
360. [+ 4f-20r: Mc]

2150. Landau, E. Quelques nouvelles con-
sidérations sur l’avant-mur (claustrum). Arch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1936, 23, 165-181.

[+ 8f: Pp]

2151. Spiegel, E. Die Kerne im Vorderhirn
der Sduger. Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat.
Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien, 1919, 22, 418-
497, [+ 17f-nr: Gr Png Hyl Pp Myst]

2152. Volsch, M. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomie des Mandelkerns und seiner Nachbargebilde.
Il. Teil. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1910, 76, 373-523.

[++ 28: C-p Me Lm]

See also: 1906.

Basal ganglia
CONNECTIONS

2153. Papez, J. W. Reciprocal connections of
the striatum and pallidum in the brain of Pithecus
(Macacus) rhesus. F. comp. Neurol., 1938, 69,
329-349. [7f-nr: C-c Me Pp]

2154. Wilson, S. A. K. An experimental re-
search into the anatomy and physiology of the
corpus striatum. Brain, 1914, 36, 427-492.

[+++ 26f-82r: Me]

See also: 2032, 2049, 2255, 3190.

THALAMUS & GENICULATE BODIES
NUCLEI & CYTOARCHITECTURE

2155. Aronson, L. R. & Papez, J. W. Tha-
lamic nuclei of Pithecus (Macacus) rhesus. Il.
Dorsal thalamus. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chi-
cago, 1934, 32, 27-44. [69r: Me]

2155a.* Balado, M. & Franke, E. Estudios
sobre las vias Oépticas. Geniculado externo del
maimon—Pithecus nemestrinus nemestrinus Lin-
neo. Dia méd., B. Aires.,* 1931, 3, 890- [Mc]

2156. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The thalamus of
Tarsius. F. Anat., Lond., 1930, 64, 371-414,
2 pls. [22f-38r: C-p Lm _ Tars|

2157. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. A morphological
study of the lateral geniculate body. Brit. F.
Ophthal., 1932, 16, 264-284, 2 pls. (ess

7f-nr: Png Mc Lm Mer-c Chrg_ Tars]

2158. Clark, W. E.Le Gros. The medial genic-
ulate body and the nucleus isthmi. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1933, 67, 536-548, 1 pl.

[+ 3f-nur: Tars]

2159. Crouch, R. L. Nuclear configuration of
thalamus of Macacus rhesus. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30, 1319-1321. [Mc]

2160. Crouch, R.L. The nuclear configuration
of the thalamus of Macacus rhesus. F. comp.
Neurol., 1934, 59, 451-485. [12f: Mc]

2161. Griinthal, E. Der Zellbau im Thalamus
der Sauger und des Menschen. Eine beschreibend
und vergleichend anatomische Untersuchung. 7.
Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1934, 46, 41-112.

[++ 95f-2t-nr: Pn Me}

2162. Kornyey, S. Zur vergleichenden Mor-
phologie des lateralen Kniehéckers der Saugetiere.
Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)

Univ. Wien., 1928, 30, 93-120. [+ 9f-nr:
Gr Png Hyl Affe Lm Chr]
2163. Mann,G. Onthethalamus. Brit. med.
%., 1905, (1), 289-294. [ Hap]

2164. Mdller, J. Ein interessanter Befund am
Chiasma n. 0. des Chimpanse. Anat. Anz., 1889,
4, 539-545. [4f: Pn]

2165. Mussen, A. Some new observations on
the pulvinar of the Macacus rhesus. 17th Int.
Congr. Med., Lond., 1912, sect. 1, part 2, 75-78.

[Mc]

2165a. Pellicer Taboada, R. Note sur la struc-
ture du corps genouillé externe. Trab. Lab. In-

vest. biol. Univ. Madr., 1927-28, 25, 319-329.
[+++ 7f: Me]

2166. Pines, J.-L. Zur Architektonik des
Thalamus opticus beim Halbaffen (Lemur catta).
F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1927, 33, 31-72, pls. 2-8.

[48r: Lm]

2167. Rioch, D. McK. A note on the centre
médian nucleus of Luys. F. Anat., Lond., 1931,
65, 324-327, 2 pls. [++ C-p Ceb Lm]

[114]

Basal ganglia——Thalamus

2168. Roussy, Gustave. La couche optique
(étude anatomique, physiologique et clinique); Le
syndrome thalamigue. Thése (Med.) Paris, G.
Steinheil, 1907, 349 pp., 1 pl. [+ J1If: singe]

2169. Sachs, E. Eine vergleichende anato-
mische Studie des Thalamus opticus der S dugetiere.
Arb, neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)
Univ. Wien, 1908, 17, 280-306. (ee Gate

Png Hyl Nas Me Pp Ceb Atl Lm|

2170. Sachs, E. On the structure and func-
tional relations of the optic thalamus. Brain,
1909, 32, 95-186. [++ 79f-nt-161r: Mc]

2171. Tartuferi, F. Studio comparativo del
tratto ottico e dei corpi genicolati nell’uomo, nella
scimmia e nei mammiferi inferiori. Mem. R.
Acad. Torino, 1883, (2), 34, 101-123, 2 pls.
Abstr.: Atti Accad. Torino, 1881, 16, 575-577.

[+ Of: C-p]

2172. Vogt, C. La myéloarchitecture du thala-
mus ducercopithéque. ¥. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz.,
1909, 12, ErgH., 285-324, pls.2-10. [Jt-nr: C-p]

2173. Walker, A. E. A note on the thalamic
nuclei of Macaca mulatta. F. comp. Neurol.,
1937, 66, 145-155, [1f-it-lir: Mel

2174. Walker, A. E. The thalamus of the
chimpanzee. II. Its nuclear structure, normal and
following hemidecortication. 7. comp. Neurol.,
1938, 69, 487-507. [6f-25r: Pn]

2175. Woollard, H. H. & Beattie, J. Thecom-
parative anatomy of the lateral geniculate body.
F. Anat., Lond., 1927, 61, 414-423.

[++ 5f: Aot Lm Prdct Gig]

See also: 1893, 1906, 1923, 1931, 1932, 1961,
1997, 2042, 2135, 2140, 2142, 2178, 2188, 2189,
2199, 2200, 2204, 2215, 2221, 2222, 2240, 2453.

THALAMUS:
AFFERENT & EFFERENT PROJECTIONS

2176. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The termination
of ascending tracts in the thalamus of the macaque
monkey. . Anat., Lond, 1936, 71, 7-40.

[11f-20r: Mc]

2177. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The connexions
of the arcuate nucleus of the thalamus. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1937, B, 123, 166-176, pls. 4-5.

[+++ 4f-10r: Mc]

2178. Clark, W. E. Le Gros & Boggon, R. H.
The thalamic connections of the parietal and
frontal lobes of the brain in the monkey. PaAilos.
Trans., 1935, B, 224, 313-358, pls. 23-27.

[27f-23r: Mc]

2179. Clark, W. E. Le Gros & Northfield,
D.W.C. The cortical projection of the pulvinar
in the macaque monkey. Brain, 1937, 60, 126-
142, pl. 4. [9f: Mc]

2180. Crouch, R. L. & Thompson, J. K. The
efferent fibers of the thalamus of Macacus rhesus.
I. Lateral and ventral nuclei. ¥. comp. Neurol.
1938, 69, 255-271. [8f-l6r: Me]

[Anat. 2168-2194]

2181. Crouch, R. L. & Thompson, J. K. Ter-
mination of the brachium conjunctivum in the
thalamus of the macaque monkey. Ff. comp.
Neurol., 1938, 69, 449-452. [2r: Mc]

2182. Poljak,S. Die zufiihrenden Bahnen des
Vorderhirns und ihre Rindenbeziehungen auf
Grund experimenteller Untersuchungen an Af.
fen. Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 19308125, 138—
162. [9f-vnr: Me]

2183. Poliak, S. The main afferent fiber sys-
tems of the cerebral cortex in primates. An inves-
tigation of the central portion of the somato-
sensory, auditory, and visual paths of the cerebral
cortex, with consideration of their normal, and
pathological function, based on experiments with
monkeys. Univ. Calif. Publ. Anat., 1932, 2,
xiv, 370 pp. Abstr.: Arch. neuro. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1934, 31, 635-651. \96f: Mc}

2184. Probst, M. Weitere Untersuchungen
uber die Grosshirnfaserung und iiber Rinden-
reizversuche nach Ausschaltung verschiedener
Leitungsbahnen. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt.
3, 1905, 114, 173-312. [+++ 32f-mr:’ Mel

2185. Sager, Oscar. Recherches sur la somato-
topie sensitive dans le thalamus des singes, etudiée
te la méthode de la dégénérescence rétrograde.,

arlem: De Erven F. Bohn, 1933, 139 pp.

[44f-nr: Mc]

2186. Walker, A. E. The thalamic projection
to the central gyri in Macacus rhesus. F. comp.
Neurol., 1934, 60, 161-184, [13f-21r: Mc]

2187. Walker, A.E. The retrograde cell degen-
eration in the thalamus of Macacus rhesus follow-
ing hemidecortication. 7. comp., Neurol., 1935,
62, 407-419, [4f-13r: Mc]

2188. Walker, A.E. An experimental study of
the thalamo-cortical projection of the macaque
monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1936, 64, 1-39.

(2if-nr: Me]

2189. Walker, A.E. The thalamus in relation
to the cerebral cortex. ¥. nerv. ment. Dis., 1937,
85, 249-261. [++ Uf-58r: Me]

2190. Walker, A.E. Experimental anatomical
studies of the topical localization within the thala-
mus of the chimpanzee. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst.,
1937, 60, 198-206. [5f-8r: Paul

2191. Walker, A. E. The thalamus of the
chimpanzee. I. Terminations of the somatic affer-
ent systems. Confinia neurol.,* 1938, 1, 99-127.

(9f-47r: Pn]

2192. Walker, A. E. The anatomical basis of
the thalamic syndromes. J. belge Neurol. Psy-
chiat.,* 1938, 38, 69-95, [++ 11f-vnr: Pn]

2194. Walker, A. E. The thalamus of the
chimpanze. IV. Thalamic projections to the cere-
bral cortex. 7. Anat., Lond., 1938, 73, 37-93.

[34f-nr: Pn]

See also: 2032, 2044, 2049, 2102, 2133, 2170,

2174, 2207, 2212, 2213, 2275, 2283, 2286, 2301,
330.

[115 ]

[Anat. 2195-2216]

LATERAL GENICULATE BODY:
AFFERENT & EFFERENT PROJECTIONS

2195. Brody, S. Preliminary investigation con-
cerning the representation of the fovea in the
external geniculate body of the monkey. Proc.
Acad. Sci. Amst., 1934, 37, 724-731, 2 pls.

[2f-14r: Mc]

2196. Brouwer, Bernardus. Anatomical, phy-
logenetical, and clinical studies on the central nerv-
ous system. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1927,
67 pp. [+ 16f-r]

2197. Brouwer, B. & Zeeman, W. P. C. Ex-
perimental anatomical investigations concerning
the projection of the retina on the primary optic
centres in apes. 7. Neurol. Psychopath., 1925, 6,
1-10. [8f-11r: monkey]

2197a. Brouwer, B., van Heuven, G. J. & Bie-
mond, A. Experimenteel-anatomische onderzoe-
kingen over de optische systemen in de hersenen.
Versl. gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1928, 37, (2),
512-527. Experimentell-anatomische Unter-
suchungen iiber die optischen Systeme im Gehirn.

Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1928, 31, 603-619.
[+++ 4f-r: Mc]

2198. Brouwer, B. & Zeeman, W.P.C. The
projection of the retina in the primary optic

neuron in monkeys. Brain, 1926, 49, 1-35.
[24f-29r: monkey]

2198a. Brugi, G. La terminazione del tratto
ottico nel “Cynocephalus hamadryas.” Atti Ac-
cad. Fisiocr. Siena, Sez. med.-fis., 1934, (11), 2,
Proc. verb., 194-195. [ dbstr.]

2199. Brugi, G. Studi su di alcune speciali
connessioni del corpo genicolato laterale dei pri-
mati e dell’uomo. Arch. ital. Anat. Embriol.,
1937, 38, 356-386, pls. 3-4. be SiR) L2xAl|

2200. Clark, W. E. Le Gros & Penman, G. G.
The projection of the retina in the lateral genicu-
late body. Proc. ray. Soc. 1934, B, 114, 291-313,
pls. 18-23. [+++ 13f: Me]

2201. Dean, G. & Usher, C. H. Experimental
research on the course of the optic fibres. Trans.
ophthal. Soc. U. K., 1896, 16, 248-276, pls. 8-10.

[+++ 19f: Mc]

2202. Dean, G. & Usher, C. H. Experimental
research on the course of the optic fibres. (Second
communication.) Brain, 1903, 26, 524-542, 4
pls. See IR OG

2203.* van Heuven, G. J. Experimenteel-
anatomisch onderzoek omtrent de corticale optische
projectie bij den Fava-aap. Amsterdam: PoE.
Vermeulen, 1929, 64 pp. [Mc]

2204. Minkowski, M. Uber den Verlauf, die
Endigung und die zentrale Reprdsentation von
gekreuzten und ungekreuzten Sehnervenfasern
bei einigen Saugetieren und beim Menschen.
Schweiz. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 1920, 6, 201—
252; 1920, 7, 268-303. [++ 19f-nr: Mel

BASAL GANGLIA, BRAIN-STEM, &c.

2205. Minkowski, M. Sur les conditions ana-
tomiques de la vision binoculaire dans les voies
optiques cérébrales. Encéphale, 1922, 17, 65-96,
9 pls. [+ mr: Me]

2206. Parsons, J. H. Degenerations following
lesions of the retinain monkeys. Brain, 1902, 25,
part 3, 257b-269b, 2 pls. [2f-15r: Me]

2207. Pénard, S. Zur Frage der Bezichungen
zwischen Sehrinde und primaren optischen Zen-
tren auf Grund von experimentellen Studien an
Affen. Schweiz. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 1935,
36, 131-163. [Affe]

2208. Poljak,S. Projection of the retina upon
the cerebral cortex, based upon experiments with

monkeys. Proc. Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 1932
[1934], 13, 535-557. [+++ 12f: monkey]

2209. Poljak, S. A contribution to the cere-
bral representation of the retina. F. comp.
Neurol., 1933, 57, 541-617. [+++ 29f-onr: Mc]

2210. Poljak, S. & Hayashi, R. The cerebral
representation of the retina in the chimpanzee.
Brain, 1936, 59, 51-60. Ben een

2211. Putnam, T. J. Studies on the central
visual system. II. A comparative study of the
form of the geniculostriate visual system of mam-
mals. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1926,

16, 285-300.
[++ 10f-nr: Pn Ceb Oed-m Lm]

See also: 2032, 2102, 2174, 2182, 2183, 2187,
2189, 2243.

MEDIAL GENICULATE BODY:
AFFERENT & EFFERENT PROJECTIONS

2212. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The thalamic
connections of the temporal lobe of the brain in the
monkey. Ff. Anat., Lond., 1936, 70, 447-464, 2
pls. [9f: Mc]

2213. Rundles, R. W. & Papez, J. W. Fiber
and cellular degeneration following temporal lob-
ectomy in the monkey. Ff. comp. Neurol., 1938,
68, 267-296. [12f-3ir: C-c Pp}

2214. Walker, A. E. The projection of the
medial geniculate body to the cerebral cortex in
the macaque monkey. F. Anat., Lond., 1937, 71,
319-331. [8f-35r: Mc]

2215. Walker, A. E. & Fulton, J.F. The thala-
mus of the chimpanzee. III] —Metathalamus, nor-
mal structure and cortical connections. Brain,
1938, 61, 250-268, pl. 14. [16f-21r: Pn]

Scelalso: 2032, 2143, 2174, 2182, 2183.) 9087,
2189.

HYPOTHALAMUS & SUBTHALAMUS

2216. Crouch. R. L. Nuclear configuration of
subthalamus and hypothalamus of Macacus
rhesus. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30,
1321-1322. [Mc]

[116]

Lateral geniculate body——Epithalamus

2217. Crouch, R.L. The nuclear configuration
of the hypothalamus and the subthalamus of
Macacus rhesus. F. comp. Neurol., 1934, 59, 431—
449, [sf-r: Mc]

2218. Finley, K. H. The capillary bed of the
paraventricular and supra-optic nuclei of the hy-
pothalamus. Res. Puél. Ass. Res. nerv. ment.
Dis., 1937 [1938], 18, 95-109.

[+++ 14f-23r:

2218a. Fuse, G. Beitrage zur Histomor-
phologie des Corpus mammillare als eines
unvollstandigen Faltenkerns bei Orang-Utan,
Silbergibbon, buntfarbigen Gibbon, Siamang und
schwarzem Klammeraffen, sowie vergleichende
Bemerkungen tuber das Corpus mammillare auf
Grund der von mir bei anderen Affen gewonnenen
Ergebnisse und der anderer Forscher. Ard. anat.
Inst. Sendai, 1938, 21, 237-347. [++ 82f:

esp. Png Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p C-c

Mc Thr-p Pp Aot Atl Lag Hap Leon-c|

2219. Griinthal, E. Der Zellaufbau im Hypo-
thalamus des Kaninchens und des Macacus rhesus
nebst einigen allgemeinen Bemerkungen itber
F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1931,
42, 425-464, [++ 70f: Me]

2220. Griinthal, E. Uber das spezifisch
Menschliche im Hypothalamusbau. Eine ver-
gleichende Untersuchung des Hypothalamus beim
Schimpansen und Menschen. F. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1933, 45, 237-263.

[++ J53f-lt: Gr Pn Png Me)

2221. Griinthal, E. Neuere Ergebnisse ver-
gleichend anatomischer Untersuchungen des
Zwischenhirns der Sauger und das _ spezifisch
Menschliche in seinem Bau. WNaturwissen-
schaften, 1933, 21, 521-525.

[+ 2f-2t: Pn Mc]

2222. Griinthal, E. Newer results in the com-
parative anatomic investigation of the midbrain
of mammals, particularly its structure in man.
F. nerv. ment. Dis., 1935, 81, 14-23.

[++ 2f-2t-9r: Pn Me]

2222a.* [Monakhov, K. K.] [Cytoarchitec-
tonic structure of the hypothalamus.]
biol., Moscow, 1926, 2, 59-71.

Russ. with Gr. abstr.; Biol. Abstr., 1930, 4, no.

Bs VILA

2222b. Naito, M. (Der zytologische Bau der
“Pars tuberoinfundibularis’” des Hypothalamus
des Affen. Untersuchungen tiber den Hypothala-
mus. VII.) Osaka Igk. Z.,* 1936, 35, 1663-1675,
3 pls. [Fap.: Mc Pn]

2223. Papez, J. W. & Aronson, L.R. Thalamic

monkey]

dieses Organ.

nuclei of Pithecus (Macacus) rhesus. I. Ventral
thalamus. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1934, 32, 1-26. [17f: Me]

2223a. Sasaki, H. (Zytologische Untersuch-
ungen des Corpus mamillare vom Hypothalamus
des Affen. Untersuchungen tiber den Hypothala-
mus. VIII.) Osaka Igk. Z.,* 1936, 35, 2273-2278,
1 pl. [Ffap.: Pn Me]

[Anat. 2217-2233]

See also: 1893, 1923, 2049, 2170, 2229a, 2231,
3193,

HYPOPHYSIS

2224. Bolk, L. Over de ontwikkeling der hy-
pophyse van de primaten in ’t bijzonder bij Tar-
siusendenmensch. Vers/. gewone Vergad. Akad.
Amst., 1910, 19, (1), 667-675. On the develop-
ment of the hypophysis of primates especially of
Tarsius. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst., 1911, 13, (2),
660-666. [+++ 4f: Mc Tars]

_ 2225. Kolmer, W. Quergestreifte Muskelfaser
in der Pars infundibularis der Affenhypophyse.
Anat. Anz., 1931, 71, 443-444. (if: Mc]

2226. Plaut, A. Die Hypophysis eines Schim-
pansen. Anat. Anz., 1922, 56, 177-180. [Px]

2227. Plaut, A. Die Hypophysis eines Orang-
Utang. Nebst Bemerkungen iiber die sogenannte
Pars intermedia bei Menschenaffen und Mensch.
Anat. Anz., 1930, 68, 408-415.

[+++ 4f-18r: Pn Png]

2228. Plaut, A. Investigations on the pars in-
termedia of the hypophysis in anthropoid apes and
man. F. Anat., Lond., 1936, 70, 242-249.

[+++ 17r: Pn Png Hyl Ceb Lag|

2229. Pokorny, F. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomiederHypophyse. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1926,
78, 308-331. [+ 17f-34r: C-p Ppl

2229a.* Vergara, A. Nota acerca de las rela-
ciones entre la hipofisis y los centros diencefalicos
en el Macacus rhesus. Rev. mex. Biol., 1926, 6,
47-49, [Uf: Mc]

2230. Wislocki,G.B. The meningeal relations
of the hypophysis cerebri. I. The relations in
adult mammals. Anat. Rec., 1937, 67, 273-293,
3pls. [++ 4f-r: Me]

2230a. Wislocki, G. Further observations on
the blood supply of the hypophysis cerebri of the
rhesus monkey. Anat. Rec., 1938, 72, 137-150.

[6f: Me]

2231. Wislocki, G. B. & King, L.S. The per-
meability of the hypophysis and hypothalamus to
vital dyes, with a study of the hypophyseal vascu-
lar supply. Amer. F. Anat., 1936, 58, 421-472.

[++ 28f-r: Mc]

2232. Woerdeman, M. Vergleichende Onto-
genie der Hypophysis. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1914,
86, 198-291. [+ 39f-47r: Mc Pr-p Tars|

See also: 202, 651, 1961, 3193a.

EPITHALAMUS—PINEAL GLAND

2233. Cutore, G. Alcune notizie sul corpo
pineale del Macacus sinicus L. e del Cercopithecus
griseus viridis L. Atti. Accad. gioenia, 1912, (5),
5, no. 6, 7 pp. Also: Folia neuro-biol., Lpz., 1912,
6, 267-276. [4f: C-p Mel

[117]

[Anat. 2234—2248b]

BASAL GANGLIA, BRAIN-STEM, &c.

2234. Favaro,G. Le fibre nervose prepineali e
pineali nell’encefalo dei mammiferi. Arch. ital.
Anat. Embriol., 1904, 3, 750-789, pls. 44-46.

[+ 62r: Hap]

2235. Herring, P.T. The pineal region of the
mammalian brain: its morphology and histology
in relation to function. Quart. 7. exp. Physiol.,
1927, 17, 125-147, pls. 12-23. ~ [+ 32r: Me]

2235a. Kaneko, K. Uber einige Entwicklungs-
einheiten der Epiphyse beim buntfarbigen Gib-
bon Hylobates variegatus s. agilis Desm. Arb.
anat. Inst. Sendai, 1937, 20, 87-96, 7 pls. [Ay/]

2236. Kolmer, W. Ganglienzellen als kon-
stanter Bestandteil der Zirbel von Affen. Z. ges.
Neurol. Psychiat., 1929, 121, 423-428.

[3f: Mc Pp]

2236a.* Kurozu, T. Uber die Ganglienzellen
in der Zirbeldriise bei den Affen. Kaibogaku-
Zasshi,* 1932, 5. [Japanese]

2237. Lecchini, S. I. Contributo allo studio
della struttura e dell’innervazione della ghiandola
pineale nei primati. Atti Accad. Fisiocr. Siena,
1936, (11), 3, 715-723, 1 pl. [nr: Pp]

2238. Levin, P.M. A nervous structure in the
pineal body of the monkey. 7. comp. Neurol.,
1938, 68, 405-409. [4f-4r: Mc Atl All

2238a. Lucas-Keene, M. F. The connexions
of the posterior commissure. A study of its devel-
opment and myelination in the human foetus, of
its phylogenetic development, and of degenerative
changes resulting from certain experimental le-
sions. 7. Anat., Lond., 1938, 72, 488-501, 3 pls.
[+ 1t4f: Me]

2239. Miller, J. Einiges tiber die Zirbeldritise
des Chimpanse. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 1886—
90, 8, 755-760, pl. 12. [Pr]

2239a. Suzuki, Y. Beitrage zur Anatomie des
Epithalamus, besonders der Epiphyse, bei den
Primaten. Ard. anat. Inst. Sendai, 1938, 21, 45-
141, 74 pls. [++ 4t-76r:; Png Hyl
Prsh Clb C-p C-c Me Thr-p Pp Aot
Cal-c Cacaj_ Ceb Lag Atl Hap Leon-c
Lm Pr-p Prdct\

See also: 651, 2155, 2156.

MESENCEPHALON

2239b. Alexander, A. Untersuchungen ber die
zentrale Haubenbahn. Ard. neurol. Inst. (Inst.
Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien., 1931, 33,
261-288. [++ 12f43r: Png Hyl

Prsbh Ceb Hap Lm]

2240. Atlas, D. & Ingram, W. R. A note on
the topography of the pretectal area of the
monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1937, 66, 291-299.

[2pl-20r: Mc]

2241. Bach, L. Zur Lehre von den Augen-

muskellahmungen und den Stérungen der Pupil-

lenbewegung. Eine vergleichende und patholo-
gisch-anatomische, experimentelle und klinische
Studie tiber die Augenmuskelkerne, das Gangilon
ciliare, die Reflexbahnen und das Reflexcentrum
der Pupille. v. Graefes Arch. ORs 1898, 47,
339-386, pls. 13-14; 551-630, pl. 28.

[++ Hap]

2242. Bauer, J. Die Substantia nigra Soem-
meringii. Eine vergleichend-anatomische Studie
nebst einem Beitrag zur Kenntnis des dunkeln
Pigmentes der Nervenzellen. 4rd. neurol. Inst.
(Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien,
1909, 17, 435-512, [+ 6f-unr: Png Hyl

Mc Pp Ceb Atl Lm]

2243. Bernheimer, S. Die Reflexbahn der
Pupillarreaction. Nach anatomischen Untersuch-
ungen an embryonalen Gehirnen des Menschen
und Experimenten am Affen. v. Graefes Arch.
Ophthal., 1898, 47, 1-49, pls. 1-2.

[++ If-nr: Me]

2244. Brouwer, B. Klinisch-anatomische Un-
tersuchung uber den Oculomotoriuskern. Z. ges.
Neurol. Psychiat., 1918, Orig., 40, 152-193.

[+ 5f-82r: Pn Mc Hap Lm)

2245. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. The mammalian
oculomotor nucleus. ¥. Anat., Lond., 1926, 60,
426-448, 1 pl. [++ 7: Mc Hap Lm

Nyct-c Glg Tars)

2246. Collier, J. & Buzzard, F. Descending
mesencephalic tracts in cat, monkey and man;
Monakow’s bundle; the dorsal longitudinal bun-
dle; the ventral longitudinal bundle; the ponto-
spinal tracts, lateral and ventral; the vestibulo-
spinal tract; the central tegmental tract (centrale
Haubenbahn); descending fibres of the fillet. (The
tracts from the nuclei fastigii to Deiters’s nuclei;
descending thalamo-spinal fibres; a tract from the
inferior collicular region to the ventral column of
the spinal cord.) Brain, 1901, 24, 177-221, 24
pls. [+ mr: monkey]

2247. Frank, C. Intorno alla mia scoperta di
due nuclei del mesencefalo dell’uomo ed ulteriori
studi sui nuclei oculomotori dei mammiferi.
Arch. gen. Neurol. Psichiat., 1930, 11, (1), 1-40,
pls. 1-6. [+ Gr. abstr.: Me]

2248. Fraser, E. H. A further note on the
prepyramidal tract (Monakow’s bundle). 7.
Physiol. 1902, 28, 366-374.

[++ 9f-16r:

2248a. Fuse, G. Das gewundene Grau oder
der Olivenkern des vorderen Zweihiigels, Nucleus
olivaris corporis quadrigemini anterioris, bei
Mensch und Tier. Ard. anat. Inst. Sendai, 1936,

monkey]

19, 49-486. [+++ 1-356f: Png Hyl
Prsh Nas Clb C-c Mc Thr-p Pp Aot
2Cal-c Cacaj Hap Myst Leon-c Lm
Pr-p Prdct\

2248b. Fuse,G. Ein neuer Versuch zur Unter-
teilung des Nucleus ruber tegmenti bei den Kar-
nivoren und zur phylogenetischen Bewertung
seiner Entwicklung unter Beriicksichtigung der an

[118]

Mesencephalon——Cerebellum

Karnivoren und Affen gewonnenen Ergebnisse.

Arb. anat. Inst. Sendai, 1938, 20, 123-188, 69 pls.
[+ 26f: esp. Png Mc Aot ?Cal-c Hap
Leon-c Lm Prdct|

2249. Hatschek, R. Beitrag zur Frage der
Menschenahnlichkeit des A4te/es-Gehirns. Anat.
Anz., 1908, 32, 389-394.

[3f-10r: Png Hyl Atl
The oculomotor nucleus of
Brain, 1923, 46, 38-48.
[7f-12r: Nyct-c Tars]

2250a.* Ibayashi, S. (Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis der Substantia nigra vom Orang-Utan.)
Hokkaido Ig. Z., Sapporo,* 1931, 9, 1600-1672,
1 pl. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1934, 4,
(84). [2f-Fap.: Me]

2251. von Monakow, C. Der rote Kern der
Sdugetiere und des Menschen. Neurol. Zodl.,
1910, 29, 724-727. [+ Abstr]

2252. Rothmann, M. Das Monakow’sche
Bindel beim Affen. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol.,
1901, 10, 363-382, pl. 8. Abstr.: Arch. Psychiat.
Nervenkr., 1903, 36, 933-934. [Mc]

2253. Verhaart, W. J. C. Die zentrale Hau-
benbahn bei Affen und Menschen. Schweiz.
Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 1936, 38, 270-283.

[++ 4f-r: Me]

2254. Verhaart, W. J.C. The rubrospinal sys-
tem with monkey’s and man. Psychiat. neurol.
Bl., Amst., 1938, 42, 335-342, 3 pls. [Hy Me]

2255. Verhaart, W. J. C. A comparison be-
tween the corpus striatum and the red nucleus as
subcortical centra of the cerebral motor system.
Psychiat. neurol. Bl., Amst., 1938, 42, 666-737,
10 pls. [++ 69r: Hyl Me]

2255a. Verhaart, W. J. C. The connections of
the red nucleus with the higher and lower parts of
the central nervous system and its part in pre-
venting decerebrate rigidity. Acta psychiat.,
Kodh., 1938, 13, 313-326. [+++ Uf: Me]

2256. Wechsler, I.S. The substantia nigra: a
brief comparative anatomical study. Neurol.
Bull., 1921, 3, 130-134. [+ 97]

2257. Zweig, H. Vergleichenden Anatomie des
zentralen Hohlengraus der Wirbeltieren. 7d.
Psychiat. Neurol., 1921, 41, 18-38.

[+ 7Zf-nr: Png Lm]

See also: 1893, 2031, 2042, 2056, 2096, 2097,
2190, 2207, 2223, 2276, 2295, 2301, 2304.

2250. Hunter, J. I.
Tarsius and Nycticebus.

CEREBELLUM
MORPHOLOGY

2258. Bolk, L. Beitraége zur Affen-Anatomie.
IV. Das Kleinhirn der Neuweltaffen. Morph.
¥b., 1902, 31, 44-84, pl. 2.

[26f: Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap Myst

[Anat. 2249-2272]

2259. Bolk, L. Haupziige der vergleichenden
Anatomie des Cerebellum der Saugetiere, mit be-

sonderer Beriicksichtigung des menschlichen
Kleinhirnes. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol., 1902, 12,
432-467. [+++ 6f: Lm]

2260. Bolk, L. Das Cerebellum der Sduge-
tiere; eine vergleichend anatomische Untersuch-
ungen. Teil I-III. Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1904, 3,
1-136; 1905, 3, 485-598; 1906, 4, 115-194. Apart:
Harlem: de Erven F. Bohn, 1906, v, 333 pp., 3 pls.

[+ 183f: Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb C-p

Mc Pp_Mndr Saim_Ceb Atl Al Hap

Leon-c Lm WNyct-c Prdct|

2261. Bradley,O.C. The mammalian cerebel-
lum: its lobes and fissures. Part I. ¥. Anat.,
Lond., 1904, 38, 448-475, pls. 46-50. [+l

2262. Bradley,O.C. The mammalian cerebel-

lum: its lobes and fissures. Part II. ¥. Anat.
Lond., 1905, 39, 99-117, pls. 24-28.
[++ C-c Me Cyn-p Aot Ceb Lag Abi
2263. Haller, G. Uber das Kleinhirn der
Saugetiere und des Menschen. Gegendaurs Fb.,
1931, 66, 532-582. [e+ 33f: Gr Png

Hyl C-c P-p Aot Saim Lm]

2264. Ingvar, S. Zur Phylo- und Ontogenese
des Kleinhirns, Folia neuro-biol., Lpz., 1918, 11,
204-495. [+ 84f-t-unr: Png Mc Ceb|

2265. Luna, E. II cervelletto dell’ orang-utan.
Monit. zool. ital.,1911,22, 105-112. [3f-14r: Png]

2266. Mussen, A. T. The cerebellum. A new
classification of the lobes based on their reactions
tostimulation. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1930, 23, 411-459. [+ Zf: Me]

2267. Mussen, A. T. The cerebellum. The in-
fluence of the cortical reactions on the classifica-
tion and the homology of the lobes and fissures in
the cat, monkey and man. Arch. Neurol. Psy-
chiat., Chicago, 1930, 24, 913-920. [monkey]

2268. Riley, H. A. The mammalian cerebel-
lum. A comparative study of the arbor vitae and
folial pattern. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1928, 20, 895-1034. [++ 41f: Gr Pn

Png Mc Pp Ceb Atl Hap Lm]

_ 2209. Riley, H.A. The lobules of the mamma-
lian cerebellum and cerebellar nomenclature,
Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1930, 24, 227-

256. [++ 24f: see 2268]
_ 2270. Smith, G. Elliot. The primary subdivi-
sion of the mammalian cerebellum. ¥. Anat.,
Lond., 1902, 36, 381-385. [+ sl

2271. Stroud, B. B. The morphology of the
ape cerebellum. Proc. Sess. dss. Amer. Anat.,*
1897 [1898], 10, 107-126.

[2p/-If-15r: Gr Pn Png]
_ 2272. Tilney, F. Genesis of cerebellar func-
tions. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1923, 9,

137-169.
[+ 12f: Gr Pn Pug Hyl Al Lml

See also: 1839, 1840, 1893, 1906, 1911, 2181.

[119]

[Anat. 2273-2292]

BRAIN-STEM——SPINAL CORD
MO OUR TIN SS

Cerebellum
CYTOARCHITECTURE & CONNECTIONS

2273. Clarke, R. H. & Horsley, V. On the in-
trinsic fibres of the cerebellum, its nuclei and its
efferent tracts. Brain, 1905, 28, 13-29, 9 pls.

[+ 1f4t-8r: Mc]

2274. Dow, R. S. Efferent connections of the
flocculo-nodular lobe in Macaca mulatta. fF.
comp. Neurol., 1938, 68, 297-305.

[Sf-lir: Mc]

2274a. Gans, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des
Aufbaus des Nucleus dentatus aus zwei Teilen,
namentlich auf Grund von Untersuchungen mit
der Eisenreaktion. Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat.,
1924, 93, 750-756. [ess ee nl Cob. Erm]

2275.* Marchi, Vittorio. Sw/l’origine e decorso
dei peduncoli cerebellari e sui loro rapporti coglt
altri centri nervosi. Firenzi: successiori Le Mon-
nier, 1891, 38 pp., 5 pl. Review: 7. Anat., Lond.,
1892, 26, 568-573. [see no. 3223]

2276. Mussen, A. T. Symposium on the cere-
bellum. (4) Experimental investigations on the
cerebellum. Brain, 1927, 50, 313-349.

[+ 28f-28r: Mc]

2277.* Nasedkin, V.A. [Morphology and com-
parative anatomy of the dentate nucleus of the
cerebellum in man, monkeys and other mammals.]
Russk. Arkh. Anat., 1929, 8, 137-148.

[+ 22f Russ. with Fr. abstr: Png-id Mc

Pp Hap)

2278. Obersteiner, H. Der feinere Bau der

Kleinhirnrinde bei Menschen und Tieren. Biol.
Zol., 1883, 3, 145-155. as) ¢) (G-p]

2278a. v. Santha,K. Die Cajal-Smirnowschen
Fasern—ein normaler Bestandteil des mensch-
lichen Palaeocerebellums. Arch. Psychiat. Ner-
venkr., 1931, 93, 142-158. [ea ahs NG=p]

2279. Ziehen, T. Beitrage zur vergleichenden
Anatomie des Kleinhirns. 2. Zu den Verbindungs-
bahnen des Flocculus bei den Primaten. Azat.
Anz., 1935, 80, 25-37. [++-2f-7: Hap]

See also: 2176, 2255, 2281, 2284, 2285, 2300,
2301, 2301a, 2303, 2327, 2330, 2331, 2333, 2335,
3211, 3217, 3218, 3223, 3228.

PONS & MEDULLA OBLONGATA

2280. Bertrand, I. & Mareschal, P. Sur les
caractéres morphologiques de perfectionnement
du complexe olivaire inférieur chez les anthro-
poides et chez "homme. C. R. Soc. Biol., Parts,
1933, 114, 1098-1100.

[++ Gr Pn Png Hyll

2281. Blakeslee, G. A., Freiman, I. S. & Bar-
rera, S. E. The nucleus lateralis medullae. An
experimental study of its anatomic connections in
Macacus rhesus. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chi-
cago, 1938, 39, 687-699. [10f: Mc]

2282. Bruce, A. N. The arcuate nucleus in
man, the anthropoid apes, and the microcephalic
idiot. Rev. Neurol. Psychiat., 1914, 12, 51-53,
pls. 1-2. [+ Gr Pn Png HAyl\

2283. vonEconomo, C. Uber dissoziierte Emp-
findungslahmung bei Ponstumoren und uber die
zentralen Bahnen des sensiblen Trigeminus. 7d.
Psychiat. Neurol., 1911, 32, 107-138, pls. 1-8.

[+ Mc]

2284. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S. E. Summary
of clinical and anatomical findings following le-
sions in the dorsal column system of Macacus
rhesus monkeys. Res. Publ. Ass. nerv. ment. Dis.,
1934 [1935], 15, 371-395. [10f-8r: Mc]

2285. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S.E. The nuclei
of the posterior funiculi in Macacus rhesus. An
anatomic and experimental investigation. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 262-275.

[6f-15r: Me]

2286. Ferraro, A. & Barrera,S.E. Lamination
of the medial meniscus in Macacus rhesus. fF.
comp. Neurol., 1936, 64, 313-324.

[8f-10r: Me]

2287. Fraser, E.H. An experimental research
into the relations of the posterior longitudinal
bundle and Deiters’ nucleus. 7. PAysiol., 1901,
27, 372-397. [++ 36f-4ir: monkey]

2287a. Fuse, G. Beitrage zur mikrosko-
pischen Anatomie des Truncus cerebri: Ein weiterer
Beitrag zu dem bislang unbekannten resp. nicht
genigend beriicksichtigten Grau in der Zone
zwischen der spinalen Quintuswurzel und der
oberen Olive (‘Zona quinto-olivaris superior’),
insbesondere tiber den Seitenstrangkern des Pons
bei einigen Saugern [etc.]. Ard. anat. Inst. Sen-
dai, 1922, 7, 1-64, 36 pls. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci.,
1925, 2, no. 2, 92. [++ Png Lm Nyct-c]

2288. Grossmann, M. Uber die intrabulbaren
Verbindungen des Trigeminus zum Vagus. Ard.
neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)
Univ. Wien, 1906, 13, 194-211.

[+++ 7f-l4r: Mc]

2289. Hofmann,F. Die obere Olive der Sauge-
tiere nebst Bemerkungen tiber die Lage der Coch-
learisendkerne. Eine vergleichend anatomische
studie. rb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol.
ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien, 1908, 14, 76-328.

[+ 36f-nr: Png Hyl Prsb Nas Mc Pp

Atl Lm)

2290. Hulles, E. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomie der cerebralen Trigeminuswurzel. 4rd.

neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)
Univ. Wien, 1907, 16, 469-586.
[+ 4f-19r: Png Hyl Me Ail)

2291. Kallius, Erich Wilhelm Henrich. Ueber
die Medulla spinalis und die Medulla oblongata von
Troglodytes niger. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Berlin,
G. Schade, 1892, 39 pp. [14r: Pn]

2292. Krause, R. & Klempner, S. Untersuch-
ungen uber den Bau des Centralnervensystems der

[120]

Pons & medulla—Spinal cord

Affen. Das Nachhirn vom Orang Utan. dh.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1904, Anhang no. 1, 36 pp.,
2 pls. [unt: Png Mc}

2293. van London, D. M. Ueber die Medulla

oblongata von WNycticebus javanicus. Mschr.
Psychiat. Neurol., 1903, 14, 353-365.
[6f: Nyct-c]

2294. Malone, E. F. The nucleus cardiacus
nervi vagi and the three distinct types of nerve
cells which innervate the three different types of
muscle. Amer. F. Anat., 1913, 15, 121-129.

[+++ pl: Mc Lm]

2295. May, O. & Horsley, V. The mesen-
cephalic root of the fifth nerve. Brain, 1910, 33,
175-203. [++ 13f-37r: Mel

2296. Mingazzini, G. Uber die zentrale Hypo-
glossusbahn. Experimentelle und anatomische
Forschungen. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1923,
29, 273-402, pl. 34-40. Abstr.: Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1924, 11, 352-356.

[+++ 3lf-umr: C-c Mc Pp]

2297. Mott, F.W. Unilateral descending atro-
phy of the fillet, arciform fibres and posterior
column nuclei resulting from an experimental le-
sioninamonkey. Brain, 1898, 21, 180-185, 3pls.

{10r: C-p]

2298. Shima, R. Zur vergleichenden Ana-
tomiedesdorsalen Vaguskerns. Arb. neurol. Inst.
(Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien,
1908, 17, 190-216. [+ Of-r: Png Hyl

Nas Pp Atl Lm|

2299. Sola, J. E. Contribuciédn al estudio de
las degeneraciones secundarias retrégradas. Le-
siones producidas en el nucleo del espinal, XI par,
por arrancamiento de su tronco nervioso en el
Artopitecos hapale. Sem. méd., B. Aires, 1932,
39, (2), 462-473. [++ 13f: Hap}

2300. Spitzka, E.C. The peduncular tracts of
the anthropoid apes. F. nerv. ment. Dis., 1879,
6, 461-487. [nt: Pn Png Pp Ceb|

2301. Spitzer, A. & Karplus, J. P. Uber ex-
perimentelle Lasionen an der Gehirnbasis. (Ana-
tomische Ergebnisse nebst einigen physiologischen
Bemerkungen.) Arb. neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat.
Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ. Wien., 1907, 16, (2),
348-436, pls. 4-8. [eee Ue aac]

2301a. Syk, I. Uber einige Kerne in der Ge-
gend das Lateralrecessus beim Orangutan. Ard.
neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)
Univ. Wien, 1921, 23, no. 2,177-191. [7f: Png]

2302. Taylor, E. W. The minute anatomy of
the oblongata and pons of the chimpanzee (Tvog-
lodytes niger) with special reference to their homol-
ogies with man. F. Boston Soc. med. Sci., 1898,
3, 1-23, 2 pls. PEG 1277)

2303. Weil, A. A comparative quantitative
study in proprioceptive tracts of mammals. F.
comp. Neurol., 1927, 44, 61-67,

[++ ° 2f-2t-4r: Gr Pn Hyl Tars]

[Anat. 2293-2313]

2304. Weinberg, E. The mesencephalic root
of the fifth nerve. A comparative anatomical
study. Ff. comp. Neurol., 1928, 46, 249-405.

[+ 35f-3t-nr: Me]

2305. Williams, E. M. Vergleichend anato-
mische Studien tiber den Bau und die Bedeutung
der Oliva inferior der Sdugetiere und Vogel. rd.
neurol. Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.)
Univ. Wien, 1908, 17, 118-149. [++ 9f-r:

Png Hyl Nas Mc Pp Atl Lm)

See also: 1893, 2032, 2041, 2042, 2043, 2043a,
2045, 2049, 2190, 2252, 2253, 2279, 2328, 2334,
2338, 2343, 2361, 3217, 3218, 3241.

Spinal Cord

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

2306. Figueiredo-Rodrigues, J. A. Das Riick-
enmark des Orang-Utan. Arch. mikr. Anat.,
1902, 59, 417-456, pls. 23-24. [Png]

2307. FitzGerald, Mabel P. An investigation
into the structure of the lumbo-sacral-coccygeal
cord of the macaque monkey (Macacus sinicus).
Proc. roy. Soc., 1906, B, 78, 88-144.

[23f-21t: Mc]

2308. Lassek, A. M. A comparative volumet-
ric study of the gray and white substance of the
spinal cord. F. comp. Neurol., 1935, 62, 361-376.

[+ 9f-10t-12r: monkey]

2309. Pisani, D. & Balduzzi, O. Sulla topo-
grafia vertebro-midollare nel Macacus rhesus.
Riv. Antrop., 1925, 26, 335-342, 1 pl.

[3t-nr: Me]

2310. Sergi, S. Sulla topografia vertebro-mi-
dollare nello cimpanzé. Nota I. R. C. Accad.
Lincei, 1920, (5), 29, (2), 394-397. [1f4t: Pn]

2311. Sergi, S. Studi sul midolla spinale dello
cimpanzé. Riv. Antrop., 1920-21, 24, 301-390,
12 pls. (32t-nr: Pn]

2312. Virchow, H. Uber das Riickenmark der
Anthropoiden. Anat. Anz., 1888, 3, 509-510.
[Pn Png Hyl|

See also: 1803, 1811, 1825, 1826a, 1827, 1866,
1974,

Spinal cord
GRAY CELL-COLUMNS

2313. Bauer, J. Vergleichend anatomische Un-
tersuchung der hinteren Riickenmarkswurzeln der
Saugetiere, nebst Bemerkungen zur tabischen
Hinterstrangserkrankung. Arb, neurol. Inst.
(Inst. Anat. Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien,

1908, 17, 98-117.
[+ Sf-r: Png Hyl Nas Pp Lm|

[121]

[Anat. 2314-2338]

SPINAL CORD——CRANIAL NERVES

2314. Foerster, O., Gagel, O. & Sheehan, D.
Veranderungen an den Endésen im Riickenmakr
des Affen nach Hinterwurzeldurchschneidung. Z.
Anat. EntwGesch., 1933, 101, 553-565.

[13f-5r: Mc]

2314a. Gagel, O. Zur Frage der vegetativen
Zentren im Riickenmark. Z. ges. Neurol. Psy-
chiat., 1931, 134, 499-511. [+++ 12f: Me]

2315. Mott, F. Microscopical examination of
Clarke’s column in man, the monkey, and the dog.
F. Anat., Lond., 1888, 22, 479-495.

[++ 9f: Mc]

2316. Phalen, G. S. & Davenport, H. A. Peri-
cellular end-bulbs in the central nervous system of
vertebrates. 7. comp. Neurol., 1937, 68, 67-81.

[+ 2pl-1t-26r: monkey]

2317. Reich, Z. Vom Aufbau der Mittelzone
des Riickenmarks. (Beitrag zur Kenntnis ihrer
zelligen Bestandteile mit besonderer Beriicksichti-
gung der Mittelzellen.) 4rd. neurol. Inst. (Inst.
Anat. Physiol. Zent Nerv.) Univ. Wien, 1908, 17,
314-358, pls. 6-7. (es Gee dere Je). Vial

2318. Sano, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
motorischen Kerne im Riickenmark der Wirbel-
tiere. Anat. Anz., 1905, 27, ErgH., 9-15.

[ene if aNG-piG-cinGya—p)

2319. Sano, T. Vergleichend-anatomische und
physiologische Untersuchungen tber die Sub-
stantia gelatinosa des Hinterhorns. Ard. neurol.

Inst. (Inst. Anat. Physiol. ZentNerv.) Univ.
Wien, 1908, 17, 1-71, 7 pls.
[+ 2f-nt-r: Png Hyl Mc Pp Lm]

2320. Schafer, E. A. Some results of partial
transverse section of the spinal cord. (Preliminary
note.) F. Physiol., 1899, 24, xxii-xxiv.

[+++ Abstr]

2321. Sergi, S. I gruppi cellulari miorabdotici
nella regione cervicale del midollo spinale dello
cimpanzé. Nota preventiva e riassuntiva. R. C.
Accad. Lincei, 1924, (5), 33, (2), 348-352. [Pn

n

2322. Sergi, S. I gruppi celulari miorabdotici
nella regione toracica ed i limiti tra regione tora-
cica e regione lombare nel midollo spinale dello
cimpanzé. Nota preventiva e riassuntiva. R. C.
Accad. Lincei, 1924, (5), 33, (2), 437-440.

[z= Pz)

2323. Sergi, S. I gruppi cellulari miorabdotici
della regione lombo-sacrale del midollo spinale
dello cimpanzé. Nota preventiva e riassuntiva.
R. C. Accad. Lincei, 1924, (5), 33, (2), 514-518.

[Px]

2324. Sergi, S. Studi sul midollo spinale dello
cimpanzé. IV. I gruppi cellulari miorabdotici.
(Nuclei motorii cornu ventralis). Riv. Antrop.,
1926-27, 27, 181-281, 32 pls. [1t-nr: Pn]

2325. Sherrington, C. S. On out-lying nerve-
cells in the mammalian spinal-cord. Philos.
Trans., 1890, B, 181, 33-48, pls. 3-4.

[ESoeits 272

2326. Waldeyer, [W.] Das Gorilla~-Riicken-
mark. bh. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1888, no. 3, 147
pp., pls. 10-21. [Gr]

See also: 2037, 2038, 2306, 2307, 2308, 2311,
2327, 2335, 2337, 2341, 2343, 2367.

Spinal cord
FIBER TRACTS

2327. Bruce, A. N. The tract of Gowers.
Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1910, 3, 391-407.
[+++ 10f-nr: monkey]

2328. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S. E. Posterior
column fibers and their termination in Macacus
rhesus. F. comp. Neurol., 1935, 62, 507-530.

[14f-10r: Me]

2329. Linowiecki, A. J. The comparative
anatomy of the pyramidal tract. F. comp.
Neurol., 1914, 24, 509-530.

[+ 8f-ltr: Me]

2330. Luna, E. Studio sul sistema spino-cere-
bellare e sopra alcune altre vie spino-encefaliche
nella scimmia. Ric. Morfol., 1924, 4, 67-128,
pl. 2. [2f-103r: Mc Pp|

2330a. Luna, E. Il comportamento delle radici
sensitive dei nervi spinorombencephalici. Monit.
zool. ital., 1926, 37, 283-288. [+++ J]

2331. MacNalty, A. S. & Horsley, V. On the
cervical spino-bulbar and spino-cerebellar tracts
and on the question of the topographical represen-
tation in the cerebellum. Brain, 1909, 32, 237—
255. [+++ 3f-t-tabl. rés. lit: Mc]

2332. Marguliés, A. Experimentelle Unter-
suchungen uber den Aufbau der Hinterstrange
beim Affen. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol., 1897, 1,
277-287, pls. 4-5. [Mc]

2333. Mott, F. W. Ascending degenerations
resulting from lesions of the spinal cord in mon-
keys. Brain, 1892, 15, 215-229, 4 pls.

[2f: monkey]

2334. Mott, F.W. Experimental enquiry upon
the afferent tracts of the central nervous system
of the monkey. Brain, 1895, 18, 1-20, 3 pls.

[3f: monkey]

2335. Mott, F.W. Die zufihrenden Kleinhirn-

bahnen des Riickenmarks bei dem Affen. Mschr.
Psychiat. Neurol., 1897, 1, 104-121.
; (9f-23r: Affe]

2336. Ransom, S.W. The tract of Lissauer in
the rhesus monkey. Azat. Rec., 1914, 8, 119-120.
[Abstr.: Mc]

2337. Ranson, S. W. The tract of Lissauer

and the substantia gelatinosa Rolandi. Amer. Ff.
Anat., 1914, 16, 97-126. [++ 11f-29r: Mc]

2338. Sherrington, C. S. Note on the spinal
portion of some ascending degenerations. 7.
Paysiol., 1893, 14, 255-302, pls. 13-18.

[+++ It: Me]

[122]

Fiber tracts——Cranial nerves & ganglia

[Anat. 2339-2352a]

2339. Tooth, H. H. On the destination of the
antero-lateral ascending tract. Brain, 1892, 15,
397-402. [+++ 13f: Mc]

See also: 2033, 2041, 2043a, 2045, 2047, 2050,
2142, 2246, 2248, 2252, 2284, 2285, 2303, 2306,
2307, 2308, 2311, 2343.

Spinal cord
POSTERIOR & ANTERIOR ROOTS
(Histological studies)

2340. Corbin, K. B., Lhamon, W. T. & Petit,
D.W. Peripheral and central connections of the
upper cervical dorsal root ganglia in the rhesus
monkey. Ff. comp. Neurol., 1937, 66, 405-414.

[19r: Me]

2341. Hagggqvist, G. Fasernanalyse der vor-
deren Spinalwurzeln des Macacus rhesus. Nebst
einigen Bermerkungen tber die Architektur des
Vorderhorns. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1937, 42,
33-69. [46f: Mc]

2342. Higgqvist, G. Uber die Frage der Exis-
tenz eines dritten Systems efferenter Fasern vom
Zentralnervensystem. Anat. Anz., 1937-38, 85,
ErgH., 191-196. [+++ 13f: Me]

2342a. Kashiwamura, T. & Odachi, R. Zah-
lenverhaltnisse der markhaltigen Nervenfasern in
der spinalen Wurzelgegend beim Formosa-Affe,
Pithecus cyclopsis (Swinhoe). Jap. F. med. Sci.,
T. Anat., 1936, 6, 113-151. (1ij-vnt-r: Me]
2343. Tooth, H. H. On the relation of the
posterior root to the posterior horn in the medulla

and cord. F. Physiol., 1892, 13, 773-785.
[+++ 4f: monkey]

2344. Young, J. Z. & Zuckerman, S. The
course of fibres in the dorsal nerve roots of Macaca
mulatta, the rhesus monkey. F. Anat., Lond.,
1937, 71, 447-457, 1 pl. [5t-16r: Me]

See also: 2285, 2313, 2314, 2315, 2335, 2336,
2337, 2338, 2350, 2371.

Cranial & Spinal Nerves & The
Sympathetic Nervous System

See also: 199, 217, 221, 378, 835, 1494, 1495,
1866.

CRANIAL NERVES & GANGLIA

(incl. parasympathetic components)

2345. Beck, W. Uber den Austritt des N.
hypoglossus und N. cervicalis primus aus dem
Centralorgan beim Menschen und in der Reihe der
Saugetiere unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
dorsalen Wurzeln. Arb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden,
1895, 6, 249-345, pls. 11-14. [+ nt-92r:

Pn Png C-c Mc Pp Mndr Lm Nyet-c

Tars]

2345a. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. Note on
some of the motor functions of certain cranial
nerves (V, VII, IX, X, XI, XII), and of the three
first cervical nerves, in the monkey (Macacus

sinicus). Proc. roy. Soc., 1888, 44, 269-277.
[ut: Me]

2346. Botar, J. Note sur le mode de terminai-
son du pneumogastrique antérieur chez quelques
mammiféres. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1933,
(2), 5, 269-276. pe hia (GR (Cee. 12)

2346a. Botar, J., Popjak, G. & Bense, A. Die
Fasern des Nervus vagoaccessorius beim
Menschen und bei Sdugetieren. Acta Univ.
Szeged., Sect. med., 1937, 8, 97-229, 1 pl.

[ea O/C)
2346b. Clavelin, [P.] & Coulouma, [P.] La

terminasion des nerfs pneumogastriques chez

Vhomme et les singes anthropomorphes. Bull.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1934, (8), 5, 51-59.
(ees ie Ge ie dere JEG

2346c. Cordier, P. & Coulouma, P. La termi-
naison des nerfs pneumgastriques chez quelques
mammiféres. C. R. Ass. Anat., 1935, 30, 101—
114. [+ 10f: Pp Hap}

2347. Coenen, H. Das Trigeminusganglion
des Orang. Kurze Mitteilung. Arch. mikr. Anat.,

1902, 60, 514-516. [Png]

2348. Fieandt, E. Uber das Wurzelgebiet des
Nervus hypoglossus und den Plexus hypoglosso-
cervicalis bei den Saugetieren. Gegenbaurs Fb.,
1914, 48, 513-643. [+ 93f-18t-unr: ~Pn

Mc Pp Ceb Lm|

2349. Forster, A. & Lacroix, M. Remarques
sur le dispositif du nerf lacrymal dans la série des
mammiféres supérieurs. Rev. anthrop., 1926, 36,
49-52. [++ primates]

2349a. Fiirbringer, M. Ueber die spino-occipi-
talen Nerven der Selachier und Holocephalen und
ihre vergleichende Morphologie. Festschrift C.
Gegenbaur, 1897, 3, 349-788, 8 pls. [+ tnr]

2350. Haggaqvist, G. Zur Kenntnis einer dop-
pelten cerebrospinalen Innervation der Skelet-
muskeln. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1938, 43, 491—
508. [44 L6f-13r: Me}

2351. Kreidl, A. Experimentelle Untersuch-
ungen tuber das Wurzelgebiet des Nervus glos-
sopharyngeus, Vagus und Accessorius beim Affen.
S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1897, 106, 197-
237, 2 pls. Abstr.: dnz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1897,
34, 57-58. [if-1t: Mel

2352. Lacroix, M. R. Considérations sur les
rapports des nerfs lacrymal et orbitaire chez les

mammiféres supérieurs et chez l’homme. A4rch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1926, 6, 33-63.
[6f-r: C-p Mc Pp Atl Lm)

2352a. Marcondes Calasans, O. Alca supra-
hioidea de Hyrtl; ou, Quiasma periférico do nervo
hipoglosso. (Peripheral chiasma of the hypoglossal
nerve.) Rev. oto-laring. S. Paulo.,* 1936, 4, 403—
408, 3 pls. [+ 4f-Portug.: Mc Al Hap]

[123]

[Anat. 2353-2376]

SPINAL NERVES

2353. Monteiro, H., Rodrigues, A. & Pereira, Ss.
Quelques cas de nerf dépresseur chez |’homme et
chez le singe. Ann. Anat. path. méd.-chir., 1928,
5, 589-597. [+ 14f: singe|

2354. Monteiro, H., Rodriques, A. & Pereira, S.
Sur la duplicité du nerf dépresseur. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1929, 100, 521-523.

[+ $f:

2355. Perman, E. Anatomische Untersuchung-
en tiber die Herznerven bei den héheren Sauge-
tieren und beim Menschen. Z. Anat. EntwGesch.,
1924, 71, 383-457. [+ 23f-vnr: Me]

2356. von Schumacher, S. Die Herznerven
der Saugetiere und des Menschen. S. B. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1902, 111, 133-235, 8 pls.

[+ 93r: Png C-p Mc Mndr\

2357. Tanaka, T. Die Verbindung des N.
accessorius mit den oberen Halsnerven bei Maca-
cus. Arb. 3ten Abt. anat. Inst. Kyoto., Series A,
1932, 3, 116-121. [++ 23f: Me]

2358. Viti, A. Recherches de morphologie sur
le nerf dépresseur chez l’homme et chez les autres
mammiféres. Arch. ital. Biol., 1884, 5, 191-198.

[+ Cp]

2359. Wakeley, C. P. G. & Edgeworth, F. H.
A note on the afferent nerve-supply of the facial
muscles. F. Anat., Lond., 1933, 67, 420-421.

[ete Mc)

2359a. Westling, Charlotte. Beitrage zur
Kenntnis des peripherischen Nervensystems.
Bih. svensk. Vetensk Akad. Handl., 1884, 9, no. 8,
48 pp., 3 pls. [++ Png]

2360. Winckler, G. Les nerfs de l’orbite et le
ganglion ophthalmique dans la série des mammi-
féres et chez "homme. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg,
1932, 14, 301-386. [+ 19f: C-p Atl Lm}

2361. Windle, F.W. The sensory components
of the spinal accessory nerve. Ff. comp. Neurol.,
1931, 53, 115-127. [ipl-lf-3t-16r: C-p Me]

See also: 217, 404, 405, 1274, 1489, 1530, 1543,
1544, 1554, 1555, 1557, 1559, 1583, 1858, 2201,
2202, 2296, 2340, 2372, 2375, 2378a, 2381, 2385,
2397, 2402, 2402a, 2407, 2485, 2975, 2997.

singe]

FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF
SPINAL ROOTS & NERVES

2362. Ferrier, D. The functional relations of
the motor roots of the brachial and lumbo-sacral
plexuses. Proc. roy. Soc., 1881, 32, 12-20.

[monkey]

2363. May, W.P. Investigations into the seg-
mental representation of movements in the lumbar
region of the mammalian spinal cord. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1896-97, 60, 244-250. [++ Mc]

2364. May, W.P. Investigations into the seg-
mental representation of movements in the lumbar
region of the mammalian spinal cord.—Excitation

of the spinal cord, and direct excitation of the
spinal nerve roots. Philos. Trans., 1897, B, 188,
191-210. [++ 2: Me]

2365. Russell, J. S. R. An experimental in-
vestigation of the nerve roots which enter into the
formation of the lumbo-sacral plexus of Macacus
rhesus. Proc. roy. Soc., 1893, 53, 459-462.

[+++ <Abstr.]

2366. Russell, J. S. R. An experimental in-
vestigation of the cervical and thoracic nerve roots

in relation to the subject of wry-neck. Brain,
1897, 20, 35-55, 1 pl. [+++ Me|

2367. Sherrington, C. S. Notes on the ar-
rangement of motor fibres in the lumbo-sacral
plexus. 7. PAysiol., 1892, 13, 621-772, pls. 20-23.

[4+ U7 Mc)

2368. Sherrington, C. S. Note on the func-
tional and structural arrangement of efferent fibres
in the nerve-roots of the lumbo-sacral plexus.
(Preliminary communication.) Proc. roy. Soc.,
1892, 51, 67-78. [+++ It Me]

2369. Sherrington, C.S. Experiments in exam-
ination of the peripheral distribution of the fibres
of the posterior roots of some spinal nerves. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1892, 52, 333-337.

[++ If-abstr.: Me]

2370. Sherrington, C.S. Experiments in exam-
ination of the peripheral distribution of the fibres
of the posterior roots of some spinal nerves.
Philos. Trans, 1893, B, 184, 641-763, pls. 42-52.

[++ 9f-nt-r: Me]

2371. Sherrington, C. S. On the anatomical
constitution of nerves of skeletal muscles; with
remarks on recurrent fibres in the ventral spinal
nerve-root. 7. Physiol., 1894-95, 17, 211-258,
pls. 5-7. [++ t: monkey]

2372. Sherrington, C.S. Experiments in exam-
ination of the peripheral distribution of the fibres
of the posterior roots of some spinal nerves.—
Part II. Philos. Trans., 1898, B, 190, 45-186,
pls. 3-6. [+++ 14f-1t-9ir: Me]

2373. Sherrington, C.S. The spinal roots and

dissociative anaesthesia in the monkey. 7.
Physiol., 1901, 27, 360-371, pl. 10. [C-p Mc]

See also: 542, 2342, 2350, 2974, 2976, 2981, 2992,
3256.

CERVICO-BRACHIAL PLEXUS &
NERVES OF NECK & UPPER EXTREMITY

2375. Bolk, L. Beitrage zur Affenanatomie.
III. Der Plexus cervico-brachialis der Primaten.
Ned. Bijdr. Anat., 1902, 1, 371-566.

[39f-nt-nr: Pn Png Hyl Nas Clb C-p

Cyn-p Mndr_ Aot Saim Ceb- Atl Al

Leon-c Lm Lp-l Pr-p Prdct|

2376. Brooks, W. T. The brachial plexus of
the macaque monkey and its analogy with that of
man. Ff. Anat., Lond., 1883, 17, 329-332. [Mc]

[124]

Spinal roots——Lumbo-sacral plexus

2377. Chemin, A. & Tribondeau. Dissociation
du plexus brachial du gibbon. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1901, 53, 894-894. [1f-Ir: Hyl|

2378. Chemin, A. & Tribondeau. Le plexus
brachial du gibbon. Sa dissociation en un plan de
flexion et un plan d’extension. Systématisation de
ses racines rachidiennes. Origines radiculaire de
ses branches. Gaz. hebd. Sci. méd., 1901, 22, 291-—
294, 330-332. [Hy]

2378a. Cordier, P., Coulouma, P., Devos &
Decroix. Contribution a ]’étude de la constitu-
tion du plexus cervical chez l’homme et quelques

primates. C. R. Ass. Anat., 1936, 31, 114-123.
[14f; C-p Mc Thr-p Pp Hap]

2379. Duckworth, W.L.H. Dissections of the
upper limb of Gorilla, Hylobates and Cyncocepha-
lus. Stud. Anthrop. Lab., Anat. Sch., Cambridge,*
1904, 91-97. [2f: Gr Hyl Mndr Hap WNyct-c]

2380. Hofer, W. Vergleichend-anatomische
Studien tiber die Nerven des Armes und der Hand
bei den Affen und dem Menschen. Minch. med.
Abh., 1892, Reihe 7, Heft 3, 106 pp., 5 pls.

[++ mr: Gr Pn Png C-p Mc Pp Cebd}

2381. Huntington, G. S. On some points in
the formation and distribution of the cervical
plexus in cynomorphous monkeys. Trans. N.Y.
Acad. Sci.,* 1897, 16, 82-95, pls. 6-7.

[C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr]

2381a. Kosinski, C. L’innervation cutanée de
la face dorsale de la main, basée sur |’examen de
300 piéces anatomiques, avec quelques notions
d’anatomie comparée. C. R. Ass. Anat., 1927,
22, 121-133. [+ 46r: Gr Pn Png Hyl
Prsb C-p Mc Saim Ceb Hap Leon-c
Im WNyct-c Prdct]

2381b. Locchi, R. Quelques observations sur
le nerf “‘paraphrénique” (de Cs). Folia clin. biol.,
S. Paulo, 1932, 4, 91-93. [++ Me Pp]

2382. Ono, M. Beitrag zum Plexus brachialis
des Affen. Folia anat. japon., 1936, 14, 537-543.
[2f-2t-16r: Mc]

2382a. Ono, M. (Uber den kurzen Aste des
Plexus brachialis des Affen.) Hokuetsu Ig. Z.
Niigata,* 1937,52, 163-177. Abstr.: Fap. F. med.
Sci., I. Anat., 1939, 7, (258). (¥ap.: Mel

2383. Sterzi, A. I. Ricerche sopra le anasto-
mosi dei rami anteriori del plesso brachiale e loro
interpretazione morfologica. Arch. ital. Anat.
Embriol., 1903, 2, 178-205, pls. 16-17.

[+ 9ir: Hap]

2384. Todd, T. W. The hinder end of the

brachial plexus in man and mammals. Anat.
Anz., 1912, 42, 129-144, [+ 4f-25r: Pn
Png Hyl Prsb C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr

Atl Lm|

2385. Uenae, F. Ueber die Wurzel der ersten
Halsnerven des Menschen und einiger Saugetiere.
Acta Sch. med. Univ. Kioto, 1929, 12, 37-49, 3 pls.

[+ 14t-17r: Pn Me]

[Anat. 2377-2393]

2386. Winckler, G. La branche thénarienne
du nerf médian. Sa distribution et son achemine-
ment. Etude d’anatomie comparée et d’adapta-
tion. Arch. Anat., Strasbourg, 1930, 12, 151-227.

[++ 36f: Hyl C-p Me Atl Hap Lm

Nyct-c]

See also: 293, 309a, 415, 898, 1520, 1521, 1522,
1530, 1531, 1559, 1582, 1591, 1592, 1593, 1614,
1615, 1639, 1652, 2345, 2345a, 2348, 2349a, 2357,
2359a, 2362, 2366, 2407.

LUMBO-SACRAL PLEXUS & NERVES OF
TRUNK & LOWER EXTREMITY

2387. Bolk, L. Beitrag zur Neurologie der un-
teren Extremitat der Primaten. Morph. 7b.,
1897, 25, 305-361.

(26f-12r: Gr Pn Png Mel

2387a. Cordier, [P.], Coulouma, [P.] & van
Varseveld. Contribution a l’étude de la constitu-
tion du plexus sacré chez l’homme et quelques

primates. C.R. Ass. Anat., 1936, 124-132.
[13f: Pp Mndr Hap Prdct\

2388. von Ihering, Hermann. Das periphe-
rische Nervensystem der Wirbelthiere als Grundlage
fiir die Kenntniss der Reigionenbildung der Wirbel-
saule. Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel, 1878, xiv, 238 pp.

[+ 36f: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c Me

Pp Ceb Hap Tars)

2389. Ruge,G. Verschiebungen in den Endge-
bieten der Nerven des Plexus lumbalis der Prima-
ten. Zeugnisse fiir die metamere Verktirzung des
Rumpfes bei Saugethieren. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. Morph. 7d., 1893,
20, 305-397, pls. 13-14. [31f-t-31r: Gr Pn

Png Symph Prsb C-p Mc Pp Mndr Ail

Lm <Avh Lor Prdct Gig Daub Tars)

2390. Ssokolow, P. Zur Anatomie des N. su-

ralis beim Menschen und Affen. Z. Anat. Entw-
Gesch., 1933, 100, 194-217. [++ 10f-7t-22r:
Pn Png C-p Me Pp Mndr Ceb Ail

Hap Lm)

2391. Utschneider, A. Die Lendennerven der
Affen und des Menschen. Minch. med. Abh.,
1892, Reihe 7, Heft 1, 32 pp., 2 pls.

(Ae re Grea PngiwEy lay Ncir Pp)

2392. Winckler, G. Le nerf péronier acces-
soire profond. Etude d’anatomie comparée. Arch.
Anat., Strasbourg, 1934, 18, 181-219.

[++ 11f-1t: C-p Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm|

2393. Winckler, G. Considérations sur la ré-
partition nerveuse superficielle dela face dorsale du
pied. Etude d’anatomie comparée. Arch. Anat.,
Strasbourg, 1936, 23, 127-164. [++ 17f-It:

C-p Mc Ceb Atl Al Hap Lm Prdct\

See also: 261, 318, 835, 1614, 1640, 1677, 1683,
1690, 1691, 1697, 1715, 1716, 2359a, 2362, 2365,
2367, 2368, 2408, 2410, 2411, 2412, 2976.

[125]

[Anat. 2394-2412]

SYMPATHETIC—-SENSE ORGANS

SYMPATHETIC NERVES, GANGLIA
& PLEXUSES

(incl. ganglia of mixed character)

2304. Botar, J. Etudes sur le tronc collatéral
thoracique du sympathique chez les singes. Bull.
Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1931, (2), 3, 579-585.

[5f-13r: Gr G-c Ppl

2395. Botar, J. Recherches anatomiques sur
les rameaux communicants et les rameaux viscé-
raux et sur leurs rapports réciproques chez les
vértebrés. (Note préliminaire). Bull. Mus. Hist.
nat., Paris, 1931, (2), 3, 727-736.

[+ i1f: Pn Pp]

2396. Botar, [J.] Der Truncus sympathicus
lumbalis. Acta Univ. Szeged, Sectio medicorum,
1932, 6, 150-222. [+ 66f-umr: Gr Pn C-c]

2396a. Botar, J. Quelques observations sur
l’anatomie du systéme sympathique du gorille.

Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1932, (8), 3, 168-179.
[8f: Gr]

2397. van den Broek, A. J. P. Untersuchung-
en tiber den Bau des sympathischen Nervensys-
tems der Saugetiere. I. Teil. Der Halssympathi-
cus. Morph, Sos 1907, 37, 202-288. [++

2 6f-37r: Png Hyl Mc Pp Atl Lm)

2398. v. d. Broek, A. J. P. Untersuchungen
tiber den Bau des sympathischen Nervensystems
der Saugetiere. II. Teil. Der Rumpf- und Becken-
sympathicus. Morph. 7b., 1908, 38, 532-589.

[+ 16f-11r: Gr Png Hyl Mc Pp Ceb

Hap Nyct-c Lm]

2399. de Castro, F. Sobre la fina anatomia de
los ganglios simpaticos, vertebrales y paraverte-
brales de los simios. Arch. Neurobiol. Psicol.,
Madr., 1927, 7, 38-46. [3f: Me]

2400. Garnier, C. & Villemin, F. L’anse ner-
veuse sympathique périthyroidienne supérieure
chez le singe. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1910, 85,
311-315. [f: Pn Pp

2401. Hartmann-Weinberg, A. Der Plexus

aorticus abdominalis der Anthropoiden. zat.
Anz., 1926, 60, 545-584.
[16f: Gr Pn Png Hyll

2401a.* Imai, M. [Morphologische Untersuch-
ungen der Orbita von Macacus cyclopsis und ihres
Inhalts. V. Das Ggl. ciliare und die Nn. ciliares].
F. med. Ass. Formosa, 1935, 34, 156-173. Abstr.:
Jap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1937, 6, (245)—(246).
[Fap: Mc]

2402. Kiss, F. Das Verhaltnis zwischen Vagus
und Sympathicus. Acta Univ. Szeged, Sectio
medicorum, 1932, 6, 129-150.

les Bie Ga JZA)

2402a. Kolesnikov, V. V. (The relation of the
trunks and cardiac branches of the jugular section

of the sympatheticus and vagus in some apes.)
Arkh. biol. Nauk,* 1935, 39, 405-419.
[9f-Russ. with Engl. abstr: Pn Png Pp]

2403. Marinesco, G., Parhon & Goldstein. Sur
la nature du ganglion ciliaire. C. R. Soc. Biol.,
Paris, 1908, 64, 88-89. [singe]

2404. Pines, L. & Friedman, E. Zur vergleich-
enden Histologie des Ganglion ciliare bei Saduge-
tieren. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1929, 16, 259-294.

[+ 75f: Mc)

2405. Pines, L. & Narowtschatowa, K. Uber
die Morphologie des Ganglion oticum. (Weiterer
Beitrag zur Frage der vegetativen Kopfganglien.)
Z. Zellforsch., 1934, 20, 764-778.

[++ 16f-6r: Mc]

2406. Riegele, L. Die innervation des Herz-
muskels bei Affen. S. B. Ges. Morph. Physiol.
Miinchen, 1925-26 [1927], 37, 57-59.

(2h: Png Mc Pp

2407. Riegele, L. Uber die Innervation der
Hals- und Brustorgane bei einigen Affen. Z.
Anat. EntwGesch., 1926, 80, 777-858, pls. 1-6.

(if-r: Png Mc Pp|

2408. v. Schumacher, S. Uber die Nerven des
Schwanzes der Saugetiere und des Menschen, mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung des sympathischen
Grenzstranges. S. B. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3,
1905, 114, 569-604, 2 pls.

[+ 2t-22r: Mc Pp Ceb]

2408a. Trumble, H. C. The place of the vis-
ceral nerves in the lumbar and sacral outflows of
the autonomic system. Brit. F. Surg., 1934, 21,
664-676. [Ea ee Mc]

2409. Vignal, W. Recherches sur |’appareil
ganglionnaire du coeur des vertébrés. Deuxiéme
partie. Arch. Physiol. norm. path.,* 1881, (2), 8,
910-934, pls. 23-24. [+ if: Mc)

2410. Wharton, L. R. Studies on the innerva-
tion of the reproductive organs of Macacus rhesus.
Anat. Rec., 1937, 68, 43-61. [7f-7r: Mc]

2411. Zuckerman, S. Observations on the
autonomic nervous system and on vertebral and
neural segmentation in monkeys. Trans. zool.
Soc. Lond. 1938, 23, 315-378, pl. 33.

[8f-5¢-74r: Prsb C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr
Hap)
2412. Zuckerman, S. & Burr, H.S. Sympa-

thetic components of the genito-femoral and ob-
turator nerves in the rhesus monkey (Macaca
mulatta). Anat. Rec., 1934, 61, 53-56.

[2f: Mc]

See also: 405, 462, 618a, 619a, 654, 765, 1488,
2314a, 2355, 2356, 2360, 2367, 2384, "2416, 2417,
2418, 2974, 2976.

[126]

Sympathetic nerves, &c.—The Eye

[Anat. 2413—2429c]

Sense Organs

THE EYE
(excl. retina)

2413. Adachi, B. Mikroskopische Untersuch-
ungen tiber die Augenlider der Affen und des Men-
schen (insbesondere der Japaner). (Anatomisch-
anthropologische Untersuchungen an den Japa-

nern XI.) Mitt. med. Fak., Tokio, 1907, 7, 47-90,
pls. 2-5. [++ 2f-r: Pn Png Hyl
Prsh C-p Mc Pp Saim Leon-c Lm|

2414. Bartels, P. Histologisch-anthropolo-
gische Untersuchungen der Plica semilunaris bei
Herero und Hottentotten, sowie bei einigen
Anthropoiden. Arch. mikr. Anat., Abt. 1, 1911,
78, 529-564, pl. 23. [+ If-2t-nr: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph C-p Mel

2415. Berges, R.
chez le macaque.

Les muscles oculo-moteurs
Ann. Anat. pathol. méd.-chir.,
1932, 9, 828-830. (ee 3f: Mel

2416. Boeke, J. Innervationsstudien. III. Die
Nervenversorgung des M. ciliaris und des M.
sphincter iridis bei Saugern und Vogeln. Ein Bei-
spiel plexiformer Innervation der Muskelfasern.
Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1933, 33, 233-275.

[+ 38f-nr: Me]

2416a. Boeke, J. Innervationsstudien. VIII.
Zur Innervation der Cornea bei Saugern. Die In-
nervierung des Bindegewebes der Cornea bei
Macacus rhesus. Z. mikr.-anat. Frosch., 1935, 38,
594-618. [2uf: Mel

2417. Boeke, J. Innervationsstudien. IX. Zur
Nervenversorgung der Augenhaute. III. Die Be-
ziehungen der Nervenfasern der Iris zu den Binde-
gewebszellen beim Affen. Die “‘interstitiellen” Ele-
mente des Irisstromas und der sympathische
Grundplexus. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1936, 39,
477-520. [+++ 25f-r: Mc]

2418. Boeke, J. Le plexus nerveux de la cor-
née des vertébrés supérieurs et ses connections avec
les cellules conjonctives. L’irisdu macaque. Bull,
Histol. Tech. micr., 1936, 13, 113-128.

[5f: Mc]

2418a. Biicklers, M. Beobachtungen tiber den
Verlauf und die Riickbildung der Tunica vascu-
losalentis bei neugeborenen Javamakaken. (Ma-
caca irus mordax Th. u. Wr.). v. Graefes Arch.
Ophthal., 1935, 134, 48-61. [i1f-1t: Me]

2419. Collins, E. T. Changes in the visual or-
gans correlated with the adoption of arboreal life
and with the assumption of the erect posture.
(The Bowman lecture, 1921.) Trans. ophthal.
Soc. U. K., 1921, 41, 10-90.

[++ 19f-8t-nr: Pn Me Ceb Lm]

2420. Cords, Elisabeth. Zur Frage des M. re-
tractor bulbi der Sauger. Z. Anat, EntwGesch.,
1924, 71, 240-260. [+ 2f: Nyet-c]

2421. Eggeling, H. Zur Phylogenese der Au-
genlider. Anat. Anz., 1904, 25, ErgH., 163-170.
[+ 9: Pp Lm]

2422. Eggeling, H. Zur Morphologie der Au-
genlider der Sduger. Jena. Z. Naturw., 1905, 39,
1-42, [+ 18f-r: Pp Lm}

2423. Franz, V. Studien zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Augen der Saugetiere. rch. vergl.
Ophthal., 1911, 2, 180-217, 269-322.

[+ 27f-t-r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Cp Me

Cyn-p Atl Hap Lm WNyct-c Gilg Tars]

2424. Giacomini, C. La “‘plica semilunaris” e
la laringe nelle scimmie antropomorfe, (nota sup-
pletoria alla antomia del negro). G. Accad. Med.
Torino, 1897, 60, 649-672, pls. 8-9.

[Gr Pn Hyl|

2425. Giacomini, C. La “plica semilunaris”
et le larynx chez les singes anthropomorphes.
Arch. ital. Biol., 1897, 28, 98-119, 2 pls.

[Gr Pn Hyl\

2426. Hauschild, M. W. Untersuchungen tiber
die Pigmentation im Auge verschiedener Men-
schenrassen und die Pigmentation im Saugetierauge
tberhaupt. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1910, 12, 473-
544, pls. 13-18.

[+ 88: Pn Png Symph Mc Lm Prdct\

2427. Heine. Das Auge des Gorilla. Jena. Z.
Naturw., 1906, 41, 612-617, pl. 31. (ut: Gr]

2428. Herzog, H. Ueber einen neuen Lid-
muskel. Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Anat. Anz., 1904,
24, 332-335. Abstr.: Berl. klin. Wschr., 1904, 41,
178. [+++ 2f-5r: Lm]

2429. Hotta, G. Das Auge der anthropoiden
Affen. Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie, mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Irismuskulatur.
v. Graefes Arch. Ophthal., 1905, 62, 250-274, pls.
6-9, [3f-unt: Gr Pn Png Hyl|

2429a.* Imai, M. (Anatomische und _ ver-
gleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen der Or-
bita von Macacus cyclopsis und ihres Inhalts. II.
Uber den Bulbus oculi.) ¥. med. Ass. Formosa,
1934, 33, 293-305, 1 pl. Abstr.: Fap. 7. med. Sci.,

I, Anat., 1936, 6, (101).
Png Cyn-p Me Pp]

[+++ Fap.:

2429b.* Imai, M. (Anatomische und _ ver-
gleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen der Or-
bita von Macacus cyclopsis und ihres Inhalts. III.
Die Augenmuskeln.) ¥. med. Ass. Formosa, 1934,
33, 447-466. Abstr.: Fap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat.,

1936, 6, (101). [see no. 2429a|

2429c.* Imai, M. (Morphologische Unter-
suchungen der Orbita von Macacus cyclopsis und
ihres Inhalts. IV. Die Nerven und die Blutge-
fasse.) Ff. med. Ass. Formosa, 1935, 34, 139-
155, 1 pl. Abstr.: ap. F. med. Sci., I. Anat., 1937,
6, (245). [Fap.: Me]

[127]

[Anat. 2429d—2453]

2429d. Kato, T. Uber histologische Unter-
suchungen der Augenmuskeln von Menschen und
Saugetieren. Folia anat. japon., 1938, 16, 131-
145. [+ 9f-12t: Affe Lor]

2430. Levinsohn, G. Uber die hintern Grenz-
schichten der Iris. v. Graefes Arch. Ophthal., 1906,
62, 547-558, pls. 20-21. [++ Me]

2431. Mann, Ida. Iris pattern in the verte-
brates. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1931, 21, 355-
412, pls. 20-24. [+ 2f: C-c Gilg]

2432. Miinch, K. Uber die Innervation der
Stromazellen der Iris. Z. Augenheilk., 1905, 14,
130-147, pls. 11-12. [+++ ar: Mc]

2433. Ottley, W. On the attachment of the
eye-muscles in mammals.—I. Quadrumana. Proc.

zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, 121-128. [+++ 11:
Png Prsbh Cp C-c Mc Pp_ Aot Saim
Ceb Atl Al Hap Leon-c Lm WNyct-c]

2434. Poole, F.S. The relations of the superior
oblique muscle of the eye in the mammals. Ff.
Anat., Lond., 1905, 39, 154-160.

[+ ¥:

2435.* Probstling. Ein Beitrag zur feineren
Anatomie des Lides und der Conjunctiva des Men-
schen und der Affen. Inaug.-Diss., Erlangen, 1895.

2436. Smith, G. Elliot. Exhibition of, and re-
marks upon, photographs of a living example of
Tarsius. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1921, (1), 184-
186, 1 pl. [ Tars]

2437. Winckler,G. Le muscle retractor bulbi.
Etude d’anatomie comparée, Arch. Anat., Stras-
bourg, 1933-34, 17, 131-180.

[+ 7: C-p Atl Hap Lm)

2438. Wolfrum. Uber den Bau der Irisvorder-
flache des menschlichen Auges mit vergleichenden
anatomischen Bemerkungen. v. Graefes Arch.
Ophthal., 1922, 109, 106-153. [+ 15f-45r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Me Pp Daud)

See also: 131a, 227, 265, 327, 1206, 2444, 2445,
2446, 2446a, 2996.

monkey]

THE EYE—RETINA

2439. Enriquez, M.L. Existencia de células de
Hortega “‘microglia” en la retina y vias épticas.
Bol. Soc. esp. Hist. nat., 1926, 26, 294-301.

ley eal

2440. Fortin, E.-P. Investigations hitolo-
giques sur certains éléments de la rétine. C. R.
Acad. Sci., Paris, 1926, 183, 452-454. [singe]

2441. Fritsch, Gustav. User Bau und Be-

deutung der Area centralis des Menschen. Berlin:
Georg Reimer, 1908, 149 pp., 68 pls.
[+ 10f-nt: Symph Prsh Me Pp Atl]

2442. Hill, W. C. O. Retinoscopy of Loris.
Nature, Lond., 1935, 135, 584. [Lor]

2443. Home, E. An account of the orifice in
the retina of the human eye, discovered by Pro-

SENSE ORGANS

fessor Soemmering. To which are added, proofs of
this appearance being extended to the eyes of other
animals. Philos. Trans., 1798, (2), 332-345, pl.
sli [+ monkey]

2444. Johnson, G. L. Observations on the
ophthalmoscopic appearances of the eyes of the
Order Primates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1897,
183-188, pls. 2-6. [Gr Pn Png Hyl

Saim Ceb Hap Lm Mer-c Gig|

2445. Johnson,G.L. Contributions to the com-
parative anatomy of the mammalian eye, chiefly
based on ophthalmoscopic examination. Philos.
Trans., 1901, B, 194, 1-82, pls. 1-30. [++

Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c Me Cyn-p

Pp Mndr <Aot Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al

Hap Lm Mer-c Lor WNyct-c Glg Daub|

2446. Kolmer, W. Zur Kenntnis des Auges
der Primaten. Z. Anat. EtnwGesch., 1930, 93,
679-722. [23f-ur: Pn Png Hyl C-p

Ery-c C-c Mc Pp Mndr Aot Ceb Brchyt

Hap Lm Chrg Lor WNyct-c Gilg Tars|

2446a. Leboucq, G. La macula lutea des pri-
mates:) G: (Rs Ass. \Anat: 19225 V7 so-so.
[2t: Pn Hyl C-p Me Pp Lm)

2446b. Leboucq, G. La _ névroglie rétino-vi-
tréenne. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1923, 89, 413-
416. [+++ singe]

2446c. Leboucq, G. Organe hyloidien rudi-
mentaire dans l’ceil des primates. Bull. Acad.
Méd. Belg., 1923, (5), 3, 115-125, 3 pls.
[+++ 8r: Pn Hyl C-p Ery-c Mec Pp
Ceb Hap Lm Pr-p Pract)

2447. Menner, E. Uber die Retina einiger
Kleinaffen aus den Familien Callitrichidae und
Cebidae. Zool. Anz., 1931, 95, 1-12.

[8f-t-r: dot Saim Hap)

2448. Poljak, S. Structure of the retina in
primates. <cta ophthal., Kbh., 1935, 13, 52-60,
3 pls. [Pn Me]

2449. Polyak, S. Minute structure of the
retina in monkeys and in apes. Arch. Ophthal.,
N.Y., 1936, (2), 15, 477-519.

[12f-nr: Pn Me]

2450. Schultze, M. Ueber Stabchen und Zap-
fen der Retina. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1867, 3, 215-
247, pl. 13. [Mc]

2451. Slonaker, J.R. A comparative study of
the area of acute vision in vertebrates. 7.
Morph., 1897, 13, 445-496, pls. 27-28.

[+ 5f-3t-45r: Gr]

2452. Uyama, Y. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der Anatomie der Sehzellen in der Netzhaut bei
Affen und Meerschweinchen. v. Graefes Arch.
Ophthal., 1927, 118, 723-278.

[++ 3f-9r: Affen]

2453. Woollard, H. H. Notes on the retina
and lateral geniculate body in Tupaia, Tarsius,
Nycticebus, and Hapale. Brain, 1926, 49, 77—
104. [+++ 13f-17r: Hap Nyct-c Tars|

[128]

Retina—External ear

[Anat. 2454-2476]

2454. Woollard, H. H. The differentiation of
the retinain the primates. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1927, (1), 1-17, 4 pls. [14r: Pn C-p

C-c Mc Aot Ceb Hap Lm WNyct-c Tars]
See also: 2092, 2195, 2424, 2429.

THE EAR—MIDDLE & INTERNAL EAR

2454a. Ardouin, P. Considérations anatomi-
ques sur les osselets de |’ouie chez certains singes
anthropomorphes. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1934, (8), 5, 20-47. [13f-1t: Pn Png]

2455. de Burlet,H. M. Die Stellung der Macu-
lae acusticae im Schaddel des Menschen und
einiger Sadugetiere. Gegenbaurs Fb., 1930, 64, 377-
393. [+ 5f-2t: Me]

2456. de Burlet, H. M. & de Haas, J. H. Die
Stellung der Maculae acusticae im Macacus-
Schadel. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1924, 71, 233-
239. [4f-1t: Mc]

2457. Doran, A. H. G. On the comparative
anatomy of the auditory ossicles of the mammalia.
Proc. roy. Soc., 1876, 25, 101-109. [ 4éstr.]

2458. Doran, A. H. G. Morphology of the
mammalian ossicula audittis. Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool., 1878, (2), 1, 371-497, pls. 58-64.

[+ Gr Pn Png Symph Prsb Clb C-

Mc Cyn-p Pp Aot Chirop Saim Ceb Atl

Al Hap O0cd-m Lm Chrg Pr-p Inar

Lor WNyct-c Arct-c Glg Daub Tars|

2459. Frey, H. Vergleichend-anatomische Stu-
dien ttber die Hammer-Amboss-Verbindung der
Sduger. <drb. anat. Inst., Wiesbaden, 1911, 44,
363-347, pls. 14-24. [+ 26r: Hyl Me]

2460. Girard, L. Le plan des canaux semi-
circulaires horizontaux considéré comme plan
horizontal de la téte. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
1923, (7), 4, 14-33. [+ 14f-nt: Gr Pn

Png Symph Mc Pp Lm)

2461. Gray, Albert A. The labyrinth of ani-
mals, including mammals, birds, reptiles and am-
phibians. London: J. & A. Churchill, 1907, vol. 1,
x, 198 pp., 31 pls. [+ nt: C-p Cyn-p

Pp Hap Lm WNyct-c]

2462. Haag, E. Uber den Bau der Labyrinth-
kapsel einiger Affenarten. Arch. Ohr.-, Nas.- u.
KehlkHeilk., 1933, 136, 14-23.

[4f-nr: Mc Pp]

2463. Hoffman, E. F. & Bast, T. H. A com-
parative study of the ‘‘utriculo-endolymphatic
valve” in some of the common mammals. Anat.
Rec., 1930, 46, 333-347.

[+ 4pl-5r:

2464. Holz, K. Vergleichende anatomische
und topographische Studien tiber das Mittelohr
der Sdugetiere. Z. Anat. EntwGesch., 1931, 94,
757-791. [+ 22f: C-p Hap}

monkey]

2465. Hyrtl, Joseph. Vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchungen iiber das innere Gehérorgan des
Menschen und der Saugethiere. Prag: Friedrich
Ehrlich, 1845, 139 pp., 9 pls.

[+ # Png C-p Myst Lm Nyct-c]

2466. Joseph, G. Uber das Verhalten des dus-
seren Gehérgangs und der Paukenhohle bei den
americanischen Affen. ‘Fahresber. Schles. Ges. vat.
Cult., 55, 1877 [1888], 72-73. [ A4éstr.]

2467. Kolmer, W. Histologische Studien am
Labyrinth mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des

Menschen, der Affen und der Halbaffen. Arch.
mikr. Anat., 1909, 74, 259-310, pl. 14-17.
Ir: Png Hyl Me Ceb Lm|

2467a. Meyer, M. Die normale Anatomie der
Labyrinthkapsel. Z. Hals- Nas.- u. Ohrenheilk.,
1933, 34, 2-72. [+ 26f-nr: Mc Ppl
2468. Pritchard, U. The organ of Corti in
mammals. Proc. roy. Soc., 1876, 24, 346-352.
[+ <Abstr.: monkey]
2469. Tafani, A. L’organe de Corti chez les
singes. rch. ital. Biol., 1884, 6, 207-247.
[&f: Cp]
2470. Trouessart, E. Sur la conformation de
loreille moyenne des lémuriens et sur les rapports
des lémuriens fossiles de France avec ceux de

Madagascar. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1906, 61,
712-715. [3f: Lm Chrg Lor WNyct-c
Prdct Gig tT Tl

2471. Wilson, J. G. The nerves and nerve-
endings in the membrana tympani. F. comp.
Neurol., 1907, 17, 459-468, pl. 5. [+ Mc]

See also: 1265, 1269, 1274, 1279.

THE EAR—EXTERNAL EAR

2472. Boas, Johan Erik Vesti. OArknorpel und
Gusseres Ohr der Sdugetiere. Eine vergleichend-
anatomische Untersuchung. Kopenhagen, 1912,
226) pp:, 25 pls. [+ Gr Pn Png Hyl

Prsbh C-p C-c Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl

Al Hap Lm WNyct-c Prdct Gig]

2473. Keith, A. The results of an anthropolog-
ical investigation of the external ear. Proc. anat.
anthrop. Soc., Aberd., 1906, 217-239.

[+ 6f-5t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Lm]

2474. Koch, Walo. Die Entwicklung der Ohr-
muschel bei anthropoiden Affen in ihren Beziehung-
en zur den Bildungs-dnomalien der menschl.
Ohrmuschel. Inaug.-Diss. (Med.) Ziirich. Buchs:
J. Kuhn, 21 pp., 1 pl.

[+ 7r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

2475. Schwalbe, G. Das Darwin’sche Spitz-
ohr beim menschlichen Embryo. Axnat. Anz.,
1889, 4, 176-189. [+ 7Zf: C-p Me]

2476. Schwalbe, G. In wiefern ist die mensch-
liche Ohrmuschel ein rudimentadres Organ? Arch.
Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Anat. Abt., 1889, Suppl. Bd.
241-269, pl. 9. [+ If: Png Me}

[129]

[Anat. 2476a—2486a]

SENSE ORGANS

2476a. Schwalbe, G. Beitrage zur Anthro-
pologie des Ohres. In: Festschrift, Rudolph Vir-
chow: International Beitrége zur wissenschaft-
lichen Medicin, Berlin: A. Hirschwald, 1891, vol. 1,
95-144, 1 pl. {+ 12f-12t]

2477. Schwalbe, G. Beitrdge zur Kenntnis
des dusseren Ohres der Primaten. Z. Morph.
Anthrop., 1916, 19, 545-668, 1 pl. [7 1f-49r:

Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsbh Nas Clb

C-p C-c_ Mc Pp Saim Ceb Atl Al Hap

Leon-c Lm WNyct-c Prdct Glg Tars]

2478. Streeter,G.L. Some uniform character-
istics of the primate auricle. Anat. Rec., 1922,
23, 335-341. [14f: Gr Pn Png Hyl

Nas Mc Pp Atl Al Hap Lm Tars]

2479. Wallis, H. M. On the growth of hair
upon the human ear, and its testimony to the
shape, size, and position of the ancestral organ.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, 298-310, pls. 19-22.

[++ r: Gr Pn Hyl Cp Mc Pp Lm

Nyct-c Daud]

See also: 112, 198, 243, 323, 327, 2466.

OLFACTORY & GUSTATORY ORGANS

2480. Kiesow, F. Contributo alla conoscenza
delle terminazioni nervose nelle papille della punta
della lingua. Atti. Accad. Torino, 1904, 39, 396-
402. [if: Me]

See also: 105, 106, 471, 472, 565, 577, 578, 582.

SENSE ORGANS OF SKIN,
MUSCLES, VISCERA &c.

2481. Ceccherelli, G. Sulla presenza dei cor-
puscoli di Ruffini nel connettivo peritendineo
dell’uomo e della scimmia. Atti. Accad. Fisiocr.
Siena, 1904 [1905], (4), 16, 313-316. [C-p]

2482. Hoggan, G. & Hoggan, Frances Eliza-
beth. Forked nerve endings on hairs. ¥. Anat.,
Lond., 1893, 27, 224-231, pl.12. [+ Me Cebd]

2483. Krause, W. Die Nervenendigungen im
Greifschwanz eines Affen der neuen Welt. Z. rat.
Med.,* 1866, (3), 28, 89-91, pl. 5. [ Atl]

2484. Nepveu, G. Observations sur les cor-
puscles de Pacini chez le singe. Ann. Sci. nat.,
Zool., 1869, (5), 12, 326-337, pls. 19-20.

[2% Pu C-p Pp Geb|
2484a. Sestini, F. Sulla stuttura del glande del
Cinocefalo amadriade—osservazioni sulle termina-

zioni nervose. Atti Accad. Fisiocr. Siena, Sez.
med.-fis., 1936, (11), 4, 307-310, 1 pl. [2f: Pp]

2485. Sherrington, C. S. Further note on the
sensory nerves of muscles. Proc. roy. Soc., 1897
[1897], 61, 247-249. [++ monkey]

2486. Voss, H. Ein besonders reichliches Vor-
kommen von Muskelspindeln in der tiefen Portion
des M. masseter des Menschen und der Anthro-
poiden. Anat. Anz., 1936, 81, 290-292.

[++ If: Pn Png]

2486a. Voss, H. Untersuchungen uber Zahl,
Anordnung und Lange der Muskelspindeln in den
Lumbricalmuskeln des Menschen und einiger
Tiere. Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch, 1937, 42, 509-524.
[++ 4/4t: Pn Png Pp Atl Lm|

See also: 2371, 2380, 2979,

[130]

Physiology & Pharmacology

Blood & Circulation; Respiration

CELLS OF THE BLOOD

2487. Anderson, J. F. & Neill, M. H. The
blood-picture of healthy rhesus monkeys. Ff. med.
Res., 1915, 33, 141-145. [1t-4r: Me]

2488. Bilimoria, H. S. Blood findings in nor-
mal monkeys. Indian F. med. Res., 1931, 19,
431-432. [it: Me]

2489. Fox, H. The blood count of Macacus
rhesus. Folia haemat., 1927, 35, 272-279.
[3f: Me]

2490. Friedmann, L. M. (Le tableau du sang
chez les singes.) Russ. F. trop. Med., 1929, 7,
620-629. [nt-Russ. with Fr. abstr.: Me Pp|

2491. Gulliver, G. On the size of the red cor-
puscles of the blood in the Vertebrata, with copi-
ous tables of measurements. Proc. xzool. Soc.
Lond., 1845, 93-102. [cfs Dts ePne ene.

Hyl Prsb C-c C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Mndr

Saim Ceb Atl Hap Leon-c Lm _ Lor

Nyct-c]

2492. Gulliver, G. On the red corpuscles of
the blood of Vertebrata, and on the zoological im-
port of the nucleus, with plans of their structure,
form, and size (on a uniform scale), in many of the
different orders. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1862,
91-103. [+ 18f-t: Pn Atl Lm]

2493. Gulliver, G. Observations on the sizes
and shapes of the red corpuscles of the blood of
vertebrates, with drawings of them to a uniform
scale, and extended and revised tables of measure-
ments. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, 474-495,
Pla oD: [+ mt: see 2491]

2494. Hall, B. E. The morphology of the cel-
lular elements of the blood of the monkey, Maca-
cus rhesus. Folia haemat., 1929, 38, 30-43, pl. 3.

[2f-1t-38r: Mc]

2495. Hayem, Georges. Du sang et de ses al-
térations anatomiques. Paris. G. Masson, 1889,
xxvi, 1035 pp. [C-p C-c Mc Pp Saim Hap Lor]

24906. Kleineberger, Carl. Die Blutmorpholo-
gie der Laboratoriumstiere. Leipzig: J. A. Barth,
1927, vi, 136 pp. [+ nt: Mc Pp|

2497. Knoll, W. Das morphologische Blutbild
der Saugetiere. I. Allgemeine und spezielle Mor-
phologie der kernhaltigen Blutzellen der Saugetiere.
Z. mikr.-anat. Forsch., 1932, 30, 116-150, pls. 4-5.

[+ 1t-70r: Aot Cal-c Cacaj Atl 2Hap

Leon-c Gig]

2498. Knoll, W. Untersuchungen iiber die
Morphologie des Saugetierblutes. Folia haemat.,
1932, 47, 201-219. [+ 2¢-93r: see 2497]

2498a.* Kohanawa, C. (Uber den Blutbefund
bet Macacus fuscatus.) Fikken Ig. Z., Tokyo,*

1921, 5, 29-58. Abstr.: Jap. F. med. Sci., 1922, 1,
no. 2, 206. [Mc]

2499. Krumbhaar, E.B. Reticulosis—increased
percentage of reticulated erythrocytes in the pe-
ripheral blood. 7. dab. clin. Med., 1922, 8, 11-18.

[4f-It: monkey]

2500. Krumbhaar, E. B. & Musser, J. H., Jr.
Studies of the blood of normal monkeys. . med.
Res., 1920, 42, 105-190. [7r: Me]

2500a.* Nesturch, M. T. Beitrag zur Hima-
tologie eines einjahrigen Orang-Utan. Russk.
Antrop.Zh., 1928, 17, 7-11. Gr. abstr. p. 11. [Pxg]

2501. Peters, N. Das morphologische Blut-
bild der Sadugetiere. II. Uber die Gréssenverhalt-
nisse der Erythrocyten der Saugetiere. Z. mikr.-
anat, Forsch., 1932, 30, 151-174. [+ 2t-5f-30r:

Cal-c Cacaj Atl Hap Leon-c Gig]

2502. Ponder, E., Yeager, J. F. & Charipper,
H. A. Studies in comparative haematology.—II.
Primates. Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1928, 19, 181-
195. [5f-6t: Gr Pn Png C-p Mc Pp

Aot Saim Ceb Atl Hap Lm]

2503. Ponder, E., Yeager, J. F. & Charipper,
H. A. Haematology of the primates. Zoologica,
N. Y., 1929, 11, 9-18. [see 2502]

2504. Scarborough, R.A. The blood picture of
normal laboratory animals. Yale F. Biol. Med.,
1932, 4, 199-206. [++ nt-nr-a review]

2504a. Seki, M. Studien der elektrischen La-
dung und Farbbarkeit der Erythrocyten. II. Die
Erythrocyten der Affen und Halbaffen. Z. Zell-
forsch, 1933, 18, 544-549. [7t-r: Me Lor}

2505. Shukers, C. F., Langston, W. C. & Day,
P. L. The normal blood picture of the young
rhesus monkey. Folia haemat., 1938, 60, 416—-
424, [4¢-23r: Me]

2505a. Visnevskij, N. (Uber die morpholo-
gische Zusammensetzung des Affenblutes.) Biol.
Zh., Mosk., 1933, 2, 94-96. [Russ.]

2506. Wells, J. J. & Sutton, J. E. Blood
counts in the frog, the turtle and twelve different
speciesof mammals. Amer. F. Physiol., 1915, 39,
31-36; [+ It: monkey}

See also: 2573, 2591, 2615, 2618, 2620, 2628,
2629, 2759.

PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
OF THE BLOOD

2507. Solowiev, B. M. [Physico-chemical re-
searches on the blood of monkeys.] Bull. Acad.
Sci. Ukr. phys.-math., 1929, 4, 234-238.

[1t-Russ.-Biol. Abstr., 1933,7,no.620: Mc Pp}

[133 ]

[Physiol. 2508-2534]

THE BLOOD

2508. Solowiev, B. M. Uber das spezifische
Gewicht des Affenblutes. Bio/. Z/., 1930, 50,
116-119. [3t: Mc Pp}

2509. Sprunt, D. H. The influence of Roent-
gen rays on the acid-base equilibrium. 7. diol.
Chem., 1931, 92, 605-613. [+ 2f: Me]

2510. Yannet, H., Darrow, D. C. & Cary, M.
Katherine. The effect of changes in the concen-
tration of plasma electrolytes on the concentration
of electrolytes in the red blood cells of dogs, mon-
keys and rabbits. 7. d10/. Chem., 1936, 112, 477—
488. [++ 3f-2t-r: monkey]

See also: 2504a, 2607, 2618, 2620, 2647, 2648,
2652, 2681a, 2691, 2699, 2701, 2702.

SEROLOGY—PRECIPITINS

2511. Berkeley, H. K. The impossibility of
differentiation between monkey blood and human
blood by means of antisera derived from monkeys.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Path., 1913, 2, 105-110.

[++ 3t: Me]

2512. Biondi, C. Beitrag zum Studium der
biologischen Methode fir die specifische Diagnose
des Blutes. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1902, 23,
Suppl.-Heft, 1-37. [+ 54r: C-p Me]

2513. Bruck, C. Die biologische Differenzie-
rung von Affenarten und menschlichen Rassen
durch spezifische Blutreaktion. Berl. klin. Wschr.,
1907, 44, 793-797. Abstr.: Arb. GesundhAmt.,
Berl., 1911, 37, 618-621. [++ 2¢: Png Hyl Mc]

2514. Chid, M. II sangue dell’ urang-utan é
piu affine al sangue dell’uomo che non a quello
delle scimmie non antropoidi. Atti Accad. To-
rino, 1905-06, 41, 1093-1097. Fr. transl.: Arch.
ital. Biol., 1907, 46,34-38. [6r: Png Mc Pp]

2515. Chtefko, V. (Les expériences biologiques
et leur rdle dans le systématique des primates.)
Russ. antrop. Zh., 1922, 12, (1), 80-91, and 238.

[3t-Russ. with Fr. abstr: Prsb C-p Lm-oid]

2516. Friedenthal, H. Ueber einen experimen-
tellen Nachweis von Blutsverwandtschaft. II.
Theil. Ueber die Verwerthung der Reaction auf

Blutsverwandtschaft. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.,
Physiol. Abt., 1905, 1-24.
[ee Pn ene Mowe pada Em|

2517. Fujiwara, K. Eine neue Methode,
Menschenblut von Affenblut zu unterscheiden.
Dtsch. Z. ges. gerichtl. Med., 1922, 1, 754-760.

[5¢: Me]

2518. Griinbaum, A.S.F. Note on the “blood

relationship” of man and the anthropoid apes.
Lancet, 1902, (1), 143. [Gr Pn Png]

2519. Hektoen, L. The precipitin test for

blood. 7. Amer. med. Ass., 1918, 70, 1273-1278.

[+ 2f-3t-12r: Mc]

2520. Hektoen, L., Fox, H. & Schulhof, K.

Specificness in the precipitin reaction of thyroglob-
ulin. . infect. Dis., 1927, 40, 641-646.

[+ 3er: C-p Ppl

2521. Hektoen, L. & Schulhof, K. On specific
erythroprecipitins (hemoglobin precipitins?). 7.
infect. Dis., 1922, 31, 32-39. [+ 2t-lIr: Me]

2522. Hektoen, L. & Schulhof, K. On specific
erythroprecipitins (hemoglobin precipitins?). II.
Hemoglobin precipitins in identification of blood.
F. infect. Dis., 1923, 33, 224-229.

[+ 3t-2r: monkey]

2523. von Krogh, C. Beitrage zur Theorie der
Prazipitinreaktion und zu den serologischen Be-
ziehungen zwischen Mensch und Pavian. Z.
Rassenphysiol., 1936, 8, 23-37. [14f-1t: Pp]

2524. von Krogh, C. Serologische Untersuch-
ungen uber die stammesgeschichtliche Stellung
einiger Primaten. Anthrop. Anz., 1937, 13, 240-
247. [8f: Pn Png Me Pp)

2525. Mollison, T. Die biologische Eiweiss-
differenzierung als Hilfsmittel zur Erkenntnis der
verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen der Wirbel-
tiere, besonders des Menschen. S. B. Jsis Dres-
den, 1912, 3-6. [+ Pn Png Hyl Me]

2526. Mollison, T. Die Prazipitinreaktion als
Zeugnis fir die Anthropomorphenverwandtschaft
des Menschen. KorrespBl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1912, 43, 132-134. [3f: Pn Me|

2527. Mollison, T. Serodiagnostik als Me-
thode der Tiersystematik und Anthropologie.
Handb. biol. ArbMeth., 1924, Abt. 9, Teil 1,
Halfte 1, 553-583. [+ 12f]

2528. Mollison, T. Arteiweiss und Erbsub-
stanz. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 34, 261-269.

[+ Uf: Png]

2529. Mollison, T. & von Krogh, C. Ein wei-

terer Beweis der chemischen Epigenese in der

Stammesgeschichte der Primaten. Anthrop.
Anz., 1937, 13, 235-239. [6f: Pn Png Mc Pp)

2530. Nuttall, George Henry Falkiner. Blood
immunity and blood relationship. A demonstration
of certain blood-relationships amongst animals by
means of the precipitin test for blood. Cambridge:
University Press, 1904, xii, 444 pp. 1 pl.

[+ ont-nr: Gr Pn Png Prsb C-p Ery-c

Mc Thr-p Pp Mndr Aot Cacaj Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap O0cd-m Lm)

2531. Seber, M. Moderne Blutforschung und
Abstammungslehre. Frankfurt: Neuer Frankfurter
Verlag, 1909, 61 pp. [+]

2532. Stern, R. Ueber den Nachweis mensch-
lichen Blutes durch ein “Antiserum.” Dpsch.
med. Wschr., 1901, 27, 135. [+ C-p Me]

2533. Strauch, C. Die neue biologische Blut-
serum-Reaction, insbesondere bei anthropoiden
Affen und bei Menschen. Z. Ethn., 1902, 34, 467—
471. [++ 10r: Png]

2534. Sutherland, W.D. The applicability to
medico-legal practice in India of the biochemical
tests for the origin of blood-stains. Sci. Mem.
Med. Sanit. Dep. India, 1910, n.s., 39, 35 pp.

[+ If-6t-nr: Me]

[ 134]

Precipitins——Blood groups

2535. Uhlenhuth, P. Ein neuer biologischer
Beweis fur die Blutsverwandtschaft zwischen
Menschen- und Affengeschlecht. Arch. Rass.- u.
Ges Biol., 1904, 1, 682-688. Umschau, 1904, 8, 761-
764. Fortschr. Med., 1904, 22, 946-948. Mitt.
naturw. Ver, Greifswald, 1904, 36, 54-61.

[Gz En Pag eagle PA AL Hap Lm]

2536. Uhlenhuth, P. & Weidanz, O. Die bio-
logischen Methoden im Dienste der anthropologi-
schen Forschung, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der Untersuchung von agyptischem Mumienma-
terial und von Mumien aus dem “‘Bleikeller” in
Bremer Dom. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1914, 18,
671-706. [+ 2f-5r: Pn Png C-p Lm)

2537. Wassermann, A. & Schiitze, A. Ueber
eine neue forensische Methode zur Unterschei-
dung von Menschen- und Thierblut. Berl. klin.
W schr., 1901, 38, 187-190.

2538. Weichsel, M. & Salfeld, H. A “normal
antibody” in monkey serum. 7. Jmmunol., 1937,
32, 171-179. [3t-6r: Mc]

2539. Wolfe,H.R. Factors which may modify
precipitin tests in their applications to zodlogy and
medicine. Physiol. Zodl., 1933, 6, 55-90.

[+ 34t-34r: Pn Mc Pp Lm]

2540. Zuckerman, S. The primate affinities of
the blood serum of the lemurs Perodicticus and
Galago. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1934, (2), 609-612.

(24: Pn Mc Pp Lm Prdct Gig}

2541. Zuckerman, S. & Sudermann, Ann E.
Serum relationships within the family Cercopithe-
cidae. F. exp. Biol., 1935, 12, 222-228.

(4: Pn Cp C-c Mc Pp Ceb Prdct]

See also: 222, 2559, 3917, 4012, 4015.

SEROLOGY—BLOOD GROUPS

2542. Buchbinder, L. The blood grouping of
Macacus rhesus. Including comparative studies of
the antigenic structure of the erythrocytes of man
and Macacus rhesus. F. Immunol., 1933, 25,
33-59, [+ 2f-9t-r: Me]

2543. Dahr, P. Uber A-B-O-Blutgruppen und
M-N-Blutfaktoren anthropoider und niederer Af-
fen. Z. Rassenphysiol., 1936, 8, 145-163.

(20t-27r: Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c Atl Lm)

2544. Dahr, P. Weitere Blutgruppenbefunde
bei Anthropoiden. Z. Rassenphysiol., 1937, 9,
D2AS TAD i [at2 Pn) Png Cp, 6-63) Me Ail}

2545. Dahr, P. Zur Frage der serologischen
Verschiedenheit von Altweltaffen (Catarrhini) und
Neuweltaffen (Platyrrhini). Z. ZmmunForsch.,
1937, 90, 376-406. [22t-23r: Clb C-p

Ery-c C-c Me Pp Mndr Aot Ceb Atl

Hap Myst Leon-c Lm)

2546. Dahr, P. Ueber das B-Agglutinogen an-
thropoider und niederer Affen und anderer Sauge-
tiere. Z. ImmunForsch., 1937, 91, 211-226.

[+ 11t-24r:; Png Ceb Saim]

[Physiol. 2535-2559]

2546a. Dahr, P. Uber Blutgruppen _ bei
Menschenaffen. Dtsch. med. Wschr., 1938, 64,
1576-1578. [3t: Gr’ Pn ’Png|

2547. Dahr, P.& Rommel, R. Blutgruppenbe-
funde bei Schimpansen. Z. ImmunForsch., 1937,
90, 494-506. [10t-16r: Pn’ Png|

2548. v. Dungern, [E.] & Hirschfeld, [L.]
Ueber gruppenspezifische Strukturen des Blutes,
Ill. Z. ImmunForsch. 1911, 8, Orig., 526-562.

[+ ont: Pn Me]

2549. Fischer, W. & Klinkhart, G. Ueber
Hamagglutination und Hamolyse bei Macacus
cynomolgus und Simia rhesus. Z. ImmunForsch.,
1932, 75, 513-526. [5t-14r: Me]

2550. Friedenthal, H. Ueber einen experimen-
tellen Nachweis von Blutsverwandtschaft. Arch.
Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1900, 494-508.

Ps Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp Saim Atl

m

2551. Friedenthal, H. Neue Versuche zur
Frage nach der Stellung des Menschen im zoolo-
gischen System. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1902,
(2), 830-835.

[++ 7r: Gr Pn Png Clb Mc Thr-p Pp|

2552. Hirano, H. Blood groups in Philippine
monkeys. Philipp. F. Sci., 1932, 47, 449-462.
[12¢-5r: Mc]

2553. Landsteiner, K. Sur les propriétés sérolo-

giques du sang des anthropoides. C. R. Soc.
Biol., Paris, 1928, 99, 658-660.
[2t-3r: Pn Png Heyl]

2554. Landsteiner, K. & Levine, P. On in-
dividual differences in human blood. ¥. exp.
Med., 1928, 47, 757-775. [+ 2f-9-2ir:

Pn Png Hyl C-p Me Pp Ceb Lm

2555. Landsteiner, K. & Levine, P. Immuni-
zation of chimpanzees with human blood. . Im-
munol., 1932, 22, 397-400. [4t-4r: Pn]

2556. Landsteiner, K. & Miller, C. P., Jr. Se-
rological studies on the blood of the primates.
I. The differentiation of human and anthropoid
bloods. F. exp. Med., 1925, 42, 841-852. Also:
Science, 1925, n.s., 61, 492-493.

[St-r: Gr Pn Png Mc Pp]

2557. Landsteiner, K. & Miller, C. P., Jr. Se-
rological studies on the blood of the primates.
II. The blood groups in anthropoid apes. . exp.
Med., 1925, 42, 853-862.

[6t-r: Gr Pn Png Hyll

2558. Landsteiner, K. & Miller, C. P., Jr. Se-
rological studies on the blood of the primates.
III. Distribution of serological factors related to
human isoagglutinogens in the blood of lower
monkeys. 7. exp. Med., 1925, 42, 863-872.

[3t: Pn C-p C-c Mc Pp Aot Saim Ceb

Lag Atl Al Hap Lm|

2559. Landsteiner, K. & van der Scheer, J.
On the specificity of agglutinins and precipitins.
J. exp. Med., 1925, 40, 91-107. [+ 9t25r: Mc]

[135]

[Physiol. 2560-2583]

CIRCULATION & RESPIRATION

2560. Landsteiner, K. & Wiener, A.S. On the
presence of M agglutinogens in the blood of mon-
keys. 7. Immunol., 1937, 33, 19-25.

[4t-5r: Pn C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb

Lag Atl Al Lm)

2561. Lawson, G. B. & Redfield, K. T. Iso-

hemagglutinins in the lower animals. 7F. Lad.
clin. Med., 1930, 15, 629-632.
[++ 2t-7r: monkey]

2562. Loeffler, L. Kurze Mitteilung uber
Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an niederen Affen.
Anthrop. Anz., 1931, 7, Sonderheft, 40-42.

[it: Cp Mc)

2563. Marshall, H. T. Studies in haemolysis
with special reference to the properties of the
blood and body fluids of human beings. 7. exp.
Med., 1901-05, 6, 347-375. [++ 15t-r: Me]

2564. Rode, P. Etude des groupes sanguins
chez les mamiféres. La sérologie dans ses relations
avec la systématique. Les groupes sanguins
des mammiféres sauvages. Premiére liste. Ter-
minologie. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1934, 115,
27-29; 116, 42-25.

2565. Rode, P. Les recherches sur les groupes
sanguins et le probléme de l’espéce. Arch. Mus.
Hist. nat. Paris, 1935, (6), 12, 497-503.

[+ Lm]

2565a. Sera, G. L. Proposta di interpreta-
zione dei tipi sierologici A, B, AB, O, nell’uomo e
nei mammiferi. Riv. Biol., Firenze, 1938, 24, 99-
baits [esp. Gr. Pn Png]

2566. Troisier, J. Le groupe sanguin II de
homme chez le chimpanzé. Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
1928, 42, 363-379. [Zf-r: Pn]

2567. Weinert,H. Blutgruppenuntersuchung-
en an Menschenaffen. Kosmos, Stuttgart, 1929,
26, 375-378. [2f: Pn Png]

2568. Weinert,H. Blutgruppenuntersuchung-
en an Menschenaffen und ihre stammesgeschicht-
liche Bewertung. Z. Rassenphysiol., 1931, 4, 8-
Zoe [2f-e: Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c]

2569. Weinert,H. Weitere Blutgruppenunter-

suchungen an Affen. 2. Mitteilung. Z. Rassen-
physiol., 1932, 5, 59-68.
[t: Gr Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp Ceb Lag]

2570. Weinert, H. Neue Blutgruppenunter-
suchungen an Affen im Jahre 1932. 3. Mitteilung.
Z. Rassenphysiol., 1933, 6, 75-81.

lf) (Gri Pn Png Hyl Me (Cyn-p Pp)

2571. Weinert,H. Blutgruppenuntersuchung-
en an Gibbonaffen im Jahre 1934. (4. Mitteil-
ung.) Z. Rassenphysiol., 1935, 7, 167-170.

[it: Hy]

2572. Wiener, A.S. The agglutinogens M and
N in anthropoid apes. 7. Jmmunol., 1938, 34,

11-18.
[2t-4r: Pn Png Hyl C-p Me Ceb Atl)

See also: 2515, 2527, 4015.

HEMATOPOIESIS & HEMOLYSIS—
ANEMIA

2573. Bussabarger, R. A. & Ivy, A.C. Hema-
tologic studies on gastrectomized monkeys. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 151-152.

[2t: Me]

2574. Goldhamer, S. M. Blood changes fol-
lowing gastrectomy in monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1934, 32, 310-312. [Mc]

2575. Hubrecht, A.A. W. Bloedvorming in de
placenta van Jarsius en andere zoogdieren. Versi.
gewone Vergad. Akad. Amst., 1898, 7, 225-228.
Haemotopoiesis in the placenta of Tarsius
and other mammals. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amst.,
1898, 1, 167-170. [+++ Tears]

2576. Krumbhaar, E. B. & Musser, J. H., Jr.
The effect of splenectomy on the hemopoietic sys-
tem of Macacus rhesus. Arch. intern. Med., 1923,
31, 686-700. [6f-6t-10r: Me}

2577. Taylor, H. D., Witherbee, W. D. &
Murphy, J. D. Studies on X-ray effects. I. De-
structive action on blood cells. 7. exp. Med.,
1929, 29, 53-73. [+ 10%: Me}

See also: 778, 2490, 2500, 2617, 2618, 2621,
2628, 2628a, 2629.

THE CIRCULATION

2578. Dale, H. H. & Laidlaw, P. P. Further
observations on the action of 3-iminazolylethyl-
amine. 7. Physiol., 1911, 43, 182-195.

[+ 8f: monkey}

2579. Goldblatt, H. Studies on experimental
hypertension. III. The production of persistent
hypertension in monkeys (macaque) by renal
ischemia. F. exp. Med., 1937, 65, 671-675.

[1f-l6r: Me]

2580. Hill, L. The influence of the force of
gravity on the circulation of the blood. Ff.
Physiol., 1895, 18, 15-53. [+ 25f-19r: Mc}

See also: 2738, 3139, 3141, 3142, 3149, 3282a.

THE HEART

2581. Abramson, D. I., Katz, L. N., Margolin, S.
& Lourie, R. Variations in electrocardiographic
form of experimental ventricular ectopic beats in-
duced in monkey and dog. Amer. Heart F., 1937,
13, 217-227. [++ 2f-l3r: Me]

258la. Barbour, H. G. & Prince, A.L. The in-
fluence of epinephrin upon the coronary circula-
tion of the monkey. 7. exp. Med., 1915, 21, 330-
SIG folly 72- [2t: Mc]

2582. Boruttau, H. Das Affen-Elektrokardio-
gramm. Zd/. Physiol., 1918, 32, 1-3. [2f: Mc]

2583. Kountz, W. B., Prinzmetal, M. & Smith,
J. R. The effect of position of the heart on the
electrocardiogram. III. Observations upon the
electrocardiogram in the monkey. Amer. Heart
F., 1935, 10, 623-629. [3f-It: Me Ceb}

[136]

Hematopoiesis—Respiration

2584. Nahum, L. H. & Hoff, H.E. The mech-
anism of sudden death in experimental acute ben-
zol poisoning. 7. Pharmacol., 1934, 50, 336-345.

[++ 3f-13r: Mc]

2585. Robb, Jane S.& Robb, R. C. The excit-
atory process in the mammalian ventricle. Amer.
¥. Physiol., 1936, 115, 43-52. [++ 1f-5t: Mc]

2586. Roberts, G. H., Crawford, J. H. &
Abramson, D. I. Experimental bundle branch
block in monkey. Ff. clin. Invest., 1935, 14, 867—
870. [3f: Mc]

2587. de Waart, A. & Storm, C. J. Electro-
cardiographic observations on Javanese monkeys.
Arch. néerl Physiol., 1935, 20, 255-277. Abstr.:
Acta brev. neerl. Physiol., 1934, 4, 130-135.

[2f-t: Mc]

2588. de Waart, A., Storm, C. J. & Koumans,
A. K. J. Ligation of the coronary arteries in
Javanese monkeys. I. Introduction, general experi-
mental results, especially the changes in the ven-
tricular electrocardiogram. Amer. Heart F.,
1936, 11, 676-704. [18f-8t-4Ir: Mel

2588a. de Waart, A., Storm, C. J. & Koumans,
A. K. J. Ligation of the coronary arteries in
Javanese monkeys. II. Arrhythmias and conduc-
tion disturbances. Amer. Heart F., 1936, 12,
70-87. [15f-3t-24r: Me]

See also: 2920, 3005, 3139, 3200, 3235, 3282a.

VASOMOTOR NERVES & REFLEXES

2589. Ascroft, P.B. The basis of treatment of
vasospastic states of the extremities: an experi-
mental analysisin monkeys. Brit. ¥. Surg., 1937,
24, 787-816. [24f-35r: Mc]

2590. Biilbring, Edith & Burn, J. H. Sympa-
thetic vaso-dilator fibres in the hare and the
monkey compared with other species. 7. Physiol.,
1936, 88, 341-360. [++ 15f: Me]

See also: 3001, 3003, 3005, 3141, 3145, 3196a,
3243,

RESPIRATION

2590a. Aggazzotti, A. Esperienze fatte sopra
di un orang-utang colla rarefazione dell’aria.
R. C. Accad. Lincei., 1905, (5), 14, (1), 706-713.
[Idem no. 25908]

2590b. Aggazzotti, A. Expériences faites sur
un orang-outan avec la raréfaction de l’air. re

note. rch. ital. Biol., 1905, 44, 39-48.
[5f: Png]

2590c. Aggazzotti, A. Expériences faites sur
un orang-outan. Action de l’oxygéne dans le
malaise produit par la raréfaction de |’air. 2¢ note.
Arch. ital. Biol., 1905, 44, 137-149. [1t: Png]

2590d. Aggazzotti, A. Expériences sur un
orang-outan. Action de l’anhydride carbonique

[Physiol. 2584-2596]

dans le malaise produit par la raréfaction de I’air.
3° note. Arch. ital. Biol., 1905, 44, 150-159.
[it: Png]

2590e. Aggazzotti, A. Expériences sur un
orang-outan. Action simultanée de |’O,. et du
COs dans le malaise produit par la raréfaction de
Pair. 4e note. Arch. ital. Biol., 1910, 44, 331-342.
[2t: Png Mc]

2591. Campbell, J.A. Further observations on
oxygen acclimatisation. F. Physiol., 1927, 63,
325-342. [+ 5f-9t-r: Me]

2592. Campbell, J. A. Note on some patho-
logical changes in the tissues during attempted
acclimatization to alterations of O.-pressure in the
air. Brit. F. exp. Path., 1927, 8, 347-351, 1 pl.

[+ Me]

2593. Mosso, A. Expériences faites sur les
singes avec la dépression barométrique. Arch.
ital. Biol., 1904, 41, 384-397. In Italian: R. C.
Accad. Lincei, 1904, (5), 13, (2), 201-211.

[2f: Me Pp]

2594. Mosso, A. Expériences faites sur les
singes a Turin et sur le sommet du Mont Rosa.
Arch, ital. Biol., 1904, 41, 397-401. In Italian:
R. C. Accad. Lincet, 1904, (5), 13, (1), 212-216.

[Mc]

2594a. Mosso, A. Dans la dépression baromé-
trique la sensibilité pour l’anhydride carbonique
diminue. Expériences surles animaux. Arch. ital.
Biol., 1904, 41, 438-445. In Italian: R. C. Accad.
Lincei, 1904, (5), 13, (1), 591-597. [++ 3f: Ppl

2594b. Mosso, A. La diminution de tension de
loxygéne ne sufht pas pour expliquer le sommeil
et d’autres phénoménes qui se produisent dans
les fortes dépressions barométriques. Arch. ital.
Biol., 1904, 42, 23-31. In Italian: R. C. Accad.

Lincei, 1904, (5), 13, (1), 680-687.
[+++ Mc Po]

2594c. Mosso, A. Dépression barométrique et
pression partielle du COs dans l’air respiré. Ob-
servations faites sur les singes. Arch. ital. Biol.,
1905, 43, 209-215. In Italian: R. C. Accad. Lincei,
1905, (5), 14, (1), 291-296. Uf: Pol

2594d. Mosso, A. L’anhydride carbonique
comme reméde du mal de montagne et pourquoi,
dans les ascensions aérostatiques, il doit étre res-
piré avec l’oxygéne. Arch. ital. Biol., 1905, 43,
355-366. In Italian: R. C. Accad. Lincei, 1905,
(5), 14, (1), 308-316. [++ Mc]

2595. Spencer, W. G. The effect produced
upon respiration by faradic excitation of the cere-
brum in the monkey, dog, cat, and rabbit. PAilos.
Trans., 1894, B, 185, 609-657, pls. 57-59.

[+ 28f-lt: monkey]

2596. Spencer, W. Thecentral nervous mech-
anism of the respiration. [The Arris and Gale
Lectures.] Lancet, 1895, (1), 467-471.

[++ 7: monkey]

See also: 514, 2651, 2718, 2721, 2746, 2837,
2838, 3005, 3188, 3235.

[ 137]

Digestion, Nutrition & Metabolism,
Kidney and Water Balance

MOTOR & SECRETORY FUNCTIONS
OF ALIMENTARY TRACT

2597. Ferguson, J. H. The central nervous
system in relation to the digestive functions.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30, 328-330.

[+++ C-p]

2598. Ferguson, J.H. Effects of vagotomy on
the gastric functions of monkeys. Surg. Gynec.
Obstet, 1936, 62, 689-700. [3f-lt-nr: C-p]

2599. Ferguson, J. H., McGavran, Joyce &
Smith, Elizabeth R. B. Pilocarpine and gastric
anacidity in monkeys. F. Physiol., 1934, 82,
1-10. [S3f: Mc Ced|

2600. Ferguson, J. H. & Smith, Elizabeth R. B.
The effects of acetyl-8-methy! choline on the gas-
tric acidity of monkeys. 7. PAysiol., 1935, 83,
455-458. (ut: Cp]

2601. Illenden, J., Patterson, T. L., Rubright,
L. W. & Scott, R. J. The physiology of the
gastric hunger contractions in the Javanese mon-
key. Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1934, 24, 55-68.

[4f-r: Mc]

2602. May, W. P. On the movements and in-
nervation of the stomach. Brit. med. F., 1902,
(2), 779-781. [+ 38r: monkey]

2603. Patterson, T. L. Tonic automatism in
the stomach of the monkey as the determining fac-
tor in the type of its muscular response. Ann.
N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1930, 32, 53-86.

[14-nr: Mc Pp]

2604. Patterson, T. L. Comparative physiol-
ogy of the gastric hunger mechanism. <dnn.
N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1933, 34, 55-272.

[+ 94f-10t-unr: Mc Pp]

2605. Patterson, T. L., Rubright, L. W. & Gijs-
bers, J. A. The influence of tonal conditions on
the muscular response of the monkey’s stomach.
Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1934, 24, 3-21.

[7f-nr: Me Pp)

2606. Schnedorf, J. G. & Ivy, A.C. Failure of
histamine and “gastrin” to provoke gastric secre-
tion in monkeys and anacidity. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1937, 36, 192-193. [Mc]

See also: 514, 2296, 2573, 2574, 2620, 3086,
3146, 3147, 3148, 3194, 3197, 3200.

PANCREAS
See also: 2643, 2646, 2691, 2692, 2702.

LIVER & BILE

2607. Maddock, S. & Svedberg, A. The ef-
fect of the total removal of the liver of the monkey.
Amer. }. Physiol., 1938, 121, 203-208.

[2t-15r: monkey]

2608. Saiki, S. On the liver function of animals
fed on vitamin-deficient diets. Acta Sch. med.
Univ. Kioto, 1929, 12, 157-175.

[+ 3f-8t-8r: monkey]

DIET & DEFICIENCY DISEASES
GENERAL

2609. Howe, P.R. Studies of dental disorders
following experimental feeding with monkeys.
F. Amer. dent. Ass., 1924, 11, 1149-1165.

[19f: Mc]

2610. Tomlinson, T. H. Oral pathology in
monkeys in various experimental dietary defi-
ciencies. Publ. Hith. Rep., Wash., 1939, 54, 431—
439, 3 pls. [Mc]

2611. Topping, N. H. & Fraser, H. F. Mouth
lesions associated with dietary deficiencies in mon-
keys. Publ. Hith. Rep., Wash., 1939, 54, 416—-
431, 4 pls. [4t-61r: Mc]

See also: 2489, 2608, 2960, 4045, 4046, 4048,
4050, 4060, 4061, 4064, 4065.

VITAMIN A

261la. Grinker, R. R. & Kandel, Ernestine.
Experimental vitamin (A, Bi, Bs, and B complex)
deficiency. Histologic changes in the central ner-
vous system. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1933, 30, 1287-1297. [+ Mel

2612. Hetler, R. A. The development of xer-
ophthalmia and the keratinization of epithelial
tissue on withdrawal of vitamin A from the diet of
the monkey (Macacus rhesus), guinea pig, rabbit,
and adult albino rat. F. Nu¢rit., 1934, 8, 75-103.

[++ 4pl-6f-2t-r: Mc]

2613. Tilden, Evelyn B. & Miller, E. G., Jr.
The response of the monkey (Macacus rhesus) to
withdrawal of vitamin A from the diet. 7.
Nutrit., 1930, 3, 121-140. [2t-7f-50r: Mc]

2614. Turner, R. G. & Loew, E. R. Effect of
vitamin withdrawal on the monkey (Macacus
rhesus). F. Nutrit., 1932, 5, 29-34.

[++ 4f-I7r: Mc]

[138]

Alimentary tract——Vitamin D

2615. Verder, Elizabeth, & Petran, Elizabeth.
Vitamin A deficiency in rhesus monkey. Studies
on the gastro-intestinal tract, the blood and nerv-
ous symptoms. 7. infect. Dis., 1937, 60, 193-
208. [3f-2ir: Me]

See also: 2610, 2611.

VITAMIN B-GROUP

2616. Chick, Harriette & Hume, Eleanor M.
The production i in monkeys of symptoms closely
resembling those of pellagra, by prolonged feeding
on a diet of low protein content. Bio-chem. 7.,
1920, 14, 135-146, pl. 5. [if-r: Mc]

2617. Day, P. L., Langston, W. C. & Darby,
W. J. Failure of nicotinic acid to prevent nutri-
tional cytopenia in the monkey. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol. N. Y., 1938, 38, 860-863. [4t-12r: Mc]

2618. Day, P. L., Langston, W. C. & Shukers,
C.F. Leukopenia and anemia in the monkey re-
sulting from vitamin deficiency. F. Nutrit.,
1935, 9, 637-644. [r: Me]

2619. Francis, E. Studies in pellagra: III.
Further attempts to transmit pellagra to mon-
keys. Bull. U. S. Hyg. Lab., 1917, no. 106,
81-123. [1it: Mc Pp}

2620. Johnstone, H. G. & Reed, A.C. Studies
on vitamin-G deficiency in monkeys. Amer. F.
trop. Med., 1937, 17, 619-633. [7t-5r: Mc]

2621. Langston, W. C., Darby, W. J., Shukers,
C. F. & Day, P. L. Nutritional cytopenia (vita-
min M deficiency) in the monkey. 7. exp. Med.,
1938, 68, 923-940, pl. 50. [5fcut-33r: Mel

2622. Lavinder, C. H., Francis, E., Grimm,
R. M. & Lorenz, W. F. Attempts to transmit
pellagra to monkeys. ¥. Amer. med. Ass., 1914,
63, 1093-1094. [++ 4r: Me Ppl

2623. McCarrison,R. The pathogenesis of de-
ficiency disease. No. VII. The effects of auto-
claved rice dietaries on the gastro-intestinal tract
of monkeys. Indian F. med. Res., 1919, 7, 283-
307, pls. 33-41. (if-lt-6r: Me)

2624. McCarrison,R. The pathogenesis of de-
ficiency disease. No. VIII. The general effects of
deficient dietaries on monkeys. Indian F. med.
Res., 1919, 7, 308-341, pls. 42-49.

[Uf-4t-lir: Mc]

2625. McCarrison, Robert. Studies in defi-
ciency disease. London: Henry Frowde and How-
der & Stoughton, 1921, xvi, 270 pp.

[++ 82f-16t: Mc]

2626. Shiga, K. & Kusama, S. Uber die kakke-
(beriberi-) ahnliche Krankheit der Tiere. (Studien
uber das Wesen der Kakke.) Arch. Schiffs- u
Tropenhyg., 1911, 15, Beih. 3, 1-40, 1 pl.

[++ 9t-26r: Mc]

2627. Wechsler, I. S., Jervis, G. A. & Potts,
Helen D. Experimental study of alcoholism and

vitamin B deficiency in monkeys. Bull. neurol.
Inst. N. Y., 1936, 5, 453-475. = [4f-9t-40r: Me]

(Physiol. 2615-2638]

2628. Wills, Lucy & Bilimoria, H. S. Studies
in pernicious anaemia of pregnancy. Part V. Pro-
duction of a macrocytic anaemia in monkeys by
deficient feeding. Ind. F. med. Res., 1932, 20,
391-402, pls. 10-11. [5f-2t-7r: Me]

2628a. Wills, Lucy, Clutterbuck, P. W. &
Evans, BarbaraD.F. A new factor in the produc-
tion and cure of certain macrocytic anaemias.
Lancet, 1937, (1), 311-314.[++4 6f-13r: monkey]

2629. Wills, Lucy & Stewart, Alice. Experi-
mental anemia in monkeys, with special reference
to macrocytic nutritional anaemia. Brit. F. exp.
Path., 1935, 16, 444-453, 2 pls. [Jf-6t-lir: Mc]

2630. Wright, H. Beri-beriin monkeys. Brain,
1903, 26, 488-513, 1 pl. [2f: Mc

See also: 2610, 2611.

VITAMIN C

2631. Harden, A. & Zilva,S.S. Experimental
scurvy in monkeys. 7. Path. Bact., 1919, 22,
246-251. [7r: Me]

2632. Harden, A. & Zilva,S.S. The antiscor-
butic requirements of the monkey. Bio-chem. F.,
1920, 14, 131-134. [Mc]

2633. Hart, K. Uber die experimentelle Er-
zeugung der Moller-Barlowschen Krankheit und
ihre endgiltige Identifizierung mit dem klas-
sischen Skorbut. Virch. Arch., 1912, 208, 367—
396, pl. 7. ees Mc)

2634. Howitt, Beatrice F. Spontaneous scurvy
in monkeys. Arch. Path., 1931, 11, 574-583.
{ite 3t: Me]
2635. Jungeblut, C. W. & Feiner, Rose R.
Vitamin C content of monkey tissues in experi-
mental poliomyelitis. F. exp. Med., 1937, 66,
479-491, [2f-2t-12r: Mc
2635a. Miura, M. & Okabe, N. On the anti-
scorbutic factor in commercially sterilized milk
and Japanese green tea. An experiment upon
monkey. Sci. Papers Inst. phys. chem. Res.
Tokyo, 1933, 20, 145-161, pls. 11-13. [1f: Me]

See also: 2610, 2611.

VITAMIN D

2636. Cowdry, E. V. & Scott,G. H. Effect on
monkeys of small doses of a concentrated prepara-
tion of viosterol. Arch. Path., 1936, 22, 1-23.

[5f-3t-nr: Mc Ceb]

2637. Hess, A. F. & Lewis, J. M. Clinical

experience with irradiated ergosterol. ¥. Amer.
med. Ass., 1928, 91, 783-788.
[+ 3f-2t-r: monkey]

2638. Hess, A. F., Weinstock, M. & Rivkin, H.
Effect of thyroparathyroidectomy on the action of
irradiated ergosterol. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1929, 26, 555-556. [+ 3r: monkey]

[139 ]

[Physiol. 2639-2661]

2639. Levaditi, C. & Li, Y. P. Etude expéri-
mentale de l’ergostérol irradié. Pr. méd., 1930,

38, 168-172. [++ 15f4t: C-p Me]
See also: 2610, 2611.
METABOLISM
GENERAL

2640. Power, F. W. Detoxication of phenyl-
acetic acid by the chimpanzee. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1936, 33, 598-600.

[it: Pn]

2641. Sherwin, C. P. Comparative metabo-
lism of certain aromatic acids. F. biol. Chem.,
1917, 31, 307-310. [+++ 10r: Me]

2641la. Sherwin, C. P. Metabolism of p-hy-
droxybenzoic acid and p-hydroxyphenylacetic
acidinthe monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1918, 16, 5-6. [monkey]

CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM

2642. Baer, J. Untersuchungen tiber Acidose
II. Ueber das Verhalten verschiedener Saugetier-
klassen bei Kohlenhydratenziehung. Arch. exp.
Path. Pharmak., 1906, 54, 153-167.

[+ 10¢: Affe]

2643. Botschkareff, P.W. (Die ersten versuche
mit Gaswechselbestimmung bei Affen.) Arkh.
biol. Nauk,* 1933, 33, 249-254.

[4t-Russ. with Gr. abstr: Mndr|

2644. Botschkareff, P. W., Mikeladse, S. M. &
Nikolaewa, O. I. (Untersuchungen iiber alimen-
tare Hyperglykamie bei Affen.) Arkh. biol.
Nauk,* 1933, 33, 237-240.

[1f-2t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Pp}

2645. Botschkareff, P. W. & Nikolaewa, O. I.
(Ueber die normale Glykamie bei Makaken.)
Arkh. biol. Nauk,* 1933, 33, 235-236.

[1t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Mc]

2646. Nelson, W. O. & Overholser, M. D.
The effect of oestrogenic hormone on experimen-
tal pancreatic diabetes in the monkey. Endo-
crinology, 1936, 20, 473-480. [2f-20r: Me]

2647. Somogyi, M. The distribution of sugar
and rate of glycolysis in the blood of some mam-
mals. ¥. biol. Chem., 1933, 103, 665-670.

[+ 3t Me]

2648. Tavastyerna, N. (Blutzucker- und Cho-
lesterin bei Affen waehrend der Einfiihrung von
synthetischen sexualhormone.) Arch. biol.
Nauk,* 1935, 40, (2), 137-140.

[3f-1t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Affe]

See also: 2607, 2681a, 2682a, 2691, 2692, 2699,
2701, 2702, 3193, 3198a.

METABOLISM—KIDNEY

FAT METABOLISM

2649. Friedemann, T.E. The starvation keto-
sis of a monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1926, 24, 223-226. [2t: Cebl

2649a. Friedemann, T. E. Starvation ketosis
of the primates. Science, 1928, n.s., 67, 221-222.
[Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb Lm|

2650. Friedemann, T. E. The fasting ketosis
of monkeys. I. 7. diol. Chem., 1934, 105, 335-
342. [4-12r: Mc Cyn-p Mndr|

2651. Goldfarb, W. A study of ketosis in pri-
mates. F. biol. Chem., 1936, 116, 787-791.
[2t-r: C-p Mc Pp]

2652. Tavaststyerna, N. (Ueber die Hyper-
cholesterinaemie bei Affen.) Arkh. biol. Nauk,*
1935, 40, (2), 155-158.

[2f-1t-2r-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Mc}

See also: 2607, 2642, 2648, 2967aa, 3198a.

NITROGENOUS METABOLISM

2653. Hunter, A. The metabolism of endoge-
nous and exogenous purines in the monkey. Third
paper. The purines of monkey urine. F. diol.
Chem., 1914, 18, 107-114. [t: C-p Mc Cebd]

2654. Hunter, A. & Givens, M. H. The me-
tabolism of endogenous and exogenous purines in
the monkey. 7. biol. Chem., 1912-13, 13, 371-
388. [4t-nr:' Cp]

2655. Hunter, A. & Givens, M. H. The me-
tabolism of endogenous and exogenous purines in
the monkey. (Second paper.) 7. diol. Chem.,
1914, 17, 37-53. [3t: C-p]

2656. Hunter, A. & Givens, M. H. The nitro-
gen excretion of the monkey. F. diol. Chem.,
1914, 17, 55-59. [3t: C-p]

2657. Hunter, A. & Ward, F.W. Comparative
studies of purine metabolism in various represent-
ative mammals. Proc. roy. Soc. Can., 1919, (3),
13, sect. 5, 7-11. [+ 2t: Pn Ceb]

2658. Rheinberger, Margaret B. The nitro-
gen partition in the urine of various primates.
¥. biol. Chem., 1936, 115, 343-360.

[1f-6t-94r: Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c Me

Pp Ceb Aill

2059. Rheinberger, Margaret B. 4 compara-
tive study of the nitrogen excretory products of the
urine of various primates. Ph.D. Diss., Yale Uni-
versity, 1935, vi, 82 pp.+append. & bibliog.

2660. Wells, H.G. The purine metabolism of
the monkey. 7. diol. Chem., 1909-10, 7, 171-183.
[32r: Me Ced]

2661. Wells, H. G. & Caldwell, G. T. The
purine enzymes of the orang-utan (Simia satyrus)
and chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes).
F. biol. Chem., 1914, 18, 157-165. [Pn Png]

[140]

Carbohydrate metabolism——Kidney & water balance

2662. Wells, H. G. & Caldwell, G. T. The
purine enzymes of the anthropoids and marsupials.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1914, 11, 153-154.

[++ Pn Png]

2663. Wiechowski,W. Die Bedeutung des Al-
lantoins im Harnsdurestoffwechsel. Beitr. chem.
Physiol. Path., 1908, 11, 109-131. [+ 12t: Affel

2664. Wiechowski, W. Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis des Purinstoffwechsels der Affen. Prag. med.
Wschr., 1912, 37, 275-276.

[it: Pn C-p Mc Pp)

See also: 2607, 2967a, 2967b, 2982, 4012.

MINERAL METABOLISM

2665. Baumann, L. & Oviatt, E. The mineral
excretion of the monkey. 7. diol. Chem., 1915,
22, 43-47. [2t: Mel

[Physiol. 2662—2666a]

2666. Botschkareff, P. W. & Korotkowa, N. P.
(Untersuchungen uberden Stickstoff-und Mineral-
austausch bei Affen.) drkh. biol. Nauk,* 1933,
33, 255-261.

[++ 7#Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Pp]

See also: 2636, 2639.

KIDNEY & WATER BALANCE
2666a. Smith, H. W. & Clarke, R. W. The

excretion of inulin and creatinine by the anthro-
poid apes and other infrahuman primates. Amer.
¥. Physiol., 1938, 122, 132-139.
[3t-19r: Pn Png Hyl Pop
See also: 2579, 2642, 2648, 2649, 2650, 2651,
2683, 2684, 2705, 2759, 2774, 2834, 3193, 3193a,
3195.

[141 ]

Endocrine Glands

THYROID GLAND

2667. Burford, T. H., Allen, E. & Diddle, A. W.
Effect of total thyroidectomy upon experimentally
induced menstruation in mature ovariectomized
monkeys. Lxndocrinology, 1936, 20, 635-638.

[2t-9r: Mc]

2668. Cunningham, R. H. Experimental thy-
roidism. 7. exp. Med., 1898, 3, 147-243, pls.
14-18. [+ Me]

2009. Edmunds, W. Effects of thyroid feeding
on monkeys. Proc. roy. Soc., 1899, 65, 368-369.
F. Physiol., 1895, 18, xxix—xxxi. [monkey]

2670. Horsley, V. The Brown Lectures on
pathology. [The thyroid gland, etc.] Brit. med.
F., 1885, (1), 111-115. [++ O6f-lt: monkey]

2071. Horsley, V. On the function of the thy-
roid gland. (Preliminary communication.) Proc.
roy. Soc., 1884-85, 38, 5-7. [1t: monkey]

2672. Horsley, V. Further researches into the
function of the thyroid gland and into the patho-
logical state produced by removal of the same.
Proc. roy. Soc., 1886, 40, 6-9. [monkey]

2673. Kishi, K. Beitrige zur Physiologie der
Schilddriise. Virchows Arch., 1904, 176, 260-313.
[++ 2f-5t-ur: Affe]
2674. Langhans, T. Ueber Veranderungen in
den peripherischen Nerven bei Kachexia thyreo-
priva des Menschen und Affen, sowie bei Kretinis-
mus. Virchows Arch., 1892, 128, 318-367, 369-408,
pls. 10-12. [++ 27f-nr: Affe]
_,2675. Munk, H. Weitere Untersuchungen
ber die Schilddriise. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
1888, (2), 1059-1093. [+ Affe]
2676. Murray, G. R. On thyroid secretion.
Brit. med. F., 1893, (2), 677-678.
[+++ 2f: Me]
2677. Vincent, S. & Jolly, W. A. Some obser-
vations upon the functions of the thyroid and
parathyroid glands. F. PAysiol., 1904, 32, 65-86.
[4f: monkey]
2678. Vincent, S. & Jolly, W. A. Further ob-
servations upon the functions of the thyroid and
parathyroid glands. 7. PAysiol., 1906, 34, 295-
305. [+ C-p Me]
See also: 2636, 2638, 2681.

PARATHYROID GLAND

2679. Capobianco, F. & Maziotti, L. Su gli
effetti della paratiroidectomia. G. int. Sci. Med.,
1899, 21, 337-364. [+ 14f-t: scimmia]

2680. Paton, D. N. & Findlay, L. The para-
thyroids:—Tetania parathyreopriva: its nature,
cause, and relations to idiopathic tetany. Part 1.:
Introduction, general methods, and symptoms.
Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1916, 10, 293-231.

[+ 6f-68r: Me]

2681. Pineles, F. Uber die Funktion der
Epithelkérperchen. (I. Mitteilung.) S. B. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Abt. 3, 1904, 113, 199-238.

[++ r: Me Pp]

See also: 2638, 2671, 2672, 2675, 2677, 2678.

THYMUS
See also: 2668, 2833.

ADRENAL GLAND

2681la. Britton, S. W., Silvette, H. & Kline,
R. F. Adrenal insufficiency in American mon-

keys. Amer. F. Physiol., 1938, 123, 705-711.
[1f-lt-r: Aot Ceb Ocd-m|

2681b. Harrop, G. A., Jr. & Weinstein, A.
Studies on the suprarenal cortex. I. Cortical supra-
renal insufficiency and the action of the cortical
hormone upon the normal and suprarenalectom-
ized dog. F. exp. Med., 1933, 57, 305-333.

[+ 4f-12t-12r: Mc]

2681c. Hartman, F. A. & Winter, C. A. Ir-
reversibility in adrenal insufficiency. Endocrin-
ology, 1933, 17, 180-186. [+ 5r: Me]

2682. Howard, Evelyn. The X zone of the
suprarenal cortex in relation to gonadal matura-
tion in monkeys and mice and to epiphyseal unions
inmonkeys. Anat. Rec., 1930, 46, 93-104.

[Eeepe eu eGchmeaTi

2682a. Kahn, R. H. Weiter Studien tiber die
Nebennieren. Pffig. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1912,
146, 578-604. [++ 7: Me]
2682b. Long, C. N. H. & Zuckerman, S. Rela-
tion of the adrenal cortex to cyclical changes in the
female accessory reproductive organs. Nature,
Lond., 1937, 139, 1106-1107.
[+++ 8r: Mc Pp]
2682c. Stewart, G. N. & Rogoff, J.M. Further
observations showing that epinephrin from the
adrenals is not indispensable. Amer. 7. Physiol.,
1919, 48, 397-410. [+ 9f-3t: Mc]

See also: 2584, 2793, 2817.

ADRENALINE

See also: 2581, 2589, 2682c, 2859, 3001, 3254,
3271.

[142]

Thyroid——Gonadotrophic substances

PITUITARY GLAND:
PARS INTERMEDIA & POSTERIOR

2682d. Hartman, C. G. & Geiling, E. M. K.
Tolerance of the rhesus monkey to pituitrin injec-
tions and absence of uterine bleeding following
injection. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 35,
383-385. [Mc]

2683. Mahoney, W.& Sheehan, D. The pitui-
tary-hypothalamic mechanism: experimental oc-
clusion of the pituitary stalk. Brain, 1936, 59,
61-75. [++ O6f-3Ir: Me]

2684. White, H. L. & Heinbecker, P. Pitui-
tary regulation of water exchange in the dog and
monkey. Amer. F. PAysiol., 1937, 118, 276-285.

[+ If: monkey]

See also: 2600, 2859, 3001, 3193a, 3195, 3196a.

PITUITARY GLAND:
PARS ANTERIOR

2685. Allen, E. Precocious sexual develop-
ment from anterior hypophysis implants in a
monkey. Anat. Rec., 1928, 39, 315-323.

[1pl-1t-10r: Mc]

2686. Courrier, R., Kehl, R. & Raynaud, R.
Action des extraits hypophysaire et folliculaire
chez la guenonimpubére. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1929, 101, 1093-1095. [Mc]

2687. Ehrhardt, K., Wiesbader, H. & Focsan-
eanu, L. Hypophysenvorderlappen-Implanta-
tionen bei Rhesusaffen. Endokrinologie, 1929, 3,
401-405. [3f: Me]

2688. Engle, E. T. Luteinization of the ovary
of the monkey by means of combined use of ante-
rior pituitary extract and an extract of pregnancy
urine. Endocrinology, 1934, 18, 513-520.

[4f: Me]

2689. Firor, W. M. Hypophysectomy in the
monkey (Macacus rhesus). Johns Hopk. Hosp.
Bull., 1932, 50, 33-37. [ipl: Mc]

2690. Hartman, C. G. Anterior lobe of the
pig and the monkey ovary. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1930, 27, 338-340. [+++ Mc]

2691. Hartman, C. G., Firor, W. M. & Geiling,
E. M. K. Menstruation and the anterior pitui-
tary. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930, 28,
185-187. [Mc]

2092. Hartman, C. G., Firor, W. M. & Geiling,
E. M. K. The anterior lobe and menstruation.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1930, 95, 662-669.

[+++ Itr: Me]

2692a. Hartman, C. G. & Smith, C. Non-effect
of irradiation of the hypophysis in sterile monkey
females. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39,
330-332. [1t: Me]

2693. Hartman, C. G. & Squier, R. R. The
follicle-stimulating effect of pig anterior lobe on
the monkey ovary. Anat. Rec., 1931, 50, 267—
273. [+++ Ipl-2f: Mc]

[Physiol. 26824-2705]

2694. Hisaw, F. L., Fevold, H. L. & Leonard,
S.L. Effects of hypophyseal extracts on sexually
immature monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1931, 29, 204-206. [Mc]

2695. Hisaw, F. L., Hertz, R. & Fevold, H. L.
Experimental production of ovarian refractoriness
to anterior hypophyseal stimulation in the mon-
key. Endocrinology, 1936, 20, 40-46.

[3f-14r: Me]

2096. Hisaw, F. L., Hertz, R., Hellbaum, A. &
Fevold, H. L. Luteinization of the ovary of the
sexually immature monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
Nines 919325 305139: [Mc]

2697. Riddle, O., Bates, R. W. & Dykshorn,
S.W. The preparation, identification and assay
of prolactin—a hormone of the anterior pituitary.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1933, 105, 191-216.

[+ 3f-6t-r: monkey]

2098. Saki,S. Relation of the hypophysis and
ovaries to experimentally-induced bleeding in
monkeys. Amer. F. Physiol., 1932, 100, 8-20.

[8f: Mc]

2099. Scott, Aleita H. Effect of hypophysec-
tomy on blood lactic acid of rhesus monkeys.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937, 36, 540-542.

[1f-2t: Me]

2700. Smith, P.E. Comparative effects of hy-
pophysectomy and therapy on the testes of mon-
keys and rats. In: Les hormones sexuelles. L.
Brouha, ed. Paris: Hermann & cie., 1938, pp.
200-216, pl. 2. [++ 1 pl: Me]

2701. Smith, P. E., Dotti, L., Tyndale, H. H. &
Engle, E.T. Effect of hypophysectomy on blood
sugar of rhesus monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1936, 34, 247-249. [1f-2t: Me]

2702. Smith, P. E., Tyndale, H. H., Dotti, L.
& Engle, E. T. Response of normal and hypo-

physectomized rhesus monkeys to insulin. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 250-251.
[it: Me]

2703. Smith, P. E., Tyndale, H. H. & Engle,
E.T. The reproductive system and its responses
to ovarian hormones in hypophysectomized rhesus
monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936,
34, 245-247. [1f: Me]

See also: 2646, 2708, 2710, 2715, 2737, 2803,
2804, 2828, 2849, 2899, 2900.

SERUM & URINE GONADOTROPHIC
SUBSTANCES

2704. Aberle, S. B. D. & Jenkins, R. H. Un-
descended testes in man and rhesus monkeys
treated with anterior pituitary-like principle from
the urine of pregnancy. . Amer. med. Ass., 1934,
103, 314-318. [+ 2f-lt: Me]

2705. Allen, E., Maddux, W. P. & Kennedy,
J. W. Ovarian and anterior pituitary hormones

from the pregnant monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1931, 28, 403-404. [Mc]

[143 ]

[Physiol. 2706-2715]

ENDOCRINE GLANDS

2706. Courrier, R. & Gros,G. Action des sub-
stances urinaires gonadotropes chez la femelle im-
pubére du singe. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1934,
116, 1392-1395, 1 pl. [Me]

2707. Courrier, R. & Gros,G. Action des sub-
stances urinaires gonadotropes chez le singe male
impubére. Etude cytologique de la réaction diasté-
matique. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1934, 116,
1396-1398. [Mc]

2708. Engle, E.T. Uterine bleeding of the in-
terval type in Macacus monkey during injections
of extracts of pregnancy urine. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29, 1224-1225. [Mc]

2709. Engle, E. T. Biological differences in
response of female Macacus monkey to extracts of
anterior pituitary and of human pregnancy urine.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1933, 106, 145-155. Abstr.:
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., ING 5 ‘1933, 30, 530-532.

[6f: Mc]

2710. Engle, E. T. The effect of intravenous
administration of the pregnancy urine factor on
the ovaries of rhesus monkeys. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1934, 108, 528-534. {1f: Me|

2711. Engle, E. T. & Hamburger, C. Action
of gonadotropic hormone from pregnant mare’s
serum on ovaries of rhesus monkeys. Proc. Soc.
exp. Biol., N. Y., 1935, 32, 1531-1533.

[Ut-7r: Me]

2712. Ito, M., Hajazu, S. & Ueno, F. Der Ein-
fluss des von aus dem Harn von Schwangeren her-
gestellten gonadotropen Hormons auf die Sexual-
organe der jiingeren Hiindinnen und Affen. En-
dokrinologie, 1935, 16, 311-313. [++ Affe]

2713. Johnson, C. E. Ovarian response in
monkeys (Macacus rhesus)to injections of antui-
trin-S. Amer. F. Obstet. Gynaec., 1935, 29, 120-
122. [Mc]

2714. Meyer, R. K. & Gustus, E. L. Refrac-
toriness to ovarian stimulation in the rhesus mon-
key. Science, 1935, 81, 208-210. [Mc]

2715. Novak, J. & Kun, H. Uber tierexperi-
mentelle Untersuchungen mit ‘“Hypophysenvor-
derlappenhormon” aus Schwangerenharn und mit
Hypophysenvorderlappensubstanz. Wien. Arch.
inn. Med., 1931, 21, 359-368. [++ Me]

See also: 2688, 2737, 2752, 2803, 2828, 2829,
2849, 2913, 2928, 2937.

[144]

Animal Heat

BASAL METABOLISM & CALORIMETRY

2717. Benedict, F. G. & Bruhn, J. M. Chim-
panzee metabolism. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci., Wash.,
1936, 22, 394-397. [Pn]

2718. Bruhn, J. M. The respiratory metabo-
lism of infrahuman primates. Amer. 7. Physiol.,
1934, 110, 477-484. AO We Ieee

Hyl C-c Me Pp|

2719. Bruhn, J. M. & Benedict, F. G. The
respiratory metabolism of the chimpanzee. Proc.
Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., 1936, 71, 259-326.

[6f-11t-nr: Pn]

2720. Lee, M. O. & Fox, E.L. Surface area in
a monkey, Macacus rhesus. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1933, 106, 91-94. [it: Mc]

2721. Rakieten, N. The basal heat production
of the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta). Se
Nutrit., 1935, 10, 357-362. [2t-r: Mc]

2722. Rakieten, N. Changes in heat produc-
tion after removal of motor and premotor areas in
monkeys. Amer. F. Physiol., 1936, 114, 661-666.

[5t-22r: Mc Ced]

See also: 2643, 2651.

BODY TEMPERATURE & ITS REGULATION

2723. Aron, H. Investigation on the action of
the tropical sun on men and animals. Philipp.
¥. Sci., 1911, 6, B, 101-131, 2 pls. [++ 12/-94]

2724. Heymans, C. & Regniers, P. Hyper-
thermie chez le singe par injection intraveineuse
de bleu de méthyléne. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1926, 95, 1117-1118. [singe]

2725. Lefévre. Sur la résistance a Vaction du
froid chez le singe. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1894,
46, 697-699. [4¢: Mc]

2726. Lefévre. Dela puissance et de la résis-
tance thermogénétiques du singe, comparées a
celles del’homme. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1894,
46, 724-726. [++ 2t: singe]

2727. Leger, M. Insolation mortelle chez le
chimpanzé et altérations morphologiques de son
sang. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1922, 87, 874-876.

[1t: Pn]

2728. Shaklee, A. O. Experimental acclim-
atization to the tropical sun. Philipp. F. Sci.,
1917, 12, B, 1-22. [+++ 9: Me]

2729. Simpson, S. & Galbraith, J. J. Observa-
tions on the normal temperature of the monkey
and its diurnal variation, and on the effect of
changes in the daily routine on this variation.
Trans. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1906, 45, 65-104, 1 pl.

[16f-45t-nr: Me]

2730. White, W. H. A theory to explain the
evolution of warm-blooded vertebrates. 7. Anat.,
Lond., 1891, 25, 374-385. [+ Me]

See also: 2589 2912, 3144, 3198, 3199.

[145 ]

Reproduction & Development

GENERAL

2731. Allen, Edgar,ed. Sex and internal secre-
tions. A survey of recent research. Baltimore: Wil-
liams & Wilkins co., 1932, xxii, 951 pp. [+ nr]

2732. Marshall, Francis H. A. The physiology
of reproduction. London: Longmans, Green & co.
1910, 706 pp. [+ 154f]

MALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS

2733. Aykroyd, Olive E. & Zuckerman, S. The
effect of sex-hormones on the bulbo-uretheral
glands of rhesus monkeys. F. Anat., Lond., 1938,
73, 135-144, 2 pls. [st Mc]

2734. Courrier, R. & Gros, G. Action de la
folliculine chez le singe male impubére. Apparition
d’une peau sexuelle. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris,
1935, 118, 683-686. [2f: singe]

2735. Courrier, R. & Gros, G. Action de la
folliculine chez le singe male impubére. Modifica-
tions des annexes. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1935,
118, 686-689. [singel

2736. Dohrn, M., Hohlweg, W. & Schoeller, W.
Die Erzeugung von weiblichen Sexualédemen beim
Pavianmannchen durch Follikelhormon. Arch.
exp. Path. Pharmak., 1933, 172, 261-266.

lof: Ppl

2737. Engle, E. T. Experimentally induced
descent of the testis in the macacus monkey by
hormones from the anterior pituitary and preg-
nancy urine. The role of the gonadokinectic hor-
mones in pregnancy blood in the normal descent
of the testes in man. Endocrinology, 1932, 16,
513-520. [+ 3f: Me]

2738. v. Euler, U.S. A depressor substance in
the vesicular gland. F. Physiol., 1935, 84, P21—
P22. [++ If: Mc]

2739. Parkes, A. S. & Zuckerman, S._ Experi-
mental hyperplasia of the prostate. Lancet, 1935,
(1), 925-928. [epson sfecregias iMicw PD

2739a. Schénbauer, L. & Hogenauer, F. Klin-
ische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der
Hodentransplantation. Arch. klin. Chir., 1928,
150, 333-345. ee ie) KES UG

2739b. Thorek, M. Experimental investiga-
tions of the role of the Leydig, seminiferous and
Sertoli cells and effects of testicular transplanta-

tion. Endocrinology, 1924, 8, 61-90.
[++ 19f-2t-14r: Mc Pp}

2740. van Wagenen, G. The effects of oestrin
on the urogenital tract of the male monkey.
Anat. Rec., 1935, 63, 387-403. Also: Science, 1935,
n.s., 81, 366. [3p/-3f: Mc]

2741. van Wagenen,G. The coagulating func-
tion of the cranial lobe of the prostate gland in the
monkey. Anat. Rec., 1936, 66, 411-421.

[Sf-r: Me]

2742. Zuckerman, S. The effects of prolonged
oestrogenic stimulation on the prostate of the
rhesus monkey. F. Anat., Lond., 1938, 72, 264—
276, 2 pls. [8f-2t-20r: Me]

2743. Zuckerman, S. & Parkes, A.S. The ef-
fects of oestrone on the prostate and uterus mas-

culinus of various species of primate. F. Anat.,
Lond., 1936, 70, 323-330, 2 pls.
[Prsh C-p Mc Ceb Hap)

2744. Zuckerman, S. & Parkes, A. S. Effect
of sex hormones on the prostate of monkeys. Lan-
cet, 1936, (1), 242-247. [4f-3t-25r: Mc]

See also: 696, 697, 2648, 2700, 2704, 2707, 2715,
2747, 2749, 2750, 2877, 2880, 2901, 3198a.

MALE SEX HORMONES

2745. Dorfman, R.I. & van Wagenen,G. Ex-
cretion of sex hormones in urine of adult male
monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39,
35-36. [it: Me]

2746. Hamilton, J. B. Changes in nasal
mucosa of monkeys (Macaca rhesi) and humans
by male hormone substances. Proc. Soc. exp.

Biol., N. Y., 1937, 37, 366-369. [++ Me]
2746a. Hamilton, J. B. Induction of penile
erection by male hormone substances. Endocrin-

ology, 1937, 21, 744-749. [+ 5f-22r: Me]

2747. Hamilton, J. B. The effect of male
hormone upon the descent of the testes. Anat.
Rec., 1938, 70, 533-541. [+++ 1 pl-22r: Mc]

2748. Hartman, C. G. Menstruation inhibit-
ing action of testosterone. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1937, 37, 87-89. [Me]

2749. Zuckerman, S. The effect of testoster-
one propionate on testicular function in monkeys.
Lancet, 1938, (1), 1162. [Prsh Mc Mnadr]

2750. Zuckerman, S. & Parkes, A.S. The ef-
fects of male hormone on a mature castrated
rhesus monkey. F. Anat., Lond., 1938, 72, 277—
279, 2 pls. [6r: Me]

See also: 2733, 2744.

GENERAL BIOLOGY OF THE
OESTROUS CYCLE
2751. Blotevogel, W. Ein tiberzahliges Ova-
rium beim Pavian. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur

Kenntnis des dstrischen Zyklus dieser Tiere. Zd/.
Gyndak., 1932, 56, (1), 258-267. [5f-r: C-c Pp]

[146]

Male reproductive organs——Oestrous cycle

[Physiol. 2752-2781]

2752. Botschkareff, P. (Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis der Physiologie des weiblichen Geschlechtsap-
parates bei Affen.) Arch. biol. Nauk,* 1933, 33,
263-269. [1f-2t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Pp|

2753. Corner, G. W. Ovulation and menstru-
ation in Macacus rhesus. Contr. Embryol. Carneg.
Instn., 1923, 15, 73-101, 6 pls. [2f-t-r: Mc]

2754. Corner, G. W. The relation between
menstruation and ovulation in the monkey. Its
possible significance for man. 7. Amer. med.
‘Ass., 1927, 89, 1838-1840. [2f: Mel

2755. Corner, G. W. The menstrual cycle of
the Malayan monkey, Macaca irus. Anat. Rec.,
1932, 52, 401-410. [3f-1t-10r: Me]

2756. Elder, J.H.& Yerkes,R.M. The sexual
cycle of the chimpanzee. Anat. Rec., 1936, 67,
119-143. [6f-2t-nr: Pn]

2757. Gear, J. H.S. The oestrous cycle of the
baboon. S. Afr. F. Sci., 1926, 23, 706-712. [Pp]

2758. Goodman, L. & Wislocki,G.B. Cyclical
uterine bleeding in a New World monkey ( 4teles
geoffroyi). Anat. Rec., 1935, 61, 379-387.

[1p/-3f: Al]

2759. Guthkelch, A. N. & Zuckerman, S. The
red cell count of macaques in relation to the men-
strual cycle. F. Physiol., 1937, 91, 269-278.

[1f-3t-10r: Mc]

2760. Hartman, C.G. The homology of men-
struation. New observations of intermenstrual
bleeding in the monkey. ¥. Amer. med. Ass.,
1929, 92, 1992-1995, [+ 1f-24r: Mel

2761. Hartman, C.G. Reproductive phenom-
ena in the monkey, Macacus rhesus. Amer. F.
Obstet. Gynec., 1930, 19, 405-410. [Uf-r: Me]

2762. Hartman, C.G. The corpus luteum and
the menstrual cycle together with the correlation

between menstruation and implantation. Amer.
F. Obstet. Gynec., 1930, 19, 511-519,
[++ If-nr: Prsb Mc Tars]

2763. Hartman, C.G. The phylogeny of men-
struation. ¥. dmer. med. Ass., 1931, 97, 1863—
1865. [+ monkey]

2764. Hartman, C.G. Studiesin the reproduc-
tion of the monkey Macacus (Pithecus) rhesus,
with special reference to menstruation and preg-
nancy. Contr. Embryol. Carneg. Instn., 1932, 23,
1-162, 6 pls. [39f-nt-78r: Mc]

2764a. Hartman, C. G. Some observations
on the bonnet macaque. F. Mammal., 1938, 19,
468-474, 2 pls. [Mc]

2765. Heape, W. The menstruation of Sem-
nopithecus entellus. Proc. roy. Soc., 1893, 54,
169-172. [Aéstr.: Prsb}

2766. Heape, W. The menstruation of Sem-
nopithecus entellus. Philos. Trans., 1894, B, 185,
411-471, pls. 35-41. [87r: Prsb}

2767. Heape, W. The menstruation and ovu-

lation of Macacus rhesus. Proc. roy. Soc., 1896,
60, 202-205. [Abstr.: Mel

2768. Heape, W. The menstruation and ovula-
tion of Macacus rhesus, with observations on the
changes undergone by the discharged follicle.—
Part II. Philos. Trans., 1897, B, 188, 135-166,
pls. 1-2. [Prsb Me}

2769. Heape, W. The menstruation and ovu-
lation of monkeys and the human female. Trans.
obst. Soc. Lond., 1898, 40, 161-174.

[++ Prsb Me]

2770. van Herwerden, Maria Anna. Bijdrage
tot de kennis van menstrueelen cyclus en puerperium.
Akad. proefschr. (Geneesk.) Utrecht. ee 13s IIe
Brill, 1905, 189 pp., 3 pls.

[++ JSt-onr: Me Tears]

2771. van Herwerden, M. Bijdrage tot de
kennis van den menstrueelen cyclus. Tijdschr.
ned. dierk. Ver., 1906, (2), 10, 1-140, pls. 1-2.

[++ 2pl-5t-unr: Me Tars]

2772. van Herwerden, M. Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis des menstruellen Cyklus. Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyndk., 1906, 24, 730-748.

Prsb Me Tars}

[+++ Pr:

_ 2773. Joachimovitz, R. Studien zu Menstrua-
tion, Ovulation, Aufbau und Pathologie des weib-
lichen Genitales bei Mensch und Affe (Pithecus
fascicularis mordax). Biol. gen., 1928, 4, 447-

540, pls. 13-22. [+++ 17f-vnr: Me]

2774. Krohn, P. L. & Zuckerman, S. Water
metabolism in relation to the menstrual cycle.
¥. Physiol. 1937, 88, 369-387. [4f-6t-r: Mel

2775. Pocock, R.I. Notes upon menstruation,
gestation, and parturition of some monkeys that
have lived in the Society’s gardens. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1906, (2), 558-570. [C-p C-c Me Pp]

2776. Seguy, J. & Bullier, P. Recherche du
cycle menstruel del’ Hamadryas papion L. Arch.
Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 1935, (6), 12, 309-311.

[Pp]

2777. Spiegel, A. Untersuchungen uber die
Fortpflanzung bei Javamakaken. Zd/. Gyndék.,
1931, 55, (2), 1762-1767. Abstr.: Z. Geburtsh.
Gyndk., 1931, 100, 171-177. [4f-r: Me]

2778. Sutton, J.B. Menstruation in monkeys.
Brit. gynaec. F., 1886, 2, 285-292. [monkey]

2779. Tinklepaugh, O.L. Sex cycles and other
cyclic phenomena in a chimpanzee during adoles-
cence, maturity, and pregnancy. ¥. Morph.,
1933, 54, 521-547. [1p/-4f-43r: Pn]

2779a. Westman, A. Studien tiber den Sex-
ualzyklus bei Makakus-Rhesus-Affen, nebst eini-
gen Bemerkungen tiber den menstruellen Blut-
ungsmechanismus. Acta obstet. gynec. scand.,
1932, 12, 282-328, 8 pls. [umr: Me]

2780. Wiesner, B. P. Die Phasen des Sexual-
zyklus. Biol. gen., 1926, 2, 137-147, pl. 17. [+]

2781. Yerkes, R. M. & Elder, J.H. The sexual

and reproductive cycles of chimpanzee. Proc.
nat. Acad. Sci... Wash., 1936, 22, 276-283.
[1f: Pn]

[147]

[Physiol. 2782-2804]

REPRODUCTION

2782. Yerkes, R. M. & Elder, J. H. Oestrus,
receptivity, and mating in chimpanzee. Comp.
Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 13, no. 5, 39 pp.

[1pl-Lf-6t: Pn]

2783. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of

the primates.—Part I. General nature and homol-
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1930, (2), 691-754,

ogy.

2 pls. [18f-nr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Prsb
C-p Ery-c C-c Thr-p Pp Mndr Ceb
Ail Hap)

2784. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates.—Part IV. Observations on the lac-
tation period. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1931, (1),
593-602, 2 pls. [r: Prsb Me Pp)

2785. Zuckerman, S. & Parkes, A. S. The
menstrual cycle of the primates——Part V. The
cycle of the baboon. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1932,
(1), 139-191, 18 pls. [14f-r: Pp]

2786. Zuckerman, S. The comparative physi-
ology of the menstrual cycle. Brit. med. F., 1932,
(2), 1093-97. [e+ Sir]

2787. Zuckerman,S. The duration and phases
of the menstrual cycle in primates. Proc. xool.
Soc. Lond., 1937, A, 107, 315-329. [3t-5 Or:

Gr Pn Png Clb C-p C-c Me Pp]

See also: 198, 365, 715, 746, 2717, 2719, 2824,
2825, 2846, 2857, 2859, 2864, 2865, 2869, 2870,
2872, 2873, 2878, 2887, 2887a, 2888, 2889, 2893,
2894, 2896, 2911, 2915, 2916, 2924, 2928, 2929,
2931, 3533, 3583, 3784a, 4015.

EXPERIMENTAL OESTROUS CYCLE:
HORMONAL FACTORS

2788. Allen, E. The menstrual cycle in the
monkey; effect of double ovariectomy and injury
to large follicles. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1926, 23, 434-436. [Ir: monkey]

2789. Allen, E. The menstrual cycle of the
monkey, Macacus rhesus: Observations on normal
animals, the effects of removal of the ovaries and
the effects of injections of ovarian and placental
extracts into the spayed animals. Contr. Embryol.
Carneg. Instn., 1927, 19, 1-44, 13 pls.

[1f-20t-nr: Me]

2790. Allen, E. Effects of ovariectomy upon
menstruation in monkeys. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1928, 85, 471-475. [1t: monkey]

2791. Allen, E. Further experiments with an
ovarian hormone in the ovariectomized adult mon-
key, Macacus rhesus, especially the degenerative
phase of the experimental menstrual cycle. Amer.
F. Anat., 1928, 42, 467-487. [ipl-2t: Mc]

2792. Allen, E., Diddle, A. W., Burford, T. H. &
Gardner, W. U. Ovarian hormone threshold for
experimental menstruation in monkeys. Amer.
F. Physiol., 1936, 117, 381-392. [5t-r: Me]

2793. Allen, E., Worthington, R. V., Diddle,
A. W. & Burford, T. H. Experimental menstrua-

tion in the monkey after removal of ovaries and
adrenals. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937, 36,
162-163. [monkey]

2794. Corner, G. W. The nature of the men-
strual cycle. Harvey Lect., 1932, 28, 67-89. Also:
Medicine, Baltimore, 1933, 12, 61-82.

[++ 3f-nr]

2795. Corner, G. W. Influence of the ovarian
hormones, oestrin and progestin, upon the men-
strual cycle of the monkey. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1935, 113, 238-250. [Mc]

2795a. Corner, G. W. Quantitative studies of
experimental menstruation-like bleeding due to
hormone deprivation. Amer. F. Physiol., 1938,
124, 1-12. [3t: Mc]

2796. Corner, G. W. & Allen, W. M. Inhibi-
tion of menstruation by crystalline progesterone.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 723-724.

[4r: Mc]

2797. Courrier, R. Les rapports fonctionnels
des hormones ovariennes. In: Les hormones sex-
uelles. L. Brouha, ed. Paris: Hermann & cie., 1938,
pp. 39-54. [+ 3pl-nr: Mc]

2798. Courrier, R. & Gros, G. Etude des rap-
ports fonctionnels entre les hormones ovariennes
chez les primates. C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1937,
125, 746-748. [3r: Me]

2799. Engle, E. T. Problems of experimental
menstruation. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. quant.
Biol.,* 1937, 5, 111-114.

2800. Engle, E. T., Smith, P. E. & Shelesnyak,
M.C. The rdle of estrin and progestin in experi-
mental menstruation, with especial reference to
the complete ovulatory cycle in monkeys and
human beings. Amer. F. Obstet. Gynec., 1935,
29, 787-797. [+++ 2f-nr: ?Mc}

2800a. Gillman, J. Experimental studies on
the menstrual cycle of the baboon (Papio porca-
rius). I—The effect of laparotomy and operative
procedures on the menstrual cycle of the baboon.
S. Afr. F. med. Sci.,* 1937, 2, 156-160. [1f-1t: Pp}

2800b. Gillman, J. Experimental studies on
the menstrual cycle of the baboon (Papio por-
carius). 11—The effect of oestrone in prepubertal
baboons. S. Afr. F. med. Sci.,* 1937, 2, 161-166.
lif: Ppl

2801. Gillman, J. Experimental studies on the
menstrual cycle of the baboon (Papio porcarius).
III. The effect of oestrone on the menstrual cycle.
S. Afr. F. med. Sci.,* 1938, 3, 66-71. [1f-lt: Pp]
2802. Halban, J. Ovarium und Menstruation.
Eine experimentalle Studie. S. B. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Abt. 3, 1901, 110, 71-92. [+++ mur: Pp]
2803. Hartman, C. G. Some attempts to in-

fluence the menstrual cyclein the monkey. Amer.
F. Obstet. Gynec., 1934, 27, 564-569. [Lecture]

2804. Hartman, C. G. & Firor, W. M. Is there
a “hormone of menstruation”? Quart. Rev. Biol.,
1937, 12, 85-88. [+++ 20r: monkey}

[148]

Oestrous cycle——Ovary & ovulation

[Physiol. 2804a—2827a]

2804a. Heinrich, Helmut. Untersuchungen
iiber die cyklischen Verdinderungen in Vagina und
Cervix bei Affen. (Macacus brevicaudus). Inaug.-
Diss. (Med.) Berlin. Giitersloh: Buchdr. Thiel,
1935, 28 pp. [10f: Me]
2805. Hisaw, F. L., Greep, R. O. & Fevold,
H. L. The effects of oestrin-progestin combina-
tions on the endometrium, vagina and sexual skin
of monkeys. Amer. F. Anat., 1937, 61, 483-503.
[4pls-8r: Me]

2806. Maddux, W.P. Experimentally induced
intermenstrual bleeding in ovariectomized mon-
keys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930, 27, 873-
874. [Mc]

2807. Morrell, J. A., Powers, H. H. & Varley,
J. R. Preliminary quantitative studies on action

of follicular hormone in spayed monkeys. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929, 26, 685-686.
{it: Me]

2808. Parkes, A. S. & Zuckerman, S. The
menstrual cycle of the primates. Part II. Some
effects of oestrin on baboons and macaques. 7.
Anat., Lond., 1931, 65, 272-276, 2 pls.

[2t4r: Me Pp]

2809. Robertson, D. C., Maddux, W. P. &
Allen, E. Ovarian hormone effects in ovariecto-
mized monkeys. Endocrinology, 1930, 14, 77-88.

[20f-r: monkey]

2810. Smith, P. E. & Engle, E. T. Prevention

of experimental uterine bleeding in Macacus mon-

key by corpus luteum extract (progestin). Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,1932,29, 1225-1227. [Mc]

2811. van Wagenen, G. & Aberle, S. B. D.
Menstruation in Pithecus (Macacus) rhesus follow-
ing bilateral and unilateral ovariectomy performed
early in the cycle. Amer. F. Physiol., 1931, 99,
271-278. [++ Ipl-2t: Me]

2812. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates. VIIJ.—The oestrin-withdrawal
theory of the menstruation. Proc. roy. Soc., 1935,
B, 118, 13-21. [ere Gec) Mc)

2813. Zuckerman, S. Inhibition and induction
of uterine bleeding by means of oestrone. Lancet,
1936, (2), 9-13. [ut-20r: Mel

2814. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates. X.—The oestrone threshold of the
uterus of the rhesus monkey. Proc. roy. Soc.,
1937, B, 123, 441-456. [9t-16t: Mel

2815. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates. XI.—The part played by oestro-
genic hormone in the menstrual cycle. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1937, B, 123, 457-471, pls. 17-18.

[4f-5t-25r: Mc]

2816. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates. XII.—The interaction of ovarian
hormones in the cycle. Proc. roy. Soc., 1937,
B, 124, 150-162, pls. 7-8. [of: Mel

2817. Zuckerman, S. The interaction of ovar-
ian hormones in the menstrual cycle. In: Les hor-
mones sexuelles. L. Brouha, ed. Paris: Hermann
& cie., 1938, 121-137. [+++ 9-3ir: Me]

See also: 2635a, 2667, 2682b, 2682d, 2686, 2691,
2692, 2698, 2703, 2706, 2708, 2710, 2715, 2748,
2835, 2836, 2845, 2891, 2892.

EXPERIMENTAL OESTROUS CYCLE:
NEURAL FACTORS

2818. Markee, J. E., Davis, J. H. & Hinsey,
J.C. Uterine bleeding in spinal monkeys. <dyat.
Rec., 1936, 64, 231-245. [f-tt-2Ir: Mel

2819. van Wagenen, G. Uterine bleeding of
monkeys in relation to neural and vascular proc-
esses. I. Spinal transection and menstruation.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1933, 105, 473-486.

[1pl-If: C-c Me]

2820. van Wagenen, G. & Zuckerman, S. Uter-
ine bleeding of monkeys in relation to neural and
vascular processes. IJ. Spinal-cord transection and
the oestrin-level. Amer. F. Physiol., 1933, 106,
416-422. [C-c Me]

2821. Zuckerman, S. Uterine bleeding after
neural lesions. In: Les hormones sexuelles. L.
Brouha, ed. Paris: Hermann & cie., 1938, 299-307.

[+++ ir: Me]

See also: 2320, 2883, 2895.

OVARY & OVULATION
(incl. periodic fertility)

2822. Allen, E. The time of ovulation in the
menstrual cycle of the monkey, Macacus rhesus.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926, 23, 381-383.

[Mc]

2823. Ball, Josephine & Hartman, C. G. A
case of delayed ovulation after estrin administra-
tion in the intact monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1939, 40, 629-631. [1f4r: monkey]

2823a. Blotevogel, W. Die Follikelatresie bei
Maus und Affe. Ein Beitrag zum Konstitution-
problem. Axnat. Anz., 1932, 75, ErgH., 122-128.
[++ 2f: Pn Pp]

2824. Elder, J. H. The time of ovulation in
chimpanzees. Yale F. Biol. Med., 1938, 10, 347—
364. [3f-1t41r: Pn]

2825. Finch, G., Yerkes, R. M. & Elder, J. H.
Bodily electrical potential changes associated with
ovulation and early pregnancy in the chimpanzee.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937, 37, 560-563.

[Zfeeeezl

2826. Hartman, C. G. A readily detectable

sign of ovulation in the monkey. Science, 1928,
n.s., 68, 452-453. [monkey]

2827. Hartman, C. G. Pelvic (rectal) palpa-
tion of the female monkey, with special reference
to the ascertainment of ovulation time. Amer. 7.
Obstet. Gynec., 1933, 26, 600-608.

[++ 5f-7r: Me}

2827a. Hartman, Carl G. The time of ovula-
tion in women. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins,
1936, 226 pp. [+ 72f: Me]

[149]

[Physiol. 2828-2848]

REPRODUCTION

2828. Hartman, C. G. Menstruation without
ovulation (‘‘pseudomenstruation’”’): Incidence and
treatment, with special reference to the rhesus
monkey. In: Les hormones sexuelles. WL. Brouha,
ed. Paris: Hermann & cie., 1938, pp. 103-119.

[3t-r: Me]

2829. Hartman,C.G. The use of gonadotropic
hormones in the adult rhesus monkey. FoAns
Hopk. Hosp. Bull., 1938, 63, 351-371, 3 pls.

[4t-4f-10r: Mc]

2829a. van Herwerden, Maria A. Zusammen-

hang zwischen menstruellem Zyklus und Ovula-
tion. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8, 1948-1950.

[4f: C-c Mc]

2830. Morse, A. H. & van Wagenen, G. Ob-

servations upon ovulation in primates. Amer. 7.

Obstet. Gynec., 1936, 32, 823-832.
[3f-2t-r: Mc]

2831.* Narayan Rao, C.R. On the occurrence
of glycogen and fat in liquor folliculi and uterine
secretion in Loris lydekkerianus (Cabr.) Half-
yrly F. Mysore Univ., 1932, 6, 140-170.

[8f: Lor]

2832. Zuckerman, S. The physiology of fertil-
ity in man and monkey. Eugen. Rev., 1936, 28,
37-50. [ Lecture}

See also: 18, 19, 21, 24, 715, 720, 2682, 2687,
2688, 2690, 2693, 2694, 2695, 2696, 2698, 2709,
2710, 2711, 2713, 2714, 2759, 2764, 2770, 2771,
2772, 2777, 2779a, 2786, 2845, 2884, 2899, 2915,
2936, 2940, 2947.

THE OVARY:
OVARIECTOMY & TRANSPLANTATION

See also: 732, 2718, 2789, 2790, 2793, 2802,
2808, 2811, 2821, 2853, 2855, 2872, 2891, 2892,
2896, 2898.

OVARY:
OVARIAN HORMONES PER SE

2833. Allen, E. Reactions of immature mon-
keys (Macacus rhesus) to injections of ovarian
hormone. Ff. Morph., 1928, 46, 479-519.

[9pl-4t-19r: Mc]

2834. Allen, E., Diddle, A. W., Burford, T. H. &
Elder, J.H. Analyses of urine of the chimpanzee
for estrogenic content during various stages of the
menstrual cycle. Endocrinology, 1936, 20, 546-
549. [1t-20r: Pn]

2835. Engle, E. T. & Crafts, R. C. Experi-
mental uterine bleeding in monkeys following a
single injection of various estrogens. Proc. Soc.
exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39, 564-568.

[it-5r: Me]

2836. Morrell, J. A., Powers, H. H., Varley,
J. R. & De Frates, J. The results of oral admin-

istration of amniotinto monkeys. Endocrinology,
1930, 14, 174-178. [ot: Mcl

2837. Mortimer, H., Wright, R. P., Bachman,
C. & Collip, J.B. Effect of oestrogenic hormone
administration upon nasal mucous membrane of
the monkey (Macaca mulatta). Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 535-538. [Mc]

2838. Mortimer, H., Wright, R. P. & Collip,
J. B. Effect of administration of estrogenic hor-
mones on nasal mucosa of monkey (Macaca
mulatta). Canad. med. Ass. F., 1936, 35, 503-513.

[10f-8t-15r: Me]

2839. Robson, J. M. Induction of oestrous
changes in the monkey and bitch by triphenyl
ethylene. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38,
153-157. [++ 4f-7r: Me]

2840. Schoeller, W., Dohrn, M. & Hohlweg, W.
The peroral effect of follicular hormones. Med. F.
Rec., 1930, 132, 487-492. [+ 8f-r: Mel

2841. Tavaststyerna, N. Eine schnelle biolo-
gische Test-Methode zur Standartisierung der
weiblichen Sexualhormone. Arkh. biol. Nauk.,*
1935, 40, (2), 163-180 [14f-3t-16r: Affe]

_ 2842. Zuckerman, S. Variation in the sensitiv-
ity of different species of monkeys to oestrin. 7.
Physiol., 1935, 84, 191-195. [2¢: C-p Mec Ced]

2843. Zuckerman, S. & van Wagenen, G.
The sensitivity of the new-born monkey to oestrin.
F. Anat., Lond., 1935, 69, 497-500, 1 pl. [r: Mc]

2844. Westerfeld, W. W. & Doisy, E. A. Ke-
tonic and non-ketonic estrogens. Ann. intern.
Med., 1937, 11, 267-273. [+ 4t-l4r: monkey]

See also: 732, 2646, 2705, 2733, 2734, 2735,
2736, 2739, 2740, 2742, 2743, 2744, 2758, 2792,
2800b, 2820, 2847, 2848, 2854, 2860, 2862, 2863,
2866, 2867, 2868, 2874, 2876, 2879, 2886, 2891,
2892, 2895, 2896, 2897, 2900, 2901, 2905.

UTERUS & FALLOPIAN TUBES

2845. Burford, T. H. & Diddle, A. W. Effect
of total hysterectomy upon the ovary of the
Macacus rhesus. Surg. Gynec. Obstet., 1936, 62,
701-707. [1t-25f: Me]

2846. Daron, G. H. The arterial pattern of
the tunica mucosa of the uterusin Macacus rhesus.
Amer. F. Anat., 1936, 58, 349-419,

[11p/-19t-nr: Me]

2846a. Engle, E. Method of obtaining cur-

rettings from uterine mucosa of Macacus monkeys.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29, 447-449.

[3f: Me]

2847. Engle, E. T. & Smith, P. E. Some uter-

ine effects obtained in female monkeys during con-

tinued oestrin administration, with especial refer-

ence to the cervix uteri. Anat. Rec., 1935, 61,
471-483. [ipl-lf: Me]
2848. Engle, E. T. & Smith, P. E. The endo-
metrium of the monkey and estrone-progesterone
balance. Amer. F. Anat., 1938, 63, 349-365, 4 pls.
[4pl-1f-5r: monkey]

[150]

Ovariectomy & transplantation——Vagina

[Physiol. 2849-2876]

2849. Hisaw, F. L. The physiology of men-
struation in Macacus rhesus monkeys. Amer. F.
Obstet. Gynec., 1935, 29, 638-659. [23f: Me]

2850. Hisaw, F. L. Hormones regulating the
development of the female reproductive tract of
Macacus rhesus monkeys. In: Les hormones sex-
uelles. L. Brouha, ed. Paris: Hermann & cie., 1938,
139-147. [8r: Mc]

2851. Hisaw, F. L. & Greep, R.O. Effects of
synthetic progesterone on female genital tract of
the monkey. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936,
35, 29-30. [monkey]

2852. Hisaw, F. L. & Greep,R.O. The inhibi-
tion of uterine bleeding with estradiol and proges-
terone and associated endometrial modifications.
Endocrinology, 1938, 23, 1-14. [9f-1t-14r: Mc]

2853. Hisaw, F. L., Greep, R. O. & Fevold,
H.L. Effects of progesterone on the female geni-
tal tract after castration atrophy. Proc. Soc.
exp. Biol., N. Y.,1937,36, 840-842. [+ monkey]

2854. Hisaw, F. L. & Lendrum, F. C. Squa-
mous metaplasia in the cervical glands of the mon-
key following oestrin administration. Endocrin-
ology, 1936, 20, 228-229. [lt-5r: monkey]

2855. Hisaw, F. L., Meyer, R. K. & Fevold,
H.L. Production of a premenstrual endometrium
in castrated monkeys by ovarian hormones. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930, 27, 400-403.[2/: Mc]

2856. Ivy, A. C., Hartman, C. G. & Koff, A.
The contractions of the monkey uterus at term.
Amer. F. Obstet. Gynec., 1931, 22, 388-399.

[8f: Mc]

2857. Joachimovits, R. Myoblasten im Uter-
us. Arch. Gynaek., 1929, 135, 536-544.

[+++ 5f: Me]

2858. Lendrum, F. C. & Hisaw, F.L. Cytology
of the monkey endometrium under influence of
follicular and corpus luteum hormones. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 394-396. [Mc]

2859. Li, R. C. The effect of posterior pitui-
tary extract, epinephrine, and acetylcholine on
the isolated Fallopian tube of the macaque at
different stages of the menstrual cycle. Chin. F.
Physiol., 1935, 9, 315-328. [3f-4t: Me]

2860. Migliavacca, A. In der Mucosa des Cor-
pus und der Cervix uteri beim Affen hervorgeru-
fene pathologische Veranderungen. Arch.
Gynaek., 1937, 164, 463-477. [18f-r: Mc Pp]

2861. Morse, A. H. & Rubin, I. C. Uterotubal
insufflation in the Macacus rhesus. A method of
assaying pharmacologic and hormonal effects on
tubal and uterine contractions. A preliminary re-
port. Amer. F. Obstet. Gynec., 1937, 33, 1087-
1092. [3f: Mc]

2862. Overholser, M.D. & Allen, E. Atypical
growth induced in cervical epithelium of the mon-
key by prolonged injections of ovarian hormone
combined with chronic trauma. Surg. Gynec.
Obstet., 1935, 60, 129-136. [13f-14r: Mc]

2863. Overholser, M. D. & Nelson, W. O.
Migration of nuclei in uterine epithelium of mon-
key following prolonged estrin injections. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34, 839-841. [7]

2864. Seckinger, D. L. & Corner,G. W. Cyclic
variations in the spontaneous contractions of the
Fallopian tube of Macacus rhesus. Anat. Rec.,
1923, 26, 299-301. [4f: Me]

2865. Westman, A. Untersuchungen iber die
Physiologie der Tuba uterina bei Macacus rhesus-
Affen. Acta obstet. gynec. scand., 1929, 8, 307—
355. [13f-r: Mc]

2866. Zuckerman, S. Effects of prolonged
oestrin-stimulation on the cervix uteri. Lancet,
1937, (1), 435-437. [7f-12r: Mel

2867. Zuckerman, S. Cystic endometrial hy-
perplasia in a rhesus monkey. F. Obstet. Gynaec.,
1937, 44, 494-499, 2 pls. {20r: Me]

2868. Zuckerman, S. & Morse, A. H. The ex-
perimental production of excessive endometrial
hyperplasia. Surg. Gynec. Obstet., 1935, 61, 15-
19. [+++ 2f-l3r: Pn C-c]

See also: 732, 736, 2773, 2779a, 2789, 2791,
2804a, 2805, 2808, 2809, 2831, 2833, 2840, 2842,
2872, 2896.

VAGINA

2869. Botschkareff, P. W. (Der Vaginalzykuls
als Brunsterscheinung bei Primaten.) Arkh. biol.
Nauk,* 1935, 40, (2), 101-119.

(14f-40r-Russ. with Gr. abstr.: Affe|

2870. Ch’en Mai, M.-Y. & Van Dyke, H. B.
The hydrogen-ion concentration of the vaginal
fluid during the menstrual cycle of the macaque.
Chin. F. Physiol., 1934, 8, 203-208. [3f-8r: Mc]

2871. Davis, M. E. & Hartman, C.G. Changes
in vaginal epithelium during pregnancy in relation
to the vaginal cycle. ¥. Amer. med. Ass., 1935,
104, 279-285. [+++ 7: Mel

2872. van Dyke, H. B. & Ch’en, G. Observa-
tions on the biochemistry of the genital tract of the
female macaque particularly during the menstrual
cycle. Amer. F. Anat., 1936, 58, 473-499.

[3pl-3f-9t-r: Mc]

2873. Gillman, J. The cyclical changes in the
vaginal smear in the baboon and its relationship
to the perineal swelling. South Afr. F. med. Sci.,*
1937, 2, 44-56. (5f-r: Pp]

2874. Hall, B. V. & Lewis, R. M. The induc-
tion of an acid vaginal secretion in the immature
macaque by injections of oestrin. Endocrinology,
1936, 20, 210-213. {it: Me]

2875. Nakanoin, T. & Miura, H. Uber die
Selbstreinigung der menschlichen Scheide. Vir-
chows Arch., 1929, 273, 496-510. [+ 8t-nr: C-p]

2876. Ranson, R. M. & Zuckerman, S. The
vaginal hydrogen-ion concentration in monkeys

injected with oestrone. 7. PAysiol., 1937, 89,
96-98. [2t: Me]

[151 ]

[Physiol. 2877-2900]

REPRODUCTION

2877. Tinklepaugh, O. L. Occurrence of vagi-
nal plug in a chimpanzee. Anat. Rec., 1930, 46,
329-332. Uf: Pn}

2878. Tinklepaugh, O. L. & Van Campenhout,
E. The vaginal cell content of the mature and
immature chimpanzee. Anat. Rec., 1931, 48,
309-322. [Zf-15r: Pn]

2879. Weinstein, L., Wawro, N. W., Worthing-
ton, R. V. & Allen, E. The influence of estrogenic
hormone on the H-ion concentration and bacterial
flora of the vagina of the immature monkey.
Yale F. Biol. Med., 1938, 11, 141-148.

[1t-8r: Mc]

See also: 2753, 2764, 2773, 2779, 2779a, 2791,
2800b, 2804a, 2805, 2808, 2809, 2833, 2839, 2840,
2842, 2896.

SEXUAL SKIN

2880. Allen, E. Sex characteristics in mon-
keys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928, 25,
325-327. [monkey]

2881. Aykroyd, Olive E. & Zuckerman, S. Fac-
tors in sexual-skin oedema. F. PAysiol., 1938,
94, 13-25, pl. 1. [+++ 3t-18r: Me]

2882. Bachman, C., Collip, J. B. & Selye, H.
The effects of prolonged oestriol administration
upon the sex skin of Macaca mulatta. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1935, B, 117, 16-21, pl. 1-4. [Uf: Me]

2883. Bachman, C., Collip, J. B. & Selye, H.
Further studies of sex skin reactions in Macaca
mulatta. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 33,
549-551. [Mc]

2884. Collings, M. R. A study of the cuta-
neous reddening and swelling about the genitalia of
the monkey, Macacus rhesus. Anat. Rec., 1926,
33, 271-287. [4pl: Mc]

2885. Elder, J.H. Effects of theelin injections
in normal pre-pubescent chimpanzees. Anat.
Rec., 1938, 72, 37-43, 1 pl. [1f-8r: Mc]

2886. Fisher, R. B., Krohn, P. L. & Zuckerman,
S. The occurrence of an oestrogenic substance in
the sexual skin of monkeys. Bio-chem. F., 1936,
30, 2219-2223. [2t-17r: Prsh Me Pp]

2887. Gillman, J. The cyclical changes in the
external genital organs of the baboon (P. porcar-
ius). S. Afr. F. Sct., 1935, 32, 342-355, pl. 2.

[4f: Mc]

2887a. Noback, C.V. 1. Note on menstruation
in the gorilla, (Gorilla gorilla). 2. Note on gross
changes observed in the external genitalia of the
female gorilla just before, during, and after men-
struation. Amer. F. phys. Anthrop, 1936, 21,
Suppl. p. 9. [Aéstr: Gr]

2888. Raven, H. C. Genital swelling in a fe-
male gorilla. . Mammail., 1936, 17, 416. [Gr]

2889. de Rochebrune, A.-T. De la conforma-
tion des organes génitaux externes chez les femelles

de singes anthropomorphes du genre Troglodytes.
C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1886, 103, 1084-1086.
[Pn]

2890. Russell, A. E. & Zuckerman, S. A “sex-
ual skin” in a marmoset. Ff. Anat., Lond., 1935,
69, 356-362, 1 pl. [2f: Hap]

2891. Schoeller, W., Dohrn, M. & Hohlweg, W.
Die kiinstliche Auslésung des Sexualzyklus an
Pavianweibchen. I. Uber die Brunstschwellungen
beim kastrierten Pavianweibchen nach subcutaner
und peroraler Progynondarreichung. Arch.
Gyndk., 1932, 150, 126-134. [9f-2t: Pp]

2892. Schoeller, W., Dohrn, M. & Hohlweg, W.
Swelling of the external genitalia in castrated
female baboons after oral and hypodermic treat-
ment with female follicular sex hormone. F. Lad.
clin, Med., 1933, 18, 926-932.

[9f-2t: Mec Pop]

2893. Schultz, A. H. Genital swelling in the
female orang-utan. 7. Mammal., 1938, 19, 363-
366. [Lf-9r: Gr Pn Png]

2894. Woskressensky, & Iwanow, N. S. Beo-
bachtungen tiber Sexualzyklen bei Affen. Biol.
gen., 1932, 8, 597-606, pl. 13. [12r: Pp]

2895. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates. IX.—The effect of oestrin on the
denervated sexual skin. Proc. roy. Soc., 1935,
B, 118, 22-33. [10f-r: Me}

2896. Zuckerman, S. & Fulton, J.F. The men-
strual cycle of the primates. Part VII. The sexual
skin of the chimpanzee. 7. Anat., Lond., 1934,
69, 38-46, 1 pl. [2f: Pn]

2897. Zuckerman, S., van Wagenen, G. & Gar-
diner, R. H. The sexual skin of the rhesus mon-
key. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1938, A, 108, 385-
401, pls. 1-6. [28r: Mc]

See also: 164, 335, 2710, 2734, 2735, 2736, 2752,
2756, 2764, 2773, 2774, 2775, 2776, 2777, 2779,
2782, 2783, 2785, 2787, 2789, 2791, 2798, 2801,
2805, 2808, 2833, 2841, 2842, 2843, 2845, 2847,
2873, 2916, 2928, 2936, 3583, 4015.

MAMMARY GLANDS & LACTATION

2898. Aberle, S. B. D. Comparison of mam-
mary glands of normal and ovariectomized rhesus
monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 32,
246-247. [it: Me]

2899. Aberle, S. B. D. Size of mammary
glands of normal rhesus monkeys and those in-
jected with theelin, corpus luteum extract, and
anterior pituitary extract. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1934, 32, 247-248. (if: Mel

2900. Allen, E., Gardner, W. U. & Diddle,
A.W. Experiments with theelin and galactin on
growth and function of the mammary glands of
the monkey. Endocrinology, 1935, 19, 305-313.

[7f-1t-l1r: Me]

[152]

Sexual skin——Pregnancy & parturition

2901. Gardner, W. U. & van Wagenen, G.
Experimental development of the mammary gland
in the monkey. Endocrinology, 1938, 22, 164—
172. [13f-3t-l4r: Mc]

2902. Schumacher, H. M. Die chemische Zu-
sammensetzung der Milch eines anthropoiden
Affen (Orang-Utan). Z. Kinderheilk., 1934, 56,
415. [1t: Png]

2903. Turner, C. W. & Allen, E. The normal
and experimental development of the mammary
gland of the monkey (Macacus rhesus). Anat.
Rec., 1933, 55, 80. [Abstr.]

2903a. Zuckerman, S. Exhibition of (1) brain
of achimpanzee; and (2) specimens demonstrating
functional changes in the mammary glands of the
green monkey (Cercopithecus sabaeus). Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond., 1932 [1933], (2), 1079-1081.
[Uf-1t: Pn C-p]

See also: 2694, 2697, 2783, 2791, 2808, 2924.

PREGNANCY & PARTURITION

2904. Abel, W. Zwillinge bei Mantelpavianen
und die Zwillingsanlage innerhalb der Primaten.
Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1933, 31, 266-275, pl. 26.

[Wfa1277) esp. Pp)

2905. Allen, E., Diddle, A. W. & Elder, J. H.
Theelin content of pregnancy urine and placenta
of the chimpanzee. dmer. F. Physiol., 1935, 110,
593-596. [it-r: Pn]

2906. Anthony, R. Une femelle de gorille en
état de gestation. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris,
191255 (6), 399) tuple [mere photograph]

2907. Bourdelle, E. & Rode, P. Notes a propos
d’un jeune orang (Pongo pygmaeus Hoppius) né
ala ménagerie du Jardin des Plantes. Bull. Mus.
Hist. nat., Paris, 1932, (2), 4, 472-477. [Png]

2908. Brown, C. E. Birth of second chimpan-
zee in the Philadelphia Zoological Garden. fF.
Mammal., 1930, 11, 303-305, pl. 19. [Px]

2909. Clarke, R. C. Notes on birth of a chim-
panzee in the Clifton Zoological Gardens, Bristol.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1934, (2), 731-732. [Pn]

2910. Elder, J. H. Puerperal hemorrhage in
chimpanzees. Amer. F. Obstet. Gynec., 1939, 37,
327-329. [1t-3r: Pn]

2911. Elder, J. H. & Yerkes, R. M. Chim-
panzee births in captivity: a typical case history
and report of sixteen births. Proc. roy. Soc., 1936,
B, 120, 409-421. Utr: Pn]

291la. English, W. L. Notes on the breeding
of a douroucouli (4otus trivirgatus) in captivity.

Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1934, (1), 143-144, 1 pl.
[ Aot]

2912. Fox, H. The birth of two anthropoid
apes. ¥. Mammal., 1929, 10, 37-51, pls. 4-7.
[1f: Pn Png]

[Physiol. 2901-2924]

2913. Hamlett, G. W. D. Positive Friedman
tests in the pregnant rhesus monkey, Macaca
mulatta. Amer. Ff. Physiol., 1937, 118, 664-668.

[1f: Me]

_ 2914, Hartman, C.G. The period of gestation
in the monkey, Macacus rhesus. Science, 1928,
n.s., 67, 15. [Mc]

2915. Hartman, C.G. Description of parturi-
tion in the monkey, Pithecus (Macacus) rhesus,
together with data on the gestation period and
other phenomena incident to pregnancy and labor.
Fohns Hopk. Hosp. Bull., 1928, 43, 33-51.

[2pl-1f-20r: Mc]

2916. Hartman, C. [G.] The period of gesta-
tion in the monkey, Macacus rhesus, first descrip-
tion of parturition in monkeys, size and behavior
of the young. ¥. Mammal., 1928, 9, 181-194,
pls. 17-18. [Uf: Mc]

2917. Hartman, C.G. Gestation in a monkey
(Macacus rhesus) and associated phenomena.
Amer. F. Obstet. Gynec., 1928, 15, 534-540.

[Uf-r: Me]

2918. Hartman, C. G. Uterine bleeding as an
early sign of pregnancy in the monkey (Macacus
rhesus), together with observations on the fertile
period of the menstrual cycle. Fohns Hopk.
Hosp. Bull., 1929, 44, 155-164. [2t: Me]

2919. Hartman, C.G. Alleged birth of triplets
in the rhesus monkey. Science, 1938, n.s., 87,
552. [3r: Mc]

2920. Hartman, C. G., Squier, R. R. & Tinkle-
paugh, O.L. The fetal heart rate in the monkey
(Macacus rhesus). Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N.Y.,
1930, 28, 285-288. [it: Mel

2921. Hutzelsider, H. B. Bericht tiber eine
Gibbon-Geburt im Zoologischen Garten von
Aarhus (Danemark). Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1937, 9,
n.f., 113-122. [Of: Hyl|

2922. Lucas, N. S., Hume, E. Margaret, &
Smith, H. H. On the breeding of the common
marmoset (Hapale jacchus Linn.) in captivity
when irradiated with ultra-violet rays. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1927, (1), 447-451, 2 pls.

[ Hap]

2922a. Lucas, N. S., Hume, E. Margaret &
Smith, H. H. On the breeding of the common
marmoset (Hapale jacchus Linn.) in captivity
when irradiated with ultra-violet rays.——II. A
ten years’ family history. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1937, A, 107, 205-211. [ Hap]

2923. von Mikulicz-Radecki, F. Hysterosko-
pische Studien am puerperalen Affenuterus nebst
anatomischer Untersuchung eines puerperalen Af-
fenuterus (Macacus rhesus). Zbl. Gynik., 1931,
55, (2), 1782-1790. (if: Mc|

2924. Montané, L. Histoire d’une famille de
chimpanzés. Etude physiologique. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1928, (7), 9, 14-35. (4f: Pn]

[153]

[Physiol. 2924a-—2950]

2924a. Nicolle, C. & Wetterlé, L. A propos de
trois naissances dans la singerie de l'Institut Pas-
teur de Tunis. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1930,
19, 465-468.

2925. Paris, P. Observations sur le Lemur
mongos L. en captivité. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr., 1907,
32, 101-103. (if: Lm

2926. Paris, P. Un cas de reproduction du
ouistiti (Hapale jacchus). Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.,
1908, 33, 147. [ Hap]

2927. Philipp, E. Physiologie und Pathologie
der Geburt bei Affen. Zé/. Gyndk., 1931, 55, (2),

1776-1782. [14f-r: Me]

2927a. Sawaya, P. Alguns aspectos da biologia
dos “‘Saguis’”’ Hapale jacchus (L.). Bol. biol. S.
Paulo,* 1936, 2, 141—149. [ Hap]

2927b. Schmidt, H.R. Uber Schwangerschaft,
Geburt und Wochenbett beim Orang-Utan.

Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyndk., 1932, 91, 496.
[débstr: Png]

2928. Schultz, A. H. & Snyder, F. F. Observa-
tions on reproduction in the chimpanzee. ‘Johns
Hopk. Hosp. Bull., 1935, 57, 193-205. [1t-r: Pn]

2929. Spiegel, A. Beobachtungen wtber den
Sexualzyklus, die Graviditat und die Geburt bei
Javamakaken. (Macaca irus mordax Thomas &
Wroughton [cynomolgus L.].) Arch. Gynaek.,
1930, 142, 561-591. [27f-3t-nr: Me]

2930. Tinklepaugh, O. L. Parturition and
puerperal sepsis in a chimpanzee. Anat. Rec.,
1932, 53, 193-205. [Ipl-15r: Mc]

2931. Tomilin, M. I. Length of gestation pe-
riod and menstrual cycle in the chimpanzee.

Nature, Lond., 1936, 137, 318-319. [Pr]
2932. Vaughan, Kathleen. The birth of apes.
Lancet, 1935, 228, 1016-1017. [monkey]

2933. Wyatt, J. The birth of a chimpanzee at
the Zoological Gardens, London. Proc. R. Soc.
Med., 1935, 28, (2), (Obstet. & Gynaec.), 876-878.
Also: Lancet, 1935, 228, 678. [Px]

2934. Wyatt, J. M. & Vevers, G. M. On the
birth of a chimpanzee recently born in the
Society’s Gardens. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1935,
195-197. [Px]

2935. Yerkes, R. M. Multiple births in an-
thropoid apes. Science, 1934, n.s., 79, 430-431.
[Pn

2936. Yerkes, R. M. & Elder, J. H. Concern-
ng reproduction in the chimpanzee. Yale 7.
Biol. Med., 1937, 10, 41-48. [ut: Pn]

2937. Zuckerman, S. The Aschheim-Zondek
diagnosis of pregnancy inthechimpanzee. Amer.
¥. Physiol., 1935, 110, 597-601. [itr: Pr]

See also: 64, 73, 74, 98, 136, 715, 730, 731, 735,
739, 915, 2750, 2761, 2762, 2764, 2764a, 2775,
2779, 2781, 2783, 2784, 2785, 2825, 2856, 2871,
2893, 2938, 2939, 2943, 3532, 3552, 3554, 3689,
3822, 3873, 4049, 4053.

REPRODUCTION——DEVELOPMENT

BREEDING SEASON

2938. Flower, S.S. Breeding season of lemurs.
Proc. zool. Soc., Lond., 1933, (1), 317. [1t: Lm]

2939. Kaudern, W. _E/jinige Beobachtungen
uber die Zeit der Fortpflanzung der madagassi-
schen Saugetiere. Ark. Zool., 1914, 9, no. 1, 22 pp.

[++ 4f-t: Lm Lp-l Mer-c Chrg Pr-p

Avh Indr Daub]

2940. Hartman, C.G. The breeding season in
monkeys, with special reference to Pithecus (Ma-
cacus) rhesus. F. Mammal., 1931, 12, 129-142.

[Si C-p (G-c Mcweea)

2941. Heape, W. The “sexual season’ of
mammals and the relation of the “‘pro-oestrum”
to menstruation. Quart. F. micr. Sci., 1900, n.s.,
44, 1-70. [+ mr: monkey]

2942. van Herwerden, M. A. Some remarks
on the polyoestrus of primates. Anat. Rec., 1925,
30, 221-223. [if: C-c Tars|

2943. Hill, W. C. O. Breeding of Loris in
captivity. Nature, Lond., 1935, 136, 107-108.
[Lor

2944. deLange,D. Sexualzyklus und Schwan-
gerschaftsdauer bei Tarsius spectrum. Anat.
Anz., 1931, 72, 337-348. [6f-1t: Tars|

2945. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates.—Part III. The alleged breeding-
season of primates, with special reference to the
Chacma baboon (Papio porcarius). Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1931, (1), 325-343. [7f-r: Pp]

2946. Zuckerman, S. The menstrual cycle of
the primates.—Part VI. Further observations on
the breeding of primates, with special reference to
the suborders Lemuroidea and Tarsioidea. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1932 [1933], (2), 1059-1075.

[9f-5t-r: Png Hyl Prsh Mc Pp Ceb Al

Hap Lm Mer-c WNyct-c Glg Tars]

See also: 73, 135, 140, 2672, 2762, 2764, 2770,
2771, 2772, 2783, 2828, 3900, 3917, 4015.

INFANCY, PUBERTY, MATURITY
& SENESCENCE
2947. Bader, R. Alterserscheinungen an Men-
schen- und Makakenovarien. Zool. Anz., 1937,
120, 33-39. [++ 4f-10r: Mc}
2948. Harms, [J. W.] Altersveranderungen

im Hirn von Affen und Menschen. Maiinch. med.
Wschr., 1927, '74, 1349-1350. [++ Affe]

2949. Harms, J. W. Alterserscheinungen im
Hirn von Affen und Menschen. Zool. Anz., 1927,

74, 249-256. [++ If: Me]

2950. Tomilin, M.I. Death of the oldest chim-
panzee in captivity. Science, 1936, n.s., 83, 103-
104. [Px]

See also: 2682, 2685, 2694, 2706, 2712, 2717,
2719, 2764, 2768, 2779, 2783, 2800b, 2833, 2843,
2857, 2878, 2885, 2901, 2915, 2916, 2917, 2922a,
2924, 2928, 2953, 3023, 3784a, 4049.

[154]

Breeding season—Longevity

LONGEVITY

2951. Bolau, H. Die Lebensdauer der Thiere
im Zoologischen Garten zu Hamburg. Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1879, 20, 65-71. [++ Pn Png

Hyl Prsh C-p Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p

Pp Mndr Ceb Lag Brchyt Atl Hap

Oed-m Leon-c}

2952. Brandes, G. Der Tod unseres Riesen-
orangs “Goliath.” Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1929, n.f.,
1, 396-400. [2f: Png]

2953. Brandes, G. Wie alt wird der Orang-
Utan? Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1931, n.f., 4, 1-9.

[2f: Png]

2954. Brown, C.E. Longevity of mammals in

the Philadelphia Zoological Garden. 7. Mam-
mal., 1925, 6, 264-267.
[eae e en yl Cpe Mice Pa Geo)

2955. Flower, S. S. Contributions to our
knowledge of the duration of life in vertebrate
animals.—V. Mammals. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1931, (1), 145-234. [+ mt-127r: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Prsbh Clb C-p Ery-c C-c

Mc Pp Saim Ceb Lag Atl Hap Lm

Hp-l Mer-c Chrg Nyct-c Glg Daub)

2956. Hill, W. C.O. Longevity in a macaque.
Spolia zeylan., 1937, 20, 255-256. [Mc]

[Physiol. 2951-2960]

2957. Mitchell, P. C. On longevity and rela-
tive viability in mammals and birds; with a note
on the theory of longevity. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1911, (1), 425-548. [+ ont: Gr

Pn Png Hyl Symph Prsb Clb C-p

Ery-c C-c Mc Cyn-p Thr-p Pp _ Aot

Cal-c Pith Cacaj Saim Ceb Lag Atl Al

Hap Myst Ocd-m Leon-c Lm Hp-l Mer-c

Chrg Lor WNyct-c Prdct Glg Daub]

2958. Schmidt, M. Die Lebensdauer der Thiere
in Gefangenschaft. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1878,
19, 1-8, 41-49. [+ ont: C-p Ery-c C-c

Mal Cyn-p Pp Mndr Saim Ceb Brchyt

L

2959. Schmidt, M. On the duration of life of
the animals in the zoological garden at Frankfurt-
on-the-Main. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1880, 299-
319. [+ nt: Pn Png C-p C-c Me

Cyn-p Pp Mndr Aot Saim Ceb Brchyt

Atl Hap Lm Gig|

2960. Stadie, R. Biologische Aufzeichungen
iiber in Gefangenschaft gehaltene Affen und Halb-
affen. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1931, n.f., 4, 132-140.

[5% Pn Png Hyl Prsb C-p Ery-c C-c

Mc Pp Mndr Lm Lag Ceb Atl Hap

Leon-c Lm Gilg Nyct-c]

See also: 4015, 4057.

[155 ]

Muscles & Skin

MUSCLE

2961. Bender, M. B. Contractions in dener-
vated muscles induced by fright as evidence of

secretion of a parasympathetic hormone. F. Mt.
Sinai Hosp., 1938, 5, 411-418.
[+++ 4f-15r: monkey]

2962. Bender, M.B. Fright and drug contrac-
tions in denervated facial and ocular muscles of
monkeys. Amer. F. Physiol., 1938, 121, 609-619.

[3f-LIr: Mc\
2962a. Bender, M.B. Sensitized pupillary dila-
tor and facial muscles as indicators of sympathetic

and parasympathetic substances in blood. Proc.
Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39, 62-65.
[++ it: monkey]

2963. Bender, M. B. & Fulton, J. F. Func-
tional recovery in ocular muscles of a chimpanzee
after section of oculomotor nerve. 7. Neuro-
physiol.,* 1938, 1, 144-151. [4f-12r: Pn]

2964. Bender, M. B. & Kennard, Margaret A.
The fright reaction after section of the facial, tri-
geminal and cervical sympathetic nerves. 7.
Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 431-435.

[+++ 7r: Me]

2965. Chor, H. & Dolkart, R. E. Muscle atro-
phies. I. Water and nitrogen studies in simple
disuse atrophy. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1935, 32, 1437-1438. [Mc]

2966. Chor, H. & Dolkart, R. E. A study of
“simple disuse atrophy” in the monkey. Amer.
F. Physiol., 1936, 117, 626-630. [it: Me]

2967. Chor, H., Dolkart, R. E. & Davenport,
H. A. Chemical and histological changes in de-
nervated skeletal muscle of the monkey and cat.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1937, 118, 580-587.

[++ 3f-2t-r: Me]

See also: 2856, 2971, 2980, 3095, 3099, 3100,
3252.

SKIN & HAIR

2967a. Block, W. D. & Lewis, H. B. The
amino acid content of cow and chimpanzee hair.
F. biol. Chem., 1938, 125, 561-570. [4t: Pn]

2967aa.* Kawaguchi, M. (Uber den Cholester-
ingehalt der Haare verschiedener Tiere. Nagoya
Igk. Z., 1936, 44, 109-118.) Abstr.: fap. F. med.,
S¢ci., re Anat., 1938, 7, (124). [+ Fa).
2967b. Okuda, Y. & Katai, K. On the cystine
content of hair and feathers. F. Biochem., Tokyo,
1936, 24, 207-214.
[+ wt: Hyl ?C-c Me Ged]
2968. Zeiger, K. Das Ladungsmosaik der Epi-
dermis. Z. Zellforsch., 1935, 23, 431-441.
[++ 8: Me]

[156]

The Nervous System &
Sense Organs

Peripheral Nervous System
POSTERIOR ROOTS

2969. Barbieri, N. A. Expériences sur la région
lombo-sacré de la moélle épiniére d’un macaque.
Anat. Anz., 1909, 34, ErgH., 164-169,

[+ 8: Me]

2970. Hartmann, F. & Trendelenberg, W. Bei-
trag zur Kenntnis der Bewegungsstérung nach
Hinterwurzeldurchschneidung insbesondere am
Affen. Z. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50, 280-296.

[++ lif: Me]

2971. Mott, F. W. & Sherrington, C.S. Exper-
iments upon the influence of sensory nerves upon
movement and nutrition of the limbs. Preliminary
communication. Proc. roy. Soc., 1895, 57, 481-
488. [+++ Me]

2972. Munk, H. Uber die Folgen des Sensi-
bilitatsverlustes der Estremitat fiir deren Moltili-
tat. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1903, (2), 1038-
1077. [++ Me]

See also: 3010, 3019, 3044, 3083.

PERIPHERAL NERVE

2973. Ballance, C. Anastomosis of nerves.
Experiments in which the central end of the di-
vided cervical sympathetic nerve was anastomosed
to the peripheral end of the divided facial nerve
and to the peripheral end of the divided hypoglos-
sal nerve. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1931, 25, 1-28. {+ 20f: monkey Pp|

2974. Bishop, G. H., Heinbecker, P. & O’Leary,
J. L. Nerve degeneration accompanying experi-
mental poliomyelitis. IJ. A histologic and func-
tional analysis of normal somatic and autonomic
nerves of the monkey. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1932, 27, 1070-1079. [4f-1t: Me]

2975. Colledge, L. & Ballance, C. Anastomoses
between the recurrent laryngeal and phrenic
nerves. The condition of the intrinsic muscles and
nerves of the larynx of a rhesus monkey more than
three years, and two years, after operation. Brit.
med. F., 1928, (1), 746-747, 1 pl. [Mc]

2976. Davenport, H. A., Chor, H. & Dolkart,
R. E. The ratio of myelinated to unmyelinated
fibers in regenerated sciatic nerves of Macacus
rhesus. F. comp. Neurol., 1937, 67, 483-491.

[1f-1t-14r: Mc]

2977. Duel, A. B. & Ballance, C. A note on
the result which follows the grafting of the raw
peripheral end of the divided cervical sympathetic
nerve to another nerve in the vicinity. Brain,
1932, 55, 226-231. [++ 4r: Me]

2978. Heinbecker, P., Bishop, G. H. & O’Leary,
J. L. Nerve degeneration in poliomyelitis. III.
Rate of depression and disappearance of compo-
nents of conducted action potential in severed
nerves; correlation with histologic degeneration in
groups of fibers responsible for various compo-
nents. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1932, 27,
1421-1435. [+ 3f-3t: Mc}

2979. Jatowy, B. Uber die De- und Regenera-
tion der Nervenendigungen in den Fingerbeeren
der oberen Extremitaten der Affen (Macacus
rhesus). Z. Zellforsch., 1935, 23, 84-116.

[11f-28r: Me]

2980. Kennedy, R. Experiments on the restor-
ation of paralysed muscles by means of nerve
anastomosis. Proc. roy. Soc., 1911, B, 84, 75-78.

[++ monkey]

2981. Mott, F. W., Halliburton, W. D. & Ed-
munds, A. Regeneration of nerves. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1907, B, 78, 259-283, pl. 15.

[++ Sf: monkey]

See also: 2883, 2991, 3250, 3252.

Cerebrum & Cerebral Cortex

GENERAL & COMPREHENSIVE
(incl. methodology)

2982. Block, R. J. Chemical studies on the
neuroproteins. I. The amino acid composition of

various mammalian brain proteins. ¥. diol.
Chem., 1937, 119, 765-768. [+ 2t: monkey]
2983. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. ‘“Corticaliza-

tion” of function and functional localization in the
cerebral cortex. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chi-
cago., 1933, 30, 884-901.

[+ 4f: Pn Hyl C-p Me.

2984. Dusser de Barenne, J.G. Selektive Ab-
totung der Nervenzellschichten der Grosshirn-
rinde. Die Methode der laminaren Thermokoagula-
tion der Rinde. Zusatz. Uber die pathologischen
Befunde nach laminaren Thermokoagulation der
Hirnrinde. H. M. Zimmerman. Z. ges. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1933, 147, 280-290. [+++ &: Affe]

[157]

[Physiol. 2985-3006]

2985. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & Zimmerman,
H. M. Changes in the cerebral cortex produced
by thermocoagulation. A suggestion to neuro-
surgery. Arch. Neurol. Psychtat., Chicago, 1935,
33, 123-131. [+++ 7: monkey)

2986. Ferrier, D. Experiments on the brain of
monkeys.—No. I. Proc. roy. Soc., 1875, 23, 409-
430. [3f: Me]

2987. Ferrier, D. The Croonian Lecture.—
Experiments on the brain of monkeys (second
series). Philos. Trans., 1875, 165, 433-488.
Abstr.: Proc. roy. Soc., 1875, 23, 431-432.

[37f: Mc}

2987a. Ferrier, D. & Yeo, G. F. A record of

experiments on the effects of lesion of different

regions of the cerebral hemispheres. Philos.

Trans., 1884, 175, 479-564, pls. 20-36. Abstr.:
Proc. roy. Soc., 1884, 36, 222-224.

[+++ Mc Pp]

2988. Ferrier, David. The functions of the
brain. London: Smith, Elder & co., 1886, 2nd ed.,
xxiii, 498 pp.

2989. Fulton, John F. & Keller, Allen B. The
sign of Babinski; A study of the evolution of cortical
dominance in primates. Springfield, Ill.: Charles C
Thomas, 1932, xi, 165 pp., 2 pls.

[65f-8t-114r: Pn Hyl Prsb_ C-p_ Ery-c

C-c Mc Thr-p Pp Ceb All

2990. Fulton, J. F. Somatic and autonomic
motor functions of the cerebral cortex in ape and
man. (Ludvig Hektoen Lecture.) Proc. Inst.
Med. Chicago, 1936, 11, 21-42.

[4f-1t-70r: Pn Me]

2991. Fulton, John Farquhar. Physiology of
the nervous system. New York: Oxford University
Press, 1938, xv, 675 pp., 1 pl. [++ 94f-1361r]

2992. Gotch, F. & Horsley, V. Croonian lec-
ture—On the mammalian nervous system, its
functions, and their localisation determined by an
electrical method. Philos. Trans., 1891, B, 182,
267-526, pls. 29-35. [++ 26f-unt: Mc]

2992a. Gotch, F. & Horsley, V. Observations
upon the electromotive changes in the mammalian
spinal cord following electrical excitation of the
cortex cerebri, Preliminary notice. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1888, 45, 18-26, pl. 1. [+]

2993. Harlow, H. F. The neuro-physiological
correlates of learning and intelligence. Psychol.
Bull., 1936, 33, 479-525. [Review]

2994. Horsley, V. & Clarke, R. H. The struc-
ture and functions of the cerebellum examined by
anew method. Brain, 1908, 31, 45-124.

[+++ 30f-26r: Mc]

2995. Horsley, V. & Schifer,E.A. A record of
experiments upon the functions of the cerebral
cortex. Philos. Trans., 1888, B, 179, 1-45, pls.
1-7. {+++ 2f: monkey]

2996. Smith, G. Elliot. The brains of apes and
men. (Wilde Memorial Lecture.) Mem. Manchr
lit. phil. Soc., 1925-26, 70, 87-104. [Tars]

CEREBRUM——CEREBRAL CORTEX

See also: 3140. Methodology: 2134, 2984, 2985,
2989, 2994, 3006, 3028, 3029, 3105, 4056.

CEREBRAL CIRCULATION
& CEREBROSPINAL FLUID

2997. Chorobski, J. & Penfield, W. Cerebral
vasodilator nerves and their pathway from the
medulla oblongata, with observations on the pial
and intracerebral vascular plexus. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1932, 28, 1257-1289.

[+++ 21f-45r: Me Ceb}

2998. Cobb, S. & Finesinger, J. E. Cerebral
circulation. XIX. The vagal pathway of the vaso-
dilator impulses. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chi-
cago, 1932, 28, 1243-2356. [++ 5f-lt: Me]

2999. Evans, J. P. & McEachern, D. The cir-
culatory changes in cerebral vascular occlusion
and in cerebral cicatrization. Res. Publ. Ass.
nerv. ment. Dis., 1937 [1938], 18, 379-393.

[+++ Ilr: monkey]

3000. Flexner, L. B. & Weed, L. H. Note on
cerebrospinal elasticity in a chimpanzee. Amer.
¥. Physiol., 1933, 105, 571-573. [it: Pn]

3001. Forbes, H. S., Finley, K. H. & Nason,
G. I. Cerebral circulation. XXIV. A. Action of
epinephrine on pial vessels; B. Action of pituitary
and pitressin on pial vessels; C. Vasomotor re-
sponse in the pia and in the skin. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1933, 30, 957-979.

[+ 8-8: Me]

3001a.* Fujisawa, Y. (Beitrage zur Kenntnis
des normalen Befundes des Liquor cerebrospinalis
bei mehreren Versuchstierarten.) Osaka Igak-

kwai Zasshi, 1927, 26.
[+ Fap.: see no. 3003a]

3002. Gardner, M.D. Ligation of carotid and
vertebral arteries in monkeys. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1935, 32, 1034-1036. [Mc]

3003. Hill, L. & Macleod, J. J. R. A further
enquiry into the supposed existence of cerebral
vaso-motor nerves. 7. Physiol., 1901, 26, 394-
404. [++ J11f-llIr: monkey]

3003a. Kasahara, M. & Fujisawa, Y. Studien
iiber Liquor cerebrospinalis. I. Mitteilung. Uber
die normale Cerebrospinalflissigkeit der Versuch-

tiere. Z. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 73, 11-13.
[+ 4: Affe]

3004. Penfield, W. Intracerebral vascular
nerves. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1932,
27, 30-44. [++ 14f: Pn Me]

3005. Spencer, W. & Horsley, V. On the
changes produced in the circulation and respira-
tion by increase of the intra-cranial pressure or
tension. Philos. Trans., 1891, B, 182, 201-254.

[+ 25f-1t: Mc]

3006. Sunderland, S. The production of cor-
tical lesions by devascularization of cortical areas.
F. Anat., Lond., 1938, 73, 120-129, 1 pl.

[+++ 4fr: Me]

[158]

Cerebral circulation, &c.—Cortical excitability

3007. Watts, J. W. Ligation of the anterior
cerebral artery in monkeys. 7. nerv. ment. Dis.,

1934, 79, 153-158. {If: Me Ppl

3008. Weed, L. H. & Flexner, L. B. Cerebro-
spinal elasticity in the cat and macaque. Amer.
F. Physiol., 1932, 101, 668-677. [++ 3: Mc]

See also: 1986, 2003, 3065, 3196a.

DECORTICATION & DECEREBRATION

3009. Berkwitz, N. J., Morris, R. E., Scott,
F. H. & McKinley, J. C. Decorticate rigidity.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927, 24, 536-538.

[4+ r: Me]

3010. Bieber, I. & Fulton, J. F. Relation of
the cerebral cortex to the grasp reflex and to
postural and righting reflexes. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1938, 39, 433-454,

[+++ 8f-nr: Mc]

3011. Brown, T. Graham. On the occurrence
of a plastic flexor tone in the monkey. F. Physiol.,
1915, 49, 180-184. [yf: Mel

3012. Goltz, F. Beobachtungen an einem Affen
mit versttimmeltem Grosshirn. Pfs. Arch. ges.
Physiol., 1899, 76, 411-426, pl. 1 [Mc]

3014. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, Ag Totalexstir-
pation einer Grosshirnhemisphare beim Affen (Ma-
cacus rhesus). (Vorlaufige Mitteilung). Zo/. Physiol.,
1911, 25, 369-370. [Abstr]

3015. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, A. Totalexstir-
pation beider Grosshirnhemispharen beim Affen
(Macacus rhesus). Zbl. Physiol., 1912, 25, 1207-
1209. [ Aébstr.]

3016. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, A. Affen ohne
Grosshirn. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1912, 25, 107-108.
[Mc]

3017. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, A. Uber Total-
exstirpationen einer und beider Grosshirnhemi-
spharen an Affen (Macacus rhesus). Arch. Anat.
Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1914, 155-212, pls.
1-3. [28f: Me]

3017a. Magnus, R. Korperstellung und Laby-
rinthreflexe beim Affen. Phliig. Arch. ges.
Physiol., 1922, 193, 396-448.

[5f: C-p C-c Me]

3017b. Magnus, R. Tonische Hals- und Laby-
rinthreflexe auf die Kérpermuskeln beim dezere-
brierten Affen. Arch. néerl. Physiol., 1918, 2,
484-488, [++ Cc]

3018. Reisinger, L. Kurzer Riickblick auf die
bisherigen Resultate der totalen und halbseitigen
Grosshirnexstirpation bei Sadugetieren. Naturw.
W schr., 1918, 33, 625-629. [++ J1r-review]

3019. Sherrington, C.S. Decerebrate rigidity,
and reflex coordination of movements. ie
Physiol., 1897-98, 22, 319-332. [++ 3f: Mc]

3020. Walker, A. E. & Fulton, J. F. Hemide-
cortication in chimpanzee, baboon, macaque,

[Physiol. 3007—3025c]

potto, cat and coati: a study in encephalization.
F. nerv. ment. Dis., 1938, 87, 677-700.
[5f-10r: Pn Mc Pp Prdct\

See also: 2255a.

CORTICAL EXCITABILITY
& ELECTRICAL ACTIVITY

3021. Adrian, E.D. The Berger rhythm in the
monkey’s brain. F. Physiol, 1936, 87, Proc.,
83-84. [or: Me]

3022. Adrian, E.D. The spread of activity in
the cerebral cortex. ¥. Physio/., 1936, 88, 127—
161. [++ 30f-r: Me]

3023. Boynton, E. P. & Hines, Marion. On
the question of threshold in stimulation of the
motor cortex. Amer. F. Physiol., 1933, 106, 175—
182. ates Me)

3024. Brown, T. Graham. Studies in the
physiology of the nervous system. XXII.: On
the phenomenon of facilitation. 1: Its occurrence
in reactions induced by stimulation of the “‘motor”’
cortex of the cerebrum in monkeys. Quart. F.
exp. Physiol., 1915, 9, 81-99, 6 pls.

[8f: Pn C-p Mel

3024a. Brown,T.Graham. Studiesin the phys-
iology of the nervous system. XXIII: On the
phenomenon of facilitation. 2: Its occurrence in
response to subliminal cortical stimuli in monkeys.
Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1915, 9, 101-116, 4 pls.
lf: “Pn Cp]
3025. Brown,T. Graham. Studiesin the phys-
iology of the nervous system. XXIV: On the
phenomenon of facilitation. 3: “Secondary facilita-
tion” and its location in the cortical mechanism
itself in monkeys. Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1915,
9, 117-130, 2 pls. [4f: C-p Me|

3025a. Brown, T. Graham. Studies in the
physiology of the nervous system. XXV.: On the
phenomenon of facilitation. 4: Its occurrence in
the subcortical mechanism by the activation of
which motor effects are produced on artificial
stimulation of the “motor” cortex. Quart. F. exp.

Physiol., 1915, 9, 131-145, 1 pl.
eee By J) CRG

3025b. Brown, T. Graham. Studies in the
physiology of the nervous system. XXVI.: On
the phenomenon of facilitation. 5: Additional note
on “secondary facilitation” in the cortical motor
mechanism in monkeys. Quart. F. exp. Physiol.,
1916, 10, 97-102. Uf: Cpl

3025c. Brown, T. Graham. Studies in the
physiology of the nervous system. XXVII.: On
the phenomenon of facilitation. 6: The motor ac-
tivation of parts of the cerebral cortex other than
those included in the so-called “‘motor” areas in
monkeys [excitation of the post-central gyrus];
with a note on the theory of cortical localisation of
function. Quart. F. exp. Physiol., 1916, 10, 103—
143, 4 pls. [10f: Pn C-p Mc|

[159 ]

[Physiol. 3026-3048]

3026. Brown, T. Graham & Sherrington, C. S.
On the instability of a cortical point. Proc. roy.
Soc., 1912, B, 85, 250-277.

[+++ 22f: Pn C-p Me Pp)

3026a. Cooper, Sybil & Denny-Brown, D.
Responses to rhythmical stimulation of the cere-

bral cortex.—Preliminary communication. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1926, B, 100, 251-257, pls. 6-7.
[+++ It C-p Me]

3026b. Cooper, Sybil & Denny-Brown, D.
Responses to stimulation of the motor area of the
cerebral cortex. Proc. roy. Soc., 1927, B, 102,
222-236, pls. 17-18. [+++ Me]

3027. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. Welche Ele-
mente der Grosshirnrinde bringen bei ihrer elek-
trischen Reizung die motorischen Reaktionen
hervor? Pfliig. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233,
529-536. fee 3f: Me]

3028. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. The disturb-
ances after laminar thermocoagulation of the
motor cerebral cortex. Brain, 1934, 57, 517-526.

[+++ 2f-7r: Me]

3029. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. Origin of
motor reactions produced by electrical stimulation
of the cerebral cortex. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1934, 31, 1129-1138.

[+++ 4f-It: Mc]

3030. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W.S. An “extinction” phenomenon on stimula-
tion of the cerebral cortex. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1934, 32, 524-527. [+++ if: Mel

3031. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W.S. Some effects of laminar thermocoagulation
upon the local action potentials of the cerebral
cortex of the monkey. Amer. F. Physiol., 1936,
114, 692-694. [3f-6r: Mc]

3032. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W. S. Functional boundaries in the sensori-
motor cortex of the monkey. Proc. Soc. exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1936, 35, 329-331. [If: monkey]

3033. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W.S. Local stimulatory inactivation within the
cerebral cortex, the factor for extinction. Amer.
F. Physiol., 1937, 118, 510-524.

[+++ 13f-r: Me]

3034. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W. S. Functional organization in the sensory
cortex of the monkey (Macaca mulatta). fF.
Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 69-85. [9f-9r: Mc]

3035. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCulloch,
W. S. The direct functional interrelation of
sensory cortex and optic thalamus. F. Neuro-
paysiol.,* 1938, 1, 176-186. [+++ 4f-9r: Me]

3036. Dusser de Barenne, J. G., McCulloch,
W. S. & Nims, L. F. Changes of hydrogen ion
concentration of the cerebral cortex. Proc. Soc.
exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937, 36, 462-464.

[if: Me monkey]

3037. Dusser de Barenne, J. G., McCulloch,
W.S. & Nims, L. F. Functional activity and pH
of the cerebral cortex. F. cell. comp. Physiol.,
1937, 10, 277-289. [+++ 7f-é8r: Me]

CORTICAL LOCALIZATION

3038. Dusser de Barenne, J. G., McCulloch,
W. S. & Ogawa, T. Functional organization in
the face-subdivision of the sensory cortex of the
monkey (Macaca mulatta). F. Neurophysiol.,*
1938, 1, 436-441. [3f-3r: Me]

3039. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & Marshall, C
On a release-phenomenon in electrical stimulation
of the “‘motor” cerebral cortex. Science, 1931,
n.s., 73, 213-214. [+]

3039a. Dusser de Barenne, J. G., Marshall,
C. S., McCulloch, W. S. & Nims, L. F. Observa-
tions on the pH of the arterial blood, the pH and
the electrical activity of the cerebral cortex.

Amer. F. Physiol., 1938, 124, 631-636.
[+++ 4f: monkey]

Variations in distribution of
the motor centers. Psychol. Monogr., 1915, 19,
no. 1, 80-162. [+++ 11f-14t-r: Mc]

3041. Horsley, V. & Schafer, E. A. Experi-
ments on the character of the muscular contrac-
tions which are evoked by excitation of the various
parts of the motor tract. ¥. Physiol., 1886, 7,
96-110, pl. 5. [++ It: monkey]

3042. Sherrington, C.S. Further experimental
note on the correlation of action of antagonistic
muscles. Proc. roy. Soc., 1893, 53, 407-420.

[++ monkey]

3043. Sherrington, C. S. Stimulation of the

motor cortex in a monkey subject to epileptiform
seizures. Brain, 1918, 41, 48-49. [Mc]

3044. Sherrington, C. S. Quantitative man-
agement of contraction in lowest level co-ordina-
tion. Brain, 1931, 54, 1-28. [4+ 12f-56r: Mc]

3045. Tilney, F. & Pike, F. H. Muscular co-
ordination experimentally studied in its relation
to the cerebellum. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1925, 13, 289-334. [+ 23f-14r: Ceb|

3046. Vogt, Marthe. Reizphysiologische Un-

3040. Franz, S. I.

tersuchungen an Saugetieren. F. Psychol.
Neurol., Lpz., 1933, 45, 298-361.
[+4 26-72 Affel

3047. Wyss, O. A. M. & Obrador,S. Adequate
shape and rate of stimuli in electrical stimulation
of the cerebral motor cortex. Amer. 7. Physiol.,
1937, 120, 42-51. [+++ If-20r: Me Ppl

See also: 2184, 3021, 3022, 3031, 3096, 3303,
3033, 3034, 3057, 3065, 3137, 3171, 3188a, 3237,
3247.

Cortical Localization:
Psychomotor Functions

FRONTAL LOBES—STIMULATION

3048. von Bechterew,W. Untersuchungsergeb-
nisse betreffend die Erregbarkeit des hinteren

Abschnittes des Stirnlappens. Arch. Anat.
Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1899, 500-503.
[++ Affe]

[160]

Psychomotor functions

[Physiol. 3049-3077]

3049. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. A minute
analysis (experimental) of the various movements
produced by stimulating in the monkey different
regions of the cortical centre for the upper limb,
as defined by Professor Ferrier. Philos. Trans.,
1887, B, 178, 153-167, pl. 7. [3t: Mc]

3050. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. A further
minute analysis by electric stimulation of the so-
called motor region of the cortex cerebri in the
monkey (Macacus sinicus). Philos. Trans., 1888,
B, 179, 205-256, pls. 40-42. [15f-nt: Mc]

3051. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. A record of
the results obtained by electrical stimulation of
the so-called motor cortex and internal capsule in
an orang-outang (Simia satyrus). Philos. Trans.,
1890, B, 181, 129-158, pls. 16-21. [4f-5¢: Png]

3052. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. A further
minute analysis by electric stimulation of the so-
called motor region (facial area) of the cortex
cerebri in the monkey (Macacus sinicus). Philos.
Trans., 1894, B, 185, 39-81, pls. 8-9. [omt: Mc]

3053. Brown, T. Graham & Sherrington, C. S.
Observations on the localisation in the motor cor-
tex of the baboon (‘‘Papio anubis”). F. Physiol.,
1911, 43, 209-218. [3f-ut: Pp]

3054. Bucy, P. C. Electrical excitability and
cyto-architecture of the premotor cortex in mon-
keys. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1933, 30,
1205-1225. (ofr: Pn Hyl Me ’Pp|

3055. Bucy, P.C. Representation of ipsilateral
extremities in the cerebral cortex. Science, 1933,
n.s., 78, 418. [Pn Mc Pp|

3056. Bucy, P. C. The relation of the pre-
motor cortex to motor activity. Ff. merv. ment.
Dis., 1934, 79, 621-630.

[2f-24r: Pn Hyl Mc Pp)

3057. Bucy, P. C. & Fulton, J. F. Ipsilateral
representation in the motor and premotor cortex
of monkeys. Brain, 1933, 56, 318-342.

[9f-25r; Pn Hyl Me Pp]

3058. Fulton, J. F. & Dusser de Barenne, J. G.
The representation of the tail in the motor cortex
of primates, with special reference to spider mon-
keys. F. cell. comp. Physiol., 1933, 2, 399-426.+

[12f-17r: Ceb Lag Ail|

3059. Griinbaum, A. S. F. & Sherrington, C. S.
Observations on the physiology of the cerebral
cortex of some of the higher apes. (Preliminary
communication.) Proc. roy. Soc., 1901, 69, 206-
208, pl. 4.—Addendum on the pyramidal tracts by
C. S. Sherrington, p. 209. [Gr Pn Png]

3060. Griinbaum, A. S. F. & Sherrington, C. S.
Observations on the physiology of the cerebral
cortex of the anthropoid apes. Proc. roy. Soc.,
1903, 72, 152-155. lif; Pn Pag)

3061. Hitzig. Uber Localisation psychischer
Centren in der Hirnrinde. Z. Ethn., 1874, 6,

Verh., 42-51. [+++ 4f-3r: Me]
3062. Hitzig, Eduard. Untersuchungen iiber
das Gehirn. Berlin: A. Hirschwald, 1874, vi, 276

pp. [Affe]

3063. Horsley, V. & Schafer, E. A. Experi-
mental researches in cerebral physiology. I. On
the functions of the marginal convolution. (Pre-
liminary communication.) Proc. roy. Soc., 1884,
36, 437-442. Abstr.: Brain, 1885, 8, 98-101.

[+++ If: Me]

_ 3064. Jolly, W. A. & Simpson, S. The func-
tions of the Rolandic cortex in monkeys. Proc.
roy. Soc. Edinb., 1907, 27, 64-78. [2f: C-p Me]

3065. Leyton, A. S. F. & Sherrington, C. S.
Observations on the excitable cortex of the chim-
panzee, orang-utan, and gorilla, Quart. F. exp.
Physiol., 1917, 11, 135-222.

[30f-t-44r: Gr Pn Png Mel

3065a. Luciani, L. & Tamburini, A. Ricerche
sperimentali sulle funzioni del cervello. Is. Co-
municazione: centri psico-motori corticali. Riv.

sper. Freniat., 1878, 4, 69-89, 224-279, pl. 3.
[+ 3f-see no. 3069: Me]

3066. Mott, F. W. & Halliburton, W. D. Lo-
calisation of function in the lemur’s brain. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1908, B, 80, 136-147, pls. 2-4. [Lm]

3067. Mott, F. W. & Schaefer, E. A. On asso-
ciated eye-movements produced by cortical faradi-
zation of the monkey’s brain. Brain, 1890 13,
165-173. [Uf: monkey]

3068. Munk, H. Uber die Ausdehnung der
Sinnessph4ren in der Grosshirnrinde. Zweite Mit-
theilung. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1900, (2),
770-793. [+ ur: Affel

3069. Rabagliati, A. Luciani and Tamburni
on the functions of the brain. Ricerche sperimen-
tali sui centri psico-motori corticali dei professori
Luigi Luciani e Augusto Tamburini. 1878. Brain,
1879, 1, 529-544, An English review of no. 3065a.

[Lf: monkey]

3070. Roaf, H.E. & Sherrington, C.S. Experi-
ments in examination of the ‘locked-jaw’ induced
by tetanus toxin. F. PAysiol., 1906, 34, 315-331.

[+++ 4f: Png C-p Me]

3072. Rothmann, M. Ueber elektrische Rei-
zung der Extremitatenregion. Neurol. Zd/., 1904,
23, 668-672. [++ Affe]

3074. Schaefer, E. A. Uber die motorischen
Rindencentren des Affen-Gehirns. In: Beitraége zur
Physiologie. Carl Ludwig zu seinem siebzigsten Ge-
burtstage gewidmet von seinen Schiilern, Leipzig:
F. C. W. Vogel, 1887, pp. 269-286. [5f: Mc]

3075. Semon, F. & Horsley, V. An experimen-
tal investigation of the central motor innervation
of the larynx. Part I.—Excitation-experiments.
Philos. Trans., 1890, B, 181, 187-211, pls. 31-32.

[++ Mc]

3076. Vogt, C. & Vogt, O. Zur Kenntnis der
elektrisch erregbaren Hirnrindengebiete bei den
Sadugetieren. F. Psychol. Neurol., Lpz., 1907, 8,
ErgH., 276-456, 9 pls. [++ 2t-nr: Png

Gp Gc Mc Pp) Geb Ail Al Hap Em\

3077. Vélsch, M. Ein Rindenreizungsversuch
an einem Halbaffen. Mschr. Psychiat. Neurol.,
1906, 20, 470-471. Uf: Lm|

[161 ]

[Physiol. 3078-3103]

3078. Walker, A.E.& Green, H.D. Electrical
excitability of the motor face area: a comparative
study in primates. ¥. Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1,
152-165. [G=t6n Pri Cec Mee Atl)

3079. Wyss, O. A.M. On an ipsilateral motor
effect from cortical stimulation in the macaque
monkey. F. Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 125-126.

[4r: Mc]

See also: 1544, 1930, 1939, 1940, 1941, 2027,
2184, 2595, 2596, 2963, 2975, 2983, 2986, 2988,
2989, 2990, 2992, 2995, 3023, 3034, 3040, 3042,
3043, 3044, 3045, 3046, 3047, 3082, 3087, 3101,
3107, 3121, 3122, 3123, 3128, 3130, 3131, 3135,
3137, 3182, 3185, 3237, 3238, 3240, 3241, 3242,
3248, 3270, 3272, 4015.

Psychomotor functions
FRONTAL LOBES—ABLATION

3080. Biedl, A. [Extirpation der beiderseitigen

motorischen Rindengebiete beim Affen.] Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1897, 10, 635-637. [ Affen]
3081. Flood, E., & Schafer, [E. A.] | [Short

report on ablation experiments on the facial area
of Macacus rhesus.| Brit. med. F., 1894, (2), 189.
[ Abstr.: Mc)

3082. Fulton, J.F. Paralyses of cortical origin.
A physiological analysis of flaccid and spastic
states in monkeys and chimpanzees. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Med., 1933-34, 1-20.

[4f-29r-lecture: Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp)

3083. Fulton, J. F. Forced grasping and grop-
ing in relation to the syndrome of the premotor
area. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1934, 31,
221-235. [+++ 3fr: Pn Me Po)

3083a. Fulton, J. F. & Dow, R. S. Postural
neck reflexes in the labyrinthectomized monkey
and their effect on the grasp reflex. Neuro-
physiol.,* 1938, 1, 455-462. [4f: C-p Mc Pp]

3084. Fulton, J. F., Jacobsen, C. F. & Kennard,
Margaret A. A note concerning the relation of
the frontal lobes to posture and forced grasping in
monkeys. Brain, 1932, 55, 524-536.

[Sf-Lér: C-p Mc Thr-p|

3085. Fulton, J. F. & Kennard, Margaret A.
A study of flaccid and spastic paralyses produced
by lesions of the cerebral cortex in primates. Res.
Publ. Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 1932 [1934], 13, 158-
210. [13f-31r: Pn Hyl Me Pp)

3086. Green, H. D. & Walker, A. E. The ef-
fects of ablation of the cortical motor face area in
monkeys. F. Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 262-280.

Letiegr: Mc]

3087. Hines, Marion. The “motor” cortex.
Johns Hopk. Hosp. Bull., 1937, 60, 313-336.
[+++ mr: Mc]

3088. Jacobsen C.F. The influence of motor
and premotor area lesions upon the retention of
skilled movements in monkeys and chimpanzees.
Res. Publ. Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 1932 [1934], 13,
225-247. [1f-2t-l3r: Pn Mel

CORTICAL LOCALIZATION

3089. Jacobsen, C. F. & Haslerud, G. M. A
note on the effect of motor and premotor area le-
sions on delayed response in monkeys. Comp.
Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 13, no. 3, 66-68.

[2f: Mc]

3090. Kennard, Margaret A. Age and other
factors in motor recovery from precentral lesions
in monkeys. Amer. 7. Physiol., 1936, 115, 138-
146. [3f-1t-12r: Me]

3091. Kennard, Margaret A. Reorganization
of motor function in the cerebral cortex of mon-
keys deprived of motor and premotor areas in
infancy. F. Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 477-496.

[10f-12r: Me]

3092. Kennard, Margaret A. & Ectors, L.
Forced circling in monkeys following lesions of the
frontal lobes. 7. Neurophysiol.,* 1938, 1, 45-54.

[2f-27r: Me]

3093. Kennard, Margaret A. & Fulton, J. F.
The localizing significance of spasticity, reflex
grasping, and the signs of Babinski and Rossolimo.
Brain, 1933, 56, 213-225. [+++ 2f-lt-2ir: Pn]

3094. Lashley, K.S. Studies of cerebral func-
tion in learning. V. The retention of motor habits
after destruction of the so-called motor areas in
primates. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1924,
12, 249-276. Abstr.: Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1922, ZO; pail [20f-3t-nr: ” monkey

3095. Lewy, F. H. Zur Frage der cerebralen
Muskelatrophie. Pfliig. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1911,
137, 511-514. fae Mel

3096. McKinley, J. C. & Berkwitz, N. J. Ri-
gidity following ablation of the motor cortex in
monkeys. Ff. nerv. ment. Dis., 1933, 78, 604-626.

[8f-tt-24r: Mc)

3097. Munk, H. Uber die Fiihlsphaeren der
Grosshirnrinde. Erste Mittheilung. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1892, (2), 679-723, pl. 7 [++ Afel

3098. Munk, H. Uber die Fiihlsphaeren der
Grosshirnrinde. Zweite Mittheilung. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1893, (2), 759-781. [+++ Mc]

3099. Manic H. Uber die Fiihlsphaeren der
Grosshirnrinde. Dritte Mittheilung. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1894, (2), 823-833. [+++ Me]

3100. Munk, H. Ueber die Contracturen nach
Grosshirnerkrankungen. Arch. Anat. Physiol.,
Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1895, 564-570. [ Abstr.]

3101. Munk, H. Uber die Fiihlsphaeren der
Grosshirnrinde. Finfte Mittheilung. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1896, (2), 1131-1159. [+ ur: Affe]

3102. Richter, C. P. & Hines, Marion. The
production of the “grasp reflex” in adult macaques
by experimental frontal lobe lesions. Res. Pudl.
Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 1932 [1934], 13, 211-224.

[Mc

3103. Richter, C. P. & Hines, Marion. In-
creased spontaneous activity produced in monkeys
by brain lesions. Brain, 1938, 61, 1-16.

[7f-3t-14r: monkey]

[ 162 ]

Psychomotor functions

3104. Schick, W. Reflex changes after injury
to the pyramidal tract in the macaque, gibbon and

chimpanzee. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1933, 30, 501-513. [Pn Hyl Mc]
3105. Trendelenberg, W. Untersuchungen

iiber reizlose voriibergehende Ausschaltung am
Zentralnervensystem. III. Mitteilung. Die Ex-

tremitatenregion der Grosshirnrinde. Phliig.
Arch. ges. Physiol., 1911, 137, 515-544.
[++ 14f-3t: Affe]

See also: 2044, 2722, 2983, 2987, 2987a, 2988,
2989, 2990, 2995, 3010, 3012, 3056, 3058, 3065,
3065a, 3066, 3068, 3069, 3082, 3140, 3144, 3145,
3171, 3171a, 3174, 3175, 3176, 3185, 3210, 3219,
3251, 3255, 4015.

Psychomotor functions

FRONTAL LOBES—ASSOCIATION AREAS

3106. Bianchi, L. The functions of the frontal
lobes. Brain, 1895, 18, 497-522, 2 pls. [++4]

3107. Bianchi, Leonardo. The mechanism of
the brain and the function of the frontal lobes.
Edinburgh: E. & S, Livingstone, 1922, 348 pp.

[++ vnr: Mc Pp Ceb]

3108. Finan, J. L. Effects of frontal lobe le-
sions on temporally organized behavior in mon-
keys. F. Neurophysiol.,* 1939, 2, 208-226.

[6f-2t-45r: C-c]

3109. Franz, S. I. On the functions of the
cerebrum: the frontal lobes. Arch. Psychol.,
N. Y., 1907, 1, no. 2, 64 pp. Abstr.: Brain, 1907,
30, p. 568. [++ 2lf-r: Me Cebd|

3110. Fulton, J. F. & Jacobsen, C. F. The
functions of the frontal lobes, a comparative study
in monkeys, chimpanzees and man. Advances
modern Biol., Moscow, 1935, 4, 113-123.

[3f-50r-review: Pn C-p]|

3111. Jacobsen, C. F. A study of cerebral
function in learning. The frontal lobes. 7. comp.
Neurol., 1931, 52, 271-340.

[+++ 24f-21t-l3r: Mc]

3112. Jacobsen, C. F. Functions of frontal
association area in primates. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 558-569. [3f: C-c]

3113. Jacobsen, C. F. The functions of the
frontal association areas in monkeys. Comp.
Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 13, no. 3, 1-60.

[6f-6t-57r: C-c Mc Pp]

3114. Jacobsen, C. F. & Nissen, H. W. Stud-
ies of cerebral function in primates. IV. The
effects of frontal lobe lesions on the delayed alter-
nation habit in monkeys. F. comp. Psychol.,
1937.) 23, 101-1112 [4f-9r: Mel

3115. Jacobsen, C. F., Wolfe, J. B. & Jackson,
T. A. An experimental analysis of the functions

of the frontal association areas in primates. f.
nerv. ment. Dis., 1935, 82, 1-14. [4f: Pn Me]

3116. Messimy, R. Les effets, chez le singe,
de l’ablation des lobes préfrontaux. Rev. neurol.,
1939, 71, 1-37. [9f-125r: C-c Me]

[Physiol. 3104-3129]

3117. Messimy, R. & Finan, J. Les effets,
chez le singe, de l’ablation des lobes préfrontaux.
Modifications de l’activité et du mode réactionnel.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1937, 126, 201-203. [C-c]

3118. Messimy, R., & Finan, J. Les effets,
chez le singe, de l’ablation des lobes préfrontaux,
Modifications des réflexes, notamment des réflexes
de posture. Modifications du systéme autonome.
C. R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1937, 126, 203-206.

[C-c]

_3119. Munk, H. Uber die Ausdehnung der
Sinnesspharen in der Grosshirnrinde. Dritte Mit-
theilung (Schluss). S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
1901, (2), 1149-1183, [++ Affe]

3120. Sciamanna, E. Relazione sulla scimmia

operata dal professore Bianchi. 11th. Int. Congr.
Med., Roma, 1894, 4, 155-158.

See also: 2987a, 3140.

Psychomotor functions

OCCIPITAL, PARIETAL & TEMPORAL
LOBES

3121. Barany, R., Vogt, C. & Vogt, O. Zur
reizphysiologischen Analyse der kortikalen Augen-
bewegungen. F. Psychol. Neurol., Epa elo2 ss
30, 87-121. [+++ 8: Me]

3122. von Bechterew, W. Ueber corticale Cen-
tra beim Affen. Neurol. Zb/., 1898, 17, 139-140.

]Abstr.: Me]

3123. v. Bechterew, W. Die Resultate der
Untersuchungen mit Reizung von hinteren Partie-
en der Hirnhemispharen und des Frontalappens
bei Affen. Neurol. Zb/., 1898, 17, 720.

[++ Abstr.]

3124. von Bechterew, W. Ueber pupillenver-
engernde und Accommodationscentra der Gehirn-
rinde. Neurol. Zb/., 1900, 19, 386-388.

[++ Affe]

3125. v. Bechterew, [W.]. Das corticale Seh-
feld und seine Beziehungen zu den Augenmuskeln.
Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1905,
53-93. {++ Affe]

3126. Bernheimer, S. Die Gehirnbahnen der
Augenbewegungen. v. Graefes Arch. Ophthal.,
1903, 57, 363-376, pl. 10. [++ if: Ppl

3127. Breslaw, B., Barrera, S. E. & Warden,
C. J. The effect of removal of the post-central
convolution of the Macacus rhesus monkey upon
the delayed response. 7. comp. Psychol., 1934,
18, 207-226. [4f-3t-32r: Me]

3128. Brodman, K. Physiologische Differen-
zen der vorderen und hinteren Zentralwindung.
Neurol. Zb/., 1905, 24, 1158-1160.

[+++ Abstr: C-c]

3129. Jacobsen, C. F. & Elder, J. H. The ef-
fect of temporal lobe lesions on delayed response
in monkeys. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 13,
no. 3, 61-65. [2f-3r: Pp]

[163 ]

[Physiol. 3130-3152]

3130. Levinsohn, G. Uber die Beziehungen
der Grosshirnrinde beim Affen zu dem Bewegung-
en des Auges. v. Graefes Arch. Ophthal., 1909,
71, 313-378, pls. 14-15. [10f-2t: C-p Mel

3131. Lewandowsky, M. & Simons, A. Zur
Physiologie der vorderen und der hinteren Zen-
tralwindung. Pfliig. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1909,
129, 240-254. [+++ 2f Affe

3132. Lewandowsky, M. & Simons, A. Uber
die electrische Erregbarkeit der vorderen und der
hinteren Zentralwindung. Z. ges. Neurol. Psy-
chiat., 1913, Orig., 14, 276-280. [+++ Affe]

3133. Munk, H. Of the visual area of the
cerebral cortex, and its relation to eye move-
ments. Brain, 1890, 13, 45-70, 3 pls.

[++ 19r: monkey]

3134. Parsons, J. H. On dilatation of the pu-
pil from stimulation of the cortex cerebri. 7.
Physiol., 1901, 26, 366-379. [+ 2f-1l6r: monkey]

3135. Rothmann, M. Ueber die elektrische
Erregbarkeit der Zentralwindungen. Mschr.
Psychiat. Neurol., 1912, 32, 489-502.

[+++ Jf: Me]

3136. Schafer, E. A. On electrical excitation
of the occipital lobe and adjacent parts of the
monkey’s brain. Proc. roy. Soc., 1888, 43, 408-
410. [Abstr.]

3137. Schafer, E. A. A comparison of the
latency periods of the ocular muscles on excitation
of the frontal and occipitotemporal regions of the
brain. Proc. roy. Soc., 1888, 43, 411-412.

[ Abstr.]

3138. Schafer, E.A. Experiments on the elec-
trical excitation of the visual area of the cerebral
cortex in the monkey. Brain, 1888, 11, 1-6.

[monkey

See also: 1939, 1940, 2027, 2184, 2986, 2988,
2995, 3026, 3032, 3033, 3034, 3035, 3038, 3046,
3049, 3050, 3051, 3059, 3060, 3063, 3065, 3067,
3069, 3072, 3074, 3075, 3076, 3091, 3101, 3270.

Cortical Localization:

Automatic Functions

3139 Crouch, R. L. & Thompson, J.K. Auto-
nomic functions of the cerebral cortex. Ff. nerv.
ment. Dis., 1939, 89, 328-334. [++ 3f: Me]

3140. Fulton, J. F. Some functions of the
cerebral cortex. Beaumont Foundation Lectures.
I. Autonomic representation in the cerebral cortex.
F. Mich. med. Soc., 1934, 33, 175-182. II. The
frontal lobes. Jdid., 1934, 33, 235-243.

[aa Oir: Pn Me Pp)

3141. Green, H. D. & Hoff, E. C. Effects of
faradic stimulation of the cerebral cortex on limb

and renal volumes in the cat and monkey. Amer.
FJ. Physiol., 1937, 118, 641-658.
[++ 4f-22r: monkey]

CORTICAL LOCALIZATION

3142. Hoff, E. C. & Green, H. D. Cardiovas-
cular reactions induced by electrical stimulation
of the cerebral cortex. Amer. F. Physiol., 1936,
117, 411-422. [++° Of: Pn Me

3143. Kennard, Margaret A. Vasomotor rep-
resentation in the cerebral cortex. Science, 1934,
n.s.. 79, 348-349. [Pn monkey]

3144. Kennard, Margaret A. Vasomotor dis-
turbances resulting from cortical lesions. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 537-545.

[+++ 3f: monkey]

3145. Pinkston, J. O. & Rioch, D. McK. The
influence of the cerebral cortex on ‘peripheral circu-
lation. Amer. F. Physiol., 1938, 121, 49-54.

[2f: Mc]

3146. Sheehan, D. The effect of cortical stim-
ulation on gastric movements in the monkey.
F. Physiol., 1934, 83, 177-184. [2f: Me]

3147. Watts, J. W. The influence of the cere-
bral cortex on gastro-intestinal movements. 7.
Amer. med. Ass., 1935, 104, 355-357.

[+ monkey]

3148. Watts, J. W. & Fulton, J. F. Intussus-
ception—the relation of the cerebral cortex to in-

testinal motility in the monkey. New Engl. fF.
Med., 1934, 210, 883-896 and 925.
[2f-40r: C-p Me]

3149. Weber, E. Uber den Einfluss der Le-
bensweise und Fortbewegungsart auf die Bezie-
hungen zwischen Hirnrinde und Blutdruck. Arch.
Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Physiol. Abt., 1906, Suppl-
Bd., 309-327. [+ 14: Affe]

See also: 2184, 2602, 2718, 2722, 2990, 3042,
3083, 3116, 3118, 3121, 3122, 3124, 3125, 3134,
3219.

Cortical Localization:
Sensory Functions

GENERAL & COMPREHENSIVE

3150. Luciani, L. On the sensorial localisations
in the cortex cerebri. Brain, 1884, 7, 145-160,
1 pl. [++ monkey]

3151. Luciani, L. & Tamburini, A. Ricerche
sperimentali sulle funzioni del cervello, I= Co-
municazione. Centri psico-sensori corticali. Riv.
sper. Freniat., 1879, 5, 1-76. Engl. abstr.: Brain,
1879-80, 2, 234-250. [+ 6f-nr: scimie]}

3152. Rabagliati, A. Luciani and Tamburini
on the functions of the brain. The psycho-sen-
sory cortical centres. ’Sulle funzioni del cervello,
Ricerche sperimentali dei Professori Luigi Luciani
e Augusto Tamburini, Seconda Comunicazione:
Centri psico-sensori corticali. 8vo. pp. 78. Reggio-
Emilia. 1879. Brain, 1879, 2, 234-250.

[1f: monkey]

[164 ]

Autonomic functions——Sensory functions

[Physiol. 3153-3173a]

3153. Mott, F. W. The physiological signifi-
cance of the convolutional pattern in the primates.
Brit. med. F., 1906, (2), 1801-1804.

[Sf Pn Png Hyl Me Lm]

3154. Schafer, E. A. Experiments on special
sense localisations in the cortex cerebri of the
monkey. Brain, 1888, 10, 362-380. [6f: Mc]

See also: 2983.

CEREBRAL CORTEX & VISION

3155. Franz, S. I. & Lafora, G. R. On the
functions of the cerebrum: the occipital lobes.
Psychol. Monogr., 1911, 13, no. 4, 118 pp.

(eee 96f-77r: C-p Mc]

3155a. Harlow, H. F. & Settlage, P. H. The
effect of application of anesthetic agents on cir-
cumscribed motor and sensory areas of the cortex.

F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1936, 2, 193-200.
[+44 1f-10r: Mc]

3156. Kliiver, H. An analysis of the effects of
the removal of the occipital lobes in monkeys.
F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1936, 2, 49-61. [Mc]

3157. Kliiver, H. Certain effects of lesions of
the occipital lobes in macaques. ¥. Psychol.,
Provincetown,* 1937, 4, 383-401. [28r: Me]

3158. Kliiver, H. & Bucy, P.C. An analysis of
certain effects of bilateral temporal lobectomy in
the rhesus monkey, with special reference to
“psychic blindness.” F. Psychol., Provincetown,*
1938, 5, 33-54. [8f-22r: Mel

3159. Maison, G. L., Grether, W. F. & Settlage,
P. H. Monocular color discrimination after uni-
lateral occipital lobectomy in rhesus monkeys.
F. comp. Psychol., 1938, 25, 451-455.

[1t-8r: Me]

3160. Maison, G. L., Settlage, P. & Grether,
W.F. Experimental study of macular represen-
tation in the monkey. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1938, 40, 981-984. [4r: Mc]

3161. Marquis, D. G. Effects of removal of
the visual cortex in mammals, with observations
on the retention of light discrimination in dogs.
Res. Publ, Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 1932 [1934], 13,
558-592. [+ 6f-2t-142r]

3162. Marquis, D. G. Phylogenetic interpre-
tation of the functions of the visual cortex. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1935, 33, 807-815.

ce If: monkey]

3163. Marquis, D. G. & Hilgard, E. R. Con-
ditioned responses to light in monkeys after re-
moval of the occipital lobes. Brain, 1937, 60,
1-12, pl. 1. [6f-1t: Mc Atl|

3164. Panichi, L. Sulla sede del centro psichico
della visione nelle scimmie. Arch. Sci. med.,
1903, 27, 141-172, pl. 3. [14r: Mel

3165. Spence, K. W. & Fulton, J. F. The ef-

fects of occipital lobectomy on vision in chim-
panzee. Brain, 1936, 59, 35-50. [2f-2t-r: Pn]

3166.* Starikov, G. S. Uslovnyie refleksy
obezyan do i posle udaleniya 17, 18, i 19 poley
kory. (Conditioned reflexes in monkeys before
and after the removal of cortical areas 17, 18, and
19.) Vysshaya Nervnaya Deyatel’nost, Moscow,*
1929, 80-92. [Psychol. Abstr., 1934, 8, no. 279]

3166a. Thompson, W. G. & Brown, S. The
centre for vision, being an investigation into the
occipital lobes of the dog, cat and monkey. Res.
Loomis Lab., Med. Dept., N. Y. Univ.,* 1890, 1,
13-37, 3 pls. ee ir Vic
See also: 2071, 2092, 2983, 2987, 2987a, 2988,

2995, 2996, 3106, 3107, 3125, 3133, 3150, 3151,
3152, 3154, 3167, 3168, 3169, 3170.

CEREBRAL CORTEX & HEARING

3167. Brown, S. Experiments on special sense
localizations in the cortex cerebri of the monkey.
Med. Rec. N. Y., 1888, 34, 113-115. [6f: Me]

3168. Brown, S. & Schafer, E. A. An investi-
gation into the functions of the occipital and tem-
poral lobes of the monkey’s brain. Philos. Trans.,
1888, B, 179, 303-327, pls. 48-50. [Mc]

3169. Ferrier, D. Schafer on the temporal and
occipital lobes. Brain, 1888, 11, 7-30.
[+++ monkey]

3170. Schafer, E. A. On the functions of the
temporal and occipital lobes: a reply to Dr. Fer-
rier. Brain, 1888, 11, 145-165, 2 pls.

[+++ Me]

See also: 2987, 2987a, 2988, 2995, 3092, 3129,
3150, 3151, 3152, 3154, 3158, 3166, 3388.

CEREBRAL CORTEX & SOMATIC
SENSATION

3171. Bard, P. Studies on the cortical repre-
sentation of somatic sensibility. Harvey Lect.,
1937-1938, 143-169. [+++ 26r: Mel

317la. Dupuy. Altération des sens et du
mouvement aprés lésion des circonvolutions chez
lesinge. C.R. Soc. Biol., Paris, 1885,37, 632-633.
[singe]

3172 Dusser de Barenne, J. G. Experimental
researches on sensory localization in the cerebral
cortex of the monkey (Macacus). Proc. roy. Soc.,
1924, B, 96, 272-991. (9f: Mc}

3173. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. Experimen-
telle Untersuchungen tber die Lokalisation des
sensiblen Rindengebietes im Grosshirn des Affen
(Macacus). Dtsch. Z. Nervenheilk., 1925, 83,
273-301. (of: Mc]

3173a. Kasdon, Solomon. Localization of func-
tion in the posterior parietal lobe of the chimpanzee:
an experimental study by the discrimination method.
M. D. Thesis (unpublished). New Haven: Yale
University School of Medicine, 1938, 60 pp.

[8f-8t-9ir: Pn]

[165 ]

[Physiol. 3174—3193a]

SUBCORTEX & BRAIN-STEM

3174. Minkowski, M. Zur Physiologie der
vorderen und hinteren Zentralwindung und _ der
Parietalwindungen. KorrespBl. schweiz. Arz.,
1917, 47, 353-376. +++ 4f44r: C-p)

3175. Minkowski, M. Etude sur la physiologie
des circonvolutions rolandique et pariétales.
Schweiz. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 1917, 1, 389-
459. [+++ 13f-94r: Mc]

3176. Mott, F. W. The sensory motor func-
tions of the central convolutions of the cerebral
cortex. 7. Physiol., 1894, 15, 464-487, pl. 12.

[+++ Mc]

3177. Munk, H. Uber die Ausdehnung der
Sinnesspharen in der Grosshirnrinde. S. B.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1899, (2), 936-950.

[++ Affe]

3178. Ruch, T. C. & Fulton, J. F. Cortical
localization of somatic sensibility. The effect of
precentral, postcentral and posterior parietal le-
sions upon the performance of monkeys trained to
discriminate weights. Res. Pud/. Ass. nerv. ment.
Dis., 1934 [1935], 15, 289-330.

[7f-7t-60r: C-c All|

3179. Ruch, T. C., Fulton, J. F. & German,
W. J. Sensory discrimination in monkey, chim-
panzee and man after lesions of the parietal lobe.
Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1938, 39, 919-
937. [++ 8f-18r: Pn C-c]

See also: 2983, 2987, 2987a, 2995, 3012, 3020,
3034, 3035, 3038, 3065a, 3081, 3097, 3098, 3101,
3116, 3119, 3128, 3150, 3151, 3154, 3155a, 3191.

Subcortical Structures &

the Brain-Stem

CORPUS CALLOSUM, & INTERNAL
CAPSULE, &c.

3180. Beevor, C. E. & Horsley, V. An experi-
mental investigation into the arrangement of the
excitable fibres of the internal capsule of the bon-
net monkey (Macacus sinicus). Philos. Trans.,
1890, B, 181, 49-88, pls. 5-11. [7f-5t: Mel

3181. Hartmann, F., Jun. & Trendelenberg, W.
Zur Frage der Bewegungsstorungen nach Balken-
durchtrennung an der Katze und am Affen. Z.
ges. exp. Med., 1927, 54, 578-592. [++ 4f: Mc]

3182. Kennard, Margaret A. & Watts, J. W.
The effect of section of the corpus callosum on the
motor performance of monkeys. F. nerv. ment.
Dis., 1934, 79, 159-169. [14r: C-p Mc Pol

3183. Lafora, G. R. & Prados y Such, M. Ex-
perimentalversuche tiber die Funktion des Gehirn-
balkens. Z. ges. Neurol. Psychiat., 1923, Orig.,
84, 617-641. [++ 29f-9r: Me]

3184. Lévy-Valensi, J. Le corps calleux. (Etude
anatomique, physiologique et clinique.) Thése
(Med.) Paris, G. Steinheil, 1910, 216 pp., 10 pls.

[+ nf-vnr: singe]

3185. Mott, F. W. A report on bilaterally as-
sociated movements, and on the functional rela-
tions of the corpus callosum to the motor cortex.
Brit. med. F., 1890, (1), 1124-1125.

[1f: monkey]

3186. Mott, F. W. & Schaefer, E.A. On move-
ments resulting from faradic excitation of the

corpus callosum in monkeys. Brain, 1890, 13,
174-177. [monkey]

3187. Trendelenburg, W.& Hartmann, F. Zur
Frage der Bewegungsstérungen nach Balken-
durchtrennung. (Untersuchungen an Katzen und
Affen.) Skand. Arch. Physiol., 1926, 59, 236-237.

[ Abstr. of no. 3181]

See also: 2184, 2992, 3041, 3046, 3052, 3075.

BASAL GANGLIA

3188. Brown, T. Graham. Note on the physi-
ology of the basal ganglia and mid-brain of the
anthropoid ape, especially in reference to the act
of laughter. F. Physiol., 1915, 49, 195-207.

[3f: Pn]

3188a. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & McCul-
loch, W. S. Sensorimotor cortex, nucleus cauda-
tus and thalamus opticus. ¥. Neurophysiol.,*
1938, 1, 365-377. [+++ 14f-lir: Me]

3189. Mella, H. The experimental production
of basal ganglion symptomatology in Macacus
rhesus. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1924,
11, 405-417. [6f-2t: Me]

3190. Ranson, S. W. Bilateral destruction of
striofugal fibers in the monkey. Trans. Amer.
neurol. Ass., 1938, 64, 102-103. [Abstr.: Me]

See also: 2154, 2986, 2992, 3094, 3103.

THALAMUS

3191. Dusser de Barenne, J.G. Central levels
of sensory integration. Res. Pudl. Ass. nerv.
ment. Dis., 1934 [1935], 15, 274-288.

[++ 7: Me]

3192. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & Sager, O.
Sensory functions of the optic thalamus of the
monkey (Macacus rhesus): symptomatology and
functional localization investigated with the
method of local strychninization. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1937, 38, 913-926. [8f: Me]

See also: 2168, 2184, 2986, 2987, 2988, 2992,
3035, 3188a.

HYPOTHALAMUS

3193. Cleveland, D. & Davis, L. Further
studies on the effect of hypothalamic lesions upon
carbohydrate metabolism. Brain, 1936, 59, 459-
465. [+ 4f: monkey]

3193a. Fisher, Charles, Ingram, W. R. & Ran-
son, S. W. Diabetes insipidus and the neuro-
hormonal control of water balance: a contribution to

[ 166 ]

Corpus callosum, &c.—Cerebellum

the structure and function of the hypothalamico-
hypophyseal system. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Edwards
Brothers, 1938, x, 212 pp.

[+ 71f-26t-unr: Mc]

3194. Hoff, E. C. & Sheehan, D. Experimen-
tal gastric erosions following hypothalamic lesions
in monkeys. Amer. F. Path., 1935, 11, 789-802,
pls. 113-114. [13r: Me Ceb]

3195. Ingram, W. R., Fisher, C. & Ranson,
S. W. Experimental diabetes insipidus in the
monkey. <Arch. intern. Med., 1936, 57, 1067—
1080. [4f-1t-23r: Mc]

3196. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, A. Gehirn und
Sympathicus. II. Mitteilung. Ein Sympathicus-
zentrum im Zwischenhirn. Pfliig. Arch. ges.
Physiol. 1910, 135, 401-416, pl. 14.

[+ 10f: Mc]

3196a. Light, R. U. & Bysshe, S. M. The ad-

ministration of drugs into the cerebral ventricles

of monkeys: pituitrin, certain pituitary fractions,

pitressin, pitocin, histamine, acetyl choline, and
pilocarpine. 7%. Pharmacol., 1933, 47, 17-36.

[ans 1G-c|

3197. Martin, J. & Schnedorf, J. G. The ab-
sence of changes in gastric activity and of gastro-
intestinal ulceration following hypothalamic le-
sions in the monkey and cat. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1938, 122, 81-85. [++ If: monkey]

3198. Ranson, S. W., Fisher, C. & Ingram,
W.R. Hypothalamic regulation of temperature
in the monkey. <drch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chi-
cago, 1937, 38, 445-466, [13f-4t: Mel

3198a. Ranson, S. W., Fisher, C. & Ingram,
W.R. Adiposity and diabetes mellitus in a mon-
key with hypothalamic lesions. Endocrinology,
1938, 23, 175-181. [2f-1t-6r: Me]

3199. Ranson, S. W. & Ingram, W. R. Hypo-
thalamus and regulation of body temperature.
Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N. Y., 1935, 32, 1439-1441.

[+++ 5r: Me]

3200. Watts, J. W. & Fulton, J. F. The effect
of lesions of the hypothalamus upon the gastro-
intestinal tract and heart in monkeys. Ann.
Surg., 1935, 101, 363-372. [3f-r: Me]

See also: 2231, 2683, 2718, 2230a.

MESENCEPHALON

3201. Bernheimer, S. Die Lage des Sphink-
tercentrums. Eine experimentelle Studie. »v.
Graefes Arch. Ophthal., 1901, 52, 302-316, pls. 6-7.

[+++ If-r: Me]

3202. Bernheimer, S. Weitere experimentelle
Studien zur Kenntnis der Lage des Sphinkter- und
Levatorkerns. v. Graefes Arch. Ophthal., 1909, 70,
539-562, pls. 15-16. [+++ Affe]

3203. Brown, T. Graham. On postural and
non-postural activities of the mid-brain. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1913, B, 87, 145-163.

[+++ Of: Cp Me C-]

[Physiol. 3194-3216]

3204. Brown, T. Graham. On the effect of ar-
tificial stimulation of the red nucleus in the anthro-
poid ape. F. PAysiol., 1915, 49, 185-194,

[4f: Pn]

3205. Ferrier, D. & Turner, W.A. Experimen-
tal lesion of the corpora quadrigemina in monkeys.
Brain, 1901, 24, 27-46, 1 pl. [18r: Me]

3206. Karplus, J. P. & Kreidl, A. Uber die
Bahn des Pupillarreflexes. (Die reflektorische
Pupillenstarre.) Pfliig. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1912,
149, 115-155. [++ 14f-r: Mel

3207. Keller, A.D. & Hare, W.K. The rubro-
spinal tracts in the monkey. Effects of experimen-
tal section. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago,
1934, 32, 1253-1272. [5f-2t: monkey]

3208. Levinsohn, G. Beitrage zur Physiologie
des Pupillenreflexes. II. v.Graefes Arch. Ophthal.,
1904, 59, 436-458, pl. 17. [+++ of: Affel

3209. Magoun, H. W., Atlas, D., Hare, W. K.
& Ranson, S. W. The afferent path of the pupil-
lary light reflex in the monkey. Brain, 1936, 59,
234-249, [5f-25r: Mc]

See also: 3188, 3303, 3204, 2252.

CEREBELLUM & ITS PEDUNCLES

3210. Aring, C. D. & Fulton, J. F. Relation of
the cerebrum to the cerebellum. II. Cerebellar
tremor in the monkey and its absence after re-
moval of the principal excitable areas of the cere-
bral cortex (areas 4 and 6a, upper part). III. Ac-
centuation of cerebellar tremor following lesions
of the premotor area (area 6a, upper part). Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1936, 35, 439-466.

[4f: Mc Pop]

3211. Botterell, E. H. & Fulton, J. F. Func-
tional localization in the cerebellum of primates.
I. Unilateral section of the peduncles. ¥. comp.
Neurol., 1938, 69, 31-46. [3f-r: Mec Pp]

3212. Botterell, E. H. & Fulton, J. F. Func-
tional localization in the cerebellum of primates.
II. Lesions of midline structures (vermis) and
deep nuclei. F. comp. Neurol., 1938, 69, 47-62.

[3f. Mc Pp}

3213. Botterell, E. H. & Fulton, J. F. Func-
tional localization in the cerebellum of primates.
III. Lesions of hemispheres (neocerebellum). 7.
comp. Neurol., 1938, 69, 63-87. [3f-r: Mc Pp]

3214. Clarke,R.H. Experimental stimulation
of the cerebellum. Brain, 1926, 49, 557-569.

[++ 7f: Me]

3215. Dow, R.S. Effect of lesions in the ves-

tibular part of the cerebellumin primates. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1938, 40, 500-520.

[6f: Pn C-p C-c Me Pol

3216. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S.E. The effects
of lesions of the superior cerebellar peduncle in the
Macacus rhesus monkey. (A preliminary report.)
Bull. neurol. Inst. N. Y., 1936, 5, 165-179.

[7f: Mc]

[167]

[Physiol. 3217-3241]

BRAIN-STEM——SENSE ORGANS

3217. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S. E. Effects of
lesions of the juxtarestiform body (I. A.
bundle) in Macacus rhesus monkeys. Arch.
Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1936, 35, 13-28.

[7f4tr: Mc]

3218. Ferrier, D. & Turner, W. A. A record of
experiments illustrative of the symptomatology
and degenerations following lesions of the cere-
bellum and its peduncles and related structures in
monkeys. Philos. Trans., 1894, B, 185, 719-778,
pls. 64-71. [Mc]

3219. Fulton, J. F. The interrelation of cere-
brum and cerebellum in the regulation of somatic
and autonomic functions. Medicine, Baltimore,
1936, 15, 247-306.

[e+ 13f-2-139r:| Pn Mel

3220. Keller, A. D., Roy, R. S. & Chase, W. P.
Extirpation of the neocerebellar cortex without
eliciting so-called cerebellar signs. Amer. Ff.
Physiol., 1937, 118, 720-733.[++ 4f-21r: monkey]

3221.* Luciani, Luigi. J/ cervelleto. Nuovi studi
Jisiologia normale e patologica, Firenze: succes-
sori Le Monnier, 1891, ix, 320 pp. [see no. 3223]

3222. Luciani, Luigi. Das Kleinhirn. Neue
Studien zur normalen und pathologischen Physio-

logie. Deutsche Ausgabe besorgt von M. O.
Fraenkel. Leipzig: Eduard Besold, 1893, xv,
288 pp. [48f: Affe]

3223. Turner, W. A. I.—II Cervelleto; nuovi
studi di fisiologia normale e pathologica. Per Luigi
Luciani. Firenze, 1891. II.—Sull ’origine e decorso
dei peduncoli cerebellari e sui loro rapporti cogli
altri centri nervosi. Per Dr. Vitt. Marchi. Firenze,
1891. Brain, 1892, 15, 283-299.

3224. Magoun, H. W., Hare, W. K. & Ranson,
S.W. Electrical stimulation of the interior of the
cerebellum in the monkey. Amer. F. Physiol.,
1935, 112, 329-339. [2f-8r: Mc

3225. Munk, H. Uber die Functionen des
Kleinhirns. s. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1906, (1),
443-480. [++ Afel

3226. Munk, H. Uber die Functionen des
Kleinhirns. Zweite Mittheilung. S. B. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., 1907, (1), 16-32. [+ Affe]

3227. Munk, H. Uber die Functionen des
Kleinhirns. Dritte Mittheilung (Schluss). S. B.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1908, (1), 294-326. [+ Affe]

3228. Sachs, E. & Fincher, E. F. Symposium
on the cerebellum. (5) Anatomical and physiologi-
cal observations on lesions in the cerebellar nuclei
in Macacus rhesus. (Preliminary report.) Brain,
1927, 50, 350-356. [9f: Me}

3228a. Turner, Robert S. Functional anatomy

of the brachium pontis in monkeys. Ph.D. Thesis
(unpublished). New Haven: Yale University,
1938, v, 123 pp., 10 pls. [t-nr: C-c]

3229. Walker, A. E. & Botterell, E. H. The
syndrome of the superior cerebellar peduncle in
the monkey. Brain, 1937, 60, 329-353.

[4f: Mc Pp]

3230. Yochelson, Samuel. The effects of sec-
tion of the brachium pontis in untrained and trained
monkeys. M. D. Thesis (unpublished). New
Haven: Yale University School of Medicine, 1936,
45 pp. [if-55r; C-¢ Mel

See also: 2266, 2267, 2301, 2994, 3019, 3045,
3121, 3207, 3303, 3245.

MEDULLA & PONS

3231. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S.E. The effects
of lesions of the dorsal column nuclei in the Ma-
cacus rhesus. Brain, 1936, 59, 76-99.

[9f-12r: Mc]

3232. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S.E. The effects
of lesions of various portions of the vestibular
complex in the Macacus rhesus. Trans. Amer.
neurol. Ass., 1938, 64, 69-72. [Abstr.: Me]

3233. Ferraro, A., Barrera, S. E. & Blakeslee,
G. A. Vestibular phenomena of central origin.
(An experimental study in Macacus rhesus).
Brain, 1936, 59, 466-482. [5t-r: Me]

3234. Kreidl, A. Zur Frage der sekundaren
Hoérbahnen, Mschr. Ohrenheilk., 1914, 48, 1-14.
[+ 26f: Me]

3235. Spencer, W. G. On the changes evoked
in the circulation and respiration by electrical ex-
citation of the floor of the 4th ventricle. Proc.
roy. Soc., 1891, 50, 142-143. [++ Abdsir.]

3236. Turner, W.A. Results of the experimen-
tal destruction of the tubercle of Rolando. Brain,
1895, 18, 231-247, 3 pls. [+++ Me]

See also: 2301, 2596, 2682a, 3239,

MEDULLA—THE PYRAMIDS

3237. Hering, H. E. Ueber Grosshirnrinden-
reizung nach Durchschneidung der Pyramiden
oder anderer Theile des centralen Nervensystems
mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Rindenepi-
lepsie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1899, 12, 831-833.

[++ Mc Pop]

3238. Rothmann, M. Die Erregbarkeit der
Extremitatenregion der Hirnrinde nach Aus-
schaltung cerebrospinaler Bahnen. Z. klin. Med.,
1902, 44, 183-217. [++ 2t: Affe]

3239. Rothmann, M. Ueber experimentelle
Lasionen des Centralnervensystems am anthro-
pomorphen Affen (Chimpansen). Arch. Psychiat.
Nervenkr., 1904, 38, 1020-1069, pls. 16-17. [Px]

3240. Rothmann, M. Uber die physiologische
Wertung der corticospinalen (Pyramiden-) Bahn.
Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der elektrischen
Reizbarkeit und Funktion der Extremitatenregion
der Grosshirnrinde. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.,
Physiol. Abt., 1907, 217-275. [+++ 7f-It: Mc

3241. Schifer, E.A. Experiments on the paths
taken by volitional impulses passing from the
cerebral cortex to the cord: the pyramids and the
ventro-lateral descending tracts. Quart. F. exp.
Physiol., 1910, 3, 355-373, [+++ Me]

[168 ]

Medulla & pons—Retina & optic nerve

[Physiol. 3242-3267]

3242. Schiiller, A. Experimentelle Pyramiden-
durchschneidung beim Hunde und Affen. Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1906, 19, 57-62.

[++ 13r: Mc Pp]

3243. Tower, SarahS. Pyramidal lesion in the
monkey. Trans. Amer. neurol. Ass., 1938, 64,
95-101. [Abstr.: Me]

See also: 3073, 3083, 3087.

Spinal Cord

ASCENDING & DESCENDING TRACTS

3244. Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S. E. Effects of
experimental lesions of the posterior columns in
Macacus rhesus monkeys. Brain, 1934, 57, 370-
332. [4f-25r: "Mel

3245. Ferraro, A. & Barrera,S.E. The effects
of lesions of the dorsal spino-cerebellar tract and
corpus restiforme in the Macacus rhesus monkey.
Brain, 1935, 58, 174-202. [9f-59r: Mc]

3246. Ferrier, D. Hemisection of the spinal
cord. Brain, 1884, 7, 1-12.

[+++ If: monkey]
3247. Frohlich, A. & Sherrington, C. S. Path
of impulses for inhibition under decerebrate rigid-
ity. 7. Physiol., 1902, 28, 14-19. [+ 2f: Mc]
3248. Rothmann, M. Ueber hohe Durch-
schneidung des Seitenstranges und Vorderstranges
beim Affen. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., Physiol.
Abt., 1902, SupplBd., 440-445. [4bstr.: Affe]
3249. Turner, W. A. On hemisection of the
spinal cord. Brain, 1891, 14, 496-522.
[+++ 4f-59r:

See also: 2284, 2320, 3241.

monkey|

SPINAL TRANSECTION
& SPINAL “SHOCK”

3250. Cooper, Sybil & Sherrington, C.S. De-
generation of peripheral nerves after spinal tran-
section in the monkey. 7. Physiol., 1932, 77,
18P-19P. [Abstr.: Me]

3251. Fulton, J. F. & McCouch, G. P. The re-
lation of the motor area of primates to the hypo-
reflexia (‘spinal shock’) of spinal transection.
F. nerv. ment. Dis., 1937, 86, 125-146.

[4f-4t-16r: Pn Cp Ery-c Mc Pp|

3252. Fulton, J. F. & Sherrington, C.S. State
of the flexor reflex in paraplegic dog and monkey
respectively. . Physiol., 1932, 75, 17-22.

[++ tft: Mc]

3253. Hinsey, J. C. & Markee, J. E. Reflexes
in the spinal monkey. 7. comp. Neurol., 1938,
69, 471-485. [1t-29r: Mc

3254. Jacobsen, C. F. & Kennard, Margaret, A.
The influence of ephedrine sulphate on the reflexes
of spinal monkeys. 7. Pharmacol., 1933, 49,
362-374. [3f-2-9r: C-p Mc Ppl

3255. McCouch, G. P. The relation of the
pyramidal tract to spinal shock. Amer. F
Physiol., 1924, 71, 137-152. [+ 5f-nt-10r: Mc]

3256. Sherrington, C.S. On the spinal animal,
being the Marshall Hall prize address. Med. -chir,
Trans., 1899, 82, 449-477, pls. 13-17. [++ Mc]

See also: 2320, 2372, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821,
2989, 3097, 3249,

SPINAL REFLEXES
& REFLEX ACTION IN GENERAL

3257. Aronovitch,G. D. Reflexes in apes. 7.
nerv. ment. Dis., 1927, 65, 457-464.
[9r: Png C-c Mc Pp Lm)

3258. Dusser de Barenne, J. G. & Ward, A. A.,
Jr. Reflex inhibition of the knee-jerk from intes-
tinal organs. Amer. F. Physiol., 1937, 120, 340-
344, [++ Uf: Me]

3259. Richter, C.P. The grasping reflex in the
new-born monkey. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat.,
Chicago, 1931, 26, 784-790. [7f: Mc]

3260. Richter, C. P. & Paterson, A.S. On the
pharmacology of the grasp reflex. Brain, 1932,
55, 391-396. [+++ 2f-lt-8r: Mel

3261. Rudolf, G. de M. The phylogenetic sig-
nificance of the plantar response in man. 7.
Neurol. Psychopath., 1922, 2, 337-352.

[+ 2f-5t-20r: Pn Cp Coo ice ail

3262. Sherrington, C. S. Note on the knee-
jerk and the correlation of action of antagonistic
muscles. Proc. roy. Soc., 1893, 52, 556-564.

[++ df: Mel

3263. Sherrington, C. S. Cataleptoid reflexes

in the monkey. Proc. roy. Soc., 1897, 60, 411-
414, Also: Lancet, 1897, (1), 373-374. [monkey]

3264. Sherrington, C. S. Double (antidrome)
conduction in the central nervous system. Proc.
roy. Soc. 1897, 61, 243-246. [monkey]

See also: 2372, 2991, 2992, 3019, 3041, 3083a,
3247.

Sense Organs

THE EYE—RETINA & OPTIC NERVE

3265. Garten, S. Die Verdnderungen der
Netzhaut durch Licht. Handb. ges. Augenheilk.,
2nd ed., 1925, 3, Chap. 12, Anhang, 250 pp., 11 pls.

[+ onf-unr: Me)

3266. Kolmer, W. Bemerkungen tiber Adap-
tationsvorgange in den Sehelementen. v. Graefes
Arch, Ophthal., 1925, 115, 310-313.

[Ss if Par Agel

3267. Kéttgen, Else & Abelsdorff, G. Absorp-
tion und Zersetzung des Sehpurpurs bei den Wir-
beltieren. Z. Psychol., 1896, 12, 161-184, 4 tbls.

[+ 7f-108: C-p]

See also: 3206, 3336, 3342.

[ 169 ]

[Physiol. 3268-3279]

THE EYE—PUPIL, ACCOMMODATION &
DIOPTERICS

3268. Essed, W. F. R. & Soewarno, M. Ueber
Experimentalmyopie bei Affen. Klin. Mb/. Au-
genheilk,, 1928, 80, 56-62. [2f-1t: Mc]

3268bis. Fincham, E. F. The function of the
lens capsule in the accommodation of the eye.

Trans. opt. Soc., Lond., 1928-29, 30, 101-117.
[++ 9f-l2r> C-p Pp Cebd|

3268a. Hess, C. Untersuchungen zur ver-
gleichenden Physiologie und Morphologie des Ac-
commodationsvorganges. Arch. Augenheilk.,
1909, 62, 345-392, pls. 17-20. [+ 9: Affe]

3268b. Jablonski, W. Zur Genik der Refrak-
tionszustande. 5. Mitteilung. Uber die Refrak-
tion von 29 Affen. Arch. Augenheilk., 1926, 97,
369-374. [t: C-p Me Ppl

3268c. Levinsohn, G. Die Entstehung der
Kurzsichtigkeit mit Demonstration kurzsichtig
gemachter Affen. Ber. dtsch. ophthal. Ges., 1913,
39, 217-231. [t: Affe]

3268d. Levinsohn, G. Zur Anatomie des kurz-
sichtig gemachten Affenauges und ihre Bedeutung
fiir die Myopiegenese. Arch. Augenheilk.,1929,
100/101, 138-163. [19f: Affe

3268e. v. Pflugk, Albert. Uber die Akkommo-
dation des Auges der Taube nebst Bemerkungen
iiber die Akkommodation des Affen (Macacus cyno-
molgus) und des Menschen. Wiesbaden: J. F. Berg-
mann, 1906, 46 pp., 3 pls. [+ 19f-47r: Mc]

3268f. Stargardt,K. Kurzsichtigkeit beim Af-
fen. Arch. vergl. Ophthal., 1911, 2, 27-36.
[2f-1t: Mc]

See also: 2184, 2243, 2962, 2962a, 3042, 3121,
3122, 3123, 3124, 3125, 3134, 3139, 3201, 3202,
3208, 3209, 3257.

THE EYE—MOVEMENTS OF THE
EYES & LIDS

3269. Blount, W.P. Studies of the movements
of the eyelids of animals: blinking. Quart. F. exp.
Physiol., 1928, 18, 111-125.

[+ 7Zf-5r: Pn monkey)

3270. Brown, T. Graham. Reflex orientation
of the optical axes and the influence upon it of the
cerebral cortex. Arch. néerl. Physiol., 1922, 7,
571-578. [+++ monkey]

3271. Mahoney, W. & Sheehan, D. Experi-
mental ptosis in primates. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1936, 35, 99-107.

[1f-14r:; Pn Mc]

SENSE ORGANS

3272. Sherrington, C. S. Experimental note
on two movements of the eye. F. PAysiol., 1894-
95, 17, 27-29. [eee Mc)

See also: 2184, 2962, 2963, 3042, 3046, 3048,
3067, 3086, 3121, 3122, 3123, 3124, 3125, 3126,
3130, 3131, 3133, 3136, 3137, 3138, 3177, 3202,
3205, 3206, 3228, 3229, 3257, 3448, 3880.

COCHLEAR & LABYRINTHINE
FUNCTIONS

3273. Beyer, H & Lewandowsky, M. Experi-
mentelle Untersuchungen am Vestibularapparat
von Saugetieren. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.,
Physiol. Abt., 1906, 451-464. [+ monkey]

3274. Dow, R.S. The effects of unilateral and
bilateral labyrinthectomy in monkey, baboon and
chimpanzee. Amer. F. Physiol., 1938, 121, 392—
399, BGS ie G3 Me Pp]

3275. Northington, P., & Barrera, S. E. Ef-
fects of unilateral and bilateral labyrinthectomy
and intracranial section of eighth nerve. Experi-
ments on monkeys. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat,
Chicago, 1934, 32, 51-71. [3f: monkey]

3276. Northington, P. & Barrera, S. E. The
galvanic nystagmus reaction in the monkey.
Amer. F. Physiol., 1937, 120, 703-704. [2r: Me]

3277. Uffenorde, W. Zur Bewertung der Au-
genmuskelreaktionen bei Labyrinthreizung und
der Reaktionen bei elektrischen Kleinhirnreiz-
ungen nach experimentellen Untersuchungen am
Affen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1912, 59, (1), 1213-
1216. [Uf: Mc]

See also: 3017a, 3046, 3083a, 3121, 3232, 3233.

CUTANEOUS & MUSCLE SENSIBILITY
See: 1544, 1763, 2284, 2370, 2372, 2979.

SYMPATHETIC & PARASYMPATHETIC
NERVOUS SYSTEM

3278. Langley, J. N. & Sherrington, C.S. On
pilo-motor nerves. F. Physio/., 1891, 12, 278-
291. [++ It: Me]

3279. Whitteridge,D. The transmission of im-
pulses through the ciliary ganglion. ¥. Physiol.,
1937, 89, 99-111. [+ “ofr: Cl

See also: 2372, 2589, 2590, 2821, 2883, 2973,
2977, 2991, 3271.

[170]

Pharmacology

ANESTHETICS & ANALGESICS

3280. Elder, J. H. Methods of anesthetizing
chimpanzees. ¥. Pharmacol., 1937, 60, 347-357.
[2f- 1t-8r: Pn]

3281. Fulton, J. F. & Keller, A.D. Observa-
tions on the response of the same chimpanzee to
dial, amytal, and nembutal, used as surgical
anaesthetics. Surg. Gynec. Obstet., 1932, 54, 764—
770. [2f-8r: Pn]

3282. Fulton, J. F., Liddell, E. G. T. & Rioch,
D. McK. “Dial” as a surgical anesthetic for
neurological operations; with observations on the
nature of its action. ¥. Pharmacol., 1930, 40,
423-432. [+ Me]

3282a. Gruber, C.M. Theeffects of anaesthet-
ic doses of sodium thio-pentobarbital, sodium
thio-ethamyl and pentothal sodium upon the
respiratory system, the heart and blood pressure
in experimental animals. 7. Pharmacol., 1937,
60, 143-173. [+ 12f: monkey]

3283. Smith, P. K. The relation of acetanilid
and other drugs to analgesia in monkeys. 7.
Pharmacol., 1938, 62, 467-474. [2f-24r: C-c]

3284. Spielmeyer, W. Verdnderungen des
Nervensystems nach Stovain-anasthesie. Minch.
med. Wschr., 1908, 55, 1629-1634. [++ fe]

3285. Weidman, [F. D.] Newer general anes-
thetic for wild animals. Rep. Lab. Mus. zool. Soc.
Philad., 1930, 58, 45-51. [++]

BULBOCAPNINE

3286. Buchman, Ethel F. & Richter, C. P.
Abolition of bulbocapnine catatonia by cocaine.
Arch. Neurol. Psychtat., Chicago, 1933, 29, 499-
503. [+++ 2f: Me]

3287. Fernandes, B. & Ferreira, F. La cata-
tonie expérimentale par la bulbocapnine. En-
céphale, 1933, 28, 445-459. [+ singe]

3288. Ferraro, Armando & Barrera, Severo
Eugene. Experimental catalepsy. (The action of
bulbocapnine in cats and monkeys with various
experimental lesions of the nervous system.) Utica,
N. Y.: State Hospitals Press, 1932, 119 pp.

[++ 106f-64r: Mc]

3289. de Jong, H. & Baruk, H. Etudes sur la
catatonie expérimentale. L’épreuve de la bulbo-
capnine chez les singes. Comparaison des stades
de l’intoxication bulbocapnique avec les aspects
de la catatonie humaine. Rev. neurol., 1929, 36,
(2), 541-547. [+ 2p/: Mc]

3290. Krause, F. & de Jong, H. Uber die
Lokalisation einiger motorischer Erscheinungen
bei der Bulbocapnin-Katatonie. Z. ges. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1931, 133, 754-761.

[++ 4f: Affe]

3291. Paterson, A. S. & Richter, C. P. Action
of scopolamine and carbon dioxide on catalepsy
produced by bulbocapnine. Arch. Neurol.
Psychiat., Chicago, 1933, 29, 231-240.

[3f: Me]

3292. Richter, C. P. & Paterson, A.S. Bulbo-
capnine catalepsy and the grasp reflex. ¥. Phar-
macol., 1931, 43, 677-691. [+++ 3f-lt: Mel

THE OPIATES

3293. Eddy, N. B. & Reid, J. G. Studies of
morphine, codeine and their derivatives. VII. Di-
hydromorphine (paramorphan), dihydromorph-
inone (dilaudid), and dihydrocodeinone (dicodide).
F. Pharmacol., 1934, 52, 468-493.

[+ 7t-35r: Me]

3294. Kolb, L. & DuMez, A. G. Experimental
addiction of animals to opiates. Pudl. Hith. Rep.
Wash., 1931, 46, 698-726. [+++ 4f-9t: Mel

3295. Seevers, M. H. Opiate addiction in the
monkey. I. Methods of study. ¥. Pharmacol.,
1936, 56, 147-156. [10r: Mel

3296. Seevers, M. H. Opiate addiction in the

monkey. II. Dilaudid in comparison with mor-
phine, heroine and codeine. ¥. Pharmacol., 1936,
56, 157-165. [1t-7r: Mc]

3297. Tatum, A. L., Seevers, M. H. & Collins,
K. H. Morphine addiction and its physiological
interpretation based on experimental evidences.
F. Pharmacol., 1929, 36, 447-475.

[+ 1f-39r: Mc]

MISCELLANEOUS

3298. Chopra, R. N., Mukherjee, S. N. & Chow-
han, J.S. Physical changes in blood in vivo after
injection of venom from Indian cobra ( Nata naia
vel tripudians) into monkeys. Indian F. med.
Res., 1937, 25, 137-145. [1f-lt-17r: Mc]

3299. Williams, E. F., Jr., Abramowitz, W. &
Killian, J. A. The value of the monkey for the
study of the laxative activity of phenolphthalein,
especially in comparing different samples of the
drug. 7. Lab. clin, Med., 1934, 19, 1213-1216.

[[t-6r: Me]

[171]

Psychobiology

Experimental Psychobiology

REVIEWS, TEXTBOOKS, MONOGRAPHS, &c.

3300. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Sieben Jahre
tierpsychologische Arbeit in Amsterdam. Z.
angew, Psychol., 1926, 27, 236-267. [+ 268r]

3301. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Neuere Unter-
suchungen wtiber die hoheren Formen der tier-
ischen Intelligenz. Zool. Anz., 1931, SupplBd.
5, 39-66. [+++ nr-lecture: Mc]

3302. Dexler, H. Das Kohler-Wertheimer’sche
Gestaltenprinzip und die moderne Tierpsycho-
logie. Lotos, 1921, 69, 143-242. [+ J18f: Pn]

3303. Guillaume, P. La psychologie des an-
thropoides d’aprés les travaux récents. Les
épreuves d’intelligence. ¥%. Psychol. norm. path.,

1923, 20, 948-966.
[7f-8r-review: Pn Png Mc]

3304. Hempelmann, Friedrich. Tierpsycholo-
gie vom Standpunkte des Biologen. Leipzig: Aka-
demische Verlagsgesellschaft, 1926, viii, 676 pp., 1
pl. [+ 134f-vnr]

3305. Hobhouse, Leonard Trelawney. Mind
in evolution. London: Macmillan & co., 1915, 2nd
ed., xix, 469 pp.

[+ ft: Pn Png Mc Mndr]

3306. Holmes, Samuel Jackson. Tze evolu-
tion of animal intelligence. New York: H. Holt &
co., 1911, v, 296 pp. [+ 18f-nr]

3307. Schiche, E. Die Psychologie der Anthro-
poiden im Lichte einiger neuerer Arbeiten. Z.
angew. Psychol., 1921, 18, 343-355; 1923, 22, 292—
300. [3/]

3308. Spence, K. W. Experimental studies of
learning and the higher mental processes in infra-
human primates. Psychol. Bull., 1937, 34, 806-
850. [+++ 161r]

3309. Warden, Carl J., Jenkins, Thomas N. &
Warner, Lucien H. Comparative psychology; a
comprehensive treatise. Vertebrates. New York:
Ronald Press co., 1936, x, 560 pp. [8 Of-onr]

3310. Yerkes, R. M. Mental evolution in the
primates. In: Human biology and racial welfare.
Edmun “Cowdry, ed., New York: Paul B.
Hoeber, 1930, xviii, 612 pp.

3311. Yerkes, R. M. & Child, Margaret S.
Anthropoid behavior. Quart. Rev. Biol., 1927, 2,
37-57, 2 pls. [8ir: Gr Pn Png Hyl]

3312. Yerkes, Robert M. & Yerkes, Ada W.
The great apes. A study of anthropoid life. New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1929, xix, 652 pp.

[172f-unr: Gr Pn Png Hyl Symph]

COMPREHENSIVE EXPERIMENTAL
MONOGRAPHS, &c.

3313. Buytendijk, F. J. J. Considérations de
psychologie comparée a propos d’expériences faites
avec le singe Cercopithecus. Arch. néerl. Physiol.,
1920, 5, 42-88. [8f-5t: C-p]

3314. Kinnaman, A. J. Mental life of two
Macacus rhesus monkeys in captivity. Amer. Ff.
Psychol., 1902, 13, 98-148, 173-218.

[11f-10t-nr: Mc]

3315. Kliiver, Heinrich. Behavior mechanisms
in monkeys. With an introduction by K.S. Lashley.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1933, xvil,
387 pp. [52f-69t-309r: Mc Saim Ceb Atl Lm|

3316. Kuroda, A. Mental life of a Macacus
monkey. Fap. }. Psychol., 1926, 6, 148-174.

[Mc]

3317. Shepherd, W.T. Some mental processes

of the rhesus monkey. Psychol. Monogr., 1910,
125) no:, 9; Ol pp: [3f-10t-l6r: Mc]

3318. Thorndike, E.L. The mental life of the

monkeys. Psychol. Monogr., 1901, 3, no. 5, 57 pp.

[5f4t: Ceb]

3319. Yerkes, R. M. The mental life of mon-

keys and apes: a study of ideational behavior.

Behav. Monogr., 1916, 3, no. 1, 145 pp., 6 pls.

[5f-10t-nr: Png Mc]

3320. Yerkes, R. M. The mind of a gorilla,
Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1927, 2, 1-193, 9 pls.

[34r: Gr]

3321. Yerkes, R. M. The mind of a gorilla:
Part II. Mental development. Genet. Psychol.
Monogr., 1927, 2, 375-551. [15pl-5r: Gr]

3322. Yerkes, R. M. The mind of a gorilla.

Part III. Memory. Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
1928, 5, no. 2, 92 pp. [Yf-9pl-2t: Gr

METHODOLOGY & APPARATUS

3323. Crawford, M.P. A behavior rating scale
for young chimpanzees. F. comp. Psychol., 1938,
26, 79-92. [4¢-6r: Pn]

3324. Fischel, W. Methoden zur psychologi-
schen Untersuchung der Wirbeltiere. Handb.
biol. ArbMeth., 1932, Abt. 6, Teil D, 233-338.

[+ 48f]
_ 3325. Foley, J. P. An apparatus for restrain-

ing monkeys and other lesser primates. Amer. F.
Psychol., 1935, 47, 312-315. [++ 3f]

[175]

[Psych. 3326-3331]

3326. Grether, W. F. A new spectral color ap-
paratus for studies of primate color vision. 7.
gen. Psychol., 1935, 12, 450-456. [2f-11r]

3327. Kliiver, H. A tachistoscopic device for
work with sub-human primates. 7. Psychol.,
Provincetown,* 1935, 1, 1-4. [+ Jf]

3328. Kliiver, H. Use of vacuum-tube ampli-
fication in establishing differential motor reac-
tions. F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1935, 1, 45-47.

[+ Ir]

GENERAL

3329. Kliiver, H. An auto-multi-stimulation
reaction board for use with sub-human primates.
F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1935, 1, 123-127.

[+ 4]

3330. Kohler, W. Die Methoden der psycho-
logischen Forschung an Affen. Handb. biol. Arb-
Meth., 1932, Abt. 6, Teil D, 69-120.

3331. Yerkes, R. M. Primate codperation and
intelligence. Amer. F. Psychol., 1937, 50, 254-
270. [r: Pn]

See also: 3339, 3334, 3347, 3445.

[176]

Receptive

PRIMARY VISUAL CAPACITIES

(brightness discrimination, color vision,
visual acuity, flicker, Sc.)
3332. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Versuche iiber
den Farbensinn der Affen. Tijdschr, ned. dierk.
Ver., 1925, (2), 19, 71-74. [cf. 3333: Mc]

3333. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Experiments on
vision in monkeys. I, The colour-sense of the pig-
tailed macaque ( Nemestrinus nemestrinus L.). _f.
comp. Psychol., 1925, 5, 417-453. [2f-6t-r: Mc

3334. Bierens de Haan, J. A. & Frima, Mar-
gareta J. Versuche tiber den Farbensinnn der
Lemuren. Z. vergl. Physiol., 1930, 12, 603-631.

[8f-11t-20r: Lm]

3335. Brecher, G. A. Die Verschmelzungs-
grenze von Lichtreizen beim Affen. Z. vergi.
Physiol., 1935, 22, 539-547. [2f-lt-nr: C-c]

3336. Brecher, G. A. Die subjektiven Hellig-
keitswerte des Spektrums beim Affen. Z. vergl.
Physiol., 1936, 23, 771-780. fcr G=2)

3337. Crawford, M.P. Brightness discrimina-
tion in the rhesus monkey. Genet. Psychol.
Monogr., 1935, 17, 72-162. [11f-11t-20r: Mc]

3338. Dahl, F. Versuche iiber den Farbensinn
bei einer Meerkatze. Zool. 7b., Abt. 1, 1907, 25,
329-338. [C-p]

3339. Johnson, H.M. Visual pattern-discrim-
ination in the vertebrates—I. Problems and meth-
ods. F. Anim. Behav., 1914, 4, 319-339. [of]

3340. Johnson, H. M. Visual pattern-discrim-
ination in the vertebrates—II. Comparative visual
acuity in the dog, the monkey and the chick. 7.
Anim. Behav., 1914, 4, 340-361. [+ 4t: Ced]

3341. Johnson, H.M. Visual pattern-discrim-
ination in the vertebrates—III. Effective differ-
ences in width of visible striae for the monkey and
the chick. 7. Anim. Behav., 1916, 6, 169-188.

[++ 6t-lf: Ceb]

3342. Katz, D. & Katz, Rosa. Behaviour of

monkeys under light of poor visibility. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1937, A, 107, 183-186.

[C-p Mc Lag]

3343. Koehler, W. Die Farbe der Sehdinge

beim Schimpansen und beim Haushuhn. Z.

Psychol., 1917, 77, 248-255. [e+ ur: Pr]

3344. Maison, G.L. Determination of the vis-
ual power of each eye in animals. Science, 1936,
n.s., 84, 463. [monkey]

3345. Spence, K. W. Visual acuity and its
relation to brightness in chimpanzee and man.
%. comp. Psychol., 1934, 18, 333-361.

[+++ 4f-5t-36r: Pn]

Capacities

3346. Trendelenburg, W. & Schmidt, I. Unter-
suchungen tiber das Farbensystem des Affen.
(Spektrale Unterschiedsempfindlichkeit und spek-
trale Farbenmischung bei Helladaptation.) Z.
vergl. Physiol., 1930, 12, 249-278. [4f-9t: Mc]

_ 3347. Watson, J. B. Some experiments bear-
ing upon color vision in monkeys. F. comp.
Neurol., 1909, 19, 1-28, 1 pl.

[3f-6t: Me Cebd)

See also: 3155, 3156, 3157, 3159, 3160, 3163,
3165, 3166, 3314, 3315, 3317, 3326, 3352, 3356,
3361, 3361b, 3362, 3367, 3385, 3386, 3411, 3453,
3461.

SECONDARY VISUAL PROCESSES

(size, form, relative vs. absolute discrimination,
generalization (9 abstraction)

3347a.* vonAllesch,G. J. Zur nichteuklidischen
Struktur des phanomenalen Raumes (Versuche an
Lemur mongoz mongoz L.). Jena: G. Fischer,
1931, 11, 153 pp. [Lm]

3348. Baley, S. Le comportement des enfants
et des singes inférieurs en présence des objets
placés sur un support. Acta psychol., The Hague,*
1935, 1, 30-38. [+ Pn C-c Mndr Lm]

3349. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Uber Wahrneh-
mungskomplexe und Wahrnehmungselemente
bei einem niederen Affen ( Nemestrinus nemes-
trinus) (zugleich Versuche tber das Sehen der
Affen II). Zool. Fb., Abt. 3, 1925, 42, 272-306.

[5f4t: Me]

3350. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Der relative
Wert von Form- und Farbenmerkmalen in der

Wahrnehmung des Affen (zugleich: Versuche
tiber das Sehen von Affen III). Biol. Zd/., 1925,
45, 727-734. [2t: Mc]

3351. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Versuche tber
das Sehen der Affen. IV. Das Erkennen gleich-
formiger und ungleichformiger Gegenstande bei
niederen Affen. V. Erkennen Affen in zweidimen-
sionalen Abbildungen ihnen bekannte Gegen-
stande wieder? Z. vergl. Physiol., 1927, 5, 699—
729. [9f-5t-lor: C-p Me]

3352. Bierens de Haan, J.A. Uber Wahl nach
relativen und absoluten Merkmalen. (Versuche
an Affen und Bienen.) Z. vergl. Physiol., 1928, 7,
462-487. [++ 4f4tr: Mc]

3353. Buytendijk, F. J. J. & Révész,G. L’im-
portance spéciale du sens de la vue dans les
phénoménes de reconnaissance chez les singes in-
férieurs. Arch. néerl. Physiol., 1923, 8, 14-19.

[Px Png Pp Mndr Ceb]

[177]

[Psych. 3354-3381]

3354. Gellerman, L. W. Form discrimination
in chimpanzees and two-year-old children. I.
Form (triangularity) per se. Ff. genet. Psychol.,*
1933, 42, 3-27. [++ 3f-3t-15r: Pn]

3355. Gellerman, L. W. Form discrimination
in chimpanzees and two-year-old children. II.
Form versus background. F. genet. Psychol.,*
1933, 42, 28-50. [++ 4f4t-or: Pn]

3356. Johnson, H.M. Visual pattern-discrim-
ination in the vertebrates—IV. Effective differ-
ences in direction of visible striae for the monkey
and the chick. ¥. Anim. Behav., 1916, 6, 189-
204. [eae Sz) Gea)

3357. Kafka, H. Beitrag zur Psychologie eines
niederen Affen: Gréssenunterscheidung bei Cer-
cocebus fuliginosus. Z. vergl. Physiol., 1931, 15,
71-120. [7f-20t-31r: C-c]

3358. Kliiver, H. Zur Psychologie der Ver-
anderungsauffassung bei niedereen Affen. Z.
angew. Psychol., 1931, 59, Beiheft, 132-156. (W.
Stern-Festschrift. ) [1f4t: Affe]

3359. Kliiver, H. The equivalence of stimuli
in the behavior of monkeys. 7. genet. Psychol.,*
1931, 39, 3-27. [5f-2t-3r: Mc]

3360. Kéhler, W. Aus der Anthropoidensta-
tion auf Teneriffa. II. Optische Untersuchungen
am Schimpansen und am MHaushuhn. AbdA.
preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1915, no. 3, 70 pp.

[eaeereweza|

3361. Kohler, W. Aus der Anthropoidensta-
tion auf Teneriffa. IV. Nachweis einfacher Struk-
turfunktionen beim Schimpansen und beim Haus-
huhn. Uber eine neue Methode zur Untersuchung
des bunten Farbensystems. Abh. preuss. Akad.
Wiss., 1918, no. 2, 101 pp. [++ Pn]

3361a.* Kohts, N. Report of the Zodpsycholog-
ical Laboratory of the Darwinian Museum. Mos-
cow: 1921. [Russ: Pn]

3361b. Kohts, Nadie. (Untersuchungen iiber
die Erkenntnisfahigkeiten des Schimpansen.) Mos-
kau: Museum Darwinianum, 1923, 498 pp., 18
pls. Gr. abstr.: 454-492. [Reviews:
nos. 3368a, 3385 & Anthrop. Anz., 1926, 3,
248-249, pls. 10-11: Pn

3362. Kohts, N. Recherches sur |’intelligence
du chimpanzé par la méthode de “‘choix d’aprés
modele.”” ¥. Psychol. norm. path., 1928, 25, 255-
PUSS, [Px]

_ 3363. Locke, N. M. A comparative study of
size constancy. F. genet. Psychol.,* 1937, 51,
255-265. [++ .3£18r: Me)

3364. Neet, C. C. Visual pattern discrimina-
tion in the Macacus rhesus monkey. Ff. genet.
Psychol.,* 1933, 43, 163-196. [4f-5t-12r: Mc]

3365.* Ohtsuka, N. Uber die absolute und

relative Wahl beim Affen Cercopithecus sp. Acta
psychol. Keijo,* 1937, 3, 33-44.

RECEPTIVE CAPACITIES

3366. Révész, G. Recherches psychologiques
sur les singes. Arch. néerl. Physiol., 1924, 9,
380-381. [ Abstr.|

3367. Révész, G. Experimental study in ab-
straction in monkeys. F. comp. Psychol., 1925,5,
293-343. [4f-7t-25r: C-c Me]

3368. Révész, G. Abstraktion und Wieder-
erkennung. Vergleichend-psychologische Versuche
an Menschen und an niederen Affen. Z. Psychol.,
1926, 98, 34-56. [+ Uf: Affe]

3368a. Stern, W. Erkennungsleistungen eines
Menschenaffen. Z. pddag. Psychol., 1926, 27,
248-250. [Review of 33615]

3369. Tellier, Mariette. Le choix d’aprés
modeéle, chez le macaque. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége,
1933, 2, 41-45. [Mc

3370. Tellier, Mariette. L’intelligence des
singes inférieurs. La vision des formes et la géné-
ralisation. Mém. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1934, (3), 19,
NOwSs On pp spe [3f-nr: Mc]

3371. Tellier, Mariette. L’intelligence des
singes inférieurs. JII.—Le relatif et l’absolu.
Mém. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1935, (3), 20, no. 1, 64 pp.

[72r: Me]

3372. Verlaine, L. Le relatif et l’absolu chez
le macaque. Le grandeur moyenne. Bull. Soc.
Sci. Liége, 1935, 4, 90-96. [Mc]

3373. Verlaine, L. A propos du syncrétisme.
La perception d’un objet chez le macaque. Bull.
Soc. Sci. Liége, 1935, 4, 132-137. [Mc]

3374. Verlaine, L. La perception chez le ma-
caque.—Le vivant et le non-vivant. Bull. Soc.
Sci. Liége, 1935, 4, 137-140. [Mc]

3375. Verlaine, L. De la connaissance chez le
macaque.—La substance. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége,
1935, 4, 239-243. [Mc]

3376. Verlaine, L. La vision des formes chez
le macaque. Syncrétism, analyse et synthése.
Mém. Acad. R. Belg. Cl. Sci. (Coll. in 8°), 1935, (2),
14, no. 5, 85 pp. [17f-nr: Mc}

3377. Verlaine, L. Le caractére analytique de
la perception chez le macaque. Bull. Acad. Belg.
Cl. Sci., 1935, (5), 21, 744-757, 800-816. [Mc]

3378. Verlaine, L. Les associations par con-
tiguité chez le macaque. 7. Psychol. norm. path.,
1935, 32, 719-730. [15r: Me]

3379. Verlaine, L. L’analyse et la synthése,
dans la perception des formes, chez le macaque.
Ann. Soc. zool. Belg., 1935, 66, 57-66.

{1ir: Me]

3380. Verlaine,L. Histoire naturelle dela con-
naissance chez le singe inférieur. Le concret.
Actualité sci., 1935, no. 215, 50 pp., 4 pls. [Mc]

3381. Verlaine,L. Histoire naturelle dela con-
naissance chez le singe inférieur: le syncrétique.
Actualités sci., 1936, no. 320, 60 pp., 4 pls. [Mc]

[178 ]

Vision—Somatic sensibility

[Psych. 3382-3392]

3382. Verlaine, L. Histoire naturelle de la
connaissance chez le singe inférieur: |’abstrait.
Actualités sci., 1936, no. 360, 55 pp., 2 pls.

[1if: Me]

3382a. Verlaine,L. Représentations concrétes
et facultés de synthése chez le macaque. Bull.
Soc. Sct. Liége, 1938, 7, 579-589. [Mc]

3382b. Verlaine-Gos, M. L’abstraction chez
le macaque. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1937, 6, 184-
186. [Mc]

3383. Weigl, E. Ubereinstimmende Verhalt-
ungsweisen von Menschen und Affen bei Wahl-
handlungen. Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol. Wien,*
1929 [1930], 11, 182-189. [++ Affe]

_ 3384. Yerkes, Ada W. Experiments with an
infant chimpanzee. 7. genet. Psychol.,* 1935, 46,
171-181 y:' (ut: Pn]

3385. Yerkes, R. M. & Petrunkevitsch, A.
Studies of chimpanzee vision by Ladygin-Kohts.
F. comp. Psychol., 1925, 5, 99-108.

[Review of 33616]

See also: 3156, 3157, 3158, 3314, 3315, 3327,
3339, 3340, 3341, 3409, 3454, 3455, 3456, 3458,
3483, 3500, 3501a, 3519, 3713.

PRIMARY AUDITORY CAPACITIES

3386. Elder, J. H. Auditory acuity of the
chimpanzee. Ff. comp. Psychol., 1934, 17, 157-
183. [4f-3t-26r: Pn]
3387. Elder, J. H. The upper limit of hearing

in chimpanzee. Amer. F. Physiol., 1935, 112,
109-115. [2f-2t-9r: Pn]

3388. Kalischer, O. Uber die Tondressur der
Affen, Zé/. Physiol., 1912, 26, 713-714. Abstr.:
Med. Klinik, 1912, 8, 712. [Affe]

3389. Wendt, G. R. Auditory acuity of mon-
keys. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1934, 10, no. 49,
51 pp. [1pl-8f-8t-9r: C-c Me Pp Atl}

See also: 3166, 3315, 3317.

SECONDARY AUDITORY PROCESSES
See: 3315, 3359, 3496, 3502, 3503.

GUSTATION & OLFACTION
See: 3316, 3829.

SOMATIC SENSIBILITY

3390. Tellier, Mariette. Reconnaissance par
le toucher d’objets connus par la vue, chez le
macaque. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1932, 1, 114-117.

[Mc]

3391. Tellier, Mariette. Le sens du toucher et
la généralisation, le relatif et l’absolu, chez le
macaque. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1932, 1, 192-196.

[Mc]

3392. Tellier, Mariette. Le sens du toucher et

la généralisation. La discrimination du poids des

objets chez le macaque. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége,
1933, 2, 138-142. [Mc]

See also: 3173a, 3178, 3179, 3315, 3358, 3391,
3392, 3411.

[179]

The Action System

REFLEX ACTION
(see Physiol.)

LOCOMOTION & POSTURE

See: 206, 3564, 3657, 3676, 3699, 3766, 3774,
3775, 3778, 3780, 3782, 3786, 3789, 3817, 3857,
3901, 3989.

VOLUNTARY ACTION

(prehension 8 manipulation, motor skills,
reaction time, handedness, strength, etc.)

3393. Bauman, J.E. Thestrength of the chim-
panzee and orang. Sci. Mon., N. Y., 1923, 16,
432-439, [3pl-1f: Pn Png|

3394. Bauman, J. E. Observations on the
strength of the chimpanzee and its implications.

F. Mammal., 1926, 7, 1-9, pl. 1. [t: Pn]
3395. Bergtold, W. H. Strength of chimpan-
zees. F. Mammal., 1926, 7, 131-132. [Px]

3396. Forster, M. C. Temporal relations of
behavior in chimpanzee and man as measured by
reaction time. 7. comp. Psychol., 1935, 20, 361-
383. Eee) eel aor lOr-) en)

3397. Franz, S.I. Observations on the prefer-
ential use of the right and left hands by monkeys.
F. Anim. Behav., 1913, 3, 140-144. [2¢: monkey]

3398. Kempf, Helen D. C. The preferential
use of the hands in monkeys with modification by
training and retention of the new habit. Psychol.
Bull., 1917, 14, 297-301. [if-it: Mel

3399. Kounin, J. S. Laterality in monkeys.
F. genet. Psychol.,* 1938, 52, 375-393.
[1f-10t-18r: Mc Ceb Atll

3400. Lashley, K.S. Modifiability of the pref-
erential use of the hands in the rhesus monkey.
F. Anim. Behav., 1917, 7, 178-186. [Lf-3t: Mc]

3401. Ludwig, Wilhelm. Das Rechts-Links-
Problem im Tierreich und beim Menschen, mit
einem Anhang: Rechts-Links-Merkmale der Pflan-
zen. Berlin: J. Springer, 1932, xi, 496 pp.

[+ 143f-vnr]

340la. Magne de la Croix, P. La marche

quadrupédale du chimpanzé et del’homme. 4z.
Soc. cient. Argent., 1930, 110, (2), 393-398.

eS erry ae

3402. Shepherd, W. T. Some observations on
the intelligence of the chimpanzee. F. Anim.
Behav., 1915, 5, 391-396. [Px]

3403. Witmer, L. A monkey with a mind.
Psychol. Clin., 1909, 3, 179-205. {15f: Pn]

See also: General, 3564; skill & manipulation,
3088, 3094, 3181, 3230, 3402, 3403, 3409, 3465;
strength, 3393, 3394, 3395; handedness, 3315,
3319, 3397, 3398, 3399, 3400, 3464.

FOOD & FEEDING; DRINKING

_, 3404. Bierens de Haan, J. A. & Heubel, Florrie.
Uber Futtervorliebe bei Affen und die Bestim-
mung ihrer Grésse und Starke. (Mit einem Ver-
such zu einer charakterologischen Deutung der
Ergebnisse.) Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 1938, 34,
89-128. [6f-12t-r: C-p Mc Ceb)

3405. Katz, D. & Katz, Rosa. Some problems
concerning the feeding behavior of monkeys.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1936, (1), 579-582.

[C-p Ced]

3406. Maslow, A. H. Comparative behavior
of primates. VI. Food preferences of primates.
¥. comp. Psychol., 1933, 16, 187-197.

ae Pn Hyl C-p C-c Mc Pp Mnadr

ti

See also: 211, 237, 618, 2925, 2960, 3439, 3564,
3570, 3477, 3637, 3648, 3654, 3657, 3663, 3676,
3689, 3690, 3692, 3694, 3721, 3780, 3793, 3798,
3801, 3805, 3820, 3827a, 3829, 3841, 3853, 3881,
3882, 3883, 3896, 3897, 3903, 3904, 3912, 3913,
3914, 3917, 3918.

SLEEP & SHELTER; HIBERNATION

See: 3412, 3616, 3619, 3633, 3637, 3642, 3648,
3654, 3657, 3676, 3689a, 3703, 3704, 3710, 3721,
3728, 3740, 3823, 3895, 3899.

VOCALIZATION & COMMUNICATION

3407. Boutan, L. Observations relatives aux
manifestations vocales d’un anthropoide ( Hy/o-
bates leucogenys Ogilby). C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris,
1912, 155, 929-931. [Hy]

3408. Boutan,L. Le pseudo-langage. Observa-
tions effectuées sur un anthropoide: le gibbon
(Hylobates leucogenys-Ogilby). Act. Soc. linn.
Bordeaux, 1913, 67, 5-79, pl. 1.

[aie

3409. Furness, W. H. Observations on the
mentality of chimpanzees and orang-utans. Proc.
Amer, phil. Soc., 1916, 55, 281-290.

[Px Png]

3410. Romanes, G. J. On the mental faculties
of Anthropopithecus caluus. Nature, Lond., 1889,
40, 160-162. [Pn]

[180]

Reflex action——Temperament

[Psych. 3411-3418]

3411. Romanes, G. J. On the mental faculties
of the bald chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus calvus).
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, 316-321. [Pn]

3412. Yerkes, Robert M. & Learned, Blanche
W. Chimpanzee intelligence and its vocal expres
sions. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins co., 1925,
157 pp., 2 pls. [Pr]

See also: 3407, 3408, 3409, 3425, 3594, 3595,
3600, 3648, 3657, 3697, 3731, 3732, 3746, 3748a,
3775, 3778, 3781, 3786, 3800, 3872.

EMOTIONAL EXPRESSION

3413. Darwin, Charles Robert. The expression
of the emotions in man and animals, London: J.
Murray, 1872, vi, 374 pp. [+ 21f-mr: Gr

Pn Png Mc Cyn-p Pp Ceb)

3414. Foley, J. P. Judgment of facial expres-
sion of emotion in the chimpanzee. Wes:
Psychol., 1935, 6, 31-67. [Pr]

3415. Haslerud, G. M. The effect of move-
ment of stimulus objects upon avoidance reactions
inchimpanzees. F. comp. Psychol., 1938, 25, 507—
528. [++ 2f-6t- 4r: Pn

3416. Hunt, W. A., Landis, C. & Jacobsen,
C.F. Studies of the startle pattern: V. Apes and
monkeys. F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1936, 3,
339-343. [eat Pn Pag (G-c Mel

3417. Révész,G. Zur Psychologie der Furcht-
und Angstzustande. Z. angew. Psychol., 1931,
59, Beiheft, 203-240. [ee Ofc G=al

3418. Yerkes, R. M. & Yerkes, Ada W. Na-
ture and conditions of avoidance (fear) response in
chimpanzee. Ff. comp. Psychol., 1936, 21, 53-66.

[1f-3t: Pn]

See also: 1545, 2961, 2962, 2962a, 2963, 2964,
3188, 3316, 3319, 3322, 3361b, 3408, 3412, 3425,
3543, 3606, 3613, 3622, 3699, 3701, 3780, 3800,
3835, 3857.

PROTECTIVE & AGGRESSIVE ACTIVITIES
See: 3536, 3564, 3583, 3689a, 3818.

FEAR

See: 3589, 3602, 3699, 3700, 3715, 3734, 3761,
3766, 3796, 3800, 3829, 3837, 3857, 3894, 4024,

BEHAVIOR TENDENCIES OR
TEMPERAMENT
See: 2782, 3320, 3321, 3323, 3412, 3428, 3453,

3612, 3622, 3657, 3694, 3734, 3766, 3775, 3778,
3834, 3859.

[181]

Maturation

3419. Foley, J. P., Jr. First year development
of a rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) reared in
isolation. F. genet. Psychol.,* 1934, 45, 39-105.

[8pl-5t-44r: Mc]

3420. Foley, J. P., Jr. Second year develop-
ment of a rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) reared
in isolation during the first eighteen months. 7.
genet. Psychol.,* 1935, 47, 73-97.

[1f-1t-44r: Mc]

3420a. Hermann, I. Neue Beitrdge zur ver-
gleichenden Psychologie der Primaten. Jmago,
Lpz., 1936, 22, 442-456. [based on no. 3423]

3421. Jacobsen, C. F., Jacobsen, Marion M. &
Yoshioka, J.G. Development of an infant chim-
panzee during her first year. Comp. Psychol.
Monogr., 1932, 9, no. 41, 94pp. [4p/-5f-9t-r: Pn]

3422. Kellogg, W. N. Humanizing the ape.
Psychol. Rev., 1931, 38, 160-176. [Lf-nr: Pn]

3423. Kellogg, Winthrop N. & Kellogg, L. A.
The ape and the child. A study of environmental in-
Siuence upon early behavior. New York: McGraw-
Hill, 1933, xiv, 341 pp. [+++ 2. pl-20f: Pn]

3424. Kohts, Nadie. Infant ape and human
child (Instincts, emotions, play, habits). Sci.
Mem. Mus. Darwinianum, 1935, 3, xvi, 596 pp.,

Motivation

3430. Cowles, J.T. Food-tokens as incentives
for learning by chimpanzees. Comp. Psychol.
Monogr., 1937, 14, no. 5, 96 pp. = [9f-19t-r: Pn]

3430a. Cowles, J.T. & Nissen, H.W. Reward-

expectancy in delayed responses of chimpanzees.
F. comp. Psychol., 1937, 24, 345-358. [2t-3r: Pn]

3431. Fischel, W. Uber die Bedeutung des
Strebens bei tierischen Wahlhandlungen. Z.
vergl. Physiol., 1932, 16, 48-75. [6f-23r: C-p]

3432. Fischel, W. Neue Versuche zur Feststel-
lung des Anwendens erlernter Verhaltensformen
bei Affen. Zool. Anz., 1936, SupplBd., 9, 261-
265. [4f: C-p Me]

3433. Haslerud, G. M. Frustration as an ex-
perimental problem. III. Some interrelations of
behavioral measures of frustration in chimpanzees.
Character & Pers., 1938, 7, 136-139. [Px]

3434. McCulloch, T. L. The réle of clasping
activity of adaptive behavior of the infant chim-
panzee: I. Delayed response. Ff. Psychol., Prov-
incetown,* 1939, 7, 283-292. [1f-1t-8r: Pn]

3435. McCulloch, T. L. The rdéle of clasping
activity in adaptive behavior of the infant chim-

of Behavior

25 pls., Atlas, 120 pls. [Russ. with Engl. abstr.;
review: F. genet. Psychol., 1937,50,465: Pn]

3425. Kohts, N. La conduite du petit du
chimpanzé et del’enfant del’homme. F. Psychol.
norm. path., 1937, 34, 494-531. [9f: Pn]

3426.* Kuroda, R. Untersuchungen iiber die
k6rperliche und sinnes physiologische Organisation
eines neugeborenen Affen (M. cyn.). Acta psychol.
Keijo,* 1930, 1, 3-16. [Mc]

3427. Lashley, K. S. & Watson, J. B. Notes
on the development of a young monkey. 7.
Anim. Behav., 1913, 3, 114-139, 7 pls. [Mc]

3427a. Mitchell, Peter Chalmers. The child-
hood of animals. New York: F. A. Stokes co.,
(1912), xiv, 269 pp., 12 pls. [+ 36f]
3428. Tomilin, M. I. & Yerkes, R. M. Chim-
panzee twins: behavioral relations and develop-
ment. 7. genet. Psychol.,* 1935, 46, 239-263.
[4p/-10r: Pn]
3429. White, Bessie A. A captive-born chim-
panzee. Sci. Mon., N. Y., 1929, 29, 558-565.
[1pl-1f: Pn]
See also: 2921, 3321, 3322, 3384, 3434, 3435,
3520, 3534, 3544, 3545, 3553, 3579, 3768, 3862,
3865, 4049.

of Behavior

panzee: II. Visual discrimination. . Psychol.,
Provincetown,* 1939, 7, 293-304. [3r: Pn]

3436. McCulloch, T. L. The rdle of clasping
activity in adaptive behavior of the infant chim-
panzee: III. The mechanism of reinforcement.
F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1939, 7, 305-316.

[9r: Pn]

3437. Maslow, A. H. & Groshong, Elizabeth.
Influence of differential motivation on delayed

reactions in monkeys. 7. comp. Psychol., 1934,
18, 75-83. [5t: Hyl C-p Mc Cyn-p Pp Mnadr]

3438. Nissen, H. W. & Elder, J. H. The in-
fluence of amount of incentive on delayed response
performances of chimpanzees. F. genet. Psychol.,*
1935, 47, 49-72. [1f-8t-9r: Pn]

3439. Warden, C. J. & Jackson, T. A. A pre-
liminary study of the hunger drive in the rhesus
monkey. 7. genet. Psychol.,* 1935, 46, 126-138.

[2f-6t: Mc]

Effectiveness of token-re-
Comp. Psychol. Monogr.,
[5f-19t: Pn]

3440. Wolfe, J. B.
wards for chimpanzees.
1936, 12, no. 5, 72 pp.

See also: 3103, 3321, 3512.

[ 182 ]

Modifiability

CONDITIONED REFLEXES

3441. Bam, L. (The effect of bromine upon
differential inhibition in monkeys as determined
by the physical strength of inhibitory stimuli.)
Arkh. biol. Nauk,* 1937, 47, (3), 24-51. Abstr.:
Psychol. Abstr., 1938, 12, no. 511,

[8f-nt-r-Russ. with Engl. abstr.]

3442. Dolin, A. O. (Comparative investiga-
tion of the functions of cortical inhibition in apes
and monkeys.) Arkh. biol. Nauk, 1935, 37, 143-
178. [Russ. with Engl. abstr.; Psychol.

Abstr., 1936, no. 1421: Pn Me)

3443. Galperin, S.I. Uber die Erscheinungen
der Nachhemmung in der Grosshirnrinde der
menschenahnlichen Affen. Z. ges. exp. Med.,
1934, 93, 289-295. [t: Pn Png]

3444. Galperin, S. I., Golyschewa, K. P. &
Skipin, G. W. Die héchste Nerventatigkeit der
Affen. I—Mitteilung. Uber die Erscheinung der
Nachhemmung bei Pavianen. Z. ges. exp. Med.,
1934, 93, 276-288. [nt: Pp]

3445. Galperin, S.I., Skipin, G. W. & Woskres-
ensky, L. N. Uber die Registrierrung der beding-
ten motorischen Nahrungsreaktion bei Affen. Z.
ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93, 272-275. [Affen]

3446. Halpérine, S. I., Skipine, G. W. & Goly-
cheva, K.P. (Inhibition successive chez le singes
cynocéphales (babouins).) Arkh. biol. Nauk.,
1935, 37, 179-192. [5t-Russ. with Fr. abstr.:

Pp|

3446a. Grether, W. F. Pseudo-conditioning
without paired stimulation encountered in at-
tempted backward conditioning. F. comp.
Psychol., 1938, 25, 90-96. [13r: Mc]

3447. Harlow, H. F. Experimental analysis of
the role of the original stimulus in conditioned
responses in monkeys. Psychol. Rec.,* 1937, 1,
62-68. [5r: Mc]

3448. Hilgard, E. R. & Marquis, D.G. Condi-
tioned eyelid responses in monkeys, with a com-
parison of dog, monkey, and man. Psychol.
Monogr., 1936, 47, 186-198. [5f: Mc]

3448a.* Kaminskii,S.D.& Maiorov,F.D. (Ac-
tion of different doses of bromine on inhibition in
monkeys of the excitable type.) Byull. vsesoyuz.
Inst. eksp. Med.,* 1935, nos. 9-10, 14-15.

3449. Lindberg, A. A. (Ein Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der hoheren Nerventatigkeit bei Affen.)
Arkh. biol. Nauk,* 1933, 33, 697-722.

[11t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.; Biol. Abstr., 1936,

10, m0. 5641: Affen)

of Behavior

3450. Majoroff, F. P. (Bedingte Folgereflexe
bei Affen, Rhesus-Lapundra.) Arkh. biol. Nauk,*
(9330033. 1232732) [1f-4t-Russ. with Gr.

abstr.; Biol. Abstr., 1936, 10, no. 5643: Mc]

3451. Maiorow, F. P. (Beitrage zur verglei-
chenden Untersuchung der héheren Nerventatig-
keit bei den hoheren und niederen Affen.) Russk.
jiz. Zh., 1935, 19, 781-803. [16t-Russ. with

Gr. abstr: Pn Png Me Pp}

3452. Wendt, G. R. An interpretation of in-
hibition of conditioned reflexes as competition be-
tween reaction systems. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43,
258-281. [+++ 14r: C-c Mc Pp Aull

See also: 3155a, 3163, 3308, 3388, 3389.

TRIAL & ERROR LEARNING
(SECONDARY PROBLEM SOLUTION)

DISCRIMINATION LEARNING

3453. Bierens de Haan, J. A. & Meyknecht,
J. T. Dressurversuche an einem stark moto-
rischen Affen. Biol. Zd/., 1934, 54, 185-195.

[Ofer ee Gacl

3454. Nissen, H. W. & McCulloch, T. L.
Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in
discrimination learning by chimpanzees. I. Com-
parison with unlimited response. F. comp.
Psychol., 1937, 23, 165-189. [1f-9t-4r: Pn]

3455. McCulloch, T. L. & Nissen, H. W.
Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in
discrimination learning by chimpanzees. II. Com-
parison with limited response. F. comp.
Psychol., 1937, 23, 365-376. [1f-3t-2r: Pn]

3456. Nissen, H. W. & McCulloch, T. L.
Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in
discrimination learning by chimpanzees. III. Pre-
potency of response to oddity through training.
F. comp. Psychol., 1937, 23, 377-381. [4#-2r: Pn]

3457. Spence, K.W. The differential response
in animals to stimuli varying within a single di-
mension. Psychol. Rev., 1937, 44, 430-444,

[2t-3f-20r: Pn monkey]

3458. Spence, K. W. Analysis of the forma-
tion of visual discrimination habits in chimpanzee.
F. comp. Psychol., 1937, 23, 77-100.

[3f-5t-12r: Pn]

3459. Spence, K. W. Gradual versus sudden
solution of discrimination problems by chim-
panzees. F. comp. Psychol., 1938, 25, 213-224.

[4t-6r: Pn]

See also: 3308, 3318, 3328, 3435, 3471, 3483.

[ 183 ]

[Psych. 3460-3475]

PROBLEM-BOX LEARNING

3460. Boutan, L. Les deux méthodes de |’en-
fant. Act. Soc. linn. Bordeaux, 1914, 68, 217-
360, 2 pls. [+++ Of: Hyl]

3460a. Fjeld, Harriett A. The limits of learn-
ing ability in rhesus monkeys. Genet. Psychol.
Monogr., 1934, 15, 369-537. [2p/-1f-30t-35r: Mc]

3461. Goldsmith, M., Mile. Méthodes d’études
et observations sur les singes de Mme. Ladygine-
Kohts, de Moscou. Bull. Inst. gén. psychol., 1929,
29, 153-160. [Pz Mc]

3462. Gorter, F. J. Experiments on the learn-
ing and problem solving of Nycticebus tardigradus
L. Arch. néerl. Zool.,* 1935, 2, 95-111.

(Uf: Nyct]

3463. Koch, A.M. The limits of learning abil-
ity in cebus monkeys. Genet. Psychol. Monogr.,
1935, 17, 163-234. [2f-18t-27r: Ceb]

3464. Kohts, Nadie. Adaptive motor habits
of the Macacus rhesus under experimental condi-
tions. A contribution to the problem of “labour
processes” of monkeys. Sci. Mem. Mus. Dar-
winianum, 1928, 368 pp., 24 pls. [++

117r-vnt-r-Russ. with Engl. abstr. p. 326-352:

Me)

3465. Kohts, N. Les aptitudes motrices adap-
tatives dusingeinférieur. %. Psychol. norm. path.,
1930, 27, 412-447. [12f: Mel

See also: 3088, 3094, 3109, 3111, 3230, 3308,
3313, 3314, 3317, 3318, 3322, 3472, 3473, 3474,
3475, 3524d.

SERIAL OR MAZE LEARNING & OTHER
TYPES OF TRIAL & ERROR LEARNING

3466. Gengerelli, J. A. The principle of mini-
mum path in the ringtail monkey. Pudl. Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles, Educ., Philos., Psychol.,* 1933,
1, 165-187. [9f-13t: Ced]

MODIFIABILITY OF BEHAVIOR

3467. Hamilton, G. V. A study of trial and
error reactions in mammals. F. Anim. Behav.,
LOT 33-00: [+ 3f-5t Me]

3468. Hamilton, G. V. A study of persever-
ance reactions in primates and rodents. Behav.
Monogr., 1916, 3, no. 2, 65 pp.

[+ 2f-nt: Mc Pop)

3469. Kempf, E. J. Two methods of subjective
learning in the monkey Macacus rhesus. Ff. Anim.
Behav., 1916, 6, 256-265. [Mc]

_ 3470. Spragg,S.D.S. Anticipatory responses
in serial learning by chimpanzee. Comp. Psychol.
Monogr., 1936, 13, no. 2, 72 pp.

[9f-18t-48r: Pn]

See also: 3108, 3110, 3115, 3308, 3314, 3432,
3494, 3495.

IMITATIONAL LEARNING

3471. Crawford, M. P. & Spence, K. W. Ob-
servational learning of discrimination problems by
chimpanzees. F. comp. Psychol., 1939, 27, 133-
147. [1f-4t-10r: Pn]

3472. Haggerty, M.E. Imitation in monkeys.
F. comp. Neurol., 1909, 19, 337-455.
[13f-36t: Mc Ceb]

3473. Warden, C. J. & Jackson, T. A. Imita-
tive behavior in the rhesus monkey. 7. Genet.
Psychol. 1935, 46, 103-125. [If-12t-20r: Mc]

3474. Watson, J. B. Imitation in monkeys.
Psychol. Bull., 1908, 5, 169-178.
[Mc Pp Ce]

Intelligent imitation and
curiosity in a monkey. Psychol. Clin., 1910, 3,
225-227. [ipl: Mc]

See also: 3308, 3314, 3317, 3318, 3464, 3469,
3524, 3562.

3475. Witmer, L.

[ 184 ]

Intelligent Behavior; Insight; Ideation

GENERAL
See: 3301, 3303, 3306, 3308, 3319, 4015.

MNEMONIC CAPACITIES
(delayed response & alternation, &c.)

3476. Foley, J. P. & Warden, C. J. The effect
of practice on the delayed reaction in the rhesus
monkey. 7. genet. Psychol.,* 1934, 44, 390-413.

[2¢-57r: Me]

3477. Grether, W. F. & Maslow, A.H. An ex-

perimental study of insight in monkeys. 7. comp.
Psychol., 1937, 24, 127-134.
[Uf-5t-lir: C-p Mc Pp Ceb]

3478. Harlow, H.F. Comparative behavior of
primates. III. Complicated delayed reaction tests
on primates. F. comp. Psychol., 1932, 14, 241—
252. [2f-5t-6r: Hyl C-p C-c Mc Pp|

3479. Harlow, H. F., Uehling, H. & Maslow,
A.H. Comparative behavior of primates. I. De-
layed reaction tests on primates from the lemur
to the orang-outan. Ff. comp. Psychol., 1932, 13,

313-343.
[3f-6t-30r: Png Hyl C-p C-c Me Ceb

3480. Keller, F.S. The delayed response of a
chimpanzee to color as the constant visual factor
in a varying situation. Ff. genet. Psychol.,* 1934,
45, 270-275. [Critique of no. 3487: Pn

3480a. Kohler, W. Uber eine neue Methode
zur psychologischen Untersuchung von Menschen-
affen. Psychol. Forsch., 1922, 1, 390-397. [2f]

3481. Maslow, A. H. & Harlow, H. F. Com-
parative behavior of primates. II. Delayed reac-
tion tests on primates at Bronx Park Zoo. 7.
comp. Psychol., 1932, 14, 97-107. [2t-6r:

Gr Pn Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Lag Atl Lm|

3482. Nissen, H. W., Carpenter, C. R. &
Cowles, J.T. Stimulus- versus response-differen-
tiation in delayed reactions of chimpanzees. 7.
genet. Psychol.,* 1936, 48, 112-136.

[1f-7t-11r: Pn]

3483. Nissen, H. W., Riesen, A. H. & Nowlis,
V. Delayed response and discrimination learning
by chimpanzees. F. comp. Psychol., 1938, 26,
361-386. [5f-4t-23r: Pn]

3484. Nissen, H. W. & Taylor, F. V. Delayed
alternation to non-positional cues in chimpanzee.
F. Psychol., Provincetown,* 1939, 7, 323-332.

[Lf-1t-3r: Pn]

3485. Tinklepaugh, O. L. An experimental
study of representative factors in monkeys. fF.
comp. Psychol., 1928, 8, 197-236.

[2p/-4f-4t-18r: monkey]
P

3486. Tinklepaugh, O. L. Multiple delayed
reaction with chimpanzees and monkeys. 7.
comp. Psychol., 1932, 13, 207-243. [1f-17t: Pn]

3487. Yerkes, R. M. & Yerkes, D. N. Con-
cerning memory in the chimpanzee. F. comp.
Psychol., 1928, 8, 237-271.

[1f-2t-cf. no. 3480: Pn]

3488. Yudin, H. C. & Harlow, H.F. Compara-
tive behavior of primates. V. Delayed reactions in
primates in horizontal and vertical planes. 7.
comp. Psychol., 1933, 16, 143-148.

[1pl-2t-2r: Mc Pp Mnadr]

See also: 3089, 3108, 3110, 3112, 3113, 3114,
3115, 3127, 3129, 3308, 3313, 3320, 3321, 3322,
3362, 3369, 3384, 3430a, 3434, 3437, 3438, 3491,
3524, 3607a.

IDEATIONAL (SYMBOLIC) BEHAVIOR
(Multiple choice, double alternation, counting Sc.)

3489. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Zahlbegriff und
Handlungsrhythmus bei einem Affen. Zool. 7d.,
Abt. 3, 1935, 54, 267-288. [7t-r: Me]

3490. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Versuche tiber
das Erfassen raumlicher Beziehungen in wage-
rechter und senkrechter Richtung bei einigen
niederen Affen. Z. Tierpsychol.,* 1937, 1, 219-240.

[1f-8t-r: C-c Me]

3491. Bierens de Haan, J. A. & Kooyman,
Dina. Bildung und Zerstérung von Handlungs-
rhythmen bei einem Schweinsaffen. Arch. néerl.
Zool.,* 1936, 2, 143-159. [1f4t-or: Mc]

3492. Carpenter, C. R. & Locke, N. M. Notes
on symbolic behavior in a cebus monkey (Capu-

cinus appella). Ff. genet. Psychol.,* 1937, 51, 267—
278. [5t-9r: Cebd]
3493. Gallis, P. Les animaux savent-ils

compter? (Note préliminaire.) Bull. Soc. Sct.
Liége, 1932, 1, 82-84. [+++ 2¢: Me]
3494. Gellermann, L.W. The double alterna-
tion problem: I. The behavior of monkeys in a
double alternation temporal maze. 7. genet.
Psychol.,* 1931, 39, 50-72. [2f-8t-8r: Mc]
3405. Gellermann, L.W. The double alterna-
tion problem: III. The behavior of monkeys in a
double alternation box-apparatus. F. genet.
Psychol.,* 1931, 39, 359-392. [2p/-2f-9t-9r: Mc]
3496. Kuroda, R. On the counting ability of a
monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). F. comp. Psychol.
LOST 2S sO: [3t: Me]
3497. Lambercier, M. L’expérience de “‘’es-
péce unique” chez deux singes cynocéphales.

Arch. Psychol., Genéve, 1935, 25, 179-198.
[3f: Pp]

[185 ]

[Psych. 3498-3519]

INTELLIGENT BEHAVIOR

3498. Marbe,K. Die Rechenkunst der Schim-
pansin Basso im Frankfurter Zoologischen Garten
nebst Bermerkungen zur Tierpsychologie und
einem offenen Brief an Herrn Krall. Fortschr.
Psychol., 1917, 4, 135-185. [2pl-nt: Pn]

3498a. Pander, H. Die Rechenkunst der
Frankfurter Schimpansin im Lichte der Psycho-

logie. Naturw. Wschr., 1916, 31, 564-565.
[based on no. 3498]

3499. Révész, G. Expériences sur la mémoire
topographique et sur la découverte d’un systéme
chez des enfants et des singes inférieurs. Arch.
Psychol., Genéve, 1923, 18, 323-342.

[++ 4f-7t: Me]

3500. Robinson, E. W. A preliminary experi-
ment on abstraction in a monkey. F. comp.
Psychol., 1933, 16, 231-236. [2f: Mc]

3501. Tellier, Mariette. Le macaque saisit-il
le rapport logique? Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1932, 1,
227-231. [Mc]

350la. Verlaine, L. Le macaque sait-il
compter? Notion du nombre ou rythme de pré-
hension. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1938, 7, 51-61.

3501b. Verlaine,L. La notion du nombre chez
le macaque. Acquisition par synthése d’unités con-
tigués dans l’espace. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1938,
7, 135-148. [Mc]

3501c. Verlaine, L. La notion du nombre chez
le macaque. Acquisition par synthése d’unités con-
tigués dans le temps. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1938,
7, 310-321. [Mc]

3502. Woodrow, H. Temporal discrimination
in the monkey. F. comp. Psychol., 1928, 8, 395—
427. [3f-6t: Mc]

3503. Woodrow, H. Discrimination by the
monkey of temporal sequences of varying num-
ber of stimuli. F. comp. Pyschol., 1929, 9, 123-
157. [3f-4t: Mc]

3504. Yerkes, R. M. Ideational behavior of
monkeys and apes. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci., Wash.,
1916, 2, 639-642. [f; Png Me]

3505. Yerkes, R. M. Modes of behavioral
adaptation in chimpanzee to multiple-choice prob-
lems. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1934, 10, no. 47,
108 pp. [3f-33t-r: Pn]

See also: 3308, 3313, 3316, 3319, 3320, 3430,
3440, 3454, 3455, 3467, 3483; oddity, 3384, 3454,
3455, 3456, 3497, 3500; counting, 3314, 3410, 3411,
3489, 3491, 3493, 3496, 3498, 3498a, 3501a, 3501b,
3501c, 3503, 3595, 3804; multiple choice, 3490.

INSIGHTFUL BEHAVIOR
(PRIMARY PROBLEM SOLUTION)

(instrumentation, box-stacking, detour, Sc.)

3506. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Die Baukunst
eines niederen Affen (Cebus hypoleucus Humb.).
Tijdschr. ned. dierk. Ver., 1930, (3), 2, 23-27, pl. 2.

[Ced]

3506a. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Uber das
Suchen nach verstecktem Futter bei Affen und
Halbaffen. Zugleich ein Beitrag zu der Frage nach
dem konkreten Verstandnis dieser Tiere. Z.
vergl. Physiol., 1930, 11, 630-655.
[+++ 2t-l6r: Cp C-c Mc Pp Lm]

3507. Bierens de Haan, J. A. Werkzeugge-
brauch und Werkzeugherstellung bei einem nie-
deren Affen (Cebus hypoleucus Humb.). Z. vergl.
Physiol., 1931, 13, 639-695.

[9f-32r: Gr Pn Png Hyl Cebd)

_ 3508. Bingham, H.C. Chimpanzee transloca-
tion by means of boxes. Comp. Psychol. Monogr.,
1929, 5, no. 25, 91 pp., 4 pls. eee Je |
_ 3509. Bingham, H. C. Selective transporta-
tion by chimpanzees. Comp. Psychol. Monogr.,
1929, 5, no. 4, 45 pp., 4 pls. [1f-2t: Pn]
3510. Brainard, P. P. The mentality of a

child compared with that of apes. Ff. genet.
Psychol.,* 1930, 37, 268-293. [+ 6f-1t-2r]

3511. Drescher, K. & Trendelenburg, W.
Weiterer Beitrag zur Intelligenzprifung an Affen
(einschliesslich Anthropoiden). Z. verg/. Physiol.,
1927, 5, 613-642. [Z7f: Pn Png Hyl Mc Pp]

3512. Fischel, W. Weitere Untersuchung der
Ziele der tierischen Handlung. Z. vergl. Physiol.,
1930, 11, 523-438. [+ 6f-t-19r: Lm}

3513. Fischel, W. Affekt, Gedachtnis und
Leistung bei Wirbeltieren. Z. Tierpsychol.,* 1938,
2, 198-220. {+ 13f: Cp]

3514. Guillaume, P. & Meyerson, I. Quelques
recherches sur l’intelligence des singes. (Communi-
cation préliminaire). F. Psychol. norm. path.,
1930, 27, 92-97.

3515. Guillaume, P. & Meyerson, I. Re-
cherches sur |’usage de l|’instrument chez les

singes. I. Le probléme du détour. Ff. Psychol.
norm. path., 1930, 27, 177-236, 4 pls.
[7s Gr MPa Png yl) G-paG-cue Vics
Pp All

3516. Guillaume, P. & Meyerson, I. Re-
cherches sur l’usage de l’instrument chez les singes.
II. L’intermédiaire liéa l'objet. F. Psychol. norm.
path., 1931, 28, 481-555.

[3pl-42f: Pn Png C-p Atl\

3517. Guillaume, P. & Meyerson, I. Recher-
ches sur l’usage de |’instrument chez les singes.
III. L’intermédiaire indépendant de l’objet. 7.
Psychol. norm. path., 1934, 31, 497-554.

[6pl-12f: Gr Png Hyl C-c Mc Pp Atl

Recher-

3518. Guillaume, P. & Meyerson, I.
ches sur l’usage de l’instrument chez les singes.
IV. Choix, correction, invention. F. Psychol.
norm. path., 1937, 34, 425-448, 2 pls. [1f-2¢: Pn]

3519. Harlow, H. F. & Settlage, P. H. Com-
parative behavior of primates. VII. Capacity of

monkeys to solve patterned string tests. ‘J. comp.
Psychol., 1934, 18, 423-435. [2f-3t-l4r:
C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb All|

[186 ]

Insightful behavior

3520. Kliiver, H. Re-examination of imple-
ment-using behavior in a Cebus monkey after an
interval of three years. Acta psychol., The
Hague,* 1937, 2, 347-397. [3f-15r: Ceb]

3521. Kohler, W. Intelligenzpriifungen an
Anthropoiden. I. Abh. preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
Physik.-math. K/., 1917, no. 1,213 pp., 3 pls. [Px]

3522. Kohler, Wolfgang. Jntelligenzpriifungen
zu Menschenaffen. Berlin: J. Springer, 1921, 194
pp., 7 pls. [19f: Pn]

3523. Kohler, Wolfgang. The mentality of
apes. New York: Harcourt, Brace & co., 1925, viii,
342 pp., 9 pls. [19f: Pn]

3524. Kohler, W. Intelligence in apes. (Powell
Lectures in psychological theory.) In: Psychologies
of 1925. Worcester, Mass.: Clark University, 1926,
pp. 145-161. [Px]

3524a. Leruth, R. La notion de la roue chez le
macaque, (premiére note). Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége,
1936, 5, 64-68. [Mc]

3524b. Leruth, R. La notion de la roue chez le
macaque. II.—L’indicateur du sens de rotation.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1936, 5, 98-101. [Mc]

3524c. Leruth, R. La notion de la roue chez le
macaque. III.—La notion générale de la rotation.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1936, 5, 131-134. [Mc]

3524d. Leruth, R. La notion de la roue chez le
macaque. IV.—Ecartement d’un obstacle a la
rotation. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1936, 5, 178-182.
[Mc]

3524e. Leruth, R. La notion de la roue chez le
macaque. V.—Transmission du mouvement d’un
disque 4 un autre. Bull. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1937, 6,
86-90. [Mc]

[Psych. 3520-3531]

3525. Lindemann, E. Untersuchungen iiber
primitive Intelligenzleistungen hochgradig
Schwachsinniger und ihr Verhaltnis zu den Leis-
tungen von Anthropoiden. Z. ges. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1926, Orig., 104, 529-569.

[+ 5f-38r: Pn Affel

3526. McDougall, K. D. & McDougall, W.
Insight and foresight in various animals—mon-
key, raccoon, rat, and wasp. 7. comp. Psychol.,
1931, 11, 237-273. [+ 10f: Mc}

3527. Nellmann, H. & Trendelenburg, W. Ein
Beitrag zur Intelligenzpriifung niederer Affen.
Z. vergl. Physiol., 1926, 4, 142-200.

[29f-r: Mc Pp]

3528. Shepherd, W. T. Tests on adaptive in-
telligence in dogs and cats, as compared with adap-
tive intelligence in rhesus monkeys. Amer. 7.
Psychol., 1915, 26, 211-216. [++ 3t: Me]

3529. Shepherd, W.T. Some observations and
experiments of the intelligence of the chimpanzee
and ourang. Amer. F. Psychol., 1923, 34, 590-
591. [Px Png]

3530. Verlaine, L. & Gallis, P. L’intelligence
des singes inférieurs. Mém. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1932,
17, no. 3, 48 pp. [mr: Mc Cebd|

3531. Yerkes, R. M. & Spragg, S. D. S. La
mesure du comportement adapté chez les chim-
panzés. Ff. psychol. norm. path., 1937, 34, 449—
474, [6t-Lf-9r: Pn]

See also: 3110, 3115, 3302, 3305, 3308, 3313,
3315, 3316, 3317, 3319, 3320, 3321, 3412, 3460,
3474, 3477, 3504, 3607a, 3714; spontaneous instru-
mentation, 3630, 3631, 3643, 3743, 3764, 3766,
3798, 3868.

[ 187 ]

Reproductive & Social Behavior

GENERAL

See: 2757, 2764, 2779, 2781, 2782, 2823, 2885,
2912, 2924.

PRIMARY SEX BEHAVIOR

3532. Ball, Josephine & Hartman, C.G. Sex-
ual excitability as related to the menstrual cycle in
the monkey. Amer. F. Obstet. Gynaec., 1935, 29,
117-119. [1f: monkey]

3533. Ball, Josephine. Sexual responsiveness
and temporally related physiological events during
pregnancy in the rhesus monkey. Anat. Rec.,
1937, 67, 507-512. [Uf-13r: Mc}

3534. Bingham, H. C. Sex development in
apes. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1928-29, 5, no.
23, 165 pp., 1 pl. [3f-33r: Gr =Pni Pp)

3535. Brandes,G. Die Begattung der Orangs.
Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f., 3, 216-217. [Png]

3536. Hamilton, G.V. A study of sexual tend-
encies in monkeys and baboons. F. Anim.
Behav., 1914, 4, 295-318. [Mc Pp]

3537. Hamilton, G. V. An introduction to ob-
jective psychopathology. St.Louis: G. V. Mosby co.,
1925, 354 pp. [Mc]

3538. Kempf, E. J. The social and sexual be-
havior of infrahuman primates, with some com-
parable facts in human behavior. Psychoanal.
Rev., 1917, 4, 127-154. [+++ monkey]

3539. Kempf, E. J. Social and sexual behavior
of monkeys with some comparable facts in human
sexual behavior. Amer. F. Urol., 1918, 14, 82-86.

[++ Me]

3540. Miller, G. S., Jr. The primate basis of
human sexual behavior. Quart. Rev. Biol., 1931,

6, 379-410. [++ mr: Pn Png Mc Pp]

3541. Miller, G. S., Jr. Some elements of sex-
ual behavior in primates and their possible in-
fluence on the beginnings of human social develop-
ment. 7. Mammal., 1928, 9, 273-293.

[Gr Pn Me Pp]

3542. Sokolowsky, A. The sexual life of the
anthropoid apes. Urol. cutan. Rev., 1923, 27,
612-615. Bin GraePaePns|

3543. Tinklepaugh, O. L. Le comportement
sexuel chez les chimpanzés et les singes inférieurs,
considéré comme une réaction de substitution con-
sécutive a des troubles émotionelles. F. Psychol.
norm. path., 1933, 30, 930-954,

(2 ga |

See also: 365, 2922a, 2927b, 3322, 3549, 3555,
3557, 3558, 3564, 3573, 3575, 3576, 3583, 3588,
3593, 3657, 3716, 3772, 3803, 3857.

MATERNAL & PATERNAL BEHAVIOR

(incl. infant-mother behavior)

3544. von Allesch, G. J. Geburt und erste
Lebensmonate eines Schimpansen. WNaturwis-
senschaften, 1921, 9, 774-776. [Pr]

3545. von Allesch, G. J. Bericht tiber die drei
ersten Lebensmonate eines Schimpansen. S. B.
preuss. Akad. Wiss,, 1921, (1), 672-685. [Pn]

3546. Aulmann, G. Gegliickte Nachzucht eines
Orang-Utan im Diisseldorfer Zoo. Zool. Gart.,
Lpz., 1932, n.f., 5, 81-90. [5f: Png]

3547. Bingham, H. C. Parental play of chim-
panzees. F. Mammal., 1927, 8, 77-89, pls. Pal
[Pn

3548. Blair, W. R. Notes on the birth of a
chimpanzee. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc., 1920, 23,
105-111. [9f: Pn]

3548a. Brandes, G. Die Stillzeit des Orang.
Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1938, n.f., 10, 139-141. [Prg]

3549. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. Notes ona family of
breeding gibbons. Hum. Biol., 1933, 5, 288-294.
[4f: Hy]

3550. Spence, K. W. Réactions des méres
chimpanzés a l’égard des enfants chimpanzés aprés
séparation. F. Psychol. norm. path., 1937, 34,
475-493, 1 pl. [12t-4r: Pn]

3551. Spiegel, A. Biologische Beobachtungen
an Javamakaken, Macacus irus F. Cuv. (cyno-
molgus L.). Geburt und Entwicklung wahrend der
ersten Lebensmonate. Zool. Anz., 1929, 81, 45-
65. [11f-1t-r: Mc]

3552. Tinklepaugh, O. L. & Hartman, C. G.
Behavioral aspects of parturition in the monkey
(Macacus rhesus). F. comp. Psychol., 1930, 11,
63-98, [3pl-18r: Mc}

3553. Tinklepaugh, O. L. & Hartman, C. G.
Behavior and maternal care of the newborn mon-
key (Macaca mulatta—‘M. rhesus’). F. genet.
Psychol.,* 1932, 40, 257-286. [3pl-1t-14r: Mc]

3554. Hartman, C. G. & Tinklepaugh, O. L.
Weitere Beobachtungen tiber die Geburt beim Af-
fen Macacus rhesus. Arch. Gynaek., 1932, 149,
21-37. [3f-2t-r: Me]

3555. Montané, L. Notas sobre un chimpancé
nacido en Cuba. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat.,
1915, 1, 259-269, 4 pls. [Px]

[188 ]

Sex behavior—Social groups, &c.

3556. Montané, L. A Cubanchimpanzee. 7.
Anim. Behav., 1916, 6, 330-333. [Pr]

3557. Montané,L. Notes sur un chimpanzé né
a Cuba. Arch. mens. Obstét., 1918, 10, 323-326.
[if: Pn]

3558. Montané, L. Histoire d’une famille de

chimpanzés; étude physiologique. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1928, (7), 9, 14-35.
[4f-20r: Pn Png Hyl]

3559. Yerkes, R. M. Maternal instinct in a
monkey. F. Anim. Behav., 1915, 5, 403-405.
[Mc]

3560. Yerkes, R. M. & Tomilin, M.I. Mother-
infant relationsin chimpanzee. ¥. comp. Psychol.,
1935, 20, 321-359. [6p/-3t: Pn]

See also: 2775, 2781, 2908, 2909, 2911, 2912,
2915, 2916, 2919, 2921, 2922a, 2924, 2927, 2929,
2934, 2936, 3319, 3427, 3434, 3435, 3564, 3583,
3701, 3784, 3785, 3799, 3822, 3823, 3847, 3857,
3862, 3865, 3873, 3886, 3903, 3906, 3909, 3911,
4015, 4049,

SOCIAL GROUPS & SOCIALLY
SIGNIFICANT BEHAVIOR

(groups, leadership 8 dominance, imitation,
communication, food-sharing, Sc.)

3561. Alverdes, Friedrich. Social life in the
animal world. New York: Harcourt, Brace & co.,
1927, ix, 216 pp. [+ nr]

3562. Aronowitsch, G. & Chotin, B. Uber die
Nachahmung bei den Affen (Macacus rhesus). Z.
Morph. Okol. Tiere, 1929 16, 1-25. Also: Nov.
refl. fiziol. nerv. sist.,* 1929, 3, 378-398.

[6f-1l6r: Mc]

3563. Briffault, Robert. The mothers. A study
of the origins of sentiments and institutions. Lon-
don: G. Allen & Unwin, 1927, vol. 1, xix, 781 pp.

[Review]

3564. Carpenter, C. R. A field study of the
behavior and social relations of howling monkeys
(Alouatta palliata). Comp. Psychol. Monogr.,
1934, 10, no. 48, 168 pp., 1 pl.
[16p/-3f-3t-72r: All

3565. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. The apes in animal
sociology. Harv. Alumni Bull.,* 1933, 36, 363-
366. BEG Pn ere

_ 3566. Crawford, M. P. The codperative solv-

ing of problems by young chimpanzees. Comp.

Psychol. Monogr., 1937, 14, no. 2, 88 pp.
[1p/-4f-3t-nr: Pn]

3567. Crawford, M. P. The social psychology
of the vertebrates. Psychol. Bull., 1939, 36, 407—
446, [+ 177r-review]

_3568. Descamps, P. Les différences sociolo-
giques entre les sauvages et les anthropoides.
Anthropologie, Paris, 1920, 30, 137-147.

[Pn Png]

[Psych. 3556—3581a]

3569. Dolin, A. O. & Palatnik, S.A. (Investi-
gation of the behaviour of monkeys in a group,
according to the method of conditioned reflexes.)
Arkh. biol. Nauk,* 1935, 37, 113-141.

[2f-mt-Russ. with Engl. abstr.: Pp]

3570. Harlow, H. F. & Yudin, H. C. Social
behavior of primates. I. Social facilitation of feed-
ing in the monkey and its relation to attitudes of
ascendance and submission. F. comp. Psychol.,
1933, 16, 171-185. (2f-2t: Mel

3571. Kohler, W. Aus der Anthropoidensta-
tion auf Teneriffa. V. Zur Psychologie des Schim-
pansen. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1921, (4),
686-691. [Px]

3572. Kroeber, A. L. Sub-human culture be-
ginnings. Quart. Rev. Biol., 1928, 3, 325-342.
[+++ Pn]

3573. Maslow, A. H. Individual psychology
and the social behavior of monkeys and apes.
Int. F. Indiv. Psychol.,* 1935, 1, 47-59. Also: Int.
Z. Indiv.-Psychol., 1936, 14, 14-25.

[Z0r: Pn G-c Pp)

3574. Maslow, A. H. The réle of dominance
in the social and sexual behavior of infra~-human
primates: I. Observations at Vilas Park Zoo. Ff.
genet. Psychol.,* 1936, 48, 261-277. [19r:

Hyl C-p C-c Mc Pp Mndr Ceb Atl

3575. Maslow, A. H. & Flanzbaum, S. The
role of dominance in the social and sexual behav-
ior of infra-human primates: IJ. An experimental
determination of the behavior syndrome of domi-
nance. Ff. genet. Psychol.,* 1936, 48, 278-309.

[16t-21r: C-p Mc Ceb]

3576. Maslow, A. H. The réle of dominance
in the social and sexual behavior of infra-human
primates: III. A theory of sexual behavior of
infra-human primates. 7. genet. Psychol.,* 1936,
48, 310-338. [32r]

3577. Nissen, H. W. & Crawford, M. P. A
preliminary study of food-sharing behavior in
young chimpanzees. 7. comp. Psychol., 1936, 22,
383-419. [2f-5t-9r: Pn]

3578. Révész, G. Sozialpsychologische Be-
obachtungen an Affen. I. Z. Psychol., 1930, 118,
142-162. [ert (Cac) Mce P|

3579. Yerkes, R. M. Suggestibility in chim-
panzee. Ff. soc. Psychol., 1934, 5, 271-282.

[2f-2t: Pn]

3580. Yerkes, R. M. A chimpanzee family.

F. genet. Psychol.,* 1936, 48, 362-370.

[2f-16r: Pn]

3581. Yerkes, R.M. Genetic aspects of groom-

ing, a socially important primate behavior pat-

tern. 7. soc. Psychol., 1933, 4, 3-25.
[7r: Gr Pn Hyl Ceb Atl Al Lm]

358la. Yerkes, R. M. A résumé of three lec-
tures on “‘Social relations in monkey, ape and
man.” Bull. Wagner Inst. Sci. Philad., 1933, 8,
66-71.

[189]

[Psych. 3582-3588]

MISCELLANEOUS

3582. Yerkes, R. M. & Yerkes, Ada W. Social
behavior in infrahuman primates. In: 4 hand-
book of social psychology. Worcester, Mass.:
Clark Univ. Press, 1935, xii, 1195 pp.

Pp All

[13f-nr: Pn
3583. Zuckerman, Solly. The social life of
London: Kegan Paul, [etc.],

monkeys and apes.
1932, xii, 357 pp., 24 pls. [402r: Mc Pp]
3583a. Zuckerman, S. La vie sexuelle et soci-
ale des singes. Paris: Gallimard, 1937, 253 pp.
8 pls. [ Abbr. transl. of no. 3583]
See also: 2782, 3321, 3322, 3331, 3534, 3538,
3539, 3540, 3541, 3542, 3555, 3558, 3588, 3597,
3637, 3654, 3657, 3721, 3778, 3781, 3811, 3818,
3820, 3821, 3827a, 3850, 3857, 3858, 3872.

HYPNOSIS, CATALEPSY &
INACTIVE STATES
3584. Claparéde, E. Etat hypnoide chez un

singe. Arch. Sci. phys. nat., 1911, 32, 161.
[Aébstr.: Pp]

3585. Foley, J. P., Jr. Tonic immobility in
the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) induced by
manipulation, immobilization, and experimental
inversion of the visual field. F. comp. Psychol.,
1938, 26, 515-526. [32r: Mc}

See also: 3116, 3603, 3916.

PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, PSYCHOANALYSIS &
UNADAPTIVE BEHAVIOR IN GENERAL

3586. Hermann,I. Zur Psychologie der Schim-
pansen. Int. Z. (arztl.) Psychoanal., 1923, 9, 80-
87. [Px]

3587. Hermann, I. Modelle zu den Odipus-
und Kastrationskomplexen bei Affen. Imago,
Lpz., 1926, 12, 59-69, [Pn Png]

3588. Hermann, I. Zum Triebleben der Pri-
maten. Bemerkungen zu S. Zuckerman: Social life
of monkeys and apes. Imago, Lpz., 1933, 19, 113-
124.

See also: 3115, 3433, 3537, 3538, 3540, 3543,
3559, 3576, 3606, 3644, 3836, 3849, 3852, 4039.

[190]

Observational Psychobiology

Habits in Nature & Captivity

PRIMATES IN GENERAL

3589. Antonius, O.

Ist die Schlangenfurcht
den Affen angeboren?

Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1929,
n.f., 1, 222-223.

[Pn Png C-p Ery-c Mc Pp Ceb)

3590. Bates, G. L. Notes on the mammals of
southern Cameroons and the Benito. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1905, (1), 65-85.

[++ Gr Pn C-p Mndr Prdct Gig]

3590a. Brehm, Alfred. Die Saugetiere. Neube-
arbeitet von Max Hilzheimer und Ludwig Heck.
Vierter Band: Paarhufer—Halbaffen— Affen. (Vol.
13 of Brehms Tierleben. Allegemeine Kunde des
Tierreichs, herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Otto zur
Strassen.) Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut,
1922, xx, 714 pp., 79 pls. [++ 86f: all genera]

3591. Broderip, W. J. Recreations in natural
history.—VI. Monkeys of the old continent, &c.
New mon. Mag., Lond.,* 1838, (1), 88-99.

[Pn Hyl Symph Prsb C-p C-c Me

Pp Mnar)

3592. Broderip, William John. Zoological rec-
reations. Philadelphia: Lea & Blanchard, 1849,
2nd ed., vi, 376 pp.

3593. Freund, L. Zur Sexualbiologie der Affen.
Lotos, 1921, 69, 253-267.
[12r-review: Gr Pn Me]

3594. Garner, Richard Lynch. The speech of
monkeys. New York: C. L. Webster & co., 1892,
xiv, 217 pp., 1 pl. [Pn Mc Pp Ceb Ail]

3595. Garner, Richard Lynch. Apes and mon-
keys; their life and language. With an introduc-
tion by Edward Everett Hale. Boston: Ginn &co.,
1900, xiii, 297 pp. [Gr Pn Ceb]

3596. Hornaday, William Temple. Two years
in the jungle. The experiences of a hunter and natu-
ralist in India, Ceylon, the Malay Peninsula, and
Borneo. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1885,
xx, 512 pp., 2 maps [Png Hyl Tars]

3597. Knottnerus-Meyer, Theodore Christian
Bernhard. Birds and beasts of the Roman z00.
Some observations of a lover of animals. Translated
from German by Bernard Miall. New York: The
Century co., 1928, vi, 378 pp., 40 pls.

[++ Pn Png monkey]

3598. Leuret, Fr. Anatomie comparée du sys-
téme nerveux considérée dans ses rapports avec
Pintelligence. Paris: J. B. Bailligre, 1839, vol. 1,
xiii, 592 pp.

3599. Loveridge, A. Notes on East African
mammalia (other than horned ungulates) col-
lected or kept in captivity 1915-1919. Part II.
Ff. E. Afr. Ug. nat. Hist. Soc., 1922, no. 17, 39-69.

[+ Cle Pp Lm Glig\

3600. Mahoudeau, P.-G. L’origine de la mu-
sique vocal chez les primates. Rev. anthrop.,
1914, 24, 195-200. [++ Hyl Ceb All

3600a. Meunier, Victor. Avenir des espéces:
Les singes domestiques. Paris: Maurice Dreyfous,
1886, vi, 402 pp.

3601. Miller, Harriet M. Four-handed folk.
Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & co., 1896, v, 201 pp.
[Pn Png Atl Hap Lm]

3602. Mitchell, P. C. & Pocock, R.I. On the
feeding of reptiles in captivity. With observations
on the fear of snakes by other vertebrates. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1907, (2), 785-794.

[+ Pn Png Hyl Atl monkey)

3603. Mjéberg, Eric Georg. Forest life and ad-
ventures in the Malay Archipelago. (Trans. from
the Swedish by Anna Barwell.) London: George
Allen & Unwin, 1930, 201 pp., 83 pls., 1 map.

[+ Png Hyl Nas Me Tars}

3604. von Oertzen, Jasper. Jn Wildnis und
Gefangenschaft. Kameruner Tierstudien, Berlin:
Wilhelm Siisserott, 1913, xi, 106 pp., n. pls., 1
map. [+ Gr Pn Clb C-p C-c Pp Mnar]

3605. Osborn, A. R., (Mrs.) Almost human:
reminiscences from the Melbourne Zoo. Mel-
bourne: Whitcombe & Tombs, [1912], 9+ 237 pp.

[+ nf: Png Pp monkey]

3606. Pfungst, O. Biologische Untersuchung-
en an Alt- und Neuweltaffen. Med. Welt., 1933,
7, 1013-1016. [8f: Pn Mc}

3606a. Romanes, George J. Animal intelli-
gence. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & co., 1882,
xiv, 520 pp.

3607. Royer, Clémence. Facultés mentales et
instincts sociaux des singes. Rev. sci., Paris,
1886, (3), 12, (2), 257-270. Engl. transl.: Pop. Sci.
Mon., 1886, 30, 17-24.

[Pn C-p Pp Atl Indr]

3607a. Schmid, B. Vergleichend biologische
und psychologische Beobachtungen und Versuche
an drei Meerkatzenartigen (Cercopithecidae) und

einem schwarzen Brillaffen (d/ouatta caraya
Humboldt). Z. Séugetierk., 1934, 9, 164-187,
pls. 10-12. [C-p Mc Al

[191]

[Psych. 3608-3637a]

3608. Shelford, Robert W. C. 4 naturalist in
Borneo, by the late Robert WW. C. Shelford. London:
T. Fischer Unwin, 1916, xxvii, 331 pp., 32 pls.

[Png Mc Nyct-c Tars]

3609. Sigel, W. L. Beobachtungen aus dem
Tierleben im Zoologischen Garten zu Hamburg.
Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1883, 24, 235-240.

[Pn Mnadr]|

3610. Tennent, James Emerson. Sketches of
the natural history of Ceylon; with narratives and
anecdotes illustrative of the habits and instincts of
mammalia, birds, reptiles, fishes, insects, ©c., in-
cluding a monograph of the elephant. London:
Longman, Green, [etc.], 1861, xiii, 500 pp., 10 pls.

[72f: Prsb Lor]

3611. Watertown, Charles. Essays on natural
history. Edited, with a life of the author, by Nor-
man Moore. London: Frederick Warne & co.,
1870, 631 pp.

3612. Yerkes, R. M. & Yerkes, Ada W. In-
dividuality, temperament, and genius in animals.
Amer, Mus. F., 1917, 17, 234-243.

[+ 9f: Pu Me]

Habits in nature & captivity
PONGIDAE & HYLOBATIDAE

3613. Aschemeier, C. R. On the gorilla and
the chimpanzee. ¥. Mammail., 1921, 2, 90-92.
[Gr Pn]

3614. Aschemeier, C. R. Beds of the gorilla
and chimpanzee. F. Mammal., 1922, 3, 176-178.
[Gr Pn]

3615. Barns, Thomas Alexander. Across the
great craterland to the Congo, a sequel to ‘The won-
derland of the eastern Congo.” With an introduc-
tion by J. W. Gregory. London: E. Benn, 1923,
276 pp., 66 pls. [++ Uf: Gr Pn]

3616. Behm, H. W. Zum Geistesleben der
Menschenaffen. Prometheus, 1915, 27, 1-5.

[esr (Gr Pn) Png Viyl)

3617. Brandes, G. Mit Gorilla und Schim-

panse im Schlafwagenabteil tber den Sankt Go-
thard. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1928, n.f., 1, 42-44.

[Gr Pn Png]
3618. Brown, A. E. The kindred of man.
Amer. Nat., 1883, 17, 119-130. [Pn Png]

3619. Burton, Richard F. Two trips to gorilla
land and the cataracts of the Congo. London:
Sampson Low, Marston, [etc.], 1876, vol. 1, xiv,
261 pp. [+ Gr Pn]

3620. Coolidge, H. J., Jr. The living Asiatic
apes. An account of the Asiatic (Harvard) primate
expedition. Harv. Alumni Bull.,* 1938, 40, 979-
988. [8f: Png Hyl Nas)

3621. de Cuvry. Meine Beobachtungen an
Menschenaffen. Zool. Beob., 1920, 61, 153-158.

[Gr Pn]

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY

3622. Deniker, J. Sur les singes anthropoides
de la ménagerie Bidel. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr., 1882,

7, 301-304. [Pn Png]

3622a. Deniker, [J.] Sur l’orang et le chim-
panzé exposés par M. Bidel a Paris. Bull. Soc.
Anthrop. Paris, 1882, (3), 5, 333-341.
[Pn Png]
3623. Du Chaillu, Paul. Stories of the gorilla
county. Narrated for young people. New York:
Harper & Bros., 1868, xii, 292 pp., 8 pls.
[Ee eG
3624. Friedel, E. Die drei Anthropomorphen
des Berliner Aquariums. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1876, 17, 73-77. [Pn Png]
3625. Garner, Richard Lynch. Gorillas &
chimpanzees. London: Osgood, McIlvaine & co.,y
1896, x, 271 pp., 19 pls. [Gr Pn]
3626. Gray, J. E. On the habits of the gorilla
and other tailless long-armed apes. Proc. zool.

Soc. Lond., 1861, 212-213. [Gr Pn Symph]

3627. Hachet-Souplet, P. Nouvelles recher-
ches sur la psychologie des singes. Revie Sctes
Paris, 1935, 73, 561-568. [Gr Pn Me]

3628. Hagenbeck, Carl. Beasts and men. Lon-
don: Longmans, Green & co., 1909, xii, 299 pp.,
pls., figs. [Gr Pn Png]

3629. Hermes, O. Anthropomorphe Affen
des Berliner Aquarium. Z. Ethn., 1876, 8, Verh.,
88-94, pls. 3, 15-16. [Px Png Hy]

3630. Hornaday, W.T. Negative results of in-
and-in breeding among wild animals: mental traits
of orangs and chimpanzees. 7th Int. Congr. Zool.,
Boston, 1907 [1912], 162-164.

[Abstr.: Pn Png]

3631. Hornaday, William Temple. The minds
and manners of wild animals. A book of personal
observations. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons,
1922, x, 328 pp., pls. [Gr Pn Png]

3632. Hornaday, William Temple. Tales from
nature's wonderlands. New York: Charles Scrib-
ner’s Sons, 1924, xii, 235 pp. [Gr Pn]

3633. Hornaday, William Temple. 4 wild-
animal round-up. Stories and pictures from the
passing show. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons,
1925, xii, 372 pp., pls.

3635. Knauer, Friederich. Menschenaffen: ihr
Frei- und Gefangenleben. Leipzig: Theod. Thomas,
[1915], 96 pp. [++ 26f: Gr Pn Png]

3636. Moszkowski, M. Biologische Notizen
aus Zentralsumatra. 9S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.,
1908, 69-89. [+ 6f: Png Hyl Symph Me]

3637. Reichenow, E. Biologische Beobacht-
ungen an Gorilla und Schimpanse. S. B. naturf.
Fr. Berl., 1920, 1-40, pl. 1. [Lf-r: Gr Pn]

3637a. Reichenow, E. Contribucién a la biolo-
gia de los antropomorfos Africanos. In: Real
Sociedad espaftola de Historia natural. Tomo ex-
traordinario. Publicado con motivo del 50° aniver-

[192 ]

Pongidae & Hylobatidae——The Gorilla

[Psych. 3638-3664]

sario de su fundacién, 1921, Madrid: Museo na-
cional de ciencias naturales, 1921, 337-348, pls.
20-25. [Transl. of no. 3637|

3638. Reichenow, E. Uber die Lebensweise
des Gorillas und des Schimpansen. Naturwissen-
schaften, 1921, 9, 73-77. [Gr Pn]

3638a. Schneider, K. M. Kann der Schim-
panse “brusttrommeln’’? Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1938,
9, 161-165, [Gr Pn Png]

3639. Sheak, W. H. Disposition and intelli-
gence of the chimpanzee. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.,
1917, 301-310. [3p/: Gr Pn]

3640. Sheak, W. H. Anthropoid apes I have

known. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1923, 23, 45-55.
Bi Ge Pn Pug ll
3641. Sokolowsky, Alexander. Beobachtungen

iiber die Psyche der Menschenaffen. Frankfurt:
Neuer Frankfurter Verlag, 1908, 78 pp., 8 pls.
[Gr Pn Png]

3642. Sokolowsky, A. _Beitrage zur Psycho-
logie der Anthropomorphen. Der Nestbau der
Menschenaffen. Med. Klinik, 1915, 11, 619-621.

[Gr Pn Png Hyl Affe]

3643. Le Souef, A.S. Notes on ape mentality.
Aust. F. Psychol. Phil., 1934, 12, 73-76.
[Pn Png]

3644. Stemmler-Morath, C. Die Koprophagie,
eine Gefangenschaftserscheinung bei den Anthro-
pomorphen. Zoo/. Gart., Lpz., 1937, 9, 159-161.

{Px Png]

3645. Warwick, J.E. The habits and manners
of the female Borneo orangutan (Simia sétyrus),
and the male chimpanzee (Simia troglédytes), as
observed during their exhibition at the Egyptian
Hall,in 1831. Mag. nat. Hist.,* 1832,5, 305-309.

[Pn Png]

3646. Yerkes, Robert Mearns. A/mosthuman.
New York: The Century Co., 1925, xxi, 278 pp.,

n. pls. [+++ 20r: Pn Png Hy]
Habits in nature & captivity
THE GORILLA
3647. Anon. The young gorilla of the Jardin
des Plantes. Nature, Lond., 1884,30,128. [Jf]
3648. Anon. Notes on Gorilla. Nigerian

Field, 1934, 3, 92-102.

3649. Akeley, C.E. Gorillas—real and mythi-
cal. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1923, 23, 428-447. [19f]

3650. Akeley, Carl Ethan. Jn brightest Africa.
Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, Page & co., 1924,
xvii, 267 pp., 62 pls.

3651. Allen, J.G.C. Gorilla hunting in South-
ern Nigeria. Nigerian Field, 1931, 1, 4-S.

3652. Babault, G. Note sur la biologie et

Vhabitat du gorille de Béringé. Rev. frang¢. Mam-
mal., 1928, 2, 61-63, 1 pl.

3653. Barns, Thomas Alexander. The wonder-
land of the eastern Congo; the region of the snow-
crowned volcanoes, the pygmies, the giant gorilla, and
the okapi. With an introduction by Sir Harry
Johnston. London: G. P, Putnams’ Sons, 1922,
xxxv, 288 pp.

3654. Bingham, H.C. Gorillas in a native habi-
tat. Report of a joint expedition of 1929-30 of Yale
University and Carnegie Institution of Washington
for psychobiological study of mountain gorillas
(Gorilla jepingen in Parc National Albert, Belgian
Congo, Africa. Publ. Carneg. Instn., 1932, no.
426, 66 pp. [22p/s-5f]

3655. Bradley, Mary Hastings. On the gorilla
trail, New York: D. Appleton & co., 1922, ix,
266 pp., n. pls.

3656. Burbridge, Ben. Gorilla. Tracking and
capturing the ape-man of Africa. New York: The
Century co., 1928, xi, 323 pp., 31 pls.

3657. Carpenter, C.R. An observational study
of two captive mountain gorillas (Gorilla beringei).
Human Biol., 1937, 9, 175-196, 3 pls. [20r]

3658. Carpenter, G. H. Some notes on the
pape gorilla. Irish Nat., 1917, 26, 125-130,
pls. 3-5.

3659. Chorley, C.W. Note on Uganda goril-
las seen during a visit to Mount Sabinio, Christ-
ne 1927. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1928, (1), 267—

_ 3660. Cunningham, A. A gorilla’s life in civil-
ization. Bull, N. Y.zool. Soc., 1921, 24, 118-124.
[2p/-7f]

3660a. Du Chaillu, Paul Belloni. Explorations
and adventures in Equatorial Africa; with ac-
counts of the manners and customs of the people, and
of the chase of the gorilla, crocodile, leopard, elephant,
hippopotamus, and other animals. London: J. Mur-
ray, 1861, xvili, 479 pp., 18 pls. [+ 56f: Gr Pn]

_ 3660b. Gray, J. E. Zoological notes on perus-
ing M. Du Chaillu’s ‘Adventures in Equatorial
rsa Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1861, (3), 7, 463-

3660c. Gray, J. E.; Owen, R.; & Walker, R. B.
[Correspondence on Du Chaillu.] Ann. Mag. nat.
Hist., 1861, (3), 8, 341-349, 1 pl.

3660d. Gray, J. E., et al. The gorilla. [Cor-
respondence on Du Chaillu.] Athenaeum, 1861,
(2), 372-374; 408-409; 445-446; 478-479. [1]

3661. Falkenstein. Ein lebender Gorilla. Z.
Ethn., 1876, 8, 60-61, pl. 2.

3662. Garner, R.L. The Society’s African ex-
pedition. Bull. N. Y.zool. Soc., 1914, 17, 1062-
1066. [+4]

_ 3663. Garner, R. L. Gorillas in their own
dungle. Bull, N. Y. zool. Soc., 1914, 17, 1102-

3664. Gregory, W. K. In the land of the
gorilla. Evolution, 1931, 3, 3-4. [7/]

[ 193 ]

[Psych. 3665-3697]

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY

3665. Gregory, W.K. In quest of gorillas. XI.
Gorillachildren. Sci. Mon., N. Y., 1936, 43, 211—
223. [+ 15f]

3666. Gregory, William K. & Raven, Henry C.
In quest of gorillas. New Bedford, Mass.: The
Darwin Press, 1937, xvi, 241 pp., pls.

3667. Hermes, [O.] Der Gorilla und seine
nichsten Verwandten. Tagebl. Vers. Ges. dtsch.
Naturf. Aerzte, 1876, 49, Beilage, 56-58.

3668. [Hermes, O.] Der Gorilla des Berliner
Aquariums und seine Reise nach London. Zool.
Gart., Frankfurt, 1878, 19, 90-92.

3669. Hermes, O. Aus dem Gefangenleben
des Gorilla. Z. Ethn., 1892, 24, Verh., 576-582,
jolly abil

3670. [Hermann, L.] Der Riesengorilla des
Museum Umlauffin Hamburg. Naturw. Wschr.,
1901, 16, 194-197. [3/]

3671. Ichac, P. Les gorilles. Nature, Paris,
1938, 66, 300-305. [9f]

367la. Johnson, Martin. Congorilla. Adven-

tures with pygmies and gorillas in Africa. New
York: Brewer, Warren [etc.], 1931, xi, 281 pp., 42

pls. [Gr]
3672. von Koppenfels, H. Meine Jagden auf
Gorillas. Gartenlaube, 1877, 416-420. [7/]

3673. de Langle. Moeurs d’un jeune gorille.
C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1866, 63, 739-740.

3674. Lankester, Edwin Ray. The gorilla of
Sloane Street. In: Great and small things. London:
Methuen, 1922, xi, 246 pp.

3675. Lenz, [O.] [Letter to Dr. Hartmann
concerning a living gorilla.] KorrespBl. dtsch.
Ges. Erforsch. Aequat.-Afr., 1875, 256-257.

3676. Maxwell, M. The home of the eastern
gorilla. 7. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1928, 32, 436-
449, 10 pls. [1 map]

3677. Milne-Edwards, A. Sur ]’existence d’un
gorille 4 la ménagerie du Muséum d’Histoire na-

turelle. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1884, 98, 959-
960.

3678. Petit, L., ainé. Notes sur le gorille.
Bull. Soc. zool. Fr., 1920, 45, 308-313. [5]

3679. Petit, L., ainé. Observations sur deux
jeunes gorilles vivants 4 Paris. Bull. Soc. zool.
Fr., 1926, 51, 140-142. (2/]

3680. Pitman, Charles Robert Senhouse. 4
game warden among his charges. London: Nisbet
& co., 1931, xvi, 336 pp., 53 pls.

3681. Pitman, C. R. S. The gorillas of the

Kayonsa region, western Kigezi, S. W. Uganda.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1935, (2), gine pls.
If:

Gr]

368la. Pitman, C. R. S. The gorillas of the
Kayonsa_ region, western Kigezi, southwest
Uganda. Rep. Smithson. Instn., 1936, 253-275,
6 pls. [2f]

3682. Raven, H.C. Gorilla: the greatest of all
apes. The adventures of the Columbia University-
American Museum Expedition collecting gorillas
in the equatorial forests of Africa. Nat. Hist.,
NOY. 1931, 31. 2312240. [12/l

3683. Raven, H.C. In quest of gorillas. XII.
Hunting gorillas in West Africa. Sci. Mon.,
N. Y., 1936, 43, 313-334. [++ 10f]

3684. Raven, H. C. Gorillas, men and sleep-
ing sickness. Chapter XIII of “In quest of goril-
las” by W. K. Gregory. Sci. Mon., N. Y., 1936,
43, 522-540. [+ 15f]

3685. Reade, W. W. Notes on the Derbyan
eland, the African elephant, and the gorilla.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, 169-173, pl. 22.

[++]

3686. Reade, W. Winwood. Savage Africa:

being the narrative of a tour in equatorial, south-

western, and northwestern Africa... New York:
Harpers & Bros., 1864, 452 pp.

3687. Reade, W.W. The habits of the gorilla.
Amer. Nat., 1868, 1, 177-180.

3688. Reading, J. H. Habits of the gorilla.
Amer. Nat., 1884, 18, 1277-1278.

3689. Sharp, N. A. D. Notes on the gorilla.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1927, (2), 1006-1009.

3689a. Sharp, N.A.D. The Cameroon gorilla.
Nature, Lond., 1929, 123, 525.

3690. Sokolowsky, A. Die Nahrung des Goril-
las. Umschau, 1907, 11, 654-655.

3691. Sparks, R. D. Congo: a personality.
Field &§ Stream, 1926, 18-20, 72-73. [+++ 4f]

3692. Valker, A. La vie du gorille au Gabon.
Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1931, (2), 3, 393-398.

3693. Walker, R.B.N. [Letter to T. J. Moore
on the shooting of a gorilla.]_ Proc. lit. phil. Soc.
Lpool, 1867-68, 22, 5-6.

3694. Walker, R.B. N. Extract from a letter
respecting his endeavours to obtain a live gorilla
forthe Society. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, 684—
685.

3695. Watertown, Charles. Essays on natural
history. London: Longman Brown, [etc.], 1858, 3rd
series, 2nd ed., xlvii, 290 pp.

3696. Wilhelm, prince of Sweden. Among
pygmies and gorillas with the Swedish zoological
expedition to Central Africa 1921. London: Gylden-
dal, 1923, xvi, 296 pp.

See also: 165, 185, 191, 192, 193, 194a, 194b,
206, 210, 212, 365, 1051, 4024, 4054, 4086 &
Mahoudeau, Intr. Il; Monboddo, Intr. ITI.

Habits in nature & captivity
THE CHIMPANZEE
3697. Aranyosi, N. Zweiunddreissig Worter

aus der Affensprache. Kosmos, Stuttgart, 1928,
25, 306-309. [24]

[194]

Gorilla——Chimpanzee

[Psych. 3698-3734]

3698. Brehm, [A. E.] Aus dem Leben des
Chimpanse. Z. Ethn., 1873, 5, Verh., 80-85.

3699. Broderip, W. J. Observations on the
habits, etc. ofa malechimpanzee, Troglodytes niger,
Geoff., now living in the menagerie of the Zoologi-
cal Society of London. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1835, 160-168. Also: PAil. Mag., 1836, (3), 8,
161-168; and Notizen Geb. Nat.- Heilk.,* 47, 273-
281. [74]

3700. Brown, A. E. Intelligence in chimpan-
zees. Amer. Nat., 1878, 12, 554-556.

3701. Brown, A. E. Grief in the chimpanzee.
Amer. Nat., 1879, 13, 173-175.

3702. Buck, J.L. The chimpanzee shaken out

of his nest. Asia., 1927, 27, 308-313, 326-328.

[5]

3703. Burrell, H. The nest of a chimpanzee.
F. Mammal., 1923, 4, 178-180, pls. 21-22.

3704. Christy, C. C. The habits of chimpan-
zees in African forests. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1915, 536.

3705. Ebert, R. Ein Beispiel hervorragender
tierischerIntelligenz. Naturw. Wschr., 1904,n.f.,
3, 378-379. [+4]

3706. Eismann, G. Der Chimpanse, Trog/o-
dytes niger, in Gefangenschaft in Afrika. Zool.
Gart., Frankfurt, 1886, 27, 24-26.

3707. Garner, R. L. Troops of chimpanzees,
on open plains. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc., 1918, 21,
1566-67.

3708. Guiart, J. Lechimpanzé Consul. Bull.
Soc. zool. Fr., 1903, 28, 189-194. [1p/-1f]

3709. Hirschlaff, L. Der Schimpanse Consul;
ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Psychologie. Z.
padag. Psychol., 1905, 7, 1-22, 1 pl. [137]

3710. Jennison, G. A “nest’-making chim-
panzee. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1915, 535-536.

3711. Kearton, Cherry. My friend Toto. The
adventures of a chimpanzee and the story of his
journey from the Congo to London. London: Arrow-
smith, 1925, 126 pp., 15 pls.

3712. Kearton, Cherry. My happy chimpanzee.
The adventures of Mary, the wonderful chimpanzee,
at the seaside. London: Arrowsmith, 1927, 124
pp., 24 pls.

3713. Kohler, W. Zur Psychologie des Schim-
pansen. Psychol. Forsch., 1921, 1, 2-46. — [4f-nr]

3714. Kohler, W. Forschungen an Menschen-
affen. Z. Ethn., 1921, 52, 461-465.

3715. Mitchell, P. C. Monkeys and the fear
of snakes. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1922, (1), 347—
348.

3716. Laborde, J.-V. La micrgcéphalie vraie
et la descendance de l’homme. Etude de trois
fréres microcéphales et d’un jeune chimpanzé

3717. [Martin, W. C. L.] The chimpanzée.
Knight's Penny Mag.,* 1836, 5, 57-60. [1]

3718. Maxwell, T.D. [Note on a young female
chimpanzee.] Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1926, (2),
940.

3719. Mitchell, C. Pitfield. Notes, withcom-
mentations, on the psychology of the chimpanzee
( Troglodytes niger), now in captivity at the Central
Park Menagerie, New York. 7. comp. Med.,
1885, 6, 38-53.

3720. Mobius, K. Zur Psychologie des Schim-
panse. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1867, 8, 279-280.

3721. Nissen, H.W. A field study of the chim-
panzee. Observations of chimpanzee behavior and
environment in Western French Guinea. Comp.
Psychol. Monogr., 1931-32, 8, no. 1, 122 pp.

[17 pl-1t-9r-]

3722. Nissle, C. Beitrége zur Kenntnis der
sogenannten anthropomorphen Affen. I. Molly,

der Chimpanse des Berliner Aquariums. Z. Ethn.,
1872, 4, 201-211.

3723. Nissle, C. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
sogenannten anthropomorphen Affen. III. Die
ea Mafuka. Z. Ethn., 1876, 8, 46-59,
ples

3724. Passemard, E. Quelques observations
sur les chimpanzés. F. Psychol. norm. path.,
1927, 24, 243-253. (if

3725. Priemel, K. Aus dem Leben eines Schim-
pansen. Ber. senckenb. naturf. Ges., 1914, 45,
7-13. [if]

3726. Raven, H. C. Meshie: the child of a
chimpanzee. A creature of the African jungle emi-
grates to America. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1932, 32,
158-166. (16f]

3727. Raven, H. C. Further adventures of
Meshie: a chimpanzee that has lived most of her
life in a New York suburban home. Nat. Hist.,
N. Y., 1933, 33, 607-617. [11/]

3728. Reichart, P. Shimpanse am Tanganika.
Arch. Naturgesch., 1884, 50, (1), 120-124.

3729. Romanes, G. J. Intelligence of chim-
panzees. Nature, Lond., 1890, 42, 245-246 and
p. 296.

3730. Sayers, H. K. On the habits of the
chimpanzee. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1839, 28-31.

3731. Schwidetzky, Georg. Sprechen Sie
Schimpansisch? Einftthrung in die Tier- und Ur-
sprachenlehre. Leipzig: Lihe & co., 1931, vii, 80
pp- [+]

3732. Schwidetzky, Georg. Schimpansisch,
Urmongolisch, Indogermanisch. Leipzig: Deut-
scher Verlag, 1932, 94 pp. [+]

3733. Seiss, C.F. The chimpanzee in confine-
ment. Amer. Nat., 1885, 19, 102.

3734. Sheak, W. H. Some further observa-

femelle. Rev. Sci., Paris, 1895, 32, (1), 577-585. tions on the chimpanzee. ¥. Mammal., 1924, 5,
[+ 9f] | 122-129. an :
[195 ] oy :

[Psych. 3735-3769]

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY

3735. Tiedemann, Heinrich. Beobachtungen
an zwei lebenden Chimpansé, masc. et fem. Bonn:
P. Neusser, 1879, 23 pp.

3736. Waldau, G. Till kannedomen om Ka-
meruns schimpanser. Fauna och flora, 1926, 21,
270-272.

3737. Youatt, W. Account of the habits and
illness of the late chimpanzee. Lancet, 1835-36,
(2), 202-206.

3738. Zell, T. Ein Viertelstiindchen bei Mis-
sie. Kosmos, Stuttgart, 1906, 3, 5-8.

See also: 165, 185, 191, 192, 193, 211, 4024,
4054, 3929 & Matthews, Intr. III; Monboddo,
Intr. III.

Habits in nature & captivity
THE ORANG-OUTAN

3739. Anon. [Note on an orang of the Jardin
des Plantes.] Notizen Geb. Nat.- Heilk.,* 1836,
50, 153-154.

3740. Anon. Orang utan’s nest. Singapore

Nat., 1924, no. 3, 12-13, 1 pl.

3741. Abel, Clarke. Narrative of a journey in
the interior of China, and of a voyage to and from
that country, in the years 1816 and 1817. London:
Longman & co., 1818, xvi, 420 pp., pls. & maps.

3742. Aggazzotti, A. Aus dem Leben eines
Orang-Utans. Umschau, 1906, 10, 441-446. [7/]

3743. Ashley-Montagu, M. F. A note on the
behavior of an orang-utan. F. Mammal., 1930,
11, 231-232.

3744. Bolau, H. Der erste erwachsene Orang-
Utan in Deutschland. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1894, 35, 97-102. [Lf]

3745. Bourns, F.S. An orang hunt in Borneo.
Bull. Minn. Acad. (nat.) Sci., 1892-94 [1905], 4,
173-181.

3746. Brandes, G. Das Singen der alten
Orangmanner. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1938, n.f., 10,
31-33.

3747. de Crespigny, C. On Northern Borneo.
Proc. R. geog. Soc. Lond.,* 1872, 16, 171-183.

3748. Cuvier, F. Description d’un orang-
outang, et observations sur ses facultés intellectu-
elles. Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris,* 1810, 16,
46-65.

3749. Cuvier, F. Description of an ourang
outang; with observations on its intellectual facul-
ties. Phil. Mag., 1811, (1), 38, 188-199.

[Engl. transl. of no. 3748]

3750. Delisle, F. Les orangs-outangs au Jar-
din zoologique d’Acclimatation du Bois de Bou-
logne. Anthropologie, Paris, 1893, 4, 648-651. [Lf]

3751. Grant, J. Account of thestructure, man-
ners, and habits of an orang-outang from Borneo,
in the possession of George Swinton, Esq., Cal-
cutta. Edinb. F. Sci.,* 1828, 9, 1-24. [1t]

3752. Hornaday, W. T. On the species of
Bornean orangs, with notes on their habits. Proc.
Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1879, 28, 438-455. [14]

3753. Huth, E. Der grosste und 4lteste bisher
lebend nach Europa gebrachte Orang-Utan im
Zoologischen Garten zu Berlin. Helios, Berl.,
1895, 13, 85-93.

3754. Lenz, H. Fang grosser Orang-Utans.
Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1895, 36, 10-12.

_ 3755. Mayer, C. On the white man’s business
in Borneo. Asia., 1923, 23, 664-667, 689. [2f]

3756. Mégnin, P. Tynan, l’orang-outang du
Jardin d’Acclimatation. Nature, Paris, 1897, 25,
(1), 101-102. [7/]

3757. Mohnike, O. Die Affen auf den in-
dischen Inseln. Die Anthropoiden: der Orang-
Outan, der Siamang und die Hylobates-Arten.
Das Ausland, 1872, 45, 660-664, 712-714, 759-
762, 800-803, 846-850, 893-895.

3758. Nainggolan, F. J. Oerwoud impressies.
1, Een en ander over den “orang oetan.”’ Trop.
Natuur., 1931, 20, 171-173. [+++]

3759. Niclou, H. A. A. Jacob, mijn orang-
oetan. (Dier, of meer?). Album der Natuur, 1882,
195-211.

3760. Nissle, C. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
sogenannten anthropomorphen Affen. II. Ein
Orang-Utan. Z. Ethn., 1873, 5, 50-53.

3761. Pocock, R.I. Strange instinct of fear in
the orang. Nature, Lond., 1897, 56, 613.

3762. Priemel, K. Ejiniges tiber Menschen-
affen und deren Pflege im Zoologischen Garten zu

Frankfurt a.M. I. Teil. Zoo/. Beob., 1908, 49,
77-85.

3763. Robinson,B. Theorang-outang. Amer.
Practit., 1907, 41, 1-6. [2/]

3764. Sanyal, R. B. Notes on animals kept in
the Alipore Zoological Garden. No. 1.—Observa-
tions on the habits of orang outang in captivity.
F. Asiat. Soc. Beng., Part 2, 1902, 71, 92-93.

3765. Schmidt,M. Beobachtungen am Orang-
Utan. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1878, 19, 193-198,
225-233, 266-270, 329-331, 357-359; 1879, 20,
17-19, 50-54, 83-86, 103-105, 178-180, 212-214,
225-228, 267-270; 1881, 22, 97-103.

3766. Sheak, W. H. Disposition and intelli-
gence of the orang-utan. 7. Mammal., 1922, 3,
47-51.

3767. Strauch, C. & Brandes, G. Uber den
Dresdener Orang “Goliath.” Z. Sdugetierk., 1927,
2, 78-82. [2f]

3768. Wallace, A. R. Some account of an in-
fant ‘‘orang-utan.” Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1856,
(2), 17, 386-390. [14]

3769. Wallace, A. R. On the habits of the
orang-utan of Borneo. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.,
1856, (2), 18, 26-32.

[196]

Orang-outan—Cercopithecidae

[Psych. 3770-3801]

3770. Wallace, Alfred Russell. The Malay
Archipelago. The land of the orang-utan, and the
bird of paradise. A narrative of travel, with studies
of man and nature. London: Macmillan & co.,
1869, vol. 1, xxiii, 478 pp., vol. 2, 524 pp.

3771. von Wenckstern, A. Orang-Utan’s von
der Ostkiiste von Sumatra. KorrespBl. dtsch.
Ges. Anthrop., 1891, 22, 30-32.

3772. Zedtwitz, F.X. Beobachtungen im Zoo-
logischen Garten Berlin. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930,
n.f., 2, 278-285. [++ 3f]

See also: 165, 191, 192, 193, 195, 1021 & Foucher
de Obsonville; Monboddo, Intr. III.

Habits in nature & captivity
HYLOBATES & SYMPHALANGUS

3773. Ae. Instinct of monkeys. Nature,
Lond., 1874, 9, 243.

3774. Bennett, G. Account of the Simia syn-
déctyla, or unka ape of Sumatra; the anatomy of
its larynx, &c. &c. Mag. nat. Hist.,* 1832, 5,
131-142. [3/l

3775. Candler, G. Notes on the habits of the
hoolock. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1903, (1), 187—
190. ¥. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1904, 15, 700-703.

3776. Carpenter, C.R. Behaviour research on
free ranging primates. Ff. Siam Soc. (Nat. Hist.
Suppl.), 1937, 11, 47-52.

3777. Debeaupuis, M. Le gibbon a favoris
blancs. Nature, Paris, 1924, 52, 137-138. [7]

3778. Delacour, J. On the Indochinese gib-
bons ( Hylobates concolor). F. Mammai., 1933, 14,
71-73.

3779. Kloss, C. B. The white-handed gibbon.
F. Straits Br. Asiat. Soc., 1908, 50, 79-80.

3780. Krijgsman, B. J. & Krijgsman-Tiessen,
J. Beobachtungen tiber das Benehmen eines
grauen Gibbons (Hylobates leuciscus). Arch.
néerl. Zool.,* 1937, 2, 414-431, pl. 3.

3781. McCann, C. Notes on the colouration
and habits of the white-browed gibbon or hoolock
(Hylobates hoolock Harl.). F. Bombay nat. Hist.
Soc., 1933, 36, 395-405, 2 pls.

3782. Mahoudeau, P.-G. La marche bipéde
du gibbon. Rev. anthrop., 1913, 23, 348-351.

3783. Mahoudeau, P.-G. Les manifestations
raisonnées chez les gibbons. Rev. anthrop., 1913,
23, 365-377.

3784. Ogilvie, A. W. Breeding of the gibbon
incaptivity. Ff. nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 1923, 6, 137.

3784a. Pocock, R.I. Observations upon a fe-
male specimen of the Hainian gibbon ( Hylobates
hainanus), now living in the Society’s gardens.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1905, (2), 169-180, pl. 5.

3785. Robinson, S. M. Birth of a white-
handed gibbon (Hylobates Jar) in captivity. 7.
Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1925, 30, 456-458. [Jf]

3786. Schmidt, M. Der graue Gibbon, Hy/o-
bates leuciscus (Schreb.) des zoologischen Gartens
in Berlin. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1886, 27, 7-14.

3787. Tickell, S. R. Note on the gibbon of
Tenasserim, Hylobates lar. ‘Ff. Asiat. Soc. Beng.,
1864, 33, (1), 196-199, 1 pl. dunn. Mag. nat. Hist.,
1864, (3), 14, 360-363.

3788. Tissandier, A. Le siamang au Jardin
zoologique de Londres. Nature, Paris, 1899, 27,
(1), 119-120. uf]

_ 3789. Westenhéfer, M. Der Gang des Gibbon
in Beziehung zum Menschenfuss. Z. Sdugetierk.,
1928, 3, 278-283, pl. 17.

See also: 165 & Foucher d’Obsonville; van Ipern
& Schouwman, Intr. III.

Habits in nature & captivity
CERCOPITHECIDAE

3790. Akeley, C. E., Mrs. Notes on African

monkeys. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1918, 18, 670-683.

[17f-r: Clb Pp]

3791. Akeley, Delia J. “F. T., fr.” The biog-

raphy of an African monkey. New York: The
Macmillan co., 1932, xxiv, 252 pp.

3792. Baker, F. C. On the effect of music on
caged animals. Amer. Nat., 1897, 31, 462.
[+ monkey]

3793. Ball, J. A case of apparent imitation in
a monkey. 7F. genet. Psychol.,* 1938, 52, 439-
442. [2f-3r: Mc]

3794. Besser, H. Allerlei aus dem Leben der
Affen. Kosmos, Stuttgart, 1915, 12, 236-241, 270-
Die [2p ep

3795. Blanford, William Thomas. Odservations
on the geology and zoology of Abyssinia, made dur-
ing the progress of the British expedition to that
country in 1867-68. London: Macmillan & co.,
1870, xii, 487 pp., 17 pls. [12f: C-p Me]

3796. Brown, A. E. The serpent and the ape.
Amer. Nat., 1878, 12, 225-228. [Pp monkey]

3797. [Brown, A. E.] Fear of snakes in pri-
mates. Nature, Lond., 1878, 18, 227. [monkey]

3798. Carpenter,A. Monkeys opening oysters.
Nature, Lond., 1887, 36, 53. [Mc]

3799. Carpentier, J.-C. Allaitement d’un ma-
gotparunechienne. Bull. Soc. Acclim. Fr., 1931,
78, 275-276. [Mc]

3799a. Champion, Frederick Walter. With a
camera in Tiger-land. London: Chatto & Win-
dus, [1927], xviii, 228 pp., 73 pls.

[+ Prsh Me]

3800. Champion, F. W. The alarm call of
langoors. F. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1929, 33,
424; 1930, 34, 543; cf. ibid., 1929, 33, 971.

3801. Coenraad-Uhlig, Vera. Uber ein Lutung-
Kind. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f., 3, 246-249.—
Berthold, J. K., 1931, n.f., 4, 172. [6f: Prsd]

[197 ]

[Psych. 3802-3835]

3802. Crébassol, H. Au sujet du cynocéphale.
Bull. Soc. Etud. sci. Aude, 1923, 28, 129-131.
[Pp]
3803. Darwin, Charles. Sexual selection in re-
lation to monkeys. Nature, Lond., 1876, 15, 18—
19. [C-c Cyn-p Pp]
3804. Distant, W. L. Notes on the Chacma
baboon. Zoologist, 1897, (4), 1, 29-32. [Pp]
3805. Engel, E. Ein entomologischer Lecker-
bissen fiir’s Affenvolk. Ent. Nachr., 1884, 10,
Bilse
3806. Ewing, H. E. Sham louse-picking, or
grooming, among monkeys. 7. Mammai., 1935,
16, 303-306. [Cp Mc
3807. von Fischer, J. Aus dem Leben eines

jungen Mandril (Cynocephalus mormon); seine
Erkrankung und sein Tod. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,

1876, 17, 116-127, 174-179. [Mndr]

3808. von Fischer, J. Aus dem Leben eines
Drill’s (Cynocephalus leucophaeus). Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1877, 18, 73-97. [Mndr]

3809. von Fischer, J. Etudes psychologiques
sur les singes. Rev. Sci. nat. Montpellier,* 1884,
(3), 3, 336-361. [Mc Mndr]

3800a. Fiszer, J. Kilka st6w o inteligencyi
matp. (Einige Worte wber die Intelligenz der
Affen.) Wszechswiat, 1884, 3, 673-675, 694-697,
710-713.

3810. von Fischer, J. Aus dem Seelenleben
eines Bhunders (Macacus erythraeus seu rhesus
und verwandter Affen). Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1883, 24, 177-182, 193-203, 227-235, 257-265,
289-298, 325-332. [C-c Mc Mndr]|

3810a. Fitzsimons, Frederick William. The

monkeyfolk of South Africa. London: Longmans,
Green & co., 1924, 2nd ed., xiv, 172 pp., 47 pls.

[Cp Pp Gig]

3811. G., J.F. Habits of the lungoor monkey.

F. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1902, 14, 149-151.
[Prsd]

3812. Gudger, E. W. On monkeys trained to
pick coco nuts. Science, 1919, n.s., 49, 146-147.

3813. Gudger, E. W. Monkeys trained as
harvesters: instances of a practice extending from
remote times to the present. Nat. Hist., N. Y.,
1923, 23, 272-279. [4f-15r: Mcl

3814. H., C. Sketches of natural history at
Gibraltar. Fie/d, 1880, 56, 79. Also: Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1880, 21, 337-340. [+++ Mc]

3815. Hasted, H. R. G. An injured monkey.
¥. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1907, 17, 1017. [Prsé]

3816. Heck, L. Capture de grands singes cyno-
céphales en Abyssinie. Terre et la Vie, 1931, n.s.,
1, 515-525. (sf: Thr-p Pp}

3817. Hill, W. C. O. A mode of carrying the
tail in leaf-monkeys. Spolia zeylan., 1938, 27 B,
66-67. [Prsd]

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY

3818. Hughes, T.H. An incident in the habits
of the Semnopithecus entellus, the common Hanu-
man monkey. Proc. Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1884,
147-150. [Prsd]

3819. Kanngiesser, E. Aus dem Seelenleben
der Affen. Zool. Beob., 1912, 53, 23-27.

3820. Kempf, E. J. Did consciousness of self
play a part in the behavior of this monkey? Ff.
Phil. Psychol. Sci. Meth., 1916, 13, 410-412.

[Mc]

3821. Knottnerus-Meyer, T. Allerlei Beobach-
tungen aus dem Affenhaus des Hannoverschen
Zoologischen Gartens. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1901, 42, 353-371. [Mc Pp]

3822. Knottnerus-Meyer, T. Geburt eines
Zwillingspaares von Hamadryas arabicus, Thos.

S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1909, 84. [Pp]
3823. Johnson, M. Monkey tricks and traits.
Delineator, 1928, 113, 19, 84-85. [Pp]

_3824. La Rue, C. D. Monkeys as coconut
pickers. Science, 1919, n.s., 50, 187.

3825. Lenz, H. Einiges tber das Freileben der
Nasenaften. (Nasalis larvatus Geoffr.). Zool.
Gart., Frankfurt, 1891, 32, 216-218. [ Nas]

3826. Loveridge, A. Notes on East African
mammalia (other than horned ungulates) col-
lected or kept in captivity 1915-1919. Part I.
Ff. E. Afr. Ug. nat. Hist. Soc., 1921, no. 16, 38-42.

[+++ Cp]

3827. McCann, C. Notes on the common In-
dian langur (Pithecus entellus). F. Bombay nat.
Hist. Soc., 1928, 33, 192-194, 1 pl. [Prsd]

3827a. McCann, C. Observations on some of
the Indian langurs. F. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.,
1933, 36, 618-628, 2 pls. (ut: Prsb]

3828. Marais, E. N. Baboons, hypnosis, and
insanity. Psyche, Lond., 1926,7,104-110. [Pp]

3829. Marshall, G. A. K.
keys and baboons to various insects.]
ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, 379-392, 397-399.

3830. Mégnin, P. Chez les singes. Nature,
Paris, 1897, 25, (1), 277-278. [2f: +C=p)

3831. Mouton, E. Dela moralité chez le singe.
Rev. sci., Paris, 1897, 34, (1), 81-83.

3832. Muir, G. B. F. Monkeys (Macacus rhe-
sus) swimming. Ff. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1916,
24, 353. [Mc]

3833. Nolan, H. Une visite aux singes de
Gibraltar. Riviera sci., 1930, 17, no. 1, 3-6.
[Mc]

3834. Northcote, G. A. S. Baboons attacking

children. 7. E. Afr. Ug. nat. Hist. Soc., 1921,
60-61. [Pp]
3835. Pfungst, O. Zur Psychologie der Affen.

Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol., Berl., 1912, 5, 200-205.
[Affe]

[Reactions of mon-
Trans. R.

[198 ]

Cercopithecidae——Cebidae & Hapalidae

[Psych. 3836-3870]

3836. Pfungst, O. Uber quasi-neurotische
Erscheinungen bei Affen. Zd/. ges. Neurol.
Psychiat., 1925, 41, 174-175.

[Abstr.: Me Cyn-p]

3837. Riedel, J. Beobachtungen an ostafri-
kanischen Sdugetieren. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930,

n.f., 3, 334-337. [+ 4f: Ppl
3838. Rollinat, R. “Jacques.” Bull. Soc.
Acclim. Fr., 1931, 78, 248-260, 290-300. [singe]

3839. Royer, Clémence. La domestication des
singes. Rev. Anthrop., Paris, 1887, (3), 2, 170-
181.

3840. Sheak, W. H. Acrobats of the monkey
world. The antics and marvelous vitality of a

troop of captive African monkeys. Nat. Hist.,
N. Y., 1929, 29, 307-311. [sho Gp. Cc]

3841. Schillings, C. G. Ueber einige aus
Aequatorial-Ostafrika von mir mitgebrachte

Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1901, 42, 76-79.
[C/o]

3842. Schonland, S. Notes on the Chacma
baboon, and the Manhaar jackal, &c. Zoologist,
1897, (4), 1, 155-156. [++ Pol]

3843. Schwendler,L. Zoological notes. Proc.
Asiat. Soc. Beng., 1880, 55-56. [+++ Prsd]

3844. Sclater, P. L. Remarks on the herd of

Tiere.

Barbary apes on the Rock of Gibraltar. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1900, 773-774. [Mc]

3845. Schnee. Die Affen auf Gibraltar. Natur
u. Haus, 1901, 9, 332-333. [Mc]

3846. Schneider, H. Beobachtungen an einem
Affen. Kosmos, Lpz.,* 1880, 7, 288-294. [Mc]
3847. Stehli, G. Aus einer Affenkinderstube.
Kosmos, Stuttgart, 1914, 11, 7-10. [3/]
3847a. Stevenson-Hamilton, J. Animal life in
Africa. London: W. Heinemann, 1912, xvi, 539
pp., 56 pls., 6 maps. [+ Clo C-p Ppl
3848. Stewart, W. H. Monkeys swimming.
Zoologist, 1886, (3), 10, 483. [Mc]
3849. Tinklepaugh, O. L. The self mutilation
of a male Macacus rhesus monkey. F. Mammal.,
1928, 9, 293-300. [Mc]
3850. Tinklepaugh,O.L. Fur-picking in mon-
keys as an actof adornment. ¥. Mammail., 1931,
12, 430-431. [Mc]
3851. Walsh, W. Commensalism between

monkeys and tsaing and deer. ¥. Bombay nat.
Hist. Soc., 1914, 23, 351 [4]

3852. Weidholz, A. Uber das Schwanznagen
der Affen. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1928, n.f., 1, 39-41.

Habits in nature & captivity
CEBIDAE & HAPALIDAE
3853. Antonius,O. Einige Schonbrunner Neu-

erwerbungen der Jahre 1932/1933. Zool. Gart.,
Lpz., 1933, n.f., 6, 244-258. [+ I1f: Myst]

3854. Bates, Henry Walter. The naturalist on
the river Amazons, a record of adventures, habits of
animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and
aspects of nature under the gabe during eleven
years of travel. London: J. Murray, 1863, 2 vols.,
vili, 351 pp.; vi, 423 pp., 43 pls.

[Mot Pith Cacaj Myst]

3855. Belt, Thomas. The naturalistin Nicara-
gua [etc.]|. London: John Murray, 1874, xvi,
403 pp. [Ceb Atl]

3856. Bungartz, M.A.H. Der Springaffe oder
Sahuassus (Callicebus personatus E. Geoffr.).
Aquarium, Berl., 1933, 76-77. [1f: Cal-c]

3857. Carpenter, C.R. Behavior of red spider
monkeys in Panama. ¥. Mammal., 1935, 16,
171-180. [it: Atl]

3858. Chapman, Frank M. My tropical air
castle. Nature studies in Panama. New York: D.
Appleton & co., 1929, ix, 417 pp., pls.

[Mot Ceb Al Oecd-m]

3859. Chapman, F. M. The conquest of
Claudia. How one of the notoriously untamable
howling monkeys, caught in its infancy on Barro
Colorado Island, responded to the friendliness of
its captors. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1929, 29, 369-
379, [10f: All

3860. Chapman, F. M. My monkey neigh-
bours on Barro Colorado. Nat. Hist. New York,
1937, 40, 471-479. [12f: ot Ceb Al Hap|

3861. Cope. Note on intelligence in monkeys.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1872, (4), 10, 229-230.
[Ced]
3862. Ditmars, R.L. Development of the silky
marmoset. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc., 1933, 36,
175-176. [Leon-c]
3863. Eisentraut, M. Biologische Studien im
bolivianischen Chaco. III. Beitrag zur Biologie
der Sadugetierfauna. Z, Sdugetierk., 1933, 8, 47-
69, pls. 9-11. [+ Of: Ced]
3864. Enders, R. K. Notes on some mammals
from Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. fF.
Mammal., 1930, 11, 280-292, pl. 16.
[+ dot Ceb Al Leon-c]
3865. Fitzgerald, Alice. Rearing marmosets in
captivity. ¥. Mammal., 1935, 16, 181-188, pl. 4.
[ Hap]
3866. Gallup, Anna B. Our squirrel monkey.
Mus. News, Brooklyn, 1913, 8, 79-80. [Saim]

3867. Germain, P. Les sapajous.
d’un voyage dans |’Amérique tropicale. Act. Soc.
sci. Chili, 1892, 1, 105-107. [Ced]

3868. Gronen,D. Der Kraita, Ateles paniscus.
Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 22, 125. [4]

3869. Hensel, R. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
Thierwelt Brasiliens. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1867,
8, 290-293, 361-374. [Ceb All

3870. Hornung, V. Der Pinselaffe ( Hapale
penicillata). Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1896, 37, 273—
277. [ Hap]

Notes tirée

[199 ]

[Psych. 3871-3905]

OBSERVATIONAL PSYCHOBIOLOGY

3871. Hornung, V. Weitere Mitteilungen tiber
den Pinselaffen ( Hapale penicillata). Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1899, 40, 208-209. [ Hap]

3872. Krieg, H. Schwarze Briillaffen (4/ou-
atta caraya Humboldt). Z. Sdugetierk., 1928, 2,
119-132. [12f-1t: Al}

3873. Marik, Margarethe. Beobachtungen zur
Fortpflanzungsbiologie der Uistiti (Callithrix jac-
chus L.). Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1931, n.f., 3, 347-349.

[ Hap]

3874. Mattock, H. Das Marmoset-Aeffchen.
Wschr. Aquar.-u. Terrarienk., 1912, Beilage, 6-7,

10-11. [Hap]
3875. Meeter v. Zorn, A., Frau. Affenzwerge.
Nach langjahrigen Beobachtungen. Natur u.

Haus, 1903, 12, 35-38. [2f: Hap Leon-c]

3876. Neill, P. Account of the habits of a
specimen of the Simia jécchus, Lin., or Facchus
vulgaris, Geoff., now in the possession of Gavin
Milroy, Esq. Edinburgh. Mag. nat. Hist.,* 1829,
1, 18-20. {if: Hap)

3877. Rengger, Johann Rudolph. Naturge-
schichte der Sdugethiere von Paraguay. Basel:
Schweighauserschen Buchhandlung, 1830, xvi, 394
pp. [4ot Ceb All

3878. Richter, C.P. Some observations on the
self-stimulation habits of young wild animals.
Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., Chicago, 1925, 13, 724—
728. fe a 20)

3879. Schreitmiiller, W. Einiges tber das
Marmosetaffchen. Aguarium, Berl., 1930, 42-44.

(if: Hap]

See also: 237 & Friederici, Intr. II; Bancroft,

Intr. III.

Habits in nature 8 captivity
LEMUROIDEA

3880. Baird, W. Descriptive notice of a speci-
men of Lémur tardigradus Lin., Makis Cuv., kept
alive for some time at Edinburgh. Mag. nat.
Hist.,* 1829, 1, 208-216. [Uf: Nyct-c]

3881. Baron, L. Notes on the habits of the
aye-aye of Madagascar in its native state. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1882, 639-640. [Daub]

3882. Bartlett, A.D. Observations on the liv-
ing aye-aye in the Zoological Gardens. nn.
Mag. nat. Hist., 1863, (3), 12, 72-74. [Daud]

3883. Bartlett, A.D. The food of the aye-aye.

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1865, (3), 16, 142. [Daud]
3884. Berthier, V. Le Cheiromys. Bull. Soc.
Hist. nat. Autun, 1913, 26, 28-29. [Daud]

Beobachtungen an gefang-

3885. Brehm, [A.]
Zool. Gart., Frank{urt,

enen Loris oder Faulaffen.
1873, 14, 121-126. [Lor Nyct-c]

3886. Dechambre, E. Observations sur les
makis de la Ménagerie du Jardin des Plantes.

Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, 1935, (2), 7, ape
m

3887. Distant, W. L. Breeding of the S. Afri-
can Ga/ago in confinement. Zoologist, 1897, (4),
1, 83. [Gig]

3888. Dollman, G. The slender loris. Naz.
Hist. Mag., 1935, 5, 1-4. [Lor]

3889. Eismann,G. Mein Katta (Lemur catta).
Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1898, 39, 180-181. [Lm]

3890. Ellis, William. Three visits in Madagas-
car during the years 1853-1854-185 06; including a
journey to the capital, with notices of the natural
history of the country and of the present civilization
of the people. New York: Harpers & Brothers,
1859, xv, 514 pp. [Lm Daub}

3891. Fischer, G. Ejiniges vom Plumplori
(Nycticebus tardigradus). Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1928,
n.f., 1, 36-38. [Uf: Nyct-c]

3892. von Fischer, J. Der Plump-Lori (St¢e-
nops tardigradus) in der Gefangenschaft. Isis,
Berl., 1876, 1, 95-96, 103-104. [ Nyct-c]

3893. Gorter, F. J. Waarnemingen bij Nycti-
cebus tardigradus, de plompe lori. Trop. Natuur.,
1934, 23, 21-25. [2f: Nyct-c]

3894. Hill, W.C.O. A curious habit common
to Lorisoids and Platyrrhine monkeys. Spolia
zeylan., 1938, 21B, 65. [Ceb Lor Nyct-c Gle Tars]

3895. Lavauden, L. Le aye-aye. Terre et la
Vie, 1933, 3, 142-152. [7f: Daub]

3896. Mackenzie, J. M.D. Food of the slow
loris ( Nycticebus coucang). F. Bombay nat. Hist.
Soc., 1929, 33, 971. [ Nyct-c]

_ 3897. Mackenzie, J. M.D. Means of defence
in insects. F. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1929, 33,
1000. [ Nyct-c]
3898. Milne Edwards, A. Note sur le potto
de Bosman ou Perodicticus potto. Nouv. Arch.
Mus. Hist. nat. Paris., 1874, 10, Bull. 111-114.
[Prdct]
3899. Milne Edwards, A. & Grandidier, A.
Note sur la nidification del’aye-aye. C.R. Acad.
Sci., Paris, 1877, 84, 196-197. [Mcr-c Daub}
3900. Narayan Rao, C.R. Observations on the
habits of the slow loris (Loris lydekkerianus). F.
Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1927, 32, 206-209, 1 pl.
[Zor]
3901. Oustalet,E. Lepottode Bosman. Na-
ture, Paris, 1902, 30, (2), 311-314. [Prdct]
3902. Pearless,S.H. Birth ofaloris. Sapoli
zeylan., 1909, 6, 134. [Lor]
3903. Peter, K. Uber Haltung und Zucht der
Zwerggalagos (Galago zanzibaricus Mtsch.). Zool.
Gart., Lpz., 1933, n.f., 6, 165-173. [11f: Gig]
3904. Phillips, W.W.A. The food of the Cey-
lon slender loris (Loris tardigradus) in captivity.
Spolia zeylan., 1931, 16, 205-208, pl. 42. [Lor]
3905. Pitman, C. R. S. Experiments with in-
sect-food on the African lemur Perodicticus potto,
Lesson. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond., 1929, 4, (1),
90-91. [Prdct}

[200 ]

Lemuroidea—tTarsioidea

3906. Pocock, R.I. Exhibition ofa photograph
of a ring-tailed lemur carrying its young on its
back. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1906, (1), 124-125.

[f: Lm]

3907. Prater, S. H. The slow loris ( Nyticebus
coucang). F. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 1924, 30,
215-217. [if: Nyct-c]

3908. Rand, A. L. On the habits of some
Madagascar mammals. F. Mammail., 1935, 16,
89-104. [Lm Hp-l Lp-l Mer-c Chrg

Pr-p Avh Indr Daub]

3909. Schmidt, M. Fortpflanzung des schwar-
zen Maki, Lemur niger. Zool. Gart., Frankfurt,
1882, 23, 161-165. [Lm]

3910. Schwarz, E. Der Barenmaki (4rctocedus
calabarensis calabarensis Smith) in Gefangen-
schaft. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1932, n.f., 5, 1-3.

[3f: <Arct-c]

3911. Sclater, P. L. Note on Lemur macaco,
and the way in which it carries its young. Proc.
zool. Soc. Lond., 1885, 672-673. [if: Lm]

3912. Shaw, G. A. A few rough notes on the
aye-aye. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, 44-45.

[Daud]

3913. Skues, F.M. (Habits and food of Pero-
dicticus potto.) Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1869, 1-2.

[Prdct]
3914. Still, J. Onthe Zorisincaptivity. Spo-
lia zeylan., 1905, 3, 155-157. [Zor]

3915. Turner, H. J. A. Two rare East African
animals. F. E. dfr. Ug. nat. Hist. Soc. 1914, 4,
124-127. [Pract]

[Psych. 3906-3922]

3916. Weidholz, A. Bemerkungen zum Som-
merschlaf der Zwerglemuren. Zool. Gart., Lpz.,
1932, n.f., 5, 282-285. [4f: Mer-c]

See also: 256, 280 & Jones, Intr. III.

Habits in nature & captivity
TARSIOIDEA

3917. Clark, W.E. Le Gros.
ing tarsier (Tarsius spectrum). Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1924, (1), 217-223, 1 pl. [1f-2t: Tars]

3918. Cook, N. Notes on captive Tarsius car-
bonarius. F. Mammail., 1939, 20, 173-178.
[Tars]

3919. Cuming, H. On the habits of some spe-
cies of Mammalia from the Philippine Islands.
Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1838, 67-68. Also: Ueber
Tarsius spectrum. Neue Notizen Geb. Nat.- Heilk.,*
1839, 10, 184-185. [++ Tars]

3920. Jagor, F. Reisen in den Philippinen.
Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1873, xvi,
381 pp., 1 map. [nf: Tars]

3921. [Jagor, E.} Ueber das Gespensterthier
(Tarsius spectrum). Lotos, 1873, 23, 120-121.
[Excerpt from no. 3920: Tars]

3922. Thomas, O. On the mammals obtained
by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent expedi-
tion to the Philippines. With field-notes by the
collector. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond., 1897 [1898],
14, 377-412, pls. 30-36. [+ it: Tars|

Notes on the liv-

[201]

Miscellaneous Bibliographies

Ne f

ei raGia Caer Rn aaa

‘

Miscellaneous

PHYLOGENY OF THE PRIMATES

Including discussions of zoological position,
& classification & relation to man

3923. Abel, O. Neuere Forschungen tber die
Herkunft und Stammesgeschichte der Primaten.
Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1928, 78, (39)-(45).

3924. Abel, Othenia. Die Stellung des Menschen
im Rahmen der Wirbeltiere. Jena:G. Fischer, 1931,
xvi, 398 pp. [+++ 276f-unr: TTT]

3925. Abel, O. Das Verwandtschaftsverhalt-
nis zwischen dem Menschen und den hoheren fos-
silen Primaten. Z. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 34,
1-14, fee htt

3926. Allman, [G. J.] An account of the
anthropoid apes, chiefly with reference to speci-
mens recently acquired by the Edinburgh Museum
of Science and Art. Proc. roy. Soc. Edinb., 1868—
69, 6, 501-504,

3927. Arldt, T. Die Stammesgeschichte der
Primaten und die Entwicklung der Menschenras-
sen. Fortschr. Rassenk., 1915, 1, 52 pp.

[ene sear il

3928. Arldt, T. Zur Stammesgeschichte der
Halbaffen und Menschenaffen. Naturwissen-
schaften, 1917, 5, 39-41. [tTtT]

3929. Behm, H. W. Zum Seelenleben der An-
thropoiden. Im Lichte biologisch-psychologischer
Beobachtungen auf der Anthropoiden-Station
Teneriffas und der sich daraus ergebenden prak-
tischen Foérderung “polygenetischer’”’ Tendenzen.
Polygen. Beitr., 1916, no. 2, 2-7.

3930. Bolk, L. The part played by the endo-
crine glands in the evolution of man. Lancet,
1921, 201, 588-592.

3931. Bolk, [L.] Le probléme de |’anthropo-
génése. C. R. Ass. Anat., 1926, 21, 80-92.

3932. Brass, Arnold. [Das Affen-Problem.]
Professor E. Haeckel’s Darstellungs- und Kampfes-
weise sachlich dargelegt nebst Bemerkungen tber
Atmungsorgane und Kéorperform der Wirbeltier—
Embryonen. Leipzig: Biologischer Verlag, 1909,
2nd ed., 88 pp., 5 pls. [2f]

3933. Brown, A.E. Onsome points in the phy-
logeny of the primates. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci.,
Philad., 1901, 53, 119-125.

3934. Bumiiller, Johannes. Mensch oder Affe?
Kurze Zusammenstellung dlterer und neuerer For-
schungen iiber Stellung und Herkunft des Menschen.
Ravensburg: Hermann Kitz, 1900, vi, 91 pp., 1 pl,
3 tbls. {+ xt]

3935. Bury, H. The classification of the pri-
mates. Nature, Lond., 1930, 125, 311.

Bibliographies

3936. Chapman, H. C. Observations on Tu-
paia, with reflections on the origin of primates.
Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad., 1904, 56, 148-156,
pls. 9-10. [if]

3937. Clark, W.E.Le Gros. The classification
of the primates. Nature, Lond., 1930, 125, 236—-
Piste

3938. Clark, W. E. Le Gros. Man’s place
among the primates. Man, 1935, no. 2, 5 pp.

3939. Curtis, M. M. Man and the anthro-
poids. Science, 1917, n.s., 46, 88.

3940. Dally, E. L’ordre des primates et le
transformisme. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1868,
(2), 3, 673-712, 724-730.

3941. Earle, C. Relations of Tarsius to the
lemurs and apes. Science, 1897, n.s., 5, 258-260.
[ Tars]

3042. Earle, C. Further considerations on the
systematic position of Tarsius. Science, 1897,
n.s., 5, 657-658; Erratum, idid., 740. [Tars]

3943. Earle, C. On the affinities of Tarsius:
a contribution to the phylogeny of the primates.
Amer. Nat., 1897, 31, 569-575, 680-689. [Tars]

3044. Ewing, H. E. Lice from human mum-
mies. Science, 1924, n.s., 60, 389-390.

3045. Friedenthal, H. Die Stellung des
Menschen im zoologischen System. Z. Ethn.,
1910, 42, 989-994.

3046. Friedenthal, H. Zur Grundlegung des
Rasseproblems in der Anthropologie. Haustierras-
sen, Menschenrassen und Menschenaffen. Z.
Ethn., 1926, 58, 179-193. [+ 3f]

3947. Friedenthal, H. Die modernen An-
schauung iiber die Abstammung des Menschenge-
schlechts. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl., 1931, 3-23.

[+ 3pé]

3048. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, [F.] Etudes sur
Vorang-outang dela Ménagerie. C.R. Acad. Sci.,
Paris, 1836, 3, 1-8.

3949. Giraldés; Alix; & Pruner-Bey. Sur le
mémoire de M. Dally: l’Ordre des primates et la
transformisme. Bull. Soc. Anthrop., Paris, 1868,
(2), 3, 724-730; 1869, (2), 4, 411-420, 424-439,
487-498, 554-566, 647-682.

3950. Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V. Qualche contes-
tazione intorno alla piu vicina filogenesi umana.
Monit. zool. ital., 1902, 13, 257-270.

3951. Gray, J. The differences and affinities of
palaeolithic man and the anthropoid apes. Man,
1911, 11, 117-120. 4]

[205 ]

[Misc. 3952-3982]

MISCELLANEOUS BIBLIOGRAPHIES

3952. Gregory, W. K. Studies on the evolu-
tion of the primates. Part I. The Cope-Osborn
“Theory of Trituberculy” and the ancestral molar
patterns of the primates. Part II. Phylogeny of
recent and extinct anthropoids, with special refer-
ence to the origin of man. Bull. Amer. Mus. nat.
Hist., 1916, 35, 239-355, pl. 1. [37f-mr: +¢t]

3953. Gregory, W.K. Genetics versus paleon-
tology. Amer. Nat., 1917, 51, 622-635.

eer iniitl

3954. Gregory, W.K. Two views of the origin
of man. Science, 1927, n.s., 65, 601-605.

3955. Gregory, W.K. The origin of man from
the anthropoid stem—when and where? Proc.
Amer. phil. Soc., 1927, 66, 439-463.

[+++ I1pl-5f-+r]

3956. Gregory, W. K. How near is the rela-
tionship of man to the chimpanzee-gorilla stock?
Quart. Rev. Biol., 1927, 2, 549-560. [+++ 10]

3957. Gregory, W. K. Were the ancestors of
man primitive brachiators? Proc. Amer. phil.
Soc., 1928, 67,129-150. [+++ 4pl-5f-1t-157r]

3958. Gregory, W.K. The origin of man from
a brachiating anthropoid stock. Science, 1930,
n.s., 71, 645-650.

3959. Gregory, W. K. A critique of Professor
Osborn’s theory of human origin. Amer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1930, 14, 133-164. [++ 3p/]

3960. Gregory, William King. Man’s place
among the anthropoids; three lectures on the evolu-
tion of man from the lower vertebrates. Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1934, vi, 119 pp. [+ 10f]

3961. Gregory, W.K. Man’s place among the
primates. Palaeobiol., Wien., 1938, 6, 208-213.

3962. Hellman, M. Racial characters in hu-
man dentition. Part I. A racial distribution of the
Dryopithecus pattern and its modifications in the
lower molar teeth of man. Proc. Amer. phil. Soc.,
1928, 67, 157-174. [+ 7-158)

3962a. Henckel, K.O. Remarks on the papers
by Professor F. Wood Jones and Professor W. K.

Gregory concerning the phylogeny of primates.
Human Biol., 1930, 2, 555-557. [esp. Tars]
3963. Hervé, G. Les prétendus Quadrumanes.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1889, (3), 12, 680-717.
[10/]

3964. Hooton, E. A. Doubts and suspicions
concerning certain functional theories of primate
evolution. Hum. Biol., 1930, 2, 223-249.

3965. Hooton, Earnest Albert. Up from the
ape. New York: Macmillan co., 1931, xvii, 626
pp., 28 pls.

3966. Hubrecht,A.A.W. Relationsof Tarsius

to the lemurs and apes. Science, 1897, n.s., 5,
$50-551.

3967. Hubrecht, Ambrosius Arnold William.
The descent of the primates. Lectures delivered on
the occasion of the sesquicentennial celebration of

Princeton University. New York: Charles Scrib-
ner’s Sons, 1897, 41 pp., 7 pls.

3968. Jones, Frederic Wood. The problem of
man’s ancestry. \ondon: Society for Promoting
Christian Knowledge, 1918, 36 pp.

3969. Jones, Frederic Wood. The ancestry of
man. (Douglas Price memorial lecture, no. 3.)
Brisbane: R. G. Gillies & co., 1923, 35 pp.

3970. Keith, A. Certain phases in the evolu-
tion of man. Abstract of the Hunterian lectures
delivered before the Royal College of Surgeons in
February and March, 1912. Brit. med. F., 1912,
(1), 734-737, 788-790. [+ 5f]

3971. Keith, A. The evolution, anatomy and _
diseases of the anthropoid apes. [Abstract of six
Hunterian Lectures.] Med. Pr., 1914, n.s., 97,
222-225.

3972. Keith, A. The gorilla and man as con-
trasted. forms. [Hunterian Lecture.] Lancet,
1926, 210, 490-492. [+++ 37]

3973. Keith, Arthur. The construction of man’s
family tree. London: Watts & co., 1934, vi, 54 pp.

3974. Klaatsch, H. Die Stellung des Menschen
in der Reihe der Saugetiere, speciell der Primaten,

und der Modus seiner Heranbildung aus einer
niederen Form. Globus, 1899, 76, 329-332. [4]
+

3975. Klaatsch, H. Menschenrassen und
Menschenaffen. Korresp Bl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1910, 41, 91-100. [++ J4f]

3975a. Kumaris, J.; Peters, H.B. Zur Prima-
teneinteilung. Z, Rassenk., 1936, 3, 203-204, 205,
311-312; 1936, 4, 203.

3976. Lankester, Edwin Ray, Sir. Diversions
of a naturalist. New York: Macmillan, 1915, xv,
424 pp. [+ 43f]

3977. Leche, Wilhelm. Der Mensch, sein Ur-
sprung und seine Entwicklung in Gemeinverstand-
licher Darstellung. Jena: G. Fischer, 2nd ed.,
1911, vii, 375 pp. [+ 369f]

3978. Lenoir, E.-R. L’homme et le gibbon.
Rev. anthrop., 1926, 36, 427-460. [++ 41r]

3979. Loomis, F. B. The adaptations of the
primates. Amer. Nat., 1911, 45, 479-492.
(of: tt]
3980. Macnamara, N. C. Beweisschrift be-
treffend die gemeinsame Abstammung der
Menschen und der anthropoiden Affen. Arch.
Anthrop., Braunschw., 1905, 31, 77-84.
[tea
3981. Matthew, W. D. Man and the anthro-
poid. Science, 1917, n.s. 46, 239-240.

3982. Matyas, J. & Stiller, J. Die verwandt-
schaftlichen Beziehungen der Saugetierordnungen
mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der naheren Ver-
wandten der Anthropoiden.—I. Teil. Arch. zool.
(ital.), Napoli, 1932, 16, 1169-1229.

[++ 18f-nt]

[206 ]

Phylogeny—Institutions for research, &c.

[Misc. 3983-4016]

3983. Miller, G. S., Jr. Conflicting views on
the problem of man’s ancestry. Amer. 7. phys.
Anthrop., 1920, 3, 213-245, 2 pls. [3f]

3984. Mohnike, Otto. Affe und Urmensch.
Minster: Aschendorff’schen Buchhandlung, 1880,
211 pp., 12 pls.

3985. Morselli, E. ‘‘Hominidae” e “Simii-
dae’: parentela di cervello, di sangue e di ormoni.
Ill. med. ital., 1924, 6, 1-8. [3]

3986. Morton, D. J. Evolution of man’s erect
posture. (Preliminary report.) 7. Morph., 1926,
43, 147-179. [++ 6f-14r]

3987. Morton, D. J. Human origin. Correla-
tion of previous studies of primate feet and posture
with other morphologic evidence. Amer. F. phys.
Anthrop., 1927, 10, 173-203. [++ 10f-Lir]

3988. Nadaillac, Marquis de. L’homme et la
singe. Rev. Quest. sci., 1898, (2), 14, 182-220,
414-459, [++ xr]

3989. Osborn, H. F. The influence of bodily
locomotion in separating man from the monkeys
and apes. Sci. Mon., N. Y., 1928, 26, 385-399.

3990. Osborn, H. F. The influence of habit in
the evolution of man and the great apes. Bull.
N. Y. Acad. Med., 1928, (2), 4, 216-230, disc.
230-249. [+++ 13f]

3991. Read, C. On the differentiation of man
from the anthropoids. Man, 1914, 14, 181-186.

3992. Regan, C. T. The classification of the
primates. Nature, Lond., 1930, 125, 125-126.

3993. Regan, C. T. The evolution of the pri-
mates. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1930, (10), 6, 383-
392.

3994. Remane, A. Die angeblichen Ahnlich-
keiten zwischen fossilen Hominiden und den Hylo-
batiden. Anthrop. Anz., 1924, 1, 144-146.

3995. Schaafhausen.
les singes anthropomorphes et l|’homme.
Soc. Anthrop. Paris, 1865 (1), 6, 11-14.

3996. Schwalbe, G. Uber die Vorgeschichte
des Menschen. Verh. Ges. dtsch. naturf. Arzte.,
1903, 75, 163-183. {++ 2f]

3997. Schwalbe, G. Uber die Bedeutung der
dusseren Parasiten fiir die Phylogenie der Sauge-
tiere und des Menschen. Z. Morph. Anthrop.,
1915, 17, 585-590.

3998. Sera,G.L. A proposito del polifiletismo
dei primati. G. Morf., 1923, 4, 3-13.

3999. Sera, G. L. Alcuni caratteri anatomici
delle platirrine ed il recente abbandono da parte
di esse dell’abitato acquatico. Arch. zool. ital.,
Torino, 1938, 25, 201-218.

4000. Smith, G. Elliot. On the relationship of
lemurs and apes. Nature, Lond., 1907, 76, 7-8.
H. F. Standing, p. 55.

4001. Smith, G. Elliot. The zoological position
of Tarsius. Nature, Lond., 1909, 80, 38.

4002. Smith, G. Elliot. The subdivisions of the

Sur les rapports entre
Bull.

order Primates. Nature, Lond., 1929, 124, 876-

877.

4003. Smith, G. Elliot. The classification of
the primates. Nature, Lond., 1930, 125, 270-271.
lf]

4004. Sterne, C. Die Rangstellung der Halb-
affen. Prometheus, 1897, 8, 808-812, 817-821.

4005. Thacker, A. G. The geological history
of the primates. Sci. Progr. twent. Cent., 1922,
16, 595-607. U/l

4006. Topinard, P. Les derniéres étapes de la
généalogie de l’homme. Rev. Anthrop., Paris,*
1888, (3), 3, 298-332.

4007. Vogt, Carl. Vorlesungen tiber den
Menschen: seine Stellung in der Schépfung und in
der Geschichte der Erde. Erster Band. Giessen: J.
Ricker, 1863, viii, 328 pp. [+ 128f]

4008. Vogt, Carl. Lectures on Man: his place
in creation, and in the history of the earth. James
Hunt, ed. London: Longman, Green, [etc.], 1864,
xii, 475 pp. [+ 127f]

4009. Vogt, C. Menschen, Affen-Menschen,
Affen und Prof. Th. Bischoffin Miinchen. Unter-
such. Naturl. Mensch. Tiere, 1870, 10, 493-525.

4010. Waldeyer. Ueber den menschenadhn-
lichen Affen. KorrespBl. dtsch. Ges. Anthrop.,
1895, 26, 106-109.

4011. Wegner, R.N.; Keith, A.; &v. Boning, G.
[Discussion of Klaatsch’s theory of the descent of
man.] Nature, Lond., 1911, 85, 119-121, 206,
508-510. [14]

4012. Wells, H.G. The evidence furnished by
biochemistry and immunology on biologic evolu-
tion. Arch. Path.,* 1930, 9, 1044-1075.

[+ 2¢-59r]

4013. Westenhofer, M. Der Mensch—das
alteste Saugetier. Mitt. anthrop. Ges. Wien.,
1927, 57, Sitzungsber., 64-76.

4014. Zimmermann, H. K. Zur Frage der
menschlichen Urheimat. Pol.-anthrop. Rev., 1903,
2, 349-354.

4015. Zuckerman, S. Functional affinities of
man, monkeys and apes. A study of the bearings of
physiology and behaviour on the taxonomy and phy-
logeny of lemurs, monkeys, apes and man. London:
Kegan Paul, [etc.], 1933, xviii, 203 pp., 24 pls.

[+++ vnr]
4015a. Zuckerman, S. Evidence of man’s kin-
ship with the primates. Man, 1933, 33, 13-16.

See also: 95, 151, 155, 156, 164, 194a, 194b, 198,
199, 202, 219, 575, 773, 781, 800, 808, 985, 1045,
1046, 1118, 1119, 1182, 1188, 1360, 1492a, 2565a
& White, Intr. III.

INSTITUTIONS FOR RESEARCH
& EXHIBITION

4016. Alving, T. Das neue Affenhaus des Zoo
Kopenhagen. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1930, n.f., 3,
337-342, pl. 2. (2/]

[ 207 ]

[Misc. 4017-4047]

MISCELLANEOUS BIBLIOGRAPHIES

4017. Anon. The Zoological Society’s new ape-
house. Nature, Lond., 1902, 66, 406-407.

4018. Anon. The new gorilla house in the Zoo-
logical Gardens, London. Archit. Rev., Lond.,
1933, 73, 241-245,

4019. Aulmann, G. Das neue Affenhaus im
Diisseldorfer Zoo. Zool. Gart., Lpz., 1933, n.f.,
6, 48-56.

4020. Baege, M. H. Die Menschenaffensta-
tion auf Teneriffa. Naturw. Wschr., 1915, n.f.,
14, 315-318.

4021. Bourdelle, E., Mouquet, A. & Mathias, P.
La collection de primates de la ménagerie du Mu-
séum National d’Histoire Naturelle. Bul/. Mus.
Hist. nat., Paris, 1929, (2), 1, 234-238.

4022. Biittikofer, J. Das neue Affenhaus des
Zoologischen Gartensin Rotterdam. Zool. Beob.,
1906, 47, 33-42. [2/]

4023. Delorme, M. “‘Pastoria’”’ (Institut Pas-
teur de Kindia): Son histoire et son rdle au-
jourd’hui et demain. La Guinée milit., 1929,
Suppl. 8-9, 1-16.

4024. Ditmars, R. L. The collection of great
apes. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc., 1911, 2, 756-758.

[2f]

4025. Heck,L. Das Affenpalmenhaus des Ber-

liner Zoologischen Gartens. Zool. Gart., Lpz.,
1930, n.f., 2, 173-184. al

4026. Honoré, F. Les “‘Singeries’’ de l'Institut
Pasteur a Kindiaet a Paris. L’I/lustration, Paris,
1927, 169, 407-409. [sfl

4027. Howe, H. E. The Florida anthropoid
laboratory of Yale University. Science, 1929,
n.s., 70, 444-445,

4028. Krogman, W. M. & Schultz, A.H. An-
thropoid ape materials in American collections.
Amer. F. phys. Anthrop., 1938, 24, 199-234.

4029. Lucas, F.A. The remaking of a museum
collection. Representatives of the order of Pri-
mates from the huge gorilla to the tiny marmoset.

Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1919, 19, 222-226. [5/]
4030. Mégnin, P. Le paradis des singes. Na-
ture, Paris, 1897, 25, (2), 285-286. [1/]

4031. Reuvens, C. L. Die Affen im zoo-
logischen Garten zu Rotterdam. Zool. Gart.,
Frankfurt, 1889, 30, 182-187, 206-213.

403la. Rode, P. Pastoria, centre de recher-
ches sur les singes en Guinée francaise. La Terre
et la Vie, 1937, 7, 109-116. [4/]

4032. Rothmann, M. Ueber die Errichtung
einer Station zur psychologischen und hirnphysi-
ologischen Erforschung der Menschenaffen. Berl.
klin. Wschr.. 1912, 49, 1981-1985. Also: Verh.
Ges. dtsch. Naturf. Arzt, 1912, 84, Teil 2, Halft 2,
268-271.

4033. Rothmann, M. & Teuber, E. Aus der
Anthropoidenstation auf Teneriffa. I. Ziele und

Aufgaben der Station sowie erste Beobachtungen
an den auf ihr gehaltenen Schimpansen. ddA.

preuss. Akad, Wiss., 1915, no. 2, 20 pp. Also: Z.
[2f]

Ethn., 1915, 47, 96-98.

4034. Scherren, Henry. The Zoological Society
of London; a sketch of its foundation and develop-
ment and the story of its farm, museum, gardens,
menagerie and library. London: Cassell & co.,
1905, viii, 252 pp., 62 pls.

4035. [Stedman, T. L.]
psychological study of anthropoid apes.
Rec., N. Y., 1912, 82, 943.

4036. Stern, W. Die neuen Yale-Einricht-

An institute for the
Med.

ungen fiir Anthropoidenforschung. Z. angew.
Psychol., 1932, 43, 516.
4037. von Waldeyer-Hartz, [W.] Anthropoi-

denstation auf Teneriffa.
Wiss., 1917, (2), 40-42.

4038. von Waldeyer-Hartz, [W.] Anthropoi-
denstation auf Teneriffa. S. B. preuss. Akad.
Wiss., 1919, (1), 31-33.

4039. Wilbert, R. & Delorme, M. ‘‘Pastoria,”
centre de recherches biologiques et d’élevage de
singes, Institut Pasteur de Kindia, Guinée fran-
caise. Bull. Soc. Path. exot., 1931, 24, 131-149.

4040. Yerkes, R. M. Provision for the study
of the anthropoid apes. Science, 1915, n.s., 42,
621; 1916, n.s., 43, 231-234.

4041. Yerkes,R.M. A program of anthropoid
research. Amer. F. Psychol., 1927, 39, 181-199.

4042. Yerkes,R.M. Yale laboratories of com-
parative psychobiology. Comp. Psychol. Monogr.,
1932, 8, no. 3, 33 pp. [10pl-r: Pn]

4043. Yerkes, R. M. Yale Laboratories of
Primate Biology, Incorporated. Science, 1935,
n.s., 82, 618-620.

4044. Yerkes, Robert Mearns. Regulations of
Yale Laboratories of Primate Biology, Inc. New
Haven: privately printed, 1937, 41 pp.

See also: 226, 771, 1030, 1045, 1826a, 3311, 3312,
3620, 3646, 3649.

S. B. preuss. Akad.

PRIMATE CULTURE
& METHODOLOGY

4045. Bachrach, A. Dietetics of apes and mon-
keys in captivity. Vet. Ext. Quart. Univ. Pa.,
1931, 43, 5-12.

4046. Botschkareff, P. W., Nikolaewa, O. I. &
Ssmirnoff, A. N. (Zur Frage uber die Ernahrung
der Antropoiden in der Gefangenschaft.) Arkh.
biol. Nauk,* 1933, 33, 240-248.

[2t-Russ. with Gr. abstr.]

4047. Fox, H. The practice of hygienic con-
trol and its results at the Philadelphia Zoological
Garden. ¥. Mammal., 1924, 5, Naan |

+ 1

[208 ]

Primate culture, &c.—Primates in mythology, &c.

[Misc. 4048-4077]

4048. Hill, W.C.O. Treatment of the slender
loris in captivity. Loris, Ceylon, 1937, 1, anes
or

4049. Hill, W.C.O. On the breeding and rear-
ing of certain species of primates in captivity.
Spolia zeylan, 1937, 20, 369-389, pls. 17-19.

[Prsh Me Nyct-c]

4050. Howe, P. R. Some experimental effects
of deficient diets on monkeys. F. Amer. dent.
Ass., 1924, 11, 1161-1165, 1167-1168. [Mc]

4051. Jennison, G. [Exhibition of a series of
lantern-slides of a chimpanzee kept in the open
air.] Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 1919, (1), 223.

4052. Krause, G. Arztliche Praxis unter
Orang Utan. Die Koralle, 1927, 3, 297-300.

[7f: Png]

4053. Nicolle, C. & Wetterlé, L. A propos de

trois naissances dans la singerie de l'Institut Pas-

teur de Tunis. Bull. Soc. Path. exot., 1930, 23,

596-599. [C-p Mc]

4054. Noback, C. V. The Zoological Park’s
young female gorilla, Janet Penserosa, with notes
concerning her companion a young female chim-
panzee, Ellen Allegra. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc.,
1931, 34, 74-104. [43f-tt: Gr Pn}

4055. Percy. On the management of various
species of monkeys in confinement. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond., 1844, 81-84.

[C-p Mc Pp Ceb Hap]

4056. Pinkston, J.O. A restraining device for
unanesthetized monkeys. F. Lab. clin. Med.,
1938, 23, 1085-1087. [3fI

4057. Sanyal, Ram Bramha. 4 handbook of
the management of animals in captivity in Lower
Bengal. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press, 1892,
xlix, 351 pp.

4058. Scharff, R. F. Open air treatment of
monkeys in the Dublin Zoological Gardens. Irish
Nat., 1906, 15, 85-86, pl. 3.

4059. Schneider, H. Ueber Erhaltung der an-
thropomorphen Affen in Deutschland. Zool.
Gart., Frankfurt, 1881, 22, 47-52.

4060. Sokolowsky, A. Uber Fiitterung und
Pflege der Affen im Zoologischen Garten zu Berlin.
Zool, Gart., Frankfurt, 1900, 41, 382-385.

4061. Sokolowsky, A. Uber Fiitterung und
Pflege des Fingertieres (Chiromys madagascarien-
sis Desm.) im Zoologischen Garten zu Berlin.
Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, 1902, 43, 353-354.

4062. Stemmler-Morath, C. Das Halten von
Affen und Menschenaffen. Handb. biol. Arb-
Meth., 1938, Abt. 9, Teil 7, Heft 5, 769-822.

4063. Szidat, L. Zur Spulwurmkrankheit der
Affen. Zool. Gart., Lp ., 1929, n.f., 2, 127-130.

4064. Tinklepaugh, O. L. A diet for chim-
panzees and monkeys in captivity. %. Mammal.,
1931, 12, 400-404. [37]

4065. Tinklepaugh, O. L. Corrections to “A
diet for chimpanzees and monkeys in captivity.”
F. Mammail., 1933, 14, 68-69. [34]

4066. Yerkes,R.M. A second-generation cap-
tive-born chimpanzee. Science, 1935, n.s., 81,
542-543.

4067. Yerkes,R.M. The significance of chim-
panzee-culture for biological research. Harvey
Lect., 1935-36, 31, 57-73.

4068. Zuckerman, Solly & Fulton, John Far-
quhar. The nomenclature of primates commonly
used in laboratory work. Privately printed: Yale
University, School of Medicine, New Haven, 1934,
14 pp.

See also: 226, 675, 677, 1142, 2922, 2922a, 2960,
3312, 3331, 3646, 3690, 3865, 3903.

CONSERVATION

4069. Anon. A gorilla paradise.

1924, 83, 68-72.

4070. Akeley, Mary L. J. Africa’s great Na-
tional Park. Carl Akeley’s gorilla sanctuary and
biological survey station becomes a reality.—The
formal inauguration of Parc Nationai Albert at
Brussels. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1929, 29, 638-650.

[+ i1/]

4071. Bock, O. Dieletzten Berggorillas. Zool.

Gart., Lpz., 1929, n.f., 1, 44-45.

4072. Derscheid, J. M. Notes sur les gorilles
des volcans du Kivu (Parc National Albert).
Ann. Soc. zool. Belg., 1927 [1928], 58, 149-159.

4073. Gifford, H. Fernando Po as an ape re-
serve. 7. Mammal., 1927, 8, 312.
4074. Lang, H. The vanishing wild life of
Africa. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1924, 24, 312-327.
fel
4075. Morley, R. The extermination of mon-
keys. Nat. Notes, Lond., 1899, 10, 113-114.

Lit. Digest,*

PRIMATES IN MYTHOLOGY
& SUPERSTITION; NATIVE
LEGENDS, &c.

4075a. Birch, S. On the monkeys known to
the Chinese, from the native authorities. Mag.
nat. Hist.,* 1839, n.s., 3, 587-592; 1840, n.s., 4,
35-38.

4076. Chaine, J. A propos du propithéque de
Verreaux (Propithecus verreauxi, Grand.). (La
légende du sifak.) P. V. Soc. linn. Bordeaux, 1920,
72, 49-50.

4077. Dehaut, Emile Georges. Matériaux pour
servir @ l'histoire zoologique et paléontologique des
Iles de Corse et de Sardaigne. Fasc. III. Animaux
fossiles du Cap Figari. Paris: G. Steinheil, 1911,
85 pp., 4 pls.

[209 ]

[Misc. 4078-4090]

4078. Everett, A.H. On the guliga of Borneo.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1881, (5), 7, 274-275.

4079. Gudger, E.W. The myth of the monkey
chain. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1919, 19, 216-221.

[3f]

4080. Hamy, E.-T. La légende du singe

chaussé. Nature, Paris, 1906, (2), 17, 113-114.

[2f-r]

4080a. Jenks, A. E. Bulu knowledge of the

gorilla and chimpanzee. Amer. Anthrop., 1911,

n.s., 13, 56-64. [+ Gr Pn]

4081.* Joleaud, L. Le réle des singes dans les
traditions populaire nord-Africaines. is. SOR
Africainistes, 1931, 1, 117-150.

4082. Kleiweg de Zwaan, J. P. De aap in het
volksgeloof der inlanders van den Indischen
Archipel. Tijdschr. ned. aardrijksk. Genoot., 1915,
(2), 32, 35-55.

4083. Phillips, T. The gorilla and man.
1928, 28, 56.

4084. Preuss, K.T. Der Affe in der mexika-
nischen Mythologie. thn. Notizb/., 1901, 2, (2),
66-76. [43/-]

4084a. Smith, J. A. Notice of a skull of the
Troglodytes niger, Desm., the chimpanzee, found
in a “‘Devil-house,”” Old Calabar, Africa. Proc.
R. phys. Soc. Edinb., 1858 [1863], 2, 41-43. [Pr]

See also: 3606, 3610, 3637, 3648, 3688, 3689a,
3692, 3730, 3881, 3888, 3907, 3912, 3914; & in

Man,

MISCELLANEOUS BIBLIOGRAPHIES

Intr. I, Ehrenberg, 1833, 1834; von Heusinger;
Hippolyte-Boussac; Lortet & Gaillard; Perez Bar-
radas; & in Intr. II, Friederici; Pigafetta.

PRIMATES IN ART

4085. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. The life and hab-
its of wild animals. \llustrated by Joseph Wolf.
New York: Harpers & Bros., 1874, 122 pp., 20 pls.

[+ Gr]

4086. Hornaday, W. T. Gorillas, past and
present. Bull. N. Y. zool. Soc., 1915, 18, 1181-
1185. [1pl-Sf: Gr]

4087. Landseer, Thomas. Monkeyana, or men
in miniature, designed and etched by Thomas
Landseer. London: F. G. Moon, 1827, 25 pls.

4088. Nass, L. Singeries. Corresp. med., 1906,
12, no. 272, 6-9.

4089. Wilson, Maurice.

don: Country Life, 1937, 88 pp.
Gr Pn Png Hyl C-p C-c
Lm]

4090. Wolf, Joseph. Zoological sketches made
for the Zoological Society of London, from animals in
their vivarium, in the Regent’s Park. Edited, with
notes, by P. L. Sclater. London: Henry Graves &
co., 1861-67, 2 vols., 100 col. pls., fol.

[Pn Cp Mc Lm Daub]

See also: McDermott, Intr. I.

Fust monkeys. Lon-
[22pl-48f:

Mc Pp Ceb

END OF PART I

of

Bibliographia primatologica

including the first 4,630 entries.

[210]

Appendix

A Key to Abbreviations of Periodicals Not Listed in 4 World
List of Scientific Periodicals Published in the Years 1900-1933, 2nd Ed.

Explanatory note. The abbreviations in the fol-
lowing list have been used in the text for
scientific journals which ceased publication be-
fore 1900, or commenced publication after 1933,
or which have been overlooked in compiling the
World List; and for journals of a non-scientific
character. Where such abbreviations appear in
the text they are marked with an asterisk. The
abbreviations coined conform in general to the
practices of the World List. For journals pub-
lished in Japanese the abbreviations are often
those employed by the Fapanese Fournal of
Medical Sciences, and in several instances the
full title could not be determined. In the Key,
the title of a journal is arranged in a fashion to
facilitate quick location of the journal in
Gregory’s Union List of Serials.

Acta neerl. Morph.
Acta neerlandica Morphologiae normalis et patho-
logicae. Utrecht. v. 1— 1937-.

Acta psychol., The Hague.
Acta psychologica, The Hague. v. 1- 1935-.

Acta psychol., Keijo.
Acta psychologica, Keijo. (Keijo, Imperial Uni-
versity. Psychological Institute). Keijo, Japan.
Vil loo0—.

An. Univ. Valencia.
Valencia. Universidad. Anales. v. 1—- 1920-.

Ann. frang. étrang. Anat. Physiol.
Annales francaises et étrangéres d’Anatomie et
de Physiologie, appliquées 4 la Médecine et a
VHistoire naturelle. Paris, v. 1-3, 1837-39.

Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris.
Paris. Muséum d’Histoire naturelle. Annales.
v. 1-20, 1802-13.

Annu. Soc. Nat. Modena.
Society dei Naturalisti (e Matematici) di Modena.
Annuario. v. 1-15, 1866-82.

Anthrop. Rev., Lond.
Anthropological Review. (Anthropological Society
of London). v. 1-8, 1863-70.

Anthrop. Zh., Mosk.
Antropologicheski Zhurnal. Moskau. v. 1- 1932-.

Arb. path. Inst. Marburg.
Marburg. Universitat. Pathologisches Institut.
Arbeiten. v. 1-2, 1893.

Arch. Anat. Physiol. wiss. Med.
Archiv fir Anatomie, Physiologie und wissen-
schaftliche Medicin. Berlin; Leipzig. v. 1-43,
1834-76.

Arch. holl. Beitr. Nat.- u. Heilk.
Archiv fur die hollandischen Beitrage zur Natur-
und Heilkunde. Utrecht. v. 1-3, 1857-64.

Arch. néerl. Zool.
Archives néerlandaises de Zoologie. Leyden. v. 1-
1934-,

Arch. Path.
Archives of Pathology. Chicago. v. 1- 1926-.

Arch. Physiol. norm. path.
Archives de Physiologie normale et pathologique.
Paris. v. 1— 1868-.

Arkh. biol. Nauk.
Arkhiv Biologicheskikh nauk; or, Archives des
Sciences biologique. Moskau. v. 1- 1892-,

Asiat. Res., Calcutta.
Asiatic Researches; or, Transactions of the Soci-
ety (Asiatic Society of Bengal). Calcutta. v. 1-20,
1788-1839,

Das Ausland.
Das Ausland. Stuttgart; etc. v. 1-66, 1828-93.

Ber. anat. Anstalt Kénigsberg.
Rathke’s Berichte von der kéniglichen anato-
mischen Anstalt zu Kénigsberg. v. 1-9, 1818-1838.

Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol. Wien
Bericht itber den XI Kongress fiir esperimentelle
Psychologie in Wien, 1929, Jena, G. Fischer, 1930.

Bol. biol., S. Paulo.
Boletin biologica. (Club zoologico do Brasil) Sao
Paulo. v. 1- 1933-.

Boll. sci.
Bolletino scientifico. Milan; Pavia. v. 1-21, 1879-
99.

Boll. Soc. romana Studi zool.
Societa romana per gli Studi zoologici. Rome.
Bollettino. vy. 1-8, 1892-98.

[211]

Abbreviations

APPENDIX

Boston Ff. Philos. Arts.
Boston Journal of Philosophy and the Arts. v. 1-3,
1823-26.

Brit. Rec. obstet. Med.
The British Record of obstetric Medicine and
Surgery. Manchester. v. 1-2, 1848-49.

Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Bruxelles.
Société d’Anthropologie de Bruxelles. Bulletin.
v. 1- 1882-.

Bull. Univ. Tiflis. i
Tiflis. Universitet. Jzvestita. v. 1- 1919-.

Byull. vsesoyuz. Inst. eksp. Med.
Vsesoyuznogo Instituta eksperimental’noi Medit-
siny. Byulleten. (Bulletin All-Union. Institute of
experimental Medicine.) Leningrad. v. 1- 1935-.

Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. quant. Biol.
Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on quantitative
Biology. Biological Laboratory. Cold Spring
Harbor, L.I., N.Y. v. 1— 1933-.

Confinia neurol.
Confinia neurologica. Basel; Philadelphia. v. 1-
1938-.

Coop. Res., Carneg. Instn.
Cooperation in Research. Carnegie Institution of
Washington. Publ. no. 501.

Cunningham Mem. R. Irish Acad.
Royal Irish Academy. Dublin. Cunningham Mem-
oirs. v. 1-11, 1880-.

Dia méd., B. Aires.
El Dia médico. Buenos Aires. v. 1- 1928-.

Dtsch. Arch. Physiol.
Deutsches Archiv fiir die Physiologie. Halle; Ber-
lin. v. 1-8, 1815-23.

Edinb. F. Sci.
Edinburgh Journal of Science. Edinburgh, 1824-
1832.

Edinb. new philos. f.
Edinburgh new philosophical Journal. Edinburgh.
1826-1864.

Encyclop. méth.
Encyclopédie méthodique. Paris & Liége. v. 1-
196, 1782-1832.

Gelehrte Anz. bayer. Akad. Wiss.
K. bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Munich. Gelehrte Anzeigen. v. 1-50, 1835-60.

Glean. Sci.
Gleanings in Science. Calcutta. v. 1-3, 1829-31.

Harv. Alumni Bull.
Harvard Alumni Bulletin. v. 1- 1898-.

Hist. Acad. R. Sci. Paris.
Institut de France. Académie des Science. Paris.
Histoire de ? Académie royale [etc.]. 1699-1789.

Hoku-Etsu Ig. Kw. Z., Niigata.
Hoku-Etsu Igaku Kwai Zasshi. (Journal of the
Hoku Etsu Medical Society).

L’ Illustration, Paris.
Illustration. Paris. v. 1- 1843-.

L’ Institut, Paris.
Institut. Paris. v. 1-44, 1833-76,

Int. F. Indiv. Psychol.
International Journal of Individual Psychology.
Chicago. v. 1— 1935-.

Isis, Fena.
Isis von Oken. Jena; Leipzig. v. 1-41, 1817-48.

Izv. imp. Tomsk. Univ. i
Tomsk. Universitet. Jzvestiia. v. 1- 1889-.

f. Anthrop., Lond.
Journal of Anthropology. London. v. 1, 1870-71.

F. belge. Neurol. Psychiat.
Journal belge de Neurologie et de Psychiatrie.
Bruxelle. v. 33— 1933-.

F. genet. Psychol.
(The pedagogical Seminary and) Journal of genetic
Psychology. Worcester, Mass.; Provincetown,
Mass. v. 32- 1925-.

F. Hist. nat. :
Journal d’Histoire naturelle. Paris. v. 1-2, 1792.
F. Neurophysiol.
Journal of Neurophysiology. Springfield, Ill. v. 1-
1938-.

F. Phys. Chim. Hist. nat.
Journal de Physique, de Chimie, d’Histoire natu-
relle et des Arts. Paris. v. 1-96, 1773-1823.

F. Psychol., Provincetown.
Journal of Psychology. Provincetown, Mass. v. 1—
1935-.

F. Zool.
Journal de Zoologie. Paris. v. 1-6, 1872-77.

Fikken. Ig. Z., Tokyo.
Jikken Igaku Zasshi. (Japanese Journal of experi-
mental Medicine). Tokyo. 1928-.

Kaibo Z., Tokyo.
Kaibo Zasshi. Tokyo.

Knight’s Penny Mag.
Knight’s Penny Magazine. London. v. 1-16, 1832—
46.

Die Koralle.
Koralle. Magazine fir alle Freunde von Natur
und Technik. Berlin. v. 1— 1925-.

Kosmos, Lpz.
Kosmos. Zeitschrift fir einheitliche Weltan-
schauung auf Grund der Entwickelungslehre.
Leipzig. v. 1-19, 1877-86.

[212 ]

APPENDIX

Abbreviations

eee SSS

Lit. Digest.
Literary Digest. New York. v. 1—- 1890-.

Mag. encyclop.
Magasin encyclopédique; ou, Journal des Sciences,
des Lettres et des Arts. Paris. 1792-1816.

Mag. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde. Berlin.
Magazin [etc.] v. 1-8, 1807-18.

Mag. nat. Hist.
Magazine of natural History. London. v. 1-9,
1828-36.

Mag. Neueste Phys. Naturg.
Magazin fiir das Neueste aus der Physik und
Naturgeschichte. Neue Auflage. Gotha. v. 1-
1785-.

Mammalia.
Mammalia. Paris. v. 1—- 1936-.

Math. naturw. Mit. S. B. preuss. Akad. Wiss.
K. preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Berlin. Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche
Mitteilungen (from the Sitzungsberichte). v. 1-16,
1882-97.

Mber. preuss. Akad. Wiss.

K. preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Berlin. Monatsberichte. 1856-81.

Med. Chron., Montreal.
Medical Chronicle, or Montreal monthly Journal
of Medicine and Surgery. Montreal. v. 1-6, 1853-
59.
Med. Times Gaz., Lond.
Medical Times and Gazette. London, 1839-85.
Mag. Zool. de Guérin Méneville.
Magasin de Zoologie, d’Anatomie comparée et de
Palzontologie .. . Par M. F. E. Guérin-Méneville.
Deuxiéme série [etc.]. Paris. v. 1-7, 1839-49.
Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris.
Museum d’Histoire naturelle. Paris. Mémoires.
v. 1-20, 1815-32.
Mem. Werner. nat. Hist. Soc.
Wernerian natural History Society. Edinburgh.
Memoirs. v. 1-8, 1808-38.
Morph. Arb.
Morphologische Arbeiten. Jena. v. 1-8, 1891-98.
Nagoya Igk. Z.
Nagoya Igakkai Zasshi.
Nat. Hist. Rev.
Natural History Review: a quarterly Journal of
biological Science. Dublin; London. v. 1-7, 1854—
65.

Nat. Sci.
Natural Science: a monthly Review of scientific
Progress. London, etc. v. 1-15, 1892-99,

Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk.
Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde. (K.
Zodlogisch Genootschap Natura artis magistra).
Amsterdam. v. 1-5, 1863-84.

New mon. Mag., London.
New monthly Magazine. London. v. 1-14, 1814-
20.

Nihon Shika Gk. Z., Tokyo.
Nihon Shika Gakuko Zasshi. Tokyo.

Notizen Geb. Nat.- u. Heilk.
Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Heil-
kunde. Erfurt; Weimar. 1821-49.

Nov. refi. fiziol. nero. sist.
Novoye v_ Refleksologii i Fiziologii nervnoy
sistemy.

Nuovi Ann. Sci. nat.
Nuovi Annali delle Scienze naturali. Bologne.
v. 1-30, 1838-54.

Osaka Igakkwai Zasshi.
Journal of the Osaka Medical Society.

Pam. Tow. nauk Scist. Paryzu.
Towarzystiwo nauk Scist
Pamietnik. v. 1-12, 1871-82.

Philologus.
Philologus. Zeitschrift fiir das klassische Altertum
und sein Nachleben. Leipzig. v. 1— 1846-.

Proc. Calif. Acad. Med.
The California Academy of Medicine. Stanford
University. Proceedings. 1931-.

Proc. lit. phil. Soc. Manchester.
Manchester literary and philosophical Society.
Manchester, England. Proceedings. v. 1-26, 1858-
87,

Proc. R. geog. Soc. Lond.
Royal geographical Society. London. Proceedings.
1879-92,

Proc. Sess. Ass. Amer. Anat.
American Association of Anatomists. Proceedings.
v. 1- 1888-.

Psychol. Rec.
The psychological Record. Bloomington, Ind.
v. 1— 1937-.

Publ. Univ. Calif., Los Angeles, Educ., Philso.,
Psychol.
Publications of the University of California at Los
Angeles in Education, Philosophy and Psychology.
Los Angeles. v. 1- 1933-.

Res. Loomis Lab., Med. Dept., N. Y. Univ.
New York University. Medical Department.
Loomis Laboratory. v. 1— 1890-.

w Paryzu. Paris.

Rev. Anthrop., Paris.
Revue d’Anthropologie. Paris. 1872-99,

[213 ]

Abbreviations

APPENDIX

Rev. argent. Hist. nat.
Revista argentina de Historica natural. Buenos
Aires. 1891-.

Rev. int. Sci. biol.
Revue internationale des Sciences biologiques.
Paris. v. 1-12, 1878-83.

Rev. Mag. Zool.
Revue et Magazin de Zoologie pure et appliquée.
Paris. 1849-79.

Rev. odontol., B. Aires.
Revista odontolégica. Buenos Aires. v. 1- 1920-.

Rev. oto-laring. S. Paulo.
Revista oto-laringologica. Sao Paulo. v. 1— 1933-.

Rev. Sci. nat. Montpellier.
Revue des sciences naturelles, fondée 4 Montpel-
lier par M. E. Dubruel. v. 1-14, 1872-85.

Rev. zool.
Revue zoologique, par la societe Cuviérienne.
Paris. v. 1-11, 1838-48. See: Revue et Magasin
de Zoologie pure et appliquée. Paris.

Rheinisches Mus. Philol.
Rheinisches Museum fiir Philologie. Bonn; Frank-
furt, A. M. 1827-.

S. Afr. F. med. Sct.
South African Journal of medical Sciences. (Wit-
watersrand University). Johannesburg, South
Africa. v. 1/2- 1935-.

Schr. Univ. Kiel.
Kiel. Universitat. Schriften. v. 1-28, 1854-82.

Stud. Anthrop. Lab., Anat. Sch., Cambridge.
Studies from the Anthropological Laboratory, the
Anatomy School, Cambridge. Cambridge: Uni-
versity Press, 1904, x, 291 pp.

Studi Etruschi.
Studi Etruschi. Florence. v. 1- 1927-.

Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol.
Tijdschrift voor natuurlijke Geschiedenis en
Physiologie. Amsterdam; Leyden. v. 1-12, 1834-
45,

Trans. Amer. philol. Ass.
American philological Association. Transactions.
v. 1— 1869-.

Trans. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
New York Academy of Sciences. New York.
Transactions. v. 1-16, 1881-97.

Verh. batav. Genoot.
Bataviaasch Genootschap der Kunsten en Weten-
schappen. Batavia. Verhandelingen. v. 1-30, 1779-
1863. (Early volumnes were reprinted with result-
ing confusion in citation.) The Catalogue of the
British Museum gives the following:
2nd ed., Rotterdam, Deel 1—4?, 1779-.
Another ed., Batavia, Deel 1-3, 1781-87.
Derde druk, Batavia, Deel 1-2, 1825-26.

Verh. Ned. Inst. Wet., Amst.
K. Nederlandsch Instituut van Wetenschappen,
Letterkunde en schoone Kunsten. |. klasse. Am-
sterdam. Verhandelingen. v. 1-7, 1812-25; Ser. 3,
v. 1-5, 1849-52.

Versl. Akad. Wet. Amst. Afd. Natuurk.
K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam.
Verslagen en mededeelingen. 1853-92.

Voeltzkow’s Reise in Ostafrica: Wiss. Ergebn.
Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-05 . . . aus-
gefiihrt von... A. Voeltzkow. Wissenschaftliche
Ergebnisse. Stuttgart, 1906-14, 5 vols.

Vysshaya Nervnaya Deyatel’nost.
Kommunisticheskaya Akademiya. Moscow. v. 1-
1929-,

Weber's Zool. Ergebn, Reise Niederland. Ost-Ind.
Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nieder-
landisch Ost-Ind. Max Weber, ed., Leiden. 1890-
91.

Z. Physiol.
Zeitschrift fiir Physiologie. Heidelberg; etc. v. 1-5,
1824-35.

Z. Rassenk.
Zeitschrift fiir Rassenkunde und ihre Nachbarge-
biete. Stuttgart. v. 1- 1935-.

Z. rat. Med.
Zeitschrift fiir rationelle medicin. Zurich; etc.
1842-69.

Z. Tierpsychol.
Zeitschrift fir Tierpsychologie. Berlin. v. 1— 1937-.

Zool. F.
Zoological Journal. London. v. 1-5, 1824-34.

Zig. Zool.
Zeitung fiir Zoologie, Zootomie und Palaeozoolo-
gie. Leipzig. 1848-49.

[214]

Index of Authors

Anonymous, 3647, 3648, 3739, 3740, 4017, 4018,
4069.

Abbie, A. A., 1997, 1998.

Abel, C., 3741.

Abel, O., 3923, 3924, 3925.

Abel, W., 2904.

Abelin, (A.), 763.

Abelsdorff, G., see 3267.

Aberle, S. B. D., 752, 2898, 2899.

, & Jenkins, R. H., 2704.

see 2811.

Abramowitz, W., see 3299.

Abramson, D. I. & Eisenberg, H. J., 388.

Katz, L. N., Margolin, S. & Lourie, R., 2581.

see 2586.

Adachi, B., 1263, 1726, 2413.

Adloff, P., 1354, 1355, 1356, 1357, 1358, 1359, 1360.

Adrian, E. D., 3021, 3022.

Ae., 3773.

Aeby, C., 530, 764, 962, 1053, 1054.

Aggazzotti, A., 2590a, 2590b, 2590c, 2590d, 2590e,
3742.

Aichel, O., 884, 1229.

Aigner, P. D., 1282.

Akeley, C. E., 3649, 3650.

Akeley, C. E., Mrs., 3790.

Akeley, Delia J., 3391.

Akeley, Mary L. J., 4070.

Albrecht, C. M. P., 823, 876, 914, 1249.

Aldrovandi, U., Intr. II.

Alessandrini, A., 1010.

Alexander, A., 2239b.

Alezais, H., 1674, 1675.

Alix, E., 322, 765, 1488, 1632, 1754.

see 188, 3949.

Allen, E., 18, 2685, 2731, 2788, 2789, 2790, 2791,
2822, 2833, 2880.

— Diddle, A. W., Burford, T. H. & Elder, J. H.,
2834.

— Diddle, A. W., Burford, T. H. & Gardner, W.
We 2792.

— Diddle, A. W. & Elder, J. H., 2905.

Gardner, W. U. & Diddle, A. W., 2900.

— Maddux, W. P. & Kennedy, J. W., 2705.

Pratt, J. P., Newell, Q. U. & Bland, L. J., 19.

— Worthington, R. V., Diddle, A. W. & Burford,

1 Bl Aiea

see 2667, 2809, 2862, 2879, 2903.

Allen, H., 243.

Allen, J. G. C., 3651.

Allen, W. M., see 2796.

yon Allesch, G. J., 3347a, 3544, 3545.

Allman, (G. J.), 3926.

Alouf, I., 2085.

d’Alton, J. W. E., 766.

Altschul, R., 2123, 2124.

Alverdes, F., 3561.

Alving, T., 4016.

Anderson, Dorothy H., 714.

Anderson, J., 224.

Anderson, J. F. & Neill, M. H., 2487.

Anderson, R. J., 877, 963, 1250, 1264, 1311, 1312,
1331.

Annandale, N., 753.

Anoutchine, D., 1171.

Anthony, R., 75, 142, 272, 273, 964, 1137, 1800, 1970,
1971, 1972, 1973, 2106, 2906.

— & Bortnowsky, I., 482.

— & Rivet, P., 932.

— & de Santa-Maria, A. S., 1900, 2107, 2108, 2109,

2110.

& Villemin, F., 129, 667.

Antonius, O., 3589, 3853.

Appleton, A. B., 933, 965, 1676, 1677.

Aranyosi, N., 3697.

de Aranzadi T., 1120.

Ardouin, P., 2454a.

Ariéns Kappers, C. U., 1801, 1802, 1943, 1944, 1945.

Huber, G. C. & Crosby, Elizabeth C., 1803.

Aring, C. D. & Fulton, J. F., 3210.

Arldt, T., 3927, 3928.

Arndt, H. J., 653.

Aron, H., 2723.

Aronovich, G. D., 3257.

& Chotin, B., 3562.

Aronson, L. R. & Papez, J. W., 2155.

— see 2223.

Artom, G., 1974.

von Arx, M., 1011.

Aschemeier, C. R., 3613, 3614.

Ascroft, P. B., 2589.

Ashley-Montagu, M. F., 143, 338, 740, 1146, 1172,
1173, 1174, 1313, 3743.

Athias, M., 20.

Atlas, D. & Ingram, W. R., 2134, 2240.

see 3209.

Aubert, E., 1230.

Audebert, J. B, Intr. III.

Aulmann, G., 3546, 4019.

Ayala, G., 2145.

Aykroyd, Olive E. & Zuckerman, S., 2733, 2881.

Babault, G., 3652.

[215]

[Bab—Bie]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Babor, J. F. & Frankenberger, Z., 112, 113, 1975.

Bach, L., 2241.

Bachman, C., Collip, J. B. & Selye, H., 2882, 2883.

see 2837.

Bachrach, A., 4045.

Bader, R., 2947.

Baege, M. H., 4020.

Baer, J. G., 2642.

Baird, W., 3880.

Baker, F. C., 3792.

Balado, M. & Franke, E., 2155a.

Balduzzi, O., see 2309.

van Balen-Blanken, G. C., 639.

Baley, S., 3348.

Ball, Josephine, 3532, 3793.

& Hartman, C. G., 2823, 2533.

Ballance, C., 2973.

see 2975, 2977.

Ballowitz, E., 1.

Bam, L., 3441.

Bancroft, E., Intr. III.

Bang, F. B., 410.

Baraldi, G., 1324.

Barany, R., 2086.

, Vogt, C. & Vogt, O., 3121.

Barbieri, N. A., 2969.

Barbosa Sueiro, M. B., 892.

Barbour, H. G., 2581a.

Bard, P., 3171.

von Bardeleben, K., 339, 899.

Bargmann, W., 1426.

Barkow, H. C. L., 144, 376, 377.

Barnard, W. S., 1633.

Barns, T. A., 3615, 3653.

Barnston, J., 169.

Baron, L., 3881.

de las Barras de Aragon, F., 1055.

Barrera, S. E., see 2281, 2284, 2285, 2286, 3127, 3216,
3217, 3231, 3232, 3233, 3244, 3245, 3275, 3276,
3288.

Bartelmez, G. W., see 715.

Bartels, P., 483, 2414.

Barth, Mathilde, 1314.

Bartholinus, T., Intr. II.

Bartlakowski, J., 583.

Bartlett, A. D., 3882, 3883.

Baruk, H., see 3289.

Bast, T. H., see 2463.

Bates, G. L., 3590.

Bates, H. W., 3854.

Bates, R. W., see 2697.

Bateson, W., 1447, 1448.

Battell, A., Intr. II.

Batujeff, N., 1361, 1449.

Baudouin, M., 854.

Bauer, J. H., 2242, 2313.

Bauman, J. E., 3393, 3394.

Baumann, L. & Oviatt, E., 2665.

Bayer, L., 410a.

Beattie, J., 234, 447.

seel2 175.

de Beaux, O., 323, 324, 699, 700, 1138, 1450, 1776.

von Bechterew, W., 3048, 3122, 3123, 3124, 3125.

Beck, E., 2087, 2088, 2089.

Beck, W., 2345.

Beddard, F. E., 170, 235, 236, 244, 245, 246, 247, 440,
1727, 1777, 1832, 1833, 1878, 1879, 1901, 1999.

Bedford, T. H. B., 1986.

Beeckman, D., Intr. II.

Beevor, C. E., 2132.

— & Horsley, V., 2031, 2345a, 3049, 3050, 3051,
3052, 3180.

Behm, H. W., 3616, 3929.

Bell, Julia, see 948, 1227.

Bello y Rodriguez, S., 934.

Belt, T., 3855.

Bender, M. B., 2961, 2962, 2962a.

& Fulton, J. F., 2963.

& Kennard, M. A., 2964.

Benedict, F. G. & Bruhn, J. M., 2717.

see 2719.

Benham, W. B., 1834.

Bennejeant, C., 1362, 1451, 1452.

Bennet, G., 3774.

Bense, A., see 2346a.

von Berenberg-Gossler, H., 594.

Berg, W., 1265.

Bergés, R., 2415.

Bergtold, W. H., 3395.

Berkeley, H. K., 2511.

Berkwitz, N. J., Morris, R. E., Scott F. H. & Mc-

Kinley, J. C., 3009.

see 3096.

Bernheimer, S., 2243, 3126, 3201, 3202.

Bernstein, B., 724.

Bernstein, H., 484.

Berry, R. J. A., 606.

& Robertson, A. W. D., 1056.

Bert, P., 340.

Berthier, V., 3884.

Berthold, A. A.,

Bertrand, I. & Mareschal, P., 2280.

Berwerth, F. H., 1453.

Besser, H., 3794.

Bewick, T., Intr. III.

Beyer, H. & Lewandowsky, M., 3273.

Bianchi, L., 3106, 3107.

Bianchi, S., 1299.

Bianchini, B., 995.

Bieber, I. & Fulton, J. F., 3010.

Biedl, A., 3080.

Biemond, A., 2096, 2097.

see 2197a.

Bierens de Haan, J. A., 3300, 3301, 3332, 3333, 3349,
3350, 3351, 3352, 3489, 3490, 3506, 3506a, 3507.

— & Frima, Margareta J., 3334.

[216]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

— & Heubel, Florrie, 3404.

— & Kooyman, D., 3491.

& Meyknecht, J. T., 3453.

Bijvoet, W. F., 1574, 1575.

Bilimoria, H. S., 2488.

see 2628,

Bingham, H. C., 357, 3508, 3509, 3534, 3547, 3654.

Biondi, C., 2512.

Birch, S., 4075a.

von Bischoff, T. L. W., 171, 172, 274, 741, 742, 1012,
1013, 1014, 1016, 1057, 1654, 1655, 1804, 1835,
1836, 1837, 2011, 2012.

Bishop, G.H., Heinbecker, P.& O’Leary, J. L., 2974.

see 2978.

Black, I. H., see 399.

de Blainville, H. M. D., 767, 768, 1453a.

Blair, W. R., 3548.

Blake, C. C., 301.

Blake, J. A., 1987.

Blakeslee, G. A., Freiman, I. S. & Barrera, S. E.,

2281.

see 3233,

Bland, L. J., see 19.

Blanford, W. T., 3795.

Blasius, G., Intr. IT.

Bloch, A., 954.

Block, R. J., 2982.

Block, W. D. & Lewis, H. B., 2967a.

Blotevogel, W., 2751, 2823a.

Blount, W. P., 3269.

Blumenbach, J. F., Intr. III.

Bluntschli, H., 135, 429, 824, 915, 1363, 1364, 1365,
1564, 1565, 1565a, 1678, 1795a, 1988.

— & Schreiber H., 1365a.

& Spuhler, O., 2.

Boas, J. E. V., 2472.

Bock, O., 4071.

Boddaert, P., Intr. III.

Boeke, J., 2416, 2416a, 2417, 2418.

Boggon, R. H., see 2178.

Boker, H., 237.

Bolau, H., 302, 2951, 3744.

& Pansch, A., 1838.

Bolcek, L., 1728.

Bolk, L., 45, 114-116, 375, 725, 743, 1058, 1147, 1148,
1195, 1196, 1231, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1300, 1332,
1333, 1366, 1367, 1368, 1369, 1370, 1371, 1431,
1679, 1839, 1840, 2224, 2258, 2259, 2260, 2375,
2387, 3930, 3931.

Boltze, P., 809.

Bonacelli, B., Intr. I.

Bondy, Emilie, 1196a.

von Bonin, G., 1916, 1945a, 2019.

von Boning, G., 4011.

Bontius, J., Intr. I.

Boreman, T., Intr. III.

Bortnowsky, I., 584, 585.

see 482.

[Bie—Bro]

Boruttau, H., 2582.

Bosman, W., Intr. III.

Botar, J., 404, 2346, 2394, 2395, 2396, 2396a.

& O’Shaughnessy, L., 654.

Popjak G. & Bense, A., 2346a.

Botez, I. G., 893.

Botschkareff, P. W., 2643, 2752, 2869.

— & Korotkowa, N. P., 2666.

— Mikeladse, S. M. & Nikolaewa, O. I., 2644.

— & Nikolaewa, O. I., 2645.

Nikolaewa, O. I. & Ssmirnoff, A. N., 4046.

Botterell, E. H. & Fulton, J. F., 3211, 3212, 3213.

—— see 3229.

Boulart, R., 485.

& Pilliet, A., 557, 558.

see 177, 491, 492, 493, 536, 604.

Bounak, V., 996.

Bourdelle, E., Mouquet, A. & Mathias, P., 4021.

— & Rode, P., 2907.

Bourns, F. S., 3745.

Boutan, L., 3407, 3408, 3460.

Bouvier, J. B. M. H., 810.

Bovero, A., 1314a.

Bovero, A. & Calamida, U., 1266.

Boyd, G. I., 997, 1017.

Boyd, J. D., 546.

Boyer, Esther L., 1634.

Boynton, E. P. & Hines, Marion, 3023.

Bradford, F. K., see 2043.

Bradley, Mary Hastings, 3655.

Bradley, O. C., 275, 2261, 2262.

Brainard, P. P., 3510.

Branca, A., 3, 675, 676, 677, 1729.

Brandes, G., 325, 326, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 467,

486, 487, 1432, 2952, 2953, 3535, 3548a, 3617,

3746.

see 3767.

Brandes, R., 488.

Brandt, J. F., 247a, 489.

Brass, A., 3932.

Brecher, G. A., 3335, 3336.

Brehm, A., 3590a, 3698, 3885.

Breschet, G., 103, 1325.

Breslaw, B., Barrera, S. E. & Warden, C. J., 3127.

Briffault, R., 3563.

Brinkmann, A., 1730, 1731, 1732.

Brisson, M. J., Intr. III.

Britton, S. W., Silvette, H. & Kline, R. F., 2681a.

Broca, P., 76, 145, 825, 826, 885, 1805, 1841, 1842,
1843, 1844, 1880.

Broderip, W. J., 3591, 3592, 3699.

Brodmann, K., 1917, 1918, 1919, 1920, 2020, 3128.

Brody, S., 2195.

van den Broek, A. J. P., 238, 239, 916, 917, 918, 919,
920, 1566, 1587, 2397, 2398.

Brongniart, A., Intr. III.

Brookes, R., Intr. III.

Brooks, H. St. J., 1656, 1657.

[217]

[Bro—Chi]

Brooks, W. T., 2376.

Brouwer, B., 2196, 2244.

van Heuven, G. J. & Biemond, A., 2197a.
& Zeeman, W. P. C., 2197, 2198.
Brown, A. E., 3618, 3700, 3701, 3796, 3797, 3933.
Brown, C. E., 2908, 2954.

Brown, S., 3167.

— & Shafer, E. A., 3168.

— see 3166a.

Brown, T. Graham, 3011, 3024, 3024a, 3025, 3025a,
3025b, 3025c, 3188, 3203, 3204, 3270.
& Sherrington, C. S., 3026, 3053.
Bruce, A. N., 2282, 2327.

Bruck, C., 2513.

Brugi, G., 1732a, 2198a, 2199.

Brihl, C. B., 1018, 1694.

Bruhn, J. M., 2718.

& Benedict, F. G., 2719.

see 2717.

Bruhns, Fanny, 1796.

Brummelkamp, R., 1945b.

Brunner, H. & Spiegel, E. A., 1893.
Buchbinder, L., 2542.

Buchman, Ethel F. & Richter, C. P., 3286.
Buck, J. L., 3702.

Biicklers, M., 2418a.

Bucy, P. C., 2021, 2022, 3054, 3055, 3056.
— & Fulton, J. F., 3057.

see 3158.

Buffon, G. L. L., Intr. III.

Bulbring, Edith & Burn, J. H., 2590.
Bullier, P., see 2776.

Bumiiller, J., 935, 3934.

Bungartz, M. A. H., 3856.

Burbridge, B., 3656.

Burckjardt, R., 1902, 1903.

Burdach, E., 1488a.

Burford, T. H., Allen, E. & Diddle, A. W., 2667.
& Diddle, A. W., 2845.

see 2792, 2793, 2834.

de Burlet, H. M., 2455.

& de Haas, J. H., 2456.

Burmeister, H., 248, 1209.

Burn, J. H., see 2590.

Burne, R. H., see 81.

Burr, H. S., see 2412.

Burrell, H., 3703.

Burt & Turner, W., 1019.

Burton, R. F., 3619.

Bury, H., 3935.

Bussabarger, R. A. & Ivy, A. C., 2573.
Butterfield, H. G., see 588.

Bittikofer, J., 4022.

Buytendijk, F. J. J., 3313.

& Revesz, G., 3353.

Buzzard, F., see 2246.

Bychowska, M., 1755.

Bysshe, S. M., see 3196a.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Cabrera, A., Intr. III.

Caldwell, G. T., see 2661, 2662.

Calamida, U., see 1268.

Cals, G., 1588.

Camel, G. J., Intr. III.

Camerano, L., 1175, 1454.

Cameron, J., 1059, 1059a, 1059b, 1059c, 1059d,
1059e, 1059, 1059g, 1059h, 1059i, 1059}, 1059k,
10591, 1059m, 1059n, 10590, 1059p, 1059q,
1059r, 1059s, 1059t, 1059u, 1059v, 1059w,
1059x, 1059y, 1059z, 1060, 1060a, 1060b, 1060c,
1060d, 1060e, 1060f, 1129.

Campbell, A. W., 1921, 1922.

Campbell, B., 1649.

Campbell, J. A., 2591, 2592.

van Campen, F. A. W. (& van der Hoeven, J.), 249.

Camper, P., Intr. III, 490.

Candler, G., 3775.

Capobianco, F. & Maziotti, L., 2679.

Carleton, Alice, 607.

Carlisle, A., 430.

Carpenter, A., 3798.

Carpenter, C. R., 3564, 3657, 3776, 3857.

& Locke, N. M., 3492.

see 3482.

Carpenter, G. H., 3658.

Carpentier, J. C., 3799.

Carruccio, A., 769.

Carters. Joe A2i:

CarusiC@aG iO:

Carus, J. V., 1455.

Cary, M. Katherine, see 2510.

de Castro, F., 2399.

Cattaneo, G., 303, 304.

Cavanna, G., 276.

Cave, A. J. E., 1245.

Caverhill, J., Intr. I.

Ceccherelli, G., 2481.

Chaine, J., 305, 701, 861, 1267, 1456, 1576, 4076.

see 1466.

Champion, F. W., 3799a, 3800.

Champneys, F., 1489.

Chapman, F. M., 3858, 3859, 3860.

Chapman, H. C., 46, 173, 174, 175, 176, 1519, 1845,
3936.

Charipper, H. A., see 2502, 2503.

Chase, R. E., 395.

& De Garis, C. F., 441.

Chase, W. P., see 3220.

Chatin, J., 1210.

Chemin, A. & Tribondeau, 2377, 2378.

Ch’en, G., see 2872.

Ch’en Mai, M. Y. & Van Dyke, H. B., 2870.

Chick, Harriette & Hume, Eleanor M., 2616.

Child, Margaret S., see 3311.

Chid, M., 2514.

Chiodi, V., 389.

[218]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Chopra, R. N., Mukherjee, S. N. & Chowhan, J. S.,
3298.

Chor, H. & Dolkart, R. E., 2965, 2966.

Dolkart, R. E. & Davenport, H. A., 2967.

see 2976.

Chorley, C. W., 3659.

Chorobski, J. & Penfield, W., 2997.

Chotin, B., see 3562.

Chowhan, J. S., see 3298.

Christy, C. C., 3704.

Chtefko, V., 2515.

Chudziniski, T., 277, 531, 627, 827, 1211, 1538, 1806,
1904, 1905.

Church, W. S., 1635.

Chylewski, W., 1658.

Cipriani, L., 1138a.

Citterio, V., 608, 1149.

Claparéde, E., 3584.

Clark, O. H. & Corner, G. W., 726.

Clark, W. E. Le Gros, 146, 1797, 1846, 1906, 2090,
2156, 2157, 2158, 2176, 2177, 2122, 2245, 3917,
3937, 3938.

— & Boggon, R. H., 2178.

Cooper, D. M. & Zuckerman, S., 1104.

— & Northfield, D. W. C., 2179.

& Penman, G. G., 2200.

Clarke, R. C., 2909.

Clarke, R. H., 3214.

& Henderson, E. E., 1881.

— & Horsley, V., 2273.

see 2994,

Clarke, R. W., see 2716.

Clavelin, [P.] & Coulouma, [P.], 2346b.

Cleveland, D. & Davis, L., 3193.

Clutterbuck, P. W., see 2628a.

Cobb, S. & Finesinger, J. E., 2998.

Coenen, H., 2347.

Coenraad-Uhlig, Vera, 3801.

Cohn, L., 1268.

Coiter, V., Intr. IT.

Colledge, L. & Ballance, C., 2975.

Collier, J. & Buzzard, F., 2246.

Collings, M. R., 2884.

Collins, E. T., 2419.

Collins, H. B., Jr., 1176, 1177.

Collins, K. H., see 3297.

Collip, J. B., see 2837, 2838, 2882, 2883.

Colyer, J. F., 1457, 1458, 1459, 1460.

Combes, P., 1756.

Comini, Adele, 1989.

Connolly, C. J., 1807, 1847, 1946.

Cook, N., 3918.

Coolidge, H. J., Jr., 754, 811, 1060g, 1060h, 3549,
3565, 3620.

Cooper, D. M., see 1104.

Cooper, Sybil & Denny-Brown, D., 3026a, 3026b.

& Sherrington, C. S., 3250.

Cope, E. D., 3861.

[Cho—Dal]

Coraini, E., 1283.

Corbin, K. B., Lhamon, W. T. & Petit, D. W., 2340.
Cordier, P. & Coulouma, P., 2346c.

Coulouma, P., Devos & Decroix, 2378a.
— Coulouma, (P.) & van Varseveld, 2387a.
Cords, Elisabeth, 1589, 2420.

Corner, G. W., 2753, 2754, 2755, 2794, 2795, 2795a.
— & Allen, W. M., 2796.

— Bartelmez, G. W. & Hartman, C. G., 715.
see 726, 2864.

Corsy, 1680.

Coulouma, [P.], see 2346b, 2346c, 2378a, 2387a.
Count, E. W., 1019a, 10i9b.

Coupin, F., Mi/e., 363, 1976, 1977, 1978, 1979, 1980.
—— Hindzé, B. & Lafont, M., 1848.

Courrier, R., 2797.

— & Gros, G., 2706, 2707, 2734, 2735, 2798.
Kehl, R. & Raynaud, R., 2686.

Coventry, A. F., 47.

Cowdry, E. V. & Scott, G. H., 2636,

Cowles, J. T., 3430.

& Nissen, H. W., 3430a.

see 3482,

Crafts, R. C., see 2835.

Crawford, J. H., see 2586.

Crawford, M. P., 3323, 3337, 3471, 3566, 3567.
see 3577,

Crébassol, H., 3802.

de Crespigny, C., 3747.

Crisp, E., 628, 702.

Critchley, M., 2000.

de la Croix, R. M., see Magne de la Croix.
Crosby, Elizabeth C., see 1803.

Crouch, R. L., 2159, 2160, 2216, 2217.

—— & Thompson, J. K., 2180, 2181, 3139.
Crull, W. H., 1061.

Cuming, H., 3919.

Cummins, H. & Spragg, S. D. S., 1756a.
Cunningham, A., 3660.

Cunningham, D. J., 595, 828, 829, 1808, 2057, 2111.
Cunningham, J. T., see 269.

Cunningham, R. H., 2668.

Cunningham, R. O., 1139.

Curtis, M. M., 3939.

Cutore, G., 2233.

Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D., Intr. III, 147.

— & Laurillard, [C. L.], 1490.

Cuvier, G. F., 1372, 3748, 3749.

de Cuvry, 3621.

Cwirko-Godycki, M., 1061a.

Czerwinski, R., 1428.

Dahl, F., 3338.

Dahr, P., 2543, 2544, 2545, 2546, 2546a.
& Rommel, R., 2547.

Dale, H. H. & Laidlaw, P. P., 2578.
Dalla Volta, A., 744.

[219]

[Dal—Eck]

Dally, 3940.

Danielopolu, D. & Manescu, E., 405.

Dapper, O., Intr. IT.

Darby, W. J., see 2617, 2621.

Daremberg, C. V., Intr. I.

Daron, G. H., 2846.

Darrow, D. C., see 2510.

Darwin, C. R., 3413, 3803.

Daubenton, E. L., 1254.

Daubenton, L. J. M., Intr. III.

Daveluy, C., Intr. I.

Davenport, C. B., 341.

Davenport, H. A., Chor, H. & Dolkart, R. E., 2976.

see 2316, 2967.

Davis, J. H., see 2818.

Davis, L., see 3193.

Davis, M. E. & Hartman, C. G., 2871.

Davison, C. & Kraus, W. M., 1947.

— see 2016.

Day, P. L., Langston, W. C. & Darby, W. J., 2617.

— Langston, W. C. & Shukers, C. F., 2618.

see 2505, 2621.

Dean, G. & Usher, C. H., 2201, 2202.

Debeaupuis, M., 3777.

Debeyre, A., 540, 640.

Dechambre, E., 3886.

Decroix, see 2378a.

De Frates, J., see 2836.

De Garis, C. F., 390, 396, 397, 398.

— Black, I. H. & Riemenschneider, E. A., 399.

see 380, 441.

Dehaut, E. G., 4077.

Dehn, O., 935a, 1231a.

De Jong, H. & Baruk, H., 3289.

see 3290.

Delacour, J., 3778.

Delattre, (A.), 862.

Delisle, F., 1020, 1021, 3750.

Delorme, M., 4023.

see 4039.

Demeter, G. & Matyas, J., 818.

Dendy, A. & Nicholls, G. E., 1990.

Deniker, J., 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 1121, 1539, 3622,

3622a.

& Boulart, R., 177, 491, 492, 493, 536.

Denny-Brown, D., see 3026a, 3026b.

Derscheid, J. M., 4072.

Descamps, P., 3568.

Deschin, A. A., 2111a.

Desmarez, see 821.

De Visme, S., Intr. III.

Devos, see 2378a.

Dewulf, A., 1991.

Dexler, H., 3302.

Dickinson, R. L. & Hartman, C. G., 727.

Diddle, A. W., see 2667, 2792, 2793, 2834, 2845, 2900,
2905.

Distant, W. L., 3804, 3887.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Ditmars, R. L., 3862, 4024.

Dobson, G. E., 1491, 1577.

Dobyns, B. M., 391.

Dohrn, M., Hohlweg, W. & Schoeller, W., 2736.

— see 2840, 2891, 2892.

Doisy, E. A., see 2844.

Dolin, A. O., 3442.

& Palatnik, S. A., 3569.

Dolkart, R. E., see 2965, 2966, 2967, 2976.

Dollman, G., 3888.

Donitz, W., 1373.

Doran, A. H. G., 2457, 2458.

Dorfman, R. I. & Van Wagenen, G., 2745.

Dotti, L., see 2701, 2702.

Dow, R. S., 2274, 3215, 3274.

see 3083a.

Drescher, K. & Trendelenburg, W., 3511.

Drinker, C. K., see 463.

Dschawachischwilli, G., 1062a.

Dubecg, J., 1566a.

Dubois, E., 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1952.

Du Chaillu, P. B., 3623, 3660a.

Duckworth, W. L. H., 48, 122, 123, 148, 149, 547,
771, 1022, 1061b, 1178, 1212, 1301, 1809, 2379.

— & Elliott, T. R., 278.

Duel, A. B. & Ballance, C., 2977.

Dugés, A., 900.

Duhousset, (E.), 1334.

DuMez, see 3294.

Dumortier, B. C., 1122, 1123.

von Dungern, (E.) & Hirschfeld, L., 2548.

Dupuy, 3171a.

Dupuy, P., 1540, 1578.

Dureau de Lamalle, Intr. I.

Dusser de Barenne, J. G., 2983, 2984, 3027, 3028,
3029, 3172, 3173, 3191.

— & McCulloch, W. S., 3030, 3031, 3032, 3033,
3034, 3035, 3188a.

— McCulloch, W. S. & Nims, L. F., 3036, 3037.

— McCulloch, W. S. & Ogawa, T., 3038.

— & Marshall, C. S., 3039.

— Marshall, C. S., McCulloch, W. S. & Nims,
L. F., 3039a.

— & Sager, O., 3192.

—— & Ward, A. A,, Jr., 3258.

—— & Zimmerman, H. M., 2985.

see 3058.

Duvernoy, G. L., 178, 596, 772, 1810.

Dwight, T., 179, 878.

Dykshorn, S. W., see 2697.

Dzavachov, G. A., 1061c, 1062.

Dzwonkowski, L., 1519a, 1519b.

Earle, C., 773, 3941, 3942, 3943.
Ebersteller, 2112.

Ebert, R., 3705.

Eckardt, H., 1418.

[220]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

[Eco—Fle]

von Economo, C., 2283.

Ectors, L., see 3092.

Eddy, N. B. & Reid, J. G., 3293.

Edgeworth, F. H., see 2359.

Edmond, A., 1232.

Edmunds, A., see 2981.

Edmunds, W., 2669.

Edwards, G., Intr. III.

Edzard, D., see 561.

von Eggeling, H., 830, 831, 1619, 1620, 2421, 2422.

Ehlers, E., 180.

Ehrenberg, C. G., Intr. I.

Ehrhardt, K., Wiesbader, H. & Focsaneanu, L., 2687.

Ehrhardt, Sophie, 1315.

Eichholz, A., 411.

Eisenberg, H. J., see 388.

Eisentraut, M., 3863.

Eisler, P., 378.

Eismann, G., 3706, 3889.

Elder, J. H., 755, 2824, 2885, 2910, 3280, 3386, 3387.

Hartman, C. G. & Heuser, C. H., 40.

— & Yerkes, R. M., 2756, 2911.

see 2781, 2782, 2825, 2834, 2905, 2936, 3129,

3438,

Elftman, H. O., 1621.

& Manter, J., 311, 966.

Eller, H., 1233.

Elliot, D. G., 4085.

Elliott, T. R., see 278.

Ellis, W., 3890.

Elze, C., 306, 2001.

see 139,

Embleton, D., 181, 312.

Enders, R. K., 3864.

Endziulaityté, M., 1348a.

Engel, E., 3805.

Engle, E. T., 2688, 2708, 2709, 2710, 2737, 2799,
2846a.

— & Crafts, R. C., 2835.

— & Hamburger, C., 2711.

— & Smith, P. E., 2847, 2848.

— Smith, P. E. & Shelesnyak, M. C., 2800.

— see 732, 2701, 2702, 2703, 2810.

English, W. L., 2911a.

Enriquez, M. L., 2439.

Erhart, M. B., 494.

Erxleben, J. C. P., Intr. III.

Eschricht, (D. F.), 495.

Essed, W. F. R. & Soewarno, M., 3268.

Eternod, A. C. F., 28.

von Euler, U. S., 2738.

Evans, Barbara D. F., see 2628a.

Evans, G., 597.

Evans, H. M. & Swezy, Olive, 3a, 21.

Evans, J. P. & McEachern, D., 2999.

Everett, A. H., 4078.

Ewing, H. E., 3944, 3806.

Fabian, H., 1461.

Falkenstein, 3661.

Favaro, G., 2234.

Fazzari, I., 2002.

Feiner, Rose R., see 2635.

Féré, C., 342, 1105, 1106.

Ferguson, J. H., 2597, 2598.

McGayran, Joyce & Smith, Elizabeth R. B.,

2599,

& Smith, Elizabeth R. B., 2600.

Fernandes, B. & Ferreira, F., 3287.

Ferraro, A. & Barrera, S. E., 2284, 2285, 2286, 2328,
3216, 3217, 3231, 3232, 3244, 3245, 3288.

— Barrera, S. E. & Blakeslee, G. A., 3233.

Ferreira, F., see 3287.

Ferrier, D., 2362, 2986, 2987, 2988, 3169, 3246.

— & Turner, W. A., 2032, 3205, 3218.

— & Yeo, G. F., 2987a.

Fevold, H. L., see 2694, 2695, 2696, 2805, 2853, 2855.

Ficalbi, E., 379, 442.

Fick, R., 182, 183, 343, 344, 496, 832, 833, 834, 1491a,
1491b, 1492.

Fieandt, E., 2348.

Figueiredo-Rodrigues, J. A., 2306.

Filimonoff, I. N., 2091.

de Filippi, F., 1197.

Finan, J. L., 3108.

— see 3117, 3118.

Finch, G., Yerkes, R. M. & Elder, J. H., 2825.

Fincham, E. F., 3268bis.

Fincher, E. F., see 3228.

Findlay, L., see 2680.

Finesinger, J. E., see 2998.

Finley, K. H., 2218.

see 3001.

Firor, W. M., 2689.

see 2691, 2692, 2804.

Fischel, W., 3324, 3431, 3432, 3512, 3513.

Fischer, E., 659, 1108, 1109, 1110, 1111, 1112, 1849.

Fischer, G., 3891.

Fischer von Waldheim, G., 774, 1316.

Fischer, J., 921.

von Fischer, J., 3807, 3808, 3809, 3809a, 3810, 3892.

Fischer, W. & Klinkhart, Gertraudis, 2549.

Fisher, C., Ingram, W. R. & Ransom, S. W., 3193a.

see 3195, 3198, 3198a.

Fisher, R. B., Krohn, P. L. & Zuckerman, S., 2886.

see 1985.

Fitzgerald, Alice, 3865.

FitzGerald, Mabel P., 2307.

Fitzsimons, F. W., 3810a.

Fitzwilliams, D. C. L., 307, 1659.

Fjeld, Harriett A., 3460a.

Flanzbaum, S., see 3575.

Flatau, E. & Jacobsohn, L., 1811.

Fleissig, J., see 1983.

Flexner, L. B. & Weed, L. H., 3000.

see 3008,

[221]

[Fli—Gar]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

ee ee ie oe ee a

Flipo, see 837.

Flood, E. & Schafer, E. A., 3081.

Florence, J., 1590.

Flower, S. S., 2938, 2955.

Flower, W. H., 240, 278a, 279, 775, 1140, 1850, 1894,
1907, 1908, 2058, 2059.

Focsaneanu, L., see 2687.

Foerster, O., Gagel, O. & Sheehan, D., 2314.

Foley, J. P., Jr., 3325, 3414, 3419, 3420, 3585.

& Warden, C. J., 3476.

Forbes, H. S., Finley, K. H. & Nason, G. I., 3001.

Forbes, J., 1733.

Forbes, W. A., 241, 308.

Forster, A., 443, 497, 497a, 498, 499, 644, 673, 728,
901, 902, 967, 968, 969, 1213, 1214, 1269, 1270,
1302, 1520, 1567, 1579, 1580, 1591, 1592, 1593,
1622, 1623, 1624, 1625, 1660, 1661, 1662, 1681,
1695, 1696.

—— & Lacroix, M., 2349.

—— & Winckler, C., 541.

Forster, M. C., 3296.

Forsyth, D., 648.

Fortin, E.-P., 2440.

Foucher d’Obsonville, Intr. III.

Fox, E. L., see 2720.

Fox, H., 2489, 2912, 4047.

see 2520. |

Fraipont, C., 819, 970, 1812.

Francaviglia, M. C., 392.

Francis, E., 2619.

see 2622.

Frank, C., 2247,

Franke, E., see 2155a.

Franke, H. J. I. B., 729.

Frankenberger, Z., 41.

see 112, 113, 1975,

Frankl, O., 678.

Fransen, J. W. P., 421.

Franz, S. I., 3040, 3109, 3397.

& Lafora, G. R., 3155.

Franz, V., 2423.

Fraser, E. H., 2248, 2287.

Fraser, H. F., see 2611.

Frassetto, F., 894, 1023, 1141, 1150, 1179, 1284, 1285,
1286, 1287, 1288.

Frechkop, S., 184, 971, 1953.

Frédéric, J., 1779, 1780.

Freiman, I. S., see 2281.

Frets, G. P., 468, 469, 470, 1215, 1216, 1697, 1698.

Freudenberg, W., Intr. I, 345, 972.

Freund, L., 3593.

Frey, H., 886, 1594, 1699, 2459.

Friant, Madeleine, 1374, 1374a, 1375.

Friedel, E., 3624.

Friedemann, M., 2135.

Friedemann, T. E., 2649, 2649a, 2650.

Friedenthal, H., 327, 364, 1781, 1782, 1783, 1784,
1785, 1786, 2516, 2550, 2551, 3945, 3946, 3947.

Friederichs, H. F., 1334a.

Friederici, G., Intr. II.

Friedlowsky, A., 309, 629.

Friedman, E., see 2404.

Friedmann, L. M., 2490.

Frima, Margareta J., see 3334.

Fritsch, G., 1787, 2441.

Fréhlich, A. & Sherrington, C. S., 3247.

Frommolt, G., 48a, 49, 716.

Fry, E., 776.

Fuchs, H. L., 1376.

Fugger, A. G. F., 745.

Fujisawa, Y., 3001a.

—— see 3003a.

Fujiwara, K., 2517.

Fulton, J. F., 1922a, 2990, 2991, 3082, 3083, 3140,
3219.

— & Dow, R. S., 3083a.

—— & Dusser de Barenne, J. G., 3058.

—— & Jacobsen, C. F., 3110.

Jacobsen, C. F, & Kennard, Margaret A., 3084.

— & Keller, A. D., 2989, 3281.

—— & Kennard, Margaret A., 3085.

—— Liddell, E. G. T. & Rioch, D. McK., 3282.

— & McCouch, G. P., 3251.

— & Sheehan, D., 2033.

— & Sherrington, C. S., 3252.

—— see 1877, 2215, 2896, 2963, 3010, 3020, 3057,
3093, 3148, 3165, 3178, 3179, 3200, 3210, 3211,
3212, 3213, 4068.

Fumagalli, S., 1097a.

Furbringer, M., 2349a.

Furness, W. H., 3rd., 3409.

Fuse, G., 2136, 2218a, 2248a, 2248b, 2287a.

Guy ne sete

Gagel, O., 2314a.

see 2314,

Gaillard, C., see Lortet, V., Intr. I.

Galbraith, J. J., see 2729.

Galen, Intr. I.

Galli, A., 1288a.

Gallis, P., 3493.

see 3530.

Gallup, Anna B., 3866.

Galperin, S. I., 3443.

Golyschewa, K. P. & Skipin, G. W., 3444, 3446.
Skipin, G. W. & Woskresensky, L. N., 3445.
Gans, A., 2274a.

Garbiglietti, A., 777.

Gardiner, R. H., see 2897.

Gardner, M. D., 3002.

Gardner, W. U. & van Wagenen, G., 2901.

see 2792, 2900.

Garner, R. L., 3594, 3595, 3625, 3662, 3663, 3707.
Garnier, C. & Villemin, F., 2400.

Garrod, A. H., 225.

[222]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Garten, S., 3265.

Gaudry, A., 1377.

Gaul, G., 1124.

Geary | ble Se i2ioie

Gegenbaur, C., 471, 548, 559, 560, 1303.
Geiling, E. M. K., see 2682d, 2691, 2692.
Geist, F. D., 1882.

van Gelderen, C., 77, 1991a, 1992.

van Gelderen, J. J., 1734.

Gellermann, L. W., 3354, 3355, 3494, 3495.
Gengerelli, J. A., 3466.

Genna, G. E., 973.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, E., Intr. II], 3948.
& Cuvier, G., Intr. III.

Geoffroy, Saint-Hilaire, I., 185, 328, 329.
Gérard, G., 443a.

Gérard, P., 22, 23, 78.

Gerhardt, U., 660, 661, 703.

Germain, P., 3867.

German, W. J., see 3179.

Gervais, P., 186, 778, 1462, 1909.
Gesner, C., Intr. II.

Giacomini, C., 500, 1851, 2424, 2425.
Gidley, J. W., 313.

Giebel, C. G. A., 150, 1024, 1025, 1026, 1378, 1379.
Gieseler, W., 936, 937.

——— see 1161

Gifford, H., 4073.

Giglioli, E. H., 1027.

Gijsbers, J. A., see 2605.

Gillman, J., 2800a, 2800b, 2801, 2873, 2887.
Giraldés, 3949.

Girard, L., 2460.

Girard, P., 1954.

Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V., 1198, 3950.
Givens, M. H., see 2654, 2655, 2656.
Glaesmer, Erna, 1700, 1701.

Glidden, Evelyn M. & De Garis, C. F., 380.
Gmelin, J. F., Intr. IIT.

Goldblatt, H., 2579.

Goldblatt, I., 1062b, 1180.

Goldfarb, W., 2651.

Goldhamer, W. M., 2574.

Goldin, L. S., 2137.

Goldschmidt, W., 314.

Goldsmith, M., Mi/e., 3461.

Goldstein, see 2403.

Golling, J., 1217.

Goltz, F., 3012.

Golyschewa, K. P., see 3444, 3446.
Goodman, L. & Wislocki, G. B., 2758.
Goppert, E., 412, 501.
Gorjanovit-Kramberger, K., 887, 1335.
Gorke, O., 1028.

Gorter, F. J., 3462, 3893.

von Gossnitz, W., 542.

Gotch, F. & Horsley, V., 2992, 2992a.
Gow, W. J., see 641.

[Gar—Haa]

Grabowsky, F., 365.

Grandidier, A., see 256, 3899.

Grant, J., 187, 3751.

Gratiolet, P., 1813, 1814, 1852.

& Alix, P. H. E., 188.

Gray, A. A., 2461.

Gray, J., 3951.

Gray, J. E., 346, 3626, 3660b, 3660c, 3660d.

Green, H. D. & Hoff, E. C., 3141.

& Walker, A. E., 3086.

see 3078, 3142.

Greep, R. O., see 2805, 2851, 2852, 2853.

Gregory, W. K., 779, 780, 1181, 1182, 1380, 1381,

3664, 3665, 3952, 3953, 3954, 3955, 3956, 3957,

3958, 3959, 3960, 3961.

& Raven, H. C., 3666.

Greiner, E., 1433.

Gremiatzki, M., 1462a.

Grether, W. F., 3326, 3446.

—— & Maslow, A. H., 3477.

see 3159, 3160.

Grigorowsky, I., see 2009a.

Grimm, R. M., see 2622.

Grinker, R. R. & Kandel, Ernestine, 2611a.

Groeneveld, G., 1063.

Gromier, J., 1815.

Gronen, D., 3868.

Gronovius, L. T., Intr. IIT.

Grénroos, H., 1650, 1651.

Gros, G., see 2706, 2707, 2734, 2735, 2798.

Groshong, Elizabeth, see 3437.

Grosser, O., 29, 30.

Grossmann, M., 2288.

Groth, W., 1271.

Gruber, C. M., 3282a.

Gruber, W. L., 1151, 1702, 1703, 1703a.

Gruber-Thalmann, G., 1064.

Griinbaum, A. S. F., 2518. (see Leyton)

& Sherrington, C. S., 2003, 3059, 3060.

Grunewald, J., 938, 939.

Grinthal, E., 1923, 2146, 2161, 2219, 2220, 2221,
2222.

Grinwald, E., 974.

— see 1199,

Grzybowski, J., 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 998,
1316a.

Gudger, E. W., 3812, 3813, 4079.

Guiart, J., 3708.

Guillaume, P., 3303.

—— & Meyerson, I., 3514, 3515, 3516, 3517, 3518.

Gulland, G. L., see 50.

Gulliver, G., 586, 2491, 2492, 2493.

Gurewitsch, M., 2147.

Gustus, E. L., see 2714.

Guthkelch, A. N. & Zuckerman, S., 2759.

H. C., 3814.
Haag, E., 2462.

[223 ]

[Haa—Her]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Haas, H., 1954a.

de Haas, J. H., see 2456.

Haberer, A., 1255.

Hachet-Souplet, P., 3627.

Haeckel, E. H. P. A., 1029.

Hafferl, A., 406, 407, 975, 976.

Hagedoorn, A., 1098, 1099.

Hagenbeck, C., 3628.

Haggerty, M. E., 3472.

Haggqvist, G., 2034, 2341, 2342, 2350.

Hajazu, S., see 2712.

Halban, J., 2802.

Halford, G. B., 781, 782, 1704.

Hall, B. E., 2494,

Hall, B. V. & Lewis, R. M., 2874.

Haller, G., 2263.

Halliburton, W. D., see 1930, 2981, 3066.

Halpérine, S. I., et al., see Galperin.

Hamburger, C., see 2711.

Hamilton, G. V., 3467, 3468, 3536, 3537.

Hamilton, J. B., 2746, 2746a, 2747.

Hamlett, G. W. D., 79, 2913.

Hamy, E. T., Intr. II, 1218, 1981, 4080.

Hanel, H., 1541.

Hanno, Intr. I.

Happe, H., see 37, 38.

Hara, M., 597a.

Hara, S., 1064a.

Harden, A. & Zilva, S. S., 2631, 2632.

Hare, W. K., see 3207, 3209, 3224.

Harlow, H. F., 2993, 3447, 3478.

& Settlage, P. H., 3155a, 3519.

Uehling, H. & Maslow, A. H., 3479.

— & Yudin, H. C., 3570.

—— see 3481, 3488.

Harms, J. W., 2948, 2949.

Harpman, A., see 1348.

Harris, H. A., 1065, 1066.

Harris, V. D. & Gow, W. J., 641.

Harrop, G. A. & Weinstein, A., 2681b.

Harrower, G., 280.

Hart, D. B. & Gulland, G. L., 50.

Hart, K., 2633.

Hartig, R., 1735.

Hartman, C. G., 756, 2690, 2748, 2760, 2761, 2762,
2763, 2764, 2764a, 2803, 2826, 2827, 2827a,
2828, 2829, 2914, 2915, 2916, 2917, 2918, 2919,
2940.

— & Firor, W. M., 2804.

—— Firor, W. M. & Geiling, E. M. K., 2691, 2692.

— & Geiling, E. M. K., 2682d.

—— & Smith, C., 2692a.

— & Squier, R. R., 2693.

— Squier, R. R. & Tinklepaugh, O. L., 2920.

—— & Straus, W. L., Jr., 226.

— & Tinklepaugh, O. L., 3554.

— see 24, 25, 40, 64, 715, 727, 2823, 2856, 2871,
3532, 3552, 3553.

Hartman, F. A. & Winter, C. A., 2681c.

Hartman, E., 1258.

Hartmann, F., Jr. & Trendelenburg, W., 2970, 3181.

see 3187.

Hartmann, R., 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 746, 783, 922,
1636.

Hartmann-Weinberg, A., 2401.

Harwood, J., 315.

Haslerud, G. M., 3433.

see 3089, 3415.

van Hasselt, see 284.

Hasské, A., 502, 1067, 1735a.

see 1330.

Hasské, S., 1434.

Hasted, H. R. G., 3815.

Hatschek, R., 2249.

Haughton, S., 1637, 1638, 1682.

Hauschild, M. W., 2426.

von Haussen, H. O., 587, 1349.

Hayashi, R., see 2210.

Hayem, G., 2495.

Heape, W., 2765, 2766, 2767, 2768, 2769, 2941.

Heck, L., 3816, 4025.

Heckel, E., 784.

Hecker, P., 869, 1183, 1184, 1705.

& Griinwald, E., 1199.

Heidenhain, M., 1736.

Heinbecker, P., Bishop, G. H. O’Leary, J. L., 2978.

see 2684, 2974.

Heine, 2427.

Heinrich, H., 2804a.

Hektoen, L., 2519.

Fox, H. & Schulhof, K., 2520.

& Schulhof, K., 2521, 2522.

Hellbaum, A., see 2696.

Heller, J. & Sprinz, O., 679.

Hellman, M., 1382, 3962.

Hempelmann, F., 3304.

Henckel, K. O., 903, 977, 999, 1113, 1114, 1115, 1116,
3962a.

Henderson, E. E., see 1881.

Henschen, S. E., 1853, 2092.

Hensel, R., 3869.

Hepburn, D., 1639, 1640, 1663, 1757, 1758, 1759.

Herberg, H. P., 51.

Hering, H. E., 3237.

Hermann, I., 3420a, 3586, 3587, 3588.

Hermann, L., 3670.

Hermansson, K., see 1669.

Hermes, B., 392a.

Hermes, O., 3629, 3667, 3668, 3669.

Herre, W. & Metzdorff, H., 549.

Herring, P. T., 2235.

Herrmann, L., 3670.

Hertig, A. T., 52.

Hertz, R., see 2695, 2696.

Hervé G., 609, 785, 1068, 2013, 2014, 3963.

= See}lozs

[224]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

[Her—Hub]

van Herwerden, Maria Anna, 2770, 2771, 2772,
2829a, 2942.

Herzog, H., 2428.

Hess, A. F. & Lewis, J. W., 2637.

Weinstock, M. & Rivkin, H., 2638.

Hess, C., 3268a.

Hetler, R. A., 2612.

Hett, G. S. & Butterfield, H. G., 588.

Hett, Mary L., 589.

Heubel, Florrie, see 3404.

Heuser, C. H., 52a.

see 40.

Heusinger, K. F., Intr. I.

van Heuven, G. J., 2203.

see 2197a.

Heymans, C. & Regniers, P., 2724.

Higgins, G. M., see 822.

Hilgard, E. R. & Marquis, D. G., 3448.

see 3163.

Hilgendorf, F. & Paulicki, A., 1737.

Ene ., S130:

— & Burne, R. H., 81.

Ince, Frances E. & Subba Rau, A., 82, 83.

———1see 209)

Hill, L., 2580.

— & MacLeod, J. J. R., 3003.

Hill, W. C. O., 130, 249a, 249b, 250, 655, 656, 757,
2442, 2943, 2955, 3817, 3894, 4048, 4049.

Hilzheimer, M., 1142, 1463.

Hindze, B., 2004, 2004a.

see 1848,

Hines, Marion, 3087.

see 3023, 3102, 3103.

Hinsey, J. C. & Markee, J. E., 3253.

see 2818.

Hippolyte-Boussac, P., Intr. I.

Hirano, H., 2552.

Hirasawa, K. & Kariya, K., 2035.

& Katd, K., 2036.

Okana, S. & Kamio, S., 2097a.

Hiriyannaiya, S., see 665.

Hirschlaff, L., 3709.

Hirschfeld, L., see 2548.

Hisaw, F. L., 2849, 2850.

— Fevold, H. L. & Leonard, S. L., 2694,

— & Greep, R. O., 2851, 2852.

Greep, R. O. & Fevold, H. L., 2805, 2853.

Hertz, R. & Fevold, H. L., 2695.

— Hertz, R., Hellbaum, A. & Fevold, H. L., 2696.

— & Lendrun,, F. C., 2854.

— Meyer, R. K., & Fevold, H. L., 2855.

—— see 2858.

Hitzig, E., 3061, 3062.

Hjelmann, G., 1520a.

Hobhouse, L. T., 3305.

van der Hoeven, J., 251, 252.

see 249.

van der Hoeven, L., 923.

Hofer, W., 2380.

Hoff, E. C., 2036a, 2037.

& Green, H. D., 3142.

— & Hoff, H. E., 2038.

— & Sheehan, D., 3194.

see 3141.

Hoff, H. E., see 2038, 2584.

Hoff, P., 863, 1069.

Hoffman, C. K. & Weyenbergh, H., Jr., 1492a, 1493.

Hoffman, E. F. & Bast, T. B., 2463.

von Hoffman, G., 662.

Hofmann, F., 2289.

Hofmann, L., 1272, 1273.

Hogenauer, F., see 2739a.

Hoggan, Frances E., see 2482.

Hoggan, G, & Hoggan, Frances E., 2482.

Hohlweg, W., see 2736, 2840, 2891, 2892.

Holberton, T. H. & Yarrel, W., 281.

Holding, R. E., 1464.

Holl, M., 1336, 1581, 2060, 2061, 2062, 2113, 2114,
2115, 2116, 2117.

Holmes, G. & May, W. P., 2039.

Holmes, S. J., 3306.

Holz, K., 2464.

Hombron & Jacquinot, 598.

Home, E., 2443.

Honoré, F., 4026.

van’t Hoog, E. G., 2093, 2094.

Hooton, E. A., 3964, 3965.

Hopf, G., 1568.

Hopf, K. & Edzard, D., 561.

Hopf, L., 151.

Hopfner, T., Instr. I.

Hoppius, C. E., Intr. IIT.

Hopwood, A. T., 1185.

Horiuchi, K., 663.

Hornaday, W. T., 3596, 3630, 3631, 3632, 3633, 3752,
40806.

Hornung, V., 3870, 3871.

Horsley, V., 1993, 2670, 2671, 2672.

— & Clarke, R. H., 2994.

—— & Schafer, E. A., 2995, 3041, 3063.

— see 2031, 2273, 2295, 2331, 2345a, 2992, 2992a,
3005, 3049, 3050, 3051, 3052, 3075, 3180.

Hotta, G., 2429.

Houpert, L., 562.

Hovelacque, A. & Hervé, G., 152.

Howard, Evelyn, 2682.

Howe, H. E., 4027.

Howe, P. R., 2609, 4050.

Howell, A. B., 1096.

— & Straus, W. L., Jr., 1652.

Howes, G. B., 590, 879.

Howitt, Beatrice F., 2634.

Hrdlitka, A., 940, 941, 942, 1070, 1289, 1290, 1326,
1383, 1384, 1419, 1420, 1955, 1956.

Huber, E., 1542, 1543, 1544, 1545.

Huber, G. C., see 1803.

[225 ]

[Hub—Kaf]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Huber, L., 1071.

Hubrecht, A. A. W., 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,

93, 137, 2575, 3966, 3967.

& Keibel, F., 137.

Hughes, T. H., 3818.

Hulles, E., 2290.

Hulshoff Pol, D. J., 2063, 2064.

Hume, Eleanor M. see 2616, 2922, 2922a.

Humphreys, J. see 1415.

Humphry, G. M., 194, 1291.

Hunauld, Intr. III.

Hunt, W. A., Landis, C. & Jacobsen, C. F., 3416.

Hunter, A., 2653.

& Givens, M. H., 2654, 2655, 2656.

& Ward, F. W., 2657.

Hunter, J., Intr. III.

Hunter, J. I., 2250.

Huntington, G. S., 282, 550, 551, 1595, 1596, 2381.

Hussey, R. see 642, 643.

Huth, E., 3753.

Hitt, Alice, 680.

Hutzelsider, H. B., 2921.

Huxley, J. S., 366.

Huxley, T. H., 153, 154, 194a, 194b, 253, 1816, 1895,
1896.

Hyrtl, J., 413, 668, 2465.

Tbayashi, S., 2250a.

Ichac, P., 3671.

von Ihering, H., 1152, 2388.

Illenden, Jessie, Patterson, T. L., Rubright, L. W.,
& Scott, R. J., 2601.

Illing, G., 552, 553.

Illing, K. E., Intr. I.

Imai, M., 430a, 1199a, 2401a, 2429a, 2429b, 2429c.

Imbert, H., Intr. I.

Imogawa, M. see 2098.

Imparati, E., 1597.

Imschenetzky, A., 1737a.

Ince, Frances E., 138.

see 82, 83.

Ingalls, N. W., 2065.

Ingram, W. R., Fisher, C. & Ranson, S. W., 3195.

Ingram, W. R., see 2134, 2240, 3193, 3198, 3198a,
3199,

Ingvar, S., 2264.

Inouye, C., 669.

van Iperen, J. & Schouwman, F., Intr. III.

Ito, M., Hajazu, S. & Ueno, F., 2712.

Ivy, A. C., Hartman, C. G. & Koff, A., 2856.

see 2573, 2606.

Twakin, A. A., 1608.

Iwanow, N. S., see 2894.

Jablonski, W., 3268b.
Jackson, T. A., see 3115, 3439, 3473.

Jacobi, A., 1100.

Jacobsen, C. F., 3088, 3111, 3112, 3113.

& Elder, J. H., 3129.

—— & Haslerud, G. M., 3089.

Jacobsen, Marion & Yoshioka, J. G., 3421.

— & Kennard, Margaret A., 3254.

—— & Nissen, H. W., 3114.

———) Wolfes J.B.) cv, JacksonsuiaAsstSiii5e

see 3084, 3110, 3416.

Jacobsen, Marion, see 3421.

Jacobshagen, E., 610.

Jacobsohn, L., see 1811.

Jacoby, M., 703a.

Jacoby, W., 1030.

Jacquinot, see 598.

Jagor, E., 3921.

Jagor, F., 3920.

Jakob, C. & Onelli, C., 1817.

Jalowy, B., 2979.

Jamieson, E. B., 1683.

Jatschewa, Z., 1854.

Jaworowski, A., 747.

Jazuta, K., 1259, 1684.

Jefferson, G., 1818, 2066, 2067.

Jeffries, J., 195.

Jenkins, R. H., see 2704.

Jenkins, T. N., see 3309.

Jenkinson, J. W., 94.

Jenks, A. E., 4080a.

Jennison, G., 3710, 4051.

Jentsch, E., 1337.

Jervis, G. A., see 2627.

Joachimovitz, R., 717, 2773, 2857.

Johnson, C. E., 2713.

Johnson, G. L., 2444, 2445.

Johnson, H. M., 3339, 3340, 3341, 3356.

Johnson, M., 3671a, 3823.

Johnston, J. B., 2148.

Johnston, T. B., 611.

Johnstone, H. G. & Reed, A. C., 2620.

Joleaud, L., Intr. I., 4081.

Jolly, W. A. & Simpson, S., 3064.

see 2055, 2677, 2678.

Jones, F. Wood, 155, 156, 1186, 1187, 1188, 1234,
3968, 3969.

— & Stein, M. R., 1385.

see 269.

Jones, [W.], Intr. III.

Joseph, G., 1000, 1189, 1256, 2466.

Joseph, H., 718.

Josephi, W., Intr. III.

Jost, A., 955.

Jungeblut, C. W. & Feiner, Rose R., 2635.

Jupitz, R., 1106a.

Kachi, T., 1797a.
Kafka, H., 3357.

[226]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

[Kah—Koh]

Kahn, R. H., 2682a.

Kajava, Y., 1664.

Kalischer, O., 3388.

Kallius, E. W. H., 2291.

Kaminskii, S. D. & Maiorov, F. D., 3448a.

Kamio, S., see 2097a.

van Kampen, P. N., 1274.

Kanaizuka, Z., see 1740, 1741.

Kandel, Ernestine, see 2611a.

Kaneko, K., 2235a.

Kanngiesser, E., 3819.

Kantor, H., 1292.

Kariya, K., see 2035.

Karplus, J. P., 1883, 2040.

& Kreidl, A., 3014, 3015, 3016, 3017, 3196,

3206.

see 2301.

Kasahara, M. & Fujisawa, Y., 3003a.

Kasdon, S., 3173a.

Kashiwamura, T. & Odachi, R., 2342a.

Kassianenko, W., 1598, 1609.

Katai, K., see 2967b.

Katé, K. & Uchishima, S., 2040a.

see 2036.

Kato, T., 2429d.

Katz, D., & Katz, Rosa, 3342, 3405.

Katz, L. N., see 2581.

Katz, Rosa, see 3342, 3405.

Kaudern, W., 681, 704, 811a, 1610, 1611, 2939.

Kawaguchi, M., 2967aa.

Kearton, Cherry, 3711, 3712.

Keers, W., 1787a.

Kehl, R., see 2686.

Keibel, F., 104, 105, 106, 107.

ab zen@r 39)

— see 137.

Keil, E., 1125.

Keith, A., 53, 196, 197, 198, 316, 400, 444, 786, 835,
880, 1072, 1126, 1235, 1386, 1599, 1665, 1788,
1982, 2473, 3970, 3971, 3972, 3973, 4011.

Kelemen, G., 1337a.

see 518, 519, 520.

Keller, A. D. & Hare, W. K., 3207.

Roy, R. S. & Chase, W. P., 3220.

see 2989, 3281.

Keller, F. S., 3480.

Keller, O., Intr. I.

Kelley, Agnes M., see 1929.

Kellogg, L. A., see 3423.

Kellogg, W. N., 3422.

& Kellogg, L. A., 3423.

Kempermann, C., 836.

Kempf, E. J., 3469, 3538, 3539, 3820.

Kempf, Helen D. G., 3398.

Kennard, Margaret A., 2041, 3090, 3091, 3143, 3144.

— & Ectors, L., 3092.

— & Fulton, J. F., 3093.

— & Watts, J. W., 3182.

see 2964, 3084, 3085, 3254.

Kennedy, J. W., see 2705.

Kennedy, R., 2908.

Kerr, R., Intr. III.

Keuchenius, P. E., 1465.

Kidd, W., 1760, 1761.

Kiesow, F., 2480.

Kihara, T. & Teshima, G., 448.

Killermann, S., Intr. I.

Killian, J. A., see 3299.

King, L. S., see 2231.

Kingma, P. H., 254.

Kinnaman, A. J., 3314.

Kirchner, G. A. C., 1031.

Kishi, K., 2673.

Kiss, F., 2402.

Kivimaki, J., 1386a.

Klaar, J., 1738.

& Krasa, F. C., 682.

Klaatsch, H., 554, 645, 683, 684, 943, 1684a, 1685,
1686, 1762, 3974, 3975.

Mein: faints Le

Klein, W., 66.

Kleine, R. F., see 2681a.

Kleinschmidt, A., 503, 504, 590a, 1687.

Kleinschmidt, O., 1236, 1237.

Kleiweg de Zwaan, J. P., 4082.

Klempner, S., see 2138, 2139, 2292.

Kleineberger, C., 2496.

Kline, R. F., see 2681a.

Klinkhart, Gertraudis, see 2549.

Kloss, C. B., 3779.

Kliiver, H., 3156, 3157, 3315, 3327, 3328, 3329, 3358,

3359, 3520.

& Bucy, P. C., 3158.

Knauer, F., 3635.

Kneeland, S., Jr., 787.

Knoll, W., 2497, 2498.

Knoop, H., 449.

Knottnerus-Meyer, T. C. B., 3597, 3821, 3822.

Knox, R., 788, 789.

Kobayashi, Y., 1993a.

Koblick, Helen, 904.

Koch, A. M., 3463.

Koch, W., 2474.

Koczian, L., 1200.

Koerner, O., 505, 506.

Koff, A., see 2856.

Kohanawa, C., 2498a.

Kohda, T., 670.

Kohlbriigge, J. H. F., 199, 283, 507, 730, 1073, 1494,
1495, 1884.

Kohlbruggé & Retterer, E., 317.

Kohler, W., 3330, 3343, 3360, 3361, 3480a, 3521,
3522, 3523, 3524, 3571, 3713, 3714.

Kohno, S., 657.

Kohts, N., 3361a, 3361b, 3362, 3424, 3425, 3464,

3465,

[227]

[Koi—Leb]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Koikegami, H. & Imogawa, M., 2098.

Kolb, & DuMez, 3294.

Kolesnikov, V. V., 1600, 1688, 2402a.

Kollmann, A., 1763.

Kollmann, J., 54, 131, 131a, 1626.

Kollmann, M., 508, 685, 686, 1219, 1220, 1304, 1305,

1306.

& Papin, L., 591, 1221.

Kolmer, W., 472, 658, 1994, 1995, 2225, 2236, 2446,
2467, 3266.

Kolossoff, G. & Paukul, E., 1764.

Kool, J. A., 1074.

Kooyman, D., see 3491.

Kopetsch, J., 1275.

von Koppenfels, H., 3672.

Korner, F., 543.

Kornyey, S., 2162.

Korotkowa, N. P., see 2666.

Kosinski, C., 2381a.

Kostanecki, K., 611a.

Koster, W., 1666.

Koszla, M. M., 1705bis.

K6ttgen, Else & Abelsdorff, G., 3267.

Koumans, A. K. J., see 2588, 2588a.

Kounin, J. S., 3399.

Kountz, W. B., Prinzmetal, M. & Smith, J. R., 2583.

Krasa, F. C., see 682.

Kraus, W. M., see 1947, 1960.

Krause, F. & de Jong, H., 3290.

Krause, G., 4052.

Krause, R., 1739, 1996.

& Klempner, S., 2138, 2139, 2292.

Krause, W., 2483.

Kreht, H., 2023, 2024.

Kreidl, A., 2351, 3234.

see 3014, 3015, 3016, 3017, 3196, 3206.

Krieg, H., 3872.

Krijgsman, B. J. & Krijgsman-Tiessen, J., 3780.

Krijgsman-Tiessen, J., see 3780.

Krishna Rao, P., see 386.

Kroeber, A. L., 3572.

von Krogh, C., 463a, 2523, 2524.

see 2529.

Krogman, W. M., 1127, 1128, 1129, 1130, 1131, 1435.

& Schultz, A. H., 4028.

Krohn, P. L. & Zuckerman, S., 2774.

— see 697, 2886.

Krumbhaar, E., 2499.

— & Musser, J. H., Jr., 2500, 2576.

Krypsin-Exner, W., 2124a.

Kud6, T., 283a.

Kuhl, H., 284.

Kuhlmann, B., 309a.

Kukenthal, W. & Ziehen, T., 1819.

Kumaris, J., 3975a.

Kun, H., see 2715.

Kunstler, J. & Chaine, J., 1466.

Kunze, G., 563, 564.

Kuriki, S., 1739a.
Kuroda, A., 3316.
Kuroda, R., 3426, 3496.
Kurokoti, B., 1074a.
Kurozu, T., 2236a.
Kurz, E., 1582, 1705a.
Kurz, W., 731.
Kusama, S., see 2626.

Laborde, J. V., 3716.

Lacépéde, B., Intr. III.

Lachmann, O., 318.

Lacroix, M. R., 2352.

see 2349,

Lafont, M., see 1848.

Lafora, G. R. & Prados y Such, M., 3183.

see 3155.

Laidlaw, P. P., see 2578.

Lambercier, M., 3497.

Lampert, H., 509.

Landau, E., 2068, 2069, 2149, 2150.

Landis, C., see 3416.

Landois, H., 1143.

Landseer, T., 4087.

Landsteiner, K., 2553.

& Levine, P., 2554, 2555.

— & Miller, C. P., Jr., 2556, 2557, 2558.

— & van der Scheer, J., 2559.

& Wiener, A. S., 2560.

Lang, H., 4074.

de Lange, D., Jr., 140, 2944.

Langer, C., 1641.

Langhans, T., 2674.

de Langle, 3673.

Langley, J. N. & Sherrington, C. S., 3278.

Langston, W. C., Darby, W. J., Shukers, C. F. &

Days ale. 2621°

see 2505, 2617, 2618.

Lankester, E. R., 3674, 3976.

Lapicque, L., 1957.

Lartschneider, J., 1627.

LaRue, C. D., 3824.

Lashley, K. S., 3094, 3400.

& Watson, J. B., 3427.

Lassek, A. M., 2308.

Latreille, P. A., Intr. III.

Mattkes GJ .G.51255.

Laugier, P., 1667.

Laurillard, C. L., see 1490.

Lavauden, L., 3895.

Lavinder, C. H., Francis, E., Grimm, R. M. &
Lorenz, W. F., 2622.

Lawson, G. B. & Redfield, K. T., 2561.

Lazarus, S. P., 978.

League, Bessie & Hartman, C. G., 24.

Learned, Blanche W., see 3412.

Leboucq, G., 1958, 1959, 2446a, 2446b, 2446c.

[228]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Leboucgq, H., 905, 1706.

Lebzelter, V., see 1691.

Lecchini, S. I., 2237.

Leche, W., 381, 1075, 1436, 3977.

see 150.

Le Comte, L. D., Intr. II.

Ledényi, J., 864.

Ledingham, J. C. G., 1496.

Le Double, A. F., 401, 402, 1144, 1276, 1497.
Lee, M. O. & Fox, E. L., 2720.
Lefévre, 2725, 2726.

Leger, M., 2727.

Leisewitz, W., 1097.

Leliévre, A., see 319, 1711.

Lendrum, F. C. & Hisaw, F. L., 2858.
see 2854.

Lenoir, E. R., 3978.

Lenz, H., 1101, 3825.

Lenz, O., 3675.

Leonard, S. L., see 2694.

Leruth, R. I., 3524a, 3524b, 3524c, 3524d, 3524e.

Lesem, W. W., 1885, 2005.

Le Souef, A. S., 3643.

Lessona, M., 1467.

Leuckart, R., 687, 1222.

Leuret, F., 3598.

Levaditi, C. & Li, Y. P., 2639.

Levi, G., 555, 641a.

Levin, P. M., 2042, 2238.

& Bradford, F. K., 2043.
Levine, P., see 2554, 2555.
Levinsohn, G., 2430, 3130, 3208, 3268c, 3268d.
Lévy-Valensi, J., 3184.
Lewandowsky, M. & Simons, A., 3131, 3132.
— see 3273,

Lewis, H. B., see 2967a.

Lewis, J. M., see 2637.

Lewis, R. M., see 2874.

Lewis, W. H. & Hartman, C. G., 25.
Lewy, F. H., 2043a, 3095,

Leydig, F., 688.

Leyton, A. S. F. & Sherrington, C. S., 3065.
see Griinbaum.

Lhamon, W. T., see 2340.
LigRsG.,2859.

ity 2639:

Lichtenstein, A. A. H., Intr. I.
Liddell, E. G. T., see 3282.

Liebert, A., 599.

Light, R. U. & Bysshe, S. M., 3196a.
Lightoller, G. S., 1546, 1547.
Lindberg, A. A., 3449.

Lindemann, E. A., 3525.

Linnaeus, Carl, Intr. IIT.
Linowiecki, A. J., 2329.

Lissauer, A., 1076.

Locchi, R., 2381b.

Locke, N. M., 3363, 3492.

[Leb—Mac]

Loeffler, L., 2562.

Loew, E. R., see 2614.

Loewenstein, E., 1277.

van Loghem, J. J., 612.

van London, D. M., 2293.

Long, C. N. H. & Zuckerman, S., 2628b.

[Long, E.], Intr. III.

Lénnberg, E., 1468.

Loomis, F. B., 3979.

Lordat, J., 227.

Lorente de N6, R., 2005a, 2125, 2126.

Lorenz, W. F., see 2622.

Lorin-Epstein, M. J., 613.

Lortet, V. & Gaillard, C., Intr. I.

Loth, E., 157, 1469, 1601, 1707.

Lourie, R., see 2581.

Loveridge, A., 3599, 3826.

Lubosch, W., 1350.

& Schaller, J., 614.

Lucae, J. C. G., 790, 906, 1032, 1077, 1132, 1498.

Lucas, A. M., 473.

Lucas, F. A., 4029.

Lucas, N. S., Hume, E. Margaret & Smith, H. H.,
2922, 2922a.

Lucas-Keene, M. F., 2238a.

Luciani, L., 3150, 3221, 3222.

& Tamburini, A., 3065a, 3151.

Ludwig, W., 3401.

Luna, E., 2005b, 2265, 2330, 2330a.

Lund, E., 791.

Luria, S., Intr. I.

Luzj, F., 285.

Macalister, A., 158, 1499, 1500, 1642.

Macartney, J., 1855.

MacBride, E. W., see 269.

McCann, C., 3781, 3827, 3827a.

McCarrison, R., 2623, 2624, 2625.

McClure, C. F. W. & Silvester, C. F., 450.

McCouch, G. P., 3255.

—— see 3251.

McCulloch, T. L., 3434, 3435, 3436.

— & Nissen, H. W., 3455.

see 3454, 3456.

McCulloch, W. S., see 3030, 3031, 3032, 3033, 3034,
3035, 3036, 3037, 3039a, 3188a.

McDermott, W. C., Intr. I,

McDougall, K. D. & McDougall, W., 3526.

MacDowell, E. C., 1501.

McEachern, D., see 2999.

McGavran, Joyce, see 2599.

MacGregor, A., 451.

MacKenzie, D. W., Jr., 1708.

Mackenzie, J. M. D., 3896, 3897.

McKinley, J. C. & Berkwitz, N. J., 3096.

see 3009.

Mac Leod, J., 719.

[229 ]

[Mac—Mey]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Macleod, J. J. R., see 3003.

McMurrich, J. P., 1668, 1709.

MacNalty, A. S. & Horsley, V., 2331.

Macnamara, N. C., 3980.

Maddock, S. & Svedberg, A., 2607.

Maddux, W. P., 2806.

see 2705, 2809.

Maggi, L., 1153, 1154, 1155, 1156, 1157, 1158, 1223,
1224, 1246, 1307, 1317, 1318, 1319, 1470.

Magitot, E., 1387, 1471.

Magne de la Croix, P., 3401a.

Magnus, R., 3017a, 3017b.

Magoun, H. W., Atlas, D., Hare, W. K. & Ranson,
S. W., 3209.

— Hare, W. K. & Ranson, S. W., 3224.

Mahoney, W. & Sheehan, D., 2683, 3271.

Mahoudeau, P.-G., Intr. I & IT, 3600, 3782, 3783.

Maison, G. L., 3344.

Grether, W. F. & Settlage, P. H., 3159.

Settlage, P. & Grether, W. F., 3160.

Major, C. I. F., 1201, 1278.

Major, H. C., 1924, 2120.

Majorof, F. P., 3450, 3451.

see 3448a.

Malaguzzi Valeri, R., 881.

Malone, E. F., 2294.

Manescu, E., see 405.

Mangubi-Kudrjavtzewa, Anna, 464,

Mann, G., 2163.

Mann, Ida, 2431.

Manners-Smith, T., 414, 431, 979, 980.

Manno, A., 432.

Manouvrier, L., 944, 945, 1225.

Mantegazza, P., 1102.

Manter, J., see 311, 966.

Manteuffel-Szoege, L., 630.

Marais, E. N., 3828.

Marbe, K., 3498.

Marburg, O., 1925, 2069a.

Marchand, F., 2015.

Marchi, V., 2275.

Marcondes Calasans, O., 894a, 2352a.

Mareschal, P., see 2280.

Margolin, S., see 2581.

Marguliés, A., 2332.

Marik, Margarethe, 3873.

Marinesco, G., Parhon & Goldstein, 2403.

Markee, J. E., Davis, J. H. & Hinsey, J. C., 2818.

see 3253.

Marquis, D. G., 3161, 3162.

& Hilgard, E. R., 3163.

see 3448.

Marshall, C. S., see 3039, 3039a.

Marshall, F. H. A., 2732.

Marshall, G. A. K., 3829.

Marshall, H. T., 2563.

Marshall, J., 1856.

Martin, C. P., 895.

Martin, J. & Schnedorf, J. G., 3197.
Martin, W. C. L., 228, 286, 287, 288, 3717.
Martin Saint-Ange, G. J., 67.
Martini, L., 1471a.

Mascarenhas, C., 1190.

Maslow, A. H., 3406, 3573, 3574, 3576.
& Flanzbaun, S., 3575.

—— & Groshong, Elizabeth, 3437.
—— & Harlow, H. F., 3481.

see 3477, 3479,

Massari, C., 1225a.

Mathias, P., see 4021.

Matiegka, J., 1078.

Matthaus, K., 946.

Matthew, W. D., 3981.

Matthews, J., Intr. III.

Mattock, H., 3874.

Matyas, J., 947.

— & Stiller, J., 3982.

— & Szabd, M., 820.

see 818.

Mauclaire & Flipo, 837.

Mauss, T., 1926, 1927.

Maximenko, A., 1521, 1522.
Maxwell, M., 3676.

Maxwell, T. D., 3718.

May, O. & Horsley, V., 2295.

May, W. P., 2363, 2364, 2602.

see 2039.

Mayer, C., 200, 510, 565, 1033.
Mayer, C., 3755.

Mayer, O., 2025.

Maziotti, L., see 2679.

Meckel, J. F., 159.

Meeter v. Zorn, A., Frau, 3875.
Mégnin, P., 3756, 3830, 4030.
Meier-Miiller, H., 2044.

de Meijere, J. C. H., 1789.

Mella, H., 3189.

Mellus, E. L., 2026, 2045, 2046, 2047, 2048.
Mendes Corréa, A. A., 1226.
Menier, G., Mile., 1523.

Menner, E., 2447.

Mensa, A., 408.

Messimy, R., 3116.

& Finan, J., 3117, 3118.
Mettler, F. A., 1886, 2049, 2099, 2100, 2101.
Metzdorff, H., see 549.

Meunier, V., 3600a.

Meyer, A. B., 201.

Meyer, A. W., 865.

Meyer, E., 511.

Meyer, M., 2467a.

Meyer, R. K. & Gustus, E. L., 2714.
—— see 2855.

Meyer-Lierheim, F., 108.

Meyerson, I., see 3514, 3515, 3516, 3517, 3518.
Meyknecht, J. T., see 3453.

[230 ]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Meynert, T., 1887.

Michaelis, P., 1502.

Michaels, J. J. & Davison, C., 2016.

—— & Kraus, W. M., 1960.

Midlo, C., 347.

Migliavacca, A., 2860.

Mijsberg, W. A., 664, 838, 1472, 1612.

see 1338.

Mijsberg-van-Roojen, J. H. N. & Mijsberg, W. A.,
1338.

Mikeladse, S. M., see 2644.

von Mikulicz-Radecki, R., 2923.

Milch, E. C., 2133.

Miller, C., Intr. III.

Miller, C. P., Jr., see 2556, 2557, 2558.

Miller, E. G., Jr., see 2613.

Miller, G. S., Jr., 1338a, 1790, 3540, 3541, 3983.

Miller, Harriet M., 3601.

Miller, Ruth A., 1653.

Milne-Edwards, A., 95, 96, 97, 512, 3677, 3898.

— & Grandidier, A., 256, 3899.

Mingazzini, G., 1857, 1888, 1889, 2016a, 2050, 2070,
2296.

Minkowski, M., 2102, 2204, 2205, 3174, 3175.

Mitchell, C. P., 3719.

Mitchell, P. C., 615, 616, 2957, 3427a, 3715.

— & Pocock, R. I., 3602.

see 269.

Miura, H., see 2875.

Miura, M. & Okabe, N., 2635a.

Mivart, St. G., 792, 793, 794, 795, 796, 839, 1388,
1503.

—— & Murie, J., 1504.

see 1505.

Miyagawa, Y. & Nishi, G., 599a.

Mjéberg, E. G., 3603.

Mobius, K., 3720.

Mohnike, O., 1765, 3757, 3984.

Miller, J., 1928, 1961, 2164, 2239.

Mollison, T., 348, 349, 1001, 1103, 2525, 2526, 2527,

2528.

& von Krogh, C., 2529.

Monakhoy, K. K., 2222a.

von Monakow, C., 2251.

Monboddo, Lord (i.e., James Burnet), Intr, IIT.

Montané, L., 2924, 3555, 3556, 3557, 3558.

Monteiro, H., Rodrigues, A. & Pereira, S., 2353,
2354,

Moog, K., 1389.

Moreaux, R., 4.

Morley, R., 4075.

Morrell, J. A., Powers, H. H. & Varley, J. R., 2807.

Powers, H. H., Varley, J. R. & De Frates, J.,

2836.

Morris, R. E., see 3009.

Morse, A. H. & Rubin, I. C., 2861.

Morse, A. H. & Van Wagenen, G., 2830.

see 2868.

[Mey—Nay]

Morselli, E., 1257, 1765a, 3985.

Mortimer, H., Wright, R. P., Bachman, C, & Collip,

Je BE 283i

Wright, R. P. & Collip, J. B., 2838.

Morton, D. J., 980a, 981, 982, 1710, 3986, 3987.

Mosso, A., 2593, 2594, 2594a, 2594b, 2594c, 2594d.

Moszkowski, M., 3636.

Mott, F. W., 513, 2071, 2297, 2315, 2333, 2334, 2335,
3153, 3176, 3185.

—— & Halliburton, W. D., 3066.

—— Halliburton, W. D. & Edmunds, A., 2981.

—— & Kelley, Agnes, M., 1929.

— & Schaefer, E. A., 3067, 3186.

—— Schuster, E. & Halliburton, W. D., 1930.

— Schuster, E. & Sherrington, C. S., 2027.

& Sherrington, C. S., 2971.

Moulton, J. C., Intr. IIT.

Mouguet, A. D., see 4021.

Mouton, E., 3831.

Miuhlreiter, E., 1421.

Muir, G. B. F., 3832.

Mukherjee, S. N., see 3298.

Miller, E., 415.

Miller, J., 1858.

Miller & Desmarez, 821.

Minch, F., 566.

Minch, K., 2432.

Minch, 1429.

Munk, H., 2675, 2972, 3068, 3097, 3098, 3099, 3100
S1017/3119)/ 3133) 3177, 322593226 52275

de Muralto, J., Intr. II.

Murie, J., 229, 230, 289, 797.

& Mivart, St. G., 1505.

see 1504.

Murphy, J. D., see 2577.

Murray, G. R., 2676.

Mussen, A. T., 2140, 2165, 2266, 2267, 2276.

Musser, J. H., Jr., see 2500, 2576.

Muthmann, E., 617.

Mysberg, W. A., 1602, 1613.

?

de Nadaillac, Marquis, 3988.

Naef, A., 1117, 1118.

Nahum, L. H. & Hoff, H. E., 2584.
Nainggolan, F. J., 3758.

Naito, M., 2222b.

Nakajima, T., 1472a.

Nakanoin, T. & Miura, H., 2875.
Nafiagas, J. C., 2028.

Nannetti, A., 1327.

Narath, A., 532.

Narayan Rao, C. R., 26, 2831, 3900.
Narowtschatowa, K., see 2405.
Nasedkin, V. A., 2277.

Nason, G. I., see 3001.

Nass, L., 4088.

Nayak, U. V., 257, 866, 907.

[231]

[Nee—Par]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Neet, C. C., 3364.

Negus, [V. E.] 514.

Nehring, A., 1422.

Neill, M. H., see 2487.

Neill, P., 3876.

Nellmann, H. & Trendelenburg, W., 3527.
Nelson, W. O. & Overholser, M. D., 2646.
see 2863.

Némai, J., 515, 516, 517.

—— & Kelemen, G., 518, 519, 520.
Nepveu, G., 2484.

Nestur, M. F., 758.

Nesturch, M., 2500a.

Neuville, H., 202, 618, 1034, 1035, 1036, 1473, 1474.
see 56, 351, 465, 466, 708, 709, 710, 711, 712,
713, 734, 735, 749, 984, 1352.
Newell, Q. U., see 19.

Ngowyang, G., 2095, 2121, 2121a.
Nicholls, G. E., see 1990.

Niclou, H. A. A., 3759.

Nicolle, C. & Wetterlé, L., 2924a, 4053.
Nierstrasz, H. F., 647.

von Niessl-Mayendorf, E., 2029.
Nikolaewa, O. I., see 2644, 2645, 4046.
Nims, L. F., see 3036, 3037, 3039a.
Nippert, Olga, 1191, 1192.

Nishi, G., see 599a.

Nishi, S., 445, 445a, 1523a, 1523b.
Nishiyama, N., 521.

Nissen, H. W., 3721.

Carpenter, C. R. & Cowles, J. T., 3482.
—— & Crawford, M. P., 3577.

—— & Elder, J. H., 3438.

—— & McCulloch, T. L., 3454, 3456.
—— Riesen, A. H. & Nowlis, V., 3483.
—— & Taylor, F. V., 3484.

see 3114, 3430a, 3455.

Nissle, C., 3722, 3723, 3760.

Noback, C. V., 367, 908, 2887a, 4054.
Nolan, H., 3833.

Noll, F. C., 1437.

Northcote, G. A. S., 3834.

Northfield, see 2179.

Northington, P. & Barrera, S. E., 3275, 3276.
Novak, J. & Kun, H., 2715.

Nowlis, V., see 3483.

Nuttall, G. H. F., 2530.

Obersteiner, H., 2278.
Obrador, S., see 3047.
Odachi, R., see 2342a.
Odgers, P. N. B., 855.
von Oertzen, J., 3604.
Ogawa, T., see 3038.
Ogilby, W., 310.
Ogilvie, A. W., 3784.
Oguski, K., 1523c.

Ohkuba, K., 618a.

Ohtsuko, N., 3365.

Okabe, N., see 2635a.

Okajima, K. & Kanaizuka, Z., 1740, 1741.

Okano, S., see 2097a.

Okkels, H. & Engle, E. T., 732.

Okuda, Y. & Katai, K., 2967b.

O'Leary, J. L., see 2974, 2978.

Olivier, E., 522.

Onelli, C., 1102.

see 1817.

Ono, M., 2382, 2382a.

Oppel, A., 160.

Oppenheim, Stefanie, 350, 1079.

Remane, A., & Gieseler, W., 161.

Oppenheimer, W., 567.

Orleman, M. B., see Stiles, C. W., Intr. II.

Orts, Llorca, 451a.

Osborn, A. R., Mrs., 3605.

Osborn, H. F., 1390, 3989, 3990.

Osgood, C. W., see 1560, 1648.

O’Shaughnessy, L., see 654.

Ota, M., 555a.

Ottley, W., 2433.

Otto, M., 649.

Oudemans, J. T., 258, 689.

Oustalet, E., 259, 3901.

Overholser, M. D. & Allen, E., 2862.

& Nelson, W. O., 2863.

see 2646.

Oviatt, E., see 2665.

Owen, R., 162, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 231, 260,
330, 600, 601, 798, 799, 800, 801, 1037, 1038,
1039, 1040, 1041, 1339, 1391, 1392, 1859, 3660c.

Pagenstecher, H. A., 1506.
Painters: o510:

Palatnik, S. A., see 3569.

Pallas, P. S., Intr. III.

Pancrazi, G., 544.

Pander, H., 3498a.

Panichi, L., 3164.

Pansch, A., 1820, 1821, 1860.

see 1838.

Panzer, W., 1798.

PapezsiJe WV. 2l0o:

& Aronson, L. R., 2223.

see 2155, 2213.

Papin, L., see 591, 1221.

Parhon, see 2403.

Paris, P., 2925, 2926.

Parker, A. J., 1822, 1861, 2072.
Parker, W. K., 888.

Parkes, A. S., 720.

& Zuckerman, S., 2739, 2808.
see 698, 2743, 2744, 2750, 2785.
Parsons, F. G., 382, 403, 802, 1507.

[ 232 ]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Parsons, J., Intr. III.

Parsons, J. H., 2206, 3134.

Passemard, E., 3724.

Pastore, J., 1862.

Paterson, A. M., 840.

Paterson, A. S. & Richter, C. P., 3291.
see 3260, 3292.

Paton, D. N. & Findlay, L., 2680.
Patten, C. J., 290, 291, 1159, 1293, 1294.
Patterson, T. L., 2603, 2604.

— Rubright, L. W. & Gijsbers, J. A., 2605.

see 2601.

Paugger, J., 1548.

Paukul, E., see 1764.
Paulicki, A., see 1737.
Paulli, S., 1238.

Pearl, Ruth DeW., 1080.
Pearless, S. H., 3902.
Pearson, K., 310a.

& Bell, Julia, 948.

see 1227.

Pehrson, T., 748.

Pellicer Taboada, R., 2165a.
Pénard, S., 2207.

Penfield, W., 3004.

see 2997,

Penman, G. G., see 2200.
Pennant, T., Intr. III.
Percy, 4035.

Pereira, S., see 2353, 2354.
Perez, Barradas, J., Intr. I.
Perman, E., 2355.
Pernkopf, E., 602.

Perrault, [C.], Intr. II.
Perregaux, E., 1549.

Peter, K., 3903.

Peters, H. B., 1160, 3975a.
Peters, N., 2051.

Peters, W. C. H., 261, 1438, 1475.
Petit, D. W., 2340.

Petit, G., 141.

Petit, L., ainé, 3678, 3679.
Petran, Elizabeth, see 2615.
Petrovits, L., 1351, 1393.
Petrunkevitch, A., see 3384.
Pettigrew, J. B., 603.

v. Pflugk, A., 3268e.
Pfungst, O., 3606, 3835, 3836.
Phalen, G. S. & Davenport, H. A., 2316.
Philipp, E., 2927.

Phillips, T., 4083.

Phillips, W. W. A., 3904.
Picaud, M. A., 896.
Pigafetta, F., Intr. IT.

Pike, F. H., see 3045.
Pilgrim, G. E., 1422a.
Pilliet, A. & Boulart, R., 604.
—— see 557, 558.

[Par—Pri]

de Pina, L., 1524, 1689, 1689a.

Pineles, F., 2681.

Pines, J. L., 1996a, 2166.

Pines, L., 1862a.

& Friedman, E., 2404.

& Narowtschatowa, K., 2405.

Pinkston, J. O., 4056.

& Rioch, D. McKk., 3145.

Pira, A., 1643, 1644.

Pisani, D. & Balduzzi, O., 2309.

Pitman, C. R. S., 3680, 3681, 3681a, 3905.

Pittaluga, Rosetta, 1081.

Pittard, E. & Pittard, J. J., 1082a, 1423.

& Seylan, H. A., 1082.

Pittard, J. J., 1083.

see 1082a, 1423.

Plattner, F., 1525.

Plaut, A., 2226, 2227, 2228.

Pliny, Intr, I.

Po, L. Y., see 2639.

Pocock, R. I., 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 704a, 2775,

3761, 3784a, 3906.

see 269, 3602.

Podwisotzky, V., 568.

Pohl, L., 705, 706.

Pokorny, F., 2229.

Polak, Clara, 232.

Poljak, S., 2182, 2183, 2208, 2209, 2448, 2449,

& Hayashi, R., 2210.

Pollak, W., 27.

Ponder, E. O., Yeager, J. F. & Charipper, H. A.,
2502, 2503.

Poniatowski, S., 983.

Poole, F. S., 2434.

Popjak, G., see 2346a.

Poplewski, R., 393.

Popoff, Idalia, 1931.

& Popoff, N., 1932.

Popov, D. D., 733.

Popovski, I. S., 383, 432a, 433, 1550.

Popow, N. A., 650.

Potts, Helen D., see 2627.

de Pousargues, E., 690, 691.

Power, F. W., 2640.

Powers, H. H., see 2807, 2836.

Pozzi, S., 1508.

Prados y Such, M., see 3183.

Prag, J. J., 867.

Prater, S. H., 3907.

Pratt, J. B:, see 19:

Preda, G. & Vogt, O., 1933.

Preuss, K. T., 4084.

Priemel, G., 803.

Priemel, K., 3725, 3762.

Primrose, A., 1509, 1645, 1646.

Prince, A. L., see 2581a.

Prinzmetal, M., see 2583.

Pritchard, U., 2468.

[233 ]

[Pro—Roj]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Probst, M., 2184.
Probstling, 2435.
Prochownik, L., 924.
Pruner-Bey, 1863.

see 169, 3949.
Przeédziecki, A., 1791.
Puccioni, N., 1340.
Purchas, A., Intr. IT.
Purkinje, J. E., 1766.
Putnam, T. J., 2211.

de Quatrefages, A., 1962.

de Rabagliati, A., 3069, 3152.
Radermacher, J. C., Intr. III.
Radlauer, C., 856.

Rahner, R., 1551.

Rakieten, N., 2721, 2722.

Ramme, W., 1476.

Ramstrém, M., 1424.

Rand, A. L., 3908.

Ranke, J., 804, 889, 1161, 1162, 1163, 1193, 1320.
Ranke, K., 1690.

Ranson, R. M. & Zuckerman, S., 2876.
Ranson, S. W., 2336, 2337, 3190.
Fisher, C. & Ingram, W. R., 3198, 3198a.
— & Ingram, W. R., 3199.

see 3193a, 3195, 3209, 3224.

von Rapp, W., 592.

Raven, H. C., 2888, 3682, 3683, 3684, 3726, 3727.
see 3666.

Ravenstein, E. G., Intr. II.

Rawitz, B., 452, 453, 556, 1934.

Ray, J., Intr. II.

Raynaud, R., see 2686.

Read, C., 3991.

Reade, W. W., 3685, 3686, 3687.
Reading, J. H., 3688.

Reali, G., 1328.

Redfield, K. T., see 2561.

Reed, A. C., see 2620.

Regan, C. T., 3992, 3993.

Regnault, F., 1202, 1477.

Regniers, P., see 2724.

Reich, Z., 2317.

Reichart, P., 3728.

Reichenow, E., 3637, 3637a, 3638.
Reid, J. G., 3293.

Reider, N., 619.

Reisinger, L., 3018.

Remane, A., 1164, 1165, 1166, 1295, 1321, 1394, 1395,
1396, 1478, 3994.

see 161.

Rengger, J. R., 3877.

Retterer, E., 55, 707, 956, 957, 1742.
—— & Leliévre, A., 319, 1711.

—— & Neuville, H., 56, 351, 465, 466, 708, 709, 710,
711, 712, 713, 734, 735, 749, 984, 1352.

—— & Vallois, H., 958.

—— & Voronoff, S., 691a.

see 317.

Retzius, G., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1823,
1897,

Reuvens, C. L., 4031.

Révész, G., 3366, 3367, 3368, 3417, 3499, 3578.

see 3353.

Reynolds, E., 925.

Rex, H., 631, 1552.

Rheinberger, Margaret B., 2658, 2659.

Ribbing, L., 1712.

& Hermansson, K., 1669.

Richter, C. P., 3259, 3878.

& Hines, Marion, 3102, 3103.

—— & Paterson, A. S., 3260, 3292.

SEC 32605 S295

Richter, H., 474.

Richter, W., 1353.

Riddle, O., Bates, R. W. & Dykshorn, S. W., 2697.

Ried, H. A., 948a.

Riedel, J., 3837.

Riegele, L., 2406, 2407.

Riegner, H., 1569, 1570.

Riemenschneider, E. A., see 399.

Riese, A., Intr. I.

Riese, W., 1864.

Riesen, A. H., see 3483.

Riley, H. A., 2268, 2269.

Rioch, D. McK., 2167.

see 3145, 3282.

Riolan, J., Intr. II.

Riska, N., 1690a.

Rivet, P., see 932.

Rivkin, H., see 2638.

Roaf, H. E. & Sherrington, C. S., 3070.

Robb, Jane S. & Robb, R. C., 2585.

Robb, R. C., see 2585.

Roberts, G. H., Crawford, J. H. & Abramson, D. I.,
2586.

Robertson, A. W. D., see 1056.

Robertson, D. C., Maddux, W. P. & Allen, E., 2809.

Robinson, A., 32.

Robinson, B., 3763.

Robinson, E. W., 3500.

Robinson, L., 1341.

Robinson, S. M., 3785.

Robson, J. M., 2839.

de Rochebrune, A. T., 475, 2889.

Rode, P., 1203, 2564, 2565, 4031a.

see 2907.

Rodrigues, A., see 2353, 2354.

Roegholt, M. N., 292.

Rogoff, J. M., see 2682c.

Rohon, J. V., 1824.

Rojecki, F., 384, 434, 435.

[234 ]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Rolleston, G., 57, 1865.

Rollet, E., 352.

Rollinat, R., 3838.

Romanes, G. J., 3410, 3411, 3606a, 3729.

Rommel, R., see 2547.

Rose, M., 2122, 2127, 2128, 2129.

Rose, Stella, 2130.

Rosenberg, E., 841.

Rosenfeld, M. C., 1713.

Rossi, F., 674.

Rothmann, M., 2006, 2252, 3072, 3135, 3238, 3239,
3240, 3248, 4032.

— & Teuber, E., 4033.

Rothschild, W., 1042.

Rothschuh, E., 1714.

Rouget, C. & Sabatier, A., 736.

Roussy, G., 2168.

Roy, R. S., see 3220.

Royer, C., 3607, 3839.

Roézycki, S., 1509a, 1553.

Rubin, I. C., see 2861.

Rubright, L. W., see 2601, 2605.

Ruch, T. C. & Fulton, J. F., 3178.

Fulton, J. F. & German, W. J., 3179.

Ridinger, N., 2017, 2073.

Rudolf, G. de M., 3261.

Rudolphi, K. A., 68, 1397.

Ruge, G., 293, 294, 537, 538, 632, 633, 634, 635, 636,
637, 1510, 1525a, 1526, 1527, 1554, 1555, 1556,
1557, 1614, 1615, 1715, 1716, 2389.

Rumpf, W., 670a.

Rundles, R. W. & Papez, J. W., 2213.

Rusconi, C., 1003, 1398.

Russell, A. E. & Zuckerman, S., 2890.

Russell, J. S. R., 2365, 2366.

Rutishauser, F., 2051, 2052.

Ryley, Kathleen V., Bell, Julia & Pearson, K., 1227.

Sabatier, A., see 736.

Sachs, E., 2169, 2170.

& Fincher, E. F., 3228.

Sager, O., 2185.

see 3192.

Saglik, S., 721.

Sahasrabudhe, N. S., see 1006.

Saiki, S., 2608.

Saki, S., 2698.

Sakuma, S., 2103.

Salfeld, H., see 2538.

Salomon, H., 605.

Salvi, G., 415a, 436.

Sandifort, G., 209.

Sandys, O. C. & Zuckerman, S., 737.

Sanford, L. J., 210.

Sano, J., 2318.

Sano, T., 2319.

de Santa-Maria, A. S., see 1900, 2107, 2108, 2109,
2110.

[Rol—Sch]

Santee, H. E., 1890.

von Santha, 2278a.

Sanyal, R. B., 3764, 4057.

Sarasin, F., 909.

Sasaki, H., 2223a.

Savage, T. S. & Wyman, J., 211, 212.

Sawalischin, Marie, 1717.

Sawaya, P., 69, 1308, 2927a.

Sayers, H. K., 3730.

Scarborough, R. A., 2504.

Schaaffhausen, 3995.

van der Schaar, P. J., 619bis.

Schabadasch, A., 619a.

Schafer, E. A., 2053, 2320, 3074, 3136, 3137, 3138,

3154, 3170, 3241.

see 2995, 3041, 3063, 3067, 3081, 3168, 3186.

Schaller, J., see 614.

Scharff, R. F., 4058.

Schatz, F., 738.

van der Scheer, J., see 2559.

Scheff, J., 1439.

Scherren, H., Intr. II. 4034.

Schiche, E., 3307.

Schick, W., 3104.

Schickele, G., 759.

Schiefferdecker, P., 1743, 1744.

Schillings, C. G., 3841.

Schlaginhaufen, O., 353, 870, 1247, 1767, 1768, 1769,
1770.

Schlapp, M. G., 1935, 1936, 1937.

Schmid, B., 3607a.

Schmid, G., Intr. I.

Schmidt, E., 124, 842.

Schmidt, E. C. H., Jr., 1528.

Schmidt, H. R., 2927b.

Schmidt, I., see 3346.

Schmidt, M., 2958, 2959, 3765, 3786, 3909.

Schmitt, R., 1866.

Schnedorf, J. G. & Ivy, A. C., 2606.

see 3197.

Schnee, 3845.

Schneider, A., 1296.

Schneider, H., 3846, 4059.

Schneider, K. M., 3638a.

Schoeller, W., Dohrn, M. & Hohlweg, W., 2840, 2891,
2892.

— see 2736.

Schénbauer, L. & Hogenauer, F., 2739a.

Schonland, S., 3842.

Schouman, F., see van Iperen, Intr. III.

Schour, [., 1430.

Schouten, G., Intr. II.

von Schreber, J. C. D., Intr. III.

Schreiber, H., 295, 296, 297, 910, 911, 1558.

Schreitmiiller, W., 3879.

Schroeder van der Kolk, J. L. C., 262, 263, 264.

& Vrolik, W., 265, 1867, 1868, 1869.

Schiick, A. C., 890, 1529, 1530.

[235 ]

[Sch—Smi]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Schulhof, K., see 2520, 2521, 2522.

Schiller, A., 3242.

Schultz, A., 1248.

Schultz, A. H., 109, 110, 110a, 125, 126, 127, 132,
133, 136, 163, 164, 354, 355, 368, 369, 370, 371,
476, 692, 812, 813, 813a, 814, 857, 1084, 1167,
1399, 1440, 1745, 1792, 2893.

— & Snyder, F. F., 2928.

see 1752, 4028.

Schultze, M., 2450.

Schultze, W., 620.

Schulze, F. E., 1718.

Schumacher, H. M., 2902.

Schumacher, O. & Lebzelter, V., 1691.

Schumacher, S., 454, 455, 2356, 2408.

Schuster, E. H. J., 1938.

see 1930, 2027.

Schitze, A., see 2537.

Schwalbe, E., 416.

Schwalbe, G., 111, 949, 1004, 1085, 1107, 1168, 1169,
1400, 1793, 2475, 2476, 2476a, 2477, 3996, 3997.

Schwartze, H. F. R., 1086.

Schwarz, E., 1401, 1479, 3910.

Schwarz, R., 1441.

Schwarz, W., 1746.

Schwendler, L., 3843.

Schweyer, P., 1087.

Schwidetzky, G., 3731, 3732.

Schwindewolf, O. H., 1119.

Sciamanna, E., 3120.

Sclater, P. L., 3844, 3911.

Sclavunos, G., 523.

Scotin, Intr. III.

Scott, Aleita, H., 2699.

Scott, F. H., see 3009.

Scott, G. H., see 2636.

Scott, H. H., 671.

Scott, R. J., see 2601.

Seber, M., 2531.

Seckinger, D. L. & Corner, G. W., 2864.

Seevers, M. H., 3295, 3296.

see 3297.

Seguy, J. & Bullier, P., 2776.

Seib, G. A., 446.

Seiss, C. F., 3733.

Seki, M., 2054a.

Selenka, E., 33, 34, 35, 36, 58, 59, 60, 111a, 1043,
1044, 1442, 1443.

Selye, H., see 2882, 2883.

Semon, F. & Horsley, V., 3075.

Senft, M., 1647.

Senyirek, M. S., 871.

Sera, G. L., 213, 843, 895, 1005, 1279, 1329, 1402,
1403, 1404, 1405, 2565a, 3998, 3999.

Sergi, G., 1309.

Sergi, S., 1603, 1870, 2018, 2310, 2311, 2321, 2322,
2323, 2324.

Serres, A. E. R. A., 1825.

Sestini, F., 713a, 1746a, 2484a.

Settlage, P. H., see 3155a, 3159, 3160, 3519.
Seydel, O., 1239, 1531, 1616.

Seylan, H. A., see 1082.

Sgonina, K., 2131.

Shaklee, A. O., 2728.

Sharp, N. A. D., 3689, 3689a.

Shattock, S. G., 1747.

Shaw, G., Intr. III.

Shaw, G. A., 3912.

Shaw, J. C. M., 1480.

Sheak, W. H., 3639, 3640, 3734, 3766, 3840.
Sheehan, D., 3146.

see 2033, 2314, 2683, 3194, 3271.
Shelesnyak, M. C., see 2800.

Shelford, R. W. C., 3608.

Shellshear, J. L., 2007, 2008, 2008a, 2074, 2075.
Shepherd, W. T., 3317, 3402, 3528, 3529.
Sherrington, C. S., 2054, 2325, 2338, 2367, 2368,
2369, 2370, 2371, 2372, 2373, 2485, 3019, 3042,
3043, 3044, 3256, 3262, 3263, 3264, 3272.
see 2003, 2027, 2971, 3026, 3053, 3059, 3060,
3065, 3070, 3247, 3250, 3252, 3278.
Sherwin, C. P., 2641, 2641a.

Shevchenko, Y. G., 1938a.

Shiga, K. & Kusama, S., 2626.

Shima, R., 2298.

Shimizu, S., 456, 621.

Shufeldt, R. W., 805.

Shukers, C. F., see 2618, 2621.

Langston, W. C. & Day, P. L., 2505.
Sibley, W. K., 693.

Siffre, A., 1481.

Sigel, W. L., 3609.

Silbermann, U., 694.

Silvester, C. F., 457, 458.

see 450.

Silvette, H., see 2681a.

Simons, A., see 3131, 3132.

Simonton, F. V., 1342.

Simpson, S. & Galbraith, J. J., 2729.

—— & Jolly, W. A., 2055.

see 3064.

Sinelnikov, N., 949a.

Sirena, S., 1511.

Sitsen, A. E., 1240.

Skipin, A. W., see 3444, 3445, 3446.

Skues, F. M., 3913.

Slomann, H. C., 897.

Slonaker, J. R., 2451.

Smith, C., see 2692a.

Smith, Elizabeth, R. B., see 2599, 2600.

Smith, G. Elliot, 1482, 1826, 1826a, 1910, 1911, 1912,
2076, 2077, 2078, 2270, 2436, 2996, 4000, 4001,
4002, 4003.

see 269, 1913.

Smith, H. Henderson, see 2922, 2922a.

[236 ]

INDEX OF AUTHORS [Smi—Sut]

Smith, H. W. & Clarke, R. W., 2666a. Standing, H. F. & Smith, A. Elliot, 1913.
Smith, J. A., 266, 4084a. Stangier, H., 1872.
Smith, J. R., see 2583. Starck, D., 1571.
Smith, P. E., 2700. Stargardt, K., 3268f.
— Dotti, L., Tyndale, H. H. & Engle, E. T., 2701. Starikov, G. S., 3166.
—— & Engle, E. T., 2810. Stasney, J. & Higgins, G. M., 822.
—— Tyndale, H. H., Dotti, L. & Engle, E. T., 2702. Stedman, T. L., 4035.
—— Tyndale, H. H. & Engle, E. T., 2703. Stefko, W. H., 651.
see 2800, 2847, 2848. Stehli, G., 3847.
Smith, P. K., 3283. Stein, M. R., 1406.
Smith, W. C., 1628. see 1385.
Smith, W. K., 1559. Steinfeld, Z. S., 1616a.
Snell, O., 1963, 1964. Stemmler-Morath, C., 3644, 4062.
Snyder, F. F., see 2928. Stern, R., 2532.
Soewarno, M., see 3268. Stern, W., 3368a, 4036.
Sokolowsky, A., 1793a, 3542, 3641, 3642, 3690, 4060, Sterne, C., 4004.
4061. Sterzi, A. I., 2383.
Sola, J. E., 2299. Stevenson-Hamilton, J., 3847a.
Solowiev, B. M., 2507, 2508. Stewart, Alice, see 2629.
Sommer, A., 1512, 1513. Stewart, G. N. & Rogoff, J. M., 2682c.
Somogyi, M., 2647. Stewart, T. D., 926, 1514.
Sonnerat, P., Intr. III. Stewart, W. H., 3848.
Sonntag, C. F., 165, 214, 215, 233, 524, 569, 570, 571, | Stibbe, E. P., 166.
572, 573, 574, 575, 695, 1583. Stiles, C. W. & Orleman, Mabelle B., Intr. II.
Sparks, R. D., 3691. Still, J., 3914.
Spence, K. W., 3308, 3345, 3457, 3458, 3459, 3550. Stiller, J., see 3982.
& Fulton, J. F., 3165. Storm, C. J., see 2587, 2588, 2588a.
— & Yerkes, R. M., 372. Storr, G. C. C. & Wolffer, T., Intr. III.
see 3471. Strahl, H., 42, 43, 70, 71, 98, 99, 100, 739.
Spencer, W. G., 2595, 2596, 3235. & Happe, H., 37, 38.
& Horsley, V., 3005. Strasburger, E. H., 2030.
Speransky, A. D., 844. Stratz, C. H., 722, 1088.
Sperino, G., 216, 1871. Strauch, C., 2533.
Spiegel, A., 1444, 2777, 2929, 3551. & Brandes, G., 3767.
Spiegel, E., 2151. Straus, W. L., Jr., 298, 299, 533, 672, 868, 927, 985b,
see 1893. 986, 1719.
Spielmeyer, W., 3284. — & Wislocki, G. B., 267.
Spitzer, A. & Karplus, J. P., 2301. see 226, 437, 1652.
Spitzka, E. A., 1965. Streeter, G. L., 2478.
Spitzka, E. C., 2300. see 65.
Spottel, O., 1260. Stritzinger, H., 1430a.
Spragg, S. D. S., 3470. Strode, G., 1720.
see 1756a, 3531. Stroud, B. B., 2271.
Sprecher, H., 949b. Strunz, J., 393a.
Sprinz, O., see 679. Struthers, J., 845.
Sprunt, D. H., 2509. Subba Rau, A. S., 638.
Spuhler, O., 17. —— & Hiriyannaiya, S., 665.
see 2, —— & Krishna Rao, P., 386.
Spurgat, F., 477. — & Sahasrabudhe, N. S., 1006.
Squier, R. R., see 2693, 2920. —— & Sundaresan, K., 806.
Ssmirnoff, A. N., see 4046. see 82, 83.
Ssokolow, P., 2390. Sudermann, Ann E., see 2541.
Staderini, R., 2009. Sullivan, W. E. & Osgood, C. W., 1560, 1648.
Stadie, R., 2960. Sundaresan, K., see 806.
Stadtmiiller, 1194. Sunderland, S., 3006.
Stahl, H., 385. Siissmayr, G., 1561.
Stahr, H., 576, 577. Sutherland, W. D., 2534.
Stamm, T. T., 985a. Sutton, J. B., 217, 760, 1692, 1748, 2778.

[ 237 ]

[Sut—Tur] INDEX OF AUTHORS

Sutton, J. E., see 2506. Tickell, S. R., 3787.

Suzuki, Y., 2239a. Tiedemann, F., 580, 898, 1827, 1874, 1875.
Svedberg, A., see 2607. Tiedemann, H., 3735.

Swayne, S. H., 815. Tilden, Evelyn B. & Miller, E. G., Jr., 2613.
Swezy, Olive, see 3a, 21. Tilney, F., 1828, 2141, 2272.

Syk, I., 2301a. & Pike, F. H., 3045.

Sylwanowicz, W., 446a. Tinklepaugh, O. L., 2779, 2877, 2930, 3485, 3486,
Symington, J., 300, 846. 3543, 3849, 3850, 4064, 4065.

Szabé, M., see 820. —— & Hartman, C. G., 3552, 3553.

Szidat, L., 4063. —— & Van Campenhout, E., 2878.

Sztajnfeld, Z. S., see Steinfeld, Z. S.

see 2920, 3554.
Tissandier, A., 3788.
Tobler, L., 1604.

Tachibana, O., 1748b. Todd, T. W., 847, 1353a, 1409, 2384.
Tafani, A., 2469. Tokarski, J., 581.
Taibel, A. M., 1793b. Tokarski, S., 409a, 409b.
Tamburini, A., see 3065a, 3151. Toldt, C., 1343, 1584, 1584a.
Tanaka, T., 2357. Toldt, K., Jr., 134, 1749, 1750.
Tandler, J., 409. Tomes, C. S., 1410, 1483.

& Fleissig, J., 1983. Tomilin, M. I., 2931, 2950.
Tanja, T., 539. —— & Yerkes, R. M., 3428.
Tartuferi, F., 2171. — see 3560.
Tatum, A. L., Seevers, M. H. & Collins, K. H., 3297. Tomlinson, T. H., 2610.
Tavani, E., 525. Tooth, H. H., 2339, 2343.
Tavastyerna, N., 2648, 2652, 2841. Topinard, P., 928, 929, 1007, 1344, 1411, 4006.
Tavernari, L., 578. Topping, H. N. & Fraser, H. F., 2611.
Taylor, E. W., 2302. Topsel, E., Intr. II.
Taylor, F. V., see 3484. Tornier, G., 989.
Taylor, H. D., Witherbee, W. D. & Murphy, J. D., von Torok, A., 1046, 1133, 1205.

PAM tle Tower, Sarah S., 3243.
Taylor, J., 579. Drala s 218:
Tellier, Mariette, 3369, 3370, 3371, 3390, 3391, 3392, Train, Paul, 1411a.

3501. Tredgold, A. F., 882.
Tennant, R., see 643. Trendelenburg, W., 3105.
Tennent, J. E., 3610. & Hartmann, F., 3187.
Terebinsky, W. J., 1748a. — & Schmidt, I., 3346.
de Terra, M., 1407, 1425. see 2970, 3181, 3511, 3527.
de Terra, P., 1408. Tribondeau, see 2377, 2378.
Teshima, G., 459, 460. Mricoty C9722.

see 448. Trinchese, S., 128.
Testut, L., 1515, 1670. Troisier, J., 2566.
Tetley, H., 1045. Troitzky, A., 462.
Teuber, E., 4033. van Trotsenburg, J. A., 1206.
Thacker, A. G., 4005. Trouessart, E. L., 2470.
Thane, A. D., 1873. Trumble, H. C., 2408a.
Theile, W., 387. Tschachmachtschjan, H., 1617.
Thomas, O., Intr. III, 3922. Tschernyscheff, A. & Grigorowsky, I., 2009a.
Thomé, R., 461. von Tschudi, J., 417.
Thompson, J. K., see 2180, 2181, 3139. Tuckerman, F., 582.
Thompson, P., 1629. Tulp, N., Intr. II.
Thompson, W. G. & Brown, S., 3166a. Tumbelaka, R., 2133a.
Thompson, W. H., 2104. Turner, C. W. & Allen, E., 2903.
Thompson, W. R. & Hussey, R., 642. Turner, H. J. A., 3915.

Tennant, R. & Hussey, R., 643. Turner, R. G. & Loew, E. R., 2614.
Thomson, A., 987, 988, 1204. Turner, R. S., 3228a.
Thomson, W., 1721. Turner, W., 61, 101, 102, 1829, 1830, 2079.
Thorek, M., 2739b. see 1019.
Thorndike, E. L., 3318. Turner, W. A., 3223, 3236, 3249.

[238 ]}

INDEX OF AUTHORS

[Tur—War]

see 2032, 3205, 3218.
Tyndale, H. H., see 2701, 2702, 2703.
Tyson, E., Intr. II.

Uchischima, S., see 2040a.
Uehling, H., see 3479.
Uenae, F., 2385.

Ueno, F., see 2712.
Uesugi, M., 2105.
Uffenorde, W., 3277.
Ugolini, U., 1089.
Uhlenhuth, P., 2535.

& Weidanz, O., 2536.
Ullrich, F., Intr. I.
Underwood, A. S., 1241.
Urwitz, S., 394.

Usher, C. H., see 2201, 2202.
Usui, M., 436a.

Utida, M., 847a, 911a.
Utschneider, A., 2391.
Uyama, Y., 2452.

Valeri (Malaguzzi), R., 881.

van Valkenburg, C. T., 2080.

Valker, A., 3692.

Vallois, H. V., 219, 373, 750, 872, 891, 950, 951, 959,
1484, 1532, 1533, 1534, 1618, 1693.

see 958.

Van Campenhout, E., see 2878.

Vanderplank, F. L., 374.

Van Dyke, H. B., see 2870.

& Ch’en, G., 2872.

Van Wagenen, G., 2740, 2741, 2819.

& Aberle, S. B. D., 2811.

— & Zuckerman, S., 2820.

2745, 2830, 2843, 2897, 2901.

Varley, J. R., see 2807, 2836.

van Varseveld, see 2387a.

Vaughan, Kathleen, 2392.

Verder, Elizabeth & Petran, Elizabeth, 2615.
Vergara, A., 2229a.

Verhaart, W. J. C., 2056, 2253, 2254, 2255, 2255a.
Verlaine, L., 3372, 3373, 3374, 3375, 3376, 3377,
3378, 3379, 3380, 3381, 3382, 3382a, 3501a,
3501b, 3501c.

& Gallis, P., 3530.

Verlaine, Gos. M., 3382b.

Vermes, E. & Weidholz, A., 622.

Versluys, J., 990.

Vevers, G. M., see 2934.

Vicq-d’Azyr, F., Intr. III.

Vigener, J., 1799.

Vignal, W., 2409.

Vignoli, J., 646.

Villemin, F., 623.

see 129, 667, 2400.

Vincent, S. & Jolly, W. A., 3677, 3678.

Virchow, H., Intr. II, 220, 336, 337, 478, 848, 849,
850, 851, 852, 873, 883, 83a, 912, 913, 913a,
1412, 1445, 1535, 1536, 1537, 1562, 1563, 1585,
1605, 2312.

Virchow, R., 534, 1008, 1047.

Visnevskij, N., 2505a.

Viti, A., 2358.

Vogt, C., 4007, 4008, 4009.

Vogt, C., 2172.

— & Vogt, O., 1939, 1940, 3076.

see 3121.

Vogt, Marthe, 3046.

Vogt, O., 1941.

see 1933, 1939, 1940, 3076, 3121.

Volkov, T., 991, 992.

Voloshin, I. P., 1280.

Vélsch, M., 2152, 3077.

Vonwiller, P., 853.

Voronoff, S., see 691a.

Vosmaer, A., Intr. III.

Voss, H., 526, 1537a, 2486, 2486a.

Vram, U. G., 816, 817, 874, 1048, 1134, 1145, 1297,
1310, 1446, 1485.

Vrolik, W., 167, 221, 268, 1875a.

see 265, 1867, 1868, 1869.

de Waart, A. & Storm, C. J., 2587.

—— Storm, C. J. & Koumans, A. K., 2588, 2588a.

Wagner, H., 1966.

Wagner, J. A., 807.

Wakeley, C. P. G. & Edgeworth, F. H., 2359.

Waldau, G., 3736.

Waldeyer, A., 527.

Waldeyer, W., 62, 63, 593, 1322, 1794, 1876, 2118,
2119, 2326, 4010.

von Waldeyer-Hartz, W., 1298, 4037, 4038.

Walker, A. E., 2143, 2173, 2174, 2186, 2187, 2188,
2189, 2190, 2191, 2192, 2194, 2214.

— & Botterell, E. H., 3229.

—— & Fulton, J. F., 1877, 2215, 3020.

—— & Green, H. D., 3078.

see 3086.

Walker, R. B. N., 3660c, 3693, 3694.

Walkhoff, O., 952, 1345, 1346.

Wallace, A. R., 3768, 3769, 3770.

Wallis, H. M., 2479.

Walmsley, T., 953.

Walsh, W., 3851.

Ward, A. A., Jr., see 3258.

Ward, F. W., see 2657.

Warden, C. J. & Jackson, T. A., 3439, 3473.

Jenkins, T. N. & Warner, 3309.

see 3127, 3476.

Warncke, P., 1967.

Warner, L. H., see 3309.

Warnots, L., 528.

[239 ]

[War—Wol]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Warren, E., 1090.

Waruschkin, A., 1091.

Warwick, J. E., 3645.

Wassermann, A. & Schiitze, A., 2537.

Waterman, Harriet, C., 930.

Watertown, C., 3611, 3695.

Watson, J. B., 3347, 3474.

see 3427.

Watts, J. W., 2010, 3007, 3147.

—— & Fulton, J. F., 3148, 3200.

—— ‘see 3182.

Wawro, N. W., see 2879.

Webb, F. C., 1413.

Weber, A., 535, 1228, 1261, 1262.

Weber, E., 3149.

Weber, M., 1968.

Weber, M. W. C., 168.

Wechsler, I. S., 2256.

Jarvis, G. A. & Potts, Helen D., 2627.

Weed, L. H. & Flexner, L. B., 3008.

see 3000.

Wegener, K., 1347.

Wegner, R. N., 1242, 1323, 1486, 1487, 4011.

Weichsel, M. & Salfeld, H., 2538.

Weidanz, O., see 2536.

Weidenreich, F., 931, 993, 1009, 1049, 1281.

Weidholz, A., 3852, 3916.

see 622.

Weidman, F. D., 3285.

Weigl, E., 3383.

Weijenbergh, H., Jr., see 1492a, 1493.

Weil, A., 1092, 1969, 2303.

Weinberg, E., 960, 1723, 2304.

Weinberg, M., 624.

Weinbrenn, Clara, 1093.

Weinert, H., 222, 1207, 1243, 1244, 2567, 2568, 2569,
2570, 2571.

Weinstein, A., see 2681b.

Weinstein, L., Wawro, N. W., Worthington, R. W.
& Allen, E., 2879.

Weinstock, M., see 2638.

Welcker, H., 1170.

Weldon, W. F. R., 242.

Welker, F., 875.

Wells, H. G., 2660, 4012.

— & Caldwell, G. T., 2661, 2662.

Wells, J. J. & Sutton, J. E., 2506.

Wells, L. H., 320, 1094, 1724.

Wen, I Chuan, 479.

von Wenckstern, A., 3771.

Wendt, G. R., 3389, 3452.

Wermel, J., 356.

Westenhofer, M., 994, 3789, 4013.

Westerfeld, W. W. & Doisy, E. A., 2844.

Westling, Charlotte, 2359a.

Westman, A., 2779a, 2865.

van Westrienen, Anna F. A. S., 961.

Wetterlé, L., see 2924a, 4053.

Wetzel, G., 858, 859.

Weyenbergh, H., Jr., see Weijenbergh.

Wharton, L. R., 2410.

Whipple, Inez L., 1771.

White, B. A., 3429.

White, C., Intr. III.

White, H. L. & Heinbecker, P., 2684.

White, W. H., 2730.

Whitteridge, D., 3279.

Wiechowski, W., 2663, 2664.

Wiedersheim, R., 480, 481.

Wieger, G., 1095.

WienervAvisn onze

see 2560.

Wiesbader, H., see 2687.

Wiesner, B. P., 2780.

Wilbert, R. & Delorme, M., 4039.

Wilder, B. G., 1516.

Wilder, H. H., 1772, 1773.

Wilhelm, prince of Sweden, 3696.

Willey, A., 761.

Williams, E. F., Jr., Abramowitz, W. & Killian, J. A.,
3299.

Williams, E. M., 2305.

Williams, G. A., 321.

Williams, J. L., 1414.

Wills, Lucy & Bilimoria, H. S., 2628.

Clutterbuck, P. W. & Evans, Barbara D. F.,

2628a.

& Stewart, Alice, 2629.

Wilson, E. T., 1774.

Wilson, J. G., 2471.

Wilson, M., 4089.

Wilson, S. A. K., 2154.

Wilson, W., 1050.

Winckler, G., 545, 1725, 2360, 2386, 2392, 2393, 2437.

see 541.

Windle, B. C. A., 1517, 1518, 1671, 1672, 1673.

& Humphreys, J., 1415.

Windle, F. W., 2361.

Winge, H., 808, 1416.

Winter, C. A., see 2681c.

Wislocki, G. B., 39, 44, 72, 73, 74, 666, 696, 751, 1751,
2230, 2230a.

— & Hartman, C. G., 64.

— & King, L. S., 2231.

— & Schultz, A. H., 1752.

—— & Straus, W. L., Jr., 437.

— & Streeter, G. L., 65.

see 267, 2758.

Witherbee, W. D., see 2577.

Witmer, L., 3403, 3475.

Wittmann, R., 428.

Woerdeman, M., 2232.

Wolf, J., 4090.

Wolfe, H. R., 2539.

Wolfe, J. B., 3440.

see 3115.

[240 ]

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Wolff, C., 1775, 1775a.

Wolff, F., 1630.

Wolffer, T., see Intr. III.

Wolfrum, 2438.

Woodrow, H., 3502, 3503.

Woodward, A. S., Smith, G. Eliot, Hill, J. P. Wood-
Jones, F., Pocock, R. I. Cunningham, J. T.,
Mitchell, P. C. & Macbride, E. W., 269.

Woollard, H. H., 270, 1942, 2142, 2453, 2454.

& Beattie, J., 2175.

& Harpman, A., 1348.

Wormes, E. G. L., 223.

Worthington, R. V., see 2793, 2879.

Wortman, J. L., 1417.

Woskresensky, L. N. & Iwahow, N. S., 2894.

—— see 3445.

Wotton, E., Intr. II.

Wright, H., 2630.

Wright, R. P., see 2837, 2838.

van Wurmb, F., Intr., III.

Wyatt, J., 2933.

Wyatt, J. M. & Vevers, G. M., 2934.

Wyman, J., 1051, 1052.

see 211, 212.

Wyss, O. A. M., 3079.

& Obrador, S., 3047.

Yannet, H., Darrow, D. C. & Cary, M. Katherine,
2510.

Yarrel, W., see 281.

Yeager, J. F., see 2502, 2503.

Yeo, A. F., see 2987a.

Yerkes, Ada W., 3384.

see 3312, 3418, 3382, 3612.

Yerkes, D. N., see 3487.

Yerkes, R. M., 2935, 3310, 3319, 3320, 3321, 3322,
3331, 3504, 3505, 3559, 3579, 3580, 3581, 3581a,
3646, 4040, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4044, 4066, 4067.

— & Child, Margaret S., 3311.

— & Elder, J. H., 2781, 2782, 2936.

— & Learned Blanche W., 3412.

— & Petrunkevitch, A., 3385.

—— & Spragg, S. D. S., 3531.

— & Tomilin, M. I., 3560.

— & Yerkes, Ada W., 3312, 3418, 3582, 3612.

— & Yerkes, D. N., 3487.

[Wol—Zwe]

see 372, 2756, 2825, 2911, 3428.
Yochelson, S., 3230.

Yoffey, J. M. & Drinker, C. K., 463.
Yoshioka, J. G., 3421.

Yoshioka, K., see 1753.

Youatt, W., 3737.

Young, J. Z. & Zuckerman, S., 2344.
Yudin, H. C. & Harlow, H. F., 3488.
—— Kee chi):

Zaborowski, S., Intr. I.

Zedtwitz, F. X., Graf, 3772.

Zeeman, W. P. C., see 2197, 2198.

Zeiger, K., 2968.

Zeiller, J., 1208.

Zell, T. (Pseudon.), Intr. I., 3738.

Ziehen, T., 1914, 1915, 1984, 2081, 2144, 2279.

see 1819.

Zielihska, H., 1693a.

Zilva, S. S., see 2631, 2632.

Zimmerman, A. & Hasské, A., 1330.

Zimmerman, H. M., see 2985.

Zimmermann, H. K., 4014.

Zipkin, Rachel, 625, 626.

Zlabek, K., 1572, 1573, 1586, 1586a.

Zoja, G., 652, 860.

Zuckerkandl, E., 271, 418, 419, 420, 438, 439, 481a
529, 723, 1606, 1631, 1831, 1891, 1892, 1898
1899, 2082, 2083, 2084.

Zuckerman, S., 762, 1135, 1136, 1795, 2411, 2540,
2742, 2749, 2783, 2784, 2786, 2787, 2812, 2813
2814, 2815, 2816, 2817, 2821, 2832, 2842, 2866
2867, 2895, 2903a, 2937, 2945, 2946, 3583
3583a, 4015, 4015a.

——— & Burry S2, 2412"

—— & Fisher, R. B., 1985.

—— & Fulton, J. F., 2896, 4068.

— & Krohn, P. L., 697.

— & Morse, A. H., 2868.

—— & Parkes, A. S., 698, 2743, 2744, 2750, 2785.

—— & Sudermann, Ann E., 2541,

— & Van Wagenen, G., 2843.

Van Wagenen, G. & Gardiner, R. H., 2897.
—— see 737, 1104, 2344, 2682b, 2733, 2739, 2759,
2774, 2808, 2820, 2876, 2881, 2886, 2890.

Zweig, H., 2257.

>

»

[241 ]

CMa

OR in AT WL MPR Mt Hin

ae ais Me Dena : DAR NOE RA Sa

ra tL y : | AW "| i it aie eh: M We
h be \ ‘ pee }

NY
a ” nt)
Ms

ny nin Ht

NANDA ate ay
Ml Mh a Wh M Mt We

\ i

‘ iby bi (Hi NianeGe

KY oi hilt aN Ny i
y/ Vay

PN arate
A Nt “ites a

' rit eiite Me iF Ni Hid

Nii ‘i Ne ib 1
Nive Vig) Wales MutT Mab ND
: } iu

Ay; Hater hee i} in Ne mane ti, t

pM NtNG at UA uf wie yn na sa i ahh
! aii Hf Keith I yt me Mi WL Tene ine aD A Lane A ot An aa
} Hi ! mia fi { i i hy
\ f A i‘ \ BAAD tat v t tab i
PACA ay INC Kha GAY APA MEK NAL RULE CREME Ry Tk taeda,

j My [ AN aa i eh RS Avila AYA

A ROMANO ER CAP EL CEMA OT PYRE Tn RN LEEMO AN J) Bisa

ah i f shite / si DUM Vile ant \ 1 ae he sel, }
“v ! | i r Py) ten ain a r ha ae
iy } i Vy) l i We vee ine Fi bar) i nh i iy PALE

That hoe i | ; ‘ se sy LA at

CRRA ial yh ALENT bss AN ye eine
me i t bs it Sal way at PW
} \ } i ; hi}
an
\ \ H } i
i My OAH eA AY i) ; i i
EN Ray ee mel mnt

THIS BOOK, BIBLIOGRAPHIA PRIMATOLOGICA, WAS SET,
PRINTED FROM TYPE, AND BOUND BY THE COLLEGIATE
PRESS OF MENASHA, WISCONSIN. DESIGNED BY REINHOLD
FREDERIC GEHNER. THE TYPE FACES ARE MONOTYPE
CASLON 337E AND CUSHING 25J SET 9 POINT IN A TYPE PAGE
354 x 52 PICAS. THE TEXT PAPER IS FAIRBANKS LAID 50% RAG
60 LB. SUBSTANCE. THE BINDING IS DU PONT PX 30-4077 LINEN
SMOOTH FINISH. GENUINE GOLD STAMPING.

4

|

ai

i 0.) +

(

LY t ‘
le, als

2